Sri Vidagdha-Madhava

Clever Krsna

Act one
Venu-nada-vilasa
Pastimes of Flute-music

Prastavana (Prologue)

Text 1

sudhanam candrinam madhurimonmada dama-ni

dadhana radhadi prana-ya ghana -sarai-h surabhitam
samantat santapodgama visam-a samsa-ra saran-i
pranitam te trsnam haratu 2i2a si-khar-ini

sudhanam of t he nectar;candrinam pr o d u c ed on the moon;api e v e n ;

madhurima th e s we etness;unmada daman-i ov e rpowering the pride; dadhana
distributing; radha adi o- f Srimati Radharani and Her companions;prana ghana-
of teh concentrated loving affairs; saraih by t h e e ssence;su rabhita-m a good
fragance; samantat ev e r y where;santapa mi s e r a ble conditions;udgama
generating; visama very dangerous; samsara sarani -on the path of material
existence; pranitam cr e a t e d;te yo u r ; tr s n am de s i r e s;haratu le t i t t a ke away;
hari 2z2a th-e pastimes of Sri Krsna; sikharini ex a c t ly l i ke a combination of
yogurt and sugar candy.

May the pastimes of Sri Krsna reduce the miseries existing in the material world
and nullify all unwanted desires. The pastimes of the Supreme Personality of
Godhead are like sikharini,blenda of yogurt and sugar candy. They overpower the
pride of even the nectar produced on the moon, for they distribute the sweet
fragrance of the concentrated loving affairs of Srimati Radharani and the gopis.*
Text 2

anarpita c-arim cirat karunayavatirnah kalau

sampayitum unnatojj vala ra-sam sva b-haktisriyam
harih purata su-ndara dy-uti k-adamba sa-ndipitah
sada hrdaya ka-ndare sphuratu vah saci na-ndanah

anarpita no t b e s towed;carim ha v i n g b e en formerly;cirat f o r a l o n g t i m e ;

karunaya by c a u seless mercy;avatirnah de s c e nded;kalau in t h e a ge of Kali;
samarpayitum to b e s to w;unnata el e v a t e d;ujj vala ras-am th e conjugal mellow;
sva bha-kti of H is own service;sriyam th e t r e a sure;harih th e S u p r e me Lord;
purata th a n g ol d; sundara more beautiful; dyuti of s p l e n d o r;kadamba w i t h a
multitude; sandipitah il l u m i n a t e d;sada al w a y s;hrdaya kan-dare in t he cavity
of the heart; sphuratu le t H im be mani fest;vah yo u r ; sa ci nan-danah th e s on of
mother Sack.

May the Supreme Lord, who is known as the son of Srimati Sacidevi, be
transcendentally situated in the innermost core of your heart. Resplendent with
the radiance of molten gold, He has descended in the age of Kali by His causeless
mercy to bestow what no incarnation has ever offered before: the most elevated
mellow of devotional service, the mellow of conjugal love.*

Purport by Srila Prabhupada:

T his verse also appears in Caitanya-caritamrta Adi-lila (1.4 and 3.4) In h i s

commentary on Vidagdha-madhava, Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti Thakura remarks:
maha prabh-oh sphurtim vina rasasvadananupapatter iti bhavah Witho.ut the mercy
of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu, one cannot describe the pastimes of the Supreme
Personality of Godhead. Therefore Srila Rupa Gosvami said, vah yusmakam hrdaya
guhayam saci nandan-o harih pakse, simhah sphuratu: "May Sri Caitanya
Mahaprabhu, who is exactly like a lion that kills all the elephants of desire, be
awakened within everyone s heart, for by His merciful blessings one can
understand the transcedental pastimes of Krsna."'

Text 3 (a)

sutradharah: alam ati vistarena -bho bhoh.. samakarnyatam adyanam .svapnantare

samadisto 'smi bhaktavatarena bhagavata sri sankarad-evena yatha "aye tandava kala -

pandita iha ki2a b.a22avi cakra ce-to vrtti -mak-ari v-ihara m-akara2a-yasya niravadya
venu vadana v-idyasvad-hyaya siddhinam -prathamadhyapakasya sugandhi puspavali-
saundarya tundi2aya-m aravinda bandhava-nandindi tiranta ka-nana 2-ekhayam-
ava2ambita matta pums koki2a 2-i2asya paramananda vardhini govardhana nitambe
sambhrta navyambudarasya kisora s-iro maner nanda nandanasya prema b-harakrsta-
hrdayo nana d-ig d-esatah sampratam rasika s-ampradayo vrndavana-
vilokanotkanthaya kesi ti-rthopakanthe samiyivan sa ca dhanyah

sutradharah Na r r a t or (Srila Rupa Gosvami);alam en o u g h ;ati g r e a t ;

vistarena wi t h t h is elaborate description;bhoh ge n t l e m e n;bhoh g e n t l e m e n;
samakarnyatam th i s s ho uld be heard;adya to d a y ;aham I; sv a p na s l e e p ;
antare wi t h i n; samadistah in s t r u c t e d;asmi I a m ; bh a k ta as a d e v o t ee;
avatarena who has incarnated; bhagavata by the Supreme Personality of
Godhead; sri sa-nkara de-vena by Lord Siva;yatha in t h e f o l l o w i ng manner;
aye 0; t a ndava of d a n c i n g;ka2a in t h e a rt;pandita le a r n e d;iha he r e ;ki 2 a
indeed; ba22avi of the gopis; cakra of t h e m u l t i t u d e;cetah of t h e m i n d s;vrtti
nature; sakari sh a r k s;makara ala-yasya of t he ocean;niravadya p e r f e c t ;
venu flu t e; vadana pl a y i n g;vidya of t h e k n o w l e d g e;asvadhyaya s t u d y ;
siddhinam pra-thama fi r s t; adhyapakasya of t he t eacher;sugandhi a r o m a t i c ;
puspa of flowers; avali be c a u se of the multitude;saundarya b e a u t y ;
tunilayam ex p a n d e d;aravinda of t h e l o t us flowe rs;bandhava o f t he f r i e nd (the
sun-god); nandini of t h e d a u g hter (the Yamuna river);tira of t h e s h o r e; nata
at the edge; kanana fo r e s t;2ekhayam se r i e s;ava2ambita re s t e d;matta
maddened; pumh ma l e ; koki2a of a c u c k o o;lilasya pa s t i m e s;parama
supreme; ananda bl i s s;vardhini in c r e a s ing;govardhana of G o v a r d hana Hill;
nitambe on t he slope;sambhrta he l d ; na vya fr e s h ;ambuda o f c l o u d s ;
adambarasya of p r o w e ss;kisora of y o u t h s ; sirah mane-h of t he crown jewel;
nanda of N a n da Maharaja;nandanasya of t he son;prema of l o v e ;bhara w i t h
an abundance; akrsta at t r a c ted;hrdayah he a r t s;nana va r i o u s ;dik d es a t a h
from directions; sampratam at t he p re sent moment;rasika of t h o s e who are
expert at relishing the mellows of devotional service; sampradayah c o m m u n i t y ;
vrndavana Vr n d a v ana;vilokana th e s i g h t; utkanthaya wi t h a d e s ire;kesi
tirtha th e p l a ce known as Kesi-tirtha;upakanthe ne a r; samiyivan a r r i v e d ;
sah th at communi t y; ca an d ; dh a n yah f o r t u n a t e .

Narrator: Why speak so many words7 Gentlemen! Gentlemen! Please hear me!
Last night Lord Siva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who had come in the
role of a devotee, spoke to me in a dream and said: "0 Rupa Gosvami, 0 expert
writer of plays, this delightful place is near Kesi-tirtha, on the slope of Govardhana
hill. This grove, on the bank of the Yamuna river, is very pleasant and full of many
fragrant beautiful flowers. At this moment, eager to see the forest of Vrndavana,
the advanced devotees, expert at relishing the mellows of devotional service, have
come here, devotees whose hearts are full of love for Nanda's son, who is the
crown jewel of all youths, and who is decorated with many new lotus flowers,
playful like a maddened cuckoo, the first teacher of perfect flute players, and an
ocean where the sharks of the gopis' hearts play. The devotees here are all very
fortunate.
Text 3 (b)

krtam gopi v-rndair iha bhagavato marganam abhud

ihasit ka2indz pu-2ina va-2aye rasa ra-bhasah
iti srayam sravam caritam asakrd gokula pa-ter
luthann udbaspo 'yam katham api dinani ksapayati

krtam pe r f o r m e d; gopi of g o p i s;vrndaih b y t h e m u l t i t u d e s; iha h e r e ;

bhagavatah for the Supreme Personality of Godhead; marganam searching;
abhut wa s; iha h e r e ; as it wa s ; ka 2 indz of t he Yamuna river;pu2ina o n t h e
shore; valaye in t he g ro ve; rasa of t h e r a sa dance;rabhasah wi t h t he jo y; iti
thus; sravam sravam re p e a tedly hearing;caritam th e p a s t i mes;asakrt a g a i n
and again; goku2a of Goku l a; pateh of t h e L o rd ( Sri Krsna);2uthan r o l l i n g o n
the ground; udbaspah fu l l of t ears;ayam th i s ; ka t h am api wi t h g r e at difficulty;
dinani days;ksapay ati pass.

Here the gopis searched for Krsna, and here, in this circle by the Yamuna's
shore, they enjoyed a great rasa dance.' Hearing and hearing these pastimes of
Gokula's master, weeping, and rolling on the ground, the devotees somehow pass
their days.

Text 0 (a)

tad idanim etasya bhakta vrnda-sya mukunda vislese-ddipanena bahir bhavantah

pranah kam api tasyaiva ke2i sudha -ka22o2i-nzm u22asayata pariraksaniya bhavata
mat krpaiv-a te samagrim samagrayisyati i t i . t enadiyaj agad guror -asya nidesam
evanuvartisye

tat th e r e fore;idanim no w ; et a sya of t h i s ;bh akta of d e v o t e es;vrdasya o f

the community; mukunda of M u k u n d a ; vislesa of s e p aration;uddipanena w i t h
the stimulus; bahih ou t s i d e;bhavantah go i n g ; pr anah li f e a i r s; kamapi s o m e ;
tasya of H i m; eva ce r t a i n l y;keli of t h e p a s t i mes;sudha of t he n e ctar;
ka22o2inim river; u22asayata ma n i f e sting;pariraksaniyah sh o u l d be pro tected;
bhavata by you;mat my; krpa mercy;eva certainly; te your; samagrim
complete assemblage; samagrayisyati wi l l f u l l y p r o v i d e;iti th u s ; te na b y t h a t ;
adya to d a y;j agat of t h e u n i v e rse;guroh of t h e s pi r i t u al master (Lord Siva);
asya of hi m; nidesam or d e r ; eva ce r t a i n l y;anuvartisye I s h a ll o be y.

"Burning in separation from Lord Muk u n da, these devotees are now about to
give up their lives. 0 Rupa Gosvami, please protect them, by giving them a little of
the nectar river of Lord Mukun da's pastimes. My mercy will give you the power to
do this." In this way Lord Siva, the spiritual master of the universe, spoke. I will
now obey His order.

Text 0 (b)

pariparsvikah: (pravisya) bh a va, bhavata nibaddhasya vidagdha-madhava-

namno navina-natakasya prayoganusarena grhita-bhumskah kusilava ranga-
pravesaya tatra-bhavantam anujnapayanti.

sutradharah: marisa, nirmitah kim iti tan-nataka-paripatibhir varnika-

parigrahah (ksanam vimrsya) bhavatu.

pariparsvikah A s s i t ant Narrator (A student of Rupa Gosvami); pravisya

having entered; bhava 0 learned master;bhavata by you;nibaddhasya
composed; vidagdha mad-hava Vidagdha-Madhava;namnah according to
customs; grhita ha v i n g h eard;bhumikah th e i n t r o d u c t i o n; kusi2avah a c t o r s ;
ranga on t he stage;pravesaya fo r e n t r a nce; ta tra th e r e ;bhavantam t o y o u ;
anuj napayanti as k permission;sutradharah Na r r a t o r;marisa my d e a r s tudent;
nirmitah cr e a t ed; kim w h a t 7 ; i ti t h u s ; t a t t h a t ;na t a ka o f t h e p l a y ;
paripatibhih by t h e a rrangements;varnika parig-rahah the costumes of the
various actors; ksanam fo r a m o m e n t;vimrsya re f le c t i n g;bhavatu l e t i t b e .

Assitant Narrator: (enters) 0 ma ster, having heard the prologue of your new
play, named Vidagdha-Madhava, the actors now ask permission to enter the stage.

Narrator: Dear student, Are the costumes ready7 (thinks for a moment) So be it.

Text 0 (c)

mamasmin sandarbheyad api kavita nati2a2ita

mudam dhasyanty asyam tad
api hari gandha-d budha ganah-
apah sa2agramap2avana garimod-gara sarasah-
sudhih ko va kaupir api namita murdha -na pibati

mama my ; asmin in t h i s ;sa ndarbhe li t e r a ry composition;yat api

although; kavita po e t r y;na no t ; a t i v e r y ;2a 2ita be a u t i f u l;mudam d e l i g h t ;
dhasyanti wi l l e x p e r ience;asyam in i t ; t at api ne v e r t h e l e ss; hari o f L o r d
Hari;gandhat from the fragrance; budha ganah -the learned devotees;apah
water; sa2agrama Sa lagrama stone;ap2avana ba t h; garima si g n i f i c a n ce;
udgara re m a i n in g; sarasah fu l l o f n e c t a r; sudhih in t e l l i g e n t;kah wh o 7 ; v a
or; kaupih from a well; api ev e n ;anmita of f e r i n g o be isances; murdha w i t h
his head; na no t ; pi b ati drinks.

Although the poetry in my play is not very beautiful, the wise will take delight
in it, for it bears the scent of Lord Hari. What wise man will not bow his head and
respectfully drink well-water that has washed a Salagrama-sila7

Text 5 (a)

pariparsvikah bhava, ranga 2ak-smi kau-sa2a stu-tibhir eva sabhyan

abhyarthayamahe, yad ami vidyadibhir devan api tan upa2abdhum utsahante kim uta
natan asman

pariparsvikah As s i s tant Narrator;bhava 01earned master; ranga o n t h e

stage; 2aksmi opu l ence; kausa2a sk i l l f u l n e ss;stutibhih wi t h p r a y e r s;eva
certainly; sabhyan to t he r espected audience;abhyarthayamahe we a ppeal;
sabhyan to t he respected audience;yat be c a u se;ami th e s e ;vidya adib-hih
with their expert knowledge; devan th e d e m i g ods;api ev e n ;tan t h e m ;
upalabdhum to c r i t i c i ze;utsahante ar e able;kim uta wh a t t o s p e ak;natan
a ctors; asman us .

Assistant Narrator: 0 master, please give us beautiful and elegant speeches, for
this audience is so learned it will criticize the demigods, what to speak of us actors.

Text 5 (b)

sutradharah: marisa, krtam etaya vrthopacara caryay-a, yatah

sutradharah Na r r a t o r; marisa my d e a r s tudent;krtam en o u g h ;etaya with

this; vrtha upacara -caryaya -frivo lo usness; yatah be c a u se.

Narrator: Dear student, why talk in this frivolous way7 After all. . .

Text 5 (c)

apreksya klamam atmane vidadhati pritya paresam priyam

2ajjante duritodyamad iva nija stotranub-andhad api
vidya v-itta kuladibhis cayad ami yanti kraman namratam
ramya kapi satam iyam vijayate naisargiki prakriya

apreksya no t h a v ing seen;klamam sw e a r i n e ss;atmanah of t h e s elf;

vidadhati cr e a t es;pritya wi t h l o v e ; paresam of o t h e r s;priyam de a r ;2ajj ante
become ashamed; durita u-dyamat be c a use of a sinful deed;iva ju s t a s;nija
own; stotra pr a y e r s;anubandhat be c a use of many;api ev e n ;vidya
knowledge; vitta we a l t h; ku la bi r t h i n a h i gh f a m i l y;adibhih et c . ;ca a n d ;
yat be c ause;ami th e s e;yanti go ; kr a m at gr a d u a l l y;namratam t o t h e s t a t e
of 77; ramya be a u t iful; ka api so m e o n e;satam of t h e s aintly persons;iyam
this; vij ayate all g lo ries;naisargiki na t u r a l ;prakriya c o n d u c t .

Ignoring their own welfare, the people in this audience are concerned only for
the well-being of others. Although wealthy, well-educated and born in exalted
families, they are very humble. When they themselves glorified, they become
embarrassed, as if they themselves had sinned. All glories to the delightful virtues
of this saintly audience.

Text 6 (a)

(samantad ava2okya, saharsam uccaih) hamho ba22ava simh-a priya-h bhag.avad

dharmajnosthi gurun-am api yusmakam samaksam arodhum upakramate, tad imam
ksamadhvam capalarabhatim (iti sa.pranamam pasyam)

samantat in a ll d i r e ctions;avalokya ha v i n g g la nced;saharsam c h e e r fully;

uccaih wi t h a loud voice;hamhah 0 ; b a 2 2ava of t he c ow he rd men;simha o f
the lion (Sri Krsna); priyah de a r d e v o tees; bhagavat of t he L o r d; dharma o f
the path of religion; j nosthi kn o w i n g ; gurunam sp i r i t u a l m a sters;api a n d ;
yusmakam of y o u; samaksam in the presence; kim api gr e a t l y;esah h e ;
vivaksamanah de s iring to speak;tandavikah ac t o r; nir apatrapanam w i t h o u t
shame; padavim to the path; arodhum to ascend;upakramate approaches;
tat th e r e fore;imam th i s ; ks amadhvam pl e a se forgive;capala be c a u se of
insolence; arabhatim bo l d n e s s;i ti th u s ; sapranamam w i t h b o w i n g d o w n ;
pasy an seeing.

( Looking at all corners of the audience, with a loud and cheerful voice) 0 d e a r
devotees of Sri Krsna, the lion of gopas! Beginning to walk on the path of the
shameless, a certain actor now wishes to say something to you, the spiritual
masters wise in the true religion of worshiping the Lord. Please forgive this rash
and arrogant person. (He bows down and then looks in a certain direction.)
Text 6 (b)

abhivyakta mattah prakrti la-ghu r-upad api budha

vidhatri siddharthan hari g-una m-ayi vah krtiriyam
pulindenapy agnih kim u samidham un-mathya j anito
hiranya sr-eninam apaharati nantah ka-lusatam

abhivyakta ma n i f e s ted;mattah fr o m m e ; pr a k r ti by n a t u r e ;la ghu ru-pat

situated in a lower position; api al t h o u g h;budhah 0 le a r n e d devotees;
vidhatri wh i c h m a y b r i n g a b o u t ; siddha ar-than al l t he objects ofperfection;
hari gu-na ma-yi wh o se subject matter is the attributes of Krsna;vah o f y o u ;
krtih th e p o e t ic play known as Vidagdha-madhava;iyam th i s ; pu l indena b y
the lowest class ofmen; api al t h o u g h;agnih a f i r e ;ki mu wh e t h e r ;samidham
the wood; unmathya ru b b i n g ;j anitah pr o d u c e d;hiranya of g o l d ; sr eninam o f
quantities; apaharati vanquishes; na no t ; an tah in n e r ; ka l u satam d i r t y
things.

0 learned devotees, I am by nature ignorant and low, yet even though it is from
me that Vidagdha-Madhava has come, it is filled with descriptions of the
transcendental attributes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore, will
not such literature bring about the attainment of the highest goal of life7 Although
its wood may be ignited by a low-class man, fire can nevertheless purify gold.
Although I am very low by nature, this book may help cleanse the dirt from within
the hearts of the golden devotees.*

Text 7 (a)

tad idanzm abhista devam bhagavantam anusmrtya nrtya madhu-rim u22asayami

(ity anj a2im baddhva)

tat th e r e fore;idanim no w ; ab h i sta devam wo r s h i p a b le deity;bhagavantam

the Supreme Personality of Godhead; anusmrtya re m e m b e r i ng;nrtya o f t h e
drama; madhurzm sw e e tness;u22asayami I w i l l m a n i f e st;iti th u s ; anj a2im
baddhva folds his hands.

Now, remembering the worshipable Supreme Personality of Godhead, I will

show the sweetness of this drama. (He folds his hands.)

Text 7 (b)
prapanna madhurodayah sphurad a-manda v-rndatavi-
nikunjamaya mandapa p-rakara madhya b-addha s-thitih
nirankusa k-rpambudhir vrajv- a
ihara r-
ajyan manah
sanatana ta-nuh sada mayi tanotu tustim prabhuh

prapanna at t a i ned for the surrended souls);madhura the rasa of conjugal

love (or kindness); udayah ar i s a l;sphurat sp l e n d i d; amanda gr e a t;vrnda
atavi fo r e st of Vrndavana;nikunj a ma-ya fu ll of gro ves;mandapa o f p a v i l l i o n s
(or temples); prakara wi t h m u l t i t u d e s;madhya ba-ddha sth-itih in t he c enter;
nirankusa unchecked;;krpa mercy;ambudhih ocean;vraja in Vraja;
vihara pa s t i mes;rajyat ta k i n g d e l i g h t;manah mi n d ; sa n atana e t e r n al ( or
Sanatana Gosvami); tanuh fo r m ; sa da al w a y s ;mayi t o m e ; t a n o tu m a y
extend; tustim d e l i g ht; prabhuh m a s t e r .

May the Supreme Lord, whose form is eternal, who is supremely sweet and
charming, who stays in the glorious forests and pavilions of Vrndavana forest, who
is a limitless ocean of mercy, and whose heart delights in His Vraja pastimes,
always be pleased with me.

Note: Deliberately ambiguous, this verse may also be interpreted as a prayer to

Srila Sanatana Gosvami. Thus it may also mean:

May my spiritual master, Srila Sanatana Gosvami, who is graceful and

charming, who stays in the glorious forests and pavilions of Vrndavana forest, who
is a limitless ocean of mercy, and whose heart delights in Lord Krsna s Vraja
pastimes, always be pleased with me.

Text 8 (a)

pariparsvikah: bhava, pasya

pariparsvikah As s i s tant Narrator;bhava 0 master; pasya ju s t s ee.

Assistant Narrator: Master, look!

Text 8 (b)
bhaktanam udagad anarga2a dhiyam vargo nisargojjva2ah
si2aih pa22avitah sa ba22ava v-adhu b-andho prabandho py asau
2ebhe catvaratam ca tandava v-idher
vrndatavi g-arbha b-hur
manyemad v-idha p-unya manda2a p-aripako yam unmi2ati

bhaktanam of d e v o tees;udagat ha s appeared;anargala d-hiyam co n s t a ntly

thinking of Radha-Krsna; vargah th e a ssembly;nisarga uj-jvalah na t u r a l ly very
advanced; si2aih wi t h n a t u r al poetic decorations;pa22avitah sp r e ad like the
leaves of a tree; sah th a t; ballava va-dhu ba-ndhah of t he friend of the gopis, Sri
Krsna; prabandhah a l i t e r ary composition;api ev e n ;asau th a t ; 2ebhe h a s
achieved; catvaratam th e q u a l i ty of a quadrangular place with level ground;ca
and; tandava vid-heh for dancing; vrnda ata-vi of t he forest of Vrndavana;garbha
bhuh the inner grounds; manye I c o n s i d e r;mat vid-ha of p e r s ons like me;
punya ma-ndala of g ro ups of pious activities;paripakah the full development;
ay am this; unmilati a p p e a r s .

The devotees now present are constantly thinking of the Supreme Lord and are
therefore highly advanced. This work named Vidadgha-Madhava depicts the
characteristic pastimes of Lord Krsna with decorations of poetic ornaments. And
the inner grounds of the forest of Vrndavana provide a suitable platform for the
dancing of Krsna with the gopis. Therefore I think that the pious activities of
persons like us, who have tried to advance in devotional service have now attained
maturity.*

Text 9 (a)

tat tvarasva rasa madhu-ri parive-sanaya

sutradharah: marisa, nirasavali vaimu-khyad visankamano mathara ivasmi
pariparsvikah: bhava, krtam atra sankaya yatah.

tat th e r e fore; tvarasva pl e a se hurry;rasa of t h e m e l l o ws of trasncendental

pastimes; madhuri of t h e s weetness;parivesanaya fo r t h e ir distrubution;
Sutradharah Na r r a t o r; marisa my d e a r servant;nirasa of t h o s e who have no
taste for this nectar; avali of t h e m u l t i t u d e;vaimhyat be c a u se of the aversion;
visankamanah fr i g h t e ned; mantharah sl o w ; iva as i f ; as mi I a m ;
pariparsvikah As s i s tant Narrator;bhava 0 ma s t e r;kr t am wh a t i s t he use7;
atra he r e; sankaya wi t h c a u t i o n;yatah be c a u s e .

Please hurry. Distribute the nectar of Krsna's pastimes.

Narrator: Dear student, I proceed very slowly because I fear the harsh words of
persons who do not like the nectar of the Lord's pastimes.
Assitant Narrator: Master, please give up this caution, because.....
Text 9 (b)

udasatam nama rasanabhij nah

krtau tavami rasikah sphuranti
kramelakaih kamam upeksite 'pi
pikah sukham yanti param rasale

udasatam le t t hem be indifferent; nama in d e e d;rasa w i t h t h e

transcendental mellows; anabhijnah un a q u a i n t e d;krtau in t h e c r e a tion;tava
your; ami these; rasikah th o s e who are expert at relishing the transcendental
mellows; sphuranti sh i n e ; kr a melakaih by c a m e l s;kamam v o l u n t a r i l y ;
upaksite ne g lected;api al t h o u g h;pikah cu c k o o s ;sukham ha p p i n e s s;yanti
go; param supreme; rasale ma n go tree.

Persons who know how to taste nectar will be delighted by your play, and
persons who know nothing of nectar will ignore it. Of their own accord camels
avoid the mango trees that delight the poetic pika birds.

Text 10 (a)

tad arabhyatam samajika cetas -cama-tkaraya gandharva brahm-a vidya-

sutradharah: marisa, pasya pasya

tat th e r e fore;arabhyatam ma y b e g u n;samajika of t h e a u d i e nce;cetah of

the minds; camatkaraya fo r t he d e light;gandharva brahm-a vidya -music;
Sutradharah Na r r a t o r; marisa my d e a r s tudent;pasya lo o k at t h i s;pasya
look at this.

So the hearts of the audience will be filled with wonder, let the play begin.
Narrator: Student, look! Look!

Text 10 (b)

so 'yam vasanta samayah y-asmin

purnam tam isvaram upodha navanura-gam
gudha graha ruc-iraya saha radhayasau
rangaya sangamayita nisi paurnamasi
 sah th a t; ayam th i s ;va santa s-amayah sp r i n g t i m e; samijyaya h a d a r r i v e d ;
yasmin in which; purnam th e c o m p l e t e;tam Hi m ; is v a r am t h e S u p r e m e
Personality of Godhead; upodha ob t a i n e d; nava a-nuragam ne w a t t achment;
gudha g-raha wh i ch covered the stars;ruciraya ve r y b e a utiful;saha w i t h ;
radhaya Sr i m a ti Radharani;asau th a t f u l l - m o on nig h t;rangaya fo r i n c r e a sing
the beauty; sangamayita ca u s ed to meet;nisi at n i g h t ; paurnamasi t h e f u l l -
moon night.

Springtime had arrived, and the full moon of that season inspired the Supreme
Personality of Godhead, who is complete in everything, with new attraction to
meet the beautiful Srimati Radharani at night to increase the beauty of Their
pastimes.*

Purport by Srila Prabhupada:

Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura interprets this verse in two ways, for Lord Krsna
and for Srimati Radharani. When interpreted for Krsna, the night is understood to
have been a dark moon night, and when interpreted for Srimati Radharani, it is
considered to have been a full moon night.

Text 11 (a)

aye nartaka saman-ta sarva-bhauma, katham bhavatah karnapuri bhuta -badham

nigudheyam sandarbha manja-ri, yad aham radhaya sardham isvaram tam
sangamayisyamiti
sutradharah: (savismayam nepathyabhimukham avalokya) aho, katham ita eva
bhagavati paurnamasi pasya .pasya

nepathye in t he actor's dressing room; aye 0; n a r t a ka of a c t o r s samanta ;

complete;sarvabhauma 0 absolute monarch; katham how7; bhavatah your;
karna pura -an ornament for the ears; bhuta be c o m e;badham i n d e e d ;
nigudha co n c ealed;iyam th i s ; sandarbha in t h e f o rm of w o r d s; manjari
bouquet of flowers; yat b e c a u se; aham I; ra d h a ya by S r i m a ti R adharani;
sardham ac c ompanied;isvaram th e S u p r e me Personality of Godhead;tam
Him; sangamayisyami wi l l I b r i n g t o g ether;iti th u s ; su t r a dharah Na r r a t o r;sa
vismayam wi t h a m a zement;nepathya of t h e a ctor's dressing rooms;
abhimukham in t he d i r e ction; avalokya ha v i n g s een;ahah 0 ; k a t h a m h ow 7 ;
itah in t h i s d ir e ction; eva c e r t a i n l y; bhagavati ce l e b r a ted;paurnamasi
Paurnamasi; pasya ju s t see;pasya ju s t s ee.

Paurnamasi: (offstage) 0 ki ng of actors, how did your ear become decorated

with the flower that is the secret of this drama, the secret that I will arrange the
meeting of Radha and Krsna7
Narrator: (surprised, he looks offstage) Ah! Was that saintly Paurnamas>7
Look! Look!

Text ll (b)

vahanti kasayambaram urasi sandipani mu-neh

savitri savitri sam-arucir alam pandura ka-ca
surarseh sisyeyam parijanavati nandabhavanad
ito mandam mandam sphutam utajavithim pravisati

vahanti ca r r y i n g; kasaya re d d i s h;ambaram ga r m e n t s;urasi on t h e b r e a st;

sandipani of S andipani;muneh of t h e s age;savitri mo t h e r ; savitri w i t h
Savitri-devi, the wife of Lord Brahma; sama eq u a l; rucih sp l e n d o r;alam
greatly; pandura white; kaca ha i r; sura of t h e d e m i g o d s;rseh of t h e s age
(Narada); sisya st u d e n t;iyam sh e ;pa r ij anavati wi t h a f r i e n d;nanda o f
Nanda Maharaja; bhavanat fr o m t he h o u se;itah he r e ;ma ndam mandam
slowly; sphutam cl e a r l y;utaj a of h o u s e s;vithim se r i e s (the street);
pravisati
enters.

Wearing a red cloth over her breast, her hair white, splendid like Goddess
Savitri, and accompanied by a friend, Paurnamasi, who is Narada s disciple and
Sandipani Muni's mother, now leaves Nanda's palace and slowly walks on the
street.

Text ll (c)

tad avam agratah karaniyam varntkangikaram alocayavah

(iti niskrantau) prastavana

tat th a t; avam we ; api ev e n ;ag r a t ah in t h e b e g i n n i n g;karaniyam t o b e

done; varnika costumes andmake-up; angi karam -acceptance; alocayavah we
see; iti th u s ; nisdrantau th e y e x i t;prastavana p r o l o g u e .

Let us see if the actors are in their costumes.

(They exit.)

Thus ends the prologue.

 Scene 1

Text 12 (a)

(tatah pravisati sa pa-rij ana paurnamasi ) .

paurnamasi: ("aye nartaka sam-anta: " iti pathitva) hanta vatse nandimukhi. kim
api kamaniyam gayata sphutam ananditasmi natendrena
nandi: bhaavadi kim .jahattham edam

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;sa wi t h ; pa r ij ana h e r c o m p a n i o n ;

paurnamasi Paurnamasi; aye 0; n a r t a ka of a c t o r s;samanta co m p l e t e;iti
thus; nandimukhi Na n d i m u k h i ; k im api gr e a t l y ;ka maniyam b e a u t i f u l l y ;
gayata by t he singing; sphutam ce r t a i n l y;anandita de l i g h t e d;asmi 1 am;
nata indre-na by the Narrator;nandi Nandimukhi; bhaavadi 0 revered mother;
kim w h e t h er; kkhu in d e e d ; j a h a t t ham tr u e ; ed am t h i s .

(Paurnamasi enters with her companion)

Paurnamasi: 0 king of actors, how did your ear become decorated with the
flower that is the secret of this drama, the secret that I will arrange the meeting of
Radha and Krsna. Child ¹ n d i m u k h i , b y s i n g ing this verse, the narrator pleased
me.
¹n di : N o ble lady, did he speak the truth7

Text 12 (b)

paurnamasi:

sambhavyate pha2am a2ambita mu2a pu-stes -

tat tadrsam kva mama bhagya taror va-roru

yenanayoh subhagayor ucita bhaveyam
srngara mangali-kayor nava sangama-ya

paurnamasi Paurnamasi; sambhavyate is p r o d u c ed;alambhita no t a t t a i n e d;

mula of t he root; pusteh of t he n o u r i s hment;tat th a t ; ta d r sam l i k e t h a t ;
kva where7;mama my; bhagya of good fortune; taroh of the tree; vara uru -
0 beautiful girl; yena by w h i c h ; anayoh of t h e t w o ; subhagayoh au s p i c i o us
and beautiful; ucita pr o p e r;bhaveyam ma y I b e c o me;srngara pa s t i m es of
amorous love; mangalikayoh au s p i c i o us;nava ne w ; sa ngamaya fo r a m e e t ing.

Paurnamasi: 0 girl with the beautiful thighs, the tree of my good fortune is
withered at the root. How will it pr o duce a fruit like that, a fruit that will make me
qualified to arrange a new meeting of the beautiful and auspicious divine couple7

Text 13 (a)

nandi: bhaavadi, j a ivi-sahanu nan-dini rahi ak-anhena sangamanijj a, tado

sangamanu u2a-vasam go u2a-m ujj hi asa-ntanu vas-a san-ne bhanu titth-e kim ti esa
sangovi ara-kkhida asi

nandi Na n d i m u k h i; bhaavadi 0 re s p e c t ed mother; j a i — i-f; visahanu

Vrsabhanu; nandini th e d a u g h t er; rahi a S - r i m a ti Radharani; tu-e by y o u ;
kanhena wi th K r s n a; sangamanijj a wi l l be u n i t e d; tadah th e n ; sa ngama f o r a
meeting; anu u2a -favorable; vasam re s i d e nce;go u2am -Gokula, vrndavana;
ujj hi aa - bandoning; santanu vasa -Santanu-vasa; sanne na m e d; bhanu titthe-
holyplace; kim ti wh y 7 ; e sa t h i s ; sa ngovi ah - a v i ng concealed; rakkhida
protected; asi was.

Nandi: Noble lady, if you are destined to arrange Vrsabhanu-nandim Radha s

meeting with Lord Krsna, then why did Radha leave the land of Gokula, which is
so favorable for that meeting, and secretly reside in the sacred village of Santanu-
VBSB~

Text 13 (b)

paurnamasi: vatse, nrsamsatah kamsa bhupate-h sankaya

nandi: bhaavadi, tahavi kaham ranna vinnada -raha

paurnamasi Paurnamasi; vatse my d e ar child; nrsamsatah cr u e l; ka msa

Kamsa; bhupateh km g ; sankaya be c a u se of fear; nandi N a n d i m u k h i ;
bhaavadi 0 re s p e cted mother;tahavi ne v e r t h e less;kaham ho w 7 ; ra n na b y
King Kamsa; vinnada pe r c e ived;raha Sr i m a ti R adharani.

Paurnamasi: Because She fears cruel King Kamsa, my child.

Nandi: Noble lady, how did the king learn about Radha7
Text 13 (c)

paurnamasi: radha sa-undarya vr-ndam eva vij nane nidanam. yatah

lokottara guna sr-ih

prathayati parito nigudham api vastu
pihitam api prayatnad
vyanakti kasturikam gandhah

radha of Srimati Radharani; saundarya of the beauty; vrndam abundance;

eva certainly; vij nane in k n o w l e d g e;nidanam ca u s e;yatah be c a u s e;loka
uttara ex t r a o rdinary;guna of t r a n s c endental qualities;srih o p u l e n c e ;
nigudham co n f i d e ntial;api al t h o u g h;vastu wo r t h y o b j e c t;pihitam
concealed; api al t h o u g h; prayatnat wi t h g r e at endeavor;vyanakti ma n i f e s t s;
kasturikam musk; gandhah aroma.

Paurnamasi: He learned about Radha's great beauty in this way: Even if one
carefully hides it, musk's sweet scent at once reveals where it is. In the same way,
even though they were carefully hidden, Radha's beauty and virtues became
known everywhere.

Text lk (a)

nandi: bha avadi, -j aso a dhatt-a -emuhu-ra eattan-o nattini rahi ago u-la ma-jj he -ani
ajadila puttass-a ahimannuno hatthe uvvahida tti, tadisam jevva asamanjasam
apadidam jam ka.nhado annena purisena tadisi nam kara pamsa-m asajjam ta kah.am
tumam niccinta vi adisas-i

bhaavadi 0 re s p e cted mother;j aso aw i t - h Yasoda; dhatta em o t h - e r;

muhura ew i t h -Mu k h u r a; at tanah ow n ; nat tini gr a n d - d a u g hter;rahi a -

Srimati Radharani; go ula Go - k u l a;majjhe in t h e m i d d l e; ahi a h a v i - n g b r o u g h t ;

jadila of J a t i la;puttassa of t he son;ahimannunah of A b h i m a n y u; hatthe in
the hand; uvvahida ma r r i e d; tti th u s ; ta d i s am li k e h i m ;j evva c e r t a i n l y ;
asamanj asam un s uitable; apadidam ha p p e n e d;j am th a n w h o m ; ka n hadah
than Krsna; annena by a n o t h e r; purisena by a m a n; tadisinam o f t h o s e like
that; kara of t he h a nd; pamsam to u c h ; asajj am un b e a r a ble;ta t h e r e f o r e ;
kaham ho w . ; tu am yo u ; ni c c i n ta un c o n c e r n e d;via aa s i f ; -disasi a re s een.

¹n di : N o ble lady, Yasoda s nurse, Mukhara, brought her granddaughter Radha

to Gokula. Radha then accepted the hand of Abhimanyu, the son of Jatila, in
marriage. A more unsuitable match could not have been made! Radha cannot
tolerate the touch of the hand of any man other than Krsna. 0 mo t h e r, how can
you remain aloof when this is happening7

Text lk (b)

paurnamasi: tasyaiva hetoh

nandi: kaham vi a-
paurnamasi: (vihasya) tad vancanadyartham eva svayam udvahadikam nit.ya
preyasya eva khalu tah krsnasya
nandi: (saharsam) ta nunam tumam niccintasi samvuta, j am esa ajj a go ula -maj-j he
anida
paurnamasi: Vatse, satyam bravisi kam.satas cinta me saithi2yam ivopa2abdha,
kintu dustabhimanyutah sphutam anya sampratam ajanista
nandi: kerisi sa

tasya of t ha t; eva c e r t a i n l y; hetoh f r o m w h a t c ause7;kaham vi a h - o w i s

this possible.; vihasya la u g h i n g; tat o f h i m ; va n c ana de c e p t i o n;adi e t c . ;
artham fo r t he pur p o se; eva c e r t a i n l y; svayam Hi m s e l f;yogamayaya b y H i s
energy ofyogamaya; mithya in a n i n v e r t ed way; eva c e r t a i n l y;pratyayitam
confidential messenger; tat h i m ; vi d h a nam of t h o s e who are similar;udvaha
marriage; adikam et c .;nitya et e r n a l;preyasyai m o s t b e l o ved; eva c e r t a i n l y ;
khalu in d e e d; tah t h e y ; kr s n asya of K r s n a ;saharsam jo y f u l l y ; ta t h e r e f o r e ;
nunam at present; tumam yo u ; n i c c inta w i t h o u t c o n c e rn;asi ar e ;samvuta
withdrawn; j am be c a use; esa s h e; ajj a at p r e s e nt;go ula -ofGokula; majjhe
in the middle; anida is b r o u g h t; vatse 0 ch i l d ; sa t yam th e t r u t h ; br a visi y o u
are speaking; kamsatah f r o m K a m s a; cinta a n x i o u s c onsideration; me m y ;
saithi2yam di m i n u t i o n; iva as i t w e r e;upa2abdha at t a i ned; kintu b u t ; d u s t a
wicked; abhimanyutah f r o m A b h i m a n yu; sphutam ce r t a i n l y;anya a n o t h e r ;
sampratam no w ; aj anista is b o r n; ke risi li k e w h a t ; sa i s i t 7

Paurnamasi: Why should I care7

Nandi: How can you talk like that7
Paurnamasi: (laughing) This false marriage of Radha and Abhimanyu is simply
a trsck that Yogamaya has played to cheat Kamsa. Radha and all the other gopis are
Krsna's lovers eternally.
¹n di : (j o y f u l ly) And now that Radha has returned to Gokula, you are free of
all worries.
Paurnamasi: Child, what you say is true. My worry about Kamsa is now less,
although now I am beginning to worry about Abhimanyu.
Nandi: Why is that7
Text lk (c)

paurnamasi:

ba22avi na-va 2a-tasu ranginam

krsna bh-rngam adhigatya matsari
radhika pu-rata pa-dminim ayam
netum icchati punar vanantaram

ba22avi of the gopis; nava yo u n g ; 2atasu am o n g t he creepers;ranginam

delighting; krsna of S ri K r s n a;bhrngam th e b u m b l e - bee;adhigatya h a v i n g
discovered; matsari je a l o u s;radhika of S r i m a ti Radharani;purata g o l d e n ;
padminim lo t u s flo we r; ayam this; netum to l e a d;icchati de s i r e s;punah
again; vana Ma t h u r a; antaram w i t h i n .

Paurnamasi: Noticing that the black bumblebee of Krsna is fond of playing

among the new-flowering vines of the gopis, Abhimanyu has become jealous. Now
he desires to take the golden lotus flower Radha to another forest.

Text 15 (a)

nandi: tatthavi j o ama a-jj evv-a samahanam karispadi

paurnamasi: putri, kojanati svatantrayas tasyas caritam, yadidrse rthe
tatasthayate

tattthavi so m e p l ace;
j o ama a-t h e -Lords energy of Yogamaya;jj evva
certainly; samahanam cr u c i al incident;karissadi wi l l c r e a t e;putri 0 da u ghter;
kah wh o 7; j anati un d e r s t a n d;svatantrayah un d e p e n d e nt;tasyah h e r ;
caritam pa s t i m e;yadi if ; id r s e in t h i s w a y; ar t he me a n i n g ;sa s h e ;
tatasthayate st a nds aloof.

¹n di : Now Yogamaya will act.

Paurnamasi: Daughter, independent Yogamaya now stands aloof. Who
understands her actions7

Text 15 (b)

nandi: anno va ettha ko vi uva o t thi jen-a eso padibaddho bhave

 paurnamasi: vatse, tatra maya pratibhuva bhavantyayukti madhuri medurena vag-
argalena nisargad agambhiro 'yam viskambhito 'sti.
nandi: (saharsam) bhaavadi, kamsassago mandalajjhakkho go a-ddhano
kanhanusarina canda a-li c-arittena kudo na kuppa e-
Paurnamasi: putri, raj a k-u2opa2abdhena gauravena garvito yam vyaktam api tan na
sraddadhati

annah an o t he r; va or ; et t ha he r e ;kah vi so m e t h i n g ;uva re m e d y ;t t h i

there is; j ena by wh i c h; padibaddhah ob s t r u c t e d;bhave ma y b e;vatse 0
child; tatra th e r e ; maya by m e ; pr a t i b huva se c u r i t y;bhavantya is ; yu k ti b y a
stragem; madhura wi t h s w e e tness;medurena th i c k ; vak of w o r d s ;ar g alena
by the impediment; nisargat sp o n t a n e ously;agambhirah sh a l l o w; ayam h e ;
viskambhitah ob s t r u c ted;asti is ; sa h arsam jo y f u l l y ; bh aavadi 0 re s p e c t e d
mother; kamsassa of K a msa;go ma-ndala of t he pasturing ground for the cows;
ajj hakkhah superintendent;go add-hanah Govardhana Hill; kanha of Krsna;
anusarina fo l l o w i n g; canda ali -of Ca n d r a vali-gopi;carittena by t h e a ctivities;
kudah why7; na no t; kuppa I; kuppa i —
b-ecome angry; putri 0 da ughter;
raj a of kin g s; ku2a co m m u n i t y; upa2abdhena un d e r s tood;gauravena w i t h
gravity; garvitah pr o u d ; ayam th i s ; vy a k t a m manifested; api al t h o u g h; tat
that; na no t ; sraddadhati b e l i e v e .

¹n di : Is there another way to stop him7

Paurnamasi: Child, simply by speaking sweet and clever words, I will stop
shallow Abhimanyu.
Nandi: (joyfully) Respected mother, Govardhana Hill is appointed by King
Kamsa to watch over the activities in Gokula. Why does he not become angry at
Krsna for enjoying pastimes with Candravah7
Paurnamasi: Daughter, Govardhana hill is very proud. He does not think the
king's order very important.

Text 15 (c)

nandi: kaham kanhena padhamamse sangamo samvuto

paurnamasi: putri, sangame khalu gadhanuragitaiva duti babhuva. mad
udyamanam kevalam aj anista pista pesita -

kaham ho w 7; kanhena by K r s n a;padhamamse on t he f ir st day; sangamah

meeting; samvutah oc c u r r e d;putri 0 da u g h t e rsangame
; fu l l o f l o v e;eva
certamly; duti me s s e nger;babhuva wa s ; mat my ; ud y a m a nam o f e f f o r t s ;
kevalam ex c l u sive;aj anista pr o d u c e d;pista pesita gr - inding of what has
already been ground.

¹n di : How did K r sna and Candravali first meet7

 Paurnamasi: Daughter, when they first met, they fell deeply in love. For me to
do anything more would be to crush what is already powder.

Text 15 (d)

nandi: ajj e, tuha kaham erisi bha av-isena bh-avida gadhanura id-a uppanna, j am
appano ahittha de -am-ni anuppanne kanhe ujj a in-im ujj hi ap-adham cce-a go ul-am
laddhasl
paurnamasi: putri, guru pa-danam upadesa pra-sadena

ajj e 0 re v e red mother; tuha yo u r ; ka h am ho w 7 ; er i si li k e t h i s ;b ha a-

love; visesa specific; bhavida wa s ; gadha in t e n s e;anura ida -l o v e; uppanna
produced; j am wh i c h; appanah of t h e s elf;ahittha wo r s h i p a b l e;de am-ni
deity; anuppanne no t m a n i f e s ted; kanhe Sr i K r s n a;ujja inim -t h e c i t y o f
Ujjayini; ujj hi a -having left; padham at once; cce-a in d e ed; g o ulam -to
Gokula; laddha asi yo u a t t a ined;putri 0 da u g h t e rguru
; of t h e s p i r i t u al master
(¹r a d a); padanam of t h e l o t us feet;upadesa of i n s t r u c t i o n; prasadena b y t h e
mercy.

¹n di : N o ble lady, why do you love Krsna so deeply that you came to Gokula,
leaving Ujjayini because Krsna was not there7
Paurnamasi: Daughter, I did it because of the mercy of my guru's advice.

Text 15 (e)

nandi: ettha vasantim tumam maha bha o-sand-ipani kim kkhujanadi.

paurnamasi: atha kim. yatas tena madhumangalabhidhah svaputro mamatra
paricary artham presi tah

ettha th e r e; vasantim re s i d i n g;tumam yo u ; ma ha bha ah -g r e -atfortunate;

sandipani Sa n d ipani Muni; kim d o e s 7 ; kkhu i n d e e d ;j anadi kn o w ; at ha k i m
yes;yatah because;tena by him; madhumangala Madhumangala;abhidhah
by the name; sva ow n ; pu t r ah so n ;ma ma my ; at r a s en t .

¹n di : Does fortunate Sandipani Muni know you are here7

Paurnamasi: Yes. He sent his son, Madhumangala, to serve me.

Text 15 (f)
 nandi: mahumangalo tu-e sutthu anuggahidojam eso nandanaan i-ndi a-ra c-andassa
saha a-rada mahusave ni-utto.
paurnamasi: putri, mama sarvasva r-upaya radhayah krsne nuraga v-istaraya tvam
ca niyujyase

mahumangalah M a d h u m a n g ala; tu-e by y o u ; s utthu e x c e l l e n t l y ;

anuggahidah favored;jam because;esah he;nanda of Nanda Maharaja;
naan of t he eyes;indi ar-a lo t u s flo we r; candassa of t he m o o n; saha ar-ada
friendship; mahusave in a g reat festival;ni utt-ah en g a ged;putri 0 da u ghter;
mama my; sarvasva ev e r y t h m g;rupayah fo r m ; ra d h a yah o f S r i m a t i
Radharani; krsne fo r K r s n a; anuraga of l o v e ; vistaraya fo r t h e e xp a nsion;
tvam you; can and;niyujyase are enjoined.

¹n di : You are very kind to Madhumangala. You gave him a great festival of
friendship for the lotus-moon that is Nanda's son.
Paurnamasi: Daughter, Radha is my great treasure. Please help Her fall in love
with Krsna.

Text 15 (g)

nandi: (sahandam) bhaavadi, adibhumim gado se kanhe anura o -

paurnamasi: katham eta2 2aksitam.

nandi: jada kahapasange esa kanhatti namam sunadi, tada romancida kampi bha-
am vinda e -

paurnamasi: putri, yuktam idam tatha .hi

sa anand-am joyfully; bhaavadi 0 r e s p e c t ed mother; adi-bhumim h i g h e s t

point; gadah re a c hed;se he r ; ka n he fo r K r s n a ;anura ah lo-ve; katham
how7; etat th i s ; laksitam c h a r a c t e rized;j ada wh e n ; ka ha d e s c r i p t i o n ;
pasange in contact; esa sh e; kanhatti of K r s n a ;namam na m e ;sunadi h e a r s ;
tada th e n; romancida wi t h h a i r s standing upright;kampi so m e ;p u t ri 0
daughter; yuktam a p p r o p r i a te; idam th i s ; ta t ha hi fo r t h i s r e a son.

¹n di:(joyfully) Noble lady, Radha has already climbed to the highest

mountaintop of love for Krsna.
Paurnamasi: How do you know7
¹n di : W h e n ever, in the course of an ordinary conversation, She hears the
name Krsna, the hairs of Her body stand up, and She shows the symptoms of
ecstasy.
Paurnamasi: Daughter, that is the right response. After all. . .
Text 15 (h)

tunde tandavinz ratim vitanute tundava2i 2a-bdhaye

karna k-roda ka-dambini ghatayate karnarbudebhyah sprham
cetah pr-angana sa-ngini vij ayate sarvendriyanam krtim
no j anej anita kiyabdhir amrtaih krsneti varna dv-ayi

tunde in t he mout h; tandavini da n c i n g ; ratim t h e i s n p i r a t i o n;vitanute

expands; tunda av-a2i 2ab-dhaye to achieve many mouths; karna of t h e e ar;
kroda in the hole; kadambini sprouting; ghatayate causes to appear; karna
arbudebhyah sprham th e d esire for millions of ears;cetah pra-ngana i n t h e
courtyard of the heart; sangini be i n g a companion;vijayate co n q u e r s;sarva
indriyanam of a ll t he senses; krtim t h e a c t i v i t y;nah no t ;j ane I k n o w ;
janita pr o d u c e d;kiyadbhih of w h a t m e a sures by;amrtaih by n e c t a r;krsna
the name of Krsna; iti t h u s ; va r na dvay-i th e t wo s yl lables.

I do not know how much nectar of the two syllables Krs-na' have produced.
When the holy name of Krsna is chanted, it appears to dance within the mouth.
We then desire many, many mouths. When that name enters the holes of the ears,
we desire many millions of ears. And when the holy name dances in the courtyard
of the heart, it conquers the activities of the mind, and therefore all the senses
become inert.*

Text 16 (a)

nandz: ajje, dohim 2a2ida visaha-nim sahihim saddham raha suram arahehi canda.
a2i una pa uma se-bba p-ahudi-him saddham candi am ta -takk.emi de ada pa-sa a- -

nippadi oiman-am iriso kanhe anura o -

ajj e 0 re s pected mother;dohim by t h e t wo of t he m;2a2ida visahah-im b y

Lalita and Visakha; sahihim wi t h t h e f r i e n d s;saddham ac c o m p a nied;raha
Srimati Radharani; suram th e s u n - g od; arahehi wo r s h s ps;canda a2i -

Candravali; una ag a i n;pa uma P- a d ma-gopi;sebba Sa i bya-gopi;pahudihim

beginning with; saddham al o n g w i t h; candi am th - e goddess Parvati; ta
therefore; takkemi I ca n gu ess; de ada of-the demigods; pasa am e r - c y; nippadi
ah achieved; imanam of t h e m ; ir i s oh in t h i s w a y; ka nhe fo r K r s n a;anura
ah l o v e .

Nandi: Noble lady, accompanied by Her friends Lalita and Visakha, Radha
worshipped the sun-god, and, accompanied by Saibya, Padma and other friends,
Candravalk worshipped Parvati. I can only guess, that it was by the mercy of these
demigods, that these gopis attained such love for Krsna.

Text 16 (b)

paurnamasi:

daivata sev-a kevalam

iha vana ya-tranusarini mudra
vraj a sub-hruvam tu krsne
sahaj ah prema saj agarti

daivata of t he demigods;seva wo r s h i p; kevalam on l y ; ih a her e ; va na t o

the forest; yatra jo u r n e y; anusarini fo l l o w i n g ;mu dra ma r k ; vr aj a o f V r a j a ;
subhruvam of t he gopis, whose eyebrows are very beautiful;tu bu t ; kr s ne f o r
Krsna; sahaj ah bo rn at the same time; prema lo v e ; sah it ;j agarti a w a k e n e d .

Paurnamasi: Although they went to the forest only to worship the demigods,
the beautiful-eyebrowed girls of Vraja found that love for Krsna suddenly
awakened within them.

Text 17 (a)

nandi: saccam raha esaha-vi am ce -apimm-am tatthavi sahmam kosalam uddi

anam.
paurnamasi: putri, mad gira sa-ndisyatam alekhya vicaks-ana visakha yatheyam
svaskhi netrara-vindayor anandanayananda sunoh -praticchandam nirmati.

saccam tr u t h; ra ha e o f S- r i m a ti Radharani;sahavi am n- a tural;ce a -

certainly; pimmam lo v e ; ta tthavi ne v e r t h e l ess;

sahinam o f h e r f r i e n d s ;
kosalam go od fortune; uddipanam st i m u l u s ;putri 0 dau g h t e r ;mat m y ;
gira by w o r d s; sandisyatam may be shown; alekhya at d r a w i ng pic tures;
vicaksana ex p e rt; visakha Vi s a k h a - gopi;yatha as ; iy am sh e ;sva h e r ;
sakhi of t he friend; netra of t h e e ye s;aravindayoh lo t u s ; anandanaya f o r t h e
delight; nanda of N a n da Maharaja;sunoh of t he son (Sri Krsna);
praticchandam likeness; nirmati draws.

Nandi: Radha s natural love for Krsna made Her friends fortunate.
Paurnamasi: Daughter, on my order please ask the skillful artist Visakha to
draw, for the pleasure of her friend's lotus eyes, a picture of Nanda's son.
Text 17 (b)

nandi: aha
j anavedi bhaavadi
paurnamasi: mayapt modaka vr-nda da-napadesad vrndatavi m-adhyam asadya
radheti mangalaksara m-adhuryena madhava ka-rnayor dvandvam anandiyam

jaha as;anavedi order;bhaavadi you; maya by me;api even;modaka

candies; vrnda a m u l t i t u d e; dana gi v i n g ; apadesat on t h e p r e t ext;vrnda
atavi of t he forest of Vrndavana;madhyam th e m i d d l e; asaya ha v i n g a rrived;
radha Ra d ha; iti t h u s ; ma n gala au s p i c i o u s;aksara sy l l a l e s;madhuryena
with the sweetness; madhava of M a d h a va;karnayoh of t h e e ars;dvandvam
pair; anandiyam I may delight.

¹n di : As the noble lady orders.

Paurnamasi: Then, on the pretext of carrying a gift of modaka candies, I will
enter Vrndavana forest and delight Krsna's ears with the sweetness of the two
auspicious syllables Radha .

Text 17 (c)

nandi: ajje, pekkha eso rama-mahumangala-siridama-pahudihim saha-arehim

saddham go-ulado nikkami-a vundavanam gacchanto kanho siniddhehim
pidarehim jaso-anandehim lalijja-i

ajje 0 re s p e cted mother;pekkha ju s t s ee;esah He ; ra ma b y L o r d

Balarama; mahumangala an d M a d h u m a n gala;siridama an d S r i d a ma;
pahudihim an d o t h e rs;saha arehim -wi th fr i e n d s; saddham ac c o m p a nied;go
uladah fr om G o k u l a; nikkami ah a v - i ng left; vundavanam Vr n d a v a na;
gacchantah going; kanhah Krsna; siniddhehim af f e c tionate;pidarehim b y H i s
parents;jaso a Yas-oda; nandehim and Nanda; 2a2ijja-i — is fondled.

¹n di : N o ble lady, look. Accompanied by Balarama, Madhumangala, Sridama,

and a host of friends, and embraced by affectionate Nanda and Yasoda, His
parents, Krsna now goes from Gokula to Vrndavana forest.

Text 17 (d)
 paurnamasi: (vilokyasaharsam ).

ayam nayana d-andita p-ravara p-undarika p-rabhah

prabhati nava jaguda d-yuti v-idambi p-itambarah
aranyaj a p-ariskriya d-amita di-vya v-esadaro
harin m-ani m-anohara dy-utibhir ujj valango harih

vilokya se e ing; esa w i t h ; ha r s am jo y ; ay am th i s ;na y a na b y w h o s e

beautiful eyes; dandita de f e a ted;pravara be s t ;pundarika pr-abhah th e l u s ter of
the white lotus flower; prabhati lo o k s b e autiful;nava jaguda dy-uti t h e
brilliance of newly painted kunkuma; vidambi de r i d i n g ;pita am-barah w h o s e
yellow dress; aranya ja pi c k e d u p f r o m t he f orest;pariskriya b y w h o s e
ornaments; damita su b d u e d;divya ves-a ada-rah the hankering for first-class
dress; harin ma-ni of e me ralds;manohara mi n d - a t t r a cting;dyutibhih w i t h
splendor; ujj vala ang-ah wh o se beautiful body; harih th e S u p r e me Personality of
Godhead.

Paurnamasi: (joyfully looking at Krsna) The beauty of Krsna's eyes surpasses

the beauty of white lotus flowers, His yellow garments surpass the brilliance of
fresh decorations of kunkuma, His ornaments of selected forest flowers surpass the
hankering for the best of garments, and His bodily beauty possesses mind-
attracting splendor greater than the jewels known as marakata-mani (emeralds).'

Text 17 (e)

tadaham modaka sampa-danayagaccheyam tvam.visakhamyahi

(iti niskrante)

tat th e r e fore;aham I; mo d a ka of c a n d i e s;sampadanaya f o r g i v i n g ;

gaccheyam will go; tvam yo u ; vi s akham to V i s a k h a -gopi;yahi pl e a s e go;iti
thus; niskrante t h e y e xi t .

I will go to deliver the modaka candies. You go to Visakha.

(They exit)

Scene 2
Text 18

(tatah pravisati yatha n-irdistah krsnah ).

Sri Krsnah: (purastad avalokya sanandam)

sreni bh-uta va-puh sri-yam abhimukhe gomandalinam kramad

asam sphatika ga-nda sai-2a pa-ta2i pa-ndu tvi-sam vyaj atah
sanke j nata gu-na purandara pu-rac caskanda mandakini
vrndaranya vih-ari dha-nya yam-una sev-a pra-modarthini

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;yatha nir-distah as described;krsnah S r i

Krsna; sri krs-na Sri Krsna;purastat ah e a d;avalokya lo o k i n g ;sa ana-ndam
with happiness; sreni bhu-ta mu l t i t u d e s; vapuh of f o r m s ; sriyam of t h e b e a uty;
abhimukhe in t he p re sence;gah of c o w s; mandalinam of t h e m u l t i t u d e s ;
kramat in o r d e r; asam of t h e m ; sphatika cr y s t a l;ganda si d e ;sai2a pata-2i o f
mountains; pandu wh i t e ; tv isam of t h e l u s t e r; vyaj atah ha v i ng t he appearance;
sanke I th i n k; j nata un d e r s t o o d;guna qu a l i t i e s;purandara of I n d r a ; purat
from the city; caskanda ha s descended;mandakini th e c e l e stial Ganges;vrnda
aranya in t he f o r est of Vrndavna;vihari pe r f o r m i n g p astimes;dhanya
auspicious; yamuna of t he Yamuna river;seva se r v i c e;pramoda d e l i g h t ;
arthini fo r t he p u r p o se.

(Krsna, as previously described, enters)

Krsna: (Looking ahead, He joyfully says) I think a host of crystal mountains,

pretending to be these beautiful cows, has come here. Or perhaps it is the
Mandakini Ganga River from the city of Indra that has come, disguised as these
cows, to please and serve the glorious Yamuna River that now plays in Vrndavana.

Text 19

nanda: vatsa, sadhu varnitam kintu go.stha 2aksmir -api prsthatah preksyatam iti. (
parav rty a)

visa2air gosa2air bahu sikhara s-akha vit-atibhih-

paritaih sambadhi krta savi-dham -ambhodhi gahanam-
samrddham agovardhana katakam -akaliya hradam-
sriyam bibhrad gostham -sphurati paritas tavakam idam

nandah Na n da Maharaja;vatsa 0 ch i l d ; sa dhu ve r y w e l l; varnitam it has

been described; kintu bu t ; go s tha of t h e p a s turing grounds;2aksmih t h e
opulence; api ev e n;prsthatah be h i n d u s;preksyatam m a y be seen; iti t h u s ;
paravrtya ha v i ng t ur n e d;visa2aih large; gosa2aih ho m es for the cows and
cowherds; bahu ma n y; sikhara sp i r e s ;sakha an d w i n g s; vitatibhih w i t h
multitudes; paritaih su r r o u n d e d;sambadhi k-rta ab o u n d i n g;savidham n e a r ;
ambhodhi as the ocean; gahanam deep;samrddham opulence;
agovardhana
up to Govardhana; katakam th e s i d e; akaliya up t o K a l i y a;hradam l a k e ;
sriyam be a u t y; bibhrat ho l d i n g ;gostham pa s t u r e;sphurati ap p e a rs very
splendid; paritah al l a r o u n d; tavakam yo u ; id am t h i s .

Nanda: Child, You speak well. Look behind us at the beauty of Vraja. (He turns
around.) From Govardhana to Kaliya Lake, Your land of Vraja is very beautiful,
like a great ocean of beauty glorious with many palaces and gosalas.

Text 20 (a)

krsnah: sakhe madhumanga2a, duram anuyato smi tatena tad a.vi2ambam sardham
gostham pravisyatam
Yasoda:jada, kimti avaranhevi gotthamsumarasi jam .paramadarenama e -

randhida im pa-ccaham si aliho-nti mitthanna im. -

sakhe 0 fr i e n d; madhumangala Ma d h u m a n g a la;duram fr o m a g r e a t

distance; anuyatah fo l l o w e d; asmi I a m ; ta t e na by M y f a t h e r;tat t h e r e f o r e ;
avilambam wi t h o ut d e lay; ambaya by m y m o t h e r; sardham ac c o m p a n ied;
gostham Vr n d a vana;pravisyatam sh o u l d b e e n t e red;ja da 0 son; kim ti
why7; avaranhe in t he afternoon;vi ev e n ;go ttham Vr n d a v a n a;na n o t ;
sumarasi you remember; jam because;parama supreme;adarena with care;
ma eby -me; randhita im co-oked;paccaham every day; si alihon-ti become
cold; mittha pa l a t a ble;anna im fo-odstuffs.

Krsna: Friend Madhumangala, My father and mother have come to Me from far
away. I should quickly go to Vraja Village with My mother.
Yasoda: Son, why did You not remember to come home in the afternoon7 The
delicious lunch I carefully cooked is growing cold.

Text 20 (b)

Madhumanga2ah: go u2essari, -sunahi. (iti sankrtena) gobhyah sapekim api

dusanam asya nasti (iti vag upakram-e krsnah sasneham enam pasyati ) .
Madhumangalah: tabhir yad esa rabhasad abhikrsyamanah kunjam visaty adhika
ke2i ka2otsukabhih (iti vag a-samaptau)

go u-la of Gokula; Issari 0 qu e e n ( Y a soda);sunahi pl e a se listen;iti t h u s ;

sanskrtena in S anskrit;gobhyah co w s ; sape I p r o m i s e;kim api s o m e ;
dusanam fa u l t; asya Hi s ; na no t ; as t i is ; it i thu s ; va k of t h e s p e e c h;
upakrame fr om t he beginning; krsnah Sr i K r s n a;sa wi t h ; sn e ham a f f e c t i o n ;
enam at him; pasyati gl a n c e s; tabhih b y t h e m ( t h e gopis);yat be c a u s e ;
esah He; rabhasat jo y f u l l y; abhikrsyamanah en c h a n t e d;kunj am t h e g r o v e ;
visati en t e r s;adhika fu r t h e r ; ke2i pa s t i m e s;ka2a ar t ; ut sukabhih ea g e r;iti
thus; vak sp e e ch;asamaptau in t h e u n c o m p l e ted state.

Madhumangala: (At the beginning of this speech, Krsna affectionately glances

at Madhumangala.) 0 queen of Gokula, please listen. I swear on the cows that
Krsna is not at fault. He stays in the forest because He is attracted by all the playful
girls. . (Madhumangala's speech remains unfinished.)
. .

Text 20 (c)

krsnah: (sapatrapam atmagatam) vy ak-tam esa ba2iso ba22avibhir i ti vaksyati tad.

enam samjnayanivarayami (iti s.irastiro dhunayati ) .

Madhumangalah: bho vaasa, kimti me nivarasi jam niccidam ajja ajjaya aggado
edam vinnavissam

krsnah: (svagatam) hanta, 2ajja ja2eja2ma dhiya-ham patito smi.

Madhumangalah: pitambaras tvaritam amba suhrd ghatab-hih.

sapatrapam atmagatam em b a r r assed;vyaktam ma n i f e s ted;esah t h i s ;

ba2isah fool; ba22avzbhih with t he gopis; iti th u s ; va k s yati wi l l s p e a k;tat
therefore; enam to h i m; samj naya wi t h i n t e l l i g e nce;nivarayami I w i l l s t o p ;
iti th u s ; sirah he a d ;ti r ah be n t ;dh u n ayati He s h a k e s; bhoh 0; v a a s s a
friend; kimti wh y 7 ; me to M e ; ni v a r esi d o y o u o b s t r u c t; jam w h i c h ;
niccidam cl e a rly; ajj a no w ; ajj ayah of Y o u r p i o us mot he r;aggadah in the -

presence; edam th i s; vinnavissam I will inform; svagatam sp e a ki ng to Himself;

hanta al a s; 2ajj a of e mb a rrassment; ja2e in a netwo r k;j a2ma in c o n s i derate;
dhiya be c ause of intelligence;aham I; pa t i t ah fa l l e n ;asmi am ; pi t a y el l o w ;
ambarah ga r m e nts; tvaritam qu i c k l y g o n e;amba 0 mo t h e r ;su hrt o f H i s
f riends; ghatabhih w i t h m u l t i t u d e s.

Krsna: (embarrassed, He says in an aside) This fool will describe My pastimes

with the gopis. I must signal him to stop.
 Madhumangala: 0 friend, why do You stop me as I speak to Your saintly
mother7
Krsna: (aside) Alas, because of this fool I have fallen into a trap of
embarrassment.
Madhumangala: Dear mother, what I meant was: Krsna, who wears yellow
garments, stays in the forest to play with His friends, the cowherd boys.

Text 21 (a)

Krsnah: (sanandam atmagatam) katham anyad evasya hrd ga-tam

Yasoda: vaccha mahumanga2a, saccam 2a2ida pah-udi oo-va va2-i a o-m-aha idam
kahenti ta dimbha-e hadamhi.

sanandam atmagatam joyful; katham ho w 7 ; an yat else; eva certainly;

asya of hi m; hrt gata-m intention; vaccha 0 ch i l d ; ma h umangala
Madhumangala; saccam truth; 2a2ida La l i ta-gopi; pahudi ah -and the others;
ova vali -a ah - -gopis; a and; maha my ; id am th i s ; k a n h enti d e s c r i b e; ta
therefore; dimbha-e by the boys; hadamhi I am d i s t r e ssed.

Krsna: (joyful, He says in an aside) How can any other desire stay in My heart7
Yasoda: Child Madhumangala, it is true. Lalita and the other gopis all tell me:
Those boys harass us'.

Text 21 (b)

nandah: kutumnini, kaccid anurupa nirupitasti goku2e kacid ba2ikayam

udvahayamo vatsam
yasoda: ajj a, duddha muhass-a vacchassa danim ko kkhu uvvaha osaro-
madhumanga2ah: (apavarya) vaassa, saccam duddha muho 's-i j am duddha 2uddha-
im gova kisori s-ahassa -im tujj h-a muham pi-anti.
(krsnah smitam karoti ) .

kutumbini m y d ear wi fe; kaccit is t h e r e;anurupa su i t a b l e;nirupita asti i s

found; goku2e in G o k u l a; kacit so m e ; b a2ika y o u n g g i r l;yam t o w h o m ;
udvahayamah we w i ll m a r ry off; vatsam th i s b o y; ajj a 0 pi o u s h u s b a nd;
duddha muhassa -of this small child accustomed to drink mil k; vacchassa o f t h e
child; danim now; kah how7; kkhu indeed; uvvaha osarah -the proper time
for marriage; apavarya as i d e;vaassa 0 fr i e n d ;saccam in t r u t h ; d u d dha muhah-
asi You are a small child accustomed to drink mil k; jam w h i c h ; du d d ha luddha -

im desiring to drink the mi lk; gova kisori o- f y ou ng gopis;sahasa th o u s a nds;

tujj ha Yo u r; muham li p s ; p i - a nti d r i n k ; kr s n ah Kr s n a ; s mitamkaroti s m i l e s .
 Nanda: Wife, in Gokula is there a suitable young girl we can marry to this boy7
Yasoda: Noble master, He is only a little boy. The milk is still in His mouth. Is
this the right time to marry Him7
Madhumangala: (to Krsna, aside) Friend, it is true that You have milk in Your
mouth. Still, thousands of teenage gopis, greedy after that milk, drink from Your
mouth.

Text 21 (c)

nandah: vatsa, pasya pasya

ahaha kamala gan-dher atra saundarya vrn-de

vinihita nay-aneyam tvan muk-hendor mukunda
kuca kala-sa muk-habhyam ambara kno-pam amba
tava muhur atiharsad varsati ksira dha-ram

vatsa 0 ch i l d ; pasya se e ;pasya se e ;ahaha 0! ; ka m a l a o f t h e l o t u s

flowers;gandheh of the fragrance; atra here;saundarya of beauty; vrnde
abundance; vinihita pl a c e d;nayana ey e s ;ayam sh e ; tv at Yo u r ; mu k ha o f
the face; indoh of t he m o o n;mukunda 0 Mu k u n d a ;ku ca br e a s t s;kalasa
water pots; mukhabhyam fr o m t he f ace;ambara ga r m e n t s;knopam mo i s t e n e d;
amba mo t h e r; tava Yo u r ; mu h uh co n s t a n t l y;ati harsat -f r om gr e at joy;
varsati ra i n s; ksira of m i l k ; dh a r am s h o w e r .

Nanda: Child, look! Look! 0 M u k u n d a fragrant like a lotus flower, her eyes
resting in the handsomeness of Your moonlike face, again and again Your mother
showers her garments with the milk flow ing from her waterpot breasts.

Text 22

(iti sri krsnam -alingya sananadam)

jita candra p-araga c-andrika-

naladendivara candana -sriyam-
parito mayi saitya madhuri-m
vahati sparsa mahotsava-s tava

iti th u s ; sri krsnam -K r s n a; alingya em b r a c i n g;sa anandam -joy f u l l y; jit

conquered; candra paraga -of camphor; candrika mo o n l i g h t ; na lada o f t h e
cooling nalada root; indivara of t h e b l ue lotus flower;candana of s a n d alwood;
sriyam be a u t y; paritah ev e r y w h e r e;mayi on m e ; sa it ya of c o o l n e s s ;
madhurim pl e a s entness;vahati ca r r y s;sparsa of t o u c h; maha utsavah g r e a t
festival; tav a Y o u r .

(Nanda joyfully embraces Krsna) 0 Kr s n a, the great festival of Your touch

brings to me a cool sweetness that defeats camphor, moonlight, nalada roots, lotus
flowers, and sandal paste.

Text 23 (a)

krsnah: tata, bubhuksakrstam api mat pra-tiksaya svayam tastambhe go

kadambakam tan nivartetam tatra bha-vantau
nandah: yathaha vatsah (iti sasneham krsnam avalokyan sabharyo niskrantah.)

tata 0 fa t h e r; bubhuksa by h u n g e r;akrstam at t r a c t e d;api a l t h o u g h ;

mat my ; pr a t iksaya wi t h e x p e c t ation;svayam pe r s o n a lly;tastambhe s t o o d
still; gah of t he c ows;kadambakam mu l t i t u d e ; tat th e r e f o r e;nivartetam
should turn back; tatra th e r e ;bhavantau yo u ; ya t ha as ; ah a sp o k e n ;va t sah
the child; iti th u s ; sa sneh-am wi t h a f f ection; krsnam Kr s n a ;avalokyan
looking at; sa wi t h ; bh a ryah hi s w i f e ; niskrantah he l e a v e s.

Krsna: Father, pulled by hunger, the cows wait for Me. Please return home.
Nanda: As the child says. (Affectionately gazing at Krsna, Nanda and Yasoda
exit.)

Text 23 (b)

krsnah: (puro 'valokya)

sugandhau makanda prakara -makara-ndasya madhure

vinisyande vandi krta ma-dhup-a vrndam -muhur idam
krtando2am mandonnatibhir ani2ais candana girer -

mamanandam vrnda vipinam -atu2am tundi2ayati

purah ahead;avalokya looking;su gandhau -in the fragrance;makanda

prakara of t he b un c hes of mango buds;makarandasya of t he h o n e y; madhure
sweet; vinisyande in t he o ozing; vandi krta gr - o u ped together; madhupa
vrndam bu m b l e b ees;muhuh ag a in and again;idam th i s ; kr ta andolam-
agitated; manda unnatibhi-h mo v i ng softly; anilaih by t h e b r e e zes;candana
gireh from the Malaya Hills; mama My ; an a n dam pl e a s u r e;vrnda vipinam-
the forest of Vrndavana; atu2am ve ry muc h; tundi2ayati in c r e a ses more and
more.

Krsna: (looking ahead) The sweet, fragrant honey oozing from newly grown
mango buds is again and again attracting groups of bumblebees, and this forest is
trembling in the softly moving breezes from the Malaya Hills, which are full of
sandalwood trees. Thus the forest of Vrndavana is increasing My transcendental
pleasure.*

Text 20

ramah: sridaman, pasya pasya

vrndavanam divya 2ata -pari-tam

latas ca puspa sphu-ritagra bhaj -ah
puspani ca sphita mad-hu vrata-ni
madhu vrata-s ca sruti hari -gitah-

sridaman 0 Sr i d a m a;pasya lo o k ; pa s ya lo o k ; vr n d a vanam th e f o r e st of

Vrndavana; divya 2ata p-arita-m surrounde dby t ra nscendental creepers;2atah ca
and the creepers; puspa by flo w e r s; sphurita di s t i n g u i s hed;agra bhaja-h
possessing ends; puspani th e f lo w e r s; ca a n d ; sp h ita madh-u vrata-ni having
many maddened bumblebees; madhu vrata-h the bumb lebees; ca a n d; s ruti har i-
gitah wh o s e songs defeat the Vedic hymns and are pleasing to the ear.

Rama: My dear friend Sridama, see how this forest of Vrndavana is full of
transcendental creepers and trees. The tops of the creepers are full of flowers, and
intoxicated bumblebees are buzzing around them, humming songs that please the
ear and surpass even the Vedic hymns.*

Text 25 (a)

krsnah: sakhe madhumangala, bhavad vidhana-m asatti samsibhi-r vamsi gitair -

anandayami vrndatavi vastavyh-n (ity adha.re venum vinyasyati ) .

ramah: (sascaryam) hanta, paraspara viparyas-ta svabhav-anam api bhavanam
dharma viparyay-ah pasyata

sakhe 0 friend; madhumangala Madhumangala;bhavat you; vidhanam of

those who are like; asatti ne a r b y;samsibhih so u n d i n g;vamsi o f t h e f lu t e ;
gitaih wi t h t he songs;anandayami I delight; vrnda atavi of-the forest of
Vrndavna; vastavyan in h a b i t a nts; iti t h u s ; ad h a re to H i s l i p s ; venum t h e
flute; vinyasyati He p l a c e s;sa wi t h ; as caryam wo n d e r ; ha nta 0 ; p a r a s p a ra
mutual; viparyasta op p o s i t e;svabhavanam of n a t u r e s;api ev e n ; bhavanam o f
objects; dharma na t u r e;viparyayah re v e r t e d;pasyata j u s t s e e .

Krsna: Friend Madhumangala, staying here with you and the others, I will
delight creatures of Vrndavana forest, with the sound of My flute. (Krsna places
the flute to His lips.)
Rama: (with wonder) Look! They are becoming the opposite of what they were!

Text 25 (b)

jata stam-bhataya payamsi saritam kathinyam apedire

gravano drava bha-va sam-valanatah saksad ami mardavam
sthairyam vepathunajahur muhur agaj j adyad gatim jangamam
vamsim cumbati hanta yamuna-tati-krida-kutumbe harau

jata pr o d u c e d;stambhataya wi t h t h e s tate ofbeing stunned;payamsi

waters; saritam of t he s treams;kathinyam st i f f n e s s;apedire at t a i n e d;
gravanah stones;drava fluid; bhava nature; samvalanatah fr o m t he c ontact;
saksat im m o b i l i t y; vepathuna by t r e m b l i n g;j ahuh ab a n d o n;muhuh a t o n c e ;
agat fr om t he mou n t ain;j adyat fr o m t h e s ti f f ness;gatim m o v e m e n t ;
jangamam moving; vamsim flu t e ; cumbati wh e n H e t o u c h es to His lips;
hanta in d e e d;yamuna of t h e Y amu na river; tati o n t h e b a c k; krida-kutumbe
who performs many pastimes; harau L o r d H a r i .

When Krsna, playing by the Yamuna's bank, kisses His flute, the waters of the
streams become stunned and solid, the rocks become soft and melt, and the
mountains, no longer standing still, tremble and walk about.

Text 26

madhumangala: hi hi accari am -

pa uradara -ga2anda -cchira k-a22o2ini-him

na a kusum-a -ladanam -hanta so am kuna-nti
pivi amahur-a vamsi na-da pi -usa pu-ra-m -

phura igaru a -saukkh-a -tthambhid-a dhenu patti -

hi 0 ; h i 0 ; a c c a r i am ho w
-w o n d e r f u l; galanda tr i c k l i n g ;pa uradare -ve ry
abundant; cchira of milk; ka22o2inzhim with w aves; na a f r e s h ; kusuma o f
flowers; ladanam of creepers; hanta 0 ; so am sp r i n k l i n g ; k u n anti
performing; pivi a- having drunk; mahura sw e e t;vamsi of t h e f lu t e ;nada o f
the sound; pi u-sa of nectar; puram ri v e r ; phura i -is ma n i f e sted;garu a-
intense;saukkha with happiness; tthambhida s t u n n ed; dhenu o f c o w s ; patti
multitude.

Madhumangala: Oh! Oh! Wonderful! Dri n k ing flood of nectar that is sweet
sound of Krsna's flute, the cows are stunned with bliss. Now they are all sprinkling
the flowers with great flowing waves of milk.

Text 27 (a)

(iti krsnam hastena calayan) bho pi a va-a-ssa, kisanimbbharam gavva esi -eda.-e
cce ave-nu jadi ees-a ummadi-a pa idi -etth.a una nimittamettam kkhu tumam.

iti t h us; kr snam Sr i K r s n a; hastena by t he h a n d;calayan l e a d s; bhah 0

Lord; pi ad - e a r; vaassa fr i e n d; kasi fr o m w h a t 7 ; nimbbharam g r e a t l y;gavva
esi are You so proud; eda-e of i t; cce a c - e r t a i nl y; venu o f b a m b o o s; jadi-e o f
the family; esa she; unmadi-a i n t o x i c a t i ng;pa idi -energy; ettha he r e; una
a gain; nimitta i n s t r u m e nt; mettam o n l y ; k kh u i n d e e d ; t u mam y o u .

(With a hand He pushes Krsna.) Dear friend, why be proud7 By its very nature,
this flute makes everyone wild with bliss. You are only the flute's helper.

Text 27 (b)

(akase)

rundhann ambu-bhrtas camatkrti param k-urvan muhus tumburum

dhyanad antarayansanandana-mukhan vismapayan vedhasam
autsukyava2ibhir ba2im catu2ayan bhogindram aghurnayan
bhindann anda-kataha-bhitim abhito babhrama vamsi dhvanih-

rundhan b l o c k i ng; ambu-bhrtah t h e c l o uds bearing rain; camatkrti param -

full of wonder; kurvan m a k i n g ; m uhuh a t e v e ry m o m e n t; tumburum t h e K i n g

of the Gandharvas, Tumburu; dhyanat fr o m m e d i t a t i o n; antarayan d i s t u r b i n g ;
sanandana-mukhan th e great saintly persons headed by Sanandana; vismapayan
causing wonder; vedhasam e v e n to Lord Brahma; autsukya-avalibhih w i t h
thoughts ofcuriosity; ba2im K i n g Bali; catu2ayan a g i t a t ing; bhogi-indram t h e
King of the Nagas; aghurnayan wh i r l i n g a ro un d; bhindan pe n e t r a t ing;anda-
kataha b-hitim th e s trong coverings of the universe;abhitah a l l a r o u n d ;
babhrama ci r c u l a ted;vamsi d-hvanih th e t r a nscendental vibration of the flute.

(A voice in the sky): The transcendental vibration of Krsna's flute blocked the
movements of the rain clouds, struck the Gandharvas full of wonder, and agitated
the meditation of great saintly persons like Sanaka and Sananda. It created wonder
in Lord Brahma, wrought intense curiosity that agitated the mind of Bali Maharaja,
who was otherwise firmly fixed, made Maharaja Ananta, the carrier of the planets,
whirl around, and penetrated the strong coverings of the universe. Thus the sound
of the flute in the hands of Krsna created a wonderful situation.*

Text 28 (a)

ramah: (saharsam urd.hvam avalokya svagatam) katham meghantarito 'yam

surarsih padyam upavinayam asa (pu.nar akase ka2aka2ah)
madhumanga2ah: (urdhvam avalokya sabh.ayam) abbamhannam abbamhannam.
bho bho, pa2a amh-a pa2a amh-a
Sridama: va ula -kimt.i niraggalam palavasi

sa wi t h; harsam jo y ; ur d h v am up w a r d s ;avalokya lo o k i n g ; svagatam

aside; katham ho w 7 ; megha cl o u d s ;antaritah wi t h i n ; ay am th i s ; s u ra rsi h -
Narada, the sage among the demigods; padyam ve r s e;upavmayam asa p l a y i n g
upon the vina; punah ag a i n; akase in t h e s k y;ka2aka2ah a ru m b l i ng sound;
urdhvam up w a r d s; avalokya lo o k i n g ; sa wi t h ; bh a y am fe a r ;ab bamhannam
help!; abbamhannam help!; bhobhah 0! 0 !; pa2a amha -letus flee;pa2a
amha let us flee; va ula 0 -c r a zy fellow; kimti wh y 7 ; ni r a g galam w i t h o u t
restraint; palavasi yo u a re speaking foolishly.

Rama: (Looking up, He happily says to Himself) Why does Narada, hiding in
the clouds, recite poetry and play his vina7
(A soft an indistinct sound is again manifest in the sky.)
Madhumangala: (lookingup, frightened) Help! Help! Run away! Run away!
Sridama: Fool, why do you speak all this nonsense7

Text 28 (b)

Madhumanga2ah: (urdhvam ava2okya sabhayam.) are mukkha go a2i a, kim -na-

pekkhasi eso sama.rudha hamso na-ggena bhu anga dha-rinak-enavi vedalena saddham
ca ummuho -ko viakkho
j rakkhaso va a acchadi -(punar vi.ksya sotkampam )hi .
manahe, ede a acchihim purida s-avvangam kampi danaam aggekadu a avare asura
gaanam akkamandi. ta samkemi hada kamsassa kimkara huvissandi .(iti satrasam
krsna k-aksantare siras tirayati ).

urdhvam upwards;avalokya looking;sa with;bhayam fear;are O.;

mukkha fo o l; go a-li a -cow h e rd boy; kim do 7 ; na no t ; pe k k h a si y o u s e e ;
esah he; samarudha as c e nded;hamsah sw a n; naggena na k e d;bhu an-ga
snake; dharina ho l d i n g ; kenavi by s o m e o n e;vedalena gh o s t; saddham
accompanied; ca um-muhah wh o h as four heads;ko yi so m e o n e; j akkhah
Yaksa;rakkhasah demon; va or;a ac-chadi is coming;punah again;viksya
looking; sa wi t h ; ut k a mpam tr e m b l i n g ;hi O . ; m a n a ne we c o n s i d e r; ede
these; a an d; acchihim wi t h e y e s;purida fi l l e d ;savva ent-ire; angam b o d y ;
kampi someone;danamaam de mo n; agge ka-du a -havingplaced in front;
avare ot h e rs; asura de m o n s ;gaanam th e s k y; ak kamandi wi l l e n t e r;ta t h a t ;
samkemi I b e l i e ve;hada de a d ; kamsassa of K a m s a;kimkara s e r v a n t s ;
huvissandi wi l l b e c o me;iti th u s ; sa wi t h ; tr a s am fe a r ;kr s na o f K r s n a ;
kaksa on t he side;sirah he a d ; ti r a yati c o n c e a l s .

Madhumangala: (frightened, looking upwards) Foolish gopa, don't you see7

Riding on a swan, and accompanied by a naked ghost grabbing many snakes, a
four-headed yaksa or raksasa approaches us.
(Madhumangala looks again and trembles). Let by that demon whose body is
covered by eyes, all those demons are about to attack us from the sky. That's what
I think. I think they are all about to become Kamsa's servants.
(Frightened Madhumangala hides, placing his head behind Krsna.)

Text 28 (c)

krsnah: (svagatam) katham ete venu nada m-adhu-ribhir akrstah payoda vithim-
avagahante disam adhisah (iti pu.nar venum kvanayati)

svagatam as ide; katham ho w 7 ; ete th e s e ;venu of t h e f lu t e ;nada o f t h e

sound; madhuribhih by t h e s we etness;akrstah at t r a c t ed;payoda o f c l o u d s ;
vithim mu l t i t u d e ; avagahante en t e r deeply;disam of t h e d i r e c tions;adhisah
controllers; iti th u s ;pu n ah ag a i n ;venum th e f lu t e ; kv anayati H e p l a y s .

Krsna: (aside) Why, attracted by the sweetness of the flute-music, do the kings
of the directions now hide in the clouds7
(Krsna again plays the flute.)

Text 28 (d)
 madhumanga2ah: (vi2okyasocchvasam atmagatam) ededuttha d-ana a-vaassassa
venu s-adda mettenavimha2abhavi a-sajjhasenamujjhanti. taji id-o mhi. (iti satopam
parikramya prakasam ) .re re duttha asura, citthada e.so ham savena cavena va
tumhanam munda im -khandemi. (iti dandam udyamya muhur urdhvam kurdati ).

vilokya se e ing;sa wi t h ; uc c hvasam a d e ep breath;atmagatam a t t a i n e d;

ede these; duttha wi c k e d ; dana a -d e m o n s; vaassassa of t he friend;venu o f
the flute; sadda of t he sound;mettena by o n l y ; vi m hala ag i t a t e d;bhavi a-
having become; sajjhasena wi t h f e a r; mujjhanti b e c o m e bewildered;ta
therefore; ji a l i v e ; mhi I a m ; it i th u s ; sa wi th ; at o p am pr i d e ;pa r i k r a mya
strutting about; prakasam op e n l y; re re 0! 0 ! ; du t t h a wi c k e d ;as u ra d e m o n s ;
citthada citthada st a n d! S t a n d !; esah he ; h am I ; sa v e na b y t h e c u r s e ;
cavena by the bow; va or ; tu m h a n am yo u r ; mu n da im -b a l d he a ds;
khandemi I w i l l c r u s h; iti th u s ;da n d am a s t i c k ;ud yamya sh a k i n g ; muhuh
for a moment; kurdati j u m p s .

Madhumangala: (Looking and sighing deeply). These wicked demons aritated,

stunned, and frightened merely by the sound of My friend's flute. I am alive! 0
wicked demons! Stand! Stand! By cursing you, or by striking you with arrows
from my bow, I will crush your bald heads! (Shaking a stick, Madhumangala
jumps about).

Text 28 (e)

ramah: (vihasya) vayasya, maivam bravih etau b.hagavantau hara

hiranyagarbhau savya.tas cami purandaradayo vrndarakah
madhumangalah: sutthu. (samasvasya) bho, j anantena cce ama e-edam-
-ehim pa2a idum p-a
padihasidam tado tu.mhemim kkhu rakkhasa buddhi -ebhz2u-
uttam.
krsnah: (smitva) hamho devanam priya, n-ijam evajalmatam tesu sankramayasi

vihasya sm i l i n g; ma do n t ; ev am in t h i s w a y; bravih sp e a k ;etau t h e s e ;

bhagaantau lords;hara Siva;hiranyagarbhau and Brahma;savyatah on the
left; ca an d; ami t h e s e ; purandara In d r a ; ad ayah an d o t h e r d emigods;
vrndarakah le a d e rs of the demigods; sutthu c l e a r l y;samasvasya s i g h i ng wit h
relief; bhah 0 ; j a n a n t e.na un d e r t a nsding;cce ac e r t a -inly; ma e b y m - e ;
edam th i s; padihasidam la u g h a b le;tadah th e r e f o r e;tumhemim b y y o u ;
kkhu i n d e ed; rakkhasa Ra k s a sa;buddhi e w i t h - t he conception; bhilu-ehim b y
the frightened; pala idum to
-flee; pa uttam b- e gun;smitva sm i l i n g ; h amhah
0.; devanam of t he demigods;priya de a r ;ni jam ow n ; ev a c e r t a i n l y ;
j aimatam faultness; tesu on t h e m; sankramayasi yo u t r a n s fer.
 Rama: (smiling) Friend, don t talk like that. These two person are Brahma and
Siva. On their left are Indra and the leaders of the demigods.
Madhumangala: Indeed! (He sighs with relief.) I knew all along. I was only
joking. But you were afraid. Thinking the demigods were raksasas, you were going
to run away.
Krsna: (smiling) Friend of the demigods, in others you see your own
foolishness.

Text 28 (f)

ramah: pasyata pasyata

astabhih sruti-putakair
nava vain-ava kak-a2im ka2ayan
sata dhrt-ir api dhrti-mukto
mara2a prsth-e muhur 2uthati

pasyata pasyata l o o k. L o o k . ; a stabhih e i g h t ; s ruti-putakaih w i t h e a r s ;

nava ne w; vainava fr o m t h e f lu t e; kaka2zm mu s i c; ka2ayan he a r i n g;sata
dhrtih L o r d B r ahma, who performed a hundred sacrifices; api e v e n; dhrti f r o m
composure; muktah f r ee; marala of t h e s w a n; prsthe on t h e b a c k; muhuh
c onstantly; /uthati r o l l s .

Rama: Look! Look! Overcome with ecstasy as with eight ears he listens to
Krsna's flute-music, Brahma rolls about on the back of his swan.

Text 29

(akase punar vma-gitih)

udite hari vaktren-dau

venu nada su-dha m-uci -

hanta rudra samudre-na

sva maryada -vilanghita

akase in the sky; punah ag a i n;vina o f t h e v i n a ; gitih m u s i c ; u d i te a r i s e n ;

hari of L o rd H a r i; vaktra of t h e m o u t h ; in d au th e m o o n ; ve nu o f t h e f lu t e ;
nada of t he sound; sudha ne c t a r; muci r e l e a s i ng;hanta 0 ; r u d r a o f L o r d
Siva; samudrena by t he ocean;sva ow n ; ma r y a da li m i t s ; v i l a nghita
surpBssed.
 (Again there is vina music in the sky.)
When, splendid with the nectar moonlight of flute music, the moon of Krsna's
face rises, the ocean of the demigod Siva floods beyond it s boundaries.

Text 30

ramah:

sotkantham mura2z ka2-a par-ima2an akarnya ghurnat tan-or

etasyaksi sah-asratah sura pat-er asruni sasrur bhuvam
citram vari dha-ran vinapi tarasayair adya dharamayair
durat pasyata deva mat-rkam abhud vrndatavi man-dalam

sa wi t h; utkantham ar d e n t l o n g i n g;mura2i of t h e flu t e; ka2a o f t h e

artistry; parimalan sw e e t aroma;akarnya ha v i n g h e a rd;ghurnat s h a k i n g ;
tanoh bo d y; etasya of h i m ; ak s i fr o m t h e e y e s;sahasratah hu n d r e d s;sura
of the demigods; pateh of t he k i ng ( In d r a );asruni te a r s ;sasruh f lo w e d ;
bhuvam to t he earth; citram wo n d e r f u l;vari dhar-an ra i n c l o u d s;vina
without; api ev e n ;ta rasa qu i c k l y ;ya ih by w h i c h ; ad ya to d a y ;dh a ra
mayaih co n s i sting of rains;durat fr o m a g r e at distance;pasyata lo o k ; de va o f
the demigods; matrkam ar e a;abhut be c a m e;vrndatavi of t h e f o r e st of
Vrndavana; mandalam c i r c l e .

Rama: just see how, after hearing the transcendental sound of Krsna's flute,
Indra, the king of heaven, is crying in his heavenly kingdom. From his teardrops
falling on the ground, Vrndavana appears to have become a celestial residence for
the demigods.*

Text 31 (a)

krsnah: (svagatam) purananam amisam purastad vihare sankucanti me ceto

vrttavyah tad agre y.ami (iti taru.nam antaram asadya prakasam )sakhe.
madhumangala, pasya madhaviyam vana madhuri-m

svagatam as sde;purananam of e l d e r ly persons;amisam of t h e s e;purastat

in the presence; vihare in p a s t i mes;sankucanti sh r i n k ; me my ; ce t ah o f t h e
mind; vrttayah ac t i v i t i e s;tat th e r e f o r e;agre ah e a d;yami I w i l l g o ; it i t hu s ;
tarunam of t r e e s;antaram un d e r ; asadya go e s ;prakasam cl e a r l y;sakhe 0
friend; madhumangala Ma d h u m a n g ala;pasya lo o k ; ma d haviyam i n t h e s p r i n g ;
vana of t he forest;madhurim th e c h a r m i ng beauty.

Krsna: (aside) My thoughts turn away from playing before these elderly
demigods. I will go ahead. (He goes under some trees.) Friend Madhumangala,
look at the sweetness of the of the forest in spring.

Text 31 (b)

kvacid bhrngi git-am kvacid anila bha-ngi sisi-rata

kvacid; va22i 2as-yam kvacid ama2a ma-22i par-ima2ah
kvacid dhara sali -karaka pha-la pal-i ras-a bha-ro
hrsikanam vrndam pramadayati vrndavanam idam

kvacit so m w h e r e;bhrngi gita-m th e h u m m i ng songs of the bumblebees;

kvacit so m e w h e re;anila bha-ngi sisir-ata co o l n ess from the waves of the mild
breezes; kvacit so m e w h e re;ama2a ma22-i pari-ma2ah the pure fragrance of the
mallika flowers; kvacit so m e w h e r e;dhara sali -abo u n d i ng in showers; karaka
pha2a pa2i -of pomegranate fruits; rasa bhar-ah ov e rabundance of juice;
hrsikanam of t he senses;vrndam to t h e g ro u p;pramadayati is g i v i ng p le asure;
vrndavanam th e f o r est of Vrndavana;idam t h i s .

My dear friend, this forest of Vrndavana is giving great pleasure to our senses in
various ways. Somewhere bumblebees are singing in groups, and in some places
mild breezes are cooling the entire atmosphere. Somewhere the creepers and tree
twigs are dancing, the mallika flowers are expanding their fragrance, and an
overabundance of juice is constantly flowing in showers from pomegranate fruits.*

Text 32 (a)

madhumanga2ah:bho vaassa,eda paduttha bhanga -bhaank-ari ekim k-auduha2am

tujj ha vundata i e, aha-m -kkhu ca uvviheh-im annehim savv indi aha-rini-m go ulesari -e -

rasava im jj evv-a datthuna ranj emi

bhah 0; va a ssa fr i e n d ; eda th i s ;pa d uttha wi c k e d ; bh anga of d e s t r u c t io n;

bhaankari ec a u s - ing fear; kim wh a t i s t he use7;me to m e ; ka uduhalam
delight; tujj ha Yo u r ; vundata i e o f th --forest
e of Vrndavana; aham I ; k k h u
certainly; ca uvvihehim -with fo ur k i n d s; annehim of f o o d s t u f f s;savv indi a a - l l -
the senses; harinim at t r a c t i n g;go ula of G -o ku l a;isari eb y t h - e queen (mother
Yasoda); rasava im pa l a -table; jjevva i n d e e d;datthuna se e i n g;ranj emi I
become overj oyed.
 Madhumangala: Friend, how can I be happy in Your Vrndavana forest7 I am
always afraid some thug will attack me. I become happy when I see the four kinds
of delicious food Gokula's queen cooks, food that charms all the senses.

Text 32 (b)

krsnah: vayasya, vandasya vrndatavim eva. sphutam asyah purana va-22aribhir api
tavabhistam phalam u22asayitum samarthyate

vayasya 0 fr i e n d; vandasya yo u s h o u ld o ffer obeisances;vrnda ata-vim t o

the forest of Vrndavna; eva ce r t a inly;sphutam cl e a r l y;asyah of i t ; p u r a n a
ancient; va22arzbhih by creepers;api ev e n;ta va yo u r ; ab h zstam d e s i r e d ;
phalam fruit; u22asayitum to m a n i f e st;samarthyate i s a b l e .

Krsna: Friend, you should bow down before Vrndavana Forest, which has
ancient flowering-vines with the power to fulfill your desires.

Text 32 (c)

madhumanga2ah: bho p i a vaa-ss-a, tumam saccavaditti savva 2o ehi-m -bhanijj asi ta.
imassa tujj ha vaanassa ma epari-ccha kadavva (ity a.nj a2im badhva) bho va22ari e, -

esoham vandami buhuk.khido me vaasso ta den.tu khanda laddu -a im- -

bhah 0; pi ad e- a rva ; assa fr i e n d ; tu mam yo u ; sa c cavaditti a s o ne w h o

speaks the truth; savva al l ; lo ehim -by thepeople; bhanijjasi are described;
ta th e refore;imassa of t h i s; tujj ha Yo u r ; va a nassa of t he w o r d s;ma e b y -
me; pariccha in v e s tigation; kadavva sh o u l d be done;iti th u s ; a n ja l i m
baddhva he folds his hands; bhah 0; va22ari ecree-pers; esoham I;vandami
offer obeisances to you; buhukkhidah hu n g r y ; me my ; va a s sah fr i e n d ; t a
therefore; dentu ma y g iv e;khanda laddu a -im l- ad-du candies.

Madhumangala: Dear friend, everyone says You are very truthful. I will now
conduct an experiment to see if this is true. (Madhumangala folds his palms). 0
flowering-vines, I bow down before you. My friend is very hungry. Please give Him
many sweet laddu candies.
Text 32 (d)

(pravisya modaka p-atra h-asta paurnamasi)

paurnamasi: candranana, grhana rasagnamodakan abhun modakah
Ramah: (sasmitam) vayasya, drstajarad va-22ari va-danyata
paurnamasi: sankarsana, j arad ba-llavi va-danyateti bhanyatam.
Krsnah: arye, keyam j arad ba-22avi
paurnamasi: candramukha, mukhara.

pravisya en t e r i n g;modaka ca n d i e s;patra pl a t e ;hasta in her hand;

paurnamasi Paurnamasi;candra moon; anana face;grhana please take;
rasaj na to the epicures;amodakan de l i g h t i n g; amun th e s e ;modakan c a n d i e s ;
sa wi t h; smitam a s m i l e ;vayasya 0 fr i e n d ;dr s ta se e nj; arat a n c i e n t ;
va22ari of the creeper;vadanyata ge n e r o sity;sankarsana 0 Lo r d B a l a rama;
j arat an c i e n t; ba22avi go p i; vadanyata ge n e r o s ity;iti thus; bhanyatam m a y
be described; arye 0 pi o u s w o m a n;ka wh o 7 ; iy am th i s j; arat e l d e r l y ;
ba22avz gopi;candra moon; anana face; mukhara Mukhara-gopi.

(Carrying a plate of candies in her hand, Paurnamasi enters.)

Paurnamasi: 0 boy with a face like the moon, please take these candies
delightful to the tongue.
Rama: (smiling) Friend, see the generosity of this ancient flowering-vine!
Paurnamasi: Balarama, everyone says that elderly gopi is very generous.
Krsna: Noble lady, which elderly gopi do you mean7
Paurnamasi: The gopi Mukhara, 0 boy with a face like the moon.

Note: Here Krsna uses the word "jarad-vallari" (ancient flowering-vine).

Paurnamasi mishears Him and thinks He said "jarad-ballavi" (ancient gopi).

Text 32 (e)

krsnah: taya kim akande khanda ladduka-ni samarpitani

paurnamasi: naptri tavad etaya abhimanyoh panau parinayita tad utsa.vab-hirupah
samudacaro 'yam anusasre

taya by h e r; kim wh a t 7 ;ak a nde un e x p e c t edly;khanda laddukan-i ca n d i es;

samarpitami of f e r e d;naptri gr a n d - d a u g hter;tavat so m u c h ; etaya b y h e r ;
abhimanyoh of Abhimanyu;panau the hand; parinayita accepted in marriage;
tat of t h a t; utsava fe s t i v a l;abhirupah co r r e s p o nding;samudacarah g i f t ;
ayam th i s; anusasre fo l l o w i ng t he custom.
 Krsna: Why does she unexpectedly send these laddu candies to us7
Paurnamasi: Her granddaughter will accept the hand of Abhimanyu. Following
tradition, she is distributing gifts to celebrate.

Text 32 (f)

krsnah: keyam naptri

paurnamasi: radhikabhidhana kacid ananda ka-umudi

ka wh o 7; iyam th i s ;na p t ri gr a n d d a u g h t e r;
radhika Sr i m a t i R adharani;
abhidhana na m e d; kacit so m e g i r l; ananda bl i s s ;kaumudi m o o n l i g h t .

Krsna: Who is her granddaughter7

Paurnamasi: Her name is Radha, and She is delightful like moonlight.

Text 32 (g)

krsnah: (saromancam svagatam) srutam nunam ambayoh samvade sasvad asyah

sausthavam (iti ka.mpamano vridam natayati ) .
paurnamasi: (svagatam) krsnam vilaksam aveksya nunam ramah savyajam asau
savyatah prayati

sa roman-cam ha irs standing upright; svagatam as i d e;srutam h e a r d ;

nunam ju st no w; ambayoh of t h e t wo m o t h e rs (Yasoda and Rohini);samvade
in the conversation; sasvat co n s t a ntly; asyah he r ; sa usthavam su p e r e xcellent
beauty and qualities; i ti th u s ; ka mpamanah tr e m b l i n g;v ridam ba s h f u l n e ss;
natayati re p r e sents dramatically;svagatam as i d e;krsnam S r i K r s n a ;
vilaksam ba s hful; aveksya ha v i n g n o t i c ed;nunam no w ; ra m ah L o r d
Balarama; savyajam cl e v e rly;asau th i s ; savyatah fr o m t h e l e ft side;prayati
goes.

Krsna: (The hairs of His body stand upright, and He says to Himself:) In the
talk of My two mothers I heard how glorious this girl is. (He becomes embarrassed
and trembles.)
Paurnamasi: (aside) Understanding Krsna's embarrassment, on some pretext
Balarama has gone from Krsna's left side.
Text 32 (h)

krsnah: (punar atmagatam) vikriyam sangopayitum prasangantaram angi

kuryam (.prakasam) arye, adya madhu v-asare tvayapi kacin mahotsava 2a-ksmir
a2ankriyatam p.asya j arad va-22i sr-enir iyam phu22a pa22avita ca.

punah again; atma gat-am to Himself; vikriyam th i s t r a n s formation;

sangopayitum to c o n c eal;prasanga lo v e ; antaram wi t h i n ; an gi ku-ryam m a y I
accept; prakasam op e n l y; arye 0 pi o u sw o m a n; adya to d a y ;ma dhu pl e a s e nt;
vasare da y; tvaya by y o u ; api ev e n ;ka c it so m e ;ma ha gr e a t ;ut sava
festival; 2aksmzh op u lences; a2ankriyatam sh o u l d be decorated;pasya ju s t s ee;
jarat an c i e n t;va22z of creepers;srenih multitudes; iyam th i s ; ph u22ah
aboundingin flow ers; pallavitah b l o s s o m e d; ca a n d .

Krsna: (again, He say to Himself:) To conceal these ecstatic symptoms, I should

change the subject of our talking. (speaking openly) Noble lady, this spring day is
glorious with a festival of many ornaments. Look. These ancient vines are
blossoming with many flowers!

Text 32 (i)

paurnamasi: (sasmitam) nagara, tavaiva mahotsvanam avasaro yam samvrttah

yad atra puspanam pa22avanam ca trsnaya ba22avanam vi2asinyah samesyanti

sa wi t h; smitam a s m i l e ;nagara 0 cl e v e r K r s n a;tava Yo u r ; e v a

certainly; maha gr e a t;utsavanam of f e s t ivals;avasarah op p o r t u n i t y; ayam
this; samrttah ar r i v e d;yat wh i c h ; at ra her e ; pu s panam o f f lo w e r s ;
pa22avanam of buds; ca a n d ; tr s naya by t h e d e s xre;ba22avanam o f t he
cowherd men; vilasinyah th e b e a utiful wives;samesyanti wi l l a s s emble.

Paurnamasi: (smiling) Hero Krsna, the day of Your festival has come. Thirsting
to gather many flowers and leaves, the playful gopis will soon come here.

Text 32 (j)

krsnah: (sasmitam tiryag aveksya )arye, ta.tah kim.

paurnamasi: (vihasya) vilasin, sva vasananu-sarad anyatha ma sankistah. param
evam abhiprayami tatas tasa.m sunyesu sadmasu sakhibhis te sukham apahartavyani
gavyani .

sa wi t h; smitam a s m i l e ;tir yak cr o o k e d l y;aveksya lo o k i n g ; a r ye 0

pious woman; tatah kim how is that7; vihasya laughing;vilasin 0 pl a yful boy;
sva ow n; vasana de s i r e;anusarat be c a u se of the nature;anyatha o t h e r w i s e ;
ma don t; sankistah be a f r a id;param ot h e r ; evam ce r t a i n l y;abhipraya asmi
I intend; tatah th e r e f o re;tasam of t h e m; sunyesu em p t y ; sadmasu i n t h e
houses; sakhibhih w i t h f r i e n ds; te Yo u r ; su k ham ea s i l y;apahartavyani w i l l b e
stollen; gavyani m i l k p r o d u c t s .

Krsna: (Smiling, He looks at her with crooked eyes.) Noble lady, what is that7
Paurnamasi: (laughing) Playful boy, don t worry. It is not against Your wishes. I
will say what I mean. When the gopis' houses are empty, You and Your friends will
happily steal their butter and yogurt.

Text 32 (k)

krsnah: dhurte, kim parihasyate pasy.a komala manj -arim avacinvatinam

ba22avmam manda2ena khanditani me vrndatavi sakh-i vitap-ani tad e.tas te
nivaraniyah

dhurte 0 ra s c a l; kim w h y 7 ; pa r i h asyate is t h e re laughter;pasya j u s t l o o k ;

koma2a charming; mankarzm bl o s s o m; avacinvatinam co l l e c t i n g;ba22avinam
of the gopis; mandalena by t he m u l t i t u d e; khanditani br o k e n ; me My ; v r n d a
atavi in t he f orest of Vrndavana;sakhi vitapa-ni br a n c hes and twigs;tat
therefore; etah th e y te b y y o u ; ni v a r a niyah sh o u l d be p re vented.

Krsna: Rogue, why do you laugh7 Look! Those branches and twigs in My
Vrndavana forest were broken by the gopis when they picked the soft flowers. It is
your duty to stop them.

Text 32 (1)

paurnamasi: mohana, navya stabakott-amsina bhavataiva samu22asito yam

kusumesu rago ba2-2avmam. tah katham ito nivaryatam

mohana 0 ch a r m i ng boy;navya fr e s h ;stabaka bu n c h e s of flowers;

uttamsina we a r i ng a crown; bhavata by Y o u ; eva ce r t a i n l y;samu22asitah
delighted; ayam th i s ; ku sumesu in t h e f lo w e r s;ragah lo v e ; ba22avinam o f t h e
gopis; tah them; katham ho w ; it ah th e r e f o r e;nivaryatam ma y t h e y b e
restrained;

Paurnamasi: Enchanting boy, It is You, decorated with many flowers, that make the
gopis yearn to haveflowers H.ow can I stop them?

Note: Ambiguous, this verse may also mean:

"Enchanting boy, It is You, decorated with many flowers, that fi22the gopis with
passionate desires H.ow can I stop them?"

Text 32 (m)

krsnah: (smitva) ayi ba2aka va2a-ksa kesi -kat.hopakramad vakram eva panthanam
adhirudhasi yad .aparadhikasv api ba22avisu paksa pata-m namuncasi.

smitva sm i l i n g; ayi 0 ; b a 2 a ka of c r a n e s;va2aksa wh i t e ; kesi hairs;

katha of s p e e ch;upakramat fr o m t h e a ctivity;vakram cr o o k e d ;eva certainly;
panthanam path;adhirudha ascended;asi you are;yat because;
aparadhi kasu offenders;api although;ba22av zsugopis; paksa patam-
adherence; na no t ; mu ncasi y o u a b a n d o n .

Krsna: 0 lady with hair white like crane feathers, with these words you walk a
crooked path. You will not renounce your allegiance to these offender-gopis.

Text 32 (n)

paurnamasi: sundara, samprati saradhikah kha2u ba22avyah katham aparadhikah

santu. tena te priyasya punnagasyapi sumanasteyam hathena karisyanti

sundara 0 be a u t i f ul boy; samprati at t h e p r e sent time;sa ac c o m p a nied by;

radhikah Sr i m a ti Radharani;kha2u md e e d;ba22avyah go p i s; katham how?; -

aparadhikah of f e n d e rs;santu ha v e b ecome;tena by t h a t; te o f Y o u ;

priyasya de a r;punnagasya of t he p u n n a ga tree;api ev e n;sumana f lo w e r ;
steyam th e f t; hathena by f o r c e;karisyanti w i l l d o .

Paurnamasi: Handsome boy, why are Radha and the gopis now offenders? They
will only steal a few flowers from Your favorite punnaga tree.
 Note: The ambiguous second sentence may also be translated:

"They will only steal the heart of You, the best of males."

Text 32 (o)

krsnah: (svagatam) hanta, katham manoharini saiva daivat punar avartate

radhika va-rta
madhumangalah: (svagatam) kaham raniti nama ma-tta ena -unmana edi -eso.
(prakasam) bho vaassa, ma kkhu ima eu-vari nibbharam satinno hohi.

svagatam as ide; hanta 0 ; k a t h a m h ow 7 ; m a n o harini e n c h a n t i ng to the

mind; sa sh e; eva ce r t a i n l y;daivat be c a u se of fate; punah a g a i n;avartate
turns; radhika of S r i m a ti Radharani;varta ne w s ;svagatam as s de;kaham
how7; rahiti Ra d h a ;nama th e n a m e ; matta ena -on ly by; u nmana edi -is
agitated; esah He ; prakasam op e n l y; bhah 0 ; va a s sa fr i e n d ;ma d o n t ;
kkhu i n d e ed; ima eo - f th i s ; uvari in r e g a r d; nibbharam e x c e s sively;
satinnah f u l l of d esire; hohi b e c o m e .

Krsna: (aside) Ah. Why has destiny again brought Me news of Radha, news
enchants My heart.
Madhumangala: (aside) Why does the name Radha excite Him so7 (openly)
Friend, don't become so thirsty after this.

Text 32 (p)

krsnah: (sapranaya rosam) -dhig vacala, kutraham satrsnah

madhumanga2ah: bho, ma kuppaha sarasa .emano-hara2i euvari -tti bhanami.

sa wi t h; pranaya lo v e ; ro s am an g e r ; dhik f i e . ; va c a la 0 ta l k a t i v e o ne ;
kutra fr o m w h a t 7; aham I; sa t r s n ah - f u ll of d esire; bhah 0 ; ma d on 't ;
kuppaha be c o me angry; sarasa eb e a u -tiful; manoharali ew h o - is attracting the
mind; uvari in r e l a t i on to;tti th u s ; bh a n ami I a m s p e a k i n g .

Krsna: (simultaneosly angry and affectionate) Talkative friend, to hell with you .
After what do I thirst7
Madhumangala: Oh! Don't be angry! I was talking about these sweet
"manohara" candies.
 Note: Madhumangala's words are ambiguous. They may also mean:

"Oh! Don't be angry! I was talking about the beautiful gopis that have stolen
Your heart."

Text 32 (q)

krsnah: sakhe, smi. nemani manoharakhyani kintu mauktikakhyani laddukani.

madhumanga2ah: (vihasya) pi a v-aa-ssa, na kkhu ahambhamisi2e raha cak-ked
vattami. kudo bhamissam.

sakhe 0 fr i e n d; bhrantah be w i l d e r e d;asmi I a m ; na n ot ; i m a n i t h e s e ;

manohara ma n o h a ra; akhyani na m e d ;ki n tu bu t ; ma u k t i ka m a u k t i k a ;
akhyani named;laddukani la ddu candies;vihasya laughing;pi a -dear;
vaassa fr ie nd; na no t ; kk h u in d e e d ;ah am I; b h a m i - s ile i n t e n t on c a using
bewilderment; raha of R a d h a;cakke ci r c l e ;vattami tu r n ; ku d ah f r o m w h a t
cause7; bhamissam I am causing to become bewildered.

Krsna: Friend, I misunderstood. But these aren't the laddu candies that are
called "manohara" They are the laddus called "mauktika".
Madhumangala: (laughs) Friend, I would not try to fool You with a pun on th e
name of the star Radha. Why would I try to fool You7

Text 32 (r)

paurnamasi: (svagatam) satyam parihasyate batuna, yad esa bhavodvrtta ceto -

vrttitaya vai2aksya bhag a-bhi2aksyate tad adya purna kamasm-i (praka.sam) sundara,
krtam atrotkanthaya sa visnu .pada v-ithi sa-ncari-ni radha nr loke ke-na 2abhyatam.

svagatam as ide;satyam in t r u t h ; pa r i h asyate jo k e d ; batuna b y t h i s b o y ;

yat be c ause;esah He; bhava by love;udvrtta expanded; cetah heart;
vrttitaya by t he a ctivity;vai2aksya bhak e- mbarrassed;abhi2aksyate ap p ears;
tat th e r e fore;purna fu l f i l l e d;kama de s i r e s;asmi I a m ; pr a k a sam o p e n l y ;
sundara 0 be a u t i f ul boy; krtam pe r f o r m e d;atra he r e ;ut k a nthaya w i t h
longings; sa sh e; visnu of L o r d V i s n u;pada vithi th - e domain (the sky);
sancarini mo v i n g ; ra dha Ra d h a ;nr of h u m a n s ;lo ke on t h e s p h e re;kena b y
what7; labhyatam ca n be attained.

Paurnamasi: (aside) In truth, the brahmana boy is teasing Krsna. His heart
overcome with love, Krsna is now embarrassed. Now all my desires are fulfilled.
(openly) The star Radha moves in the sky, the home of Lord Visnu. How can
anyone in the world of humans attain Her7 0 handsome boy, what is the use of
longing after Her7

Text 33 (s)

krsnah: (sasmitam vis.nu pa-da vit-him aveksya ramam anusarpan )a.rya,

vyatiteyam madhyahna ma-ryada ta.tah kalindi tir-e. vatirya samapayantu bhavantah
pasunam apaniya trs-nam sva.dayantu ca svaduni laddukani. maya tu suhrttamabhyam
sridama sub-alabhyam saha muhurtam agrato visramitavyam (ra.mah sakhibhih saha
niskrantah).

sa wi t h; smitam a s m i l e ;visnu pad-a vith-im at t he sky; aveksya l o o k i n g ;

ramam to Lord Balarama; anusarpan gooing;arye 0 pious Rama; vyatita
passed; madhya ahn-a the middle of the day; maryada th e l i m i t ; ta t ah
therefore; kalindi of t h e Y amuna river;tire on t h e s h o r e;avatirya h a v i n g g o n e ;
samapayantu sh o u ld bri ng to an end;bhavantah Yo u ; pa sunam o f t h e c o w s ;
apaniya fo r w a t e r; trsnam th i r s t ; svadayantu ma y r e l i s h; ca a n d ; sv a duni
delicious; laddukani la d d u c a ndies;maya by M e ; tu but ; su h r t t a m abhyam
with the two dear friends; sridama Sr i d a m a;subalabhyam an d S ubala;saha
along with; muhurtam a m o m e n t ; agratah in f r o n t ;vi s ramitavyam s h o u l d r e s t;
ramah Ba l rama; sakhibhih by t h e f r i e n d s; saha ac c o m p a nied;niskrantah
exits.

Krsna: (Smiling, He glances at the sky. Then He approaches Balarama). Noble

friend, it is already late in the afternoon. Please take the cows to the Yamuna's
shore and let them satisfy their thirst. Please enjoy these delicious laddu candies. I
will rest for a moment with my dear friends Sridama and Subala.
(Balarama and the cowherd boy friends exit.)

Text 32 (t)

paurnamasi: (svagatam) mayapi praticchandasya siddhim avadharayitum

gantavyam (iti krsna.m abhinandya parikramati)

svagatam as ide;maya by m e ; api ev e n ;pr a t i cchandasya o f a p i c t u r e ;

siddhim pe r f e ction; avadharayitum to u n d e r s t and;gantavyam sh o u l d be gone
to; iti th u s ; kr s nam Sr i K r s n a; abhinandya ha v i n g g reeted;parikramati
circumambulates.
 Paurnamasi: (aside) I should go and see if the picture of Krsna is finished. (She
respectfully takes leave of Krsna and then departs.)

Text 32 (u)

krsnah: (padantare sthitva) sa.khe sridaman, kim drsta pu-rva te j agad ap-urva
radha.
(Sridama salajja sm-itam mukham avancayati)
Subalah: vaassa, dittha-puvvetti kim etti-am bhanasi. na imassa vahini kkhu esa.

pada a step; antare wi t h i n ; s thitva h a v i n g s t o o d; sakhe 0 f r i e n d ;

sridaman Sr i d a ma; kim h a v e ; dr s ta se e n ;purva be f o r ej; agat i n t h e
universe;apurva unprecedented;radha Radha; sridama Sridama;sa lajj -a
embarrassed; smitam sm i l e ; mukham fa c e ;vancayati lo w e r s ;vaassa 0 f r i e n d ;
dittha seen; puvvetti be f o r e; kim w h a t 7 ; e tti-am i n t h i s w a y; bhanasi a r e Y o u
saying; na in d e e d; imassa hi s ; v ahini s i s t e r; k khu c e r t a i n l y; esa s h e .

Krsna: (takes one step, and then pauses) Friend Sridama, have you ever seen
this Radha, the most beautiful girl in the universe7

(Smiling with embarrassment, Sridama lowers his face.)

Subala: Friend, how can You ask if he has seen her. Radha is his sister.

Text 32 (v)

krsnah: tad ehi.ksanam atra kadamba sambad-he rodhasi nivisya radhanudhavanad

udvegi ceto vamsi vadana -vinoden-ayatah ksipami.

(iti niskrantah.)

tat th er efore; ehi p l e ase go; ksanam a m o m e n t; atra he r e ;ka d amba o f

kadamba trees; sambadhe fu l l; ro dhasi on t h e s h o r e;nivisya ha v i n g s to pped;
radha Ra d ha; anubhavanat be c a use of anxious thought;udvegi w i t h t h e
pastimes; anyatah in s o m e o t h e r p l a c e;ksipami I will throw; iti thus;
niskrantah t h e y e xi t .

Krsna: Come. Let us go under these kadamba trees by the riverbank. Into
pastimes of playing the flute I will throw this heart excited with thoughts of
(They exit.)

Text 32 (w)

paurnamasi: (parikramya purah pasyanti pasyanti sanandam ).katham ita eva

vayasyaya vihasyamana vikridati me vatseyam radhika (i.ti latantare sthitva)

parikramya ha v i n g c ir c umambulated;purah be f o r e the eyes; pasyanti

seeing; sa wi t h; anandam de l i g h t ; ka t ham ho w 7 ; it ah he r e ;eva c e r t a i n l y ;
vayasyaya wi t h a f ri e nd; vihasyamana be i n g m a de to laugh;vikridati p l a y i n g ;
me my; vatsa da u g h t e r;iyam th i s ; ra d h i ka Sr i m a t i R a d harani;iti t h u s ;
lata th e c reeper;antare wi t h i n ; st h itva h a v i n g s t o o d .

Paurnamasi: (Walking about, she looks ahead and becomes joyful.) Why is my
child Radha here, playing and joking with a friend7 (She hides behind a flowering-
vine.)

Text 33 (x)

ba2ad aksnor 2aksmih kava2ayati navyam kuva2ayam

mukho22asah phu22am kama2a vanam -u22anghayati ca
dasam kastam asta padam -api nayaty angika rucir-
vicitram radhayah kim api ki2a rupam vi2asati

ba2at by force; aksnoh of t he t wo eyes;2aksmih th e b eauty;kavalayati

devours; navyam ne w l y a wa kened;kuva2ayam lo t u s flo we r; mukha u22asah -the
beauty of the face; phu22am fructified; ka m a2a vanam -a forest of lotus flowers;
u22anghayati su r p a sses;ca al s o; dasam to a s i t u a tion;kastam pa i n f u l ;as ta
padam go l d; api ev e n ;na yati br i n g s ;angika rucih - t h e lu s ter of the body;
vicitram wo n d e r f u l; ra dhayah of S r i m a ti Radharani;kim api so m e ; k i l a
certainly; rupam th e b e a uty; vilasati ma n i f e s t s.

The beauty of Srimati Radharani's eyes forcsbly devours the beauty of newly
grown blue lotus flowers, and the beauty of Her face surpasses that of an entire
forest of fully blossomed lotuses. Her bodily luster seems to place even gold in a
painful situation. Thus the wonderful, unprecedented beauty of Srimati Radharani
is awakening in Vrndavana.*
Text 32 (y)

tad etayor nirmala n-arma go-sthi p-ratibandham parihanti virun ni-ruddhenadhuna

vlsakham y aml
(iti niskranta ).

tat th e r e fore;etayoh of t h e t w o; nir mala pu r e ; na r ma jo k i n g ; go s thi

conversation; pratibandham in r e l a t i on to;parharanti sh u n n i n g ;vi r ut b y t h e
creepers; niruddhena hi d d e n; adhuna no w ; vi s a k ham to V i s a k h a - gopi;yami I
will go; iti th u s ;ni s k ranta s h e e x i t s .

Not staying to joke with these two, I will go, hidden by these flowering vines,
to Visakha.

(Paurnamasi exits.)

Text 33 (a)

(tatah pravisati 2a2itayanugamyamana radhika ) .

radhika: hala lalide kim karedi ajji a -

2a2ita: sahi, tuha surade assa p-u akide -esa tama2a ta2e ve-di am ni-mmadi.

then; pravisati en t e r s;lali taya by L a l i t a;anugamyamama f o l l o w e d ;

radhika Sr i m a ti Radharani;ha2a 0; 2 a2ide La l i t a; kim wh a t ~ ;ka r edi i s
doing; ajji at h - e n o b le -gopi; sahi 0 fr i e n d ;tu ha yo u r ; su ra de assa -o-fthe
sun-god; pu aw o - r s h ip; kide pe r f o r m e d;esa sh e ; ta mala of a t a m a la tree;
tale at the base;vedi am al - tar;nimmadi is c o n s t r u c ting.

(Followed by Lalita, Radha enters.)

Radhika: Lalita, what is the noble lady doing7

Lalita: Friend, under that tamala tree she is making an altar to worship the sun-
god.

Text 33 (b)

radhika: (puro va2okya) ha2a 2a2ide, sankemi sacce-a esa vundada ija emah-urz-
tu-epuno puno mama vanni adi .
2a2ita: ha2a, sajjeva esa kanhassa 2$2a r-ukha v-adi a .

purah ahead;ava2okya looking; ha2a 0; 2a2ide Lalita; sankemi I t h i n k ;

sa th i s; cce a -certainly; esa t h i s ; vu ndada i -t he f o r e st of Vrndavana; ja-e o f
which; mahuri beauty; tu-e by you;puno punah again and again; mama of
me; vanni ad-i is described; hala 0 ; s a thi s ;jj e va c e r t a i n l y; esa t h i s ;
kanhassa of Krs na; 2i2a for p astimes; rukkha tr e e ;v adi a -b a n y a n .

Radhika: (looking ahead) I th ink t his must be Vrndavana Forest, whose

sweetness you describe again and again.
Lalita: Friend, this is the banyan tree where Krsna enjoys pastimes.

Text 33 (c)

radhika: (sautsukyam atmagatam) aho mahurattam donam accharanam

(prakasam) sahi, kassa tti bhanasi.
2a2ita: (sakuta smita-m) ha2a, bhanami kanhassa tti.

sa wi t h; autsukyam ag i t a t i o n;atma gatam -aside; ahah 0 ; m a h u r a t t a m

sweetness; donam of t he two; accharanam sy l l a b l e s;prakasam op e n l y; s ahi 0
friend; kassa of w h o m 7; tti t h u s ; bh a nasi ar e y ou s peaking;sa wi t h ; a k u t a
a purpose; smitam sm i l e d; hala 0 ; b h a n a mi I s a y ;ka n h assa of K r s n a; tti
thus.

Radhika: (agitated, she says to herself:) What sweetness is in these two

syllables7 (openly) Friend, whom did you say7
Lalita: (intentionally smiling) I said Krsna.

Text 33 (d)

radhika: (punah svagatam) hantajassa namavi ramavittam ittham mohedi so kkhu

kidiso va nami tti. (iti savahittham prakasam) hala, ima im ni unj-ovari -punjida im -

gunj a phala im -bi-in-issam.

punah ag a in; svagatam as i d e;hanta 0; j assa of who m; namavi b y e v e n

the name; rama o f b e a utiful wome n; cittam t h e m i n d s ; itt ham i n t h i s w a y ;
mohedi en c hants;sah He ; kk hu in d e e d ;ki d isah so m e o ne like this;va o r ;
nami na m e d; tti t h u s ; i t i t h u s ;sa wi t h ; av a h i t t h am co n c e a l m e nt of her
actual emotions; prakasam op e n l y; hala 0 ; i m a i m th es - e; ni unj ovari -in t h e
grove; punjida assembled; gunja phala i-m gu n ja berries;bi i-nissam I w i l l
collect.

Radhika: (again, aside) Ah, this name charms the hearts of beautiful girls.
What is the owner of this name like7 (concealing her emotions, she speaks
openly.) I will go and pick those gunja berries in the forest.

Text 33 (e)

2a2ita: (saparihasam san.skrtena ) .

deham te bhuvanantarala vira-la cch-aya vila-saspadam

ma kautuha2a can-ca2aksi 2atika ja2e pravesam krthah
navyam anj ana punj
-a man-jula ruci-h kunj e cari-devata
kantam kantibhir ankitam iha vane nihsankam akarsati

deham bo d y; te yo u r ; bh u vana in t h e u n i v e r s e;antarala i n t h e m i d s t ;

vira2a ra re; cchaya sh a d o w;vi2asa of b e a uty;aspadam ab o d e;ma d o n t ;
kautuha2a with cu r i osity; cancala mo v i n g ; aksi ey e s ; 2atika o f c r e e r pers;
j ale in the network; pravesam en t r a n c e; krthan d o ; na v y am yo u n g ; anj ana
of ointments; punj a of a great abundance;manj ula be a u t i f u l; rucih s p l e n d o r ;
kunje in t hi s grove; cari mo v i n g ; de vata de m i g o d ;ka ntam lo v e r ; k a n t ibhih
with great beauty; ankitam ma r k e d ; iha h e r e ; va ne in t h i s f o r e s t;nihsankam
easily; akarsati en c h a n t s.

Lalita: (joking, she says in Sanskrit) 0 girl wh ose restless eyes are eager to look
at everything, 0 girl whose body is the abode of a splendor and playfulness even
the shadow of which cannot be found anywhere in the three worlds, don't enter
that trap of flowering-vines. The handsome snd splendid demigod who moves in
that forest and who is dark like black mascara will cast a spell on You and make
You His newest lover.

Text 30 (a)

radhika: (kincid bhztevaparavrtya sanarma smitam) -sahi 2a2ide, ta ede ada e- - -

numam tumam a atthidasi j -am edam j anasi

2a2ita: (vihasya) ha2a, mam kisa esa a atthadu na -kkhu ah.am tumam vi a -

kantihim ankida

kincit so m e w h a t; bhita afraid; iva as i f; paravrtya ha v i n g s to pped;sa

 narma jo k i n g ; smitam sm i l e ;sahi 0 fr i e n d ;2a2ide La l i t a; ta e -by th i s ; d e-
ada e -demigod; nunam at p r e s ent;tumam yo u ; a a -tthidasi ar e a tt racted;
j am which; edam th i s ;j anasi yo u k n o w ; vi h asya la u g h i n g ;h ala 0 ; m a m
me; kisa fo r w h at reason7;esa He ; a a-tthadu ma y a t t r a ct;na no t ; k k h u
indeed; aham I; tu m am yo u ; vi a - a s it w e r e; kantihim wi t h g r e a t beauty;
ankida m a r k e d .

Radhika: (As if She were afraid, She conceals Her joking smile.) Friend Lalita,
you know that this demigod has you in His spell.
Lalita: (laughs) Ha! Why would He cast a spell on me7 It is You who are drawn
to His splendor.

Text 30 (b)

Radhika: (nisamya camatkaram svagatam) ammahe, imassa mohanattanam

saddassa (iti .vaisyam natayati ) .
La2ita: (vi2okya svagatam) hum, esa koma2angi kurangi padhamam nivadida

nisamya li s t e ning; camatkaram wi t h a m a z e ment;svagatam a s i d e ;

ammahe am azing.; imassa of t h i s ; mohanattanam th e e n c h a ntiness;saddassa
of the sound; iti th u s ;va i vasyam lo s s of composure;natayati re p r e s e nts
dramatically; vi2okya se e ing;svagatam as i d e; hum 0; e s a thi s ; ko m a 2 a
delicate; angi bo d y; ku r angi de e r ;pa dhamam im m e d i a t e ly;j a2e in to t he net;
nivadida f a l l e n .

(Flute-music comes from offstage.)

Radhika: (Listening, She becomes full of wonder. She says to herself:)
Wonderful! What an enchanting sound! (She is overcome.)
Lalita: (looking at Radha, she says to herself:) For the first time the doe with
delicate limbs falls into the hunter's trap.

Text 30 (c)

radhika: (prayatnena dhairyam alambya svagatam .)avi nam.a nam saddami

apuram uggirantamjanam pekkhissam

prayatnena wi t h g r e at effort; dhairyam co m p o s u r e;alambya g r a s p s ;

svagatam as ide; avi nama I w i s h ; nam th i s ;sa d da of s o u n d ; ami a n ec t a - r ;
puram ov e rflo wi ng river; pekkhissam th a t I w i ll s ee.
 Radhika: (with great difficulty She regains composure. Then She says to
Herself) I must find the person who made the flood of nectar that is this sound.

Text 30 (d)

2a2ita: (upasrtya) ha2a rahe, atthi maduvari tuha visuddha bu-ddhi

radhika: hala, kisa evvam bhanasi. tumam jevva tattha pamanam
2a2ita: kadhedu pi asa-hi kimti akande vivasa asi tumam.

upasrtya ap p r o a ching;hala 0 ; r a h e Ra d h a ;at t hi th e r ei s; mad uva-ri i n

relation to me; tuha yo u r ; vi s uddha pu r e ; bu ddhi in t e l l i g e n c e;h ala 0 ; k i s a
from what7; evvam ce r t a inly;bhanasi yo u a re saying;tumam yo u ;j evva
certainly; tattha t h e r e; pamanam ev i d e n c e;kadhedu ma y s pe ak;pi a -dear;
sahi fr i e n d; kimti wh a t ; ak a n de un e x p e c t e dly;vivasa lo s t a ll composure;
asi ar e; tumam y o u .

Lahta: (approaches Radha) Radha, do You trust me7

Radhika: Why do you ask7 You can bear witness to that.
Lalita: Then my dear friend will tell me. Why are You suddenly overwhelmed7

Text 30 (e)

radhika: (salajj am, sanskrtena ) .

nadah kadamba vitapan-tarato visarpan

ko nama karna padavi-m avisan najahe
ha ha kulina grhini -gana g-arhan-iyam
yenadya kam api dasam sakhi lambhitasmi

sa wi t h; lajj am em b a r r a ssment;sanskrtena in S a n skrit;nadah s o u n d ;

kadamba ka d a mba; vitapa gr o v e ;antaratah fr o m w i t h i n ; vi s arpan m o v i n g ;
kah wh a t 7; nama in d e e d;karna of t h e e a r s;padavim pa t h ; av isan e n t e r i n g ;
na no t; j ane I u n d e r s t and;ha ha 0! 0 ! ; ku l i n a cha s t e gr
; h ini h o u s e w i v e s ;
gana by t he communit y; garhaniyam to be accus d; ey na eby which; adya
today; kam api so m e ; dasam co n d i t i o n; sakhi 0 fr i e n d ;la m b hita a t t a i n e d ;
asmi I h a v e .

Radhika: (embarrassed, says in Sanskrit) What is this sound from the kadamba
trees that now walks on the pathway of My ears7 Friend, because of this sound I
have now entered a state that is despicable for a chaste housewife.

Text 35 (a)

2a2ita: ha2a, eso mura2ira o-

radhika: (savyatham, sanskrtena ).

0$ adah kampa sa-mpadl

sastrad anyo nikrntanah
tapano 'nusnatadharah
ko 'yam va murali rav-ah

ha2a 0; esah th i s; murali of t h e f lu t e ;ra ah -s o u n d ; sa vyat-ham ag i t a ted;

aj adah without snow; kampa tr e m b l i n g;dampadi in t h e g o od fort u n e ;
sastrat than a weapon; anyah ot h e r; nik r n tanah cu t t i n g ;ta panah t h e h o t
summer season; anusnata no t w a r m; dharah po s s e ssing;kah wh a t 7 ;ayam
this; va or; murali of t h e f lu t e; ravah s o u n d .

Lalita: Ah, it is the sound of the flute!

Radhika: (agitated) What kind of flut e-music is this7 It brings no snow and
cold, but still it makes Me tremble. It is not a weapon, but still it cuts Me. It brings
no heart, but still it has set Me on fire.

Text 36 (a)

(ity udvegam natayanti )ha2a, .nanam mura21 na ass-a an-ahinna. ta a2am

vippalambhena phuda.m eso kena vi maha na are-na -kovimohana padhi adi -

iti th u s ; udvegam ag i t a t i o n;natayanti ex p r e s s ion dramatically;h ala O . ;

na no t; aham I; mu r a l i of t h e f lu t e ; na assa o-f the sound;anahinna
unaquainted; ta th a t ; a2am wh a t is t he use7;vippa2ambhena of t h is deception;
phudam manifested;esah this;kena vi by someone; maha great;na arena-
by a clever (magician); kovi so m e ;mo hana ch a r m i n g ;mantah ma n t r a ;padhi
adi ss read.

(agitated) I don t understand this flute-music. Enough with this deception!

Some charming mantra has been read by a clever magician!
Text 36 (b)

(pravisya citra pa-ta ha-sta visakha ).

visakha: (radham avadharayanti svagatam ).danim annadisi esa lakkhi ad-i. ta

nunam kanhassa vamsi a -e-damsida h.odu p.ucchissam

pravisya en t e r i n g; citra pa-ta a p i c t u r e;hasta in her hand; visakha

Visakha-gopi; radham Sr i m a ti Radharani;avadharayati no t i c i n g ;svagatam
aside; danim at p r e sent;annadisi ap p e a r ing completely different;esa s h e ;
lakkhi adi -appears; ta th e r e f o r e;nunam at p r e s e nt;kanhassa bi t t e n; hodu it
may be; pucchissam I w i ll e n q u i r e .

(Visakha enters, carrying a picture in her hand.)

Visakha: (Observes Radha, and says to herself:) She is transformed. Perhaps
She was bitten by Krsna's flute. I will ask her about it.

Text 36 (c)

(ity upasrtya prakasam sansk.rtena ) .

ksonim pankilayanti pankaj rucor

a -aksnoh payo binda-vah
svasas tandayanti pandu vadan-e durad uro jamsukam
murtim danturayanti santatam ami romanca punj a-s ca te
manye madhava madhu-ri sravanayor abhyasam abhyayayau

iti th u s ; upasrtya ap p r o a c h i n g;prakasam op e n l y; sankrtena i n S a n s kri t ;

ksonim ea r t h; pankilayanti tu r n s i n t o m u d; pankaj a lo t u s ; ru coh s p l e n d o r ;
aksnoh fr om t he eyes;payah bindav-ah te ars;svasah br e a t h; tandayanti
dances;pandu white;vadane face;durat a great distance; uroja breasts;
amsukam ga r m e nt; murtim fo r m ; da n t u rayanti co v e r e d wi th hairs standing
upright; santatam co n s t a ntly; ami t h e s e ;romanca ha i r s s tanding upright;
punj ah multitude;ca and; te your; manye I consider; madhava o f L o r d
Madhava; madhuri th e s w e etness;sravanayoh of t he ears;abhyasam ne a r n e ss;
abhy ay ay au went.

(Approaching, she openly says in Sanskrit) 0 girl wh ose face has turned white,
the tears from your lotus-eyes muddy the ground, Your sighs make Your bodice
dance, and the hairs of Your body stand up. I think the sweetness of Krsna's flute
must have entered Your ears.
Text 37 (a)

radhika: (anakarnitakenaiva sotkampam ) .2a2ide,puno eso so jj eva kovi saddo

vlkkama(A.

anakarnitakena no t h e a ring; sa ut-kampam tr e m b l i n g; 2a2ide 0 L a l i t a ;

punah ag ain; esah th i s ; sah th i s jj; eva indeed; kovi so m e ; saddah s o u n d ;
vikkamadi mo ves.

Radhika: (not giving ear to these words, Radha trembles) Lalita, it is that sound
again.

Text 37 (b)

2a2ita: (sanskrtena)

esa sthairya bhuja-nga sang-ha dama-nasange vihangesvaro

vrida vyad-hi dhur-avidhu-nana vidha-u tanvangi dhanvantarih
sadhvi garva -bhara-mburasi culuk-arambhe tu kumbhodbhavah
ka2indz tata m-and-a2isu mura2z tunda-d dhvanir dhavati

sanskrtena in S anskrit; esah th i s ; sthairya co m p o s u r e;bhujanga o f s n a k e s ;

sangha mu l t i t u d e; damana de f e a t ing;asange in a t t a c hment;vihanga o f b i r d s ;
isvarah th e k i ng ( Ga ruda);vrida of s h y n e s s;vidhau in t h e a c t ivit y;tanu
delicate; angi bo d y; dhanvantarih Lo r d D h a n v a n t ari;sadhvi of p i o u s g ir l s ;
garva of the pride; bhara abundance; amburasi of the ocean; culuka of
drinking; arambhe in t h e b eginning;tu an d ; ku m b h odbhavah A g a s t ya Muni;
ka2indi of t he Yamuna river;tata of t h e b a n k s;manda2isu in t he a rea;mura2i
of the flute; tundat fr o m t he m o u t h; dhvanih th e s o u n d; dhavati r u n g .

Lalita: (in Sanskrit) 0 gi rl with t he slender limbs, in the circle of the Yamuna s
shore, from a flute's beak comes a sound that is a Garuda that defeats the snakes of
the gopis' peace, a Dhanvantari that cures the gopis' shyness, an Agastya Muni that
drinks up the ocean of the saintly gopis' pride.

Text 38 (a)
 radhika: sahi, jada maha hi a e kavi guru-t ve ana .ta gadu a supissam .
visakha: hala, rahe, tuha ve ana v-iddhamsanam kimvi edam osaham maha hatthe
vattadi t.a sevehi nam.

sahi 0 fr i e n d ; j a d a p r o d u c e d maha
; my ; hi a -e -in th e h e art; kavi some;
guru-t — intense; ve a-na distress; ta th a t ; gadu a -h a v i ng go ne; supisam I will
sleep; hala 0; r a h e Ra d h a ; t uha y o u r ;ve an-a su f f e r i n g;viddhamsanam
elimination; kimvi so m e ; edam th i s ; os aham me d i c i n al herb;maha m y ;
hatthe in t he hand; vattadi is ; ta th e r e f o r esevehi ; pl e a se take;nam i t .

Radhika: Friend, a great suffering has now taken birth in My heart. Only when I
leave it behind will I again be able to sleep at night.
Visakha: Radha, in my hand is a medicine to cure Your suffering. Take it.

Text 38 9b)

radhika: visakhe, ehi. anganovakanthe phu22a kant -ara -man-da2t ccha -am a-jj hasi a -

pekkhamhe.
(iti niskrantah sarve ) .

visakhe 0 Visakha;ehi go.;angana courtyard;uvakanthe near;phu22a

opened; kanni ara -lotusflowers; manda2t area;ccha am -shade; ajj hasi a -

having entered; pekkhamhe we s hall see; iti t h u s ; ni s k rantah ex i t ; sa r ve a l l .

Radhika: Visakha, come. Let us go into the shade of this circle of blossoming
karnikara flowers in the courtyard.

(They exit.)

Thus ends Act One.

Act Two
Manmatha-lekha
The Love-letter

Text I (a)
 (tatah pravisati nandimukhi.)
nandimukhi: aditthamhi tattahodt e-paurnamasi e-, j adha a- i n a n d i m u h i, sudam
ma-e nibbhara asuttha-sarira me vaccha rahi. ta gadu-a janini se tattam tti. tado
muhara-gharam gamissam. (iti parikramya punah pasyanti.) kaham idha jjeva
kandanti muhara-a-accha-i.

tatah th en; pravisati en t e r s ; nandimukhi N a n d i m u k h i ; ad i t t hamhi I h a v e

been instructed; tattahodi e -by her ladyship; paurnamasi e -by Paurnamasi;
j adha in the following way; a i -0— ;nandimuhi N a n d i m u k h i ; sudam h e a r d ;
ma e -by me; nibhara in t e n s e;asuttha il l n e s s;sarira bo d y ; me my ; v a c c h a
child; rahi Ra d h a;ta th e r e f o r e;gadu a -ha v i ng gone; janihi p l e a s e learn; se
her; tattam tr u t h of t he situation; tti t h u s ; ta do th e r e f o r e;muhara o f
Mukhara; gharam ho u s e;gamissam I a m a b o ut to go; iti t h u s ; pa r i k r a m ya
going; punah again; pasyati se e i ng;kaham ho w i s i t 7 ;idha he r ejj; eva
indeed; andanti cr y i n g ; muhara Mu k h a r a ;a cch-a i -is — coming.

(¹ n d i m u k h i e n t ers.)
¹n d i m u k h i : Paurnamasi ordered me: "0 ¹n d i m u k h i ,I h e a rd that my child
Radha is feeling very ill. Go to hear and learn the truth of Her condition." That is
why I am now going to Mukhara's house. (She begins to go, and then see
Mukhara.) Why is weeping Mukhara coming here7

Text I (b)

Mukhara: haddhi haddhi, hadamhimanda-bha-ini.

¹n d i m ukhi: ajj e muhare, kisa ro asi -

Mukhara: (vilokya) vacche, rahi sandav-ana

haddhi haddhi al a s! A l a s !;hadamhi I a m s t r u c k; manda-bha-ini

unfortunate; ajj e pi o u s; muhare 0 Mu k h a r a ;ki sa wh y 7 ; ro a si ar - e you
crying; vilokya gl a n c i n g;vacche 0 ch i l d ; ra hi Ra d h as; sandavena be c a use of
the suffering.

M ukhara: (enters) Alas! Al as! I a m r u i n e d ! I a m v e r y u n f o r t u n a t e!

¹n d i m u k h i : Pi ous Mukh ara, why do you weep7
Mukhara: (glancing at Nandimukhi) Ch i ld, because of Radha s suffering.

Text I (c)

¹n d i m ukhi: kerimam cettha irahi -

 Mukhara: vacche, va u2a
bhavi a kimvi pa2ava i-.

kerisam in w h at m a nne r; cettha i -ac t s; rahi Ra d h a ;vacche 0 ch i l d ; v a -

u2a crazy; bhavi a -ha v i ng become; kimvi so m e t h i n g;pa2ava i -she talks.

¹n d i m u k h i : W hat does She do7

Mukhara: Child, She talks like a madwoman.

Text 1 (d)

(iti sanskrtena)

kruranam a2inam ma2inaya krtyam na me ma2aya

ba2anam kim u narmanas tava padam duri bha-va pranganat
ity adini duraksarahi paritah svapne tathajagare
j a2panti j a2aj eksana ksapayati k2esena ratrindivam

iti th u s ; sanskrtena in S a n s krit;kruranam cr u e l ;a2inam of t h e b e es;

ku2aih by t he mult i t u d e s; ma2inaya bl a c k e ned;krtyam pr o p e r a c t io n;na n o t ;
me of me; malaya by t h e g a r land;bala a y o u n g g i r l;aham I; k i m u
whether7;narmanah of joking; tava Your; padam word;duri bhav-a go far
away; pranganat fr o m t h is courtyard;iti th u s ; ad mi b e g i n n i n g w i th t h i s ;
duraksarani incoherent words; paritah everywhere;svapne during sleep;
tatha in t he same way;j agare wh i l e a wa ke;j a2panti sp e a king;j a2aj a l o t u s ;
iksana ey e s;ksapayati sh e p a sses; klesena wi t h g r e at pain; ratrim t h e n i g h t ;
divam and t he day.

(in Sanskrit) "Cruel bumblebees should not blacken My flower garland. I am

only a girl. Why do you joke like that7 Go far away from this courtyard." Awake
and asleep talking in that crazy way, the lotus-eyed girl suffers day and night.

Text 2 (a)

¹n d i m ukhi: (svagatam) uvasaggakida na kkhu erisi palava mudda -ta ditthi .a -

vikkamidam ettha kanha vilasena-

Mukhara: vacche, aham gadu abhaava-dim vinnavissam tumam v.edasi kunj am-
uvasappi arahi am -pecch-a

(iti niskrante ) .

svagatam as ide;uvasagga a f it of mad ness;kida pe r f o r m e d;na not;

kkhu i n d e ed; erisi li k e t h i s ; palava ta l k i n g ;mu dda si g n ; ta th a t ; di t t hi a
by good fortune; vikkamidam ac t i v i t y; ettha he r e ; ka n ha w i t h K r s n a ;
vilasena by t he pastimes;vacche 0 ch i l d ; ah am I; ga d u a -h a v i n g g o n e ;
bhaavadim to h e r; vinnavissam I s h a ll i n f o r m; tumam yo u ; ve d asi o f v e t a s i
trees; kunj am to t he grove;uvasappi a -having entered; rahi a-m S r i m a t i
Radharani; peccha pl e a se observe; iti t h u s ; ni s krante t h e y e x i t .

¹n d i m u k h i : (aside) T hat talk is not the mark of madness. It is the mark of

good fortune, of being overcome by Lord Krsna's pastimes.
Mukhara: Child, I will go to the noble lady and tell her. You go to the vetasi
grove and watch Radha.

(They exit.)

Text 2 (b)

(tatah pravisati sakhibhyam upasyamana radha ) .

Radha: (sodvegam svagatam )had.ahi a a j-a-ssa .padicchanda dam-sanamettado irisi

duruha sang-ama uvatthida de avastha ttha vi puno ram am v-ahasi

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;sakhibhyam by h e r t w o c l o se friends (Lalita

and Vssakha); upasyamana se r ved;radha Sr i m a ti Radharani;sa udveg-am
agitated; svagatam as i d e; hada wo u n d e d ; hi a a -he-art;j assa of which;
padicchanda of a picture; damsana by t he s eeing;mettado on l y ; i r i s i like this;
duruha di f f i c u lt to und e rstand;sangama co n t a c t; uvatthida at t a i n e d;de y o u r ;
avastha si t u a tion; ttha vi so m e w h e r e;puno ag a i n;ra am l- o v e vahasi
; you
carry.

(Served by two friends, Lalita and Visakha, Radha enters.)

Radha: (Agitated, she says to herself) 0 wo u n d ed heart, simply by looking at a

picture you have fallen wildly and passionately in love.

Text 2 (c)

Ubhe: ha2a rahi eamayeh-into vi2akkhano de ve ananuba-ndhe 2akkhi-adi. ta kisa

amhesu tattam na kadhesi
(radhika nihsvasya vaktram vyavartayati ) .

ubhe bo th (Lalita and Visakha; rahi e0 Ra d - h a;

amayehinto be c a u se of
illness; vilakkhano sy m p t o m s;de yo u r ; ve ana to d i s t r e s s;anubandhah i n
relation; /akkhi adi is p e r c e ived;ta th e r e f o r e;kisa th e t r u t h ; na n o t ;
kadhesi you t ell; radhika Sr i m a t i R adharani;nihsvasya si g h i n g; vaktram f a c e ;
vyakartayati tu r n s a wa y.

Lalita and Visakha: Radha, we see how You suffer. Why will You not tell us the
truth7
(Radha sighs and turns her face away.)

Text 2 (d)

visakha: (puro bhigamya san.skrtena)

cinta sant-atir adya krntati sakhi svantasya kim te dhrtim

kim va sincasi tamram ambaram ati aved-ambhasam dambaram
kampas campaka gaur-i 2umpati vapuh stha-iryam katham va ba2at
tathyam bruhi na mangala parijane sangopanangi krtih-

purah in f r o n t; abhimagamya ha v i n g g one;sanskrtena in Sanskrit; cinta o f

anxieties; santatih a m u l t i t u d e;adya at p r e s e nt;krntati ar e t e a r i ng apart;
sakhi 0 fr i e n d ; svantasya of t h e h e art and mind; kim wh y 7 ; te y o u r ;
dhrtim co m p o s u r e;kim va wh y 7 ; si n casi yo u s p r i n k l e;tamram r e d d i s h ;
ambaram ga r m e nts;ati sveda -with mu ch perspiration; ambhasam of t he w a ter;
damraram abundance;kampah trembling; campaka as a campaka flower;
gauri fair; /umpati br e a k; vapuh of y o u r b o d y; sthairyam st e a d i n e ss;katham
va and why is it7; balat by f o r c e;tathyam tr u t h f u l l y ;br u hi pl e a s e tell;na
not; mangala au s p i c ious;parijane to y o u r s e rvants;sangopana co n c e alment;
angi krtih -acceptance.

Visakha: (confronting Radha, in Sanskrit) 0 fr i end, why do these sufferings cut

to pieces the peacefulness in Your heart7 Why do You sprinkle Your red garments
with a flood of perspiration7 0 girl fair like a yellow campaka flower, why does
trembling now break the steadiness of Your body7 Please tell the truth. It is not
good to hide the truth from Your friends.

Text 3 (a)

radhika: (sasuyam) a in i t t h ure -visahe, tumam evam pucchanti vi na /ajjasi

visakha: (sasankam) hala, kahim pi avaraddhamhi tti na sumarami

sa wi t h; asuyam in d i g n a t i o n;a i 0 ; n i t - t h— ure

cruel; visahe Vi sakha;
tumam yo u; evam in d e e d ;pucchanti en q u i r i n g ;vi ev e n ;na no t ; la j j a si a r e
ashamed; sa wi t h ; sankam fe a r ;ha la 0 ; k a h i mpi a t s o m e t i m e ;
avaraddhamhi I h a ve become an offender; tti t h u s ; na no t ; su m a r a mi I
remember.

Radhika: (indignat) Cruel Visakha, are you not ashamed to question me in this
way7
Visakha: (worried) Perhaps I once offended you, but I do remember it.

Text 3 (b)

radhika: a ini-kkive, kisa evvam bhanasi. sumari ap-ekkha

visakha: hala, garu ena -vi panihanena na me sumaranam hodi

a i 0- ; nikkave me r c i l ess one;kisa wh y 7 ; evvam in t h i s w a y; bhanasi y o u

-

are speaking;sumari ah-aving remembered; pekkha please look; hala 0; garu

ena in t e nse; vi ev e n ;panihanena wi t h e n d e a vor;na no t ; me my ;
sumaranam re m e m b rance;hodi i s .

Radhika: Merciless girl, why do you talk like that. Remember and look.
Visakha: Even with a great effort, I still do not remember.

Text 3 (c)

radhika: ummatte, gahane imamssi accahidahala kunde -tumam jj eva maha

pakkhevani
vlsakha: kadham vl a -

radhika: (sersyam) a i m i cch-asara2e, a2ekkhagada bhu an-ga sa-ngini-, cittha cittha.

ummatte 0 ma d w o m a n;gahane de e p; imamssi in t h i s ; acchahida v e r y

inauspicious; anala of f i f e ; kunde in t h e l a k e; tumamm y o u j j e v a i n d e e d ;
maha of m e; pakkhevani th r o w i n g ; ka h dham vi ah o w - d i d I do t h a t 7; sa w i t h ;
irsyam ma l i ce and impatience;a i 0 ; m - i c— cha asara2e -crooked liar; a2ekkha
gada in the picture; bhu anga o-f the serpent;sangini 0 fr i e n d ;ci t t ha s t a n d .
Do not move!.

Radhika: Crazy girl, you threw Me into the lake of eternal burning fire.
Visakha: How is that7
Radhika: (with malice and impatience) Crooked liar, friend of the snake in this
picture! Stay! Stay!
Text 3 (d)

(iti savaivasyam sanskrtena)

vitanvanas tanva marakata ru-cinam ruciratam

patan niskranto bhud dhrta-sikhi-sikhando nava yu-va
(ity ardhoktau vak sta-mbham natayati ) .

(sakhyau sabhrubhangam anyo 'nyam pasyatah ).

iti t h us; sa wi t h ; va i v a syam lo s s of contro l;sanskrtena i n S a n k r i t ;

vitanvanah ma n i f e sting;tanva wi t h H i s f o r m; ma rakata of e m e r a l d s;
rucinam of t he splendor;ruciratam br i l l i a n c e;patat f r o m t h e p i c t u r e ;
niskrantah co m e f or t h; abhut b e c o m e ; dhrta he l d ; s i k h i -sikhandah p e a c o c k
feather; nava fr e s h;yuva wi t h y o u t h f u l n e s s; iti t h u s ; ar d ha h a l f ;u k t au i n
the speech; vak of t he voice;stambham ch o k i n g ; natayati re p r e s e nted
dramatically; sakhyau th e t wo f r i e n ds (Lalita and Visakha);sa w i t h ; b h r u -
bhangam kn i t t i ng of the eyebrows; anyah anya-m mu t a l l y; pasyata l o o k .

(Overcome, Radha says in Sanskrit) Splendid like sapphires and decorated with
peacock feathers, a teenage boy stepped out of that picture. (In the middle of Her
words, Her voice becomes choked. Her two friends look at each other with raised
eyebrows.)

Text 3 (e)

bhruvam tena ksiptva kim api hasatonmadita mateh-

sasi vrtto vahnih param ahaha vahnir mama sasi

bhruvam ey e brows;tena by H i m ; ks i p tva ha v i n g m o v e d; kimapi s o m e ;

hasata sm i l i n g; unmadita de r a n g e d;mateh mi n d ; sa si mo o n ; vr t t ah a c t i v i t y ;
vahnih f i re; param th e n ; ah a ha al a s ; vahnih f i r e ; ma ma my ; sa s i m oo n .

When He smiled and moved His eyebrows, my heart became mad. The fire in
My heart shone like the moon. Then the moon of My heart entered the fire.

Text 0 (a)
 2a2ita: ha2a, kim eso sivinnassa vi2aso .

hala 0; ki m w h at . ; es o th i s ; si v i n nassa of a d r e a m;vilaso pa stime.

Lalita: Did this happen in a dream7

Text 0 (b)

radhika: (sanskrtena)

kim svapnasya vilaksana gatir iyam kim j agarasyathava

kim ratrer upasattir eva rabhasad ahnah kim ahnaya va
ittham syamala can-drika pari-caya spa-ndena sandipitair
antah ksob-ha kula-ir aham parivrta prajnatum ajnabhavam

sanskrtena in S anskrit; kim w h a t 7 ; svapnasya of a d r e a m;vilaksana

characteristics; gatih mo t i o n ; iy am th i s j; agarasya of t h e w a k i ng state;
athava or; k im w h a t ; ra t r eh of t h e n i g h t ; upasattih co n n e c t i o n;eva i n d e e d ;
rabhasat ag i tation; ahnah da y ; k im w h a t ;ah n a ya in s t a n t l y;va or ; i t t h a m
in this way; syamala da r k ; ca ndrika mo o n l i g h t ;pa ricaya a c c u m u l a t i o n ;
spandena by the movement; sandipitaih ex c i t e d;antah in t e r n a l;ksobha o f
intense emotions; kulaih by t h e m u l t i t u d e s;aj na ig n o r a n t; abhavam I b e c a m e .

Radhika: (in Sanskrit) Was it a dream, or was I awake. Was it night, or was it
day7 I do not know. The light from the dark moon of that teenage boy filled My
heart with flames.

Text 5 (a)

visakha: (sakutam) hala rahe, nunam eso de citta vibbham-ojevva kkhani o. -

radhika: (sabhyasuyam) a ia visad-dhe, viramehi, kisa appano dosam j hampidum

pa ttasi -

sa wi t h; akutam an i n t e n t i o n; hala 0 ; r a h e Rad h a ; nu n am no w ; e s o

this; de of y o u; citta of t h e m i n d ; vi b bhamo be w i l d e r m e n t;jj eva c e r t a i n l y ;
kkhani om o m - e n tary; sa wi t h ; ab h yasuyam in d i g n a t i o n;a i 0 ; a v - i s— addhe
untrusting; viramehi pl e a se stop;kisa wh y ; ap p ano of y o u r s e l f;dosam
offense; j hampidum to c o n c eal;pa uttasi yo - u are engaged.
 Visakha: (with feeling) 0 Radha, Your heart was bewildered for a moment.
Radhika: (indignant) Faithless girl, stop! Why try to cover up your offense7

Text 5 (b)

(iti sanskrtena)

krtam bhakti co-hedair

ghusrna gh-ana ca-rdam adhivahan
punar 2abdho2ubdhahpriyaka tar-u mu-2ecatu2a-dhzh
2apantyah saksepam nahi nahi naniti smita mu-khe
hathan me dur2z2ahsa ki2a bhuja-va22z-da2am adhat

iti t h us; sanskrtena in S a n s krit;krtam d o n e ;b h a kti-chedaih w i t h

decorative marks; ghusrna ku n k u m a ; ghana in t e n s e;carcam a n o i n t i n g ;
adhivahan carrying;
punah again; 2abdhah attained; 2ubdhah eager;
priyaka
kadamba; taru tr e e ;mu2e at t he base;catula fi c k l e ; dhih m i n d ; 2a pantyah
speaking; saksepam i n a teasing manner; nahi nahi nahi n o , n o , n o .; iti t h u s ;
smita sm i l i n g; mukhah mo u t h ; h a t h at v i o l e n t l y ; me of m e ; du r 2 i2ah
mischievous; sah He ; k i2a i n d e e d; bhuj a ar m ; va 22i of t he c reeper;da2am
petal; adhat placed.

(in Sanskrit) Decorated with designs drawn in kunk u ma, that passionate
mischievous boy sat under a kadamba tree. Saying "No! No! No !", I pushed Him
away. Then that rogue forcibly touched Me with a flower petal from the
blossoming vine of His arm.

Text 6

tatas ca

daronmi2an ni2otpa-2a da2a ru-cas ta-sya nibidad

virudhanam sadyah kara sarasij a -sparsa -kutukat-
vahanti ksobhanam nivaham iha najnasisam idam
kva vaham cakarakim aham vas sakhi tada

tatah th en; ca an d ; da ra sl i g h t ;un m i2at op e n i n g; ni2otpa2a of a blue

lotus flower; dala of t h e p e tal;rucah lu s t e r;tasya o f H i m ; n i b i d at i n t e n s e ;
virudhanam sp r o u t e d;sadyah im m e d i a t e ly;kara of t h e h a n d; sarasij a l o t u s ;
sparsa for t he touch; kutukat be c a u se ofd e sire; vahanti c a r r y i n g;ksobhanam
trembling and agitation; nivaham ab u n d a n c e; iha h e r e ; na no t ; aj n a s isam I
knew; idam th i s ; kva wh e r e 7 ; va o r ; ah a m I; ka wh o 7 ; v a or ; ah a m I ;
cakara I d i d ; k im w h a t . ; ah a m I; v a or ; sa k h i 0 fr ien d ; ta d a t h e n .
 Longing for the touch of the lotus hand of that boy dark like a blue lotus petal,
I trembled. Where was I7 Who was I7 What was I doing7 Friend, I did not know .

Text 7 (a)

(iti vaivasyam natayati svagatam )a .id-uttha hia -am-akkada, kanho vainavi o-

sama2a kis-oro tti tinesu purisesu ra am -vahanto vi tumam na 2ajjasi ta .danim
appanam pamaram tumam hadasam karissam

iti t h us; vaivasyam ag i t a t i o n;natayati re p r e s e nts dramatically;svagatam

aside; a i -0; duttha wi c k e d; hi a a- -heart; makkada mo n k e y; kanho K r s n a ;
vainavi o -the fulte-player; samala wh o h as a blackish complexion;kisoro
youth; tti thus; tinesu to t h r e e;purisesu pe r s o ns;ra am -l o v e; vahanto
bearing; vi al t h o u g h; tumam yo u ; na no t ; 2a jj asi ar e a s hamed;ta t h e r e f o r e ;
danim now; appanam body;vavadi ah-aving destroyed; pamaram wicked;
tumam yo u; hadasam wi t h o u t h o p e;karissam I w i l l d e s t r o y.

(Agitated, She says to herself:) Wicked heart! Monkey! Are you not ashamed to
love three persons simultaneously7 You love Krsna, and you also love the flute-
player, and now you love this dark teenage boy. 0 heart, when I kill my body, I
will also kill wretched, hopeless you.

Text 7 (b)

2a2ita: hanta, hata mamm-aha sacivas-sa vasantassa vipphujidena dusida ede

parisara disanti. ta kim ettha saranam

hanta 0 ; h ata wr e t c h e d ;mammaha of c u p i d ; sacivassa of t he f ri e nd;

vasantassa of s p r i n g; vipphujidena by t h e a ppearance;dusida sp o i l e d;ede
these; parisara pl a c e s;disanti ar e s een;ta th a t ; kim wh a t 7 ;et t ha h e r e ;
saranam re f u g e.

Lalita: Look. Springtime, the prime minister of King Kamadeva, has come and
polluted everything. Who will save us from him7

Text 7 (c)
 radhika: (sanskrtena)

vikridantu patira p-arvata ta-ti s-amsargino marutah

khe2antah ka2ayantu koma2ataram pums-koki2ah kaka2im
samrambhena si2imukha dhvani-bhrto vidhyantu man m-anasam
hasyantyah sakhi me vyatham param ami kurvanti sahayakam

sanskrtena in S anskrit; vikridantui l e t t h e m p l a y;patira o f s a n d a l w o o d;

parvata of t he hil l s; tati with the slopes; samsarginah ma n i f e s ted;marutah
breezes; khe2antah playing; ka2ayantu le t t hem sound; koma2ataram pl e a s ent;
pums-koki2ah cu ck oos; kaka2im w a r b l i ng; samrambhena w i t h a f lu r r y ;
s ilimukhah b e es; dhvani-bhrtah b u z z i ng ; vidhyantu m y p i e r ce; mat m y ;
mahasam he a rt; hasyantyah wh o i s a bo ut to abandon; sakhi 0 fr i e n d ;me o f
me; vyatham su f f e ring;param co m p l e t e l y;ami t h e s e ; kurvanti p r o v i d e ;
sahayak am ald.

Radhika: (in Sanksrit) Let the breezes from the sandalwood mountains play. Let
the playful cuckoos sweetly sing. Let the buzzing bees attack My heart. Friend,
they will help Me end My troubles.

Text 8 a

ubhe: (sasram) ha2a, edahim ghora-cintahim kisa ki2immasi. amhehim takkidam

adi-metta-du22aho na kkhu de hi-a-atthido attho.

ubhe both (Lalita and Visakha); sa wi t h a s r am t e a r s ; ha la 0 ; e d a h im by

these; ghora te r r i b l e; cintahim s u f f e r i n g s; kisa w h y 7 ; k i l i m m asi y o u h a v e
become exhausted; amhehim by u s; takkidam s u r m i s e d;adi metta -e x t r e mely;
du22aho difficult to attain; na no t ; k k h u i n d e e d ; de y o u r ;hi a a o - f - t heheart;
t thido si t u ation; attho aim.

Lalita and Visakha: (weeping) Why were You attacked by these terrible
sufferings7 We do not understand the unusual longings in Your heart.

Text 8 (b)

radhika (nihsvasya sanskrtena)

lyam sakhl suduhsadhya

radha hrdaya vedana -
krta yatra cikitsapi
kutsayam paryavasyati

nihsvasya si g hing; sanskrtena in S a n skrit;iyam th i s ;sa k hi m y d e a r f r i e n d ;

suduhsadhya in c u r a ble; radha of S r i m a ti Radharani;hrdaya v-edana pa l p i t ation
of the heart; krta do n e ;ya t ra in w h i c h ; ci k i t sa tr e a t m e n t;api a l t h o u g h ;
kutsayam in d e f a mation;paryavasyati e n d i n .

Radhika: (sighs) My dear friend, these palpitations of Srimati Radharani s heart

are extremely difficult to cure. Even if one applied some medical treatment, it
would only end in defamaion.*

Text 9 (a)

ta vinnavemi imamssi osarejadha sudidham ekkam 2ada pasa-m 2ahemi tadha

sinehessa nikkidim karedha

ta th e refore;vinnavemi I a m i n t r u c t i n g;imamssi in t h i s ;osare m o m e n t ;

jadhi ju s t a s;sudidham very firm; ekkam one; lada of the creeper; pasam
network; lahemi I m a y a t t ain; tadha in t h e s a me way;sinehassa o f l o v e ;
nikkidim cure; karedha please perform.

I will tell you how to cure Me. If this flowering-vine were wrapped about My
neck like a noose, and I were hanged, then you would cure My disease of love.

Text 9 (b)

ubhe: (savyatham) hala, evvam darunam bhananti ma kkhu sahmam jividam

lumpehi. nam paccasanna ahittha siddhi. -

sa wi t h; vyatham ag i t a t i o n;hala 0 ; e v v a m in t h i s w a y ; da runam t e r r i b l e ;

bhananti sp e a king;ma do n t ; k k hu i n d e e d ;sahinam o f y o u r f r i e n d s ;
jividam life; lumpehi ta k e away;nam at p r e s e nt;paccasanna ne ar at hand;
de your; ahittha de s i r e d;siddhi g o a l .

Lalita and Visakha: (agitated) Don't talk in that horrible way! Don't break your
friends' lives! Soon You will attain what You long for.
Text 9 (c)

radhika: sahio, najanidhaima e-hada r-ahi

e-hi-a-a- duddhatanam,jam evvam
matedha

sahio 0 fr i e n d s;na n o t ; j a n i d h a yo u u n d e r s t a nd;ima e -o f h e r ; ha d a

wounded; rahi e -of Radha; hi-a-a o f t h e h e a rt; duddhatanam wi c k e d n e ss;
jam be c a u se;evvam in this way; mantedha yo u c o u n s el.

Radhika: Friends, you speak this advice only because you do not know the evil
in wounded Radha's heart.

Text 9 (d)

kadhldam Jevva savvam pl a sa-hl -e -

radhika:nahu nahu, guru-ilajja nivaredi

kahiddham spoken;j evva certainly; sav vam everything; pi a sah-i -eb-y our
dear frsend (Srimati Radharani); nahu nahu no, no; guru-i — intense; lajj a
shame; nivaredi pr e v e n t s.

Lalita and Visakha: Our dear friend has told us everything.

Radhika: No, no. Her great shame stops Her from revealing it.

Text 9 (e)

sakhyau; ha2a, appasa asado v-i guru oamhe-su tuha sineho 2akkhi-adi. ta
bahiranga elajj -eko
a att-haanuroho

sakhyau th e two fr i ends (Lalita and Visakha); apasa-asado f rom y o u r self;

vi ev e n; guru oi n t e - n s e; mahesu t o u s; tuha y o u r s i n e ho l o v e ;2 akkhi-adi i s
perceived; ta th e r e f o re;bahiranga ee x t e - rnal; lajj a e ; k-o what7; attha
here; anuroho r e l a t i o n.

Lalita and Visakha: We see Your great love. How can Your shame, standing
outside, hide it7
Text 9 (f)

radhika: (sanskrtena)

ekasya srutam eva lumpati matim krsneti namaksaram

sandronmada pa-ramparam upanayaty anyasya vamsi ka-lah
esa snigdha gh-ana dy-utir manasi me lagnah pate viksanat
kastam dhik purusa tra-ye ratir abhun manye mrtih sreyasi

sanskrtena in S anskrit; ekasya of o ne p erson;srutam he a r d ; lu mpati t a k e

away; matim th e m i n d ; kr s na iti Kr s n a ;na ma ak-saram th e l e t t e rs of the name;
sandra unm-ada of i nt e nse madness;paramparam a s h o w e r;upanayati b r i n g s ;
anyasya of a nother;vamsi kal-ah th e s ound vibration of the flute;esah t h i s
third one; snigdha gi v i ng l o v e;ghana dyu-tih li g h t n i n g l i ke effulgence;manasi
in the mind; me My ; la g n ah at t a c h m e n t;pate in t h e p i c t u r e; viksanat b y
seeing; kastam dhik oh , s h a me upom Me; purusa tray-e to t h r ee persons;ratih
attachment; abhut ha s appeared;manye I t h i n k ; mr t ih de a t h ;sr e yasi b e t t e r .

Radhika: (Sanskrit) Since I have heard the name of a person called Krsna, I
have practically lost My good sense. Then, there is another person who plays the
flute in such a way that after I hear the vibration, intense madness arises in My
heart. And again there is still another person to whom My mind becomes attached
when I see His beautiful lightning effulgence in His picture. Therefore I think that
I am greatly condemmed, for I have become simultaneously attached to tree
persons. It would be better for Me to die because of this.*

Text 10 (a)

ubhe: (saharsam) ha2a, kadham tumhadismam go u2a sun-dar-inam go u2inda-

nandanam ujj hi aapara-mssi anura osamb-havadi ta suna.hi.
ekko jjevva eso maha na -

aro kanho.

ubhe both (gopis); sa wi t h; harsam jo y; hala 0; k a d ham h o w 7 ;

tumhadismam of t h o se like you;go ula in -G o k u l a; sundarmam o f b e a u t i f u l
girls; go ulinda -of the king of Gokula (Nanda Maharaja); nandanam the son
(Krsna); ujj hi ah a v i - ng abandoned; aparamssi to w a r ds someone else;anura o -

love; sambhavadi co me into existence;ta th e r e f o r e;sunahi pl e a se listen;

ekko on e;jj evva in d e e d;eso He ; ma ha na aro - v e -rysophisticated; kanho
Krsna.

Lalita and Visakha: (happily) How can beautiful girls of Gokula like You turn
from Krsna and fall in love with some other man7 Listen. The three persons are
one. They are all the hero Krsna.

Text 1O (b)

radhika: (socchvasam atmagatam) hi a -a, -samasassa samasassa d.anim jadaji al-o

a m-vasa 2a-2asa.

sa wi t h; ucchvasam a s i gh of relief;atmagatam as i d e;hi a -a -0 h e a r t ;

samasassa samasassa be comforted, be comforted; danim no w ;ja da i s b o r n ;
tuha of y o u ; j i al o -a- i n th e l i v i ng entities;nivasa th e p e r son who resides;
2a2asa ardent longing.

Radhika: (breathes a sigh of relief and say to Herself:) Heart, be peaceful. Be

peaceful. The man you long to attain is the home of all beings and all worlds.

Text 10 (c)

ubhe: (sanskrtena)

sa saurabhormi parid-igdha digan-tarapi

vandhyam j anuh sutanu gandha phali -bibharti
radhe na vibhrama bhara-h kriyate
yad anke-
kamam nipita madhu-na madhusudanena

sanskrtena in S anskrit; sa th a t ; sa urabha o f s w e et fragrance; urmi w i t h

waves; paridigdha an o i n t e d;dig antara -all di r e c tions; api a l t h o u g h ;
vandhyam us e less;j anuh bi r t h ; sutanu 0 be a u t i f u l o n e;g andha phali-
campake creeper;bibharti holds; radhe 0 Radha; na not;vibhrama of
pastimes; bharah mu l t i t u d e ; krit yate is performed; yat of w h o m ; an ke o n t h e
lap; kamam jo y f u l l y; nipita dr u n k ; ma d h u na ho n e y ;ma d husudanena b y t h e
bumble-bee who is Lord Madhusudana (Krsna).

Lalita and Visakha: 0 beautiful, slender Radha, even if it anoints the directions
with waves of sweet fragrance, a flowering priyangu vine lives in vain if a playful
bumblebee does not drink it's honey.

Note: The bumblebee (madhusudana) here is Krsna.

Text I I (a)

nandimukhi: (parikramya) kaham aggado j evva esa rahi (ity upasrtya) j a a-du j a
adu. pl-asahl.
radhika: (savahittham) sahi, kusalam bhaavadi e-

parikramya walking; kaham ho w i s i t 7; aggado in t h e p r e sence; jevva

indeed; esa sh e; rahi Ra d h a ;iti th u s ;up a s rtya ap p r o a c h i n g; j a ad-u j a ad-u
all glories, all glories; pi a -dear; sahi fr i e n d ; sa wi t h ; av a h i t t ham co n c e a l m e nt
of her actual thoughts; sahi 0 fr i e n d ;ku s alam au s p i c i o u s ness; bhaavadi e -of
her ladyship.

Nandimukhi: (walking, enters) Why is Radha here. (approaches Radha) Glory,

glory to my dear friend!
Radhika: (concealing her emotions) Friend, I hope you are well.

Text ll (b)

nandzmukhz: tuhau22ahattanejade (iti radham nibha2yasvagatam )app.ekkhi a -

cce-a ma epad-ham nittankidam. tadhavi pucchissam

tuha yo u r; u22ahattane re c o very;ja de p r o d u c e d; iti th u s ; ra d h am a t

Radha; nibha2ya gl a ncing; svagatam as i d e;appekkhi an o - t s een; ma e b y - m e ;
padham at fir s t; nittankidam pr e v e n t e d;tadhavi nevertheless; pucchissam I
shall ask.

Nandimukhi: You are well, I see. (Looking at Radha, she says to herself) I do
not see anything unusual. Perhaps She hides it. I will ask.

Text ll (c)

(prakasam, sanskrtena)

na mugdhe vaidagdhi garima p-aridigd-ha tava matir

viramo nedanim api vapusi balyasya vayasah
kam apy antah ksobham -prathayasi tathapi tvam athava
sakhijnatam vrndavana madana -visphurji-tam idam

prakasam op e n l y; sanskrtena in Sanskrit; na no t ; mu g dhe 0 be w i l dered

beautiful girl; vaidagdhi in t e l l i g e nce;garima wi t h a g r e at quantity;paridigdha
anointed; tava yo u r ; ma t ih mi n d ; vi r a m ah ce s s a t i o n;na no t ; id a n im n o w ;
vapusi in t he body; balyasya of y o u t h ; va yasah of t h e a ge; kamapi s o m e ;
antah in t e r n a l; ksobham ag i t a t i o n;prathayasi yo u a re manifesting;tatha api
nevertheless; tvam yo u ; at hava or ; s a k hi 0 f r i e n dj ;natam k n o w n ;
vrndavana of V r n d a vana;madana of t he c up i d; visphurjitam ma n i f e s t e d;
idam t h i s .

(Openly) Beautiful, foolish girl, Your heart is not anointed with great
intelligence. You have not stopped being a child. Friend, either Your heart
trembles in pain, or You gave met the Kamadeva that lives in Vrndavana forest.

Text 12 (a)

2a2ita:a ia2i--asankini, sida2a dak-khinani2a hetu -am -kampa pu2a -am -pekkhi-a kisa
dusaham parivadam desi

a i 0-; —a2i pretended; asankini fe a r ; sida2a co o l; dakkina s o u t h e r n ;

ani2a wi n d; hetu am -c a use; kampa tr e m b l i n g;pula am - h a i rs standing
upright; pekkhi-a h a v i n g seen; kisa wh y 7 ; du saham un b e a r a ble;parivadam
accusation; desi y o u g i v e .

Lalita: Suspicious girl, the trembling and standing up of hairs that you see is
caused by the cold southern wind. Why do you make this terrible accusation7

Text 12 (b)

nandimukhi: (sasmitam, sanskrtena)

romancah paricesyate katham ayam nasmabhir utkampavah

duskirtim nahi daksinaya marute daksinya sunye v-ada
etan manmatha koti sam-bhra-ma bharair -bambhromyate subhruvah
svante nagara cakrava-rti nayana -prantasy-a 2i2ayitam

sa wi t h; smitam a s m i l e ;sanskrtena in S a n s krit;roma ancah - ha ir standing

upright; paricesyate wi l l be augmented; katham ho w i s i t; ayam th i s ;na n ot ;
asmabhih by us; utkampavan tr e m b l i n g;duskirtim d i s h o n o r ; n ahi n o t ;
daksinaya to t he southern;marute br e e z e;daksinya of p e r c e ption;sunye 0
you who are devoid; vada please say; sambhrama charm; bharaih by the great
quantity; bambhramyate co n s t a ntly move;subhruvah of s he who has beautiful
eyebrows; svante in t he heart; nagara of h a n d s o me young men;cakravarti o f
the emperor (Krsna); nayana of t h e e yes;prantasya of t he c or ner;2i2ayitam
pastimes.

Nandimukhi: (smiling, says in Sanskrit) If t hat is why the hairs of Her body
stand up, then why do the hairs of our bodies not also stand up7 0 foolish girl,
don t insult the southern wind in this way. The sidelong glance of He who is the
king of heroes and whose graceful eyebrows are worshiped by millions of
Kamadevas, now plays in this girl's heart.

Text 13 (a)

ta saccam kahehi. kada eda epa-ccakkhi kid-o

go ula-nando
visakha: evam nedam

ta th e refore;saccam th e t r u t h; ka hehi pl e a s e tell;kada wh e n 7 ;eda e -by

her; paccakkhi kido -was seen;go ula -of Go k u l a; anando bl i s s ( Sri Krsna);
evam in t h is way; nedam t h i s .

Twll the truth. When did She see Krsna, the bliss of Gokula7
Visakha: It is true.

Text 13 (b)

nandimukhi: (sanskrtena)

dara vica2ita -ba2ya v-a22abha bandhavanam

viharasi bhuvane tvam patyur amoda patri -

ahaha pasupa rama k-amino mohanatvam

tvam api yad amunantar badham unmaditasi

sanskrtena in S anskrit; dara sl i g h t ;vi c a2ita mo v e d ; ba2ya f r o m c h i l d h o o d ;

vallabha de a r; bandhavanam of h e r r e l a t i ves;viharasi yo u p e r f o rm pastimes;
bhuvane in t he house; tvam yo u ; pa t yuh of t h e h u s b a nd;amoda o f d e l i g h t ;
patri the object; ahaha 0; p a s u pa of t h e c o w h e rd men; rama of t h e b e a utiful
wives; kaminah of t he l o v e r;mohanatvam th e e n c hantment;tvam yo u ; a p i
even;yat wh i c h ; am u na by t h i s ; an t ah wi t h i n ; ba d h am ex c e e d i n gly;
unmadita ma d d e ned;asi y o u a r e .

Nandimukhi: (in Sanskrit) A little past childhood, dear to Your kin, and a
delight to Your husband, You enjoy pastimes in this world. Aha. Now You have
fallen under the spell of a rake who enjoys with the gopas' wives. Now Your heart
is wild with passionate love for Him.

Text lk (a)

ta aham bhaavadim tuvaredum gamissam (i.ti niskranta)

ta th e refore;aham I; bh a a vadim to t h e e x a lted Paurnamasi;tuvaredum to

quickly bring; gamissam I shall go; iti t h u s ; ni s kranta s h e e x i t s .

I will go and quickly bring noble Paurnamasi. (She exits.)

Text lk (b)

radhika: (vimrsya sans.krtena)

sa ka2yanz ku2a-yuvatibhih sz2ita dharma sai2i-

grag asmabhih katham avinayotphu22am u22anghanzya

(ity ardhokte punah .sotkantham.)

ha drg bhang-i parim-a2a ka2a k-arma-tho yam katham va

hatum sakyah pasupa nagar-i nagar-i nagar-endrah

vimrsya re f le cting for a moment; sanskrtena in S a n skrit;sa sh e ; ka / yani

auspicious; ku2a pi ous and chaste; yuvatibhih b y t h e y o ung girls;si2ita
performed; dharma pi o u s ; sai2i a c t i v i t i e s;drak qu i c k l y ;as mabhih b y u s ;
katham ho w is i t 7; avinaya im m o d e s t y; phu22am blo s somed;u22anghanzya
about to be transgressed; iti t h u s ; ar d ha ha l f ; u k te i n t h e s p e e ch;punah
again; sa wi t h; u tk antham l o n g i n g ; ha 0 ; d r k b h a n gi -o f th e s id elong glance;
parima2a manifestations; ka2a at t he art; karmathah ve r y e x p e rt;ayam H e ;
katham va ho w is it possible7; hatum to n e g l e ct; sakyah ab l e ;pasupa o f t h e
cowherd men; nagari of t h e t o wn of Gok u l a;nagari of t h e c h a r m i ng gopis;
nagara and t he handsome cowherd men;indrah t h e k i n g .

Radhika: (She reflects for a moment, and then says in Sanskrit) Why do we
pious girls disobey the auspicious rules of religion7 (She stops in the middle, and
then again speaks, this time filled with longing.) Ah. How can I renounce the regal
hero of the girls in this twon of gopas, a hero learned in the arts of crooked
glances7
Text 15 (a)

(tatah pravisati nandimukhi-mukharabhyam anugamyamana paurnamasi ).

Paurnamasi: mukhare, kim aduhsadha ba-dha tarkita tvaya radha
Mukhara: bhaavadi, sunahi.

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s; nandimukhi b y N a n d i m u k h i ; m u k harabhyam

and Mukhara; anugamyamana fo l l o w e d; paurnamasi Pa u r n a m a si; mukhare 0
Mukhara; kim w h y 7 ; ad uhsadha in c u r a b l e;badha di s e a se;tarkita i s t h o u g h t ;
tvaya by y o u; ra dha Ra d h a ;bhaavadi 0 no b l e g o p i; sunahi pl e a s e listen.

(Followed by Nandimukhi and Mu k h ara, Paurnamasi enters.)

Paurnamasi: Mukhara, why do you think Radha suffers from an incurable
illness7
Mukhara: Noble lady, listen.

Text 15 (b)

agre viksya sikhanda acirad utkampam alambate

gunjanam ca vilokanan muhur asau parikrosati
no j aneanayann
j apurva natan-a krida-cama-tkaritam
ba2ayah ki2a citta bhumi-m avisat ko yam navina graha-h

agre in f r o n t; viksya se e i n g;sikhanda khand-am so me peacock feathers;

acirat al l of a sudden; utkampam t r e m b l i ng of the heart and body;alambate
takes to; gunjanam of a g arland of gunja (small conchshells);ca a l s o ;
vilokanat by s eeing; muhuh c o n s t a n t l y; asau Sh e ;sa asram -w i th te a rs;
parikrosati go e s around crying;no not;jane I kn o w ; j a n a y an a w a k e n i n g ;
apurva natana -like unheard of dramatic dancing; krida of a c t i v i t i e s;
camatkaritam th e m a d n e ss;ba2ayah of t h is poor girl; ki2a ce r t a i n l y;citta
bhumim w i t h i n th e heart; avisat ha s e nt ered; kah w h a t ; ay am th i s ; n a v m a
grahah ne w e cstatic influence.

Upon seeing peacock feathers in front of Her, this girl suddenly begins
trembling. When She sometimes sees a necklace of gunja (small conchshells), She
sheds tears and cries loudly. I do not know what kind of new ecstatic influence has
entered her heart of this poor girl. It has imbued Her with the dancing attitude of a
player creating wonderful, unprecedented dances on a stage.*
Text 16 (a)

Paurnamasi: (svagatam) so yam uddandasya navanuraga r-aseh ko pi candima

(prakasam) mukhare, sadhu vij natam y.ad atra danava k-ulavatamsah kamsadayo
radham anvisyanti tena ko py ayam angana gr-aho balam avivesa

svagatam as ide;sah it ; ay am th i s ; ud d a ndasya po w e r f u l; nava n e w ;

anuraga of l o v e; raseh of a g re at quantity; kohapi so m e ;candima v i o l e n t
passion; prakasam op e n l y; mukhare 0 Mukhara; sadhu properly;vijnatam
understood; yat wh i c h ; at ra he r e ;da n ava o f t h e d e m o n s; kula o f t h e
dynasties; avatamsah cr o w n s; kamsa Ka m s a ;adayah he a d e d b y ; ra d ham
Radha; anvisyanti se a r c h;tena be c a u se of this; kahapi so m e ;ayam t h i s ;
angana wo m a n; grahah se i z u r e;balam th e g i r l; av ivesa e n t e r e d .

Paurnamasi: (aside) This is the passion of intense new love. (Openly)

Mukhara, I understand this very well. Kamsa and the other crowns of the demons
are searching for Radha. They made a ghost enter this girl.

Text i6 (b)

Mukhara: bhaavadi,ko ettha padi aro -

Paurnamasi: api danavarer drstir eva.

bhaavadi 0 no b l e g op i; ko wh a t 7 ;ettha he r e ;pa di aro -is the remedy;

api ev e n; danava of t h e d e m o ns;areh of t h e e ne my (Krsna);eva i n d e e d .

Mukhara: Noble lady, what is the remedy7

Paurnamasi: The remedy is a glimpse Krsna, the sworn enemy of the demons.

Text 16 (c)

Mukhara: bhaavadi, kudi2a kkhuj adi2a edam naninandissadi

Paurnamasi: mukhare, sa kha2u mad gira san-disyatam ja t i l e ,m a sankisthah.
k rsnam atmavidyayaiva sanghatyisyami" it i .
(Mukhara namaskrtya niskranta.)

bhaavadi 0 noble gopi; kudila crooked; kkhu in deed;jadila Ja tila;

edam th i s; na no t ; ah i n a ndissadi wil become pleased; mukhare 0 Mu khara;
sa she; khalu in d eed;mad m y ; gira by s pe ech;sandisyatam may be told;
j atile 0 Ja t i l a; ma do n o t ; sa nkisthah be a f r a i d; krsnam Krsna; atma-
vidyaya by m y s t i c p o w e r; sanghatayisyami I s h a l l b r i n g ; iti thu s ; m u k h a r a
Mukhara; namaskrtya of f e r i ng obeisances; niskranta e x i t s .

Mukhara: Noble lady, this will not please crooked Jatila.

Paurnamasi: Mukhara, I will tell her, "Jatila, don't worry. With my mystic
power I will bring Krsna. (But this is not the Krsna who is the son of Nanda
Maharaja)."
(Mukhara offers obeisances and exits.)

Text 16 (d)

paurnamasi: (upasrtya) vatse, nijabhista-2abhena krtarthi-bhuyah.

(radha savahittham pranamati ) .

upasrtya ap p r o a ching;vatse 0 ch i l d ; nij a ow n ; ab h i s ta of t h e d e s ire;

labhena by the attamment; krta arthi -c o n t e n t e d; bhuyah g r e a t l y; radha
Radha; sa wi t h; avahittham co n c e a l ment ofh er actual emotions;pranamati
offers obeisances.

Paurnamasi: (approaches Radha) Child, now my desires are fulfilled.

(Concealing her emotions, Radha offers obeisances.)

Text 16 (e)

paurnamasi: (svagatam)

bhaj antyah savridam katham api tad adamba-ra ghatam-

apahnotum yatnad abhinava madam-oda madhu-ra
adhira ka2indz-pu2ina-ka2abhendrasyavij ay am
sarojaksyah saksad vadati hrdi kunje tanuvani

svagatam as ide;bhajantyah wh o i s a c t in g;sa wi t h ; v r i d a m

embarrassment; katham api by s o me means;tat of H i m ; ad a m bara o f p a s s i o n;
ghatam ab u n d a nce;apahnotum to c o n c e al;yathat wi t h g r e at effort;abhinava
fresh; sada of i n t o x i c a t io n; amoda of t h e d e l i g ht;madhura sw e e t n e d;adhira
untamed; ka2indz of the Yamuna river; pu2ina o n t he b ank; ka2abha of t h e
young elephants; indrasya of the king (Krsna);vijayam victorious stregnth;
saroj a lo t us; aksyah ey e s;saksat di r e c t l y;vadati sh o w i n g ;hr di i n t h e h e a r t ;
kunje in th e grove; tanu fo r m ; va ni s m a l l f o r e s t .
 Paurnamasi: (aside) Tasting the sweetness of new love, She shyly hides Her
passion. The passionate lotus-eyed girl is conquered by the regal elephant that
plays in the garden of Her heart.

Text 17 (a)

(punar nirupya j anantikam ).hanta nandimukhi, nirbhara ga-bhira pr-emormi

nirmita ma-nah kso-bha kim apy esa vicestate tad .iyam avadharyatam anuraga vir-asya
kapi durvibodha gab-hira vik-rama vai-citri tat.ha hi

punah ag a in; nirupya d e s c r i b i n g ; j a n a ntikam w hispering (to Nandimukhi ) ;

hanta 0 ; n a n dimukhi Na n d i m u k h i ;ni r b h ara pow-er
ful; gabh ira de e p;prema
of love; urmi by w a v e s;nirmita pr o d u c e d;manah of t h e h e a rt; ksobha
agitation; kim api in d e s c r i beable;esa sh e; vicestate ac t s; tat t h a t ; iy am t h i s ;
avadharyatam sh o u ld be considered;anuraga of l o v e;virasya o f t h e h e r o
(Krsna); ka api so m e t h i n g;durvibodha di f f i c u lt to un d e rstand;gabhira g r e a t ;
vikrama pr o w e s s;vaicitri wo n d e r ; ta t h a hi fo r t h i s r e a son it has been said.

Paurnamasi: (whispers to ¹ n d i m u k h i ) ¹ n d im u k h i , H e r h e art is tossed by

waves of deep love. Know that this is caused by the wonderful and inconceivable
power of He who is the hero of love.

Text 17 (b)

pratyahrtya munih ksanam visayato yasmin mano dhitsate

balasau visayesu dhitsati tatah pratyaharanti manah
yasya sphurti lavaya -hanta hrdayeyogi samutkanthate
mugdheyam bata pasya tasya hrdayah niskrantim akanksati

pratyahrtya ha v i n g w i t h d r a w n;munih a s a g e;ksanam for a moment;

visayatah fr o m t he objects ofth e s e nses;yasmin i n w h o m ; ma n ah m i n d ;
dhitsate is placed; bala gi r l ; as au th i s ;vi s ayesu in t h e s ense-objects;
dhitsati pl a c e s;tatah fr o m t h a t; pratyaharanti wi t h d r a w i n g;manah t h e m i n d ;
yasya of whom; sphurti of m a n i f e s tation;lavaya fo r a t i ny p a r t ic le;h anta 0 ;
hrdaye in t he heart;yogi a y o g i ;samutkanthate as p i r e s;mugdha be w i l d e r e d;
iyam th i s ; bata al a s ;pasya ju s t l o o k; ta sya of H i m ; hr d a y at f r o m t h e h e a r t ;
niskrantim t h e e x i t; akanksati d e s i r e s .

tust see how wonderful it is! Great sages meditate upon Krsna after being
relieved of all material transactions, and with great difficulty they try to situate
Krsna in their hearts. And opposed to this, this young girl is trying to withdraw
Her mind form Krsna so She can apply it to the material activities of sense
gratification. What a regrettable thing it is that this girl is trying to drive away
from Her heart the same Krsna who is sought after by great sages through severe
austerities and perseverance.*

Text 18 (a)

nandimukhi: bhaavadi, irisassa bha ass-a vinnane mudhamhi.

paurnamasi: vatse satyam attha. durgamo yam gadhanuraga viv-artah sru.yatam

bhaavadi 0 no b l e l a d y;irisassa li k e t h i s; bha ass-a of love; vinnane i n

knowledge; mudhamhi I a m b e w i l d e red;vatse ch i l d ; satyam tr u t h ; at t h a. y o u
say; durgamah di f f i c u lt to attain;ayam th i s ; ga dha de e p ;anuraga l o v e ;
vivartah ec s t asy;sruyatam pl e a se hear.

¹n d i m u k h i : N o ble lady, love like this bewilders me.

Paurnamasi: Child, what you say is true. This deep and ecstatic love is very rare
and difficult to attain. Listen.

Text i8 (b)

pidabhir nava kala k-uta k-atuta -garvas-ya nirvasano

nisyandena mudam sudha madh-urimahankara sanko-canah
prema sundari nanda nanda-na paro j -agarti yasyantare
jnayante sphutam asya vakra madhu-ras tenaiva vikrantayah

pidabhir by t he s ufferings;nava fr e s h;kala kuta -of poison; katuta of the

severity; garvasya of p r i d e ; ni r vasanah ba n i s h m e n t;nisyandena b y p o u r i n g
down; mudam ha p p i n e ss;sudha of n e c t a r;madhurima of t h e s w e etness;
ahankara th e p r i d e; sankocanah mi n i m i z i n g; prema lo v e ; sundari b e a u t i f u l
friend;nanda nandan-a parah -fixed upon the son of Maharaja Nanda; jagarti
develops; yasya of w h o m; an tare in t h e h e a r t;j nayante ar e p erceived;
sphutam ex p l i c i t y; asya of t h a t ; va kra cr o o k e d ;ma dhurah an d s w e e t;tena
by him; eva al o n e; vikrantayah th e i n f lu e n c e s.

My dear beautiful friend, if one develops love of Godhead, love of Krsna, the
son of Nanda Maharaja, all the bitter and sweet influences of this love will
manifests in one's heart. Such love of Godhead acts in two ways. The poisonous
effects of love of Godhead defeat the severe and fresh poison of the serpent. Yet
there is simultaneosly transcendental bliss, which pours down and defeats the
poisonous effects of a snake, as well as the happiness derived from pouring nectar
on one s head. It is perceived as doubly effective, simultaneously poisonous and
nectarean.*

Text 19 (a)

tad ehi, bhavam asyah pariksevahi (i.ty upasrtya) vatse kim api prastavyasi

tat to t h a t; ehi pl e a s e do;bhavam th e l o v e; asyah o f h e r ( R a d h a ) ;

pariksevahi let us observe; iti th u s ; upasrtya ap p r o a c h i ng (Radha);vatse 0
child; kim api a l i t t l e ;prastavya to b e q u e stioned;asi y o u a r e .

Come, let us test Her love. (They approach Radha) Child, we would like to ask
some questions.

Text 19 (b)

yatih premodattah sucarita katha -gokula pure-

prasiddha te suddhejanir api ca 2aksmivati ku2e
apurva kurvana matim iha maha sahas-amayim
suhrdbhyas tvam lajj am api kim iva radhe na bhaj asi

(radhika kataryam abhinzya sa2ajj am 2a2ita karna -mu2e 2-agati) .

yatih se l f - c ontrol;prema wi t h l o v e ; udattah bl o s s o m e d;sucarita o f p i o u s

conduct; katha th e a c c ount;gokula of G o k u l a ;pure in t h e t o w n ; pr a siddha
famous; te yo u r; suddhe pu r e ;j anih bi r t h ; api ev e n ;ca an d ; 2a k smivati
prosperous; kule in a family; apurva unprecedented;kurvana performing;
matim mi n d ; iha he r e ;ma ha gr e a t ;sahasa of c r u e l t y;mayim c o n s i s t i n g ;
suhrbhyah to f r i e n d s;tvam yo u ; la j j am em b a r r a s s ment;
api ev e n ;k i m i v a
why7; radhe 0 Ra d h a;na no t ; bh a ja si yo u d o ; ra d h i ka Ra d h a ;ka t aryam
discouraged and alarmed; abhiniya ha v i n g b ecome;sa lajj am -embarrassed;
2a2ita of Lalita; karna mu2e t- he ear;2agati ap p r o a ches.

Your self-control, love, pious deeds, and birth in a prosperous and pious family
are all famous in the town of Gokula. 0 Radha, are You not ashamed to be so cruel
to Your friends7
(Distressed and embarrassed, Radha whispers in Lalita s ear.)

Text 20
 2a2ita: ajje, vinnavedi rahi .(iti sanskrtena ).

dosodgaram tvam api kuruse ha mayi vyakulayam

padebhyas te bhagavati sape naparadhyami sadhvi
parnaih karnotpa2a va-2ayibhis tadyamano pi dhurto
na syamatma mama tanu pa-risvanga ra-ngam j ahati

ajj e 0 no b le gopi; vinnavedi sh o u l d e xp l a in;rahi Ra d h a ;iti t hu s ;

sanskrtena in S anskrit; dosa of f a u l t s; udgaram sp i t t i n g o u t; tvam yo u ; a p i
even;kuruse perform; ha 0; mayi to me;vyakulayam perplexed;
padebhyah to t he feet;te Your; bhagavati to t he Supreme Personality of
Godhead; sape I s wear; na no t ; ap a r a dhyami I o f f e n d ;sadhvi 0 s a i n t l y g o p i ;
parnaih wi t h l e a ves;karna on t h e e ar;utpa2a bl u e l o t us flowers;va2ayibhih
circled by; tadyamanah be a t e n;api ev e n ;dh urtah ra s c a l;na no t ; s y a m a
dark complexioned; atma pe r s o n;mama my ; ta n u bo d y ; pa r i s vanga o f
embracing;rangam pleasure;j ahati abandons.

Lalita: Noble lady, Radha should explain Herself. Radha says: (in Sanskrit) "0
noble lady, I take an oath upon your feet, that I have not done anything wrong.
Even though again and again I struck Him with a garland of lotus flowers, that
dark rake would not give up the pleasure of embracing my body".

Text 21 (a)

paurnamasi: (sersyam ivalokya) mugdhe, kim anyam praudha mudra-m

noddandayasi

sa wi t h; irsyam ma l i c e ;iva as i f ; al o k ya gl a n c i n g ;mugdhe 0 b e w i l d e r e d

beautiful girl; kim wh a t 7 ;anyam fu r t h e r ;pr a udha ar r o g a n t;mudram s i g n ;
na no t; uddandayasi yo u v i o l e n t ly strike.

Paurnamasi: (Angrily looking at Radha) Beautiful bewildered girl, why did You
not do something more ferocious to stop Him7

Text 21 (b)

radhika: (sarosam sanskrten.a)

krosantyam kara pa22avena -ba2avan sadyah pidhatte mukham

 dhavantyam bhaya bhaji vistrta bhujo rundhe purah paddhatim
padante viluthaty asau mayi muhur dastadharayam rusa
matas candi maya sikhanda mukutad atmabhiraraksyah katham

sa wi t h; rosam an g e r;sanskrtena in S a n s krit;krosantyam w h e n c r y i n g ;

kara ha n d; pa22avena wi th t he sprout; ba2avan st r o n g; sadyah im m e d i a t e ly;
pidhatte co v e rs;mukham th e m o u t h ; dh avantyam wh i l e r u n n i ng a way;bhaya
bhaj i fr i g h t ened; vistrta sp r e a d;bhuj ah ar m s ; ru dhe ob s t r u c t s;purah i n t h e
front; padhatim th e p a t h; pada of t h e f e e t; ante at t h e e nd;viluthati w h e n I
fall down; asau th i s ; mayi I; mu h u h in a m o m e n t ;da sta ad-harayam b i t t e n
face; rusa wi t h a nger; matah 0 mo t h e r ; ca ndi an g r y ;ma ya by m e ; si k h a nda
mukutat fr o m K r s na who wears a peacock feather on His head;atma s e l f ;
abhiraksyah pr o t e c t ion; katham h o w m a y it b e 7

Radhika: (angrily, in Sanskrit) My dear mother, what can I say to you. K r sna is
so cruel that He often attacks me on the street, and if I want to cry out very loudly,
this boy with a peacock feather on His head immediately covers My face so that I
cannot cry. And if I want to go away from the scene because I am afraid of Him, He
will immediately spread His arms to block My path. If I piteously fall down at His
feet, then this enemy of the Madhu demon, in an angry mood, bites my face!
Mother, just try to understand my situation, and don t be unnecessarily angry with
Me. Instead, please tell me how I can save myself from these terrible attacks of
Krsna! *

Text 22 (a)

paurnamasi: (svagatam) niskampataya baddha mu2o -yam prema pa2asi-

svagatam as ide;niskampataya by n o t s h a ki ng;baddha bo u n d ; mu 2ah r o o t ;

ayam th i s; prema of l o v e ;pa2asi t r e e .

Paurnamasi: (aside) Her tree of love does not shake at its roots.

Text 22 (b)

(prakasam)

tvaya nito vamah pha2aka mi2ad an-go mad-hu ripuh -

sukhasabhih krida kutukini k-uto netra padavim-

kuku2agni jva2a pata-2a kat-u ke2ir -yad a-dhuna
daseyam danta tvam jva2ayati himaniva na2inim
 prakasam op e n l y; tvaya by y o u ; ni t ah br o u g h t ;va m ah inimical;
pha2aka pi c t u re; mi2at meeting; angah bo d y; madhu r-ipuh Kr s n a , the enemy
of the Madhu demon; sukha of h a p p i n e ss;asabhih wi t h h o p e s;krida p a s t i m e s ;
kutukini 0 yo u w h o a re eager to perform;kutah fr o m w h a t c a use7;netra o f
the eyes; padavim to t he path; kuku2a ag-ni en t i re body set on fire;jva2a
burning; patala ab u n d a n c e;katu bi t t e r ; ke2ih pa s t i m e s;yat wh i c h ; ad h una
now; dasa co n d i t i o n; iyam th i s ; tv am y o u ; j v a l a y a ti bu r n s ;hi m a ni s n o w s ;
iva li k e ; nalinim l o t u s f lo w e r .

(openly) 0 playful girl, how, simply by desiring Him, will You make this rascal
Krsna enter the pathway of Your eyes7 For now Your only pastimes are in the
middle of glistening flames that burn You as snow burns the lotus flowers.

Text 23

radha: (krsnam uddisya sopalambham atmagatam)

sisiraya drstva divyam kisoram itikstah

parij ana giram -visarmbhat tvam vi2asa pha2a-nkitah
siva siva katham j animas tvam avakra dhiyo -vayam
nibida vadav-a vahni -jva2a -ka2ap-a vikas-inam

krsnam Kr s n a; uddisya no t i n g ; sa wi t h ; up a 2 ambham re c o g n i t i o n; atma

gatam as ide;sisiraya pl e a se cool;drsau ey e s;drstva ha v i n g s een;divyam
transcendental; kisoram yo u t h ; iti thu s ; ik s i t ah se e n ;pa rij ana o f t h e
associates; giram of t he w o r d s;visrambhat be c a u se of confidence;tvam y o u ;
siva siva al a s! alas!;katham wh y ? ;j animah we u n d e r s t and;tvam y o u ;
avakra ho n e s t; dhiyah mi n d s ; va yam we ; ni b i da in t e n s e v; adava vahni -of
the underwater volcano fire found at the south pole; jva2a of f la m e s;ka2apa
multitude; vikasinam ex p a n d e d.

Radha: (Thinking of Krsna, She says to Herself) Alas! Alas! Why do We

crooked-hearted girls think You are a volcano burning with great flames7 Please
honor the words of Our friends, become marked with playfulness, allow Me to see
Your splendid, youthful form, and cool the fire that now burns in My eyes.

Text 20 (a)

paurnamasi: (sasneham a2okya )vatse, k.sanam ekante nivisya puspesu 2ekho

nirmiyatam. yatham krsnaya svasakhibhyam samarpyate
 (radha sakhibhyam saha niskranta ).

sa wi t h; sneham af f e c t i o n;alokya se e i n g;vatse 0 ch i l d ; ks a nam f o r a

moment; ekante in a p r i v a te place;nivisya ha v i n g e ntered;puspesu a m o n g
flowers; lekhah a l e t t e r;nirmiyatam ma y b e w r i t t e n;yatha ju s t a s; ayam t h i s ;
krsnaya to K r s n a;sva yo u r o w n ; sa khibhyam by t h e t wo f r i e n ds (Lalita and
Visakha); samarpyate ma y be presented;radha Ra d h a;sakhibhyam w i t h t w o
friends; saha wi t h ; ni s kranta e x i t s .

Paurnamasi: (affectionately glancing at Radha) Child, come for a moment in

this solitary garden of flowers and write a letter. Your two friends will carry it to
Krsna. (Accompanied by Lalita and Visakha, Radha exits.)

Text 20 (b)

paurnamasi: (parikramya) nandimukhi. krsno pi natidure bhavisyati, yad atra

daksinato naiciki niku-rambasya hambaravadambaro yam ambaram akramati tad.
aham snahartam vraj ami
(iti niskrante ) .

parikramya be g i n n i ng to walk; nandimukhi 0 Nandimukhi; krsnah K r s n a ;

api ce r t ainly; na no t ; at i ver y ; du r e fa r a w a y ;bhavisyati wi l l b e ;y a t
because; atra he r e; daksinatah fr o m t h e s out h;naiciki of t r a n s c e ndental
surabhi cows; nikurambasya of t he h e rd;hamba rava -of the lowing sound;
adambarah th e l o ud sound; ayam th i s ; am b aram to t h e s k y; akramati g o e s ;
tat th e r e fore; aham I; sn a na of t a k i n g b a t h;artham fo r t h e p u r p o s e;
vraj ami I s ha ll go.

Paurnamasi: (walking) Nandimukhi, Krsna is not far away. The mooing of His
cows fills the southern sky. I will go for my bath.
(Paurnamasi and ¹ n d i m u k h i e x st.)

Text 20 (c)

(tatah pravisati krsnah)

krsnah: (sodvegam)

yadavadhi tad akasmad eva vismayitaksam

nava tadid abh-irama-m dhama saksad babhuva
tadavadhi cira cinta cak-ra sak-ta vira-ktim
 mama matir upabhoge yoginiva prayati

yadavadhi si n ce that time;tat th a t ; ak a smat su d d e n l y;eva indeed;

vismayita as t o n ished;aksam ey e s;nava ne w ; ta d it li g h t n i n g ;ab hiramam
splendid; dhama ab o d e;saksat di r e c t l y;babhuva be c a m e;tadavadhi f r o m
that time; cira fo r a l o ng t im e;cinta an x i o u s t h o u g h t;cakra i n t h e c i r c l e ;
sakta fi x e d; viraktim in d i f f e r e n c e;
mama my ; ma t ih mi n d ; up a b h oge i n t h e
objects of enjoyment; yogini a y o g i n i;iva as ; pr a y a ti a t t a i n s .

(Krsna enters)
Krsna: (anxious) From the moment that abode splendid like new lightning
suddenly filled by eyes with wonder, My heart fell into a whirlpool of rapt
meditation. Now My heart, like a yogini, has renounced all other happiness.

Text 25 (a)

(puro 'nusrtya) hanta, rangana maly-am upanetum prasthito vayasyah katham

vi lambate.

(pravisya malya hastah -) .

madhumangalah: kadham ajj a dummana edi pi -a vas-so -hodu .pasa.ngado j anissam

purah ah e a d; anusrtya moving; hanta 0; r a n g a na de l i g h t f u l;ma lyam

garland; upanetum to bring; prasthitah ap p o i n t e d;vayasyah c o m p a n i o n ;
katham wh y ; vi2ambate ta r r i e s;pravisya en t e r s;ma2ya wi t h a g arland;
hastah in h is hand; kadham wh y 7 ; ajj a no w ; du m m a na edi i- s tro ubled;pi a -

dear; vaasso fr i e nd; hodu ma y i t b e; pasangado wh e n t he occasion presents

itself; j ahissam I w i ll u n d e r s tand.

(going ahead) I sent my friend to bring a gunja-necklcae. Why does he delay7

(Carrying a necklace in his hand, Madhumangala enters.)
M adhumangala: Why is my dear friend unhappy7 So be it. In time I will kn o w
why.

Text 25 (b)

(iti parikramya krsnam pasyan svagatam. , sanskrtena)

phu22a prasuna p-ata2ais ta-paniya varnam-

alokya campaka latam ki2a ka-mpate 'sau
sanke niranka nava kunkuma panka gauri
radhasya citta p-ha2ake ti2akz-babhuva

iti th u s ; parikramya wa l k i n g ;kr s nam Kr s n a ;pasyan se e i n g;svagatam

aside; sanskrtena in S anskrit;phu22a bl o ssomed; prasuna of f lo w e r s;pata2aih
with multitudes; tapaniya of g o l d ; va rnam co l o r ; al o k ya ha v i n g s eeing;
campaka campaka; 2atam creeper; ki2a indeed; kampate trembles;asau He;
sanke I th i n k; ni r a nka pu r e ; na va fr e s h ;ku n k uma b y k u n k u m a p o w d e r ;
gauri golden;radha Radha; asya Hi s ; citta of t h e m i n d ; ph alake o n t h e
drawing-paper; tilaki ti l a k a m a r k i n g; babhuva h a s b ecome.

(Walking, Madhumangala sees Krsna and says to himself)

Looking at a vine blooming with many golden campaka flowers, Krsna
trembles. It think fair Radha decorated with new kunkuma is now pictured on the
drawing-paper of Krsna's mind.

Text 26

(ity upasrtya) bho genha (iti malyam nivedayati) Krsna: (anakarnitakenaiva)

kanakadri ni ket-a ketak-i

ka2ika ka2pa -ka2ev-ara dyuti-h
hrdi sa mudirali medu-re
capa2a mam kim a2ankarisyati

iti th u s ; upasrtya ap p r o a c h i n g; bho 0 ; ge n ha pl e a s e take; iti t h u s ;

malyan th e g arland;nivedayati of f e r s;anakarnitakena as if He had not heard;
eva certainly; kanaka of g o l d ; ad ri mo u n t a i n ;ni k e ta re s i d e n c e;ketaki
ketaki tree; ka2ika un b l o s somed flowers;ka2pa eq u a l; ka2evara o f t he b od y;
dyutih sp l e n d o r; hrdi on t h e c h e s t; sa s h e ; mu d ira o f c l o u d s ; a2i o f a
multitude; medure sm o o t h; capala l i g h t n i n g ; mam m e ; k i m w h et h e r 7 ;
alankarisyati wi ll ornament.

(Madhumangala approaches Krsna). Please take. (He offers the garland to

Krsna).
Krsna: (as if He had not heard) Her body is splendid like a budding ketaki tree
on a golden mountain. When will She become a lightning flash decorating the
splendid monsoon-cloud of My chest7

Text 27 (a)

madhumanga2ah: (svagatam) pha2idam me takkena. (praksam uccaih) bho pi a -

vaassa .samuhe vikkosandam vi kisa mam na pecchasi .

svagatam as ide;phalidam fr u i t f u l ; me my ; ta k k e na by l o g i c ;pr a kasam

openly; uccaih wi t h a l o ud vo i c e; bho 0; p i a - d e a r ; v a assa fr i e n d ; sammuhe
in Your presence; vikkosandam cr y i n g; vi al t h o u g h ;ki sa fo r w h a t r e a son7;
mam me ; na n o t p e c c h a si y o u s e e .

Madhumangala: (aside) My guesses and speculations have now borne their

fruit. (openly, with a loud voice) Dear friend, why do You see me, even when I
stand before You and call out to You7

Text 27 (b)

krsnah: (savahittham) sakhe, campaka 2atay-a2avanyakrstenamayanopadrsto si

madhumanga2ah: saccam cce abh-anasi, kim tu samcarini eca-mpa a la-da -e -

sa avahi-ttham co n c ealing His emotions;sakhe 0 fr i e n d ; campaka lataya-h

of the campaka creeper; lavanya by t he b eauty;akrstena at t r a c t ed;maya b y
me; na no t ; upadrstah pe r c e i v e d;asi yo u a r e ;saccam th e t r u t h; cce a -

indeed; bhanasi yo u a re speaking;kim tu bu t ; sa m carini e o - f t h e w i n d i n g ;

campa ac - ampaka; lada ec r - e eper.

Krsna: (concealing His emotions) Fr i end, entranced by the beauty of this

flowering campaka-vine, I did not notice you.
Madhumangala: You speak the truth. Why were You looking at that winding
campaka-vine7

Text 27 (c)

krsnah: sakhe, kamam asambhavyas campaka latayah sa-ncarah

madhumangalah: vaassa, kkhanam viramedu vankattanam. ujju am kah-ehi
kaham
sunna hi a osi -tti.--

krsnah: (sasmitam) sakhe, malam vina

madhumanga2ah: ba2am tti bhana.
krsnah: mudheyam te visanka

sakhe 0 fr i e n d; kamam ac c o r d i ng to it's own desire;asambhavyah n o t

understandable;campaka campaka;latayah of the creeper; sancarah the
movement; vaassa 0 fr i e n d; kk h anam fo r a m o m e n t; viramedu m a y b e
stopped;vankattanam cunning evasiveness; ujju am in -straightforward
a
truthful manner; kahehi pl e a se speak;kaham ho w i s i t 7; sunna em p t y ; hi a -
osi yo ur heart; tti t h u s ; sa wi t h ; s m i t am a s m i l e ;sakhe 0 fr i e n d ;ma l a m
the garland; vina wi t h o u t ; ba lam th e g i r l ; t ti t h u s ; bh a na Yo u s h o u l d s ay;
mudha us e lessly;te yo u r ; vi s anka s u s p i c i o n .

Krsna: Friend, I cannot find where this winding vine starts.

Madhumangala: Friend, for a moment please stop this crookedness. Speak
plainly. Why is Your heart now desolate like a desert. K r s n a :( s m i l es) Friend, I
have no garland.
Madhumangala: You should say girl, not garland.
Krsna: That is a foolish suspicion.

Text 27 (d)

krsnah: (sanskrtena asritya)

najanise murdhnas cyutam api sikhandamyad akhilam

na kanthe yan ma2y-am ka2ayasi purastat krtam api
tad unnitam vrndavana kuha-ra 2ila -kala-bha he
sphutam radha netra-bhra-mara vara -viryo-nnatir iyam

sanskrtena sp e aking in Sanskrit na n o t ; j anise yo u u n d e r s tand;

murdhnah fo r t he head;cyutam fa l l e n;api an d ; s i k h a ndam p e a c o ck feather;
yat which; akhi2am all; na no t ; ka n t he on t h e n e c k; yat wh i c h ; ma 2 yam
garland; kalayasi yo u o b s e rve;purastat be f o re the eyes;krtam do n e ; api
even; tat th a t; unnitam li f t e d ;vr n davana in V r n d a v a n a;kuhara in t h e g r o v e s;
2i2a who performs pastimes; ka2abha yo u ng elephant; he 0 ; s p h u t a m
manifested;radha of Radha;netra of the eyes; bhramara bumble-bees;vara
excellent; virya sp l e n d o r;unnatih ri s i n g ;iy am t h i s .

Madhumangala: (in Sanskrit) You do not know that the peacock feather has
fallen from Your head. You do not see that the garland has fallen from Your neck.
0 youthful elephant playing in the groves of Vrndavana forest, these events are
caused by the great power of two bumblebee eyes that have seen Radha.

Text 28 (a)

krsnah: (svagatam) katham nikhi2ameva tarkitam dhurtena, tad a2am pratarya

(prakasam) sakhe, yathartham attha. tad akarnyatam

svagatam as ide; katham h o w 7 ; n i k h i l am e v e r y t h i n g; eva i n d e e d ;

tarkitam ha s been deduced;dhurtena by t h i s r ascal;tat th a t ; al am g r e a t l y ;
pratarya ha v i ng m i s led;prakasam op e n l y; sakhe 0 fr i e n d ;ya t ha artham a s i t
is proper; attha yo u h a ve spoken;tat th i s ; ak a r n yatam sh o u l d be heard.

Krsna: (aside) How did this rascal understand everything7 Why try to fool him7
(openly) What you say is true.

Text 28 (b)

mama radha nisargastham

pratipam anayan manah
maha jyaisthiva sahasa
pravaham saura sain-dhavam

mama my ; ra d ha Ra d h a ;nisarga stha-m si t u a ted in it s own nature;

pratipam in the opposite manner; anayan le a d s;manah mi n d ; ma ha g r e a t ;
jyaisthi th e f u ll m o on in t he mon th of May-June;iva ju s t l i k e ; sahasa
violently; pravaham cu r r e n t; saura said-havam of t he Ganges river.

As the full moon in the month of Jyaistha fills the Ganga with violent waves, so
Radha has transformed My heart.

Text 29 (a)

madhumangalah: nunam acchinam de paccakkhi bhuda -esa.

krsnah: atha kim. subalatah sa paricikye ca. (ity autsukyam abhiniya)

nunam at present;
acchinam of the eyes; de Your; paccakkhi manifested;
bhuda has become; esa she; atha kim indeed;subalatah because of Subala;
sa she; paricikye ha s a rr i v e d;ca an d ; it i thu s ; au t k u k yam abhiniya e a g e r
and anxious.

Madhumangala: This girl now stands before Your eyes.

Krsna: Indeed, it is true. She has come because of Subala. (Krsna becomes eager
and anxious.)

Text 29 (b)
bhramad bhru va22zkaih pratidisam apangasya va2anaih
kurangibhyo bhangi b-haram upadisantim iva drsoh
tatas tam bimbausthim kalayati mayi krodha v-ikato
mano ja-nma pauspam dhanur anupamam sajjam akarot

bhramat mo v i n g; bhru e y e b r o w s; va22zkaih wi th t he creepers;pratidisam

in all directions; apangasya of t he corners of the eyes;va2anaih m o v i n g ;
kurangibhyah de e r;bhangi bh-aram ve ry c ur v e d;upadisantim in s t r u c t i n g;iva
as if; drsoh of t he eyes; tatah t h e n ; t am h e r ; bi m ba l i k e t h e b i m ba frui t ;
osthim l i ps; kalayati se e s ;mayi in M e ; kr o d ha an g e r ;vi k a tah t e r r i b l e ;
mano jan-ma cupid;pauspam made of flowers; dhanuh bow; anupamam
incomparable; sajjam re a d y;akarot m a d e .

Whenever I look at that girl with bimba-fruit lips, that girl who the restless
flowering-vines of Her eyebrows and with many restless sidelong glances in every
direction teaches the graceful does the art of casting waves of crooked glances,
cruel and angry Kamadeva aims at Me his peerless bow of flowers.

Text 30

madhumangala: avi nama samvuttam annonna dams-anam

krsnah: nahi nahi

tasyah sakhe mukha tusara -mayu-kha bimbe-

duran mamaksi padav-im adhirudha matre-
nirbandhatah sapatha kotibh-ir ambayaham
nitah ksanad ahaha sadmani bhoj anaya

avi nama pe r h a ps7;samvuttam oc c u r r e d;annonna mu t u a l ; da msanam

sight; nahi nahi no ! N o ! ; ta s y ah of h e r ; sa khe 0 fr i e n d ;mu k ha o f t h e f a c e ;
tusara co o l i n g; mayukah ef f u l g e n c e; bimbe t h e m o on s disk;durat f r o m a
distance; mama my ; ak si of t h e e y e s;padavim pa t h ; ad hirudha ri s e n ;ma tre
only; nirbandhatah pe r s i s tently;sapatha o f c u r s e s; kotibhih w i t h m i l l i o n s ;
ambaya by m o t h e r; aham I; n i t a h a m l e d ; ks a nat in a m o m e n t ; ah aha a l a s ;
sadmani home; bhoj anaya for supper.

Madhumangala: Perhaps You two have seen each other before7

Krsna: No! No! Friend, whenever the cooling and splendid moon of Her face
begins to walk on the pathway of My eyes, my mother, speaking millions of curses,
stubbornly brings Me home for supper.

Text 31 (a)
 madhumanga2ah: vaassa, citthanti bahu2a o-ba22ava s-undari o-, tadavi kisaeka e-
rahi e-nibharam anurajj asi
krsnah: sakhe, radhayam asadharani kapi madhuri t.atha hi

vaassa 0 fr i e n d; citthanti t h e r e a re; bahu2a ma n y; ba22ava su-ndari o-

beautiful gopis; tadavi ne v e r t h e less;kisa wh y 7 ; t umam Y o u ; eka e -t o o n l y
one; rahi e -to Radha; nibharam g r e a t l y; anurajj asi yo u l o v e; sakhe 0 f r i e n d ;
radhayam in R a d h a; asadharani ex t r a o r d i n a ry;ka api so m e ;ma dhuri
sweetness; tatha hi th e r e f o re I say.

Madhumangala: Friend, there are many beautiful gopis. Why do You love only
Radha with such fervor7
Krsna: Friend, uncommon sweetness resides within Radha.

Text 31 (b)

tasyah kanti-dyutini vadane manjule caksi yugm-e

tatramakam yadavadhi sakhe drstir esa nivista
satyam brumas tadavadhi bhaved indum indivaram va
smaram smaram mukha-kutilata-karini y am hrniy a

tasyah he r; kanti b e a u t i f u l; dyutini s p l e n d i d ; va dane fa c e ; manjule

charming; caksi yugm-e eyes;tatra th e r e ;asmakam of u s ;ya davadhi s i n c e
that time; sakhe 0 fr i e n d ; dr stih si g h t ; e sa t h i s ; n i v i s ta e n t e r e d; satyam
truthfully; brumah w e s p e ak; tadavadhi fr o m t h a t t i m e;bhavet m a y b e ;
indum th e m o on; indivaram lo t u s f lo w e r;va or ; sm a r am smaram c o n t i n u a l l y
remembering; mukha o f t h e m o u t h; kutilata c r o o k e d n e ss; karinim d o i n g ;
yam which; hrniya ba s h f u l n e ss.

My dear friend, what a wonderful thing it is that since I have seen the beautiful
lotus eyes of Srimati Radharani, I have developed a tendency to spst on the moon
and the lotus flower.*

Text 32 (a)

madhumangalah: damsanado padham jj eva tattha tujj ha ra oma eta-kkido -tthi. ta

kim tti lavannovahi otti bhan-asi.

damsanado fr om t he sight; padham a t t he b eginning; jjeva c e r t a i n l y ;

tattha t h e re; tujj ha Yo u r ; ra o lo v e ;ma e by m e ; ta k k i do s u r m i s e d; tthi i s ;
ta th e refore;kim wh a t 7 ; t ti t h u s ; la v a n novahi e x t r e m e beauty; tti t h u s ;
bhanasi You say.

Madhumangala: When i first saw You, I could guess that You had fallen in love.
Why do You say Radha is so beautifu17

Text 32 (b)

krsnah: sakhe satyam attha. sva citt-abhinivesad eva tasyam ko pi mahimonnahah

pratiy ate tath.a hi

sakhe 0 fr i e n d; satyam th e t r u t h ; a tt ha Y o u s p e a k; sva o w n ; ci t ta o f t h e

mind; abhinivesat be c a use of the application; eva i n d e e d; tasyam t o h e r ; k a h
api so m e one; mahima gl o r y ; un n ahah ab u n d a n c e;pratiyate is p e r c e ived;
tatha hi th e r e f ore I say.

K rsna: Friend, what you say is true. If you think about Her, you will kn o w
something of Her great glory.

Text 32 (c)

yatra prakrtya ratir uttamaham

tatranumeyah paramo 'nubhavah
naisargiki krsna mrgan-uvrttir
desasya hi j napayati prasastim

yatra where; prakrtyah of h e r o wn n a t u r e;ratih de l i g h t ;ut t amanam o f

the best; tatra th e r e ; anumeyah im m e a s u rable;paramah s u p r e m e ;
anubhavah lo ve; naisargiki na t u r a l ;kr s na fo r K r s n a ; mrga s e a r c h i n g ;
anuvrttih e n g a ged in the activity; desasya of t he p lace;hi in d e e djnapayati ;
instructs; prasastim gl o r i f i c a tion.

If great souls love a person, you should know that person is very glorious. The
presence of black deer glorifies the place where they stay.

Text 33 (a)
 (nepathy e)
sahi sari e-, dittho tu-e ettha ba22avinda mandano .
krsnah: sakhe, nediyan ayam sukumari k-antha d-hvanir udancati t.ad atra tusnim
asvahe.

nepathye fr om o f f - stage;sahi 0 fr i e n d ;sari e -0 de a r f r i e n d;dittho s e e n ;

tu-e by y o u ; et tha he r e ;ba22avinda of t he ki ng of the cowherd men;nandano
the son (Krsna); sakhe 0 fr i e n d ; nediyah ve r y n e a r; ayam th i s ;su k umari o f a
young girl; kantha of t h e v o i c e;dhvanih so u n d ; ud ancati ar i s e s; tat then;
atra he r e; tusnim si l e n c e;asvahe le t us go to.

Lalita: (off-stage) Friend, friend, do you see the prince of the gopas7
Krsna: Friend, that's a girl's voice. Let's be quiet.

Text 33 (b)

(tatah pravisato 2a2ita visak-ha)

2a2ita:pekkha eso ditthi apur-ado kanho. ta upasappamhe (ity .ubhe tatha krtva ) .
j aadu j aadu go ulana-ndo

tatah th e n; pravisatah en t e r; 2a2ita L a l i t a;visakhe an d V i s a k ha;pekkha

justsee; eso He; ditthi ab y - g o o d f o r t u n e; purado in o u r p r e s e n c e;kanho
Krsna; ta th e r e f ore;upasappamhe le t us approach Him; iti t h u s ; ub he t h e t w o
of them; tatha in t h a t w a y; krtva ha v i n g do n e ; j a a d u j a a du al l g l o r i e s, all
glories; go ula o-f Gokula;anando the bliss.

(Lalita and Visakha enter.)

Lalita: Look. By divine arrangement Krsna stands before us. Let us go to Him.
(They approach Krsna.) Glory, glory to the bliss of Gokula!

Text 33 (c)

krsnah: sakhi 2a2ite.sanke manohari kusuma -patram a-datum adya vrndatavi

madhye avatirnasi

sakhi 0 fr i e n d ; 2a2ite 0 La l i t a ;sanke I t h i n k ; ma n o hari b e a u t i f u l ;

kusuma flo w e r s; patram pe t a l s;adatum to c o l l e c t;adya no w ; vr n da atavi o - f
the forest of Vrndavana; madhye in t he m i d s t; avatirna yo u h a v e come.
 Krsna: Friend Lalita, I think you must have come to Vrndavana Forest to pick
many beautiful flower petals.

Text 33 (d)

2a2ita: vinnadam vi nunam a ar-ena samgovesi jam dadumti na bhanasi. ta genha

nam kanni ar-a ko-ra a p-a-ttam (i.ty ananga lek-ham krsna ka-re 'rpayati ) .

vinnadam kn o w n ; vi al t h o u g h nu
; n am at p r e s e n t;a are-na wi t h t he l etter
a; samgovesi You conceal;j am wh a t ; dadum to g i v e ; ti th u s ;na n ot ;
bhanasi You say; ta th a t ; ge nha pl e a s e take;nam th i s ; ka n ni ara -of a l o t u s
flower; kora a -of a bud; pattam pe t a l;iti th u s ;an a n ga lek-ham lo v e - l etter;
krsna of K r s n a; kare in t h e h a n d; arpayati p l a c e s .

Lalita: By saying "pick" instead of "give", You hide the truth You certainly
already know. Please take this lotus petal. (She places the love-letter in Krsna's
hand.)

Text 33 (e)

krsnah: (svagatam) cetah, samasvasihi samasvasihi tvad .abhist-a btj asy-ankuro

'yam iti sanke

svagatam as ide;cetah 0 he a r t ;samasvasihi samasvasihi be e nc ouraged, be

encouraged; tvat yo u r ; ab hista of t h e d e s ire;btjasya of t h e s eed;ankurah
sprout; ayam th i s ; iti thu s ; sa n ke I t h i n k .

Krsna: (aside) Heart, be peaceful. Be happy. I think this flower petal grew from
the seed of your desire.

Text 33 (f)

madhumanga2ah: bhodi 2a2ide, kim imina akkharanam pattena sakkaranam pattam

samappehl.
krsnah: sakhe, vadaya patram kadacid e.tan nah karna rasayana-sya patri bhavati -

bhodi yo u; 2a2ide 0 La l i t a ;kim wh a t i s t he u se7;imina with this;

akkharanam of l e t t e r s;pattena wi t h t h i s p e tal;sakkaranam of s u g a r c andy;
pattam leaf; samappehi please give;sakhe 0 friend; vadaya pl ease read;
patram th e p e tal;kadacit so m e t i m e s;etat th i s ; nah ou r ; ka r n a o f t h e e a r s ;
rasayanasya of t he palatable nectar;patri a d r i n k i n g v e ssel;bhavati m a y
become.

Madhumangala: Lalita, what is the use of this leaf, simply full of letters. Better
You give us a leaf with sugar candy on it!
Krsna: Friend, please read the letter. This letter is a cup full of nectar for Our
ears.

Text 33 (g)

madhumangalah: bho vaassa, dittha tumha go ala j-adi eva-dannada nam .amha
amhana jadim j evva gaura ena -vandami, j am tahim di ahe j -anni abam-hanihim ca
uvihena annena bho ida -mha. (iti lekham vacayati ) .

bho 0; v a a ssa fr i e n d ; dit tha se e n ;tu mha Yo u r ; go a la - o f co w h e rd men;

jadi e o - f one who is born; vadannada ge n e r o sity; nam is it not so7; amha o f
us; amhana of b r a h ma nas;j adim bi r t h ;j evva ce r t a i n l y;g aura ena -wi t h
respect; vandami I o f f er obeisances; jam b e c a u se;tahim in t h i s ;d i a he - d a y ;
j anni ae - n g aged in performing austerities; bamhanihim by t h e w i v es of the
brahmanas; ca uf o - u r; vihena ty p e s ;annena wi t h f o o d s t u f f;bho ida -fed;
mha we were; iti th u s ; le k h am th e l e t t e r;vacayati r e a d s .

Madhumangala: Friend, we have all seen the generosity of you cowherd men.
However, because we were sumptuously fed by the wives of the yajnika-
brahmanas, I will begin by offering respectful obeisances to the brahmanas.
(Madhumangala reads the letter.)

Text 33 (h)

dhari apadicc-handa gunam-

sundara maha mandire tumam vasasi
taha taha rundhasi bali-am
gahagaha ca lda palae-mhl

dhari ac a p t u -ring; padicchanda gunam -the quality of an artistic picture;

sundara 0 mo s t b e autiful one;maha my ; ma n d i re wi t h i n t h e h e a rt;tumam
You; vasasi re s ide; taha taha th a t m u c h; ru n dhasi Y o u b l o c k; bali-am b y
force; j ahaj aha as much as;ca ida be i n -g disturbed;palaemhi I t r y t o e scape.
 "0 dearly beautiful, the artistic loveliness of Your picture is now impressed
within My mind. Since You are now living within My m i nd , wh erever I wish to
run because I am agitated by impressions of You, I find that You, 0 My f r i e nd, are
blocking My way."*

Text 30 (a)

krsnah: sakhe, duradhigamartha tavad iyam gatha ten.a punar bhanyatam.

(madhumangalas tatha karoti ) .

krsnah: (sanandam svagatam) kula .stri-yo hi dharma bhi-ravo bhavanti. tad

upeksaya bhava nist-ham nistankayami. (iti samrambham abhiniya prakasam ) .
hamho. pasyata pasyata

sakhe 0 fr i e n d; duradhigama di f f i c u lt to un d e rstand;artha m e a n i n g ;

tavat to t h at extent;gatha ve r s e;tena by t h a t ; punah ag a i n ;bhanyatam i t
should be spoken; madhumangalah Ma d h u m a n g ala;tatha in t h a t w a y;karoti
acts; sa wi t h; anandam bl i s s ;svagatam sp e a k i ng to Himself;kula striya-h
pious girls; hi indeed; dharma bhira-vah af r a id to transgress the rules of
morality; bhavanti ar e ; tat of t h e m ;up e ksaya be c a u se of the disregard;bhava
nistham fu l l o f i n t e n s e l o v e; nistankayami I c o n s i d e r; iti t h u s ; sa m r ambham
abhiniya be c o m i ng excited;prakasam op e n l y; hamho 0 ; p a s y a ta pasyata
look! Look!

Krsna: Friend, this verse is very difficult to understand. Please read it again.
(Madhumangala reads the letter again).
Krsna: (becomes blissful and says to Himself:) Saintly girls are afraid to break
the rules of morality. I think Her love must be very great. (Excited, Krsna openly
says:) Look, look!

Text 30 (b)

snigdhair ebhih sakhibhir akhilair dhenu vrndanu-sari

nari varta vim-ukha -hrdayah -kananante carami
ma svairinyas tad pi yad ima dusayanti prakamam
tad vijnaptim -drutam ihaj arad gopa gos-tyam -karisye

(iti krtrimamarsena drutam parikramati ) .

s nigdhaih af f ectionately; ebhih w i t h t h e se; sakhibhih f r i e n ds; akhilaih a l l ;

dhenu of cows; vrnda of t h e m u l t i t u d e;anusari a f o l l o w e r;nari o f w o m e n ;
varta news; vimukha averse; hrdayah in the heart; kanana of the forest;
ante on t he edge;carami I w a n d e r;ma do n t ; sv a i r i n yah un r e s t r a i n ed girls;
tat th a t; api ev e n ;yat wh i c h ; im a h th e s e ;dusayanti po l l u t e ;pr a kamam
greatly; iha he r e ;j arat el d e r l y;gopa of c o w h e rd me n;gostyam in the
assembly; karisye I s h a ll do;iti th u s ; kr t r i m a ar t i f i c i a l;amarsena w i t h
indignation; drutam qu i c k l y ; pa rik r a mati w a l k s a b o u t .

Accompanied by all My loving friends, following the cows, and averse to

hearing about women, I wander in the forest. These loose girls should not be
allowed to pollute Us. Quickly I will go and complain to the gopa elders.
(With feigned indignation, Krsna quickly struts about.)

Text 35 (a)

madhumangalah: (smitam avrtya) bho bamha ari -siha -man-e, kkhanam nivatti a -

ima odu-mmuha go i-a o-pa-ccuttarena nijjitti avid-davehi aha.m kkhu edam saccam
dhitthanam vuttantam go ulesa-ri evin-navissam (iti p.ahau dhrtva vyavartayati ) .
(iti parasparam aveksya vailaksyam natayatah)

smitam sm i l e; avrta co n c e a l i n g;bho 0 ; b a m h a a ri - o f br a h m a caris

(celibates); siha cr e s t; mane je w e l ; kk h anam a m o m e n t ;ni v atti a h - a v i n g
withdrawn; ima ot h - e s e; dummuha wh o s p e ak horrible words;go i a o- -go-pis;
paccuttarena wi t h a reply; nijjitti ah a- v i n g d e feated;viddavehi y o u s h o u l d
cause to flee; aham I; kk hu in d e e d ;edam th i s ; sa ccam e v e r y t h i n g ;
dhitthanam of t h e se impudent gopis;vuttantam de s c r i p t i on of the activities;go
ula of G o k u la; isari to t h e q u e en (Yasoda);vinnavissam I w i l l i n f o r m; i t i
thus; panau on t he hand; dhrtva ha v i n g h e l d;vyavartayati re t r e a t s;iti t h u s ;
parasparam mutually; aveksya lo o k i n g ; vailaksyam be w i l d e r m e nt and
amazement; natayatah th e y r e p resent dramatically.

Madhumangala: (concealing a smile) 0 c r est jewel of the brahmacaris, think

for a moment and defeat these foul-mouthed gopis with Your words. Chase them
away. I myself will tell Gokula's queen everything about these shameless girls.
(Madhumangala touches Krsna's hand for a moment.) (Surprised and bewildered,
Lalita and Visakha exchange glances.)

Text 35 (b)

krsnah: sakhi visakhe, caturaksikam preksanam api nasti. kutas tavat parito
rodhanam tad anuy.ami. kenapy aparena nagarena tasyah svantam uccalitam.
 sakhi 0 fr i e n d ; visakhe 0 Vi s a k h a ;caturaksikam fo u r e y e s;preksanam
sight; api al t h o u g h;na no t ; as ti is ; ku t a h fr o m w h a t 7 ;ta vat t o s u c h a n
extent; paritah ev e r y w h e re;rodhanam im p e d i m e n t; tat th e r e f o r e;anuyami I
will follow; kena api by s o m e; aparena by a n o t h e r;nagarena lo v e r; tasyah
her; svantam he a r t; uccalitam m o v e d .

Krsna: Friend Visakha, Radha has never seen Me with Her two eyes, and I have
never seen Her with My two eyes. What obstacle stands between Us7 I will follow
you. But I think is must be some other boy that has captured Her heart.

Text 35 (c)

visakha: (sanskrtena asritya)

kas tadrg vraja man-da2e tha va2ate sakyo gariyan asau

yenoccalayitum ba2at kulavati ceto -giri -gram-anih
ity asmabhir avakra vikr-ama lava-d utksipta gova-rdhano
hetus tvam kila pankajaksayadubhis tatrasti nistankitah

sanskrtena asritya sp e a k i ng in Sanskrit; kah w h o 7 ; ta d rk li k e H i m ; v r a ja

of Vraja; manda2e in the area;atha th e r e f o r e;va2ate pe r f o r ms pastimes;
sakyah co m p e tent; gariyan mo r e s i g n i f i cant;asau he ; ye na b y w h o m ;
ucca2ayitum to agitate; ba2at fo r c i b l y; ku2avatz th e p io us girls;cetah o f t h e
hearts; giri mo u n t a i n s;gramanih pr o m i n e n t ;iti th e r e f o r e;asmabhih b y u s ;
avakra ge n u i n e; vikrama of s t r e g n t h;la vat wi t h a s m a ll f ragment;utksipta
lifted; govardhanah Go v a r d h ana hill; hetuh c a u s e;tvam Yo u ; ki l a i nd e e d ;
pankaj a lo t u s; aksa ey e s; yadubhihtatra th e r e ;asti is; nistankitah
described.

Visakha: (in Sanskrit) In the circle of Vraja who is great and powerful like You7
With a small particle of Your inconceivable power You lifted Govardhana Hill.
Then You lifted the great mountains that are the saintly gopis' hearts. 0 boy with
the lotus eyes, You are the person in this letter.

Text 36 (a)

madhumanga2ah: a iva a2i e-, citt-ha -cittha. dittho ma eukkhitt-a danda -

manda2ehim govehim govaddhano dharido tumam k.isa ekkam jj eva pi a vaassam- -

sambhavesl.
 a i - — 0; sva ali e ta l k a t i v e;cittha st a n d , stand;dittho se e n;ma e b y m e ;
ukkhitta h el d up; da n da of s t a f f s;mandalehim by t h e m u l t i t u d e;govehim b y
the cowherd men; govaddhano Go v a r d hana hill; dharido he l d ; tu m am Y o u ;
kisa wh y 7; ekkam on e ;jj eva in d e e d;pi a -d e a r; vaassam f r i e n d ;
sambhavesi pr a ise.

Madhumangala: Talkative girl, stop! Stop! I myself saw how the cowherd men,
with their upraised sticks, held up Govardhana Hill. Why do you praise my dear
friend Krsna in this way7 He did not hold up the hill alone.

Text 36 (b)

krsnah: 2a2ite,a2am ati pra-sangena tan .nivartasva

2a2ita: sundara, savva go u-la -suh-a kar-ino vi tu-atto kadham sa eka jj evva dukkham
arihadi vari asi-

2a2ite 0 La l i t a; a2am en o u g h; ati g r e a t ; pr a sangena wi t h t h i s t o p ic of

conversation; tat f r o m t h at; nivartasya pl e a se refrain;sundara 0 b e a u t i f u l
Krsna; savva al l; go ula - in Go k u l a; suha karin-o ma k i n g h appy;vi a l t h o u g h ;
tu-atto f ro m Y ou; kadham ho w i s i t 7 ;sa sh e ; eka al o n ejj; evva i n d e e d ;
dukkham di s t r e ss;arihadi de s e r v es;vari asi - g r e atly.

Krsna: Lalita, this is too muck talking. Please stop.

Lalita: Handsome one, You delight everyone in Gokula. Why must this one girl
suffer because of You7

Text 36 (c)

sangi me madhumangalo na sahate dharmadhvano vicyutim

sridama parimargayan mama nahi cchidrani nidrayati
kamsah sasti khalah ksitim katham ato mugdhe vidheyam maya
nihsankam ku2a sundari -paribha-vaj jva2a m-aha sa-hasam-

sangi companion;me My; madhumanga2ah Madhumangala;na does not;

sahate to l e rate;dharma of p i e t y; adhvanah fr o m t h e p a t h;vicyutim f a l l ;
sridama Sr i d a ma;parimargayan se a r c hing;mama My ; na h i d oe s n o t ;
chidrani fa u l t s; nidrayati sl e e p ;kamsah Ka m s a ;sasti af f li c t s ;khalah
wicked; ksitim th e e a r t h;katham ho w i s i t 7 ; at ah fr o m t h i s ; m u gdhe 0
bewildered girl; vidheyam ma y be given;maya by M e ; ni h s ankam fe a r l e ssly;
ku2a pious; sundari of t h e b e a utiful girl;paribhavat su r r o u n d i n g;j va2a
flames; maha gr e a t; sahasam vi o l e n c e .
 Krsna: My companion Madhumangala does not tolerate any deviation from the
path of piety, and Sridama, busily searching for my faults, does not even sleep.
Cruel Kamsa harshly rules this country. 0 bewildered girl, in these c i r c u m stances
how is it possible for Me to fearlessly make a pious and beautiful girl burn in
flames of anguish7

Text 37

2a2ita: (samarsam san.skrtena)

antah-k2esa-ka2ankitah ki2a vayam yamo dya yamyam purim

nayam vancana san-caya pra-nayinam hasam tathapy ujjhati
asmin samputite gabhira kap-atair abhira pa22-i vite-
ha medhavini radhike tava katham prema gariyan abhut

(iti roditi)

sa wi t h; amarsam in d i g n a t i o n;sanskrtena in S a n s krit;antah klesa-

kalankitah po l l u t e d by inner miserable conditions that continue even after death;
kila ce r t a inly;vayam al l o f u s;yamah ar e g o i n g; adya no w ; ya m y am o f
Yamaraja; purim to t h e a bode;na no t ; ay am th i s ;va n c ana sanca-ya ch e ating
activities; pranayinam ai m i n g a t;hasam sm i l i n g ; ta thapi s t i l l ; u jj h a ti g i v e s
up; asmin in t h i s ; samputite fi l l e d ;gabhira de e p ;ka pataih w i l l d e c e i t ;
abhzra-pa22z from the village of the cowherd men; vite i n a d e b a uchee; ha a l a s ;
medhavani 0 in t e l l i g e nt one;radhike Sr i m a ti Radharani;tava Yo u r ; k a t h am
how; prema lo v e ; gariyan so g r e a t; abhut b e c a m e; iti t h u s ; ro d i ti s h e c r i e s .

Lalita (indignant, in Sanskrit) Our hearts are so polluted by miserable

condition that we are certainly going to Pluto s kingdom. Nevertheless, Krsna does
not give up His beautiful loving smiling, which is full of cheating tricks. 0 Srimati
Radharani, You are very intelligent. How could You have developed such great
loving affection for this deceitful debauchee from the neighborhood of the
cowherds7*
(Lalita cries)

Text 38 (a)

madhumanga2ah: a imuddhe-, sa a2a sattha -visa-ra oj a-ssa am-hariso amacco ho-i

sovi kim edam dhammam adikkamissa i ta alam -v.ana rudidena-
 a i - — 0; muddhe be wildered girl; sa ala al l ; sa t tha sc r i p t u r e s;visara o
expert; j assa of who m; amhariso li k e u s; amacco an i n t i m a te relative;ho i — - is;
sovi so meone; kim ho w 7 ; ed am th i s ; dh a mmam pi e t y ; ad i k kamissa i - — will
transgress; ta th e r e fore;alam wh a t i s t he use7;vana in t h e f o r e st;rudidena
with this lamenting.

Madhumangala: Bewildered beautiful girl, Krsna is learned in all the scriptures.

He is our friend and counselor. Why would He disobey the rules of morality7
What is the use of all your words, words that are like crying in the forest7

Text 38 (b)

visakha: (svagatam) namrahi egu-nj a ali -am -kanhassa denti ham ingidam
2akkheml.

svagatam as ide;nam at p r e s e nt;rahi e o - f Sr i m a ti Radharani;gunj a o f

gunja; ali am -ne cklace; kanhassa to Krsna; denti gi v i n g ; ham I; i n g i d a m
symptoms of Krsna's actual emotions; lakkhemi I s h a ll o bs erve.

Visakha: (aside) This garland of gunja was worn by Radha. Now I will give it to
Krsna. By observing His response, I will know His actual feelings toward Radha.

Text 38 (c)

(prakasam, sanskrtena)

udirna ragena -karambitantara

parisphurat krsna m-ukhi -gunancita
gunj ava21 manj utarava2ambatam
saradhikeyam tava kantha sangama-m

(iti kanthe svayam arpayati ) .

prakasam op e n l y; sanskrtena in Sanskit; udirna ar i s e n;ragena w i t h

redness or love; karambita mi x e d ; an tara wi t h i n ( o r in t he h eart);parisphurat
manifesting; krsna bl a c k ( or t he name Krsna);mukhi i n t h e m i d d l e ( or mo u t h ) ;
guna with excellent transcendental qualities; ancita in v e s t e d;gunj a o f g u n j a ;
ava2i garland; manjutara ve r y b e a u t i f u l;ava2ambatam ma y i t c l i n g ; sara
essence; adhika in c r e a sed, (or sa radhikeyam-from Radhika);iyam th i s ; t a v a
Your; kantha of t he n eck; sangamam c o n t a c t .
 (Openly, in Sanskrit) May this very beautiful red and black gunja-necklace
gracefully hang upon Your neck.

(She places the necklace on Krsna's neck.)

Note: If the word "saradhikeyam" is divided "sa radhikeyam, this ambiguous

verse may also be translated:

"May virtuous Radha, whose mouth chants the name Krsna, and whose heart
passionately loves You, hang around Your neck like a gunja-necklace."

Text 39

krsnah: (smitva sakapatersyam)

raginam api sukathoram

suvrttam api muhur udirna mali-nyam
yuvatmam iva bhavam
nahi gunj a hara-m icchami
(ity aj anan iva kanthad avatarya rangana malik-am arpayati ) .

smitva ha v i ng smiled; sa wi t h ; ka p a ta fe i g n e d;irsyam an g e r ;ra ginam

red (or affectionate); api al t h o u g h;sukathoram ve r y h a rd ( or harsh);suvrttam
nicely round (or cleverly presented); api al t h o u g h;muhuh a t e v e ry mo m e n t ;
udirna ar i s en (communication); malinyam cr o o k e d n e ss (ambiguity);
yuvatmam of y o u ng girls;iva li k e ; bh a vam st a t e ( or love);nahi not; gunj a
of gunja; haram ne c k l a c e;icchami I d e s i r e;iti th u s ; aj a n an n o t k n o w i n g ;
iva as if; kanthat fr o m t h e n e c k;avatarya fa l l i n g ;ra ngana d e l i g h t f u l ;
makikam ga r l a n d;arpayati o f f e r s .

Krsna: (smiling, He pretends to be angry.) Although these gunja berries are

very red, hard, and gracefullyround, they are both crooked and unripe. I do not
wish such a necklace.

(As if bewildered, Krsna removes the gunja-necklace from His neck and offers it
back to Lalita.)

Note: This ambiguous verse may also be translated:

"This garland is an ambiguous love-message from some young girl. Although

great love is intented, the words are harsh, and although they are very clever, the
words are also crooked. I do not wish to accept such a message-necklace."
Text 00 (a)

visakha: (svagatam) imassa bhamo vi amhanam mangalo samvutto (i.ti vastrena

samvrnoti ).

svagatam as ide;imassa Hi s ; bhamo be w i l d e r m e n t;vi in d e e d ;amhanam

our; mangalo au s p i c ious good fortune;samvutto ar r i v e d; iti t h u s ; va s t rena
with the garment; samvrnoti co n c e a ls.

Visakha: (aside) Krsna s bewilderment is our good fortune. (She covers the
necklace with a cloth.)

Text 00 (b)

2a2ita: ha2a, govi a ko-di -bhu -anga-ssa imassa akkha2idam accari am b-amhacari am-
ditthi apaa-di bhum-am. ta mahevi gadu atam -amhevi gadu atam -atthananura inim-
rahi am n-ivattavemha
visakha: sahi, juttam mantesi.
(ity ubhe parikramatah ) .

hala 0 ; g ovi a o f - g o p is; kodi of m i l l i o n s ;bhu angas-sa of the lover;

imassa of Hi m; ak k halidam un y i e l d i n g;accari am -wonderful; bamhacari am -

vow of celibacy; ditthi ab y - g o od fortune;paadi bhuda-m ma n i f e sted;ta t h a t ;

amhevi we t wo gopis; gadu ah a - v i ng gone; tam t o h e r ; at t hananura w h o h a s
falleninl ove with an u n s u i t able person; rahi am R- a dha;nivattavemha w e
should check; sahi 0 fr i e n d ; ju t t am a p p r o p r i a t e;mantesi y o u a d v i c e; iti t h u s ;
ubhe the two gopis; parikramatah b e g i n to wa l k .

Lalita: Destiny has shown us the unflinching celibacy of a snake who loves
millions of gopis. We should both go and stop Radha, who has fallen in love with a
very unsuitable boy.
Visakha: Friend, what you say is right.

Text 00 (c)

2a2ita: visahe, tumam gadu aima er-angana -ma2i a ep-i a s-ah-im a-sa-sehi aham.
kkhu edam vuttantam bhaavadi evinivedi-ssam
 (iti niskrante ).

visahe 0 Vi s a k h a; tumam y o u ; ga du a -h a v i n g go n e; ima e -w i t h t h i s ;

rangana de l i g htful; mali a -e -garland; pi a -d e a r; sahim fr i e n d ;asasehi
console; aham I; kk hu in d e e d ;edam th i s ;v u t t antam i n c i d e n t ; bhaavadi e -to
the pious Paurnamasi; vinivedissam I s h a ll inf o r m; iti t h u s ; ni s k r a nte t h e y e x i t .

Lalita: Visakha, take this gunja-necklace to our dear friend and comfort Her. I
will explain everything to Paurnamasi.
(Lalita and Visakha exit.)

Text 00 (d)

madhumangalah: bho, adarijjantam appanam kisa adaravesi idam kkhu paccadava

pavvatahirohanassa ahirohini nim-amanam dava
krsnah: sakhe satyam bravisi sah.asikyam hasitenaivanusthitam.

bho 0; ad arijj antam be i n g w o r s h i ped;vi al t h o u g h ;appanam Y o u r s e l f ;

kisa why i n d e e d; adaravesi do Y ou c ause to worship;idam th i s ; k k h u
indeed; pacca dava -of remorse; pavvata mo u n t a i n; ahironassa of t he scent;
ahirohini st a i r c ase; nimanam c o n s i s t ing of;dava to t h a t e x t e nt;sakhe 0
friend; satyam tr u t h f u l l y; bravisi yo u s p e a k;sahasikyam ra s h n e ss;hasitena
with laughter; eva i n d e e d; anusthitam p e r f o r m e d .

Madhumangala: This girl adores You. Why don't You also adore Her7 You are
building a staircase that leads up a mountain of regret.
Krsna: Friend, what you say is true. It was not right to mock that girl.

Text 00 (e)

madhumangalah: pekkha gojui ala-m-ne

-ttapaham adikkamidam.

pekkha lo o k; go i of g o - p— is; ju-alam a pair; netta o f t h e e ye s;paham to

the path; adikkamidam a r r i v e d .

Madhumangala: Look, two gopis walk on the pathway of Our eyes.

Text 00 (f)
srutva nisthuratam mamendu v-adana premakuram bhindati
svante santi d-huram vidhaya vidhure prayah parancisyati
kimva pamara k-ama k-armuka p-aritrasta vimoksyaty asun
ha maugdhyat pha2ini manoratha 2a-ta mrdvi mayonmu2ita

srutva by h e a ring; nisthuratam cr u e l t y;mama My ; in d u v a-dana m o o n -

faced; prema an-kuram th e s eed of love;bhindati sp l i t i n g ;sva an-te w i t h i n H e r
heart; santi dh-uram gr e at toleration;vidhaya ta k i n g ; vidhure ag g r i e v e d;
prayah al m o s t; paracisyati may turn against; kimva or ; pa m a ra m o s t
formidable; kama of l u s ty desires or Cupid;karmuka of t h e b o w; paritrasta
frightened; vimoksyati wi l l g i v e u p;asun li f e ; ha al a s ;ma ughdyat o n a c c o u n t
ofbewilderment; pha2ini al m o s t fru i t f u l; manah rath-a 2ata -the creeper of
growinglove; mrdi ve r y s o f t ; ma ya by M e ; un m u 2 ita u p r o o t e d .

Krsna: (with regret) Upon hearing of My cruelty, moon-faced Radha may

establish soem kind of tolearance in Her aggrieved heart. But then She might turn
against Me. Or, indeed, being fearful of the lusty desires invoked by the bow of
formidable Cupid, She might even give up Her life. Alas. I have foolishly uprooted
the soft creeper of Her desire just when it was ready to bear fruit.*

Text Wl (a)

madhumangalah: danim kim ettha saranam

krsnah: sakhe, pratyananga 2ekham -vina nanyat pasyami saranam

danim at p re sent;kim wh a t 7 ;ettha he r e ;saranam sh e l t e r;s akhe 0

friend; prati in r e t u r n ; an anga 2ekham -love-letter; vina wi t h ; na no t ; a n y a t
another; pasyami I s e e;saranam re c o u r s e .

Madhumangala: Now what will be out shelter7

Krsna: Friend, I do not see any shelter but writing an answer to that letter.

Text OI (b)

madhumanga2ah: kim ettha 2eha sahanam-

krsnah: vasikara kriya pra-sasto -ragavan j ava niryasah-
madhumangalah: ehi, udda mahada -mandid-am
i -nadure pakkandana tittham -

gacchemha.
(iti niskrantau.)
 kim ho w ; ettha he r e ;le ha of t h e l e t t e r; sahanam co m p l e t i o n;vasi kara
enchanting and bringing under control; kriya in t h e a c t i v i t i e s;prasastah
celebrated; ragavan fu l l of l o v e;java of r o s e s;niryasah ex t r a c t ed perfume;
ehi co me near;udda of r o s e s;maha a-da i -with a great forest;mandidam
decorated;na not;adi very;dure far away;pakkandana Praskandana; tittha
theholyplace; gacchemha le t u s g o ; i ti t h u s ;ni s k r a n tau e x i t .

Madhumangala: What will We use to write Our letter7

Krsna: A letter scented with roses would bring Her under My spell.
Madhumangala: Let us go to nearby Praskandana-tirtha, which is decorated
with a great forest of roses.
(Krsna and Madhumangala exit.)

Text Wl (c)

(tatah pravisati visakhaya prabodhyamana radha ) .

radha: (sakkhedam sans.krtena)

yasyotsanga sukh-asaya sithilita gurvi gurubhyas trapa

pranebhyo pi suhrt tama-h sakhi tatha yuyam pariklesitah
dharmah so 'pi mahan maya na ganitah sadhvibhir adhyasito
dhig dhairyam tad upeksi-tapi yad aham jivami papiyasi

sa wi t h; khedam un h a p p i n e s s;sanskrtena in S a nskrit;yasya o f w h o m ;

utsanga sukha -asaya -by the desire for the happiness of the association; sithilita
slackened; gurvi ve r y g r e a t;gurubhyah un t o t h e s uperiors;trapa ba s h f u l n e ss;
pranebhyah th a n My l i f e; api al t h o u g h ;suhrt tamah - more dear; sakhi 0 My
dear friend; tatha si m i l a r l y ; y u y am y o u ; pa r i k l e sitah s o m u c h t r o u b l e d ;
dharmah du t i es to My husband;sah th a t ; api al s o ;ma h an ve r y g r e a t;maya
by Me; na no t ; ga nitah ca r e d f o r;sadhvibhih by t h e m o st chaste women;
adhyasitah pr a c t i ced;dhik dhairyam t o h e l l w i t h p a t i e nte; tat b y H i m ;
upeksita ne g l ected;api al t h o u g h;yat wh i c h ; ah am I; ji v a m i a m l i v i n g ;
papiyasi th e m o st sinful.

(Accompanied vy Visakha, who is explaining everything, Radha enters.)

Radha: (unhappy, in Sanskrit) Desiring the happiness of His association and

embraces, My dear friend, I disregarded even My superiors and relaxed My shyness
and gravity before them. Furthermore, although you are My best friend, more dear
to Me than My own life, I have given you so much trouble. Indeed, I even put
aside the vow of dedication to My husband, a vow kept by the most elevated
women. Oh, alas! Although He is now neglecting Me, I am so sinful that I am still
living. Therefore I must condemm My so-called patience.*
Text 02 (a)

visakha: (sasambhramam) sahi, samassasa samassasa (i.ti rangana m-alam ghrane

'rpayati ).
radhika: (samj nam 2abdhva ).ha2a, kim edam accari am -j am sammohanam vi
pavohe(A.

sa wi t h; sambhramam re s p e c t;sahi 0 fr i e n d ;sa massasa samassasa d o not

lament, do notlament; iti th u s ; ra n g ana de l i g h t f u l;ma lam ga r l a n d;ghrane
on the nose; arpayati pl a c e s;samnam co n s c i o usness;labdhva ha v i ng gained;
hala 0 ; ki m wh at 7 ; ed am th i s ;ac c ari am -w o n d e r f u l; j am w h i c h ;
sammohanam fa i n t i n g; vi al t h o u g h ;pavohedi r e v i v e s .

Visakha: (respectfully) Friend, please be comforted. Be comforted. (She places

the gunja-necklace to Radha s nose.)
Radhika: (with understanding) Ah. In the beginning it made Me almost fall
unconscious. Why does this wonderful necklace now revive Me from that
unconsciousness~

Text 02 (b)

visakha: (malyam nivedya sansk.rtena)

angottirna vilapa-nam sakhi samakrsti kriyay-am manir

mantro hanta muhur vasi krti vi-dhau -namasya vamsi pateh-
nirmalya iyam mahausadhir iha avantasya sammochane
nasam kastisrnam grnati paramacintyam prabhavavalim

anga of lim b s; uttirna to p m o s t ( h e a d);vilepanam oi n t m e n t ;s akhi 0

friend; samakrsti of a t t r a c ting;kriyayam in t h e a c t i v i t y;manih j e w e l ;
mantrah ma n t r a; hanta 0 ; m u h u h at e v e r y m o m e n t;vasi krti b- r i n g i ng under
control; vidhau in t h e a ct ivity;nama na m e ;asya of H i m ; va m si pateh p- l a ying
the flute; nirmalya re j e c t e d;srak ga r l a n d;iyam th i s ; ma ha gr e a t ;osadhih
medicinal herb; iha he r e ; svantasya of t h e h e art;sammohane i n t he f aint ing ;
na no t; asam of u s ; ka h wh a t 7 ;ti s r n am of t h e t h r e e;grnati p r o c l a i m s ;
parama su p r e me; acintyam inconceivable; prabhava st r e g nth; avalim
abundance.

Visakha: (gives the garland to Radha.) Friend, the sandal paste from the flutist
Krsna's forehead is a mystic jewel that draws people to it. Krsna's name is a mantra
that brings people under its control. Krsna's flower-garland is a potion that charms
people's hearts. Who does not know the inconceivable power of these three
things7

Text 03 (a)

radhika: (svagatam) evam gu-nena imina uvekkhidam vi nam hada sa-riram

kadham ajj avi ni22ajj anam dharemi ta .ka2i a -ha-da pa-vesova am -anusarissam
(prakasam) visahe, vinnavehi guru an-am j am baraha icc-a titt-ham gadu as-uram
accldukamamhl

svagatam as ide;evam li k e t h i s; gunena wi t h q u a l i t i e s;imina w i t h t h i s ;

uvekkhidam ne g l e cted;vi al t h o u g h; nam t h i s ; ha da wo u n d e d ;ma r i r a m
body; kadham ho w i s i t 7 ; ajja tod a y ; v i even ; n i 2 2 ajjaham Ia m s h a m e l e s s;
dharemi I m a i n t a i n; ta th e r e f o r e;ka2i a -Kaliya; hada in t he lake; pavesa of
entering; uva am -by the remedial measure;anusarissam I s h a ll adopt;
prakasam op e n l y; visahe 0 Vi s a k h a;vinnavehi pl e a se tell;guru s u p e r i o r ;
anam pe r sonalities;j am wh i c h ; ba raha icca -titth-am the holy place named
Dvadasa-ditya-tirtha; gadu ah - a v i ng gone; suram th e s un g od; accidukam
desiring to worship; amhi I a m .

Radhika: (aside) Krsna, who has all these glorious virtues, neglects this body of
Mine, a body that is better off dead. Why do I shamelessly keep this body alive7 I
will drown it the waters of Kaliya Lake. (openly) Visakha, please tell My supreriors
that, desiring to worship the sun-god, I went to Dvadasaditya-tirtha.

Text 03 (b)

visakha: sahu sumara idam p-i a sahi -ej -am aj-j a ej adila -evi ida-m jj evva danim
aditthamhi. ta ehi.
(ity ubhe parikramatah ) .

sahu we l l; sumara idam -caused to remeber; pi ad e a r -; sahi eb y t - he friend;

j am which; ajj a eby th-e pious gopi; j adila eby Ja-tila; vi al though;idam
this; jj evva ce r tainly; danim at p r e s e nt;aditthamhi I a m i n s t r u c t e d;ta
therefore; ehi c o m e w i th m e .

Visakha: My dear friend well remembers saintly Jatila s order, an order I now
accept from You. Come. Let us go.
(They begin to walk.)
Text 03 (c)

radhika: (savyamocham)

mam parihara im-u un-do tahavi durasa virohini daha i-

maha sahi gahira ni-ra saranam bahini kidantassa

mam me ; parihara ne g l e c t s;mu un-do Lo r d M u k u n d a; tahavi ne v e r t h e l ess;

durasa un a t t ainable aspiration; virohini in i m i c a l ;daha i- b u r n s ; ma ha m y ;
sahi 0 fr i e n d;gahira de e p ;ni ra wa t e r ;sa ranam re c o u r s e;bahini s i s t e r ;
kidantassa of t he god of death (Yamaraja).

Radhika: (perplexed) Al t h ough Krsna neglects me, the hostile and unfulfillable
hope to attain Him burns in Me still. Friend, the deep waters of the Yamuna, who
is the sister of the king of death, is My only shelter.

Text 00 (a)

visakha: ha2a, pekkha patthane manga2a su nn-a i-m sa -una i-m. ta -evam ma bhana.
radhika: (puro drstva) bala, katham esa puvva disa m-uhe -a ali a-sam-j ha disa i -

ha2a 0; pekkha lo o k ; pa t t h ane in t h e w a l k i n g; manga2a au s p i cious;su

una im s- igns;sa una im -f-avorable omens; ta th e r e f o r e;evam in d e e d;ma
don't; bhana talk; purah ah e a d; drstva lo o k i n g ; ha la 0 ; k a t h a m h o w i s i t 7 ;
esa it; puvva fr o n t ; di sa in t h e d i r e c t i o n;muhe in t h e f a c e;a ali a - n o - t
happening at the proper time; samjha su n s e t;disa ii s s - e en.

Visakha: Look at the auspicious signs appearing on our path. Don t say
anything more.
Radhika: (looking ahead) Why did the sun suddenly set in the east before it is
time~

Text 00 (b)

visakha: na kkhu samj ha pekkha p.akkandane surassa ba22aha pariphu22ida udura i -

rehadi ta imassa .aggham kadum nam avacinamha

(ity ubhe kurutah).
 na not;kkhu indeed;samj ha sunset;pekkha look;pakkandane at
Praskandana tirtha; surassa of t he sun-god;ba22aha de ar; pariphu22ida
blossomed; udu o f r o s es; ra i — - series; rehadi shines; ta th e r e fore;imassa o f
that; aggham sc e nted water;kadum to m a k e ; nam th i s ; av a cinamha l e t u s
collect; iti t h u s ; ubhe t h e t w o g o p is; kurutah a c t .

Visakha: The sun didn t set. Look. The beautiful roses in Praskanda-tirtha,
roeses dear to the sun-god, are splendidly in bloom. Let's pick some to make rose
water.

Text 00 (c)

(tatah pravisati batuna saha krsnah ) .

krsnah: sakhe, seyam radhadhara kan-ti task-ari j ava raji-h
madhumanga2ah: ado nam nippidi ani-mmahi paccananga 2eha-m

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s; batuna b o y ; sa ha wi t h ; kr s n ah S r i K r s n a ;

sakhe 0 fr i e n d; sa th i s ;iy am th i s ; ra d ha of R a d h a ;adhara o f t h e l i p s ;
kanti th e b eauty; taskari th i e f ;j ava of r o s e s;rajih se r i e s;ado t h e r e f o r e ;
nam th i s; nippidi ah - a v i n g p re ssed; nimmahi pl e a se write;paccananga leham-
the reply to the love-letter.

(Krsna and Madhumangala enter.)

Krsna: Friend, these roses are thieves who have stolen their beauty from
Radha's lips.
Madhumangala: Press the juice from these roses, and write a reply to Radha's
love-letter.

Text 00 (d)

krsnah: (parikampya savismayam ) .

esa nantika vartini s-ura girer ail-avrti hanta bhur

agre kim kalayami kancana rucam u-dgara gaurir d-isah
am jnatam mani-nupura-dhvani-bharad ah-janalankrta
kantmam ku2a devata vi-2asitum vrndatavim vindati

parikampya trembling; sa wi t h ; vi s mayam wo n d e r ; esa th i s ; na n ot ;

kantika ne a r; vartini si t u a t e d;sura of t h e d e m i g o ds;gireh o f t h e m o u n t a i n
(Mount Sumeru); ailavrti of I l a v r t a - varsa;hanta 0 ; bh u h l a n d ;ag r e i n t h e
presence; kim wh a t 7 ; kalayami do I p e r c e i v e;kancana of g o l d; ru cam
splendor; udgara em a n a t ing;gaurlh a g o l d e n effulgence;disah i n a l l
directions; am y e s ; j n a t am kn o w n ; ma n i jew e l s ;nu pura of t h e a n k l e - bells;
dhvani so u n d; a2ankrta de c o r a t ed;kantlnam of b e a u t y ; ku2a d-evata t h e
presideing deity; vi2asitum to perform pastimes; vrnda a-tavlm th e f o r e st of
Vrndavana; vindati e n t e r s .

Krsna: (trembling with wonder) This is not the valley of Mount Sumeru. Why
do I see a golden splendor in every direction7 Ah! The sound of many jeweled
anklets makes Me know.that the goddess of beauty must have entered Vrndavana
Forest to enjoy many pastimes.

Text 05 (a)

madhumangalah: hantabho, maggijjnatammi va ura-sahane kurangl sa am -hattham

gada.
krsnah: (sanandam) sakhe, sadhu vijnatam tad .atra vrksantaritau srnuvah kim
asau prastauti (iti t.atha sthitau.)

hanta 0 ; bho my d e a r s i r;maggijjantammi be i n g s o u g ht;va ura -to t h e

trap; sahane le a ding; kurangl de e r ; sa am - o w n ; h at tham ha n d ; ga da g o n e ;
sa wi t h; anandam bl i s s ;sakhe 0 fr i e n d ;sadhu ni c e l y ;vij natam u n d e r s t o o d ;
tat th e r e fore; atra he r e ;vr k sa by t h e t r e e;antaritau hi d d e n ;srnuvah l e t u s
hear; kim wh a t ; asau th e s e t wo gopis;prastauti s a y .

Madhumangala: Ah, now the dee places her foot in the trap.
Krsna: (blissful) 0 fr i e n d, you understand this very well. Let us hide behind
this tree and hear what they say.
(They stand behind the tree.)

Text 05 (b)

radhika: (visakha a2ambya sasram) ha2a, es.o j ano kadhapasange sa am -

sumaridavvo
visakha: (sabaspam) sahi, acchlna dhlratta-nadi guna bh-anijj asi ta kimti .evvam
uvvlggasl.

visakha Vi s a kha; a2ambya re s t i n g; sa wi t h ; as r am te a r s ;h a2a 0 ; e s o

this; j ano pe r son; kadha of t h e d e scription;pasange in r e l a t i o n; sa am -

Himself; sumaridavvo ma y r e m e mbered;sa wi t h ; ba spam te a r s ;s ahi 0

friend; acchlna un f a l l i n g; dhlrattana gr a v i t y a nd patience;adi a n d o t h e r ;
guna noble qualities; bhanijj asi ar e spoken;ta th e r e f o r e;kimti w h y 7 ;
evvam th u s; uviggasi ha v e y ou become so agitated.
 R adhika: (weeping, she rests her hand on Visakha s shoulder) When you talk ,
you should remember this person.
Visakha: (also weeping) Friend, everyone says You are grave, and patient, and
full of all other virtues. Why are You so upset7

Text 05 (c)

radhika: sahi, nigguni kid-amhi tena dhuttena. (iti sanskrtena)

tasyoras tata -ma-ndalam dhrti nad-i rod-ha kriy-a pan-ditam

vaktrenduh kula dha-rma pan-kaja van-i san-koca dik-sa vra-ti
dor yup-au nitaram udancita cira -vrid-abhidaradhvarau
ha kastam nikhilan-gila sakhi drsor bhangz bhuj-angz tu sa

sahi 0 fr i e n d; nigguni-kidambi I h a v e b ecome devoid of all good qualities;

tena be cause of Him; dhuttena ra s c a l; iti t h u s ; sa n skrtena in S a n s kri t;tasya
His; urah of t he c hest;tata of t h e s ur f ace;mandalam ar e a;dhrti o f p a t i e n c e ;
nadi of t he river; rodha of c h e c k i n g;kriya in t h e a c t i v i t i e s;panditam e x p e r t ;
vaktra fa c e;induh mo o n ; ku l a d har-ma of t he r u l es of proper conduct;
pankaja of l o t u s f lo w e r s;vani of t h e f o r e st;sankoca sh r i n k i n g away;diksa
initiated; vrati wh o h a s t aken a vow;doh of t h e a r m s;yupau t h e t w o p i l l a r s ;
nitaram co m p l e t e ly;udancita el e v a t ed;cira fo r a l o n g t i m e;vrida s h y n e s s ;
abhidara to e x e rcise;adhvarau sa c r i f i c e;ha 0 ; k a s t am al a s ;ni k h i l a m
everything; gila sw a l l o w i n g;sakhi 0 fr i e n d ;dr s oh o f t h e e y e s; bhangi of t h e
movements; bhuj angi th e s erpent;tu an d ; sa s h e .

Radhika: Friend, this rogue has robbed all My virtues.(in Sanskrit) His chest is
a dam that stops the river of my patience. His face is a moon that withers the lotus
flowers of My pious deeds. His arms are pillars in a yajna to drive away My
perpetual shyness. Alas! Friend, the crooked snake of His glance devours
everything.

Text 06 (a)

krsnah: priye, tvan madhury-ena madhavas cajadi krtya nir-gunam avastham nito
yam.

priye 0 beloved;tvat your; madhuryena by the charm;madhavah Lord

Madhava; ca an d;j adi krtya b- e c ome stunned;nirgunam de v o i d of good
qualities; avastham st a te ofb e ing;nitah br o u g h t ;aya m He.
 Krsna: Beloved, stunned by your sweetness, Krsna has also lost all His virtues.

Text 06 (b)

radhika: (akase anjalim baddhva sa.nskrtena) hanta bho baki-hantah.

grhantah-khe2antyo nij a sah-aj a ba-2yasya ba2anad

abhadram bhadram va kim api hi na janimahi manak
vayam netum yuktah katham asaranam kam api dasam
katham va nyayya te prathayitum udasina pad-avi

akase in the sky; anjalim baddhva fo l d i n g h a nds;sanskrtena in S a n skrit;

hanta 0 ; b ho h Y o u ; b ak i o f P u t a n a , the sister of Baka; hantah 0 k i l l e r ;g r h a
antah-khelantyah wh o w er e engaged in childish play within the house; nija
one s own; sahaj a si m p l e; balyasya go o d ; va or ; k i m api wh a t ; hi c er t a i n l y ;
na no t; janimahi w e d i d k n o w ; m a n ak e v e n s l i g h t l y;vayam w e ; n e t um t o
lead; yuktah s u i t a ble; katham h o w ; as a ranam wi t h o u t s u r r e n d er; kamapi
such as this; dasam to t he conditio n; katham h o w ; va or ; ny a y y a c o r r e c t ;
te of You; prathayitum t o m a n i f e s t;udasma of c a r e lessness; padavi t h e
position.

Radhika: (folds her hands in the direction of the sky) 0 Kr s na, 0 k i l ler of
Putana, I was engaged in My own playful activities in My home, and because of My
childish innocence I did not know right from wr o ng. Therefore, is it good for You
to have forced Us into being so much attracted to You and then to have neglected
Us? Now You are indifferent to Us. Do You think that is right?*

Text 07 (b)

krsnah: priye, kah kha2u jijzvisur jivatu-bhutayam siddhausadhi 2atayam -udaste

priye 0 beloved; kah w h o ? ; jij ivisuh d e s i r i ng to live; jivatu o f l i f e ;

bhutayam be c ome; siddha pe r f e c t;ausadhi me d i c i n al herb;latayam c r e e p e r;
udaste re mains unconcerned.

Krsna: Beloved, who, desiring to remain alive, will ignore the medicinal vine
that will cure his ilness?
Text 07 (b)

radhika: (nihsvasya) ha2a, esa pia me eka a-2itu-e appano kanthe dharanijja (iti
kanthad ekavalim uttayati.)

nihsvasya si g hing; ha2a 0; e sa th i s ;pi a - d e a r ; me to m e ; eka a2-i

necklace; tu-e by you;appano your; kanthe on the neck;dharanijj a should
be worn; iti t h u s ; k a n that f r o m t h e n e ck;eka av-alim ne c k l a c e;uttarayati
removes.

Radhika: (sighs) Friend, please wear my favorite necklace. (Radha removes the
necklace from Her neck.)

Text 07 (c)

visakha: (hathan nivarya) hala, evvam anuccitthanti kimti mam dahasi jam
2a2idam padikkhi-a nirujjamamhi. (iti roditi)

hathat f o r c efully; nivarya ch e c k i n g;hala 0 ; e v v a m i n t h i s m a n n e r ;

anucitthanti s t a y i ng; kimti w h y 7 ; ma m m e ; da h a si d o y o u b u r n ; j am w h i c h ;
2 a2idam Lalita-gopi; padikkhi-a w a i t i n g ; nirujjamamhi I a m i n a c t i v e .

Visakha: (forcibly stops Radha.) Ah! Why do you set me on fire in this way7 I
am only waiting for Lalita. (Visakha cries).

Text 07 (d)

radhika: (sanskrtena)

akarunyah krsno yadi mayi tavagah katham idam

mudha ma rodir me kuru param imam uttara-krtim
tama2asya skandhe viihita-bhuja-va22arir iyam
yatha vrndaranye ciram avicala tisthati tanuh

akarunyah very cruel; krsnah Lord Krsna;yadi if;mayi unto Me; tava your;
agah of f e nse; katham h o w ; id am th i s ; m u d ha u s e l e s s ly;ma rodih d o n o t
cry; me for Me; kuru d o ; pa r am bu t a f t e r w a r d s; imam t h i s ; u t t a ra-krtim
final act; tamalasya of a t amala tree;skandhe t h e t r u n k; vinhita f i x e d u p o n ;
bhuja-va22arih arms like creepers; iyam th i s ;ya tha as f ar as possible;vrnda
aranye in t he forest of Vrndavana;ciram fo r e v e r;avicala wi t h o ut being
disturbed; tisthati r e m a i ns; tanuh t h e b o d y .

Radhika: (in Sanskrit) My dear friend, if Krsna is unkind to Me, there will be no
need for you to cry, for it will not be due to any fault of yours. I shall then have to
die, but afterwards please do one thing for Me; to observe Myfuneral ceremony,
p2ace My body with its arms embracing a tama2a tree 2ike creepers so that I may
remain forever in Vrndavana undisturbed. That is My request

Text 08 (a)

krsnah: (sasram) sakhe, drstanuragasya sadhisthata

sa wi t h; asram te a r s ;sakhe 0 fr i e n d ;dr s ta seen; anuragasya of t he love;

sadhisthata th e g reat appropriateness.

Krsna: (weeping) Friend, see how great Her love is!

Text 08 (b)

radhika: (svagatam) tuvaravedi mam kavi ghanukkantha. (prakasam) hala

suram acci akim -pi abbhatthidukamamhi. tajava sinanam kadu anivu-tta bhave
tumam ettha puppham avacinehi (iti tir.thabhimukham dvitrani padahi gatva punar
atmagatam )hanta., so ti22oka mohan-o muha cando -puno ma ena d-ittho. (iti
sotkantham nivrtya prakasam )ha la., pasida pasida damse.hi tam padicchanda am -

svagatam as ide; tuvaravedi im p e l l s;mam me ; ka v i so m e ;gh a n utkantha

intense longing; prakasam op e n l y;hala 0 ; s u r a m th e s u n - g o d ( V i v a svan);
acci ah a v - ing worshiped; kim pi so m e w h a t; abbhatthidukamamhi I d e s i re to
request; ta th e r e f ore;j ava to w h a t e xtent;sinanam ba t h ; ka du a h av - i n g
performed; nivutta de a d; bhave I may become; tava to t h at extent;tumam
you; ettha here; puppham flowers; avacinehi g a t h e r; iti t h u s ; t i r t h a t h e h o l y
place; abhimukham in the direction; dvi trani t- w o or t h r e e;padani s t e p s ;
gatva ha v i ng gone;punah ag a i n; atma gatam s- ay to herself;hanta 0; so H e ;
ti22oka the three worlds; mohano en c h a n t i n g;muha fa c e ;cando m o o n ;
puno again; ma eb y m - e;na no t ; d i t t ho s e e n ; i ti t h u s ; sa w it h ;
utkantham l o n g i ng; nivrtya ha v i n g r e t u r n e d;prakasam sh e o pe nly says;
hala 0 ; p a sida pasida be m e r c i f u l, be merciful; damsehi pl e a se show; tam
that; padicchanda am pi c t -ure.
 Radhika: (aside) Passionate longings make Me go quickly. (openly) After
worshiping the sun-god, there is one more thing I wish to ask: After I have gone,
please pick a flower for each time I have bathed here. (She takes two or thre steps
in the direction of the holy tirtha, and again speaks to Herself.) Alas, never again
will I see Krsna, whose face is like the moon and who enchants the three worlds.
(Full of longing, she returns and openly says:) Be kind. Be kind. Show Me His
picture.

Text 08 (b)

visakha: sahi, natthi attha citta pha-la am-

radhika: (savyatham) tado paninanena nam paccakhi kar-issam (iti .dhyanam
natay ati)

sahi 0 fr i e n d; natthi it i s n o t ; et t ha he r e ;ci t ta fo r a p i c t u r e;phala am-

paper; sa with; vyatham al a r m; ta do th e n ; pa n ihanena by m e d i t a t i o n; nam
Him; paccakkhi vi s i b l e; karissam I s h a ll c ause to become; iti t h u s ; dh yanam
meditation; natayati sh e r e p r esents dramatically.

Visakha: Friend, there is no paper here to draw a picture.

Radhika: (anxious) Then I will make Him appear in My meditation. (Radha
becomes rapt in meditation.)

Text 08 (c)

krsnah: sakhe, pitam apita purvam-aunmadakam srotra madhv-ikam tad ag.rato

gacchavah.
(iti ubhau tatha kurutah.)
visakha: (vilokya sananddam sasambhramama )di tthi .atujj ha -suha jj hanena
pha2idam taj hat.ti ugghadehi 2o anam-

(radhika drsam daronmilya camatkaram natayati ) .

sakhe 0 fr i e n d; pitam dr u n k ; ap i ta no t d r u n k ; pu r v am b e f o r e ;
unmadakam in t o x i c a tion; srotra fo r t h e e ars;madhvikam ne c t a r; tat
therefore; agratah in t h e p r e sence;gacchavah we h a ve come; iti t h u s ; u b h au
the two gopas (Krsna and Madhumangala); tatha in t h a t w a y;kurutah a c t ;
vilokya ha v i ng seen;sahi 0 fr i e n d ;di t t hi ab y g o - o d fort u n e;
tujj ha y o u r ;
suha pl e asent;jj hanena by t he meditation;phalidam be c o m es successful;ta
therefore; j hatti im m e d i a t e ly;udghadehi op e n ; lo anam e- y e s; radhika R a d h a ;
drsam ey e s;dara sl i g h t l y;unmilya op e n s ;camatkaram am a z e m e nt;
natayati re p r e sents dramatically.
 Krsna: Friend, My ears have just drunk a sweet nectar they have never drunk
before. Let Us go before them. (They both do that.)
Visakha: (Seeing Krsna and Madhumangala, she becomes joyful and says with
great respect:) Friend, by destiny Your happy meditation has borne its fruit. Open
your eyes at once!
(Radha slightly opens her eyes and becomes filled with wonder.)

Text 08 (d)

visakha: (sanskrtena)

yad arth-am sankirne patasi hata kan-darpa kad-ane

mrdum va durvarej valayasi tanum prema dah-ane
akhandenapidam sakhi nava sikh-andena kalayan
vilasi so yam te sphurati puratojivita patih-

sanskrtena in S anskrit: yat o f w h o m ; ar t h am fo r t h e b e n e fit; sankirne

extended; patasi yo u a re falling;hata st r u c k ; ka n darpa of c u p i d ; ka d ane
destruction; mrdum de l i c a t e;va or ; du r v a re un b e a r a b le; jvalayasi y o u c a u s e
to burn; tanum bo d y ; pr e ma of p u r e l o ve of God; dahane i n t h e f i r e ;
akhandena un b r o k e n; apidam de c o r a t i on for the top of the head;sakhi 0
friend; nava fr e s h; sikhandena wi t h a p e acock feather;kalayan w e a r i n g ;
vilasi pl a y f ul ( or splendid); sah ayam th i s p e r s on; te yo u r ; sp h urati i s
manifested; puratah in t h e p r e sence; jivita of t h e l i f e; patih t h e L o r d .

Visakha: The boy for whose sake You fell into the devastation of love and for
whose sake You made Your delicate body burm in the flames of love, the boy who
wears a new-peacock feather crown, the playful boy who is the master of Your life,
now stands before You.

Text 09 (a)

radhika: ammahe sivinassa mahuri.

visakha: avisaddhe, eso de apuvvo sivino j o nidda evina vi -nippano

ammahe 0; si nivassa of t h e d r e am;mahuri th e s w e e t ness;avisaddhe

untrusting; esoh He ; de yo u r ; ap u v vo un p r e c e d e nted;sivino dr e a m; jo who;
nidda es l e e p-; vina wi t h o u t ; vi ev e n ;ni p p anno ap p e a r e d.
 Radhika: Ah, how sweet this dream is.
Visakha: 0 unbeliever, without sleeping You never dreamed like this before.

Text 09 (b)

krsnah:

asau drg bh-angibhih kusuma sa-ram angi kr-ta sa-ram

srj anti dantindra kr-amana ka-maniyalasa ga-tih
adure rambhorur iha vadana bim-basya susama
samarambhad ambhoruha ma-dhurimanam damayati

asau th is person; drk of t h e e y e s; bhangibhih w i t h t h e m o v e me nts;

kusuma of flo w e r s; saram ar r o w ; an gi krta -a c c e p ted; saram ar r o w ; srj anti
causing to flee; danti of e l e p h a nts;indra ki n g ; kr a m a na st e p s ;kamaniya
graceful; alasa sl o w; gatih ga i t ; a d u r e not far away; rambha uruh -beautiful
gopi; iha h e re; vadana of the lips; bimbasya of t he bim ba fruit;susama g r e a t
beauty; samarambhat fr o m t he beginning;ambhoruha of t h e l o t us flowe rs;
madhurimanam th e c ha rmi n g b e a uty;damayati c o n q u e r s .

Krsna: Her eyes shooting flower-arrows glances, Her graceful motions like a
graceful regal elephant s, Her bimba-fruit lips beautiful, and Her thighs banana
trees, this girl defeats the sweetness of the lotus flowers.

Text 50 (a)

radhika: (krsne drg antam -nartayanti svagatam) sahu re .hi a a, sa-dh-u ditthi a -

muhut tam vi lambidam.

krsnah: (smitva) dhurte visakhe, samantah mrgyamana distya tvam atra drstasi
yad adya bhavatya rupa sadrsya-d apakima gunj a h-arena -mam pratarya durlabha me
rangana malikap-anita

krsne on K r s na; drk of t h e e y e s;antam co r n e r s;nartayanti ca u s i ng to

dance; svagatam sp e aking to herself;sahu ex c e l l e nt;r e 0 ; h i a a 0 -h - e a r t ;
sadhu ex cellent; ditthi ab y g o - od fortune;muhuttam f o r a m o m e n t ;
vilambidam de l a y ed;smitva sm i l i n g ;dhurte 0 ra s c a l;visakhike 0 V i s a k h a ;
samantat co m p l e tely; mrgyamana so u g h t; distya by g o o d f o r t u n e;tvam y o u ;
atra he r e; drsta se e n;asi ar e ;yat be c a u s e;adya to d a y ; bhavatya b y y o u ;
rupa of t he form; sadrsyat be c a u se of similarity;apakima un r i p e ;gunj a o f
gunja; harena with the garland; mam me ; pr a t a rya ha v i n gm i s l e d; dulabha
rare; me my; ra n gana de l i g h t f u l;malika ga r l a n d ;apanita t a k e n a wa y.
 Radhika: (Her eyes dance on the form of Krsna, and she says to herself:) 0 My
heart, excellent! Excellent! By good fortune this moment has come.
Krsna: (smiles) Rascal Visakha, I looked everywhere for you. Now by good
fortune I see you. A girl who looks like you bewildered Me and robbed Me of my
rare rangana garland and unripe gunja-necklace.

Text 50 (b)

madhumanga2ah: bho nam rahi ek-anthado dzsantim appano rangana ma-2i am -sa
am j ebba a adi -ag-enha
krsnah: sakhe, j anatapi bhavata kim idam anyayyam upanyastam na .khalu svapne
pi maya kamini spa-rsah smaryate

bho 0; nam th s s ;ra hi a -of Radha; kanthado fr o m t he neck; disantim

seen; appano Yo u r; rangana de l i g h t f u l;mali am -g a r l a n d; sa am -p e r s onally;
j ebba ce rtainly; a adi -ap - u l l i n g; genha pl e a se take;sakhe 0 fr i e n d ;j anata
knowing; api al t h o u g h;bhavata by y o u ; kim wh a t 7 :i d am t h i s ; an y a yyam
improper; uupanyastam me n t i o n e d; na no t ; kh a lu in d e e d ;svapne i n a d r e a m ;
api ev e n; maya by m e ; ka m i ni of t h i s b e a u t iful and affectionate gopi;
sparsah the touch; smaryate is r e m e m b ered.

Madhumangala: Ah! Take Your rangana garland from Radha's neck. I see it
there.
Krsna: Friend, you know all about this. Still, that was not very good advice.
Even in a dream I cannot remember the touch of such a beautiful girl.

Text 50 (c)

radhika: (svagatam) imassa parihaso vi eso samkida emama -sacco padibhadi

visakha: (vihasya) ayi varangana tarangi-ninam maha sa ara, -cit-tha cittha. danim
vi ima im disan-ti tujj ha angesu tanam cinha im. -

svagatam as ide;imassa Hi s ; pa rihaso je s t i n g;vi al t h o u g h ;eso t h i s ;

samkida es u s p -icious; mama of m e ; sacco ho n e s t;padibhadi is m a n i f e s ted;
vihasya la u g h i n g; ayi 0 ; v a r a bea u t i f u l ;an gana gi r l s ;ta r anginmam r i v e r s ;
maha gr e at;sa ara 0 - o c e an; cittha cittha st a n d, stand;danim no w ; vi e ve n ;
ima im th e s -e;
disanti ar e s een;tujj ha Yo u r ; an gesu on t h e l i m b s;tanam
their; cinha im ma r - ks.

Radhika: (aside) Although Krsna is jesting, I am fear He tells the truth about
me.
Visakha: (laughing) 0 0 g r eat ocean into which the rivers of many beautiful
girls flow, stop! Stop! Even now I see the marks they left on Your body.

Text 50 (d)

akrstani kataksa bh-angibhir alam gopangananam tvaya

raktany atra manamsi yahi nimisonmuktani netrany api
tany etani bhavan navanjana tan-o gunjava2inam cha2at
picchanam ca sada prasadhana dhi-ya sandharayan nandasi

akrstani at t r a c ted;kataksa bha-ngibhih by r o v i ng sidelong glances;alam

greatly; gopa ang-ananam of t he gopis; tvaya by Y o u ; ra k t ani af f e c t i o n a te;
atra he r e; manamsi mi n d s ;ya ni wh i c h ; ni m i sa fr o m b l i n k i n g ; un muktani
refrained; netradi ey e s;api ev e n ; ta ni th e y ; et a ni th e s e bhavan
; Yo u ; n a v a
fresh; anj ana oi n t m e n t; tano bo d y ; gu nj a of g u n j a ; avalinam of n e c k l a c es;
chalat on t he pre text;picchanam of p e a c o ck feathers;ca an d ; sada a l w a y s ;
prasadhana fo r d ecoration; dhiya with a mind; sandharayan h o l d i n g ;
nandasi You enj oy pastimes.

With waves of sidelong glances You attract the gopis' passionate hearts and
unblinking eyes. 0 boy anointed with sandal paste, on the pretext of decorating
Your body with peacock feathers and gunja-necklaces, You attract the gopis and
enjoy with them.

Text 51

krsnah: (saharsam atmagatam)

pramada rasa ta-ranga -smera g-anda -sthalay-ah

smara dhanur -anubandhi bhru 2at-a 2asy-a bh-aj ah-
mada ka2a ca2-a bhr-ngi b-hranti -bhangim -dadhano
hrdayam idam adanksit paksmalaksyah kataksah

sa wi t h; harsam jo y ; at m a gatam to H i m s e l f;pramada of j o y ; r a s a

taranga by t he continuos waves of the mellow; smera mi l d l y s m i l i n g; ganda
sthalayah wh o s e cheeks;smara dhanuh -the bow of Cupid; anubandhi r e l a t e d
with; bhru 2ata of - t he arched eyebrows;2asya da n c i n g; bhajah o f o n e w h o h a s ;
mada kala in - toxicated;cala un s t e a dy;bhrngi bhranti - t he mo v i ng to and fro of
bees; bhangim th e semblance of; dadhanah gi v i n g ; hr dayam idam t h i s h e a r t ;
adanksit ha s bitten;paksmala po s s e ssing exquisite eyelashes; aksyah o f w h o s e
two eyes; kata aksah th e g-lance.
 Krsna: (Joyful, to Himself) When Srimati Radharani smiles, waves of joy
overtake Her cheeks, and Her arched eyebrows dance like the bow of Cupid. Her
glance is so enchanting that it is like a dancing bumblebee, moving unsteadily due
to intoxication. That bee has bitten the whorl of My heart.*

Text 52 (a)

(nepathy e)
nattini visahe
krsnah: katham akhande jara-pandureyam jatila.
(pravisya)

jatila: (puro drstva svagatam) kaham ettha kanho. (prakasam) visahe, kimti ima
im dhu a ga-n-dha ratt-a can-dana im t-u-evisumarida im-

nepathye of f s tage;nattini 0 gr a n d d a u g h t e r;visahe 0 Vi s a k h a;katham

why7; akhande un e x p e ctedly;j ara ol d ; pa n dura wh i t e ; iy am th i s ;j atila
Jatila; pravisya en t e r s;purah ah e a d;drstva ha v i n g g la nced;svagatam
speaking to herself; kaham wh y 7 ; ettha he r e ;ka n ho Kr s n a ;pr a kasam o p e n l y ;
visahe 0 Vi s a k h a; kimti wh y 7 ;ga n dha wi t h t h e a r o m a; ratta e n h a n c e d ;
candana im -sandalwood paste; tu-e by y o u; visumarida im -forgotten.

Jatila: (offstage) Granddaughter Visakha.

Krsna: Why has Jatila, pake with age, come so unexpectedly7
(Jatila enters).
Jatila: (looking ahead, she says to herself:) Why is Krsna here7 (openly)
Visakha, why did you forget the incense, sandal paste, and fragrances.

Text 52 (b)

krsnah: (svagatam)

candrikam candra lekhaya-s

cakore patum udyate
pidhanam vidadhe hanta
sarad ambhoda-ravali

(prakasam) matur matulani, pranamami

svagatam as ide;candrikam mo o n l i g h t ; candra lekhayah -of teh cresent

moon; cakore cakora bird; patum to drink;udyate arisen;pidhanam a
covering; vidadhe ac c epted;hanta 0 ; s a r a t au t u m n ;am b h odhara o f c l o u d s ;
ava21 series; matuh of t he m o t h e r; matu2ani 0 ma t e r n al aunt;pranamami I
offer respects.

Krsna: (aside) Just as the cakora bird is about to drink the moonlight, a mass of
clouds covers the crescent moon. (openly) 0 w i f e of My m o t h e r's maternal uncle,
I offer respects toyou.

Text 53 (a)

j ati2a: mohana, va22a a k-iso-ri u2e -avanka ditt-hz hohi.

madhumanga2ah: (vihasya) bho dadhici had-da kak-kase, eso savvado udara ditt-hi
cce am-ajj ha pi
a va-a-
sso tum.am kkhu ke ara-cchi tav.appanam asamsehi

mohana 0 en c h a n t i ng boy;va22a a -of the cowherds; kisori of the young

girls; u2e in the community; avanka un c r o o k e d;ditthi wi t h a g l a n c e; hohi
please become; vihasya la u g h i n g; bho 0 ; da d h i ci of t h e s a ge Dadhici;hadda
of the bones; kakkase ha r d; eso th i s ; savvado al w a y s;udara no b l e ;di t t hi
glance; cce a in-deed; majj ha my ; pi ad - e a rvaasso ; f r i e n d ; tumam y o u ;
kkhu i n d e ed; ke aracc-hi sq u i n t i ng eyes;ta th e r e f o r e;appanam s e l f ;
asamsehi pl e ase bestow a benediction.

Jatila: Charming boy, don't look at the young gopis with such crooked eyes.
Madhumangala: (laughs) 0 lady hard like Indra's thunderbolt, my dear friend's
glance is always kind and gentle. It is you whose eyes are squinting. Therefore you
should grant a benediction to yourself, that your eyes may no longer squint.

Text 53 (b)

j atila: bho kisori bhu ang-a, ki-satumam a adosi-

krsnah: arye, 2okottaranuraga camatka-riniyam suj ava 2aksmih -kam va nakarsati

bho 0; ki s o ri if t h e y o u n g g ir l s; bhu-anga 0 l o v e r ; ki sa w h y 7 ; t u m a m
you; a adosi h-ave you arrived; arye 0 no b l e g o p i; lokottara ex t r a o r d i n a ry;
anuraga re d n e ss (or lover);camatkarini ca u s i ng astonishment;iyam s h e ;
suj ava of beautiful roses;2aksmih sp l e n d o r; kam w h o m 7 ; va or ; na n o t ;
akarsati at t r a c ts.

Jatila: 0 snake chasing young girls, why have You come here7
 Krsna: 0 noble lady, who would not be attracted by the wonderful beauty of
these red roses7

Note: These ambiguous words may also be translated:

"0 noble lady, who would not be attracted by Radha, who is beautiful like a
rose, and whose love is very wonderfu17"

Text 53 (c)

j atila: (svagatam) nunam bhaavadi evi-jj a pah-ava sam-bhavida imassa ettha

uvasattt (pra.kasam) mohana, j hatti ido gacchehi
krsnah: ayija2paki vrddhe kim .ity aku2asi. svacchandato gaccheyam

svagatam as ide;nunam at p r e s e nt;bhaavadi eb -y M u k h a r a; vijj a o f

knowledge; panava by t he stregnth;sambhavida co n n e c t ed;imassa o f H i m ;
ettha he r e; uvasatti co n t a c t;prakasam op e n l y;mohana 0 c h a r m i n g b o y ;
j hatti immediately; ido fr o m h e r e;gacchehi go ; ayi 0 ; j a l p a k i t al k a t i v e ;
vrddhe 0 el d e r ly gopi; kimiti wh y ; a k u l a a g i t a t e d;asi y o u a r e ;
svacchandatah in d e p e ndently; gaccheyam I s h a ll go.

Jatila: (aside) Noble Mukhara told me Krsna was here. (openly) Charming boy,
please leave at once.
Krsna: 0 talkative old lady, why are you so agitated7 I will go when I wish.

Text 53 (d)

j ati2a: (kuti2am vi2okya sanskr.tena)

ni rdhautanam ni khi 2a dharani -madhur-mam dhurma

kalyani me nivasati vadhuh pasya parsve navodha
antar gosthe catula natayann atra netra tri bhag-am-
nihsankas tvam bhramasi bhavita nakulatvam kuto me

kuti2am cr o o ke d; vi2okya se e i n g;sanskrtena in S a n skrit;nirdhautanam

washed; nikhi2a en t i r e;dharani of t h e e a rt h;madhurinam of t h e s we etness;
dhurma ca r r y i ng the burden;kalyani au s p i c i o u s;me of m e ; ni v asati d w e l l s ;
vadhuh bride; pasya look;parsve near;navodha newly married; antah
causing to dance; atra he r e ; netra ey e s ;tri th r e e ;bh agam pa r t s ;nihsankah
fearless; tvam Yo u; bhramasi wa n d e r ;bhavita ca u s ed to be;na n o t ;
akulatvam an x i e t y;me my ; ku t a h wh y 7 ; me o f m e .
 Jatila: (looks at Krsna with crooked eyes) Look, here, filled with all the charm
and sweetness in the world, is my beautiful young daughter-in-law, and there, 0
mischievous boy with dancing eyes, are You by Her side. Why should I not be
anxious~

Text 50 (a)

krsnah: mrsasankini vrddhe, ma pralapam krthah. yavad etam te

vadhum
akarnayam tavan manyam bhavayami
j ati2a: visahe, kimti etti avi-2ambidasi.
visakha: (smitva) ajje, nam du22a2idam kurangam pekkhanti vimhidamhi.

mrsa asa-nkini su s p icious;vrddhe ol d g o p i; ma do n t ; pr a l a pam g o s s i p ;

krthah pe r f o r m; yavat to w h a t e x t e n t;etam th i s ; te yo u r ; va d h um s i s t e r - i n -
law; akarnayam ha v e heard;tavat to t h a t e x t e nt;manyam re s p e c table;
bhavayami I c a u se to become;visahe 0 Vi s a k h a;kimti wh y 7 ; et ti a i - n t h i s
way; vilambidasi ar e you loitering about;smitva sm i l i n g ;ajje 0 p io u s g o p i ;
nam th i s; du22a2idam wa y w a rd; kurangam I b e c a me amazed.

Krsna: Needlessly suspicious old lady, don t talk like that. By listening to your
daughter-in-law, I have only made her more and more respectable.
Jatila: Visakha, why are you here7
Visakha: Noble lady, I saw a mischievous deer and became filled with wonder.

Note: Here the word "kuranga" may mean either "deer" or "rake". Visakha's
words may therefore also be translated:

"I saw a mischievous rake and became filled with wonder."

Text 50 (b)

(iti sadrsti ksepam)-

akaruna mukki acangam -kuranga pemmena sangadam harinim

viha2am kuddana cadu2o tu-mam banado banam bhamasi

iti t h us; sa wi t h ; dr s ti of g l a n c e ksepam

; th r o w i n g ; ak aruna w i t h o u t
mercy; mukki ah a v i n - g abandoned; cangam be a u t i f u l; kuranga 0 d e e r ;
pemmena wi th l o v e; sangadam su i t a b l e;harinim female deer; vihalam
useless; kuddana in p l a y f u l ly leaping; cadulo ex p e r t; tumam y o u ; ba n a do
from forest; banam to f o r e s t;bhamasi w a n d e r .

(Glances at a deer) 0 merciless deer, abandoning your beautiful mate, who

loved you and stayed by your side, you now aimlessly wonder, leaping and
playing, from forest to forest.

Note: These ambiguous words may also be translated:

"0 merciless rake, abandoning your beautiful mate, who loved you and stayed
by your side, you now aimlessly wonder, leaping and playing, from forest to
forest."

Text 55 (a)

jati2a: a iatt-hana dugg-ahe, munca kuranga kodu-ha2am

madhumanga2ah: pi a va-as-sa, pekkha eso .satinno vi kiraju ano -nam mahuram
dadimim na padipajja i -

a i 0-; — atthana in n a propriate; duggahe wh i m ; m u n ca a b a n d o n; ku r anga

deer; koduhalam in f a t u a t ion;pi ad - e a r;vaassa 0 fr i e n d ;pe kkha lo o k ; e s o
he; satinno th i r s t y; vi al t h o u g h ;ki ra pa r r o tj; u ano -young; n am t h i s ;
mahuram sw e e t;dadimim po m e g r a n a te;na no t ; pa d ipajj aia c - c e pts.

Jatila: Foolish whimsical girl, give up this infatuation with a deer.

Madhumangala: Dear friend, look! A t h i r sty young parrot will not touch that
sweet pomegranate fruit.

Text 55 (b)

krsnah: (smitva)

hrdi tadito 'pi dadimi

sumanoragena terucim vahata
paktrima rasasi ki-m va
neti sukah sankayodaste

smitva ha v i ng smiled; hrdi in t h e h e a r t; taditah st r u c k ;api a l t h o u g h ;

dadimi 0 po m e g r a nate;su manorage-na wi th g reat love; te y o u r ; r u c i m
beauty; vahata ca r r y i n g;paktrima ma t u r e d ;ra sa ne c t a r ( or lo v e;asi y o u a r e ;
kim va wh e t h e r7; na no t ; it i thu s ; su k ah pa r r o t ;sa nkaya w i t h
apprehension; udaste re m a i ns indifferent and aloof.

Krsna: (smiling) 0 pomegranate fruit, this parrot, his heart struck by your
beautiful redness, wonders, "Is this fruit ripe, or not. " That is why he stands aloof.

Note: In his commentary, Srila Visvanatha Cakravarti explains that Krsna here
compares Himself to the parrot and Radha to the pomegranate. Krsna wonders
whether Sri Radha s ecstatic love is now ripe.

Text 56 (a)

(visakhasadrg bha-ngam radhikam avalokate ) .

radhika: (svagatam) hi a a, -sa-massasa samassasa (iti .sakhedam apavarya

sanskrtena ) .

pitam na vag amrt-am atra harer asankam

nyastam mayasya vadane na drg anca-lam ca
ramye cirad avasare sakhi labdha matre-
ha durvidhir virurudhe j arati cchal-ena

visakha Vi s a kha;sa wi t h ; dr k of t h e e y e s;bhangam m o v e m e n t ;

radhikam Ra d h a;avalokate gl a n c e s;svagatam as i d e;hi a a -0 -heart;
samassasa samassasa be comforted, be comforted; iti th u s ; sa wi t h ; kh e d a m
distress; apavarya wi t h d r a w i n g; sanskrtena in S a n s krit;pitam dr u n k ; na n ot ;
vak of t he words;amrtam ne c t a r;atra he r e ;ha r eh of t h e S u p r e me
Personality of Godhead; asankam wi t h o u t d o u b t; nyastam pl a c e d;maya b y
me; asya Hi s ; vadane on t h e f a ce;na no t ; dr k of t h e e y e s;ancalam c o r n e r ;
ca and; ramye de l i g h t f u l;cirat fo r a l o n g t i m e; avasare op p o r t u n i t y; sakhi
0 friend; labdha at t a i n e d;matre on l y ; ha 0 ; d u r v i d h ih w i c k e df a t e ;
virurudhe op p o s ed;jarati of t h e o ld w o m a n; chalena by t h e p r e t e xt.

(Visakha casts a crooked glance at Radha.)

Radha: (aside) 0 heart, be still. Be still. (She secretly laments in Sanskrit) I have
not yet drunk the nectar of Krsna's words, and I have not yet glanced at His face
from the corners of My eyes. 0 My friend, after a long time I finally have this
chance to enjoy pastimes with Krsna. But now, alas, wicked fate, using this old
lady as its tool, stands in My way.
Text 56 (b)

j atila: (svagatam) amhahe kanha-ditthino mahambham. j am vahu e-so uvasaggo

taha natthi. (prakasam) visahe pekkha adikkamadi majj hanho t.a turidam sura
mandavam pavissamha

svagatam as ide;amhahe 0; k a n h a o f K r s n a ; d it thino o f t h e s i g h t ;

mahambham gl o r i f i c ation; jam b e c a u s e;vahu e -of the bride; so H e ;
uvasaggo calamity; taha in t h i s w a y; natthi i s n o t ; pr a k a sam op e n l y ;visahe
0 Visakha; pekkha look; adikkamadi pa sses away;
majj hanho mid-day; ta
therefore; turidam qu i c k l y ; sura of t h e s u n - g o d;mandavam t h e t e m p l e ;
pavisamha le t us enter; iti t h u s ; ti s r ah th e t h r e e gopis;niskrantah e x i t .

Jatila: (aside) How glorious is the sight of Krsna. It is not a calamity that my
daughter-in-law is in Krsna s company. (openly) Vi sakha, look! The afternoon is
ending. Let us hurry to the sun-god's temple.
(The three gopis exit.)

Text 56 (c)

krsnah: sakhe, kaumudiyam paurnamasim anuvartate tad eh.i tam eva

pratipady ev ahi

(iti niskrantau.)

sakhe 0 fr i e n d; kaumudi mo o n l i g h t ;iy am th i s ;pa u r n amasim t h e f u l l

moon (Paurnamasi); anuvarta f o l l o w s ; tat t h e r e f o r e; ehi c o m e h e r e; tam t o
her (Paurnamasi): eva i n d e ed; pratipadyevahi le t us g o; iti t h u s ; ni s k r a ntau
They exit.

Krsna: Friend, this girl is like moonlight that follows the full moon of
Paurnamasi. Let us go to Paurnamasi.

(Krsna and Madhumangala exit).

Thus ends Act Two.

Act Three
Radha-sanga
 The Meeting With Radha

Text 1 (a)

(tatah pravisati 2a2itayanugamyamana paurnamasi)

Paurnamasi: vatse, nunam mattas trapamano nabhinandati nanda ku-maras te

sakhi sa-ngamam
La2ita: bha av-adi, dubboham kkhu 2o ott-aranam cittam najhatti vi asa-di
Paurnamasi: (puro valokya) vatse, pasya kadamba vat-ikayam madhumangalena
sardham samangalam vardhate madhu ma-rdhanah

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;2a2itaya by L a l i t a; anugamyamaha f o l l o w e d ;

paurnamasi Paurnamasi; vatse 0 ch s l d;nunam no w ; ma t t ah be c a u se of me;
trapamanah embarrassed; na not;abhinandati approves;nanda of Nanda
Maharaja; kumarah th e s on ( Kr s na); te yo u r ; sa k hi of t h e f r i e nd ( Radha);
sangamam me e t ing; bhaavadi 0 no b l e g o p i; dubboham di f f i c u lt to u n d e rstand;
kkhu in d e e d; lo ottar-anam of t h o se who are very exalted;cittam t h e m i n d ;
na no t; j atti im m e d i a t e l y;vi asad-i is m a n i f ested;purah ah e a d;avalokya
looking; vatse 0 ch i l d ; pa sya lo o k ; ka d a mba of k a d a m ba trees;vatikayam i n
this garden; madhumangalena wi t h M a d h u m a n gala;sardham in c r e a ses;
madhu of t he Madhu demon; mardhanah th e c r u s h er (Sri Krsna).

(Followed by Lalita, Paurnamasi enters).

Paurnamasi: Child, it is because of me that embarrassed Krsna does not

welcome your friend's company.
Lalita: Noble lady, the inscrutable hearts of great souls are not at once revealed.
Paurnamasi: (looking ahead) Child, look. There in that kadamba grove Krsna is
very happy with Madhumangala.

Text 1 (b)

(punar nirupya)

paramrstangustha trayam a-sita ratnair u-bhayato

vahanti sankirnau manibhir arunais tat parisarau
tayor madhye hirojjva2a vima2a ja-mbuna-da mayi -

kare kalyaniyam viharati hareh ke2i mura2i -

punah ag a in; nirupya gl a n c i n g;paramrsta measured; angustha trayam -a

length of three fingers; asita r-atnaih wi t h v a l u a ble indra-nila jewels;ubhayatah
from both ends; vahanti ha v i n g ;sankirnau be d e c k e d;manibhih b y g e m s ;
arunaih ru b i e s;tat p-arisarau th e t wo e nds of the flute;tayoh madhye be t w e e en
them; hira wi t h d i a m o n d s;ujj va2a bl a z ing; vima2a pu r e ;j ambunada mayi
covered with gold plate; kare in t h e h a n d;ka2yani ve r y a us picious;iyam t h i s ;
viharati gl i t t e r s;hareh of K r s n a ; ke2i m-ura2i th e pastime flute.

(Looking at Krsna again)

The flute of Krsna s pastimes measures three fingers in length, and it is

bedecked with indra-nila gems. At the ends of the flute are aruna gems (rubies),
glitering beautifully, and in between the flute is plated with gold, set ablaze by
diamonds. This auspicious flute, pleasing to Krsna, is glittering in His hand with
transcendental brilliance.*

Text 2

(tatah pravisati yatha nirdi-stah krsnah)

krsnah: (sanutapam)

trapaya nitaram parah mukh-i

sahasa smera sakhi -dhrta-ncala
gamitadya hatena radhika
na katham hanta maya bhuj antaram

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;yatha nirdis-tah as ind icated;krsnah K r s n a ;

sa wi t h; anutapam re g r e t;trapaya wi t h e m b a r r a ssment;nitaram c o m p l e t e l y;
parak tu r n e d away;mukhi face; sahasa suddenly; smera sm i l i n g ; sakhi b y
the friend; dhrta he l d ; an cala co r n e r of t he garment;gamita at t a i n e d;adya
today;hatena by force; radhika Radha; na no t ; ka tham ho w i s i t 7 ; h anta 0 ;
maya by m e; bhuja t h e a r m s ; antaram b e t w e e n .

(As described, Krsna enters.)

Krsna: (regretful) The edge of Her garment held by a smiling friend,

embarrassed Radha is now averse to Me. Alas, will Radha never be tightly held in
My arms7

Text 3 (a)

(nihsvasya) sakhe madhumanga2a, khanj arita drsah sa v-i2asa manj ari c-orayati me
citta c-ancarikam .

nihsvasya si g hs; sakhe 0 fr i e n d ;ma dhumangala 0 M a d h u m a n a l a ;

khanj arita li k e t he khanjarita bird; drsah ey e s;sa sh e ; vi l a sa of p a s t i m e s;
manj ari bl o s s om;corayati st e a ls away;me my ; ci t ta o f t h e h e a rt ( or mi n d ) ;
cancarikam bumble-bee.

(sighs) Friend Madhumangala, the blossoming flower of khanjana-eyed Radha s

pastimes has kidnapped the bumblebee of My heart.

Text 3 (b)

(ity autsukyam natayan)

chinnah priyo mani sara-h sakhi mauktikani

vrttany aham vicinuyam iti kaitavena
mugdham vivrtya mayi hanta drg anta -bhan-gim
radha guror api purah pranayad vyatantt

iti th u s ; autsukyam lo n g i n g ;natayan re p r e s e nts dramatically;chinnah

broken; priyah de a r; mani sarah -n e c k l a ce of jewels; sakhi 0 friend;
mauktikani pe a r l s;vrttani ro u n d ; ah am I; vi c i n u y am I s h o u l ds e a rch for;
iti th u s ; ka itavena by t h e t r i c k; mugdham ch a r m i n g ;vivrtya ha v i n g r e v e aled;
mayi to M e; hanta 0 ; d r k of th e e y e s anta ; of t h e c o r n e rs;bhangim
movement; radha Radha;guroh ofher superiors; api even; purah in the
presence; pranayat be c a use of love;vyatantt manifested.

(With longing) Radha once said the following words: "0 friend, my favorite
pearl necklace has broken, and now I must search for the scattered pearls". Using
this trick, she affectionately glanced at Me from the corner of her charmingly
bewildered beautiful eyes, even in the presence of her elders.

Text 0

Paurnamasi: (durata eva krsnam nirvarnya sasanka.m)

aksnor dvandvam prasarati darodghurna taram m-urareh

svasah k2ptam ki2a vicaki2air ma2ikam m2apayanti
keyam dhanya vasati ramani gokule ksipram etam
nitas tivram ayam api yaya kam api dhyana nistham-
 duratah fr o m a d is tance;eva in d e e d; krsnam Kr s n a ;nir varnya d e s c r i b e s
and looks; sa wi t h ; as ankam ap p r e h e nsion;aksnoh of t h e e yes;dvandvam
pair; prasarati move; dara sl i g h t; udghurna mo v i n g a b o u t;taram r a d i a n t ;
murareh of K r s n a, (the enemy of the Mura demon); svasah si g h t s;klptam
fashioned; ki2a in d e e d; vicaki2aih wi t h v i c a k i la flowers;ma2ikam g a r l a n d ;
mlapayanti ca u s es to wither;ka wh o 7 ; iy am th i s ;dh a n ya fo r t u n a t e vasati
;
resides; ramani be a u t i f ul girl;gokule in G o k u l a ; ks ipram qu i c k l y ;et am t o
her; nitah br o u g h t; tivram in t e n s e ayam
; th i s ; api ev e n ;ya ya b y w h o m ;
kam api to s o m e one;dhyana to m e d i t a t i o n; nistham d e v o t e d .

Paurnamasi: (Sees Krsna from a distance, and says apprehensively) Krsna's

agitated eyes move to an fro, and His sighs wilt His jasmine garland. Who is the
fortunate beautiful girl that makes Him always think of Her7

Text 5 (a)

athava krtam sandehena vats.ah radhikaiva khalv atra karanam

Krsnah: (Paurnamasi pasyann upasrtya )bha.gavati, pranamami
Paurnamasi: nagara, gopi stana -tatisv -alampati bhav-a

athava pe r h a ps; krtam pe r f o r m e d;sandehena wi t h d o u b t; v atsah 0

children; radhika Ra d h a;khalu ce r t a i n l y;atra he r e ;ka r a nam is t h e c a use;
paurnamasi Paurnamasi; pasyan se e ing;upasrtya ap p r o a c h ing;bhagavati 0
respected woman; pranamami I o f f e r o be isances; nagara 0 ha n d s o me boy;
gopi of the gopis; stana of t he breasts;tatisu on t h e s ur f ace;alampati bhava-
please become pure at heart.

How can there be any doubt. Children, Radha is the cause of this.
Krsna: (seeing Paurnamasi, He approaches.) Noble lady, I offer respects to you.
Paurnamasi: Lover, I bless You that You will not lust after the gopis' breasts.

Note: If Paurnamasi's ambiguous statment "alampati-bhava" is divided "alam

pati-bhava", it means "I bless You that You will become like a bodice tightly
embracing the gopis' breasts".

Text 5 (b)

Krsnah: (kincid vihasya) krtam pista pesinibhi-r asirbhir yad aham eva gopiti
prasiddham syamam va22im api na pahi pa22avena -sprsami
Madhumangala: (vihasya) bhoh, kim amhanam sama e, guari jj -evva maggijj a i -
 kincit so m e w h a t; vihasya la u g h i n g; kr t am en o u g h t ;pi s ta p-esinibhih
fruitless; asirbhih wi t h b e n e d ictions;yat wh a t ; ah am I; ev a in d e e d go ; pi
gopi; iti thus; prasiddham ce l e brated;syamam da r k c o l o u r e d;va22zm creeper;
api ev e n; na no t ; pa ni of t h e h a n d ;pa llavena wi t h t h e b l o s som;sprsami I
touch; vihasya la u g h i n g; bhoh 0 ; ki m w h a t i s t h e u s e 7; amhanam f o r u s ;
sama e -with this dark colored creeper;gauri go l d e n;jj evva in d e e d;maggijj a
i is sought.

Krsna: (slightly laughing) Please don t give Me these useless benedictions. With
the budding twig of My hand I have not even so much as touched the dark vine
that is this famous gopi.
Madhumangala: (laughing) Master, we are looking for a golden vine. What is a
dark vine to Us7

Text 5 (c)

Paurnamasi: (sa narm-a smi ta-m)

gopesvarasya tanayo 'si nayopapannah

khyatas tatha vraj a ku2e -bhuj ayor ba2ena
2ila satais -tad api kim kulayositas tvam
unmadam udvahasi madhava radhikayah

sa wi t h; narma jo k i n g ; sm i t am sm i l e ;go pa of t h e c o w h e rd men;

isvarasya of t he kin g; tanayah th e s o n; asi Yo u a r e ;naya go o d b e h a viour;
upapannah at t a ined; khyatah in t h e c o m m u n i t y; bhujayoh o f t h e t wo a rm s ;
ba2ena by the strength; 2i2a of p astimes;sataih by h u n d r e d s;tad api
nevertheless; kim w h y 7 ; ku2a pi o u s ;yositah of t h e g i r l; tvam Y o u ;
unmadam gr e atly agitated condition; udvahasi Yo u b r i n g; madhava 0
Madhava; radhikayah of Radha.

Paurnamasi: (with a playful, joking smile) Krsna, You are the saintly son of the
gopas' king, and Your hundreds of pastimes and the power of Your arms are all
well known in Vraja. Why do You trouble this saintly girl Radha7

Text 6

Madhumangalah: a ivivarida -vadini bu-ddhi e, cittha c-ittha.

tujjha rahi a ejjebba -e-so amha pi a vaasso -um-madi o -

j am sehara si n g a-vetta-i danim kahim vibhatta-im ti na janadi

a-i — 0; vivarida ha r s h;vadini speaking words; buddhi e -0 o l d w o m a n ;

cittha cittha wa i t , w a i t; tujj ha yo u r ; ra hi a -e -by Ra dha; jjebba i n d e e d; esah
He; amha ou r ; pi a -d e a r; vaassah fr i e n d ; ummadi a-h is a gitated;j am
because of which; sehara cr o w n ; singa bu f f a l o h o rn bug le; vetta-i — and stick;
danim at p re sent;kahim wh e r e 7 ;vibhatta im -f a l l e n; ti th u s ;na n ot ;
j anadi He knows.

Madhumangala: Contrary old lady, stop! Stop! It is my dear friend is troubled

by your Radha, so troubled that He does not know where He lost His crown,
buffalo horn, stick, and other things.

Text 7 (a)

Krsnah: (sa2ajjam) arye, vacato yam batur mrsaja2pati kint.u niscitam te

vyaharami na t.asu mac citta -raga-s tvad gopis-u tad a.tra tattvatah prccyatam ayam

sa wi t h; lajj am em b a r r a ssment;arye 0 pi o u s w o m a n; vacatah t a l k a t i v e ;

ayam th i s; batuh bo y ; mr sa fa l s e l y; j alpati sp e a k s;kintu bu t ; ni s c i tam
conclusion; te yo u r ; vya harami I d e s c r i b e;na no t ; ta su to w a r d s t h e m; mat
My; citta mi n d ; ra g ah lo v e ;tv at yo u r ; go p i su go p i s ; t at t h a t ; at r a h er e ;
tattvatah in t r u t h ; pr ccyatam sh o u l d be asked;ayam t h i s .

Krsna: (embarrassed) Noble lady, this talkative boy is lying. I will tell you the
truth. My heart does not love your gopis. Ask Madhumangala.

Text 7 (b)

Madhumangalah: ajje saccam saccam amha p .ia va-as-sa -hi a ass-a a-jj -avi ra o -

tumha go i ana-m -an-gesu na ma edittho-tthi. patthuda tanam angara ojj ebba -imassa
hl-ayc disa-l.

ajj e 0 pi o us Paurnamasi; saccam saccam th i s is true, this is true;amha

our; pi ad e a r -; vaassa of t he frie nd; hi a assa -o-f the heart; ajjavi even now;
ra ah lo v - e;tumha yo u r ; go i a n am - -o-f the gopis; angesu for the forms; na
not; ma eo n th -e contrary;tanam of t h e m ; an gara ah c o s-etics;
m jjebba
certainly; jjebba c e r t ainly; imassa Hi s ; hi a ye in -t h eheart; disa i —is seen-.

Madhumangala: Noble lady, it's true! It's true! I never saw Your gopis' limbs
anointed with kunkuma from over My dear friend s heart. On the contrary, it is the
gopis' kunkuma that is placed over His heart.

Note: Here Krsna says, "The love (raga) of My heart (citta) does not rest in the
gopis". Interpreting the word "raga" to mean "kunku m a", Madhumangala affirms
that the kunkuma (raga) from over Krsna's heart never rests on the gopis' bodies.

Text 7 (c)

Krsnah: (sa pra-naya ros-am) dhin murkha, visrabhad adrto pi jimhatam na

Jahasl.

sa wi t h; pranaya af f e c t i o n;rosam an g e r; dhik f i e ; m u r k ha b e c a u s e of

intimacy; adrtah wo r s h i p e d;api al t h o u g h ; jim h atam d i s h o n e s t ly;na n o t ;
j ahasi yo u a bandon.

Krsna: (affectionately angry) Fool, you are pathetic! Though you are My close
friend, you will not stop lying.

Text 7 (d)

Paurnamasi: satyam aha batuh. tatha hi

kamam sad guna m-anda-lasrayataya tanavan mahistham rucim

vaicitri-bhara-bhak sada subha dasa s-reni s-riyam -aspadam
vamsi hunkrt-i 2i2aya-sithi2atam eni drsam niyate
vasah kamsa nisuda-nadya bhavata dehesu gehesv api

satyam th e t ru t h; aha sp o k e ; b atuh t h e b o y ; t at ha hi f o r t h u s it h as been

said; kamam v o l u n t a r i ly; sat tr a n s c e ndental;guna qu a l i t i e s;mandala o f t h e
multitude; asrayataya by t h e s tate ofbeing the reservoir;tanvan e x t e n d i n g ;
mahistham of th e abundance; bhak p o s s essing; sada al w a y s;subha o f t h e
beauty; aspadam ab o d e;vamsi of t h e f lu t e; hunkrti o f t h e s o u n d; 2i2aya b y
the pastime; sithi2atam th e state of being loose; eni d e er; drsam ey e s ; n i y a t e
led to; vasah ga r m e nt; kamsa of K a m s a;nisudana 0 ki l l e r ; ad ya n o w ;
bhavata by Y ou; dehesu on t he b od ies;gehesu in t he h o m e s;api e v e n .

Paurnamasi: The boy tells the truth. You are full of splendor and greatness. You
are the resting place of the circle of spiritual virtues. You are full of all wonders.
You are the home of all auspiciousness and all splendid handsomeness. 0 Krsna,
when You play the flute, Your music loosens the garments of the doe-eyed gopis,
even while they stay in their homes.

Text 8 (a)

Madhumanga2ah: ajj e kim vi j anasi j am vamsi-humkidi-2i2a-etti bhanasi. dittham

tahim di ah-e kanna-anam tiraththi-da-im mabara im -appano hatthena ukkhivi-a imina
kkhandhe nikkhitta-im.

ajj e 0 pi o us woma n; kim vi mu c h m o r e ;j anasi yo u k n o w ;j am w h i c h ;

vamsi of t he flute; humkidi o f t h e s o u n d; 2i2a pa s t i mes; etti t h u s ; bh anasi
you describe; dittham s e en; tahim in this; di ahe -day; k anna-anam of t h e
young girls; tira on t h e s h o r e; ththi-da-im s i t u a t e d;ambara im -g a r m e nt s;
appanah of t he self; hatthena w i t h t he h a n d; ukkhivi-a h a v i n g t h r o w n; imi na
b y this; kkhande on th e shoulders; nikkhitta-im pl aced.

Madhumangala: Noble lady, you have only told af His flute-playing pastimes.
He did many other things you don't know. This very day I saw Him take from the
Yamuna's shore and with His own hand throw over His shoulder the garments of
many girls.

Text 8 (b)

Krsnah: (sa bhru b-hang-am

batum avarya) arye, .nunkarad api tathabhavad-
bhavad gopina-m
abhivyaktah sadhvi bhava -prabha-vah

sa wi t h; bhru o f t h e e y e brows;bhangam k n i t t i n g ; batum t h e b o y

(Madhumangala); avarya wa r d i n g o f f; arye 0 p i o u sw o m a n; hunkarat f r o m
the sound; api ev e n; tatha-bhavat of t h i s n a t u r e;bhavat yo u r ; go pinam o f t h e
gopis; abhivyaktah m a n i f e st; sadhvi pi o u s ;bhava nature; prabhavah g l o r y .

Krsna: (Knitting His eyebrows, He checks Madhumangala.) Noble lady, even

though the sound of My flute is charming like that, your gopis remain gloriously
chaste.

Text 8 (c)

Lalita: (sanskrtena)
kenapi dhurta p-atina khalusiksito si
mantram vasi k-arana k-aranam ausadham va
punyojjva2any akhi2a g-opa v-i2asinmam
yena tvaya grha s-ukhani vi2unthitani

sanskrtena in S anskrit; kena api by ; dh u r t a of r a s c a l s;patina t h e k i n g ;

khalu in d e e d; siksitah in s t r u c t e d;asi yo u a r e ;mantram ma n t r a ;vast
karana of b e w i t c hing; karanam th e c a u s e;ausadham he r b ; va or ; p u n y a
pure; ujjva2ani glorious;akhi2a of all; gopa of t he cowherd men;vi2asinmam
of the beautiful wives; yena by w h i c h; tv aya by Y o u ; gr ha of t h e h o u s e hold;
sukhani ha p p i n e ss;vilunthitani is d e s t r o yed.

Lalita: (in Sanskrit) Some king of rogues must have given You a mantra or a
potion that brings others under Your control. That is how You broke into pieces
the sacred, splendid household happiness of the gopas' playful wives.

Text 9 (a)

Madhumanga2ah: saccam kahedi 2a2ida anna.dha mantadim antarena

pavvaduttunga maha dana -anav-indivarad ovi somma si ala -p-a id-ina -kadham imina
samharijj anti

saccam the trut h; kahedi sp e a k s;2a2ida La l i t a; annadha o t h e r w i s e ;

mantadim of m a n t r as etc.;mantarena in r e l a t i o n; pavvaduttunga l o f t y
mountains; maha gr e a t;dana ad e - m o n s; navindivarat th a n a f r e sh lotus
flower; ovi ev e n; somma ga n t l e ;si ala a- nd c ooling;pa idina -w i t h th e nature;
kadham ho w is it7; imina by t h i s ;samharijj anti be c o m e ashamed.

Madhumangala: Lalita speaks the truth. Without the ability to chant powerful
mantras, how could Krsna, by nature more mild and cooling than a fresh lotus
flower, embarrass so many demons tall like great mountains7

Text 9 (b)

Lalita: ajja, j assa sumaranam vi tatha santavanam tam edam appano vaassam ma
kkhu si alam bha-na.

ajj a 0 pi o u s boy;j assa of w h o m; suamranam th e r e m e m b e rance;vi e v e n ;

tatha in t he same way;santavanam di s t r e ssing;tam Hi m ; ed am t h i s ;
appanah of t he self;vaassam th e f r i e n d;ma do n ' t ; kk hu in d e e d ;si alam -
cooling; bhana de s c ribe.

Lalita: 0 gentle one, remembering Him makes us burn like fire. Please don t tell
us how cooling your friend is.

Text 9 (c)

Madhumanga2ah: bho vaassa, pa idi -si -a2o -vi tumam go i a-h-imunhotti bhanijj asi
ta ppamsi aj -anissam (it.i krsna vak-sasi hastam nyasya sasambhramam )a.ho, saccam
jj cvva kahcdi 2a2ida (k.sanam vimrsya) 2a2.idc, vinnadam vinnadam tu-.a ra ac-cc a-
nunam unnaj a ch-i a v-at-thinl cca-nda kod-i sl a-lo -vi csa unnl kid-o.

bhah 0; v a assa fr i e n d ;pa idi -o f th e n a t u re;si ala-h co o l n e ss;vi

although; tumam Yo u ; go i ah-im -by th e gopis;unhah h o t ; t ti t h u s ;
bhanijj asi are described;ta th e r e f o r e;ppamsi a -having touched; j anissam I
will understand; iti t h u s ; kr s na of K r s n a ;vaksasi on t h e c h e st;hastam h a n d ;
nyasya ha v i ng placed;sa wi t h ; sa mbhramam re s p e c t;ahah 0 ; s a c c am t h e
truth; jj cvva ce r t a inly; kahcdi sp e a k s;2a2ida La l i t a; ksanam f o r a m o m e n t ;
vimrsya re f le cts; lalidc 0 La l i t a ;vi n nadam vinnadam it i s u n d e r s tood, it is
understood; tu-a Y o u r ; ra aR - a d h a ;ccc al n - d e e d; nunam at p r e s e nt;unna
hot; ja cb - y w h o m; hi a a - o - f the heart; vatthinl-c s t a y i n g; canda mo o n s ; v i
although; csa He; unnl kidah -m a d e cool.

Madhumangala: Friend, although You are cooling, the gopis say You are very
hot. By touching You, I will see is this is true. (Madhumangala respectfully places
his hand on Krsna's chest). Aha! Lalita speaks the truth. (Madhumangala reflects
for a moment). Lalita, I understand. I understand. Your Radha is hot. Entering His
heart, She has has made Krsna, who is more cooling as millions of moons, hot
also.

Text 9 (d)

Lalita: ajj a, cttha ra a patta p-at-thara -hi a cta -cd-ur-anta p-cmma-

saukumQ+ahada cplaha sah-l ck-udo p-avcso saplbhavl adl -

ajja 0 pi o u s b o y; cttha h e r e ; ra a patta d- i a -mond;

patthara je w e l ; hi a c - -

in the heart; ta co f He r ; -duranta un l i m i t e d ;pcmma pu r e l o v e; saukumajja

delicateness; hada ci n j u r - ed; maha sahi co -f my-friend; kudah wh y 7 ; pa vcsah
entrance; sambhavi is e ffected.
 Lalita: Saintly brahmana, how could my friend, Her delicate nature
overwhelmed with limitless lov, enter Your friend s heart, which is hard like
diamond7

Text 9 (e)

Madhumanga2ah: (sarosam) cava2e, amha va-asso tado vi tumha sa-hido nibbharam

sineha ko-malo j am eso vancida nin-do j o in-do vi ae-kkagga cit-to nam jj evva savvada
cinte-i.

sa with; rosam an g e r;cavale 0 fi c k l eg i r l; amha m y ; va a s sah f r i e n d ;

tadah th e r e fore;vi al t h o u g h;tu mha yo u r ; sa h idah fr o m t h e g o p i - f r iend;
nibbharam g r e at; sineha lo v e ; ko malah de l i c a te and beautiful; jam b e c a u s e ;
esah He; vancida ch e a t e d;nindah sl e e p;j o inda-h a k i ng of yogis;vi a -like;
ekkagga wi th s in g le-pointed concentration; cittah mi n d ; n am o f h e r ;j j e v v a
indeed; savvadah co n s tantly; cinte i —t-hinks.

Madhumangalah: (angry) Fickle girl, my friend is overcome with love for your
friend. Cheating sleep, like the king of yogis He always meditates on Her.

Text 9 (f)

Krsnah: (sapatrapam) dhig ba2isa, krtam a2zkena narma punj e-na

Lalita: (svagatam) ditthi-a vaddhadi pi a sahi- -

Paurnamasi: sundara, visramyatu narma mudra -akarn.aya mad vivaks-itam

sa with; apatrapam tu r n i n g a way the face with embarrassment;dhik f i e ;

ba2isa 0 fo o l; kr t am en o u g h ;a2ikena wi t h t h i s l i e;narma o f j o k i n g ;
punj ena wi th an abundance; svagatam as i d e;ditthi ab y - g o od fort u n e ;
vaddhadi co n g r a tulated;pi ad e a - r; sahi fr i e n d ;sundara 0 b e a u t i f ul b o y ;
visramyatu sh o u ld r est;narma of j o k i n g ; mu dra ma r k ; ak a r n a ya pl e a s e hear;
mat my; vi v aksitam wh a t i s d esired to be said.

Krsna: (Turning His face away with embarrassment) Fool, stop these lying
jokes.
Lalita: (aside) My dear friend is fortunate.
Paurnamasi: Handsome boy, stop these jokes. Hear what I say.

Text 9 (g)
hitva dure pathi dhava t-aror antikam dharma s-etor
bhangodagra guru s-ikharinam ramhasa 2anghayanti
lebhe k-rsnarnavanava r-asa radhika v-ahini tvam
vag-vicibhih kim iva vimukhi-bhavam asyas tanosi

hitva gi v i ng up; dure fa r a w a y; pathi on t h e r o a d; dhava ta-roh of t he t re e

of the husband; antikam t h e v i c i n i ty; dharma se-toh teh bri d ge of religion; the
superior re2atives; ramhasa wi t h g r e at force;2anghayanti cr o s s i ng over;2ebhe
has obtained; krsna ar-nava 0 oc e an of Krsna;nava ra-sa be i ng influenced by
new ecstatic love; radhika Sr i m a ti Radharani;vahini li k e a r i v e r;tvam Y o u ;
vak-vicibhih only by the waves of words; kim h o w ; iv a li k e t h i s ; v im ukhi-
bhavam in d i f f e rence;asyah to w a rd H e r;tanosi Yo u a re spreading.

0 Lord Krsna, You are just like an ocean. The river of Srimati Radharani has
reached You from a long distance, leaving far behind the tree of Her husband,
breaking through the bridge of social convention, and forcibly crossing the hills of
elder relatives. Coming here because of fresh feelings of love for You, that river has
now received Your shelter, but now You are trying to turn Her back by the waves
of unfavorable words. How is it that You are spreading this attitude7*

Text 10 (a)

Madhumangalah: a isudd-ha buddh-i eajj a-vi edamcce-a pucchasi pekkh.a ku

atanam hada koki la-nam vi t tasanat tham ma eedam -puppha kodan-dam nimmidam.

a i 0 ; -s— uddha pure; buddhi ew i - t h i n t e l l i gence; ajjavi ev e n n o w;edam

this; cce-a indeed;pucchasi you ask;pekkha just see; ku atanam -cooing;
hada us eless; kokilanam of c u c k o o s; vittasanattham fo r t he p u r p o se of
frightening; ma eb y - m e;edam th i s ; pu ppha of f lo w e r s ;kodandam b o w ;
nimmidam c o n s t r u cted.

Madhumangala: 0 Paurnamasi, your intelligence is pure. Why do you ask such

a question7 Look! I have made a bow of flowers to frighten away those horrible
cuckoo birds.

Text 1O (b)

Paurnamasi: candranana, sapi vatsa

a2mam pratihara rodhana v-idhau vik-sya prayathava2im

 ba2a pratihara madhavi parima2a s-phurtir bhayad vepate
kinca2okya sudhamsu kanta s-a2i2a s-pandah a2inde ksanad
enankodaya s-ankini vika2atam atanvati murcchati

candra mo o n; anana fa c e ;sa a-pi th i s g i r l; vatsa ch i l d ; al i n am o f f r i e n d s ;

pratihara of t he g ate-keepers;rodhana of o b s t r u c tion; vidhau in the activity;
viksya ha v i ng seen;prayatna of e n d e a vor;ava2im th e a bu n dance;ba2a g i r l ;
tarkita co n j e c t u red;madhavi of a m a d h a vi creeper;parimala a r o m a t i c
fragrance; sphurtih ma n i f e s tation;bhayat ha v i n g s een;sudhamsu o f t h e
candrakanta jewel; sa2i2a of the water; spandan qu i v e r i n g;a2inde o n t h e
terrace; ksanat im m e d i a t ely;enanka of t h e m o o n; udaya th e r i s i n g; sankini
supposing; vikalatam ag i t a t i o n;atanvati sp r e a d i n g;murcchati f a i n t s .

Paurnamasi: 0 boy with a face like the moon, seeing Her friends carefully
guarding the door, and smelling the fragrance of the madhavi flowers, this girl
trembles in fear. On Her porch seeing a candrakanta jewel begin to melt, this doe-
eyed girl falls unconscious.

Note: The candrakanta jewel melts when exposed to moonlight. Seeing the
moon and smelling the madhavi flowers, Radha is reminded of Krsna. Frustrated
because She cannot go to Him, She falls unconscious.

Text 11

Krsnah: (svagatam) hanta, kathoro 'yam dasa vivart-ah

Paurnamasi: sundara

pranayisu militesu prema bhaj am -upeksa

ghatayati katu pakany -uccakair dusanani
dina manir a-nuragi projj hya sandhyam raktam
tamasi nikhi2am ugre majjayaty esa 2okam

svagatam as ide; hanta 0 ; k a t h o r ah ha r s h ;ay am th i s ; da sa o f c o n d i t i o n ;

vivartah ch a n g e;sundara 0 be a u t i f ul b o y;pranayisu af f e c t i o nate;militesu
encountered; prema of l o v e;bhaj am fu l l ; up e ksa ne g l e c t;ghatayati p r o d u c e s ;
katu bi t t e r; pakani co n s e q u e nces; uccakaih gr e a t l y; dusanani si n s ;dina o f
the day; manih je w e l ( t he sun); anuragi af f e c t i o n a te;projj hya h a v i n g
abandoned; sandhyam tw i l i g h t; hi in d e e d ;ra k t am re d ; ta m a si i n t h e
darkness; nikhilam co m p l e t e;ugre te r r i b l e;majjayati ca u s e d to become
immersed; esah th i s; 2okam wo r l d ; kr s n ah Kr s n a ;sa wi t h ; 2a jj am
embarrassment; namri bhavati -bo ws His head.

Krsna: (aside) Ah, it must be very painful for Her.

 Paurnamasi: Handsome boy, neglect of another's love brings very bitter results.
Look! Setting on the horizon, the red son now plunges everything into darkness.
(Ashamed, Krsna bows His head).

Text 12 (a)

Paurnamasi: (punar nibha2ya. sanandam svagatam) dis.tyayam smita2ingitam

angi ku-rvan daksinam nyamilyad iksanam. (prakasam) gokulananda pu.rastad iyam
makanda ved-i svayam a2ankartavya nimi2ati he2i-bimbe sakhyor ekatara tvam abhista
desam prapayati

punah ag a in; nibhalya ha v i n g s een;sa with; anandam bl i s s; svagatam

aside; distya by g o o d f o r t u n e; ayam th i s ; sm ita sm i l e ;al i n gitam e m b r a c e ;
angi kur-van ac cepting;daksinam ri g h t ; ny a milayat cl o s e s;iksanam e y e ;
prakasam op e n l y; gokula of G o k u l a ; ananda 0 bl i s s ;pu rastat in the
presence; iyam this; makanda of a mango tree;vedi a p l a ce in the courtyard;
svayam pe r s onally; a2ankartavya sh o u l d be decorated; nimi2ati c l o s e s; he2i-
bimbe on the sun; sakhyoh of t h e t wo f r i e nds;ekataraj on e ; tv am Y o u ;
abhista de s ired;desam pl a c e;prapayati ca u s e to attain.

Paurnamasi: (again glancing at Krsna, she becomes very happy, and say to
herself) Fortunately Krsna s eyes are smiling and His right eye is winking. (openly)
0 bliss of Gokula, now that the sun has set, please decorate this mango grove. One
of my friends will bring You to the right place.

Text 12 (b)

Krsnah: (sapatranam) yathaha bhagavati (iti sa v.ayasy-o niskrantah).

Paurnamasi: putri 2a2ite,kamam nirvrtasmi tad ehi..radham anusaravah
(ity ubheparikramatah)

sa wi t h; apatrapam em b a r r a ssment;yatha as ; aha sp e a k s;bh a gavati t h e

noble Paurnamasi; iti t h u s ; sa ei t h 7 ;va yasyah th e f r i e nd ( M a d h u m a ngala);
niskrantah ex i t s;putri 0 da u g h t e r ; 2a2ite 0 L a l i t akamam
; ac c o r d i ng to
desire; nirvrta ha p p y ; asmi I a m ; ta t th e r e f o r e ; ehi p l e a s e go;
radham t o
Radha; anusaravah pl e a se go; iti t h u s ; u b he t h e t w o ; pa r i k r a matah b e g i n t o
walk.

Krsna: (embarrassed) As the noble lady says. (Accompnaied by His friend, He

exists.)
Paurnamasi: Daughter Lahta, now I am happy. Come, let us go to Radha.
 (They both exit.)

Text 12 (c)

(tatah pravisati visakhaya saha sankathayanti radha)

radhika; (sanskrtena)

sakhi j a2pi ta na-ri ke2a nzr-am

smita ka-rpura vrt-am harer nipiya
tanu san-ga sud-ham vina na tasya
g2apitanam gara2enajivitasmi

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;visakhaya wi t h V i s a k h a;saha ac c o m p a nied;

sankathayanti co n v e r s ing;radha Ra d h a ;sakhi 0 f r i e n d ; j a / p ita s p o k e n ;
narikela of a c oconut;niram ju i c e ; smita sm i l e ;ka r p ura w i t h c a m p h o r ;
vrtam en c l o sed;hareh of L o r d H a r i; nipiya ha v i n g d r u n k;ta nu o f t h e b o d y ;
sanga of the contact;sudham ne c t a r;vina wi t h o u t ; na no t ; ta s ya o f H i m ;
g2apita weary and dejected; aham I; ga r a 2ena wi t h po i s o n ; j i v i ta al i v e ;as mi
I am.

(Conversing with Visakha, Radha enters.)

Radhika: Friend, although I have drunk the coconut nectar of Krsna's

conversation, nectar mixed with the camphor of His smile, because I have not also
drunk the nectar of the touch of His body, I am now broken and withered, as if I
had drunk poison.

Text 13 (a)

Visakha: a iavinn-ada ni a ma-ha-dm-ye, tadiso tuha ra assa ga-rimajena so kkhu

samasundaro vi vadham rattikido tadha vi appano malinnam sankasi

a i 0 ; a-vi— nnada unknown; ni ao w n - ;ma h admye gl o r i f i c a t io n;tadisah

like this; tuha yo u r ; ra a ssa o- f t he love;garima in t e n s i t y;j ena b y w h i c h ;
sah He; kkhu ce r t a i n l y;samasundarah Lo r d S ya masundara (Krsna);vi e v e n ;
vadham as suredly; rattikidah af f e c t i o nate;tadha vi ne v e r t h e less;appanah o f
the self; malinnam im p u r i t y ; sankasi y o u f e a r .

Visakha: 0 girl who do not know Your own glory, even though Your love for
Him has made Krsna fall passionately in love with You, You still worry that You
are wretched and fallen.
Text 13 (b)

radhika: (punah sanskrtena)

na2ikinim nisi ghanotka2ikam asankam

ksiptva vrtir atanu-vanya-gajah ksunatti
atranuragini cirad udite 'pi bhanau
ha hanta kim sakhi sukham bhavita varakyah

punah again; sanskrtena in Sanskrit; na2ikinim a m u l t i t u d e of lotus flowers;

nisi at ni g ht; ghana i n t e n se; utkalikam l o n g i n g ; asankam f e a r l ess;ksiptva
having throung; vrtih f e n c es; atanu c u p i d ; va n ya ju n g l e ;gaj ah e l e p p h a n t ;
ksunatti t r a m p l es; atra h e r e ; anuragini g l o w i n g and reddened;cirat f o r a
long time; udite a r i s en; api al t h o u g h ; bhanau t h e s u n; ha 0 ; h a n t a 0 ;
k im w h e t h er7; sakhi 0 f r i e n d ; sukham h a p p i n e ss; bhavita w i l l b e ;
varakyah unhappy.

Radhika: (again in Sanskrit) Tonight the wild elephant of passionate desire

uproots and tramples the lotus flowers of My hopes. Alas! Alas! 0 friend, will thi s
wretched girl become happy when the red sun finally rises7

Text lk (a)

Paurnamasi: (puro radham drstva) putri 2a.2ite,sakhyas tava premokti mudra-m

udghatayitum utkanthitasmi. tad-bhavatya tusnim eva bhavitavyam
Lalita: jam anavedi tattthahodu.

purah in f r o n t; r adham Radha; drstva h a v i ng seen; putri 0 d a u g h t e r ;

2a2ite 0 Lali ta; sakhyah o f t h e f r i e nd; tava y o u r ; pr e ma o f l o v e ; u kti o f t h e
w ords; mudram th e m a rk ; udghatayitum t o r e v e al; utkanthita l o n g i n g ; asmi I
a m; tat t h e r efore; bhavatya b y y o u ; tusnim s i l e n t l y ; eva i n d e e d ;
bhavitavyam s h o ul d be; jam w h a t ; an a vedi y o u i n s t r u c t; tatthahodu l e t t h a t
be.

Paurnamasi: (seeing Radha before her) Daughter Lalita, I am eager to make

your friend describe Her love. Please be silent.
Lalita: As you order, so it will be.
Text lk (b)

Paurnamasi: (radham upetya sa.kaitava vi-sadam)

bhavad an-ga sa-nga vi-saye priyoktibhir

muhur arthito 'pi madiraksi madhavah
manute manag api na hiti hrd vy-atha
pratikara yu-ktir apara vidhiyatam

radham Ra d ha;upetya ap p r o a c hing;sa wi t h ; ka i t a va p r e t e n d e d ;

visadam un h a p p i ness;bhavat yo u r ; an ga of t h e b o d y; sanga c o n t a c t ;
visaye in t he aerea;priya af f e c t i o nate;uktibhih wi t h w o r d s ; muhuh
constantly; arthitah ap p e a l led;api al t h o u g h;madira li k e k h a n j a na birds;
aksi ey e s;madhavah Lo r d M a d h a va (Krsna);manute co n s i d e rs;manak a
little; api ev e n; na no t ; hi in de e d ;i ti t h u s ;h r t o f t h e h e a r t;vyatha
agitation; pratikara re m e d y;yuktih de v i c e ;apara un e q u a l l e d;vidhiyatam
may be administered.

Paurnamasi: (Approaching Radha, she says with feigned unhappiness) 0 girl

with the beautiful eyes, with sweet words Krsna again and again begs for the touch
of Your body. He knows that no other medicine will cure the fever that burns in
His heart.

Text 15

radhika: (savyamoham) a2am ettha 2ajjidena (ity an.j a2im baddhva)

abbham2ihamhi dahane nadaham rangana ladam -2ihantamhi

ka padi are j utt-im mukki asama-2aghanu22asam

sa wi t h; vyamoham em b a r r a ssment;alam en o u g h;ettha he r e ;la jjid ena

with this bashfulness; iti t h u s ; an jalim ha v i n g f o l d ed her hands;
abbhamlihamhi to u c h i ng t he clouds;dahane sc o r c h i n g; nadaham c h a r m i n g ;
rangana de l i g htful; 2adam cr e e p e r;2ihantamhi li c k s ; ka wh a t 7 ;pa di are i n -
the remedy; juttim m e t h o d ; mu k ki ah av i - n g abandoned; samala da r k ; dh a n
of clouds; u22asam appearance.

Radhika: (embarrassed) Why should I be shy7 (She folds Her hands) If it is

licked by a blazing forest fire also licking the clouds, what can save a a delicate
rangana vine but the sudden appearance of a dark rain-cloud7
Text 15 (b)

Paurnamasi:

jaratyas tvam naptri sa tu kama2aya 2a2ita pa-dah

kathankaram tasmai muhur asulabhaya sprhayasi
prasida vyahare mama racaya ceto divi ca-ram
grhitum panibhyam vidhum ahaha ma bhut kutukini

j aratyah of t he o ld wo m a n;tvam yo u ; na p t ri gr a n d d a u g h t e r;sah He; tu

and; kama2aya by t he goddess of fortune, Laksmi-devi;2a2ita ca r essed;padah
feet; katham kar-am ho w 7 ; tasmai to H i m ; mu h uh co n s t a n t l y;asulabhaya
who is not easy to attain; sprhayasi yo u d e s i re;prasida pl e a se be merciful;
vyahare in t he conversation;mama my ; ra c a ya pl e a s e construct;cetah 0
mind; divi car-am mo v i ng in t he sky; grhitum to g r a s p;panibhyam w i t h t h e
two hands; vidhum th e m o o n; ahaha 0 ; m a t her e s h o u l d n o t; bhut b e ;
k utukini c u r i o u s .

Paurnamasi: Why do You, who are only Jarati's granddaughter, yearn to attain a
person who is very difficult to attain, a person whose feet the goddess of fortune
personally massages7 Be peaceful. Listen to my words. Don't become like a curious
child who wants to grasp with her hands the moon that moves in the sky7

Text 16

radhika: (sa gadga-dam sansk.rtena)

maya te nirbandhan mura jayini ragah parihrto

mayi snigdhe kintu prathya paramasis tatim imam
mukhamododgara grahila -matir a-dyaiva hi yatah
pradosarambhe syam vima2a vana m-a2a m-adhu-kari

sa wi t h; gadgadam ch o k e d up voi c e;maya by m e ; te yo u r ; ni r b a n dhat

because of perseverance; mura of t he m u ra demon;j ayini t o w a r d s t he
conqueror (Krsna);ragah love;parihrtah abandoned; mayi towards me;
snigdhe af fectionate; kintu n e v e r t h e less;prathaya pl e a se expand;parama
supreme; asih benedict-ions; tatim mu l t i t u d e ; imam th i s ;mu k ha o f t h e m o u t h ;
amoda gl a ddening; udgara em a n a t i n g;grahila in t e r e s t ed;matih m i n d ;
adya no w; eva in d e e d ;hi ce r t a i n l yya
; tah re s t r a i n e d;pradosa o f e v e n i n g ;
arambhe in t he beginning; syam le t m e b e come;vimala pu r e ; va na o f t h e
forest; mala in t he g arland of flowers;madhukari bu m b l e - b e e.
 Radhika: (Her voice choked with emotion, She says in Sanskrit) Affectionate
friend, on your repeated request, I will give up my love for Krsna. But please give
Me a blessing. Bless Me that I will become a bumblebee attracted at sunset by the
fragrance of a forest-flower garland.

Note: In this verse Radha hints that she is about to commit suicide, for Her
love for Krsna is frustrated.

Text 17 (a)

Visakha: bhaavadi, parittahi parittahi. i am -uttanida net-ta kampi darunam dasa

visesam lahedi rahi

bhaavadi 0 no b l e w o m a n;parittahi parittahi pl e a s e protect, please protect;i

am th i s; uttanida wi d e o p e n; neta ey e s ;kampi so m e t h i n g;darunam t e r r i b l e ;
dasa co nditio n; visesam sp e c if ic;lahedi at t a i n s;rahi R a d h a .

Visakha: Noble lady, please rescue Radha. Please rescue Her. Her eyes are wide
open, and Her condition is very frightening.

Text 17 (b)

P aurnamasi: (savegam) ha dhik. keyam balad akrsta maha vipat -kala s-arpi -(iti .
sadayam radham alingya) vatse.samasvasihi samasvasihi bhava.vyaktaye
protthapitasi tad ida.m yathartham akarnyatam

sa wi t h; vegam ag i t a t i o n;ha dhik - a l a s; ka wh o 7 ; iy am th i s ; b a l a t

forcibly; akrsta at t r a c t e d;maha gr e a t;vipat ca l a m i t i e s;kala of t i m e ; sarpi
snake; iti th u s ; sa wi t h ; da y am me r c y ;ra d h am Ra d h a ;al ingya e m b r a c i n g ;
vatse 0 ch i l d; samasvasihi samasvasihi be c o m f o r t ed, be comforted;bhava o f
love; abhivyaktaye fo r t he manifestation;protthapita ag i t a t e d;asi y o u a r e ;
tat th e r e fore;idam th i s ; ya t ha artham -a p p r o p r iate; akarnyatam s h o u l d b e
heard.

Paurnamasi: (agitated) Alas! Alas! The black snake of calamity is forcibly

dragging this girl away. (She mercifully embraces Radha). Child, be peaceful. Be
peaceful. You are overcome with love. Please listen.
Text 17 (c)

amita vi-bhava yaysa preksa lavaya bhavadayo

bhuvana g-uravo py utkanthabhis tapamsi vitanvate
ahaha gahana d-rstanam te phalam kim abhistuve
sutanu sa tanurjajne krsnas taveksana tr-snaya

amita im m e a surable;vibhavah op u l e n c e;yasya of w h o m ; pr e ksa o f t h e

sight; lavaya fo r a small particle;bhava ad-ayah he a ded by Lord Siva;bhuvana
of the universe; gurabah ma s t e rs;api ev e n ;ut k anthabhih w i t h l o n g i n g s ;
tapamsi au s terities;vitanvate pe r f o r m; ahaha 0 ; g a h a na in t h e d a r k n e s s;
adrstanam un s e en; te yo u r ; ph a l am re s u l t ;kim ho w 7 ; ab h i s tuve I o f f e r
prayers; sutanu 0 slender girl; sah He ; ta n uh th i n ;j aj ne bo r n ; kr s n ah
Krsna; tava yo u r ; ik s ana of t h e g l a n ce;trsnaya w i t h t h e t h i r s t .

Yearning for a moment s glimpse of You, Siva and the other limitlessly
powerful masters of the worlds perform severe austerities. Ah! How can I properly
praise the results of Your past pious deeds7 0 beautiful slender girl, thirsting to see
You, Lord Krsna has become withered and pale.

Text 18

Lalita: (sanskrtena)

tvad vartott-ara gita gu-mph-ita mukho -venuh samantad abhut

tvad vesoci-ta si2pa k-a2pan-a mayi s-arva babhuva kriya
tvan naman-i babhuvur asyasurabhi vrndan-i vrndatavi
radhe tvan maya -va22i m-anda-2a ghanaj -atadya kamsa dvisah-

sanskrtena in S anskrit; tvat yo u r ; va r ta de s c r i p t i on of the pastimes;

uttara ex c e llent;gita so n g s ;gumphita st r u n g ;mu k hah vo i c e ;venuh f lu t e ;
samantat co m p l e tely; abhut be c a m e;tvat yo u r ; ve sa ap p e a r a nce;ucita
appropriate; si2pa wi t h a rt i s tic decoration; ka2pana fa s h i o ning; mayi
consisting of; sarva al l ; ba bhuva be c a m e;kriya ac t i v i t y ;tv at yo u r ; na m a n i
names; babhuva be c ame;asya of H i m ; su r a bhi of s w e e t f r a g rance; vrndani
multitudes; vrnda atavi t- he forest of Vrndavana;radhe 0 Ra d h a ;tvat y o u r ;
maya co n s isting of;va22i of c reepers;manda2a mu l t i t u d e; ghana th i c k ;j a t a
born; adya to d a y; kamsa dvisah - of Sri Krsna, the enemyof Kamsa.

Lalita: (in Sanskrit) His flute is now garlanded with songs of Your pastimes. All
His activities are making ornaments for You. For Him Your names are very sweet
and fragrant. 0 Radha, Krsna sees You in every flowering vine in Vrndavana forest.
Text 19 (a)

Radhika: (samasvasya sv.agatam) cancala he citta, ajj avi na patti a -es-i

samasvasya ha v i ng become calm; svagatam as i d e;cancala f i c k l e ; he 0 ;

citta mi n d ; ajja vi ev e n n o w ; na no t ; pa t t i a e-si -you ha ve faith.

Radhika: (becoming calm, She says to herself) Fickle mind, even now you do
not believe this.

Text 19 (b)

Paurnamasi: putri 2a2ite,badham praga2bhasi tad .visakha yavan makanda mu2a-h

mukundena saha pratyavartate tavad atra maya tu sva krtya-ya gantavyam
(iti tisro 'pi niskrantah)

putri 0 da u g h t e r; 2a2ite 0 L a l i t a ;badham indeed; praga2bha in t e l l igent;

asi you are; tat th e r e f o r e;visakha Vi s a k h a;yavat t o w h i c h e x t e n t ;
makanda of t he mango tree;mulat f r o m t h e b ase; mukundena by M u k u n d a ;
saha accompanied;pratyavartate re t u r n s;tavat to t h a t e x t e nt;atra h e r e ;
sanketite agreed upon;karnikara ofkarnikara flowers; kunje in the grove;
gopaya please conceal; tvam you;gopalikabhyah from the gopis; radhikam
Radha; maya by m e; tu in d e e d ;sva krtyay-a fo r my o wn d u t i e s;gantavyam
should be done; iti th u s ; ti s r ah th e t h r e e ;api an d ; ni s k r a ntah e x i t .

Paurnamasi: Daughter Lalita, you are very intelligent, when Visakha brings
Krsna under the mango tree, please hide Radha in the karnikara grove apart from
the other gopis. Noe I should go to do my duties.
(Paurnamasi, Radhika, and Lalita exit.)

Text 19 (c)

Visakha: (duram parikramya) so maka.ndo eso puro disa ijattha k-anho.

duram fa r away;parikramya ha v i n g w a l k e d;sah He ( K r s n a );makandah

mango tree; esah th i s; purah in t h e p r e s ence;disa i is s e en-;
— j attha where;
kanhah K r s n a .
 Visakha: (walking a great distance). I see Krsna under that mango tree.

Text i9 (d)

(tatah pravisati krsnah)

Krsnah: (sotkantham praticim avalokya)

sadyas tapta hir-anya pin-da ma-dhuram canda tvis-o mandalam

sangam hanta tarangini rat-iguror angi cak-arambhasi
drag etany api ghuka net-ra pat-ali sid-dhanj ana kso-datam
bibhranti dvipa vib-hramani rurudhur dhvantani vrndavanam

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;krsnah Kr s n a ;sa wi t h ; ut k a n t ham

eagerness; praticim be h i n d; avalokya gl a n c i n g;sadyah at o n c e; tapta m o l t e n ;
hiranya of g o l d; pinda sp h e r e ;madhuram sw e e t;canda fi e r c e;tvisah
effulgence; mandalam ci r c l e;sangam co n t a c t;hanta 0 ; t a r a n g i ni o f t h e
waves; rati guro-h of t he husband (the ocean);angi caka-ra ac c epted;mabhasi
in the water; drak qu i c k l y ; etani th e s e ;api ev e n ;gh u ka of o w l s ;ne tra o f
the eyes; patali of t he m u l t i t u d e;siddha pe r f e c t;anjana oi n t m e n t ;ks odatam
the state of being crushed to a powder; bibhranti th e y c a r r y; dvipa o f a n
elephant; vibhramani bl u n d e r s;rurudhuh ob s t r u c t e d;dhvantani da r k n e s s ;
vrndavanam Vr n d a v a na.

(Krsna enters)
Krsna: (eagerly looking behind) The brilliant and charming molten-gold circle
of the sun now enters the ocean's waters. Bewildering the elephants and anointing
the owls' eyes, darkness now covers Vrndavana.

Text 20 (a)

(sotsukyam panthanam udviksya) katham .adyapi sakhi kacin netradhvani me

navatatara (iti parav.rtya pracim pasyan)

sa wi t h; utsukyam re s t l e ssness and uneasiness; katham ho w is i t 7; adya

api ev en now; sakhi th e g o pi f r i e n d;kacit so m e o n e;netra of t h e e ye s;
adhvani on t he path; me my ; na not ; av a t a t a ra ha s d e s cended;iti t h u s ;
paravrtya ha v i ng t ur n ed around;pracim be h i n d ;pa syan s e e i n g .

(anxiously looking at the path) Why has that gopi not yet entered the pathway
of Myeyes7 (Turning around, He looks behind.)

Text 20 (b)

sandrah supta ku-mud va-ti ku-la va-dhu ni-dra bh-ida ko-vidah

kurvanah kalusa sr-iyam pari bhavatankena pankejinim
samrambhad abhisarikabhir asakrd vyakrusyamanodgama
bhasah sitakarasya hanta haritam purvam pariskurvate

sandra in t e n s e;supta as l e e p;kumut vat-i mu l t i t u d e of lotus flowers; kula

pious; vadhu of the wives; nidra th e s l e ep;bhida in t h e m a t t er of breaking;
kovidah ex p e r t; kurvanah pe r f o r m i n g;kalusa fo u l n e s s;sriyam b e a u t y ;
paribhava of d i s g r a ce;atankena wi t h t h e f ear;pankejinim multitude oflotus
flowers; samrambhat vi o l e n t l y; abhisarikabhih by w o m e n w ho m e et their lovers;
asakrt co n t i n u a l l y; vyarusyamana la m e n t e d;udgama be c o m i ng manifested;
abhasah reflecting; sitakarasya of t h e c oo ling moon;h anta 0 ; h a r i t a m
direction of the sky; purvam ea s t e rn;pariskurvate em b r a c es.

Expertly waking the lotuslike gopis, eclipsing the lotus flowers' beauty, and
lamented by girls eagerly awaiting their lovers, the brilliant moonlight now
embraces the darkened eastern horizon.

Text 21

(iti vaiyagryam natayati)

dhyatva dharmam dhrtim udayinim kim babandhadya radha

tivraksepaih kim uta gurubhir lambhita va nivrttim
kim va kastam abhajata dasam tam avispanda manda-m
indau vindaty udayam api yan naj agamj adya duti

iti t h us; vaiyagryam pe r p l e x i t y;natayati re p r e s e nts dramatically;dhyatva

having reflected; dharmam on r e l i g i o us duties;dhrtim pa t i e n c e;udayinim
abounding; kim whether7;babandha bound; adya today;radha Radha;
tivra sharp;aksepaih by objections; kim uta why why indeed7; gurubhih by
superiors; lambhita ab u s e d;va or ; ni v r t t im in a c t i v e ; kimva w h e t h e r ;
kastam di s t r essful;abhaj ata at t a i n e d; dasam co n d i t i o n; tam t h i s ;
avispanda wi t h o ut m o t i o n; mandam sl o w ; in d au in t h e m o o n ; vi n dati f i n d s ;
udayam ap p e arance;api al t h o u g h;yat wh i c h ; na no t ; aj a gama a r r i v e d ;
ady a today; duti t h e m e s s enger-gopi.
 (perplexed) Thinking of religion and morality, did Radha decide not to come7
Was She stopped by the harsh words of Her superiors7 Did a great calamity arise
and make Her fell motionless and unconscious. Perhaps that is why, even though
the moon now rises, Her messenger has not yet come.

Text 22 (a)

visakha: (2atantare sodgrivikam) eso nunam ukkantha em-ahajj eva pa av-im vi2o
edi kamho. ta kkhanam parihasissam

latantare in t he v in e s;sodgrivikam ea g e r l y;esah th i s ; nu nam at p r e s e nt;

ukkantha e -with longing; maha my ; jj eva in d e e d ;pa avi-m pa t h ; vilo edi-
observes; kamho. Kr s n a; ta th e r e f o r e;kkhanam fo r a m o m e n t;parihasissam I
will joke.

Visakha: (hiding behind a flowering-vine, she eagerly says) Krsna is looking at

t he path where I walk. For a moment I will joke with Hi m .

Text 22 (b)

Krsnah: (sanandam) iyam visakhapi canca2a panca-sakha sakhi mi2ita. (ity

upasrtya) sakhi tavopalambhat tam eva rambhorum 2abdham avaimi yad visakha
radhayor advaitam

sa wi t h; anandam bl i s s ;iyam th i s ; vi s a kha Vi s a k h a ;api ev e n ;ca ncala

moving; pancasakha fi n g e r s;sakhii go p i - f r i e n d;milita is m e t ; iti t hu s ;
upasrtya ap p r o a ching;sakhi 0 fr i e n d ;ta va yo u r ; up a l a mbhat f r o m t h e
attainment; tam sh e ; eva ce r t a i n l y;ra mbhorum be a u t i f u l; /abdham a t t a i n e d ;
avaimi I p e r c e ive;yat wh i c h ; vi s akha of V i s a k h a;radhayoh o f R a d h a ;
advaitam th e n o n - d i f ference.

Krsna: (happily) Moving her hand, Visakha gestures to Me. (Krsna

approaches.) Friend, when I approach you, it is like approaching Radha, whose
graceful thighs are like banana trees. It is as if Radha and Visakha were not
different from each other.

Text 22 (c)
 (Visakha mukham anamayya maunam alambate) .

Krsnah: sakhi, kim atra tusnim asi

Visakha: canda muha, manda b-ha in-i mhi. ta kimvinnavissam
Krsnah: (sasankam) kim artham idam

visakha Visakha; mukham face;anamayya turning down; maunam

silence; alambate at t a ins;sakhi 0 fr i e n d ; k im w h y 7 ;at r a her e ; t u s nimasi
are you silent; canda mo o n ; m uhe f a c e ; manda bh-a in-i u n f o r t u n a te; mhi I
am; ta th e r e fore; kim w h y 7 ; vi n n avissam sh o u l d I s peak;sa wi t h ; sa n kam
apprehension; kim artham wh y 7 ; id am t h i s .

(Turning her face down, Visakha becomes silent.)

Krsna: Friend, why are you silent7
Visakha: 0 boy with a face like the moon, I am very unfortunate. What can I
say7
Krsna: (apprehensive) What is it7

Text 22 (d)

Visakha: sundara, na me sarassa iniss-aradi hodu .tadh.a vi samvaridum na juttam

idam (iti m.ukha vaikr-tyam abhiniya). bho bhatti dara -a, sa p-i a sah-i a-himannuna
hadasena mahura pattan-ammi. (ity ardhokte suskam roditi)

sundara 0 ha n d s o me boy;na no t ; me my ; sa r a s sa I Sa - ra— svati, the goddess

of eloquence; nissaradi ap p e a rs;hodu le t it b e; tadha vi ne v e r t h e l ess;
samvaridum to c o n c eal;na no t ; j u t t am p r o p e r ; id am th i s ;it i thu s ; m u k h a
of the face; vaikrtyam di s f i g u r e ment;abhiniya br i n g s ;bhah 0 ; b h a t t i d a ra a-
-

0 prince (of Vraja); sa sh e ;pi ad e- a r sahi ; fr i e n d ;ab himannuna b y

Abhimanyu; hadasena wr e t c h e d; mahura of M a t h u r a ;pattanammi i n t h e t o w n ;
iti th u s ; ar dha ukte -in the middle of the speech; suskam dry; roditi cries.

Visakha: 0 handsome one, Sarasvati does not allow graceful words to come
from me. So be it. It is not right to hide the truth. 0 p r i nce of Vraja, the wretched
Abhimanyu has taken my dear friend Radha to Mathura City.

Text 22 (e)

Krsnah: (savyatham) kada nama nita

Visakha: Jadabhaavadi tumhasa asam lad-dha
Krsnah: (sakhedam) visakhe, kathankaram nita.
 Visakha: tu-ammi bha am takki-a.
Krsnah: katham sa tarkitah.
Visakha: lo-ottari-honto attho na kassa takkanijo ho-i.

sa wi t h; vyatham al a r m ; ka da wh e n 7 ; na ma i n d e e d ; nita b r o u g h t ; j a d a
when; bhaavadi th e n o b le Paurnamasi; tumha Y o u r ; sa a-sam pr e s e nce;
laddha at t a ined; sa wi t h ; kh e dam gr i e f ;vi s akhe 0 Vi s a k h a ;katham ka-ram
how7; nita wa s br ou ght; tu-ammi t o w a r d s You;bha am -l o v e ; takki-a
suspecting; katham h o w 7 ; sah he ; t a r k i t ah s u s p e c t e d;lo ott-art ho-ntoatthah
extraordinarylove; na no t ; ka s sa of w h o m 7 ; t a k k a nijah a b l e to be guessed; ho-
1S.

Krsna: (alarmed) When was She taken7

Visakha: When noble Paurnamasi was with You.
Krsna: (grief-stricken) Visakha, why was She taken7
Visakha: It was suspected that She had fallen in love with You.
Krsna: Why was it suspected7
Visakha: Who could not see the symptoms of Her passionate love7

Text 22 (f)

Krsnah:

g2apayati vapur dur2I2ome ba2an ma2ayani2o

vikirati karair induh ksodam tusagni bhava-m rusa
madana hatak-as tarj aty esa sphutair ali-hunkrtais
trutir api vina radham netum maya na hi sakyate
(iti vyamcham natayati)

g2apayati fatigues; vapuh bo d y; duri2ah i l l - m a n n e r e d; me my ; b a 2 at

violently; malaya fr o m t h e m a l aya hills; ani2ah b r e e ze; vikirati s c a t t e rs about;
karaih wi t h r a ys of light; induh m o o n ; ks o dam du s t ; tu sa of t h e c h a ff of
grain; agni of the fire; bhavan st a t e;rusa an g r i l y;madana b y c u p i d ;
hatakah affl i c t ed; tarj ati st a t e ;rusa an g r i l y ;ma dana by c u p i d ; h atakah
afflicted; tarj ati sc o l d s;esah h e ; s phutaih c l e a r ; ali o f t h e b e e s; kunkrtaih b y
the buzzing; trutih a m o m e n t ; api ev e n ;vi na wi t h o u t ; ra d h am R a d h a ;
netum to l e ad;maya by M e ; na no t ; h i i nd e e d ;sa k yate is p o s s i ble; iti
thus; vyamoham pe r p l e x it y; natayati re p r e s e nts dramatically.

Krsna: From the Malaya Hills an uncivilized breeze

withers My body. The moon angrily showers Me with sparks. The buzzing bees
rebuke Me. Without Radha I cannot live for a moment.

(Krsna is overcome.)
Text 23 (a)

Visakha: (sakhedam sasambhramam) g.o u-lananda, samassasa samassasa, ma e-

kkhu parihasidam sa .tavassini ta er-angana m-ali a -e-rakkhida pa-ranatthi

sa wi t h; khedam un h a p p i n e s s;sa wi t h ; sa mbhramam re s p e c t;go

ulananda 0 bl i s s of Gokula;samassasa samassasa ta ke comfort, take comfort;
ma e -by me; kkhu in d e e d ;parihasidam jo k e ; sa sh e ;ta v assini di s t r e s sed;ta
e by this; rangana ma-li a e --delightful garland; rakkhida pr o t e c t e d;
paranatthi th e l i fe is.

Visakha: (unhappy, with respect) 0 bliss of Gokula, please be peaceful. Be

peaceful. I was only joking. Although Radha is unhappy, Her life is protected by
the rangana garland You gave Her.

Text 23 (b)

Krsnah: (samasvasya) dhurte, bhadrena kadarthito smi.

Visakha: appano gunam na sumarasi
Krsnah: sakhi varnyatam premnam ankah priyayah

samasvasya re l ieved; dhurte 0 ra s c a l;bhadrena by y o u ; ka d arthitah

teased; asmi I a m; appanah of y o u r s e l f;gunam th e q u a l i t y; na n o t ;
sumarasi You r e me mber; sakhi 0 fr i e n d ;va r n yatam sh o u l d be described;
premnam of t he great love;ankah th e s y m p t o m s;priyayah of t h e b e l o ved.

Krsna: (relieved) Rogue, you teased Me.

Visakha: You don t remember Your own virtues.
Krsna: Friend, describe the marks of love in My beloved.

Text 23 (c)

Visakha: (sanskrtena)

durad apy anusangatah sruti mite tvan -namadhe-yaksare

sonmadam madireksana viruvati dhatte muhur vepathum
ah kim va kathaniyam anyad api te daivad varambhodhare
 drste tam parirabdhum utsuka matih paksa dvayim icchati

sanskrtena in S anskrit; durat fr o m a g r e at distance; api e v e n ;

anusangatah fr om t he contact;sruti by t h e e a rs;mite me a s u r e d;tvat Y o u r ;
namadheya of t he name;aksare th e s yl l a bles;sa wi t h ; un m a dam
intoxication; madira as b e a utiful as restless;khanj ana bi r d s; iksana e y e s ;
viruvati ca l l i ng o ut;dhatte pl a c e s;muhuh co n s t a n t l y;vepathum t o t r e m b l e ;
ah 0; ki m va wh e t h e r 7 ;kathaniyam sh o u l d be described;anyat a n o t h e r ;
api ev e n; te Yo u r ; da i v at by d e s t i n y;vara ex c e l l e n t;ambhodahre c l o u d ;
drste seen; tam Hi m ; pa r i r a b dhum to e m b r a c e;utsuka ea g e r;matih m i n d ;
paksa sh o ul ders; dvayim pa i r ; ic c hati d e s i r e s .

Visakha: (in Sanskrit) When from far away the syllables of Your name touch
Her ears, Her beautiful eyes become wild and She trembles again and again. If
somehow She sees a dark raincloud, Her heart yearns to place Her arms around
Your shoulders.

Text 20 (a)

Krsnah: tad ehi. satvaram eva preyasim preksavahi

(iti parikramatah)

tat ehi co me here;sa wi t h ; tv a r am ha s t e ;eva in d e e d ;preyasim t h e

beloved (Radha); preksavahi we s e e;iti th u s ; pa r i k r a matah t h e w a l k .

Krsna: Come. I see my beloved hurrying here.

(They walk.)

Text 20 (b)

(tatah pravisati 2a2itayaradhyamana radha)

Radha: (sakhedam sanskrt.ena)

pratyuhena parahata nu kim abhud gantum sakhi ksama

tasyah kintu niveditena hi harir visrambham abhyayayau
ha hanta pratikulatam mayi gatah kim va vidhir daruno
yad durad vana ma2ika p-arima2o -py adyapi nasadyate

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;lalitaya by L a l i t a ;aradhyamana so l a c e d;

radha Ra d ha; sa wi t h ; kh e dam un h a p p i n e s s;sankrtena i n S a n s krit;
pratyuhena by t he obstacle;parahata st r u c k; nu kim pe r h a p s abhut; be came;
gantum to g o; sakhi friend; na no t ; ks ama ab l e ;ta syah he r ; ki n tu b u t ;
niveditena by t he appeal;hi in d e e d ;harih Lo r d H a r i ( K r s n a );visrambham t o
trust; abhyayau we n t ; ha al a s ;ha nta al a s ;pratikulatam to h o s t i l i t y;mayi
towards me; gatah ha s gone;kim va wh e t h e r 7;vidhih de s t i n y;darunah c r u e l ;
yat be c ause;durat from a distance; vana of f o r e st flowers;malika o f t h e
garland; parimalah po s s e sing the pleasent fragrance; api al t h o u g h; adya today;
api ev e n; na no t ; as a dyate i s f o u n d .

(Consoled by Lalita, Radha enters).

Radha: (griefstricken) Stopped by some obstacle could My friend not go to
Him7 Did Krsna not believe her words7 Alas! Alas! Fate is cruel to Me. Even from
far away I cannot smell the fragrance of Krsna's forest garland.

Text 25

Visakha: (puro 'nusrtya sans.krtena)

namri krty-a siro muhus taru vrtam -alokate vartanim

utthaya ksanam asanat punar aho nisidaty asau
dvitrany etya padani viksya 2a2itam bhuyah paravartate
pasyagre tava sangamotsukataya radha pariklamyati

purah in t he p re sence;anusrtya ap p r o a c hing;n amri krtya -o f f e r i n g

obeisances; sirah he a d; muhuh co n s t a n t l y;taru by a t r e e ;vrtam c o v e r e d ;
alokate se es;vartanim pa t h ; ut t h aya ha v i n g r i s e n;ksanam f o r a m o m e n t ;
asanat fr om t he seat;punah ag a i n; ahah 0 ; b h r a n t a pe r p l e x e d;nisidati
sitting; asau sh e; dvitrani tw o o r t h r e e ; havi n g w a l k e d ;padani s t e p s ;
viksya ha v i ng seen;2a2itam La i t a; bhuyah ex c e e d ingly;paravartate t u r n s
around; pasya ju s t s ee;agre in f r o n t ; ta va yo u r ; sa n gama fo r t h e a ssociation;
utsukataya wi t h e a gerness;radha Ra d h a;pariklamyati ha s b e c o me devastated.

Visakha: (approaching, in Sanskrit) Look. Bowing Her head, again and again
looking at the tree-shaded path, one moment standing up, and the next moment,
frustrated and bewildered, sitting down, again and again taking two or three steps,
seeing Lalita, and then turning back, Radha, devastated by the desire to meet You,
stands before You.

Text 26

Krsnah:
vadana dipti vidhuta vidhudaya
kumuda dhama dhura madhura s-mita
nakha jitoddur iyam harineksana
trnayati ksanada mukha madhurim

vadana of t he face;dipti sp l e n d o r;vidhuta de s t r o y e d;vidhu o f t h e m o o n ;

udaya th e ris ing; kumuda of r e d l o t us flowe rs (or white water lilies, or of
camphor); dhama of t he a bode;dhura mu l t i t u d e s;madhura ch a r m i n g a nd
sweet; smita sm i l e; nakha by h e r n a i l s ; j i t a c o n q u e r e d;udduh th e s t a r s ;
iyam sh e; harina as b e a u t i f u l a s t ho se ofa d e e r ; i k s ana e y e s ;trnayati
considers as insignificant as a blade of grass; ksanada mu-kha th e first part of the
evening; madhurim the charm.

Krsna: The luster of Her face eclipsing the moon, Her smile sweet like a lotus-
filled lake, Her nails defeating the stars, and Her eyes like the doe, She makes the
beauty of early evening seem important like a single blade of grass.

Text 27

Radhika: (sakataryam sansk.rtena)

drg bhan-gmam kim u parimalaih preyasibhir preyasibhir niruddhah

kim va svairi mayi vihitavan uddhatayam upeksam
ha candribhir dyutibhir abhito grasyamane 'pi loke
prapto nayam yadi ha latika mandi-re nanda sunuh-

sa wi t h; ka taryam de j e c t i o n;sanskrtena in S a n s krit;drk of t h e e y e s;

bhangmam of sidelong glances;kim u why indeed; parimalaih by the
fragrance; preyasibhih by t he beloved gopis;niruddhah re s t r a ined;kim v a a n d
why7; svairi in d e p e n d ent;mayi to w a r d s m e;vihitavan pe r f o r m e d;uddhata
intense; ayam th i s ; upeksam re j e c t i o n;ha 0 ; c a n d r i b h ih o f t h e m o o n ;
dyutibhih by t he s hini n g;abhitah co m p l e t e l y;grasyamane be i ng swallowed;
api al t h o u g h; loke th e u n i v e r s e;praptah at t a i n e d;na no t ; ay am th i s ;y a d i
if; ha 0; l a t i ka of c r e e p e r s;
mandire in t h e c o t t a ge;nanda o f N a n d a
Maharaja; sunuh th e s on (Krsna),

Radhika: (dejected, in Sanskrit) Do other girls stop Him with the fragrance of
their crooked glances7 Is He averse to Me7 Why, now that the whole world is
swallowed by splendid moonlight, does Krsna not come to this cottage of
flowering vines7

Text 28 (a)
 Krsnah: (puro nusrtya) aho, sadhiyan prasadah paurnamasyah, yad iyam
amoday ati kaumudi.
Radhika: (camatkrtim abhiniya. svagatam) h.um, etti-a bha a -d-he a-nam bha a-nam
samvutto esajano (.iti vaivasyam alambate)

purah the presence;anusrtya having approached;ahah 0; sadhiyan

superexcellent; prasadah me r c y; paurnamasyah of P a u r n a masi;yat be c a u s e;
iyam th i s ; amodayati d e l i g h t i n g; kaumudi m o o n l i g h t ; camatkrtim w o n d e r ;
abhiniya at t a i n i n g;svagatam as i d e; hum 0; et t i - a o f t h i s e x t e n t;b ha a -g o o d
fortune; dhe an-am of tho se who are granting; bha an-am re c e pticle;samvuttah
arrived; esa th is; j anah pe r s o n; iti t h u s ; va i v a syam lo s s of composure;
alambate at t ains.

Krsna: (approaches Radha) It is Paurnamasi's great mercy that this moonlight

shines so pleasantly.
Radhika: (full of wonder, She says to Herself) Ah, this is the most glorious
person! (Radha is overwhelmed.)

Text 28 (b)

Visakha: (sanskrtena)

aho dhanya gopyah ka2ita nava n-armo-ktibhir a2am

vilasair anandam dadhati madhurair ya madhubhidah
dhig astu svam bhagyammama yad iha radha priya sakhi-
puras tasmin prapte nibida jadimangi viluthati

sanskrtena in S anskrit; ahah 0 ; d h a n y ah fo r t u n a t e gopyah

; go p i s ; kalita
spoken; nava no v e l; narma jo k i n g ; u k t i b hih w i t h w o r d s ; al am e n o u g h . ;
vilasaih wi t h p a s times;anandam bl i s s; dadhati pl a c e s;madhuraih c h a r m i n g ;
ya who; madhu of the Madhu demon;bhidah of the killer (Krsna); dhik fie;
astu may be; svam ow n ; bh a gyam de s t i n y;mama my ; ya t w h ic h ; i h a h e r e ;
radha Ra d ha; priya de a r ;sakhi fr i e n d ;pu r ah in t h e p r e s e nce;tasmin i n
this; prapte at t a i ned; nibida i n t e n s e;j adima th e s t a te of being stunned;angi
body; viluthati rolling about (on the ground).

Visakha: With sweet pastimes and new jokes the fortunate gopis delight Krsna.
But my own good fortune is pathetic and worthless, for in my presence my dear
friend Radha, her every limb stunned, rolls about on the ground.
Text 29 (a)

La2ita: a i-2ajja2u e-rahi e-, aggado eso demanasa h-amsa h-aro na a-ro t.ama kkhu
sajj hasena
vimha2a hohi.j am pagabhadaj eva ajj a kajj a sa
-hini

a i - — 0; 2ajja2u e -shy; rahi e -0 Ra d h a;aggadah in t h e p r e sence;esah H e ;

de of you; manasa of t h e m i n d; hamsa th e s w a n; harah en c h a n t i n g;na
arah ha n d s ome young man; ta th e r e f o r e;ma do n ' t ; kk hu i n d e e d ;
sajj hasena wi th f ear; vimhala ag i t a t e d;hohi be c o m ej; am be c a u s e;
pagabbhada courage;j eva indeed; ajj a at t h is moment; kajj a sa-hini w i l l
fulfill your desires.

Lalita: Shy Radha, a lover more charming than the swans in the Manasa Lake
stands before You. Don't be paralyzed by fear. Now boldness will fulfill Your
dessres.

Text 29 (b)

(iti radhikam balad ivakrsya krsnantikam asadya ca. sanskrtena)

vidurad a2okya praba2atara trsna -tara2it-ah

sakhi ceto ha-msa-s tava vadana padm-e nipatitah
bhramad bhru -pasab-hyam
kitavatam abadhnad iha bhavan
kim asmasu nyayya vyavasitir iyam te visadrsi

iti th u s ; ra dhikam Ra d h a ;balat fo r c i b l y ;iva as i t w e r e ;akrsya d r a g g i n g ;

krsna of K r s n a; antikam to t h e v i c i n i t y; asadya at t a i n i n g;ca a n d ;
sanskrtena in S anskrit; vidurat fr o m a g r e at distance;alokya ha v i n g s een;
praba2a tara v-ery strong;trsna th i r s t ; ta r a2itah tr e m b l i n g;sakhi o f t h e
friend; cetah of t he mi n d; hamsah sw a n ;ta va yo u r ; va d a na of t h e f a c e ;
padme in the lotus flower; nipatitah fa l l e n;bhramat mo v i n g ; bh ru o f t h e
eyebrows; pasabhyam by t he t wo nets;kitava 0 ch e a t ;tam th a t ;ab a dhnat
bound; iha he r e ; bhavan Yo u ; kim wh et h e r 7 ;asmasu to w a r d s us;nyayya
method; vyavasitih re s o l u t i o n;iyam th i s ; te yo u r ; vi s a d rsi c o n t r a r y .

(Dragging Radha, as if by force, to Krsna, she says in Sanskrit). Seeing Your

from afar, the swan of my friend's heart fell into the lotus flower of Your face and
became trapped in the net of Your moving eyebrows. Thief, why do You tease us in
this way7
Text 30 (a)

Krsnah: (smitva) 2a2ite,mad v-idha naba2artha h-arino bhavanti.

Visakha: dhammi a-, saccam saccam b.haddakali ti-ttha k-alambo jj eva atta
pamanam.

smitva sm i l i n g; 2a2ite 0 L a l i t a ; mat vi-dha li k e m e; na no t ; ab a 2a o f t h e

weak women; artha we a l t h; harinah st e a l i ng away;bhavanti ar e ; d h ammi a -0
pious boy; saccam saccam this is true, this is true; bhaddakali Bh a d r a k a li;
tittha at t he holy place;kalambah ka d a m ba tree; jj eva ce r t a inly;atta h e r e ;
pamanam au t h o r i ty or wit n e ss.

Krsna: (smiling) Lalita, persons like Me do not rob from women.

Visakha: Saint, it is true. True. The kadamba tree here at Bhadrakali-tirtha bears
witness it is true.

Text 30 (b)

Krsnah: sakhi 2a2ite,mad visud-dhau katham vah pratitih

Lalita: cha i22a p-arik-kha vihan-ena.
Krsnah: vame, kamam kathyatam pariksa mam.a bhrajisnur ayam kirti-
subhramsur na mrsa kalanki kartu-m sakyate

sakhi 0 fr i e n d ; 2a2ite 0 L a l i t a ;mat My ; vi s u d d hau in t h e p u r i t y; ka t ham

how is it7; vah of y o u; pr a titih tr u s t ;cha i22a e-xpert;parikkha t r i a l ;
vihanena by p erformance;vame 0 co n t r a ry gir l;kamam a s y ou w i s h ;
kathyatam ma y be spoken;pariksa tr i a l ; ma ma My ; bh r a j i s n uh b r i l l i a n t ;
ayam th i s; kirti o f t h e g o o d r e putation;subhra sp o t l e s s;amsuh be a m o f
light; na no t ; mr sa fa l s e l y;kalanki kartum -to be s tained with disgrace;
sakyate is able.

Krsna: Friend, what will make you think I am so pure and saintly7
Lalita: We will test You with a trial-by-ordeal.
Krsna: Crooked girl, say what this ordeal will be. The glory of My good
reputation will never be disgraced.

Text 30 (c)

Lalita: (sanskrtena)
tvam unnaddhe radha s-tana k-anaka k-umbhantara milat -
tanuja2i k-a2oraga y-uvati murdha p-ranayini
yadi ksobhonmuktah kalayasi karam nayaka manau
tatas te dhvastankah pracarati yaso mandala s-asi

sanskrtena in S anskrit; tvam yo u ; un n a dhe bo u n d ; ra d ha o f R a d h a ;

stana of t he breasts;kanaka go l d e n; kumbha po t s ; an tara wi t h i n ; m i l a t
meeting; tanu ja -pr o d u c ed from the body; a2i mu l t i t u d e ; ka2a bl a c k; ur aga
serpent; yuvati yo u n g g i r l; murdha he a d ;pr a nyini in t i m a t eyadi
; if ; ks o b h a
from harm; unmuktah fr e e ;kalayasi Yo u p l a c e;karam ba n d ; na ya ka ma-nau
on the most prominent jewel; tatah th e n ; te Yo u r ; dh v a sta an-kah fr e e from
any; pracarati is m a n i f e st;yasah of t h e h o n o r; mandala ro u n d ; sa si m o o n .

Lalita: (in Sanskrit) A young, black, female snake that is the line of black hairs
emerges from Radha's golden-waterpot breasts. If You can place Your hand on that
great jewel of that snake's head, and remain unhurt, then the moon of Your good
reputation will shine without any touch of disgrace.

Text 31 (a)

Krsnah: (krtrimam trasam abhiniya) hant.a nisthure, namnaiva 2a2itasi. yad

alpiyasi tavad arthe -gariyasim sarpa ghata-khyam pariksam upaks-ipasi

krtrimam ar t i f i c i a l;trasam fe a r ;abhiniya ha v i n g b r o u g h t;h anta 0 ;

nisthure cr u el girl; namna by n a m e ;eva in d e e d ;2a2ita La l i ta ( playful); asi
you are; yat be c a use;a2piyasi in something very insignificant; tavat arthe -on
that account; gariyasim ve r y s evere;sarpa co n t a i n i ng a serpent;ghata p i t c h e r ;
akhy am kn o w n; pariksam tr i a l - o r d e al;upaksi pasi yo u p r e scribe.

Krsna: (pretending to be afraid) Cruel girl, you are called Lalita, which means
playful and charming, but for a very slight crime you propose the very heavy test
of touching snake in a waterpot.

Text 31 (b)

Radhika: (sapranayersyam) 2a2ide, ci.ttha cittha. (iti sa bhru bha-ngam-

avalokyate)
Lalita: visahe nattha ghanudde-sa karinim m-am kisa tajj ati rahi a -

Visakha: 2a2ide ima ehi a att-hidam - -a udam ma -ej ani adi- -

Lalita: tam kadhe i sunissa-m.

 sa wi t h; pranaya af f e c t i o n;irsyam ma l i c e ;2a2ide 0 La l i t a ;cittha cittha
stay, stay; iti th u s ; sa wi t h ; bh r u of t h e e y e b r o ws;bhangam knitting;
avalokate gl a n ces;visahe 0 Vi s a k h a;nattha de s t r o y e d;ghan cl o u d ; ud desa
indication; karinim pe r f o r m e r;mam me ; ki s a wh y 7 ; ta jj ati cr i t i z e s;rahi a-
Radha; 2a2ide Lalita; ima e -of he r; hi a -a -in th e heart;tthidam si t u a t e d;a
udam de s ire;ma e -by m e ; j a ni ad-i is u n d e r t o o d; tam th a t ; ka d he i -please
-
relate; sunissam I s ha ll listen.

Radhika: (affectionately angry) Lalita, stop, stop. (K n i t t ing her eyebrows,

Radha stares at Lalita.)
Lalita: Visakha, I am driving away the dark cloud that troubles Her. Why does
Radha rebuke me7
Visakha: Lalita, I know the desire hidden in Her heart.
Lalita: Tell it, and I will listen.

Text 31 (c)

Visakha: (sanskrtena asritya)

sprsantam yo meghan agham anagha karm-a tam avadhi

dvisa jva2a ja2onmada mada -maya-t ka2iy-am ahim
akarsid gopendra druha-m ajagaram divya purus-am
bhuj angacaryo smin kim iva ghatate yan naga ghatah-

sankrtena sp e aking in Sanskrit;sprsantam to u c h i n g; meghan c l o u d s ;

agham Aghasura; anagha pure, and never to be frustrated; karma deeds;
tam hi m; av adhi dvisa -in i m i c a l; j va2a of fla me s;j a2a w i t h a network;
unmada fu r i o u s; mada pr i d e ; ma yat mo v i n g ;ka 2 iyam Ka l y a ;ahim s e r p e n t ;
akarsit di d ; go pa of t h e c o w h e rd men; indra th e k i n g ( N a n d a );druham
harming; aj agaram sn a k e; divya ce l e s t i al;purusam pe r s o n;bhuj anga o f
serpents (or of handsome young men); acayah te a c h e r;asmin to H i m ; k i m
how is it possible7; iva as it we r e;ghatate to b e a ffective;yat wh i c h ; n a g a
ghatah th e t ri al where the accused touches a snake.

Visakha: (in Sanskrit) He easily killed Aghasura, a snake that touched the
clouds. He defeated the arrogant Kaliya snake, who spat flames of poison. The
snake that attacked the gopa-king He turned into a demigod. Krsna must be the
spiritual master of the snakes. What is Your ordeal of a snake in a waterpot to
Him7

Text 32 (a)
 La2ita: (vihasya) ha2a radhe, appano pari a-ra r-uva e-najanasi mahappam ima e-,
pekkha t.ahhi

vihasya laughing; hala 0 fr i e nd;radhe Radha;appanah of the self;pari

ara of a follower; ruva e na wh o h a s t he form;na no t ;ja n a si y o u
understand; mahappam gl o r y; ima e -of he r; pekkha ju s t s e e;taha hi th e refore
it is said.

Lalita: (laughs) Radha, you do not know the glory Your servant the snake.
Look.

Text 32 (b)

avi garudassa siha man-im uraga vahu -gavv-a hari -viru-dassa

pahava isah-i mohedum tuha na a ro-m-a ali b-hu -agi-

avi ev e n; garudassa of G a r u d a;siha mani-m cr e st jewel;uraga o f t h e

serpents; vahu of t he wiv e s;gavva pr i d e ; hari re m o v i n g ;vi r u dassa w h o s e
call; pahava ii s - able; sahi 0 fr i e n d ;mo hedum to s t u n n ; tu ha yo u r ; na a -

new; roma ali -line of hairs; bhu agi -female serpent.

Friend, the snake of Your line of hairs has the power to bewilder and frustrate
even the person who stays like a jewel on the head of Garuda, the bird whose calls
take away the pride of the snakes' wives.

Note: Krsna is the person who stays like a jewel on Garuda's head.

Text 33 (a)

Radhika: (sapranaya rosam) -a idhitthe -2a2ide, ettha anavi amam v-idambesi ta .

gadu abuddh-i anam go -inam vin-navissam (iti gantum icchati)
La2ita: a imuddh-e nam sah.um coram vaj ani aj ahi (i-ti pata.nca2am adadati)

sa wi t h; pranaya af f e c t i o n;rosam an g e r;a i 0 ; d h - i t— the audacious;

2a2ide 0 La l i t a; ettha he r e ; anavi ah a v i n -g brought; mam me ; vi d a m besi y o u
are mocking; ta th a t ; gudu ah a v i n - g gone; buddhi anam e- l derly;go:mam o f
the gopis; vinnassam I s h a ll inf o r m; iti t h u s ; ga n t um to g o ; ic c h ati de s i r e s;a
i 0; m u d d he be w i l d e r ed girl;nam th i s ;sa hum pi o u s ;co ram di s h o n e s t;va
or; j ani a ha v i ng kno w n; jahi y o u g o ; i ti t h u s ;pa t a of t h egarment;
ancalam th e c orner;adadati t a k e s .

Radhika: (affectionately angry) Arrogant Lalita, first you bring me here, and
then you mock me. I will go to Vrndavana and tell the elderly gopis about you.
Lalita: Bewildered girl, first determine whether my actions are good or bad.
Then go.

Text 33 (b)

Krsnah: candi 2a2ite, yad yato duragrahan na visrantasi, tatah karavani (it.i
radham anusarpati)
La2ita: (vi2okya) cha i22a, -cittha cittha. vinnadam vinnadam

candi cr u e l; 2a2ite 0 La l i t a ;yat wh i c h ;ya t ah be c a u s e;duragrahat

wicked obstinacy; na no t ; vi s ranta st o p p e d;asi yo u a r e ;ta tah t h e r e f o r e ;
karavani I s h o u ld u n d e rgo;pariksam th e t r i a l - b y-ordeal; iti t h u s ; ra d h a m
Radha; anusarpati ap p r o a c hes;vi2okya ob s e rving;cha i22a -Oc2-ever one; cittha
cittha st o p, stop;vinnadam vinnadam it i s u n d e r s tood, it is understood.

Krsna: Cruel Lalita, because you will not give up this wicked idea, I accept this
trial-by-ordeal. (He approaches Radha).
Lalita: (observing Krsna). Clever Krsna, stop! Stop! I accept Your innocence. I
accept it.

Text 33 (c)

(iti sanskrtena)

prarabdhe puratah pariksana vidhau -trasanuviddhasya te

khinno 'yam kara pa22avas -tara 2atam ka-mpodgamaih puspayati
romancam sikhi piccha c-uda nib-idam -murtis ca dhatte tato
j natas tvam nanu pasyato hara puri sam-rajy-a dhaurey-akah

iti t h us; sanskrtena in S a n s krit;prarabdhe in t h e p r e v ious activity;

puratah pr e v i o sly;pariksana of t r i a l; vidhau in the activity; trasa f e a r ;
anuviddhasya pi e r c ed; te of Y o u ; kh i n nah di s t r e s sed;ayam th i s ; ka ra o f
trembling; kam ao f sh a -king;udgamaih st a n d i ng upr i g ht of hairs of the body;
sikhi pe a c ock;piccha fe a t h e r;cuda cr e s t;nibidam thi c k ; mu r t ih f or m ; c a
and; dhatte is it no so7;pasyatah be f o re the eyes;hara st e a l i ng;puri o f t h e
city; samrajya do m i n i o n ; dh aureyakah ab u n d a n c e .
 Krsna, when this trial-by ordeal began You were wounded by fear, and the
blossoming twig of Your hand trembled. Then the hairs on Your body stood up
like the peacock feathers in Your crown. Look, in this way I know that You must
be the king who rules the city of thieves.

Text 30 (a)

Krsnah: (sankucan namri bh-uya) ha.nta, dhi gau-ravam gaurinam yad aham eva
cauri krt-o 'smi.
La2ita: cha i22a-, ditthi aa-ppano muhena angikidam
Krsnah: sakhi, sauhrdenopadisyatam me sreyasah panthah.

sankucan sh r i n k i n g; namri bo w i n g H i s h e a d;hanta 0 ; d h i o f t h e

intelligence; gauravam th e s ig nificance;gaurmam of t h e f a ir complexioned
gopis; yat be c a use;aham I; eva in d e e d; cauri krta-h asmi I am a t h i e f;cha
i22a 0 cleverboy; ditthi ab - y g o od fortune; appanah oft h e s elf; muhena by
the mouth; angi kida-m ac c epted;sakhi 0 fr i e n d ;sa uhrdena by f r i e n d s hip;
upadisyatam ma y be instructed;me My ; sr e yasah be s t ;panthah pa t h ; ye n a
by which; aham I; ap a r a dhi of b e i n g an offender;bhavam th e s t a te;na n o t ;
vraj ami I a t t a i n.

Krsna: (pulling back, He bows His head) Alas, the great intelligence of the fair
gopis proves that I am a thief.
L alita: Clever boy, You admit it with Your own mo u t h .
Krsnah: Friend, out of friendship for Me, please show Me the right path, so I
will be an offender no longer.

Text 30 (b)

Lalita: (sanskrtena asritya)

gatanam radhayah stana giri tate y-oga-m abhito

vivikte muktanam tvam iha tarali bhuya ta-rasa
visuddhanam madhye pravisa saranarthi sahrdaya
bhajantesad gunyad a-pi prthula dosam hi -purusam

sanskrtena asritya sp e a king in Sanskrit;gatanam go n e ; ra dhayah o f R a d h a ;

stana of t he breasts;giri of t h e m o u n t a i n s; tate on t h e s lo p e;yogam y o g a ( o r
meeting); abhitah co m p l e t e ly;vivikte in s o l i t u d e;muktanam of t h e l i b e r ated
(or of the pearls); tvam Yo u ; iha he r e ; ta r a li bhuya h- a v i ng trembled (or
having become the central jewel on the necklace); tarasa qu i c k l y; visuddhanam
of the pure; madhye in t he m i d s t;pravisa pl e a se enter;sarana fo r s h e l t e r;
arthi be g g i ng; sahrdayah sa i n t ly persons;bhaj ante wo r s h i p; sad g-unyat
because of saintly qualities; api ev e n;prthula gr e a t ;dosam f a u l t s ( or arm) ;
hi ce r tainly; purusam p e r s o n .

Lalita: (in Sanskrit) You should approach the great and pure liberated souls
who in secluded places have climbed the mountain of perfection in yoga. Then,
trembling, You should beg shelter from them. Because they are very kind and
virtuous, they will help even a sinner,

This ambiguous verse may also be translated:

"You should become the central jewel on the splendid pearl-necklace

decorating the solitary slopes of the mountains of Sri Radha s breasts. You should
approach those pearls and beg for shelter. Those saintly pearls will certainly accept
You, the mighty-armed Supreme Personality of Godhead."

Text 35 (a)

Krsnah: sakhi sadhupadistam tvaya (iti san.andam upasrtya panau radham

dadhati)
Radhika: (sagadgadam) sundara, ajuttam tujj ha edam (iti p.anim acchidya
sakhinam tirodadhati)
Krsnah: (Radham apreksya sasan.kam) hanta .sakhyau, kva vam priya sakhi-

sakhi 0 fr i e n d ; sadhu we l l ; up a distam in s t r u c t e d;tvaya by y o u ; it i t hu s ;

sa wi t h; anandam bl i s s ;upasrtya ap p r o a c h i ng;panau t h e t wo h a n d s ;
radham Ra d ha;dadhati pl a c e s;sa wi t h ; ga d gadam wo r d s c h o k ed up;
sundara 0 be a u t i f ul boy; ajuttam im p r o p e r ;tujj ha Yo u r ; ed am th i s ;i t i
thus; panim th e h a n d; acchidya re m o v i n g;sakhinam of t h e t r e e s;tirodadhati
hides; radham Ra d h a;apreksya ob s e r v ing;sa wi t h ; sa n k am al a r m ; h a n ta 0 ;
sakhyau friends; kva where.;vam your;priya dear;sakhi friend.

Krsna: Friend, what you teach is right.

(Blissful, He approaches Radha, and places His hand upon Her).
Radhika: (with a faltering voice). Handsome one, this is not right. (Radha
removes Krsna's hand and then dissappears into the trees.)
Krsna: (Observing Radha's departure, Krsna becomes alarmed.) Friends, where
did your dear friend go7
Text 35 (b)

Ubhe: mohana, niruvi a-bhanissamha. (iti sakhi p-rstham asadya) h.ala rahi
namma sz-2am kanham parihasidum 2addho osaro t.a kkhanam savahittha ho-i.

ubhe both; mohana 0 charming boy;niruvi a -having discovered;

bhanissamha we shall relate; iti t h u s ; sa khi of t h e f r i e n d; rahi 0 Ra dha;
namma jo k i n g; silam na t u r e ;ka nham Kr s n a ;pa rihasidum to m a k e a joke ;
laddhah at t a ined;osarah op p o r t u n i t y; ta th a t ; kk h a n am m o m e n t ;
savahittha wi t h p r e t e nse; ho-i p l e a se become.

Lalita and Visakha: Charming one when we find her, we will tell You. (They
approach Radha from behind). Friend Radha, now is the chance to tease this
playful joker Krsna. For a moment hide what You really feel.

Text 35 (c)

Radhika: (savyajambhruvauvibhujya) 2a2id.e, parihasidum ti kimbhanasi.jam

irisam sahasam na kkhu madisi ejutt-am. ta patthidamhi.

sa wi t h; vyaj am wi t h c u n n i n g ; bhruvau ey e b r o w;vibhujya b e n d i n g ;

2a2ide 0 La l i t a; parihasidum to j o k e ; ti th u s ; k i m h o w 7 ;bh a n asi y o u s p e a k ;
jam which; irisam li k e t h i s; sahanam bo l d r e c k l e ss act;na n o t ; k k h u
indeed; madisi eb y -o ne like me; juttam pr o p e r ; ta th e r e ;pa t thidamhi I h a v e
left.

Radhika: (cunningly moving her eyebrows) Lalita, why do you say I should
tease Him7 It is not right for a person like Me to mistreat anyone. I will leave here
at once.

Text 35 (d)

Lalita: (krsnam abhyupetya) candana.na amha pi .a sah-i k-im-vi vinnavidu kamavi-

bha-e(A.
Krsnah: sakhi, na kha2v atra vasa vartini ja-ne bhitir avakasam 2abhate. tan
nikamam aj napayatu

krsnam Krsna;abhyupetya approaching;candanana 0 moon-faced boy;

amha ou r; pi ad ea r ;- sahi f r i e n d ; k im vi so m e t h i n g vinnavidu
; to say;
kamavi al t h o u gh she desires;bha edi sh e is afraid;sakhi 0 fr i e n d ;na n o t ;
khalu in d e e d; atra he r e ;va sa v-artini su b m i s s i ve and obedient; jane t o w a r d s
a person; bhitih fe a r;avakasam op p o r t u n i t y; la bhate at t a i s n;tat t h a t ;
nikamam ac c o rding to desire;ajnapayatu ma y s he command.

Lalita: (approaches Krsna). 0 boy with a face like the moon, although She
yearns to speak with You, our friend is afraid.
Krsna: Friend, there is no need to fear a submissive servant. She may order Me
as She likes.

Text 35 (e)

Lali ta: (sanskrtam asri ty a)

cetas tamyati me bhayormibhir alam pani dvay-am kampate

kanthah sajjati hanta ghurnati sirah svidyanti gatrany api
gosthakhandala canda saha-sa vidh-au tenasmi naham ksama
yad durad abhisarito nisi bhavan etan mama ksamyatu

cetah mi n d; tamyati is p e r p l e x e d;me my ; bh a ya of f e a r ;ur m ibhih w i t h

waves; alam gr e a tly;pani ha n d s ;dvayam tw o ; ka m p a te tr e m b l e ;ka nthah
throat; sajj ati is c h o k ed up; hanta 0 ; g h u r n a ti sp i n s ;si r ah he a d ;sv idyanti
perspire; gatrani limbs; api even;gostha of t h e l a n do f c o ws (Vraja);
akhandala 0 monarch;canda cruel; sahasa reckless; vidhau deed; tena by
that; asmi I a m; na no t ; ah a m I; ks a m a ab l e ;ya t wh i c h ; d u r a t from a great
distance; abhisaritah wh o h as arrived at the place of rendesvouz;nisi a t n i g h t ;
bhavan Yo u; etat th a t ; ma ma of m e ; ks a m yatu m a y f o r g i v e .

Lalita: My heart is tossed by waves of fear. My hands tremble. My throat is

choked. My head spins. 0 prince of Vraja, I have no power to do great deeds. From
far away You have come here at night. Please forgive me.

Text 16 (a)

Krsnah: (svagatam) najane narmato dharmato vayam giram garima

Radhika: (kincid avirbhuya) sahi tun.nam patthavehi nam. j ava kovi na pekkhadi
Krsnah: (sakhedam atmagatam) capa2a premano -hi ba2a ramanya-h tat kim.
ivasambhavyam nama

svagatam as ide;na no t ;ja ne I u n d e r s t a n d;narmatah f r o m j o k i n g ;

dharmatah fr o m r e l i g i o us principles;va or ; ay am th i s ;gi r am o f t h e w o r d s ;
garima si g n i f i c ance;kincit so m e w h a t;avirbhuya be c o m i ng vis ible;sahi 0
friend; tunnam qu i c k l y; patthavehi pl e a se send away;nam Hi m ; j ava t o
which extent; kovi so m e o n e;na no t ; pe k k h adi se e s ;sa wi t h ; kh e d am
unhappiness; atmagatam as i d e;capala fli c k e r i n g;premanah lo v e ; hi i n d e e d ;
bala r-amanyah yo u ng girls; tat t h a t ; kim wh a t 7 ;iv a li k e ; as a mbhavyam
impossible; nama c e r t a i nly.

Krsna: (aside) I don t know whether she is joking or showing good manners.
Radhika: (Becoming partly visible) Friend, quickly send Him away. No one
should see me.
Krsna: (Unhappily says to Himself) Girls are very fickle in love. What is not
possible for them7

Text 36 (b)

(prakasam).

tvayahutah parsve pranaya niku-rambena rabhasad

asiddhartho radhe bhavitum ihayuktah katham aham
sriyakrstah krsnayasa mani-r ayas kanta -silaya-
sphutam tam asprstva bhaj ati kim adure sthagitatam

prakasam openly; tvaya by y o u; ahutah ca lled;parsve nearby; pranaya

love; nikurambena wi t h an abundance;rabhasat wi t h g r e at zeal;asiddha n o t
completed;arthah goal;radhe 0 Radha; bhavitum to be; iha here; yuktah
proper; katham how is it7 aham I ; sr i ya by t h e o p u l e n c e;
akrstah at t r a c t e d;
krsnayasa manih -ir on; ayas kanta -of the magnet;silaya by t h e s to ne ;
sphutam cl e a rly; tam h e r ; as prstva no t t o u c h i n g; bhaj ati at t a i n s;kim w h y 7 ;
adure not f ar away; sthagitatam th e s t a te of being concealed.

(openly) With passionate love You called Me to Your side. 0 Radha, is it right
to leave My desire unfulfilled7 As iron is drawn to a magnet, so I am drawn to You.
I did not even touch You. Why did You run away and hide7

Text 37 (a)

La2ita: go u2ananda-, rahi am kisa -uva2ahesi nam dha.mma hada am -cce-a -uva2aha,
jo kkhu hadaso donam nibbhraranurattanam antare padibandhi hodi -

go u2ananda -0 bl i ss of Gokula; rahi am Rad-ha; kisa why7; uva2ahesi do

you criticise; nam indeed; dhamma of r e l i g i o n;hada am tr a n - sgression; cce-a
indeed; uvalaha Yo u s ho u ld critic ise; jah w h i c h ; k k hu i n d e e d ; ha dasah b e r e f t
ofhope; donam of t he t w o; nibhah g r e a t l y; anurattanam af f e c t i o nate;antare
within; padibandhi hodi be c o me an obstacle.

Lalita: Bliss of Gokula, why do You blame Radha7 You should blame Your own
sin. That sin is no an obstacle to stop You two from becoming lovers.

Text 37 (b)

Krsnah: pasya pasya

sakhi nirbharam anuraktah

pranayinam anuyanti dharmam api hitva
iyam ati raga -praci
cumbati vidhum indra nath-api

pasya pasya look, look; sakhi 0 friend; nirbharam gr e a t l y;anuraktah

affectionate; pranayinam to t h e b e loved;anuyanti go e s ;dharmam m o r a l i t y ;
api ev e n; hitva ha v i n g a bandoned;iyam th i s ; ati gr e a t ;ra ga lo v e ;pr a c i
facing; cumbati ki s s e s;vidhum Ca n d r a ( t he deity of the moon), (also a name of
Lord Visnu); indra natha -Ta r a, the wife of Brhaspati, the priest of Indra (or a
woman with a powerful or opulent husband); api e v e n .

Krsna: Look! Look! Friend, leaving morality behind, they who love
passionately run to their beloved. Passionately in love, Indra s wife kissed the
demigod Candra.

Note: Ambiguous, this verse may also be translated:

"Look! Look! Friend, leaving morality behind, they who love passionately run
to their beloved. Passionately in love, even a king s wife will kiss the Supreme
Personality of Godhead."

Text 38 (a)

Lalita: tumhanam uttara pa uttare -ko n-ama pahavadi ta ido vij .ayentu sami pada -

Radhika: (sakutam anusrtya) 2a2ide, ap.pano muhena kimvi vinnavi anam -

nivatthava issam -

tumhanam of y o u; uttara pa uttare -in -the debate; kah w h a t 7 ; nama

indeed; pahavadi is p o s sible;ta th e r e f o r e;idah fr o m t h i s ; vij ayentu s h o u l d
go; sami of the Lord; pada fe e t; sa wi t h ; ak u t am in t e n t i o n ;an usrtya
approaching; 2a2ide 0 La l i t a; appanah ow n ; mu h e na by t h e m o u t h; ki m v i
something; vinnavi a -ha v i ng instructed; nam th i s ; ni v a tthava is-sam I s ha ll turn
away.

Lalita: Can You give an answer7 0 noble lady, You should leave this place.
R adhika: (deliberately approaching Lalita). Lalita, with My owm m o uth I w i l l
say something. Then I will go.

Text 38 (b)

(iti 2a2itam aveksya san.skrtena)

samantan me kirtir mukharita sati -man-da2a muk-ha

ka2anonmuktam ku2am avika2a srir -api patih
ca2ac ci22i -2$2a j-ita mad-ana dhan-voddhatir ayam
tad asminn arambhe hrdayam aphalam viklavayati

iti th u s ; 2a2itam La l i t a; aveksya gl a n c i n g;sanskrtena i n S a n s krit;

samantat co m p l e tely; me my ; ki r t i h go o d r e p u t a t i o n;mukharita r e s o u n d i n g ;
sati of t he pious gopis;mandala of t h e c o m m u n i t y;mukha m o u t h s ;
ka2ankena of any taint; unmuktam fr e e ; k u2am f a m i l y ; av ika2a en t i r e ; srih
beauty and opulence; api al t h o u g h; patih ma s t e r;calat m o v i n g ; c i22i of t h e
e yebrows (compared to creepers); 2i2a by the pastimes;jit a c o n quered;
madana cu p i d; dhanva of t h e b o w; uddhatih th e p r i d e ; ayam th i s ; ta t t h a t ;
asmin in t h i s; arambhe at t e m p t; hrdayam he a r t ;aphalam f r u i t l e s s ;
viklavayati ca u s es to become depressed.

(Glances at Lalita). My glories always stay in the mouths of the circle of saintly
ladies. My family is free from any impurity. My husband has all glory and
opulence. Still, He whose restless eyebrows defeat even Kamadeva's bow now
brings sorrow to My worthless heart.

Text 39

Krsnah: (radham nirupya socchvas.am atmagatam)

dhavantyah sruti saskuli p-arisaram -sangad apangad apanga sriyo -

dhatte hiraka kundalam -marakatottamsa dyutim sub-hruvah

vag antah smit-a bhag vibha-ti tad idam sanke sakhi siksaya -
 vaimukhyam ki2a krtrimam vi2asati k2antim mano ma sma gah

radham Ra d ha;nirupya ob s e r v i n g;sa wi t h ; uc c h vasam a s i g h ;

atmagatam as i d e;dhavantyah mo v i n g ; sruti o f t h e e a r s;saskuli t h e o p e n i n g ;
parisaram near; sangat fr o m c o n t a ct; apanga of s i d e l o ng-glances;sriyah o f
the beauty; dhatte pl a c e s;hiraka di a m o n d ; ku n dalam ea r r i n g ;marakata
emerald; uttamsa o r n a m ent; dyutim l u s t e r ;subhruvah of s h e w ho h as beautiful
eyebrows; vak wo r d s ; antah w i t h i n ; s m i ta s m i l e ; b h ak p o s s e s sing; vibhati i s
brilliantly manifest; tat t h e r e f o re; idam th i s ; sa nke I s u s p e c t;sakhi o f t h e
friend; siksaya b y t he i ns truction; vaimukhyam a v e r s i o n; kila i n d e e d ;
krtrimam a r t i f i c i al; vi2asati is m a n i f e sted; k2antim d e j e c t io n; manah 0 m i n d ;
ma don't; sma indeed;gah go.

Krsna: (glancing at Radha, Krsna sighs and says to Himself) Touched by Her
restless sidelong glances, Radha s earrings are now dark like emeralds. Also, within
the words of this girl with beautiful eyebrows a smile now glistens. 0 My heart,
please do not be unhappy. I suspect Her rejection of Me is a pretense created by
Her friend's advice.

Text 00 (a)

La2ita: (krsna mukh-am a2okya janan.tikam). visahe, ingidena 2akkhemi. unnzdam

imina amhanam rahassam
Visakha: adha im

krsna Kr s n a 's; mukham face;alokya observed; janantikam whishpering;

visahe 0 Vi s a k h a;ingidena b y the intention; lakkhemi I a m undertood;
unnidam di s c o vered; imina by this; amhanam ou r ; ra h assam se c r e t;adha
im this is certainly true.

Lalita: (She looks at Krsna s face and whispers to Visakha:) Visakha, by

looking at Him I know that Krsna has uncovered our secret.
Visakha: Yes, it is true.

Text 00 (b)

Krsnah: (sasmitam) 2a2ite, krtamatra vancana caturi pr-apance-na nahi 2uta.ya

prasaritas tantavo gandha sindhura-sya bandhaya prabhavanti
Visakha: sahi rahe, nippha2am vi2ambasi. jhatti kidatthz-kuna appano pi a janam-

sa wi t h; smitam a s m i l e ; 2a2ite 0 L a l i t a ; krt am u s e l e s s; atra here;

vancana at cheating;caturi ex p e r t ;pr apancena th e m a n i f e station; nahi n o t a t
all; lutaya by a s pider;prasaritah ex p a n d e d;tantavah we b s ;gandha-
sindhurasya of a maddened elephant;bandhaya fo r b i n d i n g; prabhavanti i s
able; sahi 0 fr iend;rahe 0 Ra dha;nippha2am fruitless; vi2ambasi you a re
delaying; j hatti im m e d i a t e ly;kidatthi k-una pl e a se fulfill the desire;appanah o f
your own; pi a -janam dear friend.

Krsna: (smiles) Lalita, you cannot trick Me with these words. A spider cannot
weave a web that will catch an elephant.
Visakha: Friend Radha, Your teasing is now useless. At once fulfill Your
beloved's desire.

Text 00 (c)

Krsnah: (sanuragam)

karna dvan-dvam idam rutair iha kuhu kant-hasya kunthi krta-m

sadyah koma2a bhar-ati pari-ma2eno22aghaya s2aghaya
nihsankam ki2a sita2i kuru -parirambhena rambhoru me
gambhira smar-a vahn-i tapa -2ahar-i patra-ni gatrany api

karna of e ars;dvandvam th e p a i r; idam th i s ; ru t a ih wi t h s o u n d s ;i h a

here; kuhukanthasya of a c uc ko o; kunthi krtam -b l u n t e d; sadyah im m e d i a t e ly;
koma2a gentle; bharatz of e l o q ue nt words;parima2ena wi t h t he f ragrance;
ullaghaya pl a se cure;slaghaya wi t h w o r d s of praise;nihsankam fe a r l e ssly;
ki2a in d eed; sita2i kuru -ma ke cool; parirambhena wi t h a n e mb r ace;
rambhoru 0 beautiful Radha; me My; gambhira deep;smara of love; vahni
of the fires; tapa of t he h eat;2ahari of t h e w a v e s;patrani re c e p t a cles;gatrani
limbs; api e v e n .

Krsnah: (with passionate love) With the fragrance of sweet words please cure
My ears deafened by the cuckoos cooing. 0 girl with t he beautiful thighs, with
Your unhesitating embrace please cool My limbs now splashed by waves of the
flames of passionate love.

Text Wl (a)

Visakha: sundara, esa bhaavadi lajja rahi a ruvena -u-ttinna. tajava nam cadu
bandhena sammuhi kadu asamape-mha tava bhavantena somma si ala vut-tin-a -

hodavvam
 sundara 0 ha n d s o me boy;esa sh e ; bhaavadi of t h e d e m i g o dess;lajj a
shame; jj evva ce rtainly; rahi a of R a d h a ;ruvena in t h e f o r m; ut t inna h a s
descended; ta th e r e f ore;j ava as l o ng as;nam he r ; ca du b-andhena w i t h w o r d s
of praise; sammuhi k-adu a -facing; samappemha I o f f e r; tava fo r t h a t l e g nth of
time; bhavantena by Y o u; somma ge n t l e and noble;si a-la co o l; vuttina w i t h a
disposition; hodavyam sh o u ld be done.

Visakha: Handsome one, assuming the form of Radha, the Goddess of Shyness
has descended to this world. I will praise Her with sweet words. You please be cool
and calm, like a perfect gentleman.

Text OI (b)

Krsnah: (sadaram)

ayam atra nisarga sital-ah

sakhi radha kuca-yor avasthitim
nava kanc-ana kum-bhayor aham
sphurad indivra dam-avad bhaj e

sa wi t h; adaram re v e r e n c e;ayam th i s ; at ra he r e ;ni s arga b y n a t u r e ;

sitalah co o l; sakhi 0 fr i e n d ;ra d ha of R a d h a ;kucayoh of t h e b r e asts;
avasthitim re s i d e nce;nava ne w ; ka n cana go l d ; ku m b hayoh pi t c h e r s;aham
I; sphurat cl e a rly;indivara of b l u e l o t us flowe rs;dama a g a r l a n d;vat l i k e ;
bhaj e I attain.

Krsna: (repectful) By nature I am very cool and calm. Friend, now I will
become like blue-lotus garland resting on the golden waterpots of Radha's breasts.

Text 02 (a)

(iti mandam mandam radham upasarpati)

Radhika: (kincid upasrtya) sahi visahe, sutthu bhidamhi. ta kimti mam uvekkhasi.

iti t h us; mandam mandam sl o w l y ; ra d ham Ra d h a ;upasarpati ap p r o a c hes;

kincit s o m e w h at; apasrtya sh r i n k i n g ;sahi 0 fr i e n d ;vi s ahe Vi s a k h a;sutthu
clearly; bhidamhi I a m a f r a i d;ta th e r e f o r e; kimti w h y 7 ; ma m t o m e ;
uvekkhasi do y ou abandon.
 (Krsna slowly approaches Radha.)
Radhika: (backing away) Friend Visakha, I am afraid. Why do you abandon
Me7

Text 02 (b)

Lalita: rahe, esa visaheti vikkhida kadham tumam pacchadi a-rakkhidum

pahavadu, ta rakkhana kk-hamam nam vana ma-li am -jj eva bhaj ehi. j am esa a ad-ida
Slll-Bluha dlsa l -

rahe 0 Ra d h a;esa sh e ; visaheti as V i s a kha; vikkhida ce l e b r a ted;

kadham ho w; t umam y o u ; pa c c hadia - h a v i n g c oncealed; rakkhidum t o
protect; pahavadu may be able; ta therefore;rakkhana protection; kkhamam
competent; nam t h i s ; vana o f f o r e st flowe rs; mali-am g a r l a n d ; j j e va s u r e l y ;
bhaj ehi pl e ase take; jam b e c a u s e; esa th i s ; a adid-a at t r a c ted; silimuha
bumble-bees; disa is - e en.

Lalita: Radha, her name is "Visakha". How can she protect You7 Accept this
garland. It will protect You. You can see it attracts all the black bees.

Note: The word "Visakha" may be interpreted to means "without hands". Lalita
explains that because she is handless, Visakha cannot protect Radha.

Text 02 (c)

Radhika: (sapranaya rosam) -a idumm-uhi 2a2ide, siddha cce atumh-a manoraha,

tadhavi na nivuttasi.
Visakha: ha2a rahi, savvanam go u2a jan-anam abha adana s-attre d-ikkhido kanho.
ta ido kim ti bha esi -

sa wi t h; pranaya af f e c t i o n;rosam an d a n g e r;a i 0 ; d - u m m u hi f o u l -

mouthed; 2a2ide 0 La l i t a; siddha ac c o m p l i s hed;cee as u r e - ly; tumha y o u r ;
manoraha de s ires;tadhavi ne v e r t h e less;na no t ; ni v u t tasi yo u h a v e gone
away; ha2a 0; r a hi Ra d h a ;savvanam to a l l ; go u2a of -Gokula; j ananam t h e
residents; abha adana -for giving fearlessness; sattre fo r t he Vedic ritual;
dikkhidah co n s e cratede;kanhah Kr s n a ; ta th e r e f o r e;idah fr o m t h i s ; k im ti
why indeed7; bha esi ar e-you afraid.

Radhika: (with affectionate anger) 0 Lalita with the harsh mouth, now your
desires are fulfilled. Still you do not go away.
 Visakha: Radha, Krsna has begun a Vedic ritual of to bring fearlessness to all
the people of Gokula. Why are You afraid7

Text 02 (d)

Krsnah: sundari radhe, tvam eva susthu balisthasi. tatah katham mattas tava
bhittih. tatha hi

sundari be a u t i f u l; radhe 0 Ra d h a ;tv am yo u ; eva ce r t a i n l y; susthu

clearly; balistha s t r o n gest; asi ar e ; t atah t h e r e f o r e;katham h o w i s i t 7 ;
mattah because of Me; tava yo u r ; b h i t ih f e a r ; t a t ha hi a s i t is s aid.

Krsna: Beautiful Radha, you are much stronger. Why do You fear Me7

Text 02 (e)

ahino bhru-gucchah kuti2a va2an-air vestayati mam

kharas te netranto mayi vitanute tadana vidhi-m
pra2ambah kesanto harati hatha vrttya -mama ba2am
bhajadbhis tvam etair aham iha jitair asmi vijitah

ahinah Ka l i ya, the king of the snakes (or broad); bhru o f t h e ey ebrows;
gucchah cl u s ter of blossoms; kuti2a c r o o k e d; va2anaih wi t h m o v e m e n t s;
vestayati su r r o u n d s;mam Me ; kh a r ah th e d e m o n D h e n u k a sura;te y o u r ;
netra of t he eyes;antah co r n e r;mayi in M e ; v i t a n u te e x t e n d s; tadana o f
chastising; vidhim t h e a c t i vi ty; pralambah th e d e m on Pralambasura (or hanging
down); kesa of t he hair; antah en d ; ha r a ti r e m o v e s ; hatha o f v i o l e n c e ;
vrttya by t he activity;mama My ; ba l am Ba l a r a m a, (or stregnth); bhajadbhih
worshipping or taking shelter; tvam yo u e t a ih b y t h e m ;ah am I ; i h a h er e ;
jitaih c o n q u e r ed; asmi I am; vijitah c o n q u e r ed.

Staying in Your flower eyebrows, the Kaliya snake surrounds Me. Staying in the
corners of Your eyes, Dhenukasura attacks Me. Staying in Your hair, Pralambasura
makes Me powerless. Though I once defeated them, now they defeat Me.

Text 03 (a)

La2ita: kanha, kudo ima eva2ittha-ttanam jam appano dhanam tu-atto mo avidum -
na samattha .

kanha 0 Kr s n a ;kudah fr o m w h a t p l a c e7;ima e -he r; valitthanam s u p e r i o r

stregnth; jam b e c a use; appanah of t he self;dhanam op u l e n c e;tu a-ttah f r o m
You; mo a-vidum to t a ke away;na no t ; sa m attha i s a b l e .

Lalita: Krsna, how can Radha be stronger than You7 No one has the power to
rob You of Your glories.

Text 03 (b)

Visakha: (sanskrtena)

vidhatte kamsarih sakhi paramahamsalisu ratim

manohamsendram te katham api na nirmoksyati tatah
badhanamum sadyas tvam api bhuja va22i -vi2as-itaih
sathe kah ksemarthi sumukhi nahi sathyam ghatayati

sanskrtena in S anskrit;vidhatte pl a c e s;kamsa of K a m s a;arih t h e e n e m y

(Krsna); sakhi 0 fr i e n d ;pa ramahamsa of p u r e d e v o t ees;alisu to w a r d s the
multitudes; ratim lo v e ; ma nah of t h e m i n d ; ha msa os s w a n s;indram t o t h e
king; te yo u r ; ka t ham api so m e w ay or othe r; na no t ; ni r m o k syati w i l l f r e e ;
tatah th e r e fore;badhana bi n d i n g ; amum th i s ; sa dyah im m e d i a t e l y;tvam
you; api even; bhuja of th e arms; va22i cr e epers;vi2asitaih pe a c e;arthi
desiring; sumukhi be a u t i f ul face;nahi ce r t a i n ly no t;sathyam di s h o n e s ty;
ghatayati attains.

Visakha: Friend, Krsna loves the noble swans of His devotees. Why, even
though You yearn to bind him with the flow ering vines of Your arms, does the
swan of Your heart not go to Him. 0 g ir l w i t h th e beautiful face, who, desiring a
peaceful and happy life, would not turn from such dishonest tricks7

Text 00 (a)

radhika: (sabhisuyam) pave visahi e tumam -v.i 2a2ida evisa2ad-a emarud-ena

du.sldasl.

sa wi th abhisuyam a n g e r ; pave sinner; visahi e Vi s a k -h.a;

tumam y o u ;
vi ev e n; 2a2ida eof La l -ita;visa2ada e of the poison flowervine; marudena b y
-

the breeze; dusidasi po i s o ned.

 Radha: (angry) Sinful Visakha, the breeze from the poison-flowervine of Lalita
has poisoned you.

Text 00 (b)

Krsnah: sakhi 2a2ite,svaprasadamrte kamam adattavagahanaya katham adyapi

tatasthi kr-to 'smi radhaya

s akhi 0 f r i e n d ; 2a2ite 0 L a l i t a ; sva ow n; prasada me r c y ; am rte n e c t a r ;

kamam according to desire; adatta not granted; avagahanaya th e i m m e r s ion;
katham ho w is it7; adya no w ; a p i even; tatasthi krt-ah pl a c ed on the shore;
asmi I a m; ra dhaya b y R a d h a .

Krsna: Friend Lalita, why does Radha not allow Me to dive into the nectar of
Her mercy7 Why does She make Me wait on its shore7

Text 00 (c)

La2ita: kanha, munca caturi vittha-ram na kk.hu canda a2i vi--a jhatti va ametta-
ena sulaha ppasa-da amha pl a s-ah-l-
Krsnah: katham sulabhas te sakhi prasa-dah
Lalita: se asant-anena

kanha 0 Kr s n a ;munca pl e a se abandon;caturi of c l e v e r ness; vittharam

expansion; na no t ; k k hu i n d e e d ; canda ali C- a n d r a vali;vi aj u s - t l i k e; jhatti
immediately; va ab y - w o r d s;metta ena on - l y;sulaha ea s y to attain;ppasada
mercy; amha ou r ; pi ad ea - r sahi ; f r i e n d ; k a t h am h o w i s i t 7 ; sulabhah e a s y
to attain; te yo u r ; s akhi o f t h e f r i e n d; prasadah me r c y ; se a o f s- e rvice;
santanena by a continuous flow.

Lalita: Krsna, give up trying to trick us. My dear friend is not like Candravah,
who gives mercy the moment she is asked.
Krsna: How does one attain your friend's mercy7
Lalita: By constant service.

Text 00 (d)
 Krsnah: (sanandam, radham pasyan) .

kim candanena kucayo racayami citram

uttamsayami kabarim tava kim prasunaih
angani langimatarangi karena kim va
samvahayamy atanu-kheda-karambitani

sa with; anandam b l i s s; ra dha Ra d h a ;pasyan s e e i n g; kim w h e t h e r 7 ;

candanena with sandalwood paste; kucayoh on t h e t wo b re asts;racayami I
shall draw; citram a p i c t u r e; uttamyami s h a l l I d e c o rate with a crown;
kabarim br a i d s; tava yo u r ; k im w h e t h e r 7prasunaih
; wi t h f lo w e r s ; angani
limbs; langima tar-a ex t r e mely beautiful; angi l i m b s ; ka r e na w i t h t h e h a n d ;
kim va or w h e t h er7; samvahayami sh a ll I m a ssage; atanu of c u p i d; kh eda
a ffliction; karambitani m i x e d .

Krsna: (joyfully glancing at Radha). 0 girl with the beautiful limbs, shall I draw
sandal-paste pictures on Your breasts7 Shall I decorate Your braids with flowers7
With My hand shall I massage your limbs tormented by Kamadeva7

Text 05 (a)

Radhika: (sa2i2am apakramya sang.u2i tarj a-nam) pama.ri, s umarissasi osare ta.
esagharam gacchantijimhanam tumhanamhatthadoappanam mo ava i-ssam-

sa with; 2I2am p a s times; apakramya r e t r e a t ing; sa w i t h ; sa w i t h ;

angu2i finger; tarj anam sc o l d i n g; pamari 0 ra s c a l;sumarissasi y o u s h a l l
remember; osare on t he occasion;ta th e r e f o r e; esa I; gh a r am h o m e ;
gacchanti going; jimhanam crooked; tumhanam of you; hatthadah from the
hand; appanam m y s e lf; mo ava iss-am -I shall release.

Radhika: (playfully turning away, she points a finger at Lalita) Crooked wretch,
you will remember this moment! No w I w i l l go h o me. I will escape from the
hands of you crooked girls.

Text 05 (b)

La2i ta: (patanca2am akrsy a)

sahi rahi yahi na gharam para hatthe pat-thidamhi ni ahamse-

a-i bahire hirannam desi kudo ancale ganthim
 pata of the sari; ancalam co r n e r; akrsya pu l l i n g ; sahi 0 fr i e n d ;r a hi 0
Radha; yahi pl e a se go;na no t ; gh a r am ho m e ; ar a o th e r ; h a t t he i n t h e h a n d ;
patthidamhi I am prepared; ni a -ow n; h amse in t h e s wan (of the mind);a i-
0; bahire 0 de af girl;hirannam go ld; desi you give;kudah how is it7;
ancale on t he border; ganthim knot.

Lalita: (pulling the corner of Radha's garment) Friend Radha, don't go home.
With the swan of my hand I will stop You. Deaf girl, why do You keep this gold
tied in the corner of Your clothing7

Text 06 (a)

Radhika: munca muncancalam. ido gadu aajj-i am -vinnavissam

(nepathye)

hanta nattini 2a2ide, kahim de pi a sa-hi -rahi a -

Lalita: hanta, esa ajji amu-hara idhajjevva a acch-adi

Krsnah: (sasankam) tato daviyan bhavami. (iti tatha sthitah).

munca let go; munca le t g o; ancalam of t h e b o r d e r;idahfr o m t h i s p l a c e;

gadu ah-aving gone; ajj i am -the respectable Mukhara; vinnavissam I shall
inform; nepathye fr o m t he w i n g s; hanta 0 ; n a t t i n i 0 gra n d d a u g h t e r;
2a2ide 0
Lalita; kahim wh e r e 7;de yo u r ; pi ad e- a r ; sahi fr i e n d ;ra hi aR - a d h ahanta
;
0; esa sh e; ajji at h- ep i o us woma n; muhara Mu k h a r a ;id ha he r e jj; evva
indeed; a accha-di is coming; sa wi t h ; sa n kam a l a r m ; t a t ah t h e r e f o r e ;
daviyan fa r away;bhavami I s h a ll b e come; iti t h u s ; t a t ha i n t h a t w a y ;
sthitah He becomes situated.

Radhika: Let go of the edge of My clothing! Let go! W hen I leave this place I
will tell the noble lady all about this.
Mukhara: (calling from off-stage) Granddaughter Lalita, where is your dear
friend Radha7
Lalita: 0, here comes saintly Mukhara.
Krsna: (alarmed) I should run far away! (He does that.)

Text 06 (b)

(pravisya)

Mukhara: (puro drstim niksipya sasankam atmagatam) jo kkhu du.rado kovi

nilima-punjo maraga-a-tthambham pasappa e .(iti krsnantikam anusarpati) .

purah ah e a d; drstim gl a n c e ;niksipya th r o w i n g ; sa w i t h ; a s a n kam

uncertainly; duradah fr o m a g re at distance;kovi so m e o n e; nilima o f b l u e n e s s;
punjah abundance; maraga-a emerald; tthambham column; vidambantah
imitating; ditthim v i s i o n ; me my ; a - a t t h a -i — attracts; nunam i n d e e d;sah H e ;
esah this; kanhah Krsna;bhave may be; jam because;a u-ruvvam
unprecedented; kim pi so m e t h i n g;sorabbham sw e et fragrance;pasappa i -has
become extended; iti t h u s ; kr s na of K r s n a ; antikam p r o x i m i t y ; a nusarpati
approaches.

(Mukhara enters).
Mukhara: (Glancing ahead, she becomes doubtful about what she sees. She
says to herself) Something that looks like a sapphire pillar attracts my eyes from
afar. It must be Krsna. He has a wonderful sweet fragrance.

Text 06 (c)

Krsnah: arye (ity ardhokte)

Mukhara: (sakapatakrosam)ko kkhu ajj eti khu2akhu2avedi.
Krsnah: arye mukhare, sukham vardhase
Mukhara: mohana java .tuha vamsi a em-u--attanam na samvuttam tava kudo
amhanam suham.
Krsnah: arye, kim te paradhyati vamsi

arye 0 pi o u s w o m a n; iti t h u s ; ar d ha h a l f ;u k t e s p o k e n ; sa w i t h ;
kapata pretended;akrosam harsh words; kah who7; kkhu indeed;ajj eti the
word "0 pious woman"; khu2akhu2avedi speaks; arye 0 p i o u s w o m a n ;
mukhare 0 Mu k h a r a ; sukham h a p p i n e s s;vardhase yo u i n c r e ase; mohana 0
charming boy;java to w h i c h e x t e n t; tuha Y o u r ; va m si a e o - f t- he flute; mu-
attanam si l ence; na n o t ; s a mvuttam o c c u r r ed; tava t o t h a t e x t ent; kudah
how7; mahanam of us; suham h a p p i n e ss;arye 0 p i o u sw o m a n; kim h o w ;
te yo u; aparadhyati of f e n d s;vamsi t h e f lu t e .

Krsna: Noble lady,. . (He is interrupted in the middle of His words.)

.

Mukhara: (with pretended harshness). Who mumbles "Noble lady"7

Krsna: Saintly Mukhara, may you be happy.
Mukhara: Charming boy, how we be happy when Your flute refuses to be
silent7
Krsna: Noble lady, did My flute offend you7

Text 06 (d)
 Mukhara: pucchaima o-savva g-o u-2aba2i a -o-ja o-kanna s-imam pavisattammi
vamsi a -p-hukkararambhe varam v-aram nivarijjanti o-vi vane dha a-nti.

puccha pl e ase ask;ima a-h these; savva al l; go u-2a of Goku l a; ba2i a -a-h
young girls; j a ah -who; kanna of t h e e a rs;simam t h e b o u n d a r y;
pavisattammi en t e r s;vamsi a -of the flute; phukkara of t h e h i s s ing; arambhe
in the beginning; varam va-ram ag a in and again;nivarijj anti ah -fo r b i d d e n; vi
even though; vane in t he f o r e st;dha an-ti r u n .

Mukhara: Go ask the girls of Gokula. Whenever the sound of Your flute
approaches their ears, those girls run into the forest, even though again and again
we try to stop them.

Text 06 (e)

Krsnah: (vihasya) mukhare, satyam yatharthanamasi

Mukhara: mohana, padose tujj ha ettha paveso mam sanka ulam -karedi
Krsnah: mukhare, krtam atra sankaya yad .adya parunamasya me varnitam
tavatra catvaranke cankramiti kapy adbhuta hariniti.

vihasya la u g h i ng; mukhare 0 Mu k h a r a ;satyam in t r u t h ; ya t ha artha-

appropriate; nama na m e ; asi yo u a r e ;mohana 0 ch a r m i n g b o y;padose i n t h e
evening; tujjha Yo u r ; et t ha he r e ;pa vesah en t r a n c e;mam to m e ; sa nka
ulam ag i t ated with fear;karedi ca u s e s;mukhare 0 Mu k h a r a ;kr t am u s e l e s s ;
atra he r e; sankaya fe a r ;yat be c a u s e;adya no w ; pa u r n amasya b y
Paurnamasi; me to M e; varnitam de s c r i b e d;tava yo u r ; at ra he r e ;ca t vara
anke in t he courtyard; cankrami wa n d e r i ng about;iti th u s ; ka a pi a c e r t a i n ;
adbhuta am a zing;harini fe m a l e d eer;iti t h u s .

Krsna: (laughing) Mukhara, your name is very appropriate.

Mukhara: Charming boy, Your coming here at night frightens me.
Krsna: Mukhara, you are afraid for no reason. Paurnamasi told Me a wonderful
doe wanders in this courtyard

Note: "Mukhara" means "talkative".

Text 06 (f)
 Mukhara: na ara, pahade pecchisassi .nam danim sahehi .
Krsnah: hanta v-rddhe gaddara v-isana kathorre,
visrabdham asyatam eso ham
vraj ami .(iti sakhinam antardadhati)

handsome young man; pahade in t he m o r n i n g; pecchisassi Yo u s hall

see; nam this; danim no w ; sa hedi pl e a s e go;hanta 0 ; v r d d h e e l d e r l y g o p i ;
gaddara of a sheep; visana as a horn; kathore ha r d ; vi s rabdham t r u s t ;
asyatam there should be; esah He ; aham I; vr a j ami am g o i n g ;iti t hu s ;
sakhinam into the trees; antardadhati di s s a ppears.

Mukhara: Charming boy, look for the doe tomorrow morning. For now, go
home.
Krsna: Old lady, you are hard like a ram's horn, but I trust you. I will go now .
(Krsna dissappears into the forest.)

Text 06 (g)

Mukhara: 2a2ide, saccam gado kanho.

Lalita: adha im
Krsnah: (svagatam) ghurnakuleyam j arati tad a.tra tusnim etya radha patam-
akarsayami (iti t.atha karoti ) .

2a2ide 0 La l it a; saccam tr u t h ; ga dah go n e ;ka n hah Kr s n a ; . a dhaim

certainly; svagatam as i d e;ghurnaku2eyam ag i t a te;j arati ol d l a d y; tat t h i s ;
atra he r e; tusnim t o s i l e n c e;etya go i n g ; ra d ha Ra d h a ;patam g a r m e n t ;
akarsayami I w i l l t u g ; iti thu s ; ta t ha th u s ;ka r o ti d o e s .

Mukhara: Lalita, did Krsna really go7

Lalita. Yes He did.
Krsna: (aside) This old lady is upest. I will stay silent. But I will tug Radha s
clothing. (He does that.)

Text 06 (h)

Mukhara: (caksusi vikasya sakrosam) ghatti lalide, aggado eso pidambaro

kanho rahi-sadi-a-ancalam a-addhanto vi-a disa-i. ta kisa tumam mam padavesi.

caksusi tw o ey es; vikasya ex p a n d i n g;sa wi t h ; ak r o s am a n g r y w o r d s ;

ghatthi au d a c ious;2a2ide 0 Lalita; aggadah in t he p re sence;esah t h i s ;
pidambarah dr e s sed in yellow garments;kanhah Krsna; rahi of R a d h a; sadi
a of the garment; ancalam th e b o r d e r; a addhantah -pul l i n g; vi aa s i f ; - disa
i is observed; ta th e r e f o r e;kisa h o w i s i t 7 ; tumam y o u ; m am t o m e ;
padavesl you are deceiving.

Mukhara: (Her eyes wide-open with anger) Rascal Lalita! I see Krsna tugging
the edge of Radha's clothing! Why do you try to fool me7

Text 06 (i)

(krsnah sasankam kincid spasarpati)

Lalita: (svagatam) ratti and-hi am -nam buddhi am -vancemi (p.rakasam

samrambham abhiniya san.skrtena)

mudha sankam andhe j arati kuruse yamuna tate-

tama2o yam camikara ka2i-ta mu2-e nivasati
samira pren-kholad ati catu-la sank-ha bhuj -ataya
vayasyayayena stana vasa-nam asphalitam abhut

krsnah Kr s n a; sa wi t h ; sa n k am fe a r ;ki n c it so m e w h a t ;apasarpati

retreats; svagatam as i de; ratti at n i g h t ; an dhi am -darkness; nam th i s ; buddhi-
am old w o m a n; vancemi I s h a ll d e ceive;prakasam op e n l y;samrambham
anger; abhiniya at t a i n i n g; sanskrtena in S a n s krit;mudha us e l e s sly;sankam
fear; andhe bl i n d; j arati 0 ol d w o m a n ; ku r u se yo u p e r f o r m; yamuna o f t h e
Yamuna river; tate on t he b ank;tamalah ta m a l a t re e;ayam th i s ; ca mikara
golden; ka2ita co n s t r ucted;mu2e at t he root; nivasati dw e l l s ;samira o f t h e
breezes; prenkholat fr o m t he m o v e ments; ati v e r y ; ca t ula un s t e a d y;sakha o f
the branches; bhujataya by t he s tate of having branches;vayasyayah o f t h e
friend; yena by w h o m ; stana of t h e b r e ast;vasanam ga r m e n t; asphalitam
shaken; abhut be c a me.

(Krsna becomes a little frightened and retreats.)

Lalita: (aside) At night this old lady is almost blind. I will tr ick her. (angrily
speaking out, she says in Sanskrit) Blind old lady, you worry with out reason. That
is a tamala tree by the Yamuna. That is a golden bench at the tree's roots. Moving
in the wind, the tree's branches tug at this girl's bodice.

Text 07 (a)

Mukhara: (svagatam) asaccam na kahe i. (prakas-am) vatse, ghumma ulamhi. ta-

gharam gadu asuvissa-m (iti niskr.anta)
 svagatam as ide;asaccam a l i e; na no t ; ka h e i -— she speaks; prakasam
openly; vatse 0 ch i l d ; gh umma ulamhi I h a v e b e come very agitated; ta
therefore; gharam ho m e ; gadu a -h a v i ng go ne; suvissam I s h a ll sleep; iti t h u s ;
niskranta sh e exits.

Mukhara: (aside) She isn t lying. (openly) Child, I am very upset. I will go
home and go to sleep. (Mukhara exits).

Text 07 (b)

Visakha: ha2a rahi, kanhassa muha ma-na2umi2idam ghamma ja2a bin-du ja2am ni
a anc-alena avanehi
Radhika: (sabhrubhangam) visahe,tumam j eva avanehi ja k.khuakomaram
lmamssl vade gahlda dlkk-hasl

hala 0 ; r ahi Ra d h a ;ka n hassa of K r s n a; muha o f t h e f a c e;

manda2ummi2idam the circle has become manifested;ghamma ja2a o f
perspiration; bindu of d r o p s;j alam a n e t w o r k;ni ao - w n ; sa di a o - f t h e
garment; ancalena by t he border;avanehi pl e a se wipe away;sa w ith; bhru o f
the eyebrows; bhangam kn i t t i n g ; visahe 0 Vi s a k h a ; tumam y o u ;j eva i n d e e d ;
avanehi sh o u ld wipe them away;j a wh o ; kk hu in d e e d ;ak o maram t o t h e a g e
of sixteen; imamssi in t h i s ; vvade in t h e v o w;gahida dikkh-asi y o u h a v e
accepted initiation.

Visakha: Radha, Krsna s face is covered with perspiration. With the corner of
Your garment please wipe it away.
Radhika: (knitting her eyebrows) Visakha, you wipe it away. Since childhood
you have taken a vow to do these things.

Text 07 (c)

Visakha: radhe, kantha tthida d-e rangana mali ab-hana-di. ma kuppa tumam .vi
taha dikkha vihane k-arijj anta sankalp-asi

radhe 0 Ra d h a; kantha on t h e n e c k; tthida si t u a t e d;de yo u r ; ra n g ana

delightful; mali ag a r l a-nd; bhanadi speaks;ma don t; kuppa be come angry;
tumam you; vi ev e n ;ta ha th e r e ;di k k ha of i n i t i a t i o n;vihane i n t h e a c t i v it y;
karijjanta be i n g p e rformed;sankalpasi yo u h a ve the desire.

Visakha: Radha, the rangana garland on Your neck says, "Don't worry. You may
also take that vow."

Text 07 (d)

Krsnah: (rangana m-a2am drstva sas2agham)

sanke cirat kim api rangana pu-spa sa-nghah

punyam pura parama tir-tha va-re vyadhatta
yasman mamapy asulabhe madiraksi saksad
angi cak-ara tava vaksasi sanga sau-khyam

rangana de l i g ht ful; malam ga r l a n d;drstva ha v i n g s een;sa w i t h ;

slagham wo r ds of praise;sanke I b e l i e ve;cirat fo r a l o n g t i m e;kim api t o a
great extent; rangana de l i g h t f u l; puspa of f lo w e r s;sanghah multitude;
punyam pi o us deeds;pura pr e v i o u s l y;parama su p r e m e;tirtha o f h o l y
places; vare very excellent; vyadhatta p e r f o r m e d ; y a s mat b e c a u se ofw h i c h ;
mama My ; api ev e n ;as ulabhe di f f i c u lt to attain;madira aksi -w h o se eyes are
as charming and restless as khanjana birds; saksat di r e c t l y; angi caka-ra
accepted; tava yo u r ; va ksasi on t h e b r e ast;sanga of a s sociation;saukhyam
happiness.

Krsna: (Glancing at the rangana garland, Krsna praises it.) 0 g irl with the
beautiful eyes, I think that these rangana flowers must have for a long time
performed many pious deeds at the best of holy places so that now they may enjoy
the pleasure of directly touching your breasts, breasts I Myself am not allowed to
touch.

Text 08 (a)

Radhika: ha2avisahe,jakk h u m a h a k a n thado ba2enaa atthi a-nida t-u eanagg-ha

gunj a ali sa d-anim samappi adu esa -sak.kha appano rangana mali a-genhi -adu -

hala 0; visahe Visakha; ja who;kkhu indeed;maha my; kanthadah

from the neck; balena by f o r c e; a atthi a- h a v i - ng pulled; nida br o u g h t ; tu e -

by you; anaggha pr i c e l ess;gunj a ali ne c -klace of gunja;sa sh e ; danim n o w ;

samappi adu wi - thered;appanah ow n ; ra n g ana de l i g h t f u l;ma li a g ar l a - n d ;
genhi adu sh -ould be taken.

Radhika: Visakha, please take this rangana garland from my neck. Place that
priceless gunja necklace there instead. These rangana flowers are dried up.
Text 08 (b)

Visakha: go u-lananda gunj a h-ara k-ide maha kuppadi pi a -sa-hi

Krsnah: radhe, sannidhehi. tava kanthe gunjavalim adadhami (i.ty upasarpati)
Radhika: (sasmitam atmagatam) gunj a ha-ra sa-mappana m-isena rahi ka-ncu a-
ancalam pa us-adi kanho.
(radhika sabhru vi-ksepam paravartate)

go ula-nanda 0 bl i s s of Gokula; gunj a of g u n j a; hara wh o f a s h i o n e d;kide

performance; maha to w a r ds me;kuppadi is a n g r y; pi a - d e a r; sahi friend;
radhe 0 Radha; sannidhehi please give; tava your; kanthe on the neck;gunj a
avalim ne c k l a ce of gunja;adadhami I s h a ll p l a ce; iti t h u s ; up a sarpati
approaches; sa wi t h; smitam sm i l e ;at m agatam as i d e;gunja of g u n j a ;ha ra
of the necklace; samappana of t he offering;nisena on t h e p r e text;rahi o f
Radha; kancu a -the garment covering the breasts; ancalam bo r d e r; pa usa-di
touches; kanhah Kr s n a; radhika Ra d h a ;sa wi t h ; bh r u of t h e e y e b r o ws;
viksepam kn i t t i n g; paravartate ce a s es.

Visakha: Bliss of Gokula, my dear friend is angry with me. She wants the gunja
necklace.
Krsna: Radha, come here. I will give You this gunja necklace. (He approaches)
Radhika: (smiling, She says to Herself) On the pretext of giving Her this gunja
necklace, Krsna touches Radha's bodice.
(Radha stops knitting Her eyebrows.)

Text 08 (c)

Visakha: ha2a rahe, j am 2addhum ukkanthesi tam kim kkhu 2addhasi

Radhika: (bimbadharam sandasya) dhitthe., cittha cittha. (iti 272aravindena
taday ati)
Visakha: (vihasya) sva am asa-nkni, ma kuppa gunj ah.aram pucchemi

ha2a 0; rahe Ra d h a j; am Wh o ; 2a ddhum to a t t a i n;ukkanthesi y o u a r e

eager; tam H im ; kim wh e t h e r 7 ;kk hu in d e e d ;la ddhasi yo u h a ve attained;
bimba li ke bim ba fruits; adharam li p s ; sandasya bi t t i n g ; dhitthe i m p u d e n t ;
citthacittha st o p , s top.; iti t h u s ; 2z2a fo r p l a y i n g; aravindena w i t h a l o t u s
flower; tadayati st r i k e s;vihasya la u g h i n g;sva am pe r - sonally;asankini 0
bold girl;
ma don t;kuppa become angry;gunja ofgunja; haram necklace;
pucchemi I shall ask.

Visakha: Radha, did You get what You wanted7

 Radhika: (bitting her bimb-fruit lips) Arrogant girl, stop! Stop! (Radha strikes
Visakha with a pastime lotus-flower.)
Visakha: (laughing) Fearless one, don t be angry. I will ask for the gunja
necklace.

Text 08 (d)

Krsnah:

kva tapas tatha mamaste

2z2ambuj a hat-im avapnuyam yana
mam cancalena tadaya
2ocana kam-a2ance2enapi

kva wh e r e 7; tapah au s t e r i t y;tatha in t h a t w a y;mama my ; as t e is ; 2i 2 a

for playing; ambuj a of a lot us flower; hatim st r i c k i n g ;avapnuyam I m a y a t t a i n ;
yena by w h i c h; mam me; canca2ena mo v ing; tadaya pl e a se srike;2ocana o f
the eyes; kamala lo t u s ; ancalena wi t h t h e b o r d e r;api e v e n .

Krsna: What austerity should I perform that I may be struck by Your pastime
lotus-flower7 Please strike Me, even if only with a restless glance from the corners
of Your lotus eyes.

Text 09

La2ita:

harino samappi atanum -kivinasi kadham daravalo ammi-

dinne cintara ane na -sampudammi jutto

harinah to L o rd H a r i; samappi ah a v - i ng offered; tanum th e b o d y; kivinasi

you are a miser; kadham how is it7; daravalo ammi -in the small glance;dinne
given; cintara ane ci-ntamani jewel; na no t ; sa mpudammi in t h e j e w e l ry box;
ggahah o b s tinacy; juttah p r o p e r .

Lalita: You have offered your body to Krsna. Why are You such a miser that
You will not even look at Him7 A person who gives away a cintamani jewel should
not refuse to give the case that holds it.
Text 50 (a)

Radhika: 2a2ide, evvam j appanti guru 2o -e-su ma kkhu imam j anam avaraddham
karehi
Visakha: sahi, kisa sankasi n.am bhaavadi j evva ettha samahana da-kkha
Lalita: (saharsam atmagatam) ditthi a-pi a -sa-hi hasidapanga ta-rangena kanham
alingadi

2a2ide 0 La l it a; evvam in t h i s w a y;j appanti ta l k i n g ;guru 2o -esu -before the

superiors; ma do n t; kk hu in d e e d ;im am th i s j; anam pe r s o n;avaraddham
offense; karehi pe r f o r m; sahi 0 fr i e n d ;ki sa ho w i s i t 7 ; sankasi y o u a r e
afraid; nam th i s ; bhaavadi by t h e n o b le Paurnamasi; jevva ce r t a i n l y;ettha
here; samanana at r econciliation; dakkha ex p e r t ;sa wi t h ; ha r s am j o y ;
atmagatam as i d e;ditthi by g o o d f o r t u n e;pi a -dear; sahi fr i e n d; hasida
smiling; apanga of t he sidelong glances;tarangena wi t h t he w ave;kanham
Krsna; alingadi em b r a c es.

Radhika: Lalita, please don t blaspheme my elders by talking in this way.

Visakha: Friend, why are you afraid7 Paurnamasi is expert at pacifying Your
elders.
Lalita: (joyful, aside) With a smiling sidelong glance my dear friend now
fortunately embraces Krsna.

Text 50 (b)

Visakha: (sanskrtena) 2a2ite, pasya pasya

sasi vyomotsangam sasinam abhitah kanti 2ahari-

puro vrndaranyam sumukhi sahasa kanti 2aharim-
harir vrndaranyam harim api kileyam tava sakhi
sakhim prenah puro nija susama-yamandayad ayam

sanskrtena in S anskrit; 2a2ite 0 La l i t a ;pasya pasya lo o k , l o o k; sasi t h e

moon; vyoma of t he sky;utsangam co n t a c t;sasinam th e m o o n; abhitah
completely; kanti of s p l e n d o r;2ahari wa v e ;purah in t h e e a s t;vrnda
aranyam th e f o r est of Vrndavana;sumukhi 0 be a u t i f u l - f a ced Radha; sahasa a t
once; kanti of s p l e d o r; /aharim wa v e ; ha r ih Lo r d H a r i ; vr n da of V r n d a v a n a ;
aranyam th e f o r est;harim Lo r d H a r i ; api ev e n ;ki l a in d e e d ;iy am t h i s ;
tava yo u r; sakhi fr i e n d ;sakhim fr i e n d ;pr e mnah fr o m l o v e ;purah a b o d e ;
nija ow n ; susamaya wi t h t h e g r e at splendor;amandayat de c o r a tes;ayam
this.
 Visakha: (in Sanskrit) Lalita, look. Look. The moon stays in the sky. Waves of
splendor flow from the moon. 0 girl w ith the beautiful face, Vrndavana forest
makes those waves of splendor even more beautiful. Krsna beautifies Vrndavana
forest. Your friend makes Krsna more glorious. The splendor of Her love decorates
your friend and makes Her more beautiful.

Text 51 (a)

La2ita: haddhi haddhi vis.ahe pekkha sasi ka-ntamanipasudehim j a2a pu-rehim sura
pu an-a ve -i p-u-rado kida-im vi2uppi an-ti alevana ma-ndala im -ta ehi. nam puppha ke-
ari am -nemha.

jala of water; puraih by t h e s tream;sura of t h e s un - g od;pu ana -f or t h e

worship; ve i -of — the altar; puradah in t he presence; kida-im p e r f o r m e d; vilupp
ianti is b r o k en; a2evana of o i n t m e n t s; manda2a-im d e c o r a tion; ta th e r e ; ehi
please go; nam these; puppha of flo w e r s; ke ari -am -field; nemha w e s h o u l d
go; niskrante they exit.

Lalita: Alas! Alas! Visakha! Look! The melting candrakanta jewels are washing
away the sandal-paste ornaments on our altar to the sun-god. Come. Let us go to
the garden. (Lalita and Visakha exit).

Text 51 (b)

danim api vamyad viyamas te (itp anc.

Radhika muncehi muncehi.Sahl omam -a arenti-
tra mang-kuru bha"guya™
R

b ] d. not; idanim n o w ; a p i
o f You muncehi muncehl le t go l e t g o
ayenti are ca]]ing kathore O g
g kuyu ~~~~pt; bh
— svati JJas y
O goddess • sayassa i OS a -ra
because; sacca
cause to be manifested.

: B lo d d o n ' t l e ave Me now! (Krsna clutches the edge o

garment.)
Radhjka Let go! Let go! My friends a«c»»ng
Krsna: Cruel girl, don't lie to Me.
 Radhika: (smiling) 0 G o d d ess Sarasvati, I bow down before you. Please show
that I speak the truth.

Text 51 (c)

Krsnah: (kincid vihasya)

padminyas te sumukhi parama pr-ema sa-urabhya pu-ro

durotsarpi mad av-adhi muda krsna bh-rngena bhej
e
akranto yam tava nava mu-khambhoj a ma-dhvika pa-na
pratyasabhis tad ava-dhi ruvan sambhrami bambhramiti

kincit so m e w h a t; vihasya la u g h i n g;padminyah as s p l e ndid as a lotus

flowers; te of y o u ; su mukhi be a u t i f ul f a ce;
parama su p e r e x cellent;prema
love of Godhead;saurabhya of the sweet fragrance; purah flood;dura from a
great distance; utsarpi ap p e a ring;mat of M e ; av a dhi up t o ; m u d a with
delight;
krsna Krsna (or black);
bhrngena by the bumble-bee;bheje was
enjoyed;akrantah approached;ayam this;tava your; nava fresh;mukha of
the face; ambhoja lo t u s flo we r; madhvika of t h e s we et nectar;pana o f t h e
drinking; pratyasabhih wi t h t h e h o p e s;tat th a t ; av a dhi up t o ; ru v an b u z z i n g ;
sambhrami wi t h g r e at respect (or agitation);bambhrami c o n s t a n t ly whi r l i n g
about; iti thus.

Krsna: (gently laughing) 0 girl with the beautiful face, You are like a lotus
flower. From far away a black bee worshiped the sweetness of Your lotus fragrance.
Hoping to taste the nectar of Your lotus mouth, that excited bee buzzes around
You.

Text 52

kinca

muktanam upa2abhyam eva kucayoh sa2okyam a2okya te

hitva sangam hamsam-asta suhrdam -kaivalyam asedivan
vaisamyam tilam apy anasritavatoh sandramrta syandibh-ir
mam purnam kuru tanvi turnam anayoh sayujya danotsav-aih

kinca fu r t h e r m o r e; muktanam of t h e p e arls;upalabhyam at t a i n a ble;eva

indeed; kucayoh on t he b reasts;salokyam th e l i b e r ation ofr e s iding at the same
place; alokya observing; te of y o u; hit va ha v i n g p l a c ed;sangama c o n t a c t ;
aham I; samasta of a l l ; suhrdam of t h e f r i e n d s; kaivalyam th e l i b e r a tion of
becoming united; asedivan si t t i n g; vaisamyam un e v e n n e ss;tilam a t i n y
particle; api ev e n; anasritavatoh of t h o s e which possess;sandra intense;
amrta ne c t a r; syandibhih by t h e t r i c k l i n g;mam to M e ; pu r n am f u l f i l l e d ;
kuru pl e a se fo;tanvi 0 be a u t i f ul a nd slender girl;turnam qu i c k l y ; an ayoh o f
the two; sayujya of t h e l i b e ration of constant association;dana o f t h e g if t ;
utsavaih wi t h t he festivities;radhika Ra d h a ;lajjate be c o m e s embarrassed.

Your pearls have attained salokya liberation, for they live on the same planet as
Your breasts. Seeing this, I have abandoned the company of all My friends, and
now I desire the same kind of liberation as Your pearls. 0 slender girl, please fulfill
My desire, please give Me a jubilant festival, a festival flowing with streams of
nectar, a festival of sayujya liberation at Your breasts, which have not taken shelter
of even a single sesame seed of ungracefulness.

(Radha becomes embarrassed).

Text 53

Krsnah: priye, pasya pasya

apam patyuh pusti kara-na rasa -paka-h kumudini

kadambanam anga jvara hara-na sitau-sadhi ghata-h
mrganko yam koki paris-ad abhic-aradhvara dhura-
purognah kalindi paris-ara paris-karam akarot

priye 0 beloved; pasya pasya look, look; apam of the oceans;

patyuh of
the master; pusti no u r i s h m e n t; karana ca u s e;rasa th e n e c t a r;pakah
drinking; kumudini of l o t u s f lo w e r s;kadambanam of t he m u l t i t u d e s;anga o f
the limbs; j vara fe v e r;harana re m o v i n g ;sita co o l i n g ;ausadhi o f m e d i c i n a l
herbs; ghatah pi t c h e r; mrgankah mo o n ; ay am th i s ; ko k i of c a k r a v a ki bir d s ;
parisat th e a ssembly;abhicara of t h e c ha nting ofm a n t r a s;adhvara o f t h e
sacrifice; dhura purodh-ah the chief priests;kalindi to t h e Y a m u na river;
parisara near; pariskaram de c o r a tion and purification;akarot p e r f o r m e d .

Krsna: Beloved, look! Look! The moon, its nectar nourished by the ocean, and
its moonlight a medicine to cool the lotus flowers' fever, has come to the Yamuna's
shore. The moon has become the first priest at a yajna the cakravaka birds will
perform.

Text 50

tad etam vasantika kanti ma-ndita m-andalas-ya candramasas candrika cakra -

cumbitam vicaravo nikunja candrasalikam .(iti niskrantau).

(iti niskrantah sarve)

tat th er efore; etam th i s ; va santika r e l a t ed to spring; kanti o f b e a u t y ;

manda2a by the abundance; mandita de c o r a ted;manda2asya of t he circle;
candramasah of t he moo n; candrika of t h e m o o n l i g h t; cakra b y t h e c i r c l e ;
cumbitam k i s s ed; vicaravah le t us g o; nikunja i n t h e g r o v e; candrasakikam t o
t he turret of the house; iti t h u s ; n i skrantau R a d h a and Krsna exit; iti t h u s ;
niskrantah e x i ts; sarve a l l .

Let Us go to that pavilion in the forest, a pavilion kissed by the light of the
beautiful springtime moon.

(Radha and Krsna exit.)

(Everyone exits.)

Act Four
Venu-harana
Theft of the Flute

Text 1 (a)

(tatah pravisati nandimukhi).

Nandimukhz: bhanidamhi 2a2ida eha2a -nandzmuhi, go manda-2e gotthampa-itthe

ehi kanho tuvaranto go addhan-ahimuham patthido ta tuma.m tattha gadu asu al-am -

vinnavehi, j adha eso osare ni a vaass-as-sa rahi am sum-aravedi tt i. (parikramya)

kadham ettha pa uma a -accha i- -

tatah th en; pravisati e n t e r s; nandimukhi N a n d i m u k h i ; b hanidamhi I w a s

told; 2a2ida eby L -alita; ha2a 0; na n d zmuhi N a n d i m u k h i ; go manga2e -when
the herd of cows; gottham th e c o w - p e n; pa-itthe e n t e r s; ehi w h e n ; k a n h a h
Krsna; tuvarantah hu r r i d l y ; go addhana -Gov a rdhana h ill; ahimuham n e a r ;
patthidah is si tu ated; ta th e r e f o r e;tumam yo u ; t a t t ha t h e r e ; ga du a h a v i - n g
gone; su alam S-ubala; vinnavehi p l e ase inform; j adha ju s t a s; esah h e ;
osare on the occasion; ni-a o w n ; va a ssassa of t he f rie nd;rahi am Ra d - ha;
sumaravedi ca u s es to remember; tti t h u s ; pa r i k r a mya wa l k i n g ;ka d ham h o w
is it7; ettha h e re; pa uma Pa - dma;a accha i -is com-i— ng.
 ¹n d i m u k h i : L a l i t a said to me,"Friend Nandimukhi, when the cows enter the
pasture, Krsna quickly goes near Govardhana Hill. Please go there and tell Subala
to remind his friend Krsna about Radha." (Begins to walk.) Wh y d oes Padma
come here7

Text I (b)

(pravisya)
Padma: ha2a nandimuhi, kamam kusa2asi ta .kampi uva am -kadhehi j ena uvviggam
canda all-m asaseml

pravisya en t e r s; hala 0 ; n a n d i m u h i N andimukhi; kamam indeed;

kusalasi yo u a re very expert; ta th e r e f o r e;kampi so m e ;u va am -r e m e d y ;
kadhehi pl e a se speak; jena by w h i c h ; uvvi gga-m ag i t a ted;canda alim-
Candravali; asasemi I m ay r e l ieve.

Padma: ¹n d i m u k h i , you are very wise. Please tell me what I should do to

pacify agitated Candravali.

Text I (c)

¹n d i m ukhi: kim se uvve a kala-n-am

Padma: ha2a, j anasi jj evvamtumam j adha padose savvam kkhu go u2am-
vibbhamena kanhopaccaham ranjedi
¹n d i m ukhi: ad ha im
Padma: sampadam dava ettha dakkhine gotthaddhe imassa gandho vi du22aho.

kim w h a t7; se of h e r ; uvve a o f t- h e agitation; ka2anam c a u s e;h ala 0 ;

j anasi yo u k n o w;jj evvam ce r t a i n l y;tumam yo u ;j adha ju s t a s; padose in the
beginning of evening; savvam al l ; k k hu i n d e e d ; go ulam -Gokula;
vibbhamena with pastimes; kanhah Krsna;paccaham every day; ranjedi
charms and delights; adha im t h i s is certainly so; sampadam at t he p resent time;
dava to t hat extent; ettha he r e ; dakkhine i n t h e s o u t h e rn;gotthaddhe p a r t o f
the pasture; imassa of H i m; gandhah fr a g r a n c e;vi e v e n ; d u22ahah is d i f f i c ult
to find.

¹n d i m u k h i : W h y i s she agitated7
Padma: You know. Every eveing Krsna delights the people of Gokula.
¹n d i m u k h i : Y es. It is so.
Padma: Nowadays it is hard to find even the fragrance of Krsna in the southern
part of Vrndavana.

Text I (d)

¹n d i m ukhi: hala, ma dunehi. (sanskrtena)

drstam bimbita dh-atu cit-ra ra-canam saibya 2a2atam maya

syama ku-ntala cam-aram ca viluthad va-nya sra-j oddamaram
gunj a ha-ralat-ardha ma-njur adhuna bhadra bh-uj antas tatha
tathyam viddhi sa nagari gu-rur abhud govardhanasyatibhih

hala 0 ; ma do n t ; du n e hi be c o m e u n h a p p y;drstam se e n ;bi m bita

reflected; dhatu wi t h m i n e r al pigments;citra pi c t u r e sra
; canam c o n s t r u c t i o n ;
saibya Sa ibya;2a2atam fo r e h e a d;maya by m e ; syama Sy a m a ;kunta2a h a i r ;
camaram ca m a ra whisk; ca an d ; vi 2 uthat mo v i n g a b o u t;vanya o f f o r e s t
flowers; sraja by t he g arland;uddamaram ex c e l l e nt;gunja of gu n j a ;h a r a
necklace; lata of a c reeper;ardha ha l f ; manj uh be a u t i f u l;adhuna n o w ;
bhadra Bh a d ra; bhuj a of t he arm;antah th e e nd ( s h o u l ders);tatha i n t h e
same way; tathyam th e t r u t h; viddhi pl e a s e know;sah He ; na g a ri o f t h e
beautiful gopis; guruh th e s p i r i t u al master;abhut wa s ; govardhanasya o f
Govardhana Hill; atithih t h e g u e s t .

¹n d i m u k h i : Don t wo r ry. I saw Saibya, her forehead decorated with pictures

and designs. I saw Syama, her camara hair garlanded with forest flowers. I saw
Bhadra, her shoulders decorated with a gunja necklace. Please know that He who
is the teacher of all playful and beautiful girls must now be the guest of
Govardhana Hill.

Text 2

(nepathy e)

krtva vamsim akhila jagati gita san-gita -bhangi-

sangi bhava p-ratham-a vasatim -sanginim vama panau-
esa premna vraj ati navananandana nanda sunur -

mandam govardhana sikharina-h kandara mandira-ya

nepathye of f s tage;krtva ha v i n g p e r formed;vamsim flu t e ; ak h i la e n t i r e ;

jagati of t h e u n i v e rse;gita so n g ; sangita the combination of choral and
instrumental music; bhangi of t h e w a v es;sangi co m p l e t e;bhava n a t u r e ;
prathama or i g i n a l; vasatim residence; sanginim fr i e n d; vraj ati i s g o i n g ;
nayana ey e s;anandah bl i s s; nanda of N a n d a ; sunuh th e s on ( K r s n a );
mandam sl o w l y; govardhana of G o v a r d hana Hill;sikharinah of t he summit;
kandara ofa cave; mandiraya for a residence.

Vrnda: (offstage) Holding In His left hand His friend the flute, a flute that has
become the home of waves sweet music that splash against all the worlds, and with
blissful eyes looking for a cave where He may stay, with great love Nanda's son
slowly walks on the summit of Govardhana Hill.

Text 3 (a)

Nandtmukht: pa um-e, tumam imina vuttantena canda ali -am -suhavehi ah.am su
alam anusarissam (iti .niskranta)
Padma: (punah pasyantt) esa .karala eejj-i a e-ci-ttam anuvattantt vana de a-da-
vundacanda a2i -am -saccha2am nivaredi

pu ume -0 Pa d ma; tumam yo u ; im i na wi t h t h i s ;vu t t antena ne w s ; canda

a2i am -Candravah; suhavehi pl e a se delight;aham I; su a 2am -to Su b ala;
anusarissam sh a ll go; iti t h u s ; ni s k r a nta j she e-xits; punah ag a in;pasyanti
looking; esa th i s ; karala e o - f Ka r a l a;ajji a e - o - f the pious woman; cittam t h e
mind; anuvattantt fo l l o w i n g; vana of t h e f o r e st;de ada -the demigoddess;
vunda Vr n d a - devt; canda a2i a-m -Candravah; sa wi t h ; cc ha2am a trick;
nivaredi h i n d e r s .

¹n d t m u k ht : Padma, with this news please make Candravalt happy. I will go to

S ubala. (¹ n d t m u k h t e x i t s)
Padma: (looking again) Fully aware of what is in Karala s heart, Vrnda, the
goddess of Vrndavana Forest, uses this trick to stop Candravah.

Note: Karala is Candravalt s grandmother.

Text 3 (b)

(nepathy e)

kim radheva durantam icchasi ba2ad unmadam a2ambitum

mugdhe ma maya manantya jaratt vakyam -bahir ma vraj a
esa smera vi 2ocanan-ca2a ruca capa-2y am u22asay ann
ayati vraj a sundart g-ana man-o ma-nikya -hart hari-h

nepathye of f s tage;kim wh y 7 ; ra d ha Ra d h a ;iva ju s t l i k e ; du rantam

wretched; icchasi do y ou d esire;balat vi o l e n t l y;unmadam m a d m a n ;
alambitum to e m b r a ce;mugdhe 0 be w i l d e r ed girl;ma do n ' t a c c ept;
mananiya pr o u d ;j arati ol d w o m a n ; va kyam wo r d s ;ba hih ou t s i d e ;m a
don't; vraja go ; esah He; smera am o r o u s; vi2ocana of t he eyes;anca2a o f t he
corners; ruca wi t h t h e l u s t e r; capa2yam ag i t a t ion; u22asayan ca u sing to
manifest; ayati is a r r i v i n g; vraj a of V r a j a; sundari of t h e b e a utiful girls;gana
of the multitude; manah of t h e m i n d; manikya th e r u b i e s;hart s t e a l i n g ;
harih Lord Hari.

Vrnda: (offstage) Why, like Radha, do you yearn to embrace that wretched
madman7 0 bewildered girl, don't listen to the words of that proud old lady. Don't
go outside. Robbing Vraja s beautiful girls of the rubies that are their hearts, and
His smiling eyes splendid, restless, and mischievous, Krsna comes.

Text 0 (a)

(pravisya)
Candrava2i: (sautkyam samantad ava2okya) kadh.am vunda ea2z -am v-va vyahari
adi kudo .ettha kanho. (iti khedam natayati)

pravisya en t e r s;sa with; autsukyam an x i e t y; samantat in a l l d i r e c t io ns;

ava2okya lo o k i n g; kadham ho w i s i t 7 ;vunda eb y -V r n d a; a2i am -a lie; vva
indeed; vyahari adi - is spoken; kudah wh e r e 7 ;ettha he r e ;ka nhah i s K r s n a ;
iti th u s ; kh edam di s t r e s s;natayati re p r e s e nts dramatically.

(Candravali enters).
Candravali: (eagerly looking in all directions) Why does Vrnda lie7 Where is
Krsna7 (She becomes distraught.)

Text 0 (b)

Padma: (upasrtya, sanskrtena)

na santapam svantad davayasi katham dava visamam-

ghana svasaih -kim va malinayasi bimbadharam api
vanantan kekabhih sakhi sikhari kakse m-ukharayan
sakhi stha2yah k-a2yany abhaj ad upasa2yam yadu patih -

upasrtya ap p o a ching;sanskrtena in S a n skrit;na no t ; sa n t apam di s t r e s s ;

sva antat fr o m
-your heart; daayasi dr i v e f ar away;katham ho w i s i t 7;dava
visamam te r r i b le forest-fire;ghana de e p;svasaih wi t h s i g h s;kim va a n d
why7; malinayasi ar e y ou poll u t i n g; bimba l i k e b i m b a fru i t s;adharam l i p s ;
api an d; vana of t h e f o r e st;antan th e o u t s k i r t s; kekabhih w i t h t h e c r i es of
teh peacocks; sakhi 0 fr i e n d ; sikhari o n t h e m o u n t a in ( G o v ardhana); kakse i n
the forest; mukharayan ta l k i n g ; sakhi s-thalyah of t he t o wn Sakhisthali;
ka2yani 0 fo r t u n a te beautiful girl;abhajat ha s a t t a ined; upasa2yam t h e
vicinity; yadu of t h e Y adu dynasty;patih t h e L o r d ( K r s n a ).

Padma: (approaching, she says in Sanskrit) Why not drive that terrible forest-
fire from your heart7 Why pollute your bimba-fruit lips with those sighs7 0
beautiful one, making the forest resound with the peacocks' calls, Krsna now stays
near the village of Sakhisthali, by the side of Govardhana Hill

Text 5 (a)

Candrava2i: (vi2okya) kadham pi a sa-hi -pa uma -(iti .gadham a2ingya) avi .nama
akkha2ldam bhanlda
Padma: adhaim

vilokya gl a n c i n g; kadham ho w i s i t 7 ;pi ad - e a r ;sahi fr i e n d ;pa uma-

Padma; iti t h u s ; gadham de e p l y;alingya em b r a c i n g;avi nama p e r h a p s ;
akkhalidam tr u t h f u l l y; bhanida sp o k e n;adha im it i s c e r t a inly so.

Candravali: (looking) Is this my dear friend Padma7 (tightly embraces her). I

hope what you say is true.
Padma: Yes, it is true.

Text 5 (b)

(tatah pravisati subalenanugamyamanah krsnah)

Krsnah: pasya pasya

akali ta tapas tara-ner

asta siro vith-ibhis -tirodhanat
asphuta timira vi-j rmbha-h
prathayati tosam nisarambhah

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;subalena by S u b a la;anugamyamanah

followed; krsnah Kr s n a ;pasya pasya lo o k , l o o k; akalita fa i n t ; ta p ah h e a t ;
taraneh of t he sun; asta of t h e w e s tern mountain;sirah of t h e p e a ks;
vithibhih b y th e series; tirodhanat be c a u se of the dissappearance;asphuta
unclear; timira of d a r k n e s s;vij rmbhah th e y a w n i n g; prathayati in c r e a s es;
tosam de light; nisa of t h e e ve ning;arambhah t h e b e g innin g .

(Accompanied by Subala, Krsna enters).

Krsna: Look! Look! The faint sun now sets in the peaks of the western
mountains. With it s faint yawning of darkness, the beginning of evening is very
pleasing.

Text 6 (a)

Suba2ah: vaassa, ajj a go doh-anam vi anavekkhi asa-2a2asao vi kimti ettha 2addhosi

Krsnah: sakhe, mayuram varnayata kenacit priyam candravalim smarito smi tad
vi2okanaya 2a2aseyam
Suba2ah: kerisam mora van-nanam

vaassa 0 fr i e n d; ajj a to d a y ;gah of t h e c o w s; dohanam mi l k i n g ; vi e v e n ;

anavekkhi an - e g l ecting; sa wi t h ; 2a2asah th e d e light (of performing pastimes);
vi ev e n; kimti wh a t 7 ;et tha he r e ;la d dhosi yo u h a v e attained;sakhe 0
friend;mayuram the peacock; varnayata speaking;kenacit by someone;
priyam be l o v e d;candravalim Ca n d r a v a li;smaritah reminded; asmi I a m ;
tat of her; vi2okanaya fo r t he s ight;2a2asa de sire;iyam th i s ; ke r isam l i k e
what7; mora mayura of t h e p e acocks;vannanam d e s c r i pt io n.

Subala: Friend, even if You are very happy, if You neglect to milk the cows,
what will You gain7
Krsna: Friend, someone described the peacocks to Me, and that reminded Me of
dear Candravah. Now I yearn to see her.
Subala: How did he describe the peacocks7

Text 6 (b)

Krsnah:

unmadena puratah sikhandina

tandave prthuni mandali krtam -

pasy a nindi ta mahendr-a karmuka-m

krsna candra c-a2a can-draka-va2im

unmadena in t o x i c a ted; puratah in t h e p r e s ence;sikhandina by a p e acock;

tandave in a frenzied dance;prthuni ex t e n s i v e;mandali in t o a c i r c l e;krtam
made; pasya ju st see;nindita cr i t i c i z e d;mahendra of L o r d I n d r a; karmukam
the bow (the rainbow); krsna da r k ; ca ndra of t h e m o o n; cala moving;
candraka of p e a c o ck feathers;avalim s e r i e s .

Krsna: He said: "Look at the circle-tail (candrakavali) of this wildly dancing

peacock, a tail that eclipses even the rainbow."

Text 7 (a)

Suba2ah: tado a att-hanam vamsi ka-2am u22asehi.

(krsno vaktre venum vinyasyati)

Candravali: (nisamya sag.hurnam) sav.vada suvvantivi vi assuda ari -vi a -

vimhavedi dummuhi murali

tadah th e r e fore;a atth-anam at t r a ctive;vamsi of t h e f lu t e; kalam s w e e t

sound; u22asehi pl e ase manifest; krsnah Kr s n a ;vaktre to H i s m o u t h ; venum
the flute; vinyasyati pl a c e s;nisamya ha v i n g h eard;sa wi t h ; gh u r n am
agitation; savvada at a ll tim e s;suvvantivi al t h o u g h h eard;assuda u n h e a r d ;
ari pa s t i mes;vi aa - s i f; vimhavedi am a z e s;dummuhi ha r s h ly s peaking;
murali f lu t e .

Subala: Please play some sweet music on Your flute.

(Krsna places the flute to His mouth.)
Candravah: (Hearing the sound of the flute, she becomes agitated.) Whenever I
hear it, that playful rascal flute fills me with wonder.

Text 7 (b)

Krsnah: sakhe suba2a, adya candrava2i prasade -tvaya mamanuku2ena

bhavitavyam
Subalah: adha im
Padma: ha2a, pekkha eso venu
.sanna e-tumam -tuvaravedi go u2enda n-andano-

sakhe 0 fr i e n d; subala Su b a l a;adya no w ; ca n d ravali of C a n d r a v a h;

prasade the favor; tvaya be c a use of you;mama of m e ; an u kulena b y t h e
favor;bhavitavyam may be;adha im yes, indeed;hala 0; pekkha look;esah
He; venu of t h e f lu t e;sanna ew i t h - t he signal;tumam to y o u ; tu v a ravedi
hastening; go ulenda -of the king of Gokula; nandanah the son (Krsna).
 Krsna: Friend Subala, today We will try to please Candravah.
Subala: Yes.
Padma: Look. With a signal from His flute, Krsna, the prince of Gokula, calls
you to quickly come to Him.

Text 7 (c)

Candrava2i: (vi2okya sa.nskrtena)

sakhi mura2i visala cch-idra pu-rna

2aghur atikanthina tvam granthi2a nirasasi
tad api bhajasi svasvac cumbanananda san-dram
hari kara par-irambham kena punyodayena

vi2okya lo o k i n g; sanskrtena in S a n s krit;sakhi mura2i 0 de a r f r i e nd the

flute; visa2a ja2ena wi th so many big holes in your body (in other words, full of
chidra, which also means "faults"); purna fu l l ; la g h uh ve r y l i g h t ; at ikathina
very hard in constitution; tvam yo u ; gr a n t h ila fu l l o f k n o t s ; nirasa w i t h o u t
juice; asi are; tat api th e r e f o re;bhajasi yo u o b t a in t hr o u gh service;svasvat
continuously; cumbana anan-da the transcendental bliss of kissing by the Lord;
sandram in t e n s e; hari kara -parir-ambham em b r a cing by the hands of Sri Krsna;
kena by wha t; punya uday-ena me a ns of pious activities.

Candravali: (Looking, she says in Sanskerit) My dear friend the flute, you are
actually full of many holes or faults. You are light, hard, juiceless and full of knots.
But what kind of pious activities have engaged you in the service of being kissed
by the Lord and embraced by His hands7*

Text 8 (a)

Krsnah: (puro drstva, sanandam) sakhe, seyam mama locanendivara candrik-a

candravali (iti sad.aram upetya)

purah ah e a d; drstva lo o k i n g ; sa wi t h ; an a n d am bl i s s ;sakhe 0 f r i e n d ;

sa she; iyam th i s ; ma ma My ; lo c a na of t h e e y e s;indivara o f t h e l o t u s
flowers; candrika mo o n l i g h t; candravali Ca n d r a v a li;iti th u s ; sa w i t h ;
adaram re s pect;upetya ap p r o a c hing.

Krsna: (Looking ahead, He happily says) Friend, here is Candravali, the moon
who makes My lotus eyes bloom.
Text 8 (b)

priye,

candras tava mukha bi-mbam

candra nakharani kundale candrau
nava ca-ndras tu 2a2atam
satyam candrava2i tvam asi

(candrava2i 2ajj ate)

priye 0 beloved;candrah moon; tava your;mukha of the face; bimbam

circle; candrah mo o n s ; nakharani fi r g e r n a i ls and toenails;kundale t w o
earrings; candrau mo o n s ; nava ne w ; ca n d rah mo o n ; tu an d ; 2a 2 atam
forehead; satyam in t r u t h ; ca ndrava2i Ca n d r a vali;tvam yo u ; asi a r e ;
candrava2i Ca n d ravali; 2ajjate be c o m es embarrassed.

Beloved, your face is a moon, your fingernails and toenails are moons, and your
forehead is a new moon. In truth, you are a host (avali) of moons (candra).

(Candravah is embarrassed.)

Text 9 (a)

Krsnah: priye, dusta danav-a

daman-abhinivesat tvan mukha -candra -apreksamana
yatayama bhavantyo pi na yata yama b-havanti mamamur yaminyah.

priye 0 beloved; dusta wi c k e d; danava of t h e d e m o n s;damana t h e

curbings; abhinivesat be c a use of concentration;tvat yo u r ; mu k ha o f t h e f a c e ;
candram mo o n ; apreksamanasya no t s e eing;yata yama u- s eless; bhavantyah
because of your; api al t h o u g h; na n o t ; y a t a y a m ah - u s e l ess; bhavanti t h e y a re ;
mama My ; am uh th e s e yaminyah
; nights.

Krsna: Beloved, unable, because I was busy killing so many demons, to see the
moon of your face, I wasted so many nights.

Text 9 (b)
 Candravali: sundara, bhamarassa via -nava navanusarini de pa i-di kadham
cirasanga nirasasu pa uminisu ahiramadu .

sundara 0 ha n d s o me boy;bhamarassa of a bum b l e -bee;vi a -ju st l i k e ;

nava newer;nava and newer;anusarini friends;de Your; pa id-i nature;
kadham ho w is it7; cira fo r a l o n t t i m e;asanga be c a u se of contact;nirarasu
stale; pa um-inisu am o ng the lotus flower; ahiramadu m a y e n j o y .

Candravah: Handsome one, You are like a bumble-bee that always seeks a new
companion. Why should You play with us7 We are like lotus flowers dried-up by
Your long absence.

Text 9 (c)

Krsnah: priye candrava2i, pratipad a2ok-e tvam sarvesam nava nav-asi tad .adya
nirvapaya virahottapam parisvanga rase-na

priye de a r; candrava2i 0 Ca n d r a v a lx;pratipat of t h e b e ginning;a2oke in

the sight; tvam yo u r ; sa rvesam of a l l; na va ne w e r ; na va an d n e w e r; asi a r e ;
tat th e r e fore; adya at t h i s m o m e n t;nirvapaya pl e a se cool;viraha o f
separation; uttapam th e b u r n i ng distress;parisvanga of an embrace;rasena
with the nectar.

Krsna: Dear Candravali, whenever I see you, you are always newer and newer.
With the nectar of your embrace please extinguish the flames of separation from
you

Text 9 (d)

Padma: pi a sahi v-ir-ahen-a kudo tumha tavuppatti

Suba2ah: a i, ma kk-hu evvam bhana. eso canda a2i vira-hen-a santatto si a2a e - -

j aladhara ekacch-e deham nikkhivi asatinn-o ca uro vi a-nam jj-evva canda ali am- -

savvado peccha-l vaasso.

pi ad e a r -; sahi of t h e f r i e nd (Candravals);virahena be c a use of the

separation; kudah wh y 7 ; tu mha yo u r ; ta v u ppatti bu r n i n g d i s t r e ss;a i A l a s ;
ma don't; kkhu indeed; evvam in this way; bhana speak;esah He; canda
ali of C a n d r avali;virahena be c a u se of the separation;santattah b u r n i n g w i t h
distress; si a2a ec o -olin-g; j a2adhara eof a r -ain-cloud;kacche i n t h e v i c i n i t y ;
deham bo d y; nikkhivi ah av i n - g placed; satinnah th i r s t y;ca urah ca - k o ra bird;
vi al i k e ; n-am th i s ;jj evva in d e e d;canda alim Ca - n d ravah;savvadah
everywhere; peccha i -—sees; vaassah friend (Krsan).

Padma: How can it be that Krsna is burning in separation from my dear friend7
Subala: Don't talk like that. As a thirsty cakora bird throws its body before a
cooling, water-filled cloud, so my friend, burning in separation from her, always
gazes at Candravah.

Text 9 (e)

Krsnah: priye, sruyatam

vipinantare milanti
madhura ras-a sitala spar-sa
amrta may-i tvad vira-he
samaj ani mama tapa nutta-ye radha

(iti sambhramam) dhara dhara

priye 0 beloved; sruyatam th i s s ho u ld be heard;vipina of t h e f o r e st;

antare wi t h i n; mi2anti as s e m bling;madhura sw e e t;rasa ne c t a r;stta2a c o o l ;
sparsa to t he touch; amrta of n e c t a r;mayi co n s i s t i n g;tvat of y o u ; vi r a he i n
the separation; samajani be c a me manifested;mama My ; ta pa o f t h e b u r n i n g
distress; nuttaye fo r r e m o v i n g; radha Ra d h a ;iti th u s ;sa m bhramam
bewildered;dhara dhara a stream of water, a streamof water.

Krsna: Beloved, listen. During our separation, when I was in the forest, there
was only one thing to relieve My distress. That thing was full of nectar, cooling to
the touch and very sweet. That thing was Radha. (bewildered) I mean the stream
of water, the stream of water!

Text 10 (a)

Candravali: (sabhyasuyam) gaccha, raham jj eva sevehi

Krsnah: priye, dharety avadam
Candravali: jadam kadham donam vannanam vivaridattanam
Krsnah: priye, dvayor varnayoh karnayor va viparitatvam ity asminn asti vicarah

sa wi t h; abhyasuyam an g e r and jealousy;gaccha go . ; ra h am R a d h a ;

jjeva indeed; sevehi se rve.; priye 0 be l o v e d;dhara a s t r e am of water;iti
thus; avadam I s a i d;j adam pr o d u c e d;kadham ho w i s i t 7 ;donam o f t h e t w o ;
vannanam of t he syllables;vivaridattanam th e o p p o s ite;priye 0 b e l o v e d ;
dvayoh of the two; varnayoh syllables; karnayoh on the ears; va or;
viparitatvam th e o p p o s ite;iti th u s ; as m in in t h i s ; as ti is ; v i c a r a h
consideration.

Candravali: (With jealous anger) Go! Serve Radha!

Krsna: Beloved, I said "water".
Candravali: Then why did my ears hear something else7
Krsna: 0 beloved, your ears did not hear it right.

Text 1O (b)

Candrava2i: (rosarunam mukham anamayya) a i.da-na sau-nda a2a.m eda e -

avahittha e aj-j a .appano manaharino suvanna ju alas-sa vinnasado sahu mahuri

purida kan-namhi kida

rosa wi th a nger; arunam re d ; mu k h am fa c e ;anamayya bo w i n g ; a i 0 - ;

dana saun-da generous; alam wh a t is t he need;eda eo -f th i s; avahittha e -

pretense; ajja to d a y;appanah of t h e s elf;manaharinah ca p t i v a t i n g;suvanna

gold; ju alass-a of the two (earrings); vinnasaddah be c a use of the placing;sahu
very well; mahuri wi t h n e c t a r;purita fi l l e d ;ka n namhi my e a r s ;kida
performed.

C andravali: (turns down her head, which is now red with anger) 0 K r s n a
addicted to giving gifts to others, what is the use of pretending7 Now my ears are
flooded with the sweetness of those two golden syllables, syllables that enchant the
heart.

Text 10 (c)

Krsnah:

yathartheyam vani tava cakita saranga -nayane-

suvarnalankaro madhurayati yat te sruti yugam-
mukhendor antas te bahir api suvarna cyutir iy-am
mamasrotra dvandva-m nayana yuga2am -caku2ayati

yatha artha ap -propriate;iyam th i s ; va ni wo r d ; ta v a yo u r ; c a k i t a

trembling; saranga of a d e e r; nayane ey e s;suvarna of g o l d ; al a n karah
ornament; madhurayati be a u t i f u l;yat be c a u s e;te yo u r ; sr u ti o f e a r s ;
yugam pa i r; mukha of t h e f a c e;indoh of t h e m o o n; antah en d ; te o f y o u ;
bahih ou t s i d e; api ev e n ;suvarna of t h e g o l d;cyutih fa l l i n g ;iy am t h i s ;
mama My ; srotra of e a r s;dvandvam pa i r ; na yana of e y e s;yugalam pair;
ca and; akulayati co n f u ses.

Krsna: 0 girl with eyes like a frightened doe, what you say is right. That golden
ornament does make your ears very sweet. The beautiful sound of your name
arouses My ears and the golden splendor of your face arouses My eyes.

Text 11 (a)

Padma: hala appano adittham sumaranti ma khijj ehi. j utto rahanurattassa imassa
raha nam-a ma-yi sankadha
Candravali: (nisvasya) sahi pa um-e, evam nedam

hala 0 ; a p panah of t h e s e lf; adittham mi s f o r t u n e;sumaranti

remembering; ma do n t; kh ijj ehi be c o m e depressed; j uttah ap p r o p r i a te;raha
of Radha; anurattassa of o ne who is enamored;imassa of H i m ; ra h a o f R a d h a ;
nama of t he name; mayi co n s i s t i n g;sankadha sp e e c h;nisvasya s i g h i n g ;
sahi 0 fr i e n d;pa ume -P a d m a; evam nedam th i s is true .

Padma: Ah, don't torture yourself by meditating on Your misfortune. It is

natural that boy in love with Radha will always say the name "Radha".
Candravali: (sighs) Friend Padma, so it is.

Text ll (b)

Krsnah: priye, badham anasankaniyam evedam yatah.

tasya sodasa kalasya -sodasi

va22abha sphurati ya nabhas ta2e -

radhaya suvadane katham taya

sangatir bhuvi mamadya sambhavet

priye 0 beloved; badham as s uredly;anasankaniyam n o t w o r t h y o f

suspicion; eva in d e e d;idam th i s ;ya t ah be c a u s e;tasya of H i m ; so dasa
sixteen; ka2asya ha v i ng phases (the moon); sadasi on e s ix t eenth;va22abha
beloved; sphurati is m a n i f e sted;ya wh o ; na b h ah of t h e s k y; ta le o n t h e
surface; radhaya by R a d ha;suvadane 0 be a u t i f u l - f aced girl;katham h o w i s i t ;
taya by h e r; sangatih co n t a c t;bhuvi on t h e g r o u n d; mama My ; ad y a n ow ;
sambhavet may be possible.
 Krsna: Beloved, please don't worry. 0 girl with the beautiful face, the word
"Radha" means "the beautiful full-moon shining in the sky". How can I, who stand
on the earth, meet the moon7

Text 12 (a)

Padma: ca u -sa-tthi ka-2a sa-2ino de na kkhu savi so2aha ka-2assa va22aha du22aha

ca u s-at-thi 64; kala ar t s ;sa2inah ex p e r t; de of Y o u ; na no t ; k k h u

indeed; savi so me girl; so2aha ka-2assa of the moon; va22aha be l o ved; du22aha
difficult to attain.

Padma: The moon has only sixteen phases, but You are learned in sixty-four
arts. It is not so difficult for You to be moon's beloved.

Text 12 (b)

Krsnah: (saprasrayam avalokya)

candravali vadan-a puska-ra sangi -ganda-

candrava2i katar-a tarka -ka2an-kitangau
sankaku2o 'tra kalayan kamalayataksi
sam kaku 2o2a h-rday-ah pravisami naham

sa wi t h; prasrayam hu m b l e n e s s;avalokya gl a n c i n g;candravali o f

Candravali; vadana of t he face;puskara lo t u s f lo w e r;sangi co n t a c t;ganda
cheeks; candrau tw o m o o n s; a2ikatara ve r y f a l s e;tarka lo g i c ; ka 2ankita
polluted; angau li m b s ; sanka wi t h p l a i n t i ve words;2o2a agitated; hrdayah
heart; pravisami en t e r; na no t ; ah a m I .

Krsna: (looking with love and respect) 0 girl with the lotus eyes, when I see in
the sky of Candravali's face the two moons of her cheeks become blackened by this
twisted logic, My heart trembles. Agitated with many fears, I cannot be happy.

Text 13 (a)

Candrava2i: (savyaj a prasadam-) de a, nam kk-hu go u2a jana j-i ana bhud-assa -de
savva suha kari-da
gu-nam ka-kkhu hada buddhi a-na saha-di ta nippha.lena sanko ena -
sadanko hohi.

sa wi t h; vyaja fe i g n e d;prasadam me r c y ; de a -0 Lo r d ; na n o t ; k k h u
indeed; go u-la of G ok u l a ; ja na o f t h e p e o p l e ; ji a-na th e l i f e ; bhudassa
produced; de of Y ou; savva al l ; su ha au s p i c i o u s ness; karida th e s t a te of
doing; gunam qu a l i t y; na no t ; k k h u i n d e e d ha ; da st r u c k ; bu d dhi a-
intelligence; na no t ; sahadi is a b l e to control;ta th e r e f o r e;nipphalena
useless; sanko en-a with shrinki ng away; ma do n t ; sa dankah f r i g h t e n e d ;
hohi be c o me.

Candravali: (pretending to be merciful) Lord, what foolish girl is not delighted

by the all-auspicious qualities of You, the life of Gokula's people. Please don't be
frightened and needlessly turn from me.

Text 13 (b)

Krsnah: (svagatam) garistham api manyu mud-ram dhireyam mukha mad-huryena

nihnute. (prakasam) priye krtam anena gaurava visod-garena roso.kti mad-hvikam eva
varam varistham

svagatam as ide;garistham mo s t i n t e n s e;api al t h o u g h;manyu o f a n g e r ;

mudram sy m p t o m s; dhira so b e r ;iy am sh e ;mu k ha of t h e f a c e;madhuryena
with pleasentness; nihnute de n i e s;prakasam op e n l y; priye 0 be l o v e d ;k r t a m
useless; anena wi th t h i s; gaurava in t e n s e;visa of p o i s o n; udgarena w i t h t h e
spitting; rosa an g r y; ukti w o r d s ; ma d hvikam s w e e t n e ctar; eva i n d e e d ;
varam ex c e llent;varistham b e s t .

Krsna: (aside) With a sweet face this very polite girl hides the signs of her
ferocious anger. (openly) Beloved, what is the use of this poison of polite words.
The madhvika nectar of angry words is much sweeter.

Text 13 (c)

Candrava2i: go u2anand-a,
tumha purado muham damsedum na pahavami jam.
pragabbham vaharanti avaraddhammi ta gharam gamissam
Krsnah: (sanunayam) priye, prasida prasida baddho .yam anj alih.

go ula of G-okula; ananda 0 bliss; tumha Yo u r ; pu radah pr e s e n c e;

muham fa c e;damsedum to s h o w; na no t ; pa h a v ami I a m n o t a b l e;j am
because;prabbham arrogant; vaharanti speaking;avaraddhammi I am an
offender; ta th e r e f o re;gharam ho m e ; ga missam I s h a ll g o;sa w i t h ;
anunayam an a ppeal;priye 0 be l o v e d;prasida be m e r c i f u l, be merciful;
baddhah folded;ayam th ese;anj alih fo lded hands.

Candravali: Bliss of Gokula, I have no power to show my face before You. I

spoke arrogantly. I am an offender. Therefore I will go home.
Krsna: (appealing) Beloved, be kind. Be kind. I am folding My hands.

Text 13 (d)

Candrava2i: suha a, u-jj u am -vi aha-rantzm kisa mam a2i am -sankasi ta .anujanehi
mam bhadda ali -dam-sanassa (it.i padmaya saha niskranta)

suha 0 fo r t u n a te one;ujj u am -in a straightforward way; vi aha-rantim

speaking; kisa wh y 7 ; mam me ; al i a m - u n t r u e ; sankasi Yo u s u s p e ct;ta
therefore; anujanehi p l e ase give permission; mam to m e ; b h adda ali -o f
Bhadrakah; damsanassa for t he purpose of seeing; iti t h u s ; pa d maya P a d m a ;
saha along with; niskranta e x i t s .

Candravali: 0 handsome one, I speak the truth. Why do You fear I am tricking
You7 Please give me permission to see the deity of Goddess Bhadrakah.

(Accompanied by Padma, Candravali exits.)

Text 13 (e)

Krsnah: sakhe, mahanubhavam etam mac citta m-ahak-asa candra-valim api

ba2zyas tamahk-anda2zbhir avaskanditam a2okya nira2oko smi.
Suba2ah: pi a vaass-a, -kimti evvam bhanasi. sa kkhu adakkhina na dittha.

sakhe 0 fr i e n d; maha gr e a t ;anubhavam sp l e n d o r;etam t h i s ; m at M y ;

citta of th e mi nd; maha gr e a t ;akasa in t h e s k y; candravalim C a n d r a v a li;
api although;ba2iyah more powerful;tamah kanda2ib-hih by the dark rahu
planets; avaskanditam ec l i p s ed;alokya ha v i n g s een;nira2okah un a b le to see;
asmi I a m; pi ad ea r -vaassa
; fr i e n d; kimti w h y i n d e e d 7;evvam i n t h i s w a y ;
bhanasi You are speaking;sa sh e ; kk hu in d e e d ;adakkhina cu n n i n g ;na n o t ;
dittha seen.

Krsna: Friend, the glorious Candravali-moons I once saw shining in the sky of
My heart were attacked by many powerful Rahu planets. I see them no more. Now
I stand in the darkness.
 Subala: Friend, why do You talk like that7 No longer need You look at that
unpleasant girl.

Text 13 (f)

Krsnah: sakhe, badham duruha mahiyasam prakrtih ta.thedanim

nyavisata nayanante kapi saralya nis-tha

vacasi ca vinayena stotra bha-ngi nyavatsit
aj ani ca mayi bhuyan sambhramas tena tasya
vyavrnuta hrdi manyum susthu daksinyam eva

sakhe 0 fr i e n d; badham gr e a t l y;duruha di f f i c u l t to u n d e rstand;

mahiyamam of t he great;prakrtih th e n a t u r e; tatha th e r e f o r e;idanim n o w ;
nyavisata en t e red;nayana of t h e e yes;ante on t h e c o r n e r;ka api s o m e g i r l ;
saralya to h o n e s ty;nistha fa i t h f u l;vacasi in w o r d s ; ca an d ; vi n a yena w i t h
humbleness; stotra pr a y e r s;bhangi wa v e ;nyavatsit he l d ; aj ani wa s p r o d u c e d;
ca and; mayi in M e ; bh u y an gr e a t ;sambhramah re v e r e nce;tena b y h i m ;
tasyah of h e r; vyavrnuta ma n i f e s t ed;hrdi in t h e h e a r t;manyum a n g e r ;
susthu gr e atly; daksinyam cl e v e r n ess;eva i n d e e d .

Krsna: Friend, the nature of great souls is is not easy to understand. Honest
respect she keeps in the corners of her eyes. Prayers she humbly keeps in her
voice. Respectful to Me, she politely hides the anger in her heart.

Text lk (a)

tad ehi manorarini, tasmin kesara kunjen-ivisyacandravali sangom-apayam angi

karomi (iti par.ikramya) sakhe, seyam baku2ava2i manj u2-a nikunj a vithi. p-asya
pasya.

tat th e r e fore;ehi pl e a se go;manoharini 0 be a u t i f ul g i r l;tasmin i n t h a t ;

kesara of bakula trees;kunj e in t he grove;nivisya ha v i n g e nt ered;
candravali wi t h C a n d r a vali;sangama co n t a c t;upayam re m e d y; angi karomi-
shall accept; iti th u s ;pa r i k r amya He w a l k s ; sakhe 0 fr i e n d ;sa sh e ;i y a m
this; baku2a of bakula trees;ava2i wi t h a m u l t i t u d e; manj u2a c h a r m i n g ;
nikunj a of g ro ves;vithi se r i e s;pasya pasya l o o k , l o o k .

Come. Entering this grove ofbakula trees, I will plan a strategy to meet
Candravali again. (They walk.) Friend, this forest path is beautiful with many
bakula trees. Look! Look!
Text lk (b)

sphurati saro daksinatah

savye vapi samntatah kalyah
iti kesarataviyam
pramadam niradhika kurute

sphurati gl i t t e r i n g; sarah la k e ; da ksinatah fr o m t h e r i g ht side;savye o n

the left; vapi a p o n d; samantatah in e v e ry dir e ction;kulyah c a n a l s; iti t h u s ;
kesara of bakula trees;atavi fo r e s t;iyam th i s ;pr a m a dam de l i g h t ;ni ra o f
water;adhika abundance; kurute performs.

On the right is a glittering lake. On the left many small canals in every
direction. This water-filled forest of bakula trees is very pleasant.

N ote: The word "niradhika" may also be divided "ni-radhika" (with ou t

Radha). In this way Sri Radha is mentioned indirectly.

Text 15 (a)

Suba2ah: (svagatam) 2addho ma eosar-o (prak.asam) vassa, sarahi ajj evv-atuha

pamadam kura ikimti -nirahi at ti bh-anasi.

svagatam as ide; laddhah at t a i n e d;ma eb y - m e ; osarah o p p o r t u n i t y ;

prakasam op e n l y; vaassa 0 friend; sarahi aa c c - o mpanied by Radha;jj evva
certainly; tuha Y o u r ; pa madam de l i g h t ;ku ra ip er f - o r m s;kimti w h y i n d e e d 7 ;
nira hi aw i t - h o ut Radha; tti t h u s ; bh a nasi Y o u s a y .

Subala: (aside) Now is my chance. (openly) Friend, if Radha were here, it

would be very pleasant. Why do You say that it would be pleasant "without
Radha>".

Note: Subala here assumes the second meaning of the word "niradhika"
(without Radha).

Text 15 (b)
 Krsnah: (suba2am a2ingya) sakhe, satyam bhavzsi. tad adya radhikayathemam
kesara n-ikunj a 2a-ksmzm a2ankaroti tatha mad g-ira sandisyatam 2a2ita.
Suba2ah: taha tti. (iti niskrantah).

suba2am Subala; a2ingya em b r a c es;sakhe 0 fr i e n d ; satyam t h e t r u t h ;

bravisi yo u s peak; tat th e r e f o r e;adya no w ; ra d h i ka Ra d h a ya
; t ha j u s t a s ;
imam th i s ; kesara of b a k u la t rees;nikunj a of t he g rove;2aksmim th e b e a uty;
alankaroti de c o r a tes;tatha in t h a t w a y;mat My ; gi r a b y t h e w o r d s ;
sandisyatam sh o u ld be instructed;2a2ita La l i t a; taha tti ye s ;iti t hu s ;
niskrantah he exits.

Krsna: (embraces Subala) Friend, you say the truth. Radha would make this
bakula forest beautiful. To Lalita please repeat My words.
Subala: So be it. (He exists.)

Text 15 (c)

(tatah pravisati padma madhumangalas ca).

Madhumanga2ah: pa ume, -ma eajj a -vaassena cadu arina -anunida vi candava2i na

pasanna
Padma: adha im

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;padma Pa d m a ;madhumangalah

Madhumangala;ca and;pa ume -0 Padma; sudam heard;ma eby -me; ajj a
today; vaassena by the friend (Krsna); cadu arina -speaking flattering words;
anunida ap p e aled;vi al t h o u g h;candavali Ca n d r a v a li;na no t ; pa s anna
satisfied; adha im ye -s, it is true.

(Padma and Madhumangala enters).

Madhumangala: Padma, I heard that even though He flattered her with many
sweet words, today Candravah was not pleased with my friend.
Padma: Yes, it is true.

Text 15 (d)

Madhumangalah: nunam vaasso vi sisannam vatta i taj u tta d-on.am sangame

amhanam saha arida -
 Padma: ajja, adojjevva ma e anusaridosi .

nunam no w; va assah my f r i e nd ( K r s n a );vi in d e e d ;visannam de j e c t e d;

vatta-i — has become; ta t h e r e fore;ju t ta fi t t i n g ;do nam of t h e t w o ; sangame i n
the meeting; amhanam of us t w o; saha a-rida as s istance;ajja 0 pi o u s b o y; ado
jevva fo r t h is reason;ma e -by m e ; a nusaridosi yo u a re follo we d.

Madhumangalah: Now my friend is unhappy. We should bring the two of

Them togather again.
Padma: Saintly one, you lead, and I will follow you.

Text 15 (e)

Madhumanga2ah: (puro drstva) pa ume-, pekkha eso pi a va-a-sso chappada mett-a

saha oke-sara kun-dage kimpi mantedi.
Padma: ajja, 2ada ja2ehim antarida bhavi asu-namha kim eso bhanaditti.

(iti tatha sthitau).

purah ahead;drstva having looked;pa ume -0 Padma; pekkha look;esah

He; pi ad - e a r; vaassah friend; chappada wi t h a b um b l e -bee; metta e x c l u s i ve;
saha ah -companion; kesara of b a k u la trees;kundage in t he g ro ve; kimpi
something; mantedi is s p e aking;ajja 0 pi o u s b o y ; 2ada of t h e c re epers;;
jalehim by t h e n e t w o r k s;antarida in the middle; bhavi ah a - v i ng gone;
sunamha we shall hear; kim w h a t ; es ah H e ; b h a n aditti i s s a y i n g; iti t h u s ;
tatha in t h at way; sthitau s i t u a t e d .

Madhumangala: (looking ahead) Padma, look! In this bakula forest my dear

friend now talks to a bumble-bee.
Padma: Saintly one, let us hide in this network of vines and listen to Him talk.

(They both do that.)

Text 15 (f)

Krsnah: (radham smaran sotkanth.am).

prasarati yad bhru cape -

slathajyam akarot smaro dhanuh pauspam

madhurima mani man-j usa-
bhusayai me priya sastu
 radham Ra d ha;smaran re m e m b e r i n g;sa w i t h ; u t k a n t ham a g i t a t i o n ;
prasarati ex t e n d i n g;yat be c a u s e; bhru o f t h e e ye brows; cape in the bow;
slathajyam gr e a t ly loosened;akarot pe r f o r m e d;smarah c u p i d ; d h a nuh b o w ;
pauspam fashioned from flowers; madhurima of c h a r m; mani o f t h e j e w e l s ;
manj usa the chest; bhusayati f o r an o r n a me nt; me of M e ; pr i ya be l o v e d ;sa
she; astu may be.

Krsna: (Remembering Radha, Krsna becomes filled with longing.) I wish My

beloved, who is a treasury of the jewels of sweetness, and from the bow of whose
raised eyebrows Kamadeva shoots arrows of flowers, would become an ornament
decorating Me.

Text 16 (a)

Madhumangalah: pa ume-, eso ukkantha-e tujjha pi a sa-hi-m cce-a vannedi ta e.hi.

turidam gadu ana-m samanemha
Padma: ajja, sutthu nitthankidam sunamhajam bahu-va22aho eso.

pa ume -0 Pa dma;esah He ; u k k a ntha-e w i t h l o n g i n g; tujj ha Yo u r ; pi a -

dear; sahim friend (Candravali); cce-a c e r t ainly; vannedi is d e s c ribing;ta

therefore; ehi p l e ase go; nam to h e r ; samanemha cl e a r l y; nitthankidam
spoken; sunamha we h a ve heard;j am wh a t ; b ahu v e r y ; va 22ahah af f e ctionate;
esah He.

Madhumangala: Padma, with great longing He describes your dear friend. Let
us go and being her at once.
Padma: Saintly one, without doubt we heard Him say He loves her.

Text 16 (b)

Krsnah: (punah sautsuky am)

sa mukha susama n-irjita

raka candra v-a2i 2asan m-adhya-

(ity ardhokte)

punah ag a in; sa wi t h ; a u t s ukyam longing; sa sh e; mukha f a c e ; susama

very beautiful; nirjita co n q u e r e d;raka candra -the full moon (or Candravali);
va2i beutiful wrin k l e s; 2asat ma n i f e sting;madhya o n t h e w a i s t; iti t h u s ;
ardha mi d d l e; ukte in t h e s p e ech.

Krsna: (Again with longing) Th e beauty of her face defeats the full moon. Her
waist is beautiful with three folds. (Krsna stops in the middle).

Note: If the second line is divided "raka-candravali lasan-madhya", these words

mean "Her face is beautiful. She eclipses Candravali. Her waist is beautiful."

Text 16 (c)

Madhumanga2ah: pa um-e, a2am idam imado parena sudena tunnam gacchamha

Padma: juttam kadhesi
(ity ubhau j avena duram parikramatah)

pa ume -0 Pa dma;alam en o u g h . ;id am wi t h t h i s ;im a dah fr o m t h i s p l a c e;

parena with further; sudena wi t h h e a r ing; tunnam qu i c k l y ; ga cchamha l e t u s
go; juttam appropriately; kadhesi yo u s pe ak; iti t h u s ; ub h au t h e t w o ;
j avena quickly; duram far away; parikramatah w a l k .

Madhumangala: Padma, why should we listen any more7 Let us quickly go.
Padma: What you say is right.

(They quickly walk far away).

Text 16 (d)

Krsnah:

muhura dhasyati radha

mad urasi ra-sika atmanam

muhura mo m e n t; dhasyati wi l l p l a c e;radha Ra d h a ; mat M y ; ur a s i on

the chest; rasika be a u t i f u l; kim wi 1 1 7;
atmanam pe r s o n a lly.

Krsna: When will beautiful Radha embrace My chest7

Text 17 (a)
 Padma: ajja, evvam bhanami. manini e-pi a -s-ahi e-sa a-m sama a-mejna lahavam
hodi t.a paravatti a-kanham vinnavehi.

ajja 0 pi o u s b o y; evvam in t h i s w a y;bhanami I s p e a k;manini e -p r o u d ; pi

a de ar; sahi e -of the friend (Candravali); sa am -pe r s onally; sama am-ena w i t h
the meeting; lahavam ri g h t n e s s;hodi wi l l b e ; ta th e r e f o r e;
p aravatti a -h a v i n g
returned; kanham to K r s n a;vinnavehi pl e a se inform.

Padma: 0 saintly one, this I say: My proud friend may treat Krsna lightly when
He goes to her. Please go and tell Krsna this.

Text 17 (b)

Madhumangalah: sohanam mantesi. (iti krsnantim asadya) pi a .va-as-sa,

pacchannena bhavi asa-vvam de a anni-dam ma euk-khanthava anam- . ta anavehi tam.
jjevva tujjha va22aham turi am s-amanemi

sohanam the pro per thing; mantesi yo u a re speaking; iti t h u s ; k r s n a

Krsna; antim th e p r e sence;asadya at t a i n s;pi ad - e a r; vaassa 0 f r i e n d ;
pacchannena by hidding; bhavi ah-aving become savvam all; de of You;
annidam he a r d; ma eb y - m e ; uk k antha of l o n g i n g;va anam -w o r d s ; ta t h a t ;
anavehi please order; tam her; jjevva certainly;tujjha Your; va22aham
beloved; turi am -quickly; samanemi I s h a ll bri n g .

Madhumangala: You speak well. (Madhumangala approaches Krsna). Dear

friend, by eavesdropping I heard Your words of longing. Please order me, and I
will quickly bring Your beloved.

Text 17 (c)

Krsnah: (sas2agham a2ingya) sakhe, mad anugrah-ena sighram anaya

(Madhumangalah parikramya padmaya saha niskrantah).

sa wi t h; s2agham pr a i s e;a2ingya em b r a c ing;sakhe 0 f r i e n d ; m at M y ;

anugrahena wi t h b l e ssings;sighram qu i c k l y ; anaya br i n g ; ma d humanga2ah
Madhumangala;parikramya walking about;
padmaya by Padma;saha
accompanied; niskrantah exits.
 Krsna: (Glorifies and embraces Madhumangala) Friend, I bless you. Please
quickly bring Her.

(Accompanied by Padma, Madhumangala walks offstage.)

Text 17 (d)

Krsnah: aho paramotkanthanam premnam utkantha ka-ritvam.

bhramare pi gunj ati nikunj a kot-are

manute manas tu mani nup-ura dhv-anim
ani2ena cancati trnanca2e 'pi tam
puratah priyam upagatam visankate

ahah 0; p a r ama su p r e m e ;utkanthanam of l o n g i n g;premnam o f l o v e ;

utkantha of l o n g i n g; karitvam th e c a u s e;bhramare bu m b l e - b e es;api e v e n ;
gunjati buzzes; nikunja of the grove; kotare in the interior; manute
considers; manah mi n d ; tu bu t ; ma n i jew e l l e d ;nupura an k l e - b e l l s;
dhvanim so u n d; anilena by t h e w i n d ; cancati mo v e s ;tr na of t h e g r a s s;
ancale the border; api even; tam her;puratah presence;priyam beloved;
upagatam ar r i v e d; visankate su s p e ct.

Krsna: Ah! I am overcome by the yearnings of love! When a bumble-bee hums

in the grove, my heart thinks it is My beloved s tinkling anklets. When the grass
moves in the wind. My heart thinks My beloved has come.

Text 18 (a)

(tatah pravisati padma madhu-manga2abhyam sangata candrava2i)

Candravali: hala pa ume, ki-m eso ba ula kun-dag-o disa i -

Padma: adha im ta tunn.amehi. (iti parikramati)

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;padma by P a d m a;madhumangalabhyam a n d

Madhumangala;sangata accompamed; candrava2i Candravah; ha2a 0; pa
ume Padma; kim wh a t ; es ah th i s ;ba u2a of -bakulatrees; kundagah g r o v e ;
disa ii s s e e-n;adha im ye s , ind eed;ta th e r e f o r e; tunnam q u i c k l y ;ehi g o
there; iti th u s ; pa rik ramati s h ew a l k s .

(Accompanied by Padma and Madhumangala, Candravali enters).

Candravali: Padma, is that the bakula forest I see7
Padma: Yes. Let us quickly go there. (They walk there.)
Text 18 (b)

Krsnah: (nupura ra-vam akarnya) hanta, bhuriso bhramito smi bhramari

j hankaraih ta.d alam vrtha pratyudgama sa-mbhramena (i.ty udvegam natayan)

nupura of t he ankle-bells;ravam th e s o u n d; akarnya he a r i n g ;h anta 0 ;

bhurisah gr e a tly; bhramitah be w i l d e r e d;asmi I a m ; bh r a m ari o f t h e b u m b l e -
bees; j hankaraih by t he b uz zing;tat th e r e f o r e;alam en o u g h ;vr t ha us e l e s sly;
pratyudgama ap p e aring; sambhramena w ith this bewilderment; iti thus;
udvegam ag itation; natayan re p r e s enting dramatically.

Krsna: (Hears the tinkling of the anklets) Ah, I am fooled by buzzing of the
bees. I foolishly think She has come. (He is agitated.)

Text 18 (c)

purah phala-yam asayam

j anah kamam vidambyate
asanne hi ghanarambhe
dvi gunam -ranti catakah

purah in t he p re sence;phalayam when the fruit; asayam wh e n t he h o p e ;

(or in the sky); janah a p e r s o n;kamam in d e e d ;vidambyate is d e c eived;
asanne ne ar; hi in d e e d ;ghana of c l o u d s;arambhe in t h e b e g inning;dvi
gunam tw o k i n d s; rauti cr i e s ;catakah c a t a ke bird.

When there is a little hope, desire increases. When the clouds come, the cataka
birds cry twice as loud.

Text 19 (a)

(punar utkarno bhavan) katham .abhyarne bhusana sinjitam -sruyate (i t y .

udgrivikam datva sasambhr.amam) satyam a.sau milita me preyasi (iti taras.a
candravali parsvam -agatya)

punah ag a in; utkarnah bhavan -becomes attentive; katham h o w i s i t 7 ;

abhyarne ne a rby; bhusana of a n k le bells;sinjitam ti n k l i n g ; sruyate i s h e a r d ;
iti th u s ; udgrivikam cr a n i n g H is neck with expectation;datva h a v i n g d o n e ;
sa wi t h; sambhramam ag i t a t i o n;satyam in t r u t h ; as au sh e ; mi l i ta a r r i v e d ;
me My; preyasi be l o v e d;iti th u s ;ta r a sa qu i c k l y ;ca ndravali of C a n d r a v a h;
parsvam the side; agatya g o e s .

(He becomes very attentive). Why do I hear tinkling ornaments7 (Craning His
neck with expectation, He is excited.) My beloved has come! (Krsna rushes to
Candravali's side).

Text 19 (b)

hrd bhr-nga jan-gama 2ata-

mangala bha -radhika mayonmudita

(ity ardhokte)

hrt of the heart; bhrnga the bumble-bee; j angama moving; lata creeper;
mangala au s piciousness;bha ra d i a n c e;radhika Ra d h a ;maya b y M e ;
unmuditaj de l i g h t e d;iti th u s ; ar d ha ukte -h a l f - s poken.

Now I see the flowering vine where the bumblebee of My heart flies. Now I see
glorious and auspicious Radha, who, . (Krsna stops in mid-sentence.)
. .

Text 19 (c)

(Candrava2i sersyam madhumanga2am a2okate) .

Madhumangalah: sahi canda ali, ma-ngala bharen-a adhi asi ti p-i a vaass-o -tumam
vannedi

candrava2i Ca n d ravah; sa wi t h ; ir s y am an g e r ;ma dhumanga2am a t

Madhumangala; alokate gl a n c es;sahi 0 fr i e n d ;ca nda a2i Ca - ndravah;
mangala of a u s p i c i o usness;bharena wi t h t he abundance;adhi asi yo - u are;
congratulated; ti th u s ; pia de a r ;va a ssah th e d e ar friend (Krsna);tumam y o u ;
v annedi is describing.

(Candravali angrily glances at Madhumangala).

Madhumangala: Friend Candravah, you are glorious. Our dear friend describes
you.
Text 19 (d)

Krsnah: (savai2aksyam atmagatam) ha.nta, katham anena candrava2ir

evabhisarita, bhavatu. cavtunoktam eva nirvahayami

sa wi t h; vailaksyam em b a r r a ssment (Because of the awkward situation);

atmagatam as i d e;hanta 0 ; k a t h a m ho w i s i t 7 ; anena by h i m ; ca n d ravalih
Candravals; eva in d e ed; abhisarita ha s b e en brought; bhavatu l e t it b e ;
cavtuna wi t h f la t t e ring words; uktam sp o k e n;eva in d e e d ;nirvahayami I
shall perform.

K rsna: (Surprised, He says to Himself:) Ah, why did he bring Candravali. I wil l
flatter her.

Text 19 (e)

(prakasam)

suhrd anura-ga vitan-dra

candrava2ir anj asa2ambhi

suhrt of t he friend; anuraga th e l o v e; vitandra aw a k e n e d;candravalih

Candravals; anjasa su d d e nly; alambhi a r r i v e d .

(He says openly:) Her love awakened, My friend Candravali has quickly come.

Text 20

(Candrava2i sa2ajj am krsna kanthe v-aij ayantim vinyasyati)

Krsnah: (sanandam)

ekam prayati paricarya cakora raji -

candram priye nij a manorat-ha pura pur-tim -

candravali kim u mamaksi cakorayo-s tvam

pritijm dvayor api na dhasyati sevyamana]

candrava2i Ca n d ravah; sa wi t h ; 2ajjam em b a r r a s sment;krsna of Krsna;

kanthe on t he neck;vaijayantim Va i j a y a n ti garland;vinyasyati pl a c e s;sa
with; anandam bl i s s; ekam on e ; pr a yati at t a i n sparicarya ; ha v i n g w o r s h i ped;
cakora of c a kora birds;raji mu l t i t u d e ;candram mo o n ; pr i y e 0 b el o v e d ;
nij a ow n; manoratha of d e s i r e s;pura th e f lo o d ; pu r t im f u l f i l l i n g ;
candravali 0 C a n d r a v a li ( mul t i t u de of moons); kim u h o w m u c h m o r e 7 ;
mama My ; ak si of t h e e y e s;cakorayoh of t h e t wo c akora birds;tvam y o u ;
pritim de l i g h t; dvayoh of t h e t w o ; api ev e n ;n a not; dhasyati w i l l p l a c e ;
sevyamana be i ng served.

(Embarrassed, Candravah places a Vaijayanti garland on Krsna's neck).

Krsna: (joyful) By worshiping a single moon, a flock of cakora birds finds all its
desires fulfilled. 0 Candravali, you are a great multitude of moons. Why should
the two cakora birds of My eyes not find bliss by serving you7

Text 21 (a)

Madhumanga2ah: (sagarvam) bho vaassa, dittha tu-e majj ha vi2akkhana vi -

akkhanada, jo kkhu ananta guna -salin-avi tu-e mo a idu-m -na parido so pi a sah-i -e -

mana ganth-i na a gun-a

-dhar-ina ma emo -avido-

sa wi t h; garvam pr i d e ;bh ah 0 ; v a a s sa fr i e n d ;di t t ha s e e n ; t u-e b y Y o u ;

majj ha my; vilakkhana abundant;vi akkh-anada sagacity; j ah who; kkhu
indeed; ananta un l i m i t e d; guna vi r t u e s ;salinavi a l t h o u g h e nd o wed; tu-e b y
You; mo a idum --to release; na no t ; pa r idah in a n y w a y; sah he ; pi a d e- a r ;
sahi et o - wards the friend; managanthi of f e n c e;na an e - w ; gu na q u a l i t i e s ;
dharina posses-sing; ma eby -me; mo avidah -re l e ased.

Madhumangala: (proud) Friend, now You see how clever I am. Although Your
virtues are endless, You could not untie Your dear friend's knot of jealous anger. I,
a reservoir of ever-new virtues, untied it.

Text 21 (b)

Krsnah: vayasya, tvam uddanda kusuma -kodanda -vilasa sa-d guny-e m-ahasandhi
vigrahilo 'si
Padma: ajj a, puro paphu22a im ma22z -puppha i-m papph-uranti ta ehi, im.a im -

genhamha.
(ity ubhau niskrantau).

vayasya 0 fr i e n d; tvam yo u ; ud d a nda e x t r a o r d i n a ry; kusuma o f f lo w e r s ;

kodanda bo w; vilasa in t h e p a s times;sad gunye in t h e s ix dip l o m a tic
maneuvers; maha s-andhi v-igrahikah th e m i n i s t er of peace and war;asi y o u a r e ;
ajj a 0 pious boy;purah in the presence; paphu22a blossomed; ma22z malli;
puppha im - flowers; papphuranti ar e m a n i f est;ta th e r e f o r e;ehi pl e a s e go;
ima th e s e;genhamha le t us pic k;iti th u s ;ub h au th e t w o ; ni s k rantau e x i t .

Krsna: Friend, when Kamadeva, who holds a fearsome bow of flowers,

considers his six kingly strategies, you are his prime minister of war and peace.
Padma: (Speaking to Madhumangala) Saintly friend, ahead of us are many
blossoming jasmineflowers. Come. Let us pick them.

(Padma and Madhumangala exit).

Text 21 (c)

Krsnah: (svagatam) kunj e smin nagatamatram radham tarkayami tad .anyatah

prasthasye (pra.kasam) priye, purastan natidure nagara rang-ocita naga kesa-ratavi
tad atraivanusaravah
(iti niskrantau).

svagatam as ide; kunj e gr o v e;asmin in t h i s ; na no t ; ag a ta matra-m

arrived;radham Radha; tarkayami I can guess; tat therefore;anyatah
somewhere else; prasthasye I s ha ll go;prakasam op e n l y; priye 0 b e l o v e d ;
purastat from this place; na no t ; ati ve r y ;du r e fa r a w a y;nagara a c i t y ;
ranga ar e na;ucita su i t a b l e;naga kesar-a of fragrant naga-kesara trees;atavi
forest; tat th e r e f o re;atra th e r e ;eva in d e e d ;anusaravah le t us g o;iti t h u s ;
niskrantau t h e y e xi t .

Krsna: (aside) I think Radha is not in this forest. I will go to another forest.
(openly) Beloved, not far ahead is a naga-kesara forest right for Our amorous
pastimes. Let Us go there.

(Candravali and Krsna exit.)

Text 21 (d)

(tatah pravisati 2a2itaya saha sankathayantz radha)

Radha: hala, pekkha
pekkha anda are.him g-holidam savvam disa muham. -

La2ita: pi a sahi ti-mi-rahis.arecidehim sa2ama ppasahan-ehim mandido tu ekim -

kkhu. appa.
Radhika: adha im
 tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;2a2itaya by L a l i t a; saha ac c o m p a n ied;
sankathayanti talkmg;radha Radha;hala 0; pekkha pekkha look, look;
andha a-rehim wi t h d a r k n e ss;gholidam ma d e t e rrible;savvam al l ; di sa o f t h e
directions; muham th e f a c e;pi a -d e a r; sahi 0 fr i e n d ;ti m i ra in t h e d a r k n e s s;
ahisara a secret rendezvous;ucidehim ap p r o p r i a te;salama d a r k ;
ppasahanehim wi t h o r n a m e nts;mandidah de c o r a ted; tu-e by y o u ; k i m
whether; kkhu in d e e d;appa th e s e l f; adhaim ye s ,it is so.

(Talking to Lalita, Radha enters).

Radha: Friend, look! Look! Every direction is covered by terrible darkness.

Lalita: Dear friend, do You wear dark ornaments right for secretly meeting
someone in the darkness7
Radha: Yes.

Text 21 (e)

La2ita: (vi2okya sasmitam sans.krtena)

dhammi22opari nilaratna racito -haras tvaya ropito

vinyastah kuca kumb-hayoh kuvalaya sreni -krto g
-arbhagah
ange kalpitam anjanam vinihita kasturika netrayoh
kamsarer abhisara samb-hrama bhara-n manye agad j vismr-tam

vilokya gl a n c i n g; sa wi t h ; sm i t am a s m i l e ;sankrtena i n S a n s k r i t ;
dhammi22a the braided hair; upari ab o v e ;ni2aratna wi t h s a p p h i r e s;racitah
fashioned; harah ne c k l a c e;tvaya by y o u ; ro p itah pl a c e d ;vinyastah o f b l u e
lotus flowers; sreni in t o a garland;krtah fa s h i o n e d;anjanam bl a c k c o s metics;
vinihita pl a c e d;kasturika mu s k ; ne t r ayoh on t h e e y e s;kamsa o f K a m s a ;
areh of t he enemy (Krsna);abhisara of t h e s ecret rendezvous;sambhrama
with the agitation; bharat be c a u se of the great abundance;manye I c o n s i d e r;
j agat the universe; vismrtam is f o r g o t t e n.

Lalita: (She glances, smiles, and says in Sanskrit:) A necklace of sapphires

decorates Your braids. A garland of blue lotus flowers rests on Your waterpot
breasts. On Your limbs is sandal paste. Around Your eyes is musk. I think that,
yearning to meet Krsna, You have forgotten the world.

Text 22 (a)
 Radhika: hala, muncehi parihasam .turi am uddesehi kesara kundaga maggam .

hala 0 ; m u n cehi pl e a s e give up;parihasam jo k i n g ; tu ri a-m q u i c k l y ;

uddesehi in d i c ate; kesara of n a g a - k e sara trees;
kundaga to t he g ro ve;
maggam the path.

Radha: Please don t joke. Quickly show Me the path to the naga-kesara forest.

Text 22 (b)

Lalita: ido ido pi a s-ah-i (iti .parikramanti sasankam san.skrtena)

timira mas-ibhih samvitangyah kadamba van-antare

sakhi mura ripu-m punyatmanah saranty abhisarikah
tava tu parito vidyud varn-as tanu dyut-i suca-yo
hari hari ghana dhva-ntanyetah svavairini bhindate

ido idah he r e, here;pi ad - e a r; sahi fr i e n d ;iti thu s ;pa r i k r a m a nti w a l k s ;

sa wi t h; sankam fe a r ;sanskrtena in S a n s krit;timira of d a r k n e s s;masibhih
with dark ointments; samvtta co n c e a led;angyah li m b s ; ka damba o f k a d a m b a
trees; vana of t he forest;antare in t h e i n t e r i o r;sakhi 0 fr i e n d ;mu ra o f t h e
Mura demon; ripum th e e n e my ( Kr s na);punya pu r e ; at m anah so u l s ;sarati
go; abhisarikah go i n g to the rendezvous;tava yo u r ; tu bu t ; p a r i t a h
everywhere; vidyut of l i g h t n i n g;varnah co l o r ; ta nu of t h e f o r m ; dy u ti
splendor; sucayah sh a rp needles;hari hari 0 Ra d h a ,0 Ra d h a;ghana i n t e n s e ;
dhvantani da r k n e ss;etah th e s e;sva ow n ; va i r i ni en e m y ;bh i n date b r e a k .

Lalita: This way. This way, dear friend. (Lalita gingerly walks) Fr i end, their
limbs anointed with dark cosmetics, many saintly girls go to meet Krsna in the
kadamba forest. Alas, alas, the lightning splendor of Your limbs has become Your
enemy. Now it breaks the darkness.

Text 23

R adhika: a2am imina uva2ambhena. pekkha paccasanno ba u2a kund-ago -(iti .

sambhramad upasrtya saparamarsam sanskrte.na)

viduran na ghranam madayati murareh parimalo

na kunj e yam tasya sphurati nakhara dyoti nik-araih-
tatah sanke kasminn api rahasi va22i va2ayite -

parihasanksi priya sakhi ni2m-as tava sakha

 a2am enough.; imina wi t h t h i s ;uv a2ambhena wi t h h a r sh words;pekkha
look.; paccasannah ne a r; ba u-2a of bakula trees;kundagah g r o v e; iti t h u s ;
sambhramat wi t h a g i t a tion; upasrtya ha v i n g a pproached;sa wi t h ; pa ra g r e a t ;
amarsam im p a t i e nce;sanskrtena in S a nskrit;vidurat fr o m a g r e at distance;
na no t; ghranam se n s e of smell;madayati ex c i t e s;murareh o f L o r d M u r a r i
(Krsna, the killer of the Mura demon); parimalah fr a g r a n c e;na no t ; ku nj e i n
the grove; ayam th i s ; tasya of H i m ; sp h urati is m a n i f e s t;nakara o f t h e
fingernails and toenails; dyoti of t h e e ff ulgence;nikaraih by t h e a b u n d a nce;
tatah th e r e fore;sanke I s u s p e ct;kasmin api in s o m e ;ra hasi se c r et place;
va22z by creepers; va2ayite en c l o sed;parihasa to j o k e ; akansi d e s i r i n g ;
priya dear;sakhi 0 friend; ni2inah hi d i n g ; ta va yo u r ; sa k ha f r i e n d .

Radha: Stop mocking Me! Look! The bakula forest stands before Us. (She walks
quickly and passionately. Then She says in Sanskrit:) From afar Krsna's fragrance
does not make the nose mad with bliss. The forest is not filled with the splendor of
His fingernails and toenails. Dear friend, I suspect your friend, wishing to play a
joke, now hides behind some flowering vine.

Text 20 (a)

La2ita: ha2a, ehi.vamado kadamba kund-agam vi inam-ha.

Radhika: (tatha kurvati) a i c h a - i22a, ditthosi ditthosi, kisa angehim anga im -

sangovesi (iti sa.mantan mrgayati)

La2ita: sahi, munca maggana ggaha-m ehike.2ikunda-ga kappa-nam kunamha.

hala 0; ehi c o m eh e r e ;vamadah on t h e l e f t; kadamba of k a d a m ba trees;

kundagam gr o v e; vi anamh-a we s ee;tatha in t h a t w a y;kurvati do i n g ; a i 0 ; - -

cha-i22a clever boy; ditthosi ditthosi Yo u a re seen, You are seen; kisa w h y . ;
angehim by t he lim b s; anga im li - m b s;sangovesi a r e You hiding; iti t h u s ;
samantat in a ll d i r e ctions;mrgayati se a r c h i n g;sahi 0 fr i e n d ;mu n ca p l e a s e
abandon; maggana of s earching;ggaham ob s t i n a te whim; ehi c o m e h e r e; keli-
kundaga of K e l i- ku n ja; kappanam th e d e c o ration; kunamha l e t us p e rform.

Lalita: Ah! Come. Let's examine these kadamba trees on the left.
Radha: (Does that.) Clever, playful rascal, I see You. I see You. Why do You
hide Your limbs7 (Radha searches everywhere.)
Lalita: Friend, give up searching. Come. Let s decorate the pastime-forest.

Text 20 (b)
 Radhika: (sanskrtena)

racaya baku2a p-uspais toranam ke2i k-unje

kuru varam aravindais talpam indivaraksi
upanaya sayanantam sadhu madhvika p-atrim
sahacari harir adya s2aghatam kausa2am te

sanskrtena in S anskrit; racaya pl e a se construct;baku2a ba k u l a; puspaih

with flowers; toranam an a r c h w a y;keli ku-nj e in K e l i - k u n j a; kuru p l e a s e
construct; varam ex c e l l e nt;aravindaih wi t h l o t u s flo w e r s;talpam c o u c h ;
indivara lo t u s ; aksi ey e s ;upanaya pl e a se bring;sayana o f t h e c o u c h;
antam to t he edge;sadhu mc e l y; madhvika of s w e et nectar;patrim a c u p ;
sahacari 0 fr i e n d ; ha rih Lo r d H a r i ; ad ya to d a y ;sl aghatam ma y p r a i s e ;
kausalam th e expertise;te o f y o u .

Radha: (in Sanskrit) Make a bakula-flower archway in the pastime forest. 0

Lotus-eyed friend, make a couch of blue lotus flowers. Place a cup of madhvika
nectar by the couch. Friend, today Krsna will praise your skill.

Text 25 (a)

La2ita: (tatha krtva) ha2a, pekkha kanh.o vi2ambedi. ta kunj am pavisi anam-
padlva2emha

tatha in t h at way; krtva ha v i n g d o n e;hala 0 ; p e k k h a lo o k ; k a n h a h

Krsna; vilambedi is d e layed;ta th e r e f o r e;kunj am th e g r o v e; pavisi a h a - v i n g
entered; nam Hi m ; pa d ivalemha w e s h o u ld w a i t .

Lalita: (She does that.) Ah! Look! Krsna is late. Lets enter the forest and wait
for Him.

Text 25 (b)

Radhika: (parikramya udvegam .natayanti. sanskrtena)

ruddhah kvapi sakhi

hitartha-paraya s-
anke harih padmaya
praptah kunj a grham y-ad esa na tamiyame py atikramati
paulomi ratibandh-u din mukh-am -asan ha hanta santarpayann
unmz2aty abhisara 2ubdha ra-mani g-otrasya -satruh sasi

(ity ubhe niskrante)

 parikramya walking about; udvegam ag i t a t ion; natayati re p r e s e nts
dramatically; sanskrtena in S a nskrit; ruddhah ob s t r u c t e d;kva api a t s o m e
place; sakhi of the friend; hita-artha t o t h e w e l f are;paraya de v o t e d;sanke I
suspect; harih L o r d H a ri; padmaya by P a d m a;praptah a t t a i n e d; kunja i n t h e
grove; grham a cottage; yat be c a use;esah He ; na no t ; t a m t h e r e iy ; a me w e
should go; api al t h o u g h; atikramati h e g o e s beyond;paulomi o f P a u l o m i
(Saci); rati-bandhu o f th e hu sband (Indra); dik-mukham t h e d i r e c t i on; asau
this; ha 0; h a n ta 0 ; s a n t a r p a yan de l i g h t i n g; unmilati i s b e c o m i ng visible;
abhisara a secret rendezvous; lubdha d e s i r i n g; ramani be a u t i f ul y o u ng girls;
gotrasya of t he commun i t y; satruh th e e n e m y; sasi t h e m o o n ; i ti t h u s ;
ubhe the two; niskrante e x i t .

Radha: (Agitated, walks about) I t h in k t hat Lord Hari (Krsna) has been
somewhere stopped by Padma, who is devoted to pleasing her friend (Candravah).
For this reason, even though we have come to this cottage in the grove, Krsna has
not come here (to meet us). Alsas, the moon is now rising and delighting the
eastern direction, which is presided over by Indra, the husband of Paulomi. That
moon is the enemy of beautiful (Young) girls who desire a secret rendezvous
(With their lovers).
(Radha and Lalita exit).

Text 26

(tatah pravisati krsnah)

Krsnah: (samantad avalokya)

asangah kumudakaresu sithi2o bhrngava2inam abhud

viksante nija-kotarankitam ami ksoniruham kausikah
sankoconmukhatam prayati sanakair auttanapader dyutih
kim bhanur nanu purva parvata -tatim ar-odhum utkanthate

tatah th en; pravisati en t e r s;krsnah Kr s n a ;samntat in a l l d i r e c t i o ns;

avalokya lo o k i n g; asangah at t a c h m e nt; kumuda o f l o t u s f lo w e r s;akaresu
towards the multitudes; sithi2ah sl ackened; bhrnga of b u m b l e - b ees;ava2inam
of the multitudes; abhut w a s; viksante ob s e r v e;nij a ow n ; ko t a ra i n t h e
hollows; ankitam m a r k e d ; ami t h e s e ; ksoniruham t r e e ; k ausikah o w l s ;
sankoca of shrink i n g; unmukhatam e x p e c t a tion; prayati go e s ;sanakaih
gradually; auttanapadeh of the pole star (dhruvaloka); dyutih effulgence; kim
how7; bhanuh th e sun; nanu in d e e d ;purva ea s t e r n;parvata o f t h e m o u n t a i n ;
tatim th e slope; arodhum to c l i m b ; u tk anthate r a i s es the neck with eagerness.

(Krsna enters).
Krsna: (Looking in all directions). The bumble-bees are no longer enthused (to
move along) the lotus flowers, and the owls are looking for the trees where their
nests are placed. The light of the pole-star is gradually fading. Is the sun now eager
to rise on the eastern mountain7

Text 27 (a)

(iti parikramya) naja ne navina vip-ralambhena sambhrta ni-rbhara sa-mrambha

kim nama pratipatsyate dya radha (v.imrsya) bhavatu. kesarena naga ke-saram
pratipadayisye ta.d amuni naga ke-sarani vicinuyami. (iti tatha krtva puro nusarpan)

iti t h us; parikramya wa l k i n g a b o u t;na no t ;ja n e I u n d e r s t a n d;navina

recent; vipralambhena by d i s sapointment;sambhrta he l d ; ni r b hara g r e a t ;
samrambha an g e r; kim nama wh e t h e r i n d e ed7;pratipatsyate wi l l be a ttained;
adya to d a y; radha Ra d h a ;vimrsya re f le c t s;bhavatu le t it b e; kesarena w i t h
bakula flowers; naga kesa-ram na g a-kesara trees;prati I s h a ll a ttain;tat
therefore; amuni th e s e;naga kesa-rani n a g a -kesara flowers; vicinuyami I s h a l l
collect; iti t h u s ; ta t ha in t h a t w a y; kr t va ha v i n g d o n e; purah in t h e p r e s ence;
anusarpan sl i d e s.

(Walking about) I do not k now if Radha will be greatly angry and dissapointed
(Because I arrived so late at the rendezvous). (Reflects for a moment). Yes, I shall
go to the grove of bakula trees and pick these flowers. (Krsna picks some flowers
and returns).

Text 27 (b)

kapati sa lata kutim i-mam

sakhi nagad adhunapi madhavah
iti j alpa paritaya -taya
klama dirgha -gamita katham tami

kapati a c he ater;sah He ; la ta of c r e e p e rs;kutim co l l e c t i n g;imam t h i s ;

sakhi 0 fr i e n d ; na no t ; ag a t ar r i v e d ;ad huna no w ; ap i ev e n ;ma d h avah
Lord Madhava (Krsna); iti t h u s j; alpa iw t h t a l k ; pa r i t aya fi l l e d ;ta ya b y h e r ;
klama of w e a riness;dirgha fo r a l o ng tim e;gamita wi l l p a s s;katham h o w 7 ;
tamt t h e nig ht .

Radha will certainly say to her friend. "0 friend, even now that cheating boy
Madhava (Krsna) has not come (To the rendezvous in this) gr ove of bakula
trees." How will she be able to pass the night in such great distress7
Text 28

(parikramya b.akula-kunjampasyan s.avisadam)

tambulam ghanasara sa-nkrtam adah ksiptam puro radhaya

hart hanta harinmani st-abakito haro yam utsaritah
pauspi ceyam udare sa-urabha m-ayi cudanakhaih khandita
tasyah samsati vipra2ambha janitam kunjo yam antah k2amam

praikramya walking about; baku2a of bakula trees; kunjam g r o v e; pasyan

seeing; sa wi t h; visadam de p r e s sion;tambulam be t e l n u t s;ghanasara w i t h
camphor; sanskrtam fa s h i o n e d;adah fr o m t h e r e; ksiptam th r o w n ; pu r ah i n
front; radhaya by R a d h a;hart ch a r m i n g ;ha rimani wi t h e m e r a l d s;stabakitah
clustered;harah necklace;ayam this;udara great;saurabha sweet fragrance;
mayi co n s i sting of;cuda cr o w n ; na k haih by t h e f i n g e r nails;khandita r i p p e d
apart; tasyah of h e r; samsati pr o c l a i m s;vipralambha fr o m s e p aration;
j anitam pr o d u c e d; kunjah g r o v e ; ayam th i s ;an t ah in t e r n a l ;kl a mam
distress.

(Walking about, Krsna sees the grove ofbakula trees and laments). "Radha has
thrown away the mixture of betel nuts and camphor, and she has discarded her
charming necklace of emeralds. With her firngernails she has ripped apart the
fragrant crown of flowers". In this way the grove of trees proclaims Radha's great
distress, (Which was caused by My inability to arrive at the place of rendezvous).

Text 29 (a)

(ity agrato gatva) iyam eva.radhayah suryaradhana vedika -tad asy.ah parsvam
asadayami (iti par.ikramati)

iti t h us; agratah in f r o n t ; ga t va ha v i n g g o n e;iyam t h i s ;e va c e r t a i n l y ;

radhayah of R adha;surya of t h e s u n - g od;aradhana fo r t he w o r s hip; vedika
altar; tat t h e r e f ore; asyah of h e r; parsvam si d e ;asadyami I s h a l l g o; iti t h u s ;
parikramati He walks.

(Walking ahead). This is the altar where Radha worships the sun-god. I shall go
near to it. (He approaches the altar).

Text 29 (b)
 (tatah pravisati sakhibhyam anugamyamana radha)
Radha: (puro vi2okya) ha2a 2a2ide, pekkha ve i -a -n-edittho so tujjha cha i2-2o.
Lalita: sahi, kancana p-adimevva kathora hohi.

tatah th e n; pravisati en t e r s;sakhibhyam by t w o f r i e n ds (Lalita and

Visakha); anugamyamana followed; radha Radha;purah ahead;vilokya
looking; ha2a 0; 2a2ide Lalita;pekkha lo ok; ve i a -to
- the altar; neditthah
near; sah He ; tujj ha yo u r ; cha i22-ah lo v e r; sahi 0 fr i e n d ;ka n cana g o l d e n ;
padimevva li k e a deity; kathora st i f f ; ho hi pl e a s e become.

(Accompanied by her two friends, Lalita and Visakha, Radha enters).

Radha: (Looking ahead) 0 L a l i ta, look. Your handsome young man is standing
near the altar.
Lalita: 0 friend, become like a stiff golden deity.

Text 29 (c)

Krsnah: purastad esa saha pariv-ara priya tad i.dam uttankayami. (ity upasrtya)
2a2ite, sadhu sadhu drsta.m tava garistham atra durmantra tantr-a carya-yam
acaryatvam yad a.dya bhavatya kesara niku-nj a vedya-m aham ujj agara vrata -diksa-m
parigrahito 'smi.

purastat in front; esa sh e; saha ac c o m p a n ied;parivara b y h e r f r i e n d s ;

priya be l o v e d; tat th e r e f o r e;idam th i s ; ut t a nkayami I shall play the part;
iti th u s ; upasrtya ap p r o a c h i n g;2a2ite 0 La l i t a ;sadhu sadhu ex c e l l ent,
excellent; drstam ob s e r ved;tava yo u r ; ga r i s tham mo s t s i g n i f i c ant;atra h e r e ;
durmantra of b ad advice;tantra of t h e n e t w o r k;caryayam i n t h e a c t i v i t y ;
acaryatvam th e s tate of being a teacher; yat be c a u s e;adya to d a y ;bhavatya
byyou; kesara ofnaga-kesara trees; nekunja in the grove;vedyam in the
sacred area; aham I;ujjagara ofbeing awake;vrata in the vow;diksam
initiation; parigrahitah asmi -I have accepted.

Krsna: Here are My beloved (Radha) and her friend (Lalita). I shall go to speak
to them. (Krsna approaches them). 0 Lalita, well-done, well-done. Now I can see
how you are an expert teacher in the matter of giving bad advice. At this altar in
the grove of naga-kesara trees, you have now initiated Me in the vow of staying
awake (All night).

Text 29 (d)
 Lalita: (sasambhramam sanskrtena) aho vaiparityam, aho vaiparityam .

kesara n-ikunj a k-uhare

kuhaka vasanti sakhi tvaya rahite
srita n-ava p-a22ava sa-yana
trutim api ka2padhikam mene

sa wi t h; sasambhramam an g e r;sanskrtena in S a n s krit;a hah 0 ;

vaiparityam tr e a c h ery;ahah 0 ; v a i p a r i t y am tr e a c h e r y;kesara of n a g a - kesara
trees; nikunj a of t he grove;kuhare in t h e i n t e r i o r;kuhaka ku-haka
onomatopectic sound of the rooster); vasanti st a y i n g;tvaya by Y o u ; r a h i t e
abandoned; srita re s t e d;nava fr e s h;pa22ava of b l o ssoms;sayana c o u c h ;
trutim fo r a m o m e n t; api ev e n ;ka l pa th a n a k a l p a;adhikam lo n g e r ;mene
considers.

Lalita: Aha, what treachery, what treachery. You di d no t ar r ive until th e

rooster crowed! Resting on this couch of newly blossomed flowers, my friend
Radha waited for You in the middle of this grove of naga-kesara trees. In Your
abscense, she considered a fraction of a second to be longer than a kalpa.

Text 30

Krsnah: (kapatenatopam natayan) aho, d.ambha bhara-rambhesu gambhiryam

asyah (naga.ra kesar-any uddhatya darsayan)

aratim mama nisi pasyan

aklamyan naga kesaro -'py asakrt
vigalan madhu-bhih kusumair
ebhir netrair ivodasraih

kapatena wi t h f r a u d; atopam pr i d e ; na tayan re p r e s e nts dramatically;

ahah 0; d a mha of c h e a t i n g;bhara of t h e a bu n d a nce;arambhesu i n t h e
activities; gambhiryam de p t h ; asyah of h e r ; na gara kesaran-i ba k u la flowe rs;
uddhatya ; darsayan sh o w i n g; aratim di s t r e s s;mama M y n i s i i n t h e
night; pasyan se e ing;aklamyam be c a me unhappy;naga kesarah -the bakula
tree; api ev e n; asakrt co n t i n u a l l y;vigalat tr i c k l i n g ;ma dhubhih w i t h h o n e y ;
kusumaih by f lo w e r s; ebhih wi t h t h e s e;netraih ey e s ;iva as i f ; ud gesraih
weeping.

Krsna: (with feigned arrogance) Ah, she is expertat deception. (Krsna points
to the bakula flowers). Tonight, seeing My grief, this bakula tree also became
unhappy. The flowers of that tree continually drip honey, and they appear to be
eyes continually shedding tears.
Text 31 (a)

La2ita: ammahe, dhuttatanam, j am ba u-2a va -in-a kesarena danim naga k-esaro

vlkkhavl-a(A.

ammahe 0; d h u ttatanam de c e p t i o n;j am 'yat be c a u s e;ba ul-a ba k u l a; va

ina si g n i f ying; kesarena by t he i n n er part of the flowers;danim no w ; n a g a
kesarah Naga-kesara; vikkhavi adi -is understood.

Lalita: Ah, Krsna is deceptively clever. He used the word kesara" to mean both
the inner part of the bakula-flowers, and also to mean the naga-kesara" flowers.

Note: Kesara, can mean both the inner part of any flower, or also the naga-
kesara" flower.

Text 31 (b)

Krsnah: (savyaj a nirve-dam) 2a2ite, visramyatu taveyam sabdarthasyatha

kalpanena vacana cancu-ta atha v.a kas te dosah drsta .dosab-hir api gaurangibhih
sauhardam abhilasyata mayaivaparaddham
Visakha: ko kkhu gaurangmam dittho tu edoso-.

sa wi t h; vyaj a de c e p t i o n;nirvedam lo a t h i n g; 2a2ite 0 La l i t a ;visramyatu

should stop; tava yo u r ; iy am th i s ; sa b da of t h e w o r d s; arthasya o f t h e
meaning, in another way; kalpanena by t he i n t e rpretation;vacana w o r d s ;
cancuta ex p e rtise;atha va or p e r h a p s; kah f a u l t s ; api a l t h o u g h ;
gaurangibhih fair complexioned gopis; sauhardam fr i e n d s h ip;abhilasyata
desiring; maya by M e ; eva in d e e d ;aparaddham of f e n s e; kah w h a t 7 ; k kh u
indeed; gauranginam of t he f air-complexioned gopis;ditthah se e n; tue b y y o u ;
dosah f a ult.

Krsna: (Pretending to be disgusted) 0 L a l ita please stop this clever playing

with words. It is not you who are at fault, but I, who desire to befriend such
golden complexioned gopis, who are so eager to find fault with Me.
Visakha: What fault do You see in the gopis7

Note: drsta-dosabhih" can be interpreted to mean one who finds fault with
others, or one who is himself full of fault. K r sna intended the first, and the gopi
assumes the second meaning.
Text 31 (c)

Krsnah: pasya pasya

nava ra-sa dh-arini madhure

dharani sa-ntapa ha-ri vi-sphurane
vidadhati na krsna m-udire
gauryah ksana ro-cisah sthairyam

pasya pasya lo o k, loo k; nava fr e s h ;ra sa nectar; dharini holding;

madhure ch a r m i n g; dharani of t h e e a rt h; santapa bu r n i n g d i s t ress;hari
removing; visphurane ma n i f e station;vidadhati gr a n t s;na no t ; kr s na o f
Krsna; mudire to t he c lo ud;gauryah go l d e n;ks ana roc-isah mo m e n t a ry flashes
of lightning; sthairyam st e a d i n ess.

Krsna: Look, look. Full of fresh nectarean water, a charming dark cloud has
appeared to alleviate the burning heat of the earth. Golden flashes of lightning
appear in that cloud for a brief moment only.

(Alternate translation:) Full of the nectarean mellow of conjugal love, the

charming dark cloud of Krsna has appeared to alleviate the burning distreses of the
earth. The golden flashes of lightning which are the gopis stay in that cloud for a
brief moment only.

Text 32 (a)

Visakha: tassim ku2isa kuda k-athor-a cetthid-e tanam koma2anam juttajjevva tadha
pa utti. -

tassim in t h i s; ku2isa th u n d e r b o l t; kuda ex c e l l e n t;kathora s h a r p ;

cetthide pe r f o rmed; tanam of t h e m ; ko m a2anam d e l i c a te;ju t ta a p p r o p r i a t e ;
jj evva ce r t ainly; tadha in that way; pa utti ac - tivity.

Visakha: It is proper for the delicate gopis to act in that way, for Krsna is as
harsh as a thunderbolt.

Text 32 (b)
 Lalita: visahe, sunahi kampi gaham .(iti bhrngam darsayanti) .

campa a-ladam siniddham na a -k-ancana k-anti k-usuma g-aurangi

mukkhi-a dhava i-bhamare cava2a cci a-sama2a honti

visahe 0 Vi s a k h a;sunahi pl e a se hear;kampi a c e r t a i n;gaham s o n g ; i t i

thus; bhrngam th e b u m b l e -bee;darsayati in d i c a t e s;campa a -campaka;
ladam cr e eper;siniddham ch a r m i n g;na a -f r e s h; kancana go l d ; k a n t i
splendor; kusuma fl o w e rs; gaurangi w i t h a f a ir c omp l e xion; mukki-a h a v i n g
abandoned; dhava i --runs; bhamarah bu m b l e - b ee;ca ala q u i c k l y m o v i n g
lightning; cci a -as if; samala da r k ; ho n ti a r e .

Lalita: 0 Vi sakha, please listen to this song. (Lalita points to a bumble-bee).

This campaka creeper is full of yellow flowers as splendid as fresh gold. Running
away from this creeper, this bumble-bee appears to be like streaks of quickly
moving black lightning.

(In this allegory Radha is compared to the golden campaka creeper, and Krsna
to the black bumble-bee).

Text 33 (a)

Krsnah: (smitva) satyam vagminam asi rajni

Lalita: (apavarya) sutthu, nisankena, va anado-vena anavaraddham jj evva na
takkemi.

smitva sm i l i n g; satyam in t r u t h ; va g minam of t h o s e who are eloquent;

asi you are; raj ni th e q u e e n;apavarya c o n c e a ling; sutthu v e r y w e l l ;
nisankena fe a rless;va ana -of words; adovena with pride;anavaraddham
without offense; jj evva in d e e d; na n o t ; t a k k e mi I c o n j e c t u r e .

Krsna: (Smiles) You are certainly the queen of all those who are eloquent.
Lalita: Because You are speaking so proudly and fearlessly, I do not think that
You are free from fault.

Text 33 (b)

Krsnah:

vamyad bhaven na viratir nava yauvanan-am

vama bhruvam -iti j ana srutir avy-alika
catuni kartum ucitani vimucya khinnam
mam pratyutadya yad amur aparam j ayanti

vamyat be c a use ofcontrariness;bhavet th e re mayb e; na no t ; v i r a t i h

cessation; nava ne w; ya uvananam of t h e y y o u t h s;vama le f t ; bh r uvam o f t h e
eyebrows; iti t h u s ; ja na of t h e l i v i n g e nt it ies;srutih ne w s ; av yatika h o n e s t ;
catuni el o q u e nt or flattering words;kartum to p e r f o r m;uc itani a p p r o p r i a t e ;
vimucya ha v i ng released;khinnam de p r e s sed;mam Me ; pr a t y u ta o n t h e
contrary; adya no w ; am uh th e y ; ap a r am wh o h a s nosu p erior;ja ya nti
conquer.

Krsna: There is a very truthful common saying that young girls with beautiful
crooked eyebrows will not give up their nonsense. Although no one is superior to
Me, these girls have conquered Me with their expert clever words.

Text 30 (a)

La2ita: (apavarya) ha2a, saccam ujj a ara -khin-no kanho. ta pasida

Radhika: (krsnam apangenava2okya) muddhanam vanca2a ka2a -vi ad-dh-osi

apavarya co n c e aling;hala 0 ; s a c c am in t r u t h ; ujj a ara - by st a ying awake;

kkhinnah un h a p p y; kanhah Kr s n a ; ta th e r e f o r e;pasida pl e a se be merciful;
krsnam Kr s n a; apangena wi t h a s id e long glance;avalokya l o o k s ;
muddhanam of t h e se who are bewildered;vancana at c h e ating;kala a t t h e a r t ;
vi addho-si you are expert.

Lalita: (Concealing her actual intention) Be merciful to Krsna. He is depressed

because He has stayed awake (all night).
Radha: (Glances at Krsna from the corner of her eyes) You are expert at the art
of cheating the foolish.

Text 30 (b)

Krsnah: (sanandam) phu22a kesara k-a2apen-amuna dhammi22a sris -

tavalankriyatam vandhya.tam mam vindatu mama prayasah (iti puti.kam uddhatya)

priye, pasyamuni sugandhmam agresarani kesarani yair aham sadyah suvasito smi.

sa wi t h; anandam bl i s s ;phu22a bl o s somed; kesara of n a g a -kesara flowers;

kalapena wi t h a bun d l e; amuna wi t h t h i s ; dhami22a of t he braided hair;srih
beauty; alankriyatam ma y b e o r n a m e n ted;vandhyatam us e l e ssness;ma m a y
not; vindatu fi n d ; ma ma My ; pr a y a s ah ef f o r t ; i ti t h u s ; pu t i k am p a c k a g e ;
uddhatya op e n s;priye 0 be l o v e d ;pasya ju s t s e e;amuni t h e s e ;
sugandhinam of t h o se which are fragrant;agresarani be s t;kesarani k e s a r a
flowers; yaih by w h i c h ; sadyah at t h i s m o m e n t; suvasitah ar o m a t i c;asmi I
am.

Krsna: (blissful) Th ese blossomed kesara flowers shall decorate your braided
hair. Please do not make My efforts go in vain. (Krsna opens the package of
flowers) 0 beloved, look at these kesara flowers, the best of all fragrant things. I
have now become aromatic (By holding these flowers).

Text 30 (c)

Radhika: (sanarma smi-tam) nunam canda a2i -par-ima2ena vasidosi tumam.

Krsnah: priye, parihasikany api te vacamsi na kadacid api vyabhicaranti yad .adya
mad anga-tas candravali saur-abhyam udancati

sa wi t h; narma jo k i n g ; sm i t am sm i l e ;nu n am at t h i s m o m e n t;c anda ali-

of Candravali; parimalena by t he f ra grance;vasidosi yo u h a ve become aromatic;
tumam Yo u; priye 0 be l o v e dparihasikani
; jo k i n g ; api ev e n ;te y o u r ;
vacamsi wo r d s; na no t ; ka d a c it ev e r ;api ev e n ;vy a bhicaranti of f e n d ;y a t
because; adya to d a y; mat My ; an g a t ah fr o m t h e b o d y; candravali o f
Candravali; saurabhyam sw e et aroma;udancati ar i s e s .

Radha: (Angrily turning away) 0 L a l i ta, did you hear that7

Krsna: (Smiling) 0 b e l o v ed, why have you become so impatient simply
because these two words are homonymous7 By saying the word Candravali, I
meant camphor.

Text 30 (e)

Radhika: (sasmitam) samappehi puppha im (iti -pat.ancalam prasarayati)

Krsnah: (radha mukham -preksya svagata.m) hanta, vi.bhrama mandita-sya ci22i-
kodandasya tandava kala -

sa wi t h; smitan a s m i l e ;samappehi pl e a s give;puppha im th e-flower; iti

thus; pata of t he sari;ancalam th e c o r n e r;prasarayati ex t e n d s;radha o f
Radha; mukham th e f a ce;preksya ob s e r v ing;svagatam as i d e;h anta 0 ;
vibhrama wi t h r e s t lessness;manditasya de c o r a ted;ci22i kodandas-ya eyebrows;
tandava in f i e r ce dancing; kala a r t i s t r y .
 Radha: (smiling) G ive me the flowers. (Radha extends the corner of her sari).
Krsna: (Looking at Radha's face, Krsna says to Himself:) Ah, decorated with
restlessness, the eyebrows of Radha are expert in the art of violent dancing.

Text 30 (f)

Visakha: (j anantikam) 2a2ide, pekkha pekkha sa.mmohanena rahi ek-adakkha

banena 2akkhi kid-o puppha pu-di a -es-addham ancale dinnampi venum naj anadi
kanho.

j ana ant-ikam whispering; 2a2ide 0 Lalita;pekkha pekkha look, look;

sammohenena enchanting; rahi a- o f Ra d h a;kadakkha of t h e s i d e long glances;
banena by the arrow; /akkhi in t o a t a r g e t;kidah ma d e ;puppha o f f lo w e r s ;
pudi a e- -with the package; saddham accomapanied; ancale in t he c orner;
dinnam placed; pi although;venum flute; na not;j anadi perceive;kanhah
Krsna.

Visakha: (Whispers) 0 L a l i ta, look, look. Because Radha has aimed the
enchanting arrow of her sidelong glance at Krsna, Krsna has become bewildered
and He is not aware that He has placed His flute on the edge of Radha's sari, along
with the package (Of flowers).

Text 30 (g)

Lalita: (sanskrtena)

nidragamo 'pi sakhi nanda sutasy-a hartum

yam saknuvanti na parah pasu pa2a ba-2ah-
dhanya kataksa kalaya ki-2a mohayanti
tam radhikadya purato muralim j ahara

sanskrtena in S anskrit; nidra of s l e e p;agame on t h e a rr i val;api e v e n ;

sakhi 0 fr i e n d ; nanda of N a n d a M a h a raja;sutasya of t he son (Krsna);
hartum to s t e al;yam wh i c h ( f lu t e ) ; saknuvanti ar e a b l e;na no t ; p a r a h
transcendental; pasu of t he cows;pa2a pr o t e c tors;ba2ah bo y s; dhanya
fortunate; kataksa of s i d e long glances;ka2aya wi t h t he art; ki2a i n d e e d ;
mohayanti be w i l d e r i ng;tam th a t ( f lu t e ) ; ra dhika Ra d h a ;adya n o w ;
puratah in the presence; muralim f lu t e ; j a h a ra h a ss t o l e n .

Lalita: The transcendental cowherd boys are not able to steal away Krsna's
flute, even when He sleeps. The fortunate Radha has nevetheless bewildered Krsna
with the art of her sidelong glances, and she has stolen away the flute, before His
very eyes.

Text 35

Radhika: (apavarya, sanskrtena)

ya nirmati niketa ka-rma ra-canarambhe kara sta-mbhanam

ratrau han-ta karoti karsana vid-him ya patyur ankad api
gaurinam kurute guror api puro ya nivi vid-hvamsanam
dhurta goku2a ma-nga2asya mura2i seyam mamabhud vasa

apavarya as i d e;sanskrtena in S a n skrit;ya wh i c h ( f lu t e ) ; ni k e ta

household; karma du t i e s;racana pe r f o r m a n c e;arambhe in t h e b e ginning;
kara of t he hands;stambhanam nu m b i n g ; ra t r au at n i g h t ; ha n ta i n d e e d ;
karoti ca u s es;karsana of a t t r a c ting;vidhim ac t i v i t y;ya wh i c h ;pa t y uh o f
the husband; ankat fr o m t he l a p;api ev e n ;ga urinam of t h e f a i r - c omplexioned
gopis; kurute causes; guroh of t he superiors;api ev e n ;pu rah in t h e p r e s e nce;
ya which; nivi of t h e t i g ht belts;vidhvamsanam un d o i n g ; dhurta r a s c a l ;
goku2a of Gokula; manga2asya of t he auspiciousness (Krsna);mura2z flute; sa
iyam th i s very; mama my ; a b h ut b e c a m e ; vasa c o n t r o l l e d .

Radha: (Aside) This is is the same flute which causes the gopis' hands to
become numbed when they perform their household duties. At nightime this flute
attracts the golden-complexioned gopis, even from their husband's laps. This flute
loosens the gopis tight belts, even in the presence of their superiors. This rascal
flute, the property of Krsna, the auspiciousness of Gokula, is now under my
control.

Text 36 (a)

(nepathy e)

are kuranga, dittho tumhehim pi a vaasso- -

Krsnah: katham mi2aty esa madhumanga2ah.

nepathye fr om t he win g s; are 0 ; k u r a n g ah de e r ; d i t t h ah seen; tumhehim

by you; pi ad e a r; -vaassah friend; katham ho w i s i t 7; milati meets; esah
this; madhumangalah Ma d h u m a n g ala.

Madhumangala: (From offstage) 0 de e r, you are now looking at my dear

friend.
Krsna: How is it that Madhumangala is coming here7

Text 36 (b)

(pravisya malya ha-stah)

Madhumanga2ah: sudam suba2a m-uhado j am ajj a ni un-j a m-ajj he rahi aj -agarida
asi ta .gadu an-am pocchaha iss-am

pravisya en t e r i n g;malya with a garland; hastah in h a n d; sudam h e a r d ;

subala of Subala;muhadah fr o m t he m o u t h; jam b e c a u s e;ajja no w ; n i
unj a of the forest;majj he in t he m i d d l e; rahi a- R a d h a ; j agarida aw a k e ;asi
was; ta th e r e fore;gadu a -having gone; nam to that place; pocchaha issa-m I
shall give courage.

(Madhumangala enters, holding a garland in his hand).

Madhumangala: I have heard from the mouth of Subala, that Radha is staying
awake in the middle of the forest. I have therefore come here to give her courage.

Text 36 (c)

(ity upasrtya, sanskrtena)

avira2a vana m-a2a2a-nkrta snigdh-a murtih-

sphuri ta kataka -kanti r -dhatubhi r mandi tangah
akhila bhuvan-a tungo n-etra bhangy-a vikrstah
katham iva sakhi radhe krsna sailas -tvayabhut

iti th u s ; upasrtya ap p r o a c h i ng;sanskrtena in S a n skrit;avirala d e n s e ;

vana of f orest flowers;ma2a by t he garland;a2ankrta or n a m e n t e d;snigdha
charming; murtih fo r m ; sp h urita ma n i f e s t e d;kataka go l d e n b ra celets;kantih
splendor; dhatubhih wi t h c o l o r f ul m i n e ral pigments;mandita de c o r a t ed;
angah li m b s; akhila al l ; bh u v ana pl a n e t s;tungah ab o v e ;netra of t h e e ye s;
bhangya by t he wave; vikrstah st o l e n;katham ho w i s i t 7 ;iva ju s t a s; sakhi
0 friend; radhe 0 Ra d h a ;krsna bl a c k ; sailah a s t o n e ;tvaya be c a u se of You;
abhut has become.

(Madhumangala approaches Radha).

My dear fried Radha, Krsna appears very handsome, garlanded with many forest
flowers. He wears glistening golden bracelets, and His limbs bear many decorative
lines drawn in (colorful) m i n e ral pigments. He is the supreme monarch of all the
worlds. How is it, that attracted by the wave of your sidelong glance, He has
become stunned, and now appears as a great black stone.

Text 37 (a)

(radhika smayate)
Krsnah: priye, vetti me tamas tami-sambhavam vayasyo 'yam
Radhika: ajj a, damsidam ajj a sineha-dakkhinam jam kantara sin-dhu sa-ntara
kosala lm -slkkhavldamhl.

radhika Ra d h a;smayate sm i l e s;priye 0 be l o v e d ; vetti u n d e r s t a n d s;me

My; tamah un h a p p i n e ss; tami o f n i g h t ; sambhavam pr o d u c e d;vayasyah
friend; ayam th i s ; ajj a 0 pi o u s b o y; damsidam sh o w n ; ajj a no w ; si n e ha o f
love; dakkhinam k i n d n ess (or skill); jam b e c a u se;kantara of t h e f o r e st;
sindhu in th e ocean; santara pa s s i ng over;kosala im -ex p e rtness;
sikkhavidamhi I a m i n s t r u c t ed.

(Radha smiles).
Krsna: 0 beloved, my friend Madhumangala knows how I have become
unhappy by the arrival of night.
Radha: 0 noble boy, you have shown great skill in the art of loving affairs, and
in this way You have instructed me in the art if how to expertly cross over the
great ocean which is this forest.

Text 37 (b)

Madhumanga2ah: sahi, sahu amhe uva2ahijamha, jehim ca2antim pi va22im tumam

takki-a vane vasantehim sadankam j a aridam -tumhe .kkhu salahi jj ha i, j -ahim -pi a -

vaassa sanaha-m pi kunjam anibbandhena sunnam bhani-a ghare pavisanthihim

ni radankam sut tam.

sahi 0 fr i e n d; sahu we l l ; am he we ; av a l a hijamha ar e r e p r o ached;jehim

by whom; ca2amtim m o v i n g; pi e v e n ;v a22im c r e e per; tumam Y o u ; t a k k i - a
having considered; vane in t he f o r est;vasanatehim by t h o se who reside;
sadankam wi t h a fever;j a aridam -awa ke; tumhe y o u ; k k hu i n d e e d ; salahi
jj ha i — shou-ld be praised; j ahim by t h o se who; pi ad e a r -vaassa
; fr i e n d; sa
with; naham th e l o r d; pi e v e n ;k u n jam g r o v e ; a nibbandhena w i t h o u t
objection; sunnam e m p ty ; bhani-a h a v i n g b e come;ghare in t h e c o t t a ge;
pavisantihim e n t e r i ng; niradankam without fever; suttam a s l eep.

Madhumangala: It is right that You rebuke us. You must have remained awake
thinking the movements of the creepers was due to the wild animals in the forest.
All glories to You. Now You know there are no wild animals here. In the forest,
there is only my dear friend Krsna. Now, free from any fear, You can go home and
go to sleep.

Text 37 (c)

radhika: ajja kim evvam bhanasi. (iti sanskrtena)

nikunj am kamsarer bata nakhara can-dravali ruc-i

cchatagras tam nagre muhur api yada preksitam abhut
tada sadyah prodyah vid-hu hat-a kav-i kra-nti hat-aya
maya 2abdharanye k2ama niv-aha pur-na parinatih

ajja no b l e sir; kim wh y 7 ; ev vam in t h i s w a y; bhanasi do y o u s p e ak;iti

thus; sanskrtena in S anskrit; nikunj am th e f o r e st grove;kamsa arat-eh o f
Krsna, the enemy of Kamsa; bata in d e e d; nakhara of t h e n a i l s; candra o f
moons; avalih th e s eries;ruci of t h e s p l e ndor;chata ab u n d a n c e;agrah t h e
tip; tam th a t ; na no t ; ag r e at t h e b e g i n n i n g; muhuh fo r a m o m e n t;api e v e n ;
yada when; preksitam se e n;abhut wa s ; ta da th e n ;sa d yah a t o n c e ;
prodyat rising; vidhu by t he m o o n; hata st r u c k ; ka vi of t h e s u n ; kr a n ti t h e
path; hataya struck; maya by M e ; la b dha at t a i n e d;aranye in t h e f o r e s t;
klama of e xh a ustation;nivaha wi t h a n a b u n d a nce;purna fi l l e d ;parinatih
transformation.

Radhika: Noble sir, why do you speak in this way7 When I can no longer see
the moonlight of Krsna s toenails in this forest, then the ordinary moonlight
overwhelms Me and I become filled with despair.

Text 38 (a)

madhumanga2ah: (svagatam) aho kaham kudanga sangada -candra a2i bi ra-hi a e - -

ditthatthi. ta vancanam mukki anam u-kkarisa issam (-prakas.am sanskrtena)

k2antena te vadana candram -anaka2ayya

ka2yani gokula puranda-ra nandane-na
candravali

svagatam as ide;ahah ah ! ; ka h am ho w 7 ; ku d a nga to t h e f o r e st grove;

sangada me t; candra ali Ca n - d ravali;bi ev e n ;ra hi by R a d h a ;ditthatthi w a s
seen; ta th i s; vancanam tr e a c h e ry;mukki aa b a n d - o ning;
nam He r ; uk k a r i s a
issam I shall flatter; prakasam op e n l y;sanskrtena in S a n s krit;klantena w i t h
despair; te of Y o u; vadana of t h e f a c e;candram th e m o o n; anakalayya n o t
seeing; gokula of G o k u l a;purandara of t h e k i n g ;nandanena by t h e s on;
candravali Ca n d r a vali.

Madhumangala: (aside) Alas, Radha has seen Candravali meet Krsna in this
forest-grove. I will give up trying to cheat Her. I shall simply flatter Her. (He
openly says in Sanskrit:) 0 b e autiful girl, when He could not see You, Gokula's
prince Krsna became filled with despair. In that condition Candravali. . .

Text 38 (b)

(ity ardhokte)

(krsno bhru sanm-jnaya nivarayati)

(sarvah parasparam sakutam avalokayanti)

iti th u s ; ardha ha l f w a y ;uk te sp o k e n ;kr s nah K r s n a ; b hru o f t h e

eyebrows; samjnaya wi t h a s ig nal;nivarayati ch e c k s ;sarvah e v e r y o n e ;
parasparam mutually; sa wi t h ; ak u t am me a n i n g ;avalokayanti l o o k s .

(Halfway through Madhumangala's verse Krsna knits His eyebrows, signaling

him to stop. Struck with wonder, everyone gazes at each other).

Text 38 (c)

madhumangalah: (svagatam) hanta hanta kidam ma ebamh-ana batu oc-idam-

cal7a2am.

svagatam as ide; hanta al a s !;hanta al a s ! ;kidam do n e ; ma e b y m

- e;
bamhana of a brahmana; batu boy; ocidam proper;cabalam recklessness.

Madhumangala: (aside) Alas! A l as! I am a brahmana boy who has spoken

very recklessly!

Text 38 (d)

krsnah: (vibhavya) vibhavari bhavam m-e variyah kastam baspa ruddha k-antho -
'yam samvrttah .tad aham eva vakyam samapayami .(iti smitva)

candrava2ina n-ayanantataya ki2asya

sa drsyatah katham api ksapita ksapeyam

vibhavya re f le cting; vibhavari b-havam th e n i g h t; me of M e ; va r i y ah l o n g ;

kastam pa i n f u l; baspa wi t h t e a r s;ruddha ch o k e d ; ka nthah w h o s e t h r o a t ;
ayam he ; samvrttah is ; ta t th e r e f o r e;aham I; ev a ce r t a i n l y ;vakyam t h e
statement; samapayami sh a ll c omp l e te;iti th u s ; sm i t va sm i l i n g ;ca ndra o f
moon; ava2ina en t e red;nayana of t h e e yes;antataya by t h e c o r n e r;ki2a
indeed; asya of t h a t; sa sh e ;dr s yatah by t h e s i g h t;katham api s o m e h o w ;
ksapita pa s sed;ksapa t h e n i g h t .

Krsna: (Reflecting) I have had a long night. Madhumangala is so exhausted

that his throat is now choked with tears. I shall complete the verse he has begun.
(Smiles) Madhumangala meant to say: "The shining of the moon entered the
corner of His eyes and reminded Him of Radha. Only in this way was Krsna able to
pass the night".

Text 39 (a)

madhumangalah: pi a ass-a -savannosi kim .ti maha hi a atth-id-am pajj haddham na

j anissasi

pi a dea-r; -va assa -0 friend; savannosi You are omniscient; kim ho w 7 ; t i

thus; maha my ; hi a a -in -the heart; tthidam situated; pajjha of t h e v e rse;
addham the other half; na no t ; j anissasi Y o u w i l l k n o w .

Madhumangala: Dear friend, You are omnicient. Why should You not know
the second half of the verse I kept in my heart7

Text 39 (b)

2a2ita: rahe ajj a bi sandiddhasi pekkha .rati vi2asa p-isuna i-m na ar-assa c-anga im -

anga im (iti s-ersy.am sanskrtena)

ba2e goku2a yauvata s-tana tati -datta-rdha -netrad ita-h

kamam syama sila vilas-i hrd-ayac -cetah paravartaya
vidmah kim na hi yad vikrsya ku2ajah ke2ibhir esa striyo
dhurtah sankulayan ka2anka tatibhir ni-hsankam unmuncati
 rahe 0 Radha;ajja now; bi even;sandiddhasi You are bewildered;
pekkha lo o k . ; ra ti am o r o u s vi
; l asa of p a s t i m e s;pisuna i-m the signs; na-
arassa of this rake; canga i-m ha n d s ome; anga i-m li m b s ; iti t h u s ; sa w i t h ;
irsyam an g e r; sanskrtena in S a n s krit;ba2e 0 yo u n g g i r l; goku2a o f G o k u l a ;
yauvata of t he girls; stana ta-ti on t he b re asts;datta pl a c e d;ardha n-etrat
sidelong glances; itah fr o m H i m ; k a m am v o l u n t a r i l y; syama si-la sa p p h i r e s;
vilasi sp l e n d id; hrdayat ch e s t ;cetah he a r t ;paravartaya tu r n ; vi d m ah w e
know; kim w h e t h e r7; na no t h i in dee d ;ya t wh i c h ;vi k r s ya a t t r a c t i n g ;
ku2ajah pi o us; ke2ibhih wi t h p a s t i m e s;striyah gi r l s ; dh urtah r a k e ;
anku2ayan fi l l i n g; ka2anka ta-tibhih wi t h i m p u r i t i e s;nihsankam w i t h o u t f e a r;
u nmuncati ab an d on .

Lalita: Radha, now You are bewildered. Look at how the handsome limbs of
this rake bear these marks of amorous pastimes. (Angry, she says in Sanskrit:) My
dear girl, turn Your heart from this Krsna, whose chest is as splendid as sapphire
and whose sidelong glances rest on the breasts of the young girls of Gokula. Do we
not already know how this rake Krsna attracts respectable girls, pollutes them, and
then fearlessly leaves them.

Text 00 (a)

radhika: haddhi haddhi sutthu vidambidamhi.

haddhi al a s !; haddhi al a s !; sutthu c o m p l e t e l y;vidambidamhi I h a v e b een

cheated.

Radhika: Alas! Alas! I h ave been cheated!

Text 00 (b)

krsnah: priye mudhaiva mam dusayasi

priye 0 beloved; mudha ne e d l e ssly;eva ce r t a i n l y; mam M e ; du s a yasi

You rebuke.

Krsna: Beloved, You rebuke Me without any good reason.

Text 00 (c)
 radhika: (sopalambham, sanskrtena)

muktantar n-imisam madiya p-adavim alokamanasya te

jane kesara re-nubhir nipatitaih soni k-rte locane
sitaih kanana va-yubhir viracito bimbadhare ca vranah
sankocam tyaj a deva daiva ha-taya na tvam maya dusyase

sa wi t h; upalambham ce n s u r e;sanskrtena in S a n s krit;mukta re l e a s ed;

antah wi t h i n; ni m isam bl i n k i n g ;ma diya My ; pa d a v im pa t h ;al o k a manas ya
looking; te of Y o u;j ane I k n o w ; ke s ara of K e s a ra flowers;renubhih w i t h t h e
pollen; nipatitaih fallen; soni krt-e re d d ened; locane ey e s;sitaih c o l d ;
kanana in t he forest; vayubhih by t h e w i n d s;viracitah ma d e ;bimba b i m b a
fruit; adhare on t he l i p s;ca al s o ;vr a nah th e w o u n d ; sankocam fe a r ; tyaja
give up; deva 0 Lord; daiva by d e s t i n y;hataya st r u c k ; na no t ; tv a m Y o u ;
maya by M e; dusyase ar e rebuked.

Radhika: (taunting Him, She says in Sankrit:) I k no w t hat Your eyes are red
because some pollen fell in them when, without blink i ng, You searched for the
path to come to Me, and I know that the wound on Your bimba fruit lips was
created by the cold forest wind. My Lord, do not be afraid. I am not criticizing
You. I have already been attacked by My own destiny.

Text Wl (a)

krsnah: priye tavadhinasya me sankoso 'py alankarayaiva

priye 0 beloved; tava to Y o u; adhinasya su b m i s s i ve;me o f M e ;

sankocah fe a r; api ev e n ; al a nkaraya to d e c o r a te;eva c e r t a i n l y .

Krsna: Beloved, I am Your submissive servant. My fear is fear to decorate You

with ornaments.

Text OI (b)

radhika: sahino savva lo a vikk-ha-do-si kadham .mamahino duvissasi

sahinah in d e p e ndent; savva al l ; 2o a in the w-o-r2ds; vikkhadosi You a re

famous; kadham ho w is i t 7;mama on M e ; ah i n ah de p e n d e n t;duvissasi Y o u
will be.
 Radhika: In all the worlds You are famous as the supreme independent. How is
it possible for You to become the submissive, dependent servant of Me7

Text Wl (C)

krsnah: tavadhino naham eva kevalo 'smi. kintu te mama dasavataras ca. tatha hi

cancan mi-na vil-ocanasi kamathotkrsta sta-ni sangata

krodena sphurata tavayam adharah prahlada sam-vardhanah
madhyo 'sau bali ban-dhano mukha ruc-a ramas tvaya nirjita
lebhe sri gha-natadya manini manasy angi krt-a kalkita

tava to You; adhinah su b o r d i n a t e;na no t ; ah am I; ke v a l ah al o n e ;as mi

am; kintu b u t ; te Th e y ;ma ma My ; da s a te n ; av a t a r ah in c a r n a t i o n s;ca
also; tatha hi fu r t h e r m o r e;cancat mo v i n g ; mi na fi s h ;vi l o c ana ey e s ;asi Y o u
are; kamatha to r t o i s e;utkrsta be a u t i f u l;stani br e a s t s;sangata m e t ;
krodena wi t h t he mid d l e; sphurata ma n i f e s t ing;tava of Y o u ; ayam t h i s ;
adharah li p s ; prahlada ha p p i n e s s;samvardhanah in c r e a sing;madhyah w a i s t ;
asau th i s; bali band-hanah th r e e folds of skin known as tri-bali;mukha o f t h e
face; ruca wi t h t he splendor; ramah be a u t i f ul g ir l s;tvaya by Y o u ; ni r ji t ah a r e
defeated; lebhe at t ained; sri of b e a u t y;ghanata in t e n s i t y;manini 0 n o b l e
girl; manasi in the heart; angi krta -accepted; kalkita qu a r r e l s o meness.

Krsna: I am not alone in being Your surrendered servant. My ten incarnations

are also Your servants. My fish incarnations Matsya serves the restless fish of Your
eyes. My turtle incarnation Kurma serves the two beautiful turtles of Your breasts.
My boar incarnation Varaha serves the line of hairs between Your breasts. My
Nrsimha incarnation, who delights Prahlada Maharaja, serves Your delightful lips.
My Vamana incarnation, who bound Bali Maharaja with ropes, serves Your waist,
which is with the folds of skin known as tri-bali. My incarnation of Ramacandra,
Parasurama, and Balarama, are subdued by the beauty of Your face, which also
defeats the splendor of all beautiful girls. My incarnation of Buddha serves the
loveliness of Your body. 0 noble girl, My incarnation of Kalki serves the crooked
anger You harbor in Your heart.

Note: The following ambiguous words conceal the names of the ten
i ncarnations: mina (fish or Matsya), kamatha (t u r tle or Kurm a), k r od a (middle
or the boar Varaha), prahlada-samvardhana (delightful, or He who increases the
pleasure of Prahlada) bali-bandhana (Vamana, who bound Maharaja Bali, or the
folds of skin known as tri-bali) r ama (Ramacandra, Parasurama, Balarama, or
beautiful girls) ghana (Buddha, or intensity), and kalki (Kalki, or one who is
impure).
Text 02 (a)

radhika: ha2a 2a2ide a a-nnidam tu-e.

hala 0 ; l a l ide La l i t a ;a an-nidam h e a r d; tu-e b y y o u .

Radhika: Ah! L a l i ta ! N o w yo u h ave heard.

Text 02 (b)

2a2ita: kanha tuha odara tu amm-i jj evva vasanti jam .edanam cinha im d-isanti.
(sanskrtena)

vanyantar guru -capa-lam kathinata go sang-atih panij e

krauryam dambha rucih -sucandi mad-hura lankesa vidh-vamsanam
asrantonmada 2au2y-am ista kada-nam nistrimsa 2i2on-natir
minendrady avata-rah sphutam ami bhrajanti bhagas tvayi

kanha 0 Kr s n a ; tuha o f Y o u ; od a ra th e i n c a r n a t ions;tu ammi -in Y o u ;

jj evva ce r t ainly; vasanti reside; jam w h i c h ; edanam of t h e m ; co nha im t - h e
marks; disanti ar e s een;sanskrtena in S a nskrit;vanya in t h e w a t er (or forest);
guru gr e a t; capalam restlessness; kathinata h a r d n ess; gah t h e e a rt h;
sangatih to u c h i n g; panij e fi n g e r n a ils;krauryam cr u e l t y ;dambha rucih-
expertize at cheating; su candi -madhu-ra fe r ocity; lanka isa o-f Ravana, the king
of Lanka; vidhvamsanam th e d estruction;asranta wi t h o u t f a t i g ue;unmada
2au2yam int o xication; ista sa c r i f i c es;kadanam to r m e n t i n g;nistrimsa s w o r d ;
2i2a pastime; unnatih ra i s e d;mina of f i s h ;in d ra th e k i n g ; adi b e g i n n i n g
with; avataratah fr o m t he i n c arnations;sphutam cl e a r l y; ami t h e y ; b h r a janti
are splendidly manifested; bhagah po r t i o n s; tvayi i n Y o u .

Lalita: 0 Krsna, Your incarnations all remain within Your own self. We can
clearly see the symptoms of these incarnations in Your character. You possess the
restlessness of Matsya, the hardness of Kurma, Varaha's touching the earth, the
cruel fingernails of Nrsimha, the ferocity of Parasurama, the power to crush
Ravana of Ramacandra, the continual drunkeness of Balarama, Buddha's wish to
stop Vedic sacrifices, and Kalki s pastime of attacking with a raised sword. In this
way Matsya and the other incarnations are all present within You.

Text 03
 krsnah: (sa s-mitam) sakhepasyapasya

2a2itajani dur2a2ita
babhuva radha duraradha
tapte mayi na cchayam
sasaka kartum visakheyam

sa wi t h; smitam a s m i l e ;sakhe 0 fr i e n d ;pa sya lo o k ! ; pa s ya l o o k ! ;

2a2ita Lalita; aj ani ha s b ecome; dur2a2ita un f r i e n d l y;babhuva ha s b ecome;
radha Ra d ha; duraradha in i m i c a l; tapte bu r n i n g w i t h p a i n;mayi t o M e ;
chayam sh a de; sasaka is a b l e;kartum to d o ; vi s a kha br a n c h l e ss tree named
Visakha; iyam t h i s .

Krsna: (Smiles) Friend, look! L o ok ! L a l i t a has become unfriendly. Radha has

become My enemy. I am now burning in pain and the branchless tree named
Visakha is unable to give Me any shade.

Text 00

(iti batoh karan ma22i dama -grhitva sa ca.tu -prana-nam)

srag iyam uru guna -te citta vithiva radhe

sucir ati-sukumari amodani ca
nakha pada -sasi r-ekha -dhamn-i pusnatu kantim
tava kuca siva m-urdh-ni svardhuni vibhra-mena

iti t h us; batoh of M a d h u m a n g a la;karat f r o m t h e h a n d; ma22i of m a l l i

flowers; dama a g arland;grhitva ta k i n g ;sa wi t h ; ca t u f la t t e r i n g w o r d s ;
pranamam ob e i sances;srak ga r l a n d;iyam this; uru guna -very valuable; te
of You; citta t o th e heart; vithi p a t h w a y ;iva li k e ; ra d he 0 Ra d h a ;sucih
splendid; ati v e r y ; sukumari de l i c a t e;kamam pe r f e c t l y;amodani f r a g r a n t ;
ca and; nakha of f i n g e r n a ils;pada th e m a r k s; sasi mo o n s ; re kha c r e s c e n t ;
dhamni on t he abode;pusnatu ma y i n c r e ase;kathim th e b e a uty; tava o f Y o u ;
kuca of t he breasts;siva of L o r d S iva;murdhni on t h e h e a d; svardhuni o f t h e
celestial Ganges; vibhramena a s .

(Taking a garland of malli flowers from the hand of Madhumangala, Krsna

bows down before Radha and speaks the following prayer:) 0 Ra d h a, this very
precious, splendid, exquisitely delicate, and fragrant garland is like the pathway
that leads to Your heart. I pray that this garland may become like a celestial Ganges
river that beautifies the Lord Siva s head of Your breasts, which are the abode of
the crescent moon of passionate conjugal fingernails scratches.
Text 05

(iti bhru sm-ajnaya visakham anuku2ayan ma2yam arpayati)

visakha: (malyam nivedayanti sa.nskrtena)

yasmin netra sa-roruhangana bh-uvah prapteviduram manak

sadyas te nimiso pi yati tulanam tanv an-gi manvantaraih
vrndaranya ka-damba ma-ndapa tat-a kri-da bh-arakhandale
tasmin kaku pa-rayane tava katham kamyani vamyany api

iti th u s ; bhru o f t h e e y e brows;samjnaya wi t h a g e sture;visakham

Visakha; anuku2ayan pr o p i t i a t io n; ma2yam th e g a rland;arpayati g i v e s ;
malyam th e g arland;nivedayanti gi v i n g ; sanskrtena in S a n s krit;yasmin i n
whom; netra of t h e e yes;saroruha of l o t u s flo we rs;angana bhu-vah f r om t h e
courtyard garden; prapte at t a i n e d;viduram fa r a w a y; manak sl i g h t l y ;sadyah
at once; te of Y o u; nimisah th e b l i n k i n g of an eye;api ev e n ;api ev e n ;y a t i
attains; tulanam eq u a l i t y; tanu angi -0 sl e n d er girl;manvantaraih w i t h m a n y
manvantara milleniums; vrnda aran-ya in V r n d a v a na forest;kadamba o f
kadamba trees; mandapa tata -in the pavillion; krida of p a s t i m e s;bhara a
multitude; akhankale th e M a h a raja Indra; tasmin Hi m ; ka k u t o p l a i n t i v e
words; parayane in t e n t; tava of Y o u ; ka t h am ho w i s i t 7 ; ka m yani de s i r e a ble;
v amy ani contrariness;api e v e n .

(Moving His eyebrows, Krsna tries to gain Visakha s sympathy. He hands the
garland to her and she, in turn, places the garland before Radha).
Visakha: (In Sanskrit) 0 s l e n der girl, when Your lotus eyes are briefly
separated from Lord Krsna, then You immediately feel each moment to be as long
as many milleniums. How is it right for You to be so averse to Lord Krsna, the
Maharaja Indra who enjoys transcendental pastimes in the cottage and kadamba
groves of Vrndavana forest7

Text 06 (a)

radhika: (sabhyasuyam) avehi nibuddhi eavehi-

sa with; abhyasuyam anger;avehi go away; nibuddhi-e-

fool; avehi go away.

Radhika: (Angry) Go away, fool! go away!

Text 06 (b)

krsnah:

dhu2i dh-usarita ca-ndrakanca2as

candrakanta m-ukhi vallabhoanahj
arpayan muhur ayam namaskriyam
bhiksate tava kataksa ma-dhurim

dhu2i wi th d us t; dhusarita gr e y ; candraka of t h e p e a cock feather;anca2ah

the edge; candrakanta lo t u s ; mukhi fa c e ;va22abhah de a r;j anah p e r s o n ;
arpayan of f e r i n g; muhuh re p e a t e dly;ayam He ; na m a skrityan ob e i s a n ces;
bhiksate be gs;tava of Y o u ; ka ta aks-a of t he sidelong glance;madhurim t h e
sweetness.

Krsna: 0 moon-faced girl, His peacock-feather crown covered with dust, Your
lover repeatedly bows down before You. He begs for the sweetness of Your
sidelong glance.

Text 07 (a)

2a2ita: rahejhatti kandharam paravattehi puttha.do a aredi -ajji a -

(radhika tatha karoti)

rahe Radha;jhatti at once;kandharam Your neck;paravattehi turn;

putthadah from behind; a arehi -calls; ajji at h - en o b le lady; radhika R a d h i k a ;
tatha in t h at way; karoti d o e s .

Lalita: Radha, turn Your neck at once. Noble Jatila calls You from behind.
(Radhika does that).

Text 07 (b)

(pravisya)
mukhara: (krsnam vilokya sanskrte.na)

vanasaktam cetah pranayati grhad yo viramayan

varenyam bandhunam pranayam api vismarayati yah
maha dhurta sr-eni gun-a gari-ma vi-starana -patoh -
 karotsange tasya tvam api sarale putri patita

pravisya en t e r i n g; krsnam Krsna; vilokya se e i n g;sanskrtena i n S a n skrit;

vana to t he forest; asaktam at t a c h e d;cetah he a r t;pranayati br i n g s ;grhat
from home; yah wh o ; vi r a m a yan en d s ;va renyam e x c e l l e n t; bandhunam o f
the relatives; pranayam th e l o v e;api al s o ;vi smarayati ca u s e s to forget;yah
who; maha gr e a t; dhurta of r o g u e s;sreni of t h e m u l t i t u d e;guna o f t h e
qualities; garima the significance; vistarana sp r e a ding;patoh ex p e r t; k a r a
utsange in t he hand; tasya of H i m ; tv am Yo u ; ap i al s o ;sa r a le h o n e s t ;
putri 0 daughter; patita ha v e f allen.

(Mukhara enters)
Mukhara: (Glancing at Krsna, she says in Sanskrit:) This is the Krsna who
lures the gopis from their homes into the forest and makes them forget the love of
their relatives. 0 honest daughter, You have now fallen into the hands of this
Krsna, who is more expert than a host of debauchees.

Text 08 (a)

madhumanga2ah: bho va assa -maruda va a2-i ki-da -muhi -tujjham vamsiva ettha
vuddhi apat-ta ta etth.a kim vi2ambesi.

bhah 0; va a ssa -f r i e n d; maruda wi n d ; v a a l i -garrolous; kida made;

muhi w h ose mouth; tujjham o f Y o u ; va msi th e f lu t e ; iva li k e ; et t ha h e r e ;
vuddhi at h - e old lady; patta ha s a t t ained; ta th e r e f o r e;ettha h e r e ; k im
why7; vilambesi do Y ou lo i t e r.

Madhumangala: 0 fri end, the wind blows through the mouth of this talkative
old lady. She is as empty as the hollow shaft of Your flute. Why should You stay
here7

Text 08 (b)

krsnah: sakhe kva me vamsi

sakhe 0 fr i e n d; kva wh e r e 7 ; me M y ; va m si f lu t e .

Krsna: Friend, where is My flute7

Text 08 (c)

madhumangalah: sa a-mjjevvajanasi kaha tti.

sa a-m personally;jj evva certainly; j anasi Yo u k n o w; ka ha wh e r e; tti

thus.

Madhumangala: You know. Where is it7

Text 08 (d)

krsnah: sphutam radhikayaiva hrteyam tad .enam vina katham prasthanam

ucitam.

sphutam cl early; radhikaya by R a d h a;eva ce r t a i n l y;hrta st o l e n ;iy am it;

tat th er efore; enam it ; vi na wi t h o u t ;k a t h am h o w 7 ; pr a s thanam g o i n g ;
ucitam is pr o p er.

Krsna: Radha has stolen it. How can I leave without it.

Text 08 (e)

madhumangalah:(sa pariha-sam)bho idam kkhu amhanam garu am bh-a adhe- -

amjam imahimmohinihim tumamcori an a s a -ngovidosi tacitth.aduvaragi murali a. -

attanam ghettuna pala amha-

sa wi t h; parihasam jo k i n g ; b hah 0 ; id a m this ; k k h u i n d e e d ; a m h anam

of us; garu am gr - eatest;bha a dhe a-m -go-od fortune; j am w h i c h ; i n a him b y
these; mohinihim b e a u t i ful girls; tumam Y o u ; co ri ah av - i n g s tolen;
na n o t ;
sangobidosi You are hidden; ta th e r e f o r e; citthadu m a y s t a y;varagi t h e l i t t l e ;
mura2i af lu t e -; attanam s e l f; ghettuna t a k i n g ; pa2a amha -let us flee.

Madhumangala: (Joking) Ah! We are lucky these beautiful girls did not steal
You. Let the flute stay here. Let us simply run for our lives.

Text 08 (f)
 krsnah: (sa s-mitam) re vacata tistha. (iti parikramya)

sundari bindu cy-utake

tava naipunyam babhuva punyena
sasimukhi vasi k-rtabhud
vamsi mama yat tvaya tvaraya

sa wi t h; smitam a s m i l e ;re 0 ; v a c a t a ta l k a t i v e o ne;

tistha s t a n d ; iti
thus; parikramya wa l k i n g ; sundari 0 be a u t i f u l g i r l;bindu cyu-take i n t h e ft ( O r
in the bindu-cyutaka literary ornament); tava of Y o u ; na ipunyam ex p e r t n e ss;
babhuva is; punyena wi t h p u r i t y ; sasi-mukhi 0 m o o n - f a c ed girl;vasi krt-a
abhut stolen; vamsi flu t e ; ma ma My ; ya t wh ich ; tv a ya by Y o u ; tv a r a ya
quickly.

Krsna: (Smiles) Talkative friend! Stop ! ( H e w a l k s) . 0 b e autiful girl, You are

a very expert thief. 0 moon-faced girl, You have stolen My flute.

Note: The word "bindu-cyutaka" is also the name of a literary ornament where
two words, are employed identical except save for the letter m, are employed. The
use of the words "vasi" and "vamsi" i n t hi s verse is an example ofbindu-cyutaka.

Text 09 (a)

radhika: (sa bhru

b-hang-am) muncehi nam bhangi-e kalakarobanam ka j an.
adi
tumha vamsi am -

sa wi t h; bhru o f t h e e y e brows;bhangam kn i t t i n g ; muncehi g i v e u p; na m

this; bhangi-a w i t h c r o o ked words; kalanka of f a u l t ; ar obanam i m p o s i t i o n ;
ka wh o ?;j anadi kn o w s ; tu m ha Yo u r ; va m si am f l- u t e .

R adhika: (knitting Her eyebrows) Give up these crooked accusations. Wh o

knows what happened to Your flute7

Text 09 (b)

2a2ita: (sanskrtena)

na kacid gopinam bhavati para vitta pran-ayin-i

satinam asmakam na vada parivadam nanu mudha
 (ity ardhokte)

sanskrtena in S anskrit; na no t ; k a c it o n e ; go p i n am of t h e g o p i s; bhavati

is; para of a ny o ne else; vitta t h e w e a l t h; pranayini st e a l i n g;satinam p i o u s ;
asmakam of u s; na no t ; va da sa y ;pa r i v adam ac c u s a tion;nanu i s i t n o t 7 ;
mudha us e lessly; iti t h u s ; ar d ha h a l f w a y ; u kte s p o k e n .

Lalita: (In Sankrit) N o g opi steals another's wealth. We are pious andhonest.
Please do not needlessly accuse us. (She stops after the first half of the verse).

Text 09 (c)

krsnah: sakhi 2a2iteprasida dar.saya sakhyau daksinyam

sakhi 0 fr i e n d ; 2a2ite L a l i t a;prasida pl e a se be kind;darsaya pl e a se show;

sakhyau to t he friend; daksiyam po l i t e n e ss.

Krsna: Friend Lalita, please be kind. Show some civilized gentleness to your
friend.

Text 09 (d)

2a2ita:

alam j alpair ebhir vraj a nija-niketam drutam ito

vayam kim samvrttas tava kitava venoh pratibhuvah

a2am enough.;j a2paih wo r d s ; ebhih w i t h t h e s e;vraja pl e a s e go;nija

own; niketam ho m e ; dr utam qu i c k l y ; i t ah f r o m t h i s ;va yam w e ; k i m
whether7; samvrttah en g a ged;tava of Y o u ; ki t a va 0 sc o u n d r e l;venoh o f t h e
flute; pratibhuvah g u a r a ntee.

Lalita: Enough of this talk! Q u i c kly go home. 0 scoundrel, how can we

guarantee that You will eventually regain Your flute7

Text 09 (e)
 radhika: (vrddham asadya) ajje dittham tu-e appano nattino carittam j.am eso
amhanam cori aparivadam dedi .

vrddham the old lady;asadya approaching;ajje 0 no b le lady;dittham

seen; tu-e by you; appanah pe r s o n a lly; nattinah o f t h e g r a ndson;caittam the
character; j am wh i c h; esah he ; am h a nam to u s ; co ri a -o f be i ng a thief;
parivadam cr i t i c i s m; dedi g i v e s .

Radhika: (Approaching the old lady) 0 noble lady, You have seen the
character of your gradson. This person is accusing us of being a thief.

Text 09 (f)

mukhara: (sa sam-rambham) re kanhada saccam ma evi-nnadam jam .natti am-

rahi am, -maha tumam vidambedum laddhosi

sa wi t h; samrambham an g e r;re 0 ; k a n h a da Kr s n a ;sa ccam t h e t r u t h ;

ma eb -y me; vinnadam is k n o w n ;j am wh i c h ; na t ti am - g r a n d d a ughter; rahi
am Ra dhikam; maha of M e ; tu m am Yo u ; vi d a m bedum to m o c k ; la d dhosi
You have attained.

Mukhara: (Angry) 0 Kr s n a , I know t he trut h. You have come here only to

mock my granddaughter Radhika.

Text 09 (g)

madhumangalah: a ini t thu-ra samsin-i nivvamsi evams-i am har-i atujj h-a nattini
tumam duggam laddha

a i 0; n- it— thura harsh;samsini sp e a k i ng words;nivvamsi e0 d- i s r e p utable

woman; vamsi am th -e flute;hari as t e a - ling;tujj ha yo u r ; n a t t ini
granddaughter; tumam you;duggam fortress; laddha ha s attained.

Madhumangala: 0 di s reputable woman who speaks harsh words, Your

granddaughter stole the flute, and now She takes shelter of You, the fortress to
protect Her.

Text 09 (h)
 krsnah: arye mukhare satyam aha vayasyah .

arye 0 no b l e l ady;mukhare 0 Mu k h a r a ;satyam th e t r u t h ; aha has

spoken; vayasyah My friend.

Krnsa: 0 noble Mukhara, My friend speaks the truth.

Text 09 (i)

mukhara: a ira-hi
eab-ikim saccam edam

a i 0- — ; rahie -Radhika; abi kim whether7; saccam th e t ru t h; edam this.

Mukhara: 0 Radhika, is this true7

Text 09 (j)

radhika: ajji evun-davane indhananam kim mahagghadajadajam hattha metta-

vamsakatthi aamh-ehim haridavva

ajji e 0 - n o b l ela dy; vundavane in V r n d a v a na forest;indhananam o f

firewood; kim w h e t h e r7; mahagghada gr e a t;j ada m a n i f e s ted; jam w h i c h ;
hattha a handful; metta on l y ; va m saka of b a m b o o sticks;atthi a e i t h - t ;
amhehim by u s ; ha r i d avva w a s t a k e n .

Radhika: 0 noble lady, in this Vrndavana forest have I taken even a handful of
eight bamboo sticks for firewood7

Text 09 (k)

krsnah: (smitva) he pite pracanda devi yadi -venum najaharthas tatah katham
tad vartayam -smita kudma2o-22asad utphu22a kapo2and-o2ayita drg anta-si -

smitva sm i l i n g; he 0 ; p i t e fai r - c o m p l e x i o n ed girl;pracanda an g r y; devi

0 goddess; yadi if ; ve num th e f lu t e ; na no t ;ja h a r t h ah Yo u h a v e stolen;
tatah th e n; katham wh y 7 ; t at t h i s ; va r t a yam in t h e s t o r y; smita s m i l i n g ;
kudma2a flowe r b l o s soms; u22asat fr om t he happiness;utphu22a blossomed;
kapola of t he cheeks;andolayita sw i n g i ng to and fro;drk of t h e e y e s;anta
the corners; asi Yo u a re .

Krsna: (Smiling) 0 fa i r - c o m p le xioned, angry goddess, if You have actually not

stolen My flute, then why, as You tell this story, has Your sidelong glance,
restlessly swinging to and fro on Your cheeks, suddenly blossomed from the
flower-bud of Your smile7

Text 09 (1)

mukhara: (sakrosam) capala ahimanno sadhammini tujjha vandanijja tahabi

parihasajj a i -

sa wi t h; akrosam an g e r;capala 0 ra k e ;ah i m annah o f A b h i m a n y u ;

sadhammini th e c h a ste wife;tujj ha by Y o u; vandanijj a th e o b j e ct of worship;
tahabi st i l l; parihasajj a i is-m —ocked.

Mukhara: (With anger) Ro gue. E ven though this girl is the chaste wife of
Abhimanyu, and even though She should be respected and even worshipped by
You, You still insist on mocking Her in this way.

Text 09 (m)

madhumangalah: muhare ham j annobavi assa sa-bami dittham .ma epuha-vi

vilagga seharen-a ajj a rahi avand-ida pi ava as-sena-

muhare 0 Mukhara;esah he;aham I;j annobavi assa -on my sacred thread;

sabami I s we ar; disstham se e n;ma eb y m - e ;puhavi on t h e g r o u n d; vilagga
resting; seharena wi t h H is c ro wn; ajj a to d a y ; ra hi aR a d - h i k a;
vandida w a s
bowed down before; pi a va ass-a -v-y my dear friend.

Madhumangala: Mukhara, I swear on my brahmana's thread: Today I have

seen my dear friend Krsna place His crown on the ground as He bowed down
before Radhika.

Text 09 (n)
 mukhara: (sanandam) tado imassa dhammo vaddhissadi

sa wi t h; anandam bl i s s ;tadah th e n ; et assa of H i m ; dh a mmah p i e t y ;

v addhissadi wi ll i n c r e ase.

Mukhara: (Blissful) T hat act will in crease His piety.

Text 09 (o)

(sarve smitam kurvanti).

sarve everyone;smitam sm i l i n g ; ku r vanti does.

(Everyone smiles).

Text 09 (p)

mukhara: kanhade imina tujj ha caba2ena khijj hissadi ba22ava indo n-ando, ta gadu
a go mand-a2am sambha2ehl.

kanhada 0 Kr s n a ;imina by t h i s ; tu jj ha Yo u r ; ca b alena ir r e s p o n sability;

khijjhissadi is unhappy;ba22ava of the cowherd men;indah the king;
nandah Na n d a; ta th e r e f o r e;gadu ag o - i n g; gah of c o w s ;mandalam the
herd; sambhalehi lo o k a f t e r.

Mukhara: Krsna, by not being responsible in protecting the cows You have
made the cowherd king Nanda very unhappy. Go now and look after the cows.

Text 09 (q)

krsnah: arye vine venum viprakrstaya dhava2ava2er akrstir durghata

arye 0 no b l e l ady;vina wi t h o u t ; ve num th e f lu t e ; vi prakrtstayah

excellent; dhava2a ava2eh -ofthe cows; akratih at t r a c t i n g;durghata i s d i f f i c u l t .
 Krsna: 0 noble lady, without My flute it will be very difficult to call to
transcendental cows.

Text 09 (r)

2a2ita: kanha aba2ava2ino ti kisa ujju am -na kadhesi

kanha 0 Kr s n a ;abala of g i r l s ; avalinah th e m u l t i t u d e ; ti th u s ;k i s a

why7; ujj u am -in a straightforward manner; na no t ; ka d h asi Y o u s p e a k.

Lalita: You mean girls, not cows. Why don't You speak in a straightforward
way7

Text 09 (s)

krsnah: 2a2ite vrddhayadya saba2a yuyam tatah .katham idam kathayisyami

2a2ite 0 La l i t a; vrddhaya wi t h t h e e ld e rlyl a d y;adya no w ; sa b ala s t r o n g ;

yuyam yo u a r e; tatah th e r e f o r e;katham wh y 7 ; id am th i s ; ka t h a yisyami I
shall say.

Krsna: Lalita, the presence of elderly Mukhara has given stregnth to you girls.
How can I debate with you7

Text 50

mukhara: (sa rosam, -sanskrtena)

navinagre naptri catula na hi dharmat tava bhayam

na me drstir madhye dinam a-pi j aratya patur iyam
alindat tvam nandatmajanayadi reyasi tarasa
tato 'ham nirdosa pathi kiyati hamho madhu puri -

sa wi t h; rosam an g e r;sankrtena in S a n s kr i t;navina yo u n g ; ag re i n t h e

presence; naptri gr a n d d a ughter;catula 0 rogue; na no t ; hi i nd e e d ;
dharmat fr o m r e l i g i o n; tava of Y o u ; bh ayam fe a r ;na no t ; me o f m e ;
drstih si g h t; madhye in t h e m i d d l e; dinam of t h e d a y; api ev e n j; aratyah a n
oldlady; patuh e x p e r t ; i y a m t h i s ;al i n d at fr o m t h e p o r c h ; tv am Yo u ; n a n d a
of Nanda Maharaja; atmaja 0 so n ; na no t ; ya d i if ; ya s i Yo u g o ; ta r a sa a t
once; tatah t h en; aham I; ni r d o sa f a u l t l e s s; pathi o n t h e p a t h; kiyati w h i c h ;
h amhah in d e ed; madhu-puri t o M a t hura City.

Mukhara: (Angry, she says in Sankrit:) My granddaughter is a young girl, and

You, rogue, are not afraid to break the rules of religion. I am an old lady and even
in midday I cannot see very clearly. 0 son of Nanda, if You do not leave my
doorstep at once, then I shall not be at fault when I take the path to Mathura City.

Note: In the last sentence Mukhara threaten to lodge a complaint with King
Kamsa in Mathura City.

Text 50 (a)

madhumangalah: (sa rosa-m) dummuhi vuddhi etuj-j ha kamsadokim amhe bha-

emhajam mahu-puram asannam kahesi

sa wi t h; rosam an g e r; dummuhi 0 fo u l - m o u t h e d o ne;

v uddhi e0 - o l d l a d y ;
tujj ha of yo u; kamsadah fr o m K a m s a; kim w h a t 7 ; am he we ; b h a emha -f e a r ;
j am which; mahu-puram M a t h u r a C i ty; sannam se a t e d;kahesi yo u s p e a k.

Madhumangala: (With anger) F o u l - m o u t hed old lady, what do we have to fear

from Kamsa7 You may go to the king in Mathura.

Text 50 (b)

mukhara: (sa vyajam-) are cittha. esaham nattini-am ghettuna raja saham-
pat thidamhi.
(iti radhadibhir anugamyamana niskranta)

sa wi t h; vyajam a t r i c k ;are 0 ; cit t h a st a n d ;esa sh e ;ah am I ; n a t t i n i

my granddaughter; ghettuna t a k i ng; raj a saham -the royal assembly;
patthidamhi I shall depart; iti t h u s ; ra d ha adibhih -by the Radha and the other
gopis; anugayamana fo l l o w e d; niskranta exists.

Mukhara: (Bluffing) Stop! I shall take my granddaughter and go to the king's

assembly hall.
(Followed by Radha and the others, she exits).
Text 50 (c)

krsnah: sakhe samagaccha k.alindi k-accham upetya gavam uddesam karavavah

sakhe 0 fr i e n d; samagaccha co m e ; kalindi of t h e Y a m u n a; kaccham the

shore; upetya ap p r o a ching;gavam of t h e c o w s;uddesam t h e l o o k i n g ;
karavavah le t us do.

Krsna: Friend, come here. Let us go to the shore of the Yamuna and look for
the cows.

Text 50 (d)

(iti parikramya vali.ta griv-am pasyan socchvasam ) .

iti t h us; parikramya wa l k i n g ;va l ita griva-m cr a n i ng His neck;pasyan

looking; socchvasam sighing.

(Krsna walks. Craning His neck, He looks. He says with a sigh:)

Text 51

mudram dhairya mayim -ksanam vivrnute tara2ya 2aksmi-n ksanam

sopeksah ksanam atanoti bhani tirautsu-kya bhajan -ksanam
suddham drstim itah ksanam pranyayate prenkhat kataks-am ksanam
rosena pranayena cakulita dhi rad-ha dvidha bhidyate

(iti niskrantah sarve)

mudram ma r k; dh airya mayim -p e a c eful; ksanam on e m o m e n t; vivrnute

does; tara2ya 2aksmin - restlessness; ksanam th e next mome nt; sa w i t h ;
upeksah in d i f f e rence;ksanam on e m o m e n t;atanoti do e s ;bhanitira a n o t h e r
moment; suddham pu r e ; drstim gl a n c e ;itah th e n ; ks a nam o n e m o m e n t ;
pranayate do e s; prenkhat moving; kata aksam s-idelong glances;ksanam
another moment; rosena wi t h a n g e r;pranayena wi t h l o v e ; ca al s o ;ak u l it a
agitated; dhih wh o s e heart;radha Ra d h a;dvidha in t w o p a r t s;bhidyate i s
divided; iti t h u s ; ni s krantah ex i t ; sa r ve a l l .
 One moment She is peaceful, and the next moment She is restless. One moment
She neglects Me, and the next moment She is very eager talk with Me. One
moment She looks at Me with a pure, innocent glance, and the next moment She
looks at Me with a passionate, roving glance from the corner of Her eye. Her heart
agitated with both anger and love, this Radha is divided in two.

(Everyone exits.)

Act Five
Radha-prasadana
Decorating Radha

Text I

(tatah pravisati paurnamasi).

Paurnamasi:

snehah soka-krsanor
vinoda-sadanam sadeti natathyam
snigdhadya radhikayam
yad aham tenasu dagdhasmi

t atah th en; pravisati e n t e r s; paurnamasi P a u r n a m asi; snehah l o v e ;

s oka of g r i ef; krsanoh o f t h e f i r e ; vinod a o f p a s t i m es; sadanam t h e a b o d e ;
sada eternally; iti t h u s ; n a n o t ; a t a t h ya m a l i e ; s n i g dh a a f f e c t i o n ate;
a dya now; radhikayam t o w a r d s Radhika; yat b e c a u se; aham I ; t e n a f o r t h i s
r eason; asu at on ce; dagdha b u r n e d ; asmi I am.

(Paurnamasi enters).
Paurnamasi: The fire of grief constantly plays on the call of love. That is not
an untruth. Because I am affectionate to Radhika, now I am also burning in the
fire of grief.

Text 2

(puro 'valokya) keyam madhumangala-sangini mam abhivartate. (punar

nibhalya)
ajanita-sasana-bhanga
sthira-jangama-mandalaih sva-vane
nikhila-prani-ruta-jna
vindati puratah katham vrnda

purah ahead; avalokya looking; ka w ho7; iyam t h i s g i r l ;

madhumangala Madhumangala; sangini accompanying; mam me;
a bhivartate a p p r o aches; punah a g a in ; ni b h alya l o o k i n g ; a n o t ; j a n i t a
m anifested; sasana of the order; bhanga t h e b r e aking; sthira u n m o v i n g ;
j angama an d m o v ing entities; mandalaih b y t h e m u l t i t u d es; sva o w n ; v a n e
in the forest; nikhila a l l ; p r an i l i v i n g e n t i t i es; ruta t h e l a n g u age; jna
u nderstanding; vindati f i n d s ; p u r atah i n t h e p r e s ence; katham h o w i s i t 7 ;
v rnda V r n d a .

(Looking ahead) Who is this girl coming to me with Madhumangala7

(Looking again) Why is Vrn da, who knows the languages of all living entities, and
whose order is never disobeyed by any of the moving or non-moving creatures in
her forest of Vrndavana, coming here7

Text 3 (a)

(pravisya)
vrnda madhumangala ca: amba vande.

pravisya en t ering; vrnda V r n d a ; m a d h u m angalah M a d h u m a n g ala; ca

and; amba 0 m o t h e r ; vand e I o f f e r m y r e spects.

(Vrnda and Madhumangala enter).

Vrnda and Madhumangala: 0 m o t h er, I offer my respects to you.

Text 3 (b)

paurnamasi: svasti yuvabhyam.

s vasti auspiciousness; yuvabhyam t o you both.

Paurnamasi: Auspiciousness to you both.

Text 3 (c)
 vrnda: bhagavati katham socanty asi.

b hagavati 0 n o b l e l a dy; katham w h y 7 ; s o canti l a m e n t i n g ; asi y o u a r e .

Vrnda: 0 noble lady, why are you so unhappy7

Text 3 (d)

paurnamasi: vatse vidagdha-pungavasyanga-sangama-laksmani radhikayam

abhilaksya manyuman abhimanyuh samprati madhu-puryam sa-kutumbo vastum
utkanthate. tatrapi tad-amba tad-irsya-jambalavali-jrmbhayam kadambini-bhavam
alambya radha-maralim udvejayati. tenadya socami.

v atse 0 c h i l d ; vi dagdha o f t h o s e who are expert; pungavasya o f H e wh o i s

t he best; anga of th e body; sangama c o n t a ct; laksmani th e signs;
radhikayam o n R a d h i ka; abhilaksya s e e i ng; manyuman a n g r y ; ab h i m anyuh
A bhimanyu; samprati n o w ; m a d h u - p u r ya m i n M a t h u r a C i ty ; sa w i t h ;
kutumbah h i s f a m i ly; vastum t o r e s i de; utkanthate y e a r ns; tatra api
n evertheless; tat h i s ; amba m o t h e r ; avali o f t h e a b u n d ance; jrmbhayam i n
the awakening; kadambini o f a h o s t of clouds; bhavam t h e n a t u re; alambya
a ttaining; radha o f R a d ha; maralim t h e s w an ; udvejayati t o r m e n t s ; tena f o r
t his reason; saocami-adya n o w ; socami I lament.

Paurnamasi: My child, when Abhimanyu saw on Srimati Radha s body the

marks from the touch of the most expert lover Krsna, he became very angry, and
now he wants to take his family and live in Mathura City. A l so, when
Abhimanyu's anger flares up, then his mother becomes like a host of monsoon
clouds to torment the swan of Radha. For these reasons I lament.

Text 3 (e)

vrnda: paurnamasi-subhasis-candrikaiva vighnandhakara-samharini.

p aurnamasi o f P a u r n amasi; subha a u s p i c i o us; asih b e n ediction;

c andrika m o o n l i g ht ; eva i n d e e d ; vighn a o f o b s t a cles; andhakara t h e
d arkness; samharini r e m o v i n g .

Vrnda: The moonlight of Paurnamasi's good wishes will remove the darkness
of obstacles.
Text 3 (f)

madhumangalah: ajje kaham rahopari tujjha varittham pemmam.

a jje 0 noble lady; kaham why7; raha-upari on Radha; tujjha y o u r ;

v arittham b e st ; pemmam love.

Madhumangala: Noble lady, why do you love Radha so dearly7

Text 3 (g)

paurnamasi: vatsa saty api bhurini premodaya-karane tasyam ananyapaiksi

mamedam prema.

v atsa 0 c h i l d ; sati b e i n g ; ap i a l s o ; b h u r in i m a n i f o l d ; p r em a o f l o v e ;
u daya of the arising; karane c a u s es; tasyam f o r H e r ; ananya u n d i v i d e d ;
a paiksi in r e l a t i on; mama m y ; i d a m t h i s ;p r e m a l o v e .

Paurnamasi: Child, there are many reasons that I love Radha. 0 l ove Her
dearly.

Text 3 (h)

vrnda: yuktam idam. yatah

jagati kila vicitre kutracin niscalatma

bhavati nirabhisandhih kasyacit prema-bandhah
vilasati samudirne kumbhaje khanjanali
kalitavati tathastam hanta nasam prayati

yuktam a p p r o p r i a te; idam this is; yatah b e c ause; jagati i n t h e u n i v e r se;

k ila i n d e ed; vicitre v a r i e g ated; kutracit s o m e w h e re; niscala u n w a v e r i n g ;
a tma w h ose heart; bhavati o f s o m e o ne; prema o f l o v e ; bandhah t h e b o n d s ;
vilasati sp o r ts; samudirne r i s e n ; k u m b h aj e w h e n t h e star Agastya; khanjana
o f Khanjana birds; alih t h e fl o c k ; k a l ivati i s s e en; tatha t h e n ; a stam t o t h e
west; hanta i ndeed; nasam d e s t ruction; prayati attain.

Vrnda: You have spoken well. In this variegated world somewhere someone
loves another with unmotivated and unwavering love. The khanjana birds love the
star Agastya in this way. When Agastya rises in the sky, the khanjana birds
celebrate with great happiness, and when Agastya sets in the west at the time of
the monsoon, the khanjana birds at once disappear, for they cannot bear to be
separated from their love.

Text 0 (a)

madhumangalah: kerisam nirahisandhino pemmassa cinham.

kerisam l i k e w h a t7; nirahisandhino causeless; pemassa of love; cinham

the symptom.

Madhumangala: What are the symptoms of this causeless love7

Text 0 (b)

paurnamasi:

stotram yatra tata-sthatam prakatayac cittasya dhatte vyatham

nindapi pramadam prayacchati parihasa-sriyam bibhrati
dosena ksaystam gunena gurutam kenapy anatanvati
premnah svarasikasya kasyacid iyam vikridati prakriya

stotram p r a i s i ng; yatra i n w h i c h ; t a ta-sthatam n e u t r a l i ty; prakatayat

manifesting; cittasya t o th e heart; dhatte g i v e s ; vyatham p a i n f u l r e action;
n inda b l a s pheming; api a l s o ; pr amadam p l e a s u re; prayacchati d e l i v e r s ;
p arihasa of j o k i ng; sriyam t h e b e a u ty; bibhrati b r i n g i n g f o r th ; dosena b y
accusation; ksayitam t h e q u a l ity of dim i n i shing; gunena b y g o o d q u a l i ties;
gurutam t h e i m p o r t a nce; kena api b y a n y ; anatanvati not increase;
p remnah o f l o v e of G o d h ead; svarasikasya s p o n t aneous; kasyacit o f a n y ;
iyam t h i s ; vi k r i d at i a c t s w i t h i n th e heart; prakriya t h e m a n ner of action.

When one hears praise form his beloved, he outwardly remains neutral but
feels pain within his heart. When he hears his beloved making accusations about
him, he takes them to be jokes and enjoys pleasure. When he finds faults in his
beloved, they do not diminish his love, nor do the beloved s good qualities
increase his spontaneous affection. Thus spontaneous love continues under all
circumstances. That is hwo spontaneous love of Godhead acts within the heart.'

Text 5 (a)

madhumangalah: evvam rubbam kkhu donam raha-mahavanam pemma.

 e vvam in t hi s way; rubbam t h e f o r m ; k k h u i nd e e d ; d o na m o f T h e m ;
raha-mahavanam of Radha and Madhava; pemma love.

Madhumangala: This is the nature of love for Radha and Madhava.

Text 5 (b)

paurnamasi: vatsa kim ucyate. madhurya-samsargino naisargikasya paraspara-

vallabhanam vidagdha-mithunanam prema-srnkhaalabandhasya paramotkarsa-
rekhayam drstantah kila radha-madhavayor bhavamrta-bhuma.

vatsa 0 c h i l d ; ki m w h a t 7 ;u c y at e i s s a id ; madhury a s w e e t n ess;

s amsarginah t o u c h i ng; naisargikasya n a t u r al; paraspara m u t u a l ;
vallabhanam d e ar; vidagdha e x p e r t ; m i t h u n anam o f a m o r o u s couples;
prema o f l o v e ; srnkhala with the shackles; bandhasya o f th e bondage;
parama su p r eme; utkarsa o f e x c e llence; rekhayam in the line; drstantah
e xample; kila i n d e ed; radha-madhavayoh f o r R a dha and Madhava; bhava o f
l ove; amrta o f th e nectar; bhuma fl o o d .

Paurnamasi: Child, what more need be said7 The flood of the nectar of love
that Radha and Madhava bear for each other is the supreme example of the
naturally sweet chains of love that bind beautiful, expert amorous couples.

Text 5 (c)

vrnda: bhagavati sruyatam

yastim vasti na panina kalayitum srnge na sangarthitam

dhatte dhatubhir anga-mandanamayim nangi-karoti kriyam
parnam vadayate na ghurnita-manas tire krtanta-svasuh
kintutklamyati mukta-vibhrama-guna-gramo 'dya damodarah

bhagavati 0 n o b l e l a dy; sruyatam l e t i t b e heard; yastim t h e s t i ck ; vasti

d esires; na n ot ; panin a w i t h t h e h a nd ; kalayitum t o h o l d ; s r ng e i n t h e
b uffalo-horn bugle; na n o t ; s anga t o u c h ; a r t h i ta m t h e d e s i re; dhatte p l a c e s ;
dhatubhih w i t h m i n e r a l p i g m ents; anga o f t h e l i m bs; mandana-mayim
d ecoration; na n o t ; an gi-karoti a c c e p ts; kriyam t h e a c t i v i ty; parnam a l e a f ;
v adayate causes to count; na n o t ; g h u r n it a r e e l i n g ; m anah w h o s e m i n d ;
tire on th e shore; krtanta-svasuh o f t h e Y a m una River, the sister of Yamaraja;
k intu h o w e v er; utklamayati i s d e p r e ssed; mukta r e l e a sed; vibhrama p l a y f u l ;
guna o f qualities; gramah a h o st ; adya n o w ; d a m o d arah K r s n a .
 Vrnda: 0 noble lady, listen: Krsna does not wish to hold the staff in His hand.
He has no desire to touch His buffalo-horn bugle. He will not decorate His body
with mineral pigments. he no longer plays His leaf-flute. His great playfulness
gone and His mind reeling, Krsna now stays by the shore of the Yamuna. He is
very depressed.

Text 6 (a)

p aurnamasi: (sa-khedam) kim i d a m .

s a with; khedam u n h a p p i n e ss; kim w h a t 7 ; i da m t h i s .

Paurnamasi: (Unhappy) Whyis Krsna so depressed7

Text 6 (b)

madhumangalah: lalida-kaudillena.

lalida of L a l i ta; kaudillena b y t h e c r o o k edness.

Madhumangala: It is because of the crookedness of Lalita.

Text 6 (c)

paurnamasi: nunam lalitaya hathanuvartita-mana vartate radha.

nunam i s i t no t so7; lalitaya b y L a l i ta; hatha violence; anuvartita

f ollowing; mana j e a l ous anger; vartate i s ; r a d h a Radha.

Paurnamasi: Has Lalita not created this violent jealous anger in Radha7

Text 6 (d)

vrnda: atha kim.

a tha th en; ki m how7

 Vrnda: How is that7

Text 6 (e)

paurnamasi: na jane kva khalv adya lalitadayah.

n a not; jan e I k n o w ; k v a w h e r e 7 ; k h al u i n d e e d ; ady a n o w ; l a l i t a -

adayah La l ita and the other gopis.

Paurnamasi: I do not know. W h er e are Lalita and her friends now7

Text 6 (f)

vrnda: tasam uddesaya maya subalah presito 'sti.

tasam of th em; uddesaya t o f i n d ; m ay a b y m e ; s u b alah S u b a l a; presitah

s end; asti i s .

Vrnda: I sent Subala to find them.

Text 6 (g)

(pravisya)
subalah: ajje vandemi.

pravisya en t ering; ajje 0 noble lady; vandemi I o f f e r my r e spects.

(Subala enters).
Subala: 0 noble lady, I offer my respects to you.

Text 6 (h)

paurnamasi: subala kva drsta radhadayah.

subala 0 S u b a la; kva w h e r e 7 ; drstah w e r e seen; radha-adayah R a dh a and

the other gopis.
 Paurnamasi: Subala, where did you find Radha and the other gopis7

Text 6 (i)

subalah: muhara-gharobanta-vatthino rasalassa mule.

m uhara of M u k h a ra; ghara t h e h o m e ; ubanta n e a r ; v a tth in o s t a y i n g ;

rasalassa of a mango tree; mule a t t h e b ase.

Subala: They are under a mango tree near Mukhara's house.

Text 6 (j)

paurnamasi: vatsa madhumangala turnam anusrtya radhikam abhisarayanty

asmi. tad etaya sukti-candrikaya tvam anandaya mukundam.

vatsa 0 c h i l d ; ma dh umangala M a d h u m a n g ala; turnam q u i c k l y ; a n u srtya

approaching; radhikam R a d h a ; abhisarayanti b r i n g i n g to the rendezvous;
asmi I am ; ta t t h e r e f o re; etaya w i t h t h i s ; su-ukt i o f p l e a s ing words;
candrikaya w i t h th e m o o n l i g ht; tvam y o u ; a n a n d aya p l e a se delight;
m ukudam K r s n a .

Paurnamasi: Child Madhumangala, I shll quickly go to Radhika and convince

Her to meet with Krsna. You please cheer Krsna up with the moonlight of this
good news.

Text 6 (k)

(madhumangalah sa-harsam niskrantah).

madhumangalah M a d h u m a n g ala; sa w i t h ; h a r sam h a p p i n e ss; niskrantah

exits.

(Madhumangala happily exits).

Text 6 (1)
 vrnda: (janantikam) su bala maya samarpitam padyam tvaya kim nama
visakhayam sancaritam.

jana the person; antikam n e a r ; subala 0 S u b a l a ; maya b y m e ; sama

pitam g i v en ; padyam a v e r se; tvaya b y y o u ; ki m w h e t h e r 7 ; nama indeed;
v isakhayam t o V i s a k ha; sancaritam g i v e n .

Vrnda: (coming near) Subala, I have written a message in verse. Can you
carry it to Visakha7

Text 6 (m)

subalah: adha im.

a dha th en; im what7

Subala: What is the message7

Text 6 (n)

paurnamasi: vrnde yavat prasadya prasadhya ca radham sancarayams tavad

adhunavabhyam purah kadamba-nikunje visramyatam.

v rnde 0 V r n d a ; yavat w h e n ; p r a sadya p a c i f y i ng; prasadhya d e c o r a t i on ;

c a and; radham R a d h a ; sancarayami I b r i n g ; t avat t h e n ; a d h un a n o w ;
avabhyam of us bo th; purah i n t h e p r e s ence; kadamba o f k a d a mba trees;
nikunje i n t h e g r o ve; visramyatam i s r e s t ed.

Paurnamasi: Vrnda, I shall pacify Radha, decorate Her nicely and bring Her to
meet Krsna. Then we shall both wait in the grove of kadamba trees.

Text 6 (o)

(vrnda subalena saha niskranta).

v rnda V r n d a ; subalena S u b a la; saha w i t h ; n i s k r a nt a exits.

(Accompanied by Subala, Vrnda exits).

Text 6 (p)

paurnamasi: (parikramya) k a tham laliteyam ayati.

parikramya w a l k i n g ; katham w h e t h e r 7 ; lalita L a l i t a ; iya m s h e ; a y a ti

comes.

Paurnamasi: (Walking) I s t his Lalita coming here7

Text 6 (q)

lalita: bha-avadi tumha sa-asam gacchanti mhi.

b h-avadi 0 n o b l e l a dy; tumh a of you; sa-asam th e pr esence; gacchanti

a ttaining; mhi I am.

Lalita: 0 noble lady, I was just going to meet with you.

Text 6 (r)

paurnamasi: kim artham.

kim w h a t 7 ; artham i s t h e p u r p o s e.

Paurnamasi: Why7

Text 6 (s)

lalita: ajje tina dhuttena puno puno abaranjida pi-a-sahi lahavam amani-a
sutthu ukkanthedi. ta kim karissam.

a jje 0 n o b l e lady; tina b y t h i s ; d h u t t en a v i l l a i n ; p un o a g a i n ; p u n o

again; abaranjida i n s u l t ed; pi-a-dear; sahi friend; lahavam o f f e n se; amani-a
n ot considering; sutthu i n t e n t l y ; u k k a n t h ed i l o n g s ; t a t h e r e f o re; ki m w h a t 7 ;
k arissam sh all I do .

Lalita: 0 noble lady, although this villain Krsna again and again insults my
dear frien Radha, She does not take offense. Indeed, She longs to be with Him .
What shall I do7

Text 6 (t)

p aurnamasi: vatse munca mudha-kalusyam. naparadhyati madhavah. kin t u

madhumangala-pramaditaiva vah khedaya babhuva.

v atse 0 c h i l d ; m u nc a g i v eu p ; m u dh a u s e l e ss; kalusyam d e f a m a t i o n ;

n a not; aparadhyati o f f e n ds; madhavah K r s n a ; k i nt u h o w e v e r ;
m adhumangala b y M a d h u m a n gala; pramadita m o c k e d ; eva c e r t a i n ly; vah o f
you; khedaya for distress; babhuva ha s become.

Paurnamasi: Child, give up these useless rebukes. Madhava has not committed
any offense, it is Madhumangala's offense that has made you unhappy.

Text 6 (u)

l alita: (svagatam) mama hi evvam nandimuhi-e k a t h i d am. ( p r a k asam) ajj e

pekkha esa rahi rasalasya mule kampanti kimpi jappadi.

s vagatam aside; mama t o me; bi e v e n ;e v va m i n t h i s w a y ; nandim u h i - e

by Nandimukhi; kathidam was spoken; prakasam openly; ajje 0 n o ble lady;
pekkha l o o k ! ; esa S h e ; rahi R adha; rasalasya of the mango tree; mule at
t he base; kampanti t r e m b l i ng ; ki mp i s o m e t h i n g ; jappadi s a y s .

Lalita: (aside) Nandimukhi told me the same thing. (Openly) 0 noble lady,
look. There is Radha under a mango trees. She is trembling as She speaks some
words.

Text 6 (v)

(tatah pravisati sanutapam radha).

radha: (sanskrtena)

karnante na krta priyokti-racana ksipram maya durato

malli-dama nikama-pathya-vacase rusah kalpitah
ksoni-lagna-sikhanda-sekharam asau nabhyarthayann iksitah
svantam hanta mamadya tena khadirangarena dandahyate

t atah th en; pravisati e n t e r s; sa w i t h ; a n u t a pam r e m o r s e ; radha R a d h a ;

s anskrtena i n Sanskrit; karna o f t h e e ar; ante i n t h e e d ge; na n o t ; k r t a
d one; priya s w e et; ukt i o f w o r d s ; r acana t h e d o i n g ; ksipram q u i c k l y ;
maya by Me; duratah f a r a w ay; mall i o f j a s m i n e fl ow ers; dama t h e g a r l and ;
n ikama v e ry ; pathya b e n e f i c i al; vacase w h o s e words; sakhyai t o M y f r i e n d ;
rusah an g er; kalpitah d i r e c t ed; ksoni o n t h e e a r th; lagna r e s t i ng ; sikhanda-
s ekharam p e a cock feather crown; asau H e ; n a n o t ; a b h y a r t h ayan p r a y i n g ;
i ksitah i s seen; sva o w n ; a n ta m h e a r t ; h a nt a i n d e e d ; m am a o f M e ; a d y a
now; tena by t h is ; khadira k h a d i r a w o od; anarena b y t h e b u r n in g cinder;
dandahyate c o n t i n u a lly burns.

(Filled with regret, Radha enters)

Radha: No sweet words enter My ear. I immediately threw the jasmine garland
far away. I was angry with the gopi-friend who spoke words for My benefit. I do
not see Him placing His peacock-feather crown on the ground and begging with
many prayers. Ignited by a khadira cinder, My heart continually burns.

Text 7 (a)

paurnamasi: putri pracchannam upasrtya srnuvah prema-vilasam.

(ity ubhe tatha sthite).

putri 0 daughter; prachchannam h i d d e n ; u p asrtya a p p r oaching;

s rnuvah l e t u s h e ar; prema o f l o v e ; v i l asam t h e p a s t i m es; iti t h u s ; u b h e
b oth of them; tatha i n t h a t w ay; sthite s t a n d .

Paurnamasi: Daughter, let us approach, hide nearby and eavesdrop Her

description of the pastimes of love. (The two of them do that).

Text 7 (b)

radhika: (sa-capalam. punah sanskrtena)

dhanyas ta harini-drsah sa ramate yabhir navino yuva

(punah sa-sankam)
svairam capalam akalayya lalita mam hanta nindisyati
(punah sautsukyam)
govindam parirabdhum indu-vadanam ha cittam utkanthate
(punah samarsam)
dhig vamam vidhim astu yena garalam manabhidham nirmame

s a with; capalam r e s t l e ssness; punah a g a in ; sanskrtena i n S a n s k r i t ;

d hanyah f o r t u n a te; tah t h e y ; h a r i n i - drsah d o e - e yed girls; sah H e ; r a m a t e
enjoys pastimes; yabhih w i t h w h o m ; n a v i nah yuva y o u t h f u l K r s na; punah
again; sa wi th ; sankam f e a r ; svairam i n d e p e n d e nt; capalam f i c k l e n e ss;
a kalayya seeing; lalita L a l i t a ; ma m M e ; h a n t a i n d e e d ; n a n disyati w i l l
r ebuke; punah a g a in ; sa w i t h ; a u t s u k ya m e a g e r n ess; govindam K r s n a ;
parirabdhum t o embrace; indu m o o n ; v a d anam w h o s e f a ce; ha a h ! ;
c ittam h e a rt; utkanthate y e a r ns; punah a g a i n ; sa w i t h ; a m a r asam a n g e r ;
d hik f i e . ; vamam c o n t r a r y ; vi d hi m f a t e ; a st u m a y b e ; y en a b y w h i c h ;
garalam th e p o i son; mana j e a l ou s anger; abhidham named; nirmame
created.

Radhika: (Restless, She says in Sanskrit:) the doe-eyed girls who enjoy
pastimes with youthful Krsna are very fortunate. (Frightened) Lalita will see how
I have become unsteady and independent, and she will rebuke Me. (Yearning) M y
heart yearns to embrace moon-faced Govinda. (Angry) To h ell with the wi cked
fate that has created this poison named "jealous anger".

Text 8 (a)

lalita: adakhine cittha. sa-am jeva kanham nirakadu-a bhrngi-e me dusesi.

a dakkhine 0 f o o l i s h g i rl; citth a s t o p ; sa-am p e r s o n a l ly; jeva c e r t a i n l y ;

k anham K r s na; nirakadu-a r e j e c t i ng; bhrngi-e a s a w a n ton girl; me m e ;
dusesi You rebuke.

L alita: Fool! Stop! Yo u r ejected Krsna on Your own account. Now Yo u

criticize me for being a wanton girl.

Text 8 (b)

radhika: (bhrngim aveksya. sanskrtena)

krimir api namitatma hanta vrndavane 'smin

kalayati nija-maulau barha-mauler nidesam
anunayati muhur mam netu-kamaliniyam
yad-amala-madhuroktis tasya drstim sathasya

b hrngim a b ee; aveksya s e e i ng; sanskrtena i n S a n sk r it; kri mi h a n i n s e c t ;

api al t h o u gh; namita h u m b l e ; a tm a a t h e a r t ; hant a i n d e e d ; vr n davane
V rndavana; asmin i n t h i s ; k alayati b e a r s ; nij a o w n ; m a u l a u o n t h e c r o w n ;
barha-mauleh o f K r s na, who wears a crown of peacock feathers; anunayati
pacifies; muhuh r e p e a t edly; mam M e ; n e t u t o b r i n g ; k am a d e s i r i n g ; alini
b ee; iyam t h i s ; yat w h i c h ; a m al a s p l e n d i d ; m a dh ur a s w e e t ; u k ti h w o r d s ;
t astya of H im ; dr sti m t h e g l a n ce; sathasya t h e r a k e .
 Radhika: (She notices a bee, and says in Sanskrit:) This hum ble even though it
is only an insect, this humble bee still bows down to the land of Vrndavana. On
it's head, this bears the message of peacock-feather crowned Krsna. Desiring to
bring Me to Krsna, this bee repeatedly tries to pacify Me by speaking sweet words
just like that scoundrel Krsna.

Text 9 (a)

paurnamasi: (sa-narma-smitam) n i k h i lam eva vrndatavi-prani-vrndam duti-

bhutam iyam manyate maha-manini.

s a with; narm a a p l a y f u l ; smitam s m i l e ; n i k h i la m a l l ; e v a c e r t a i n l y ;

v rnda-atavi i n V r n d a v ana forest; prani o f l i v i n g en t i t i es; vrndam t h e h o s t ;
duti m e s senger; bhutam b e c o m e ; iyam S h e ; m a n y at e c o n s i d e rs; maha-
manini f i l l e d w it h j e alous anger.

Paurnamasi: (With a playful smile) F i l led with jealous anger, She now thinks
that all the creatures in Vrndavanam forest are messengers from Krsna.

Text 9 (b)

radhika: (premavesam natayanti. sa-camatkaram) kadham eso mam

mottimam pariraddhum ubasanno kanho.

prema o f l o v e ; avesam t h e e n t r a nce; natayanti representing dramatically;

s a with; camatkaram w o n d e r ; k a dha m h o w i s i t 7 ; eso H e ; m a m t o M e ;
mottimam f o r c i b ly ; pariraddhum t o e m b r a ce; ubasanno a p p r o a ched; kanho
Krsna.

R adhika: (Overwhelmed with love and filled with wonder). Ho w is it th at

Krsna has now come to violently embrace Me7

Text 9 (c)

paurnamasi: gambhiranuraga-vivarto 'yam. yad asyam madhavasya

visphuranam.

gambhira d e ep; anuraga o f l o v e ; v i v artah e c s t a tic transformation; ayam

t his; yat w h i c h ; asyam i n H e r ; m a d h avasya o f K r s na; visphuranam t h e
appearance.
 Paurnamasi: This is the symptom of deep love. Radha thinks that Madhava has
now appeared before Her.

Text 9 (d)

radhika: (sa-hunkaram paravrtya) hanta bho vanka-kala-sali canda-ali-koda-

cirasanga-bhangura-kuranga avehi. eso tumam paribhavisasi ma-e. (iti
karnotpalam ksipanti).

s a with; hu n k aram a n a n g r y m o an; paravrtya t u r n i n g ; h a nt a a h ! ; b h o

ah.; vanka c r o o k ed; kala a r t ; s al i p o s s e s sing; canda-ali o f C a n d r a vali;
k oda on th e breast; cira f o r a l on g t i me; asanga r e s t i ng; bhangura d e l i cate;
k uranga d e er; abehi b e g o n e ! eso H e ; t u m a m Y o u ; p a r i b h a vissasi a r e
d espised; ma-e by Me ; it i t h u s ;k a r n a o n t h e e ar ; utpalam t h e l o t u s ;
k sipanti t h r o w i n g .

Radhika: (makes an angry moan, and turns around). 0 a r t ist of deceit, 0

crooked pet deer who stays always on the breast of Candravali, begone! I hate
You! (She throws down the lotus flower from Her ear).

Text 9 (e)

(sanskrtena)

yamuna-tira-kadambah
samprati mama hanta saksino yuyam
esa balan mam abalam
gokula-dhurtah kadarthayati

s anskrtena i n Sanskrit; yamuna o f t h e Y a m u na; tira o n t h e s h o r e ;

k adamba 0 k a d a mba trees; samprati n o w ; m a m a M y ; h a n t a i n d e e d ;
s aksinah w i t n e sses; yuyam y o u ; e sah H e ; b a la t v i o l e n t l y ; ma m M e ;
abalam a weak woman; gokula o f G o k u l a ; dh u r ta h t h e v i l l a in ; kadarthayati
tortures.

(In Sanskrit) 0 k a d a mba trees on the shore of the Yamuna, you are My
witnesses. I am a weak woman, and this Krsna, the villain of Gokula is now
violently torturing Me.

Text 10 (a)
 paurnamasi: lalite param kotim adhirudha radhikotkantha. tad iyam tvaritam
abhisaryatam.

lalite 0 L a l i t a ; param koti m t h e u l t i m a t e stage; adhirudha a s c e n ded;

r adhika o f R a d h i ka; utkantha t h e y e a r n i n gs; tat t h e r e f o re; iyam S h e ;
tvaritam q u i c k l y ; abhisaryatam s h o u l d be br ought to meet Krsna.

Paurnamasi: Lalita, Radhika is overwhelmed with longings. Bring Her to Krsna

at once.

Text 1O (b)

lalita: (parikramya) hala rahi ekka jjevva kim mantesi.

p arikramya w a l k i n g ; hal a 0 ; r a h i R a d h ae; kk a a l o n e ; j j e vv a c e r t a i n l y ;

kim w h a t 7 ; mantesi a r e You saying.

Lalita: (Walking) R a dha, what are You saying to Yourself7

Text 10 (c)

radhika: (lalidam alokya. svagatam) kadham saccam jevva ekkamhi. jam

kanho na disa-i. (iti sautsukyam) h ala lalide

para-tanu-pavesa-vijja kaham iha samena kamina padhida mama hi-a-e

mananni pavis-i-a nivvabido jena

l alitam L a l i ta; alokya s e e i ng; svagatam a s i de; kadham h o w 7 ; s accam i n

t ruth; jevva c e r t a i n ly; ekkamhi I a m a l o n e ; ja m w h i c h ; k a n h o K r s n a ; n a
n ot; disa-i i s seen; iti t h u s ; s a w i t h ; a u t s u k ya m e a g e r n ess; hala 0 ; l a l i d e
L alita; para o f a n o t h er; tanu i n t o t h e b o dy; pavesa o f e n t e r i ng; vijja t h e
s cience; kaham ho w i s i t7; ih a h e r e ; samena b y K r s n a ; kamin a a m o r o u s ;
padhida w as learned; mama o f M e ; h i - a-e i n t h e h e a rt; mananni t h e f i r e o f
j ealous anger; pavisa-i-a e n t e r i ng; nivvabido e x t i n g u i s h ed; jena b y w h o m .

Radhika: (sees Lalita, and says to Herself) How am I alone7 She does not see
Krsna. (Eagerly) 0 L a l i ta, How has amorous Krsna learned this science of
entering someone else's body7 He has entering My heart and extinguished the fire
of jealous anger burning there.
Text 11 (a)

(pravisya)
visakha: hala subala-hatthado laddha i-am patti-a.

pravisya en t ering; hala a h ! ; s u b al a o f S u b a la; hatthado from the hand;

l addha o b t a i n ed; i-am t h i s ; p a t t i- a l e t t e r .

(Visakha enters).
Visakha: I got this letter from the hand of Subala.

Text ll (b)

lalita: (grhitva vacayati)

medhyo 'pi madhavikkaya madhupo yad esa

ksiptah svayam pracalata nava-pallavena
tasyah khalu ksitir iyam susamaksayena
nandaty ayam tu viruvann aravindinisu

g rhitva t a k i ng ; vacayati r e a ds; medhyah s p l e n d id ; api a l t h o u g h ;

madhavikaya b y th e m a dhavi creeper; madhupah t h e b ee; yat b e c a u se; esah
He; ksiptah t o s s ed; svayam p e r s o n ally; pracalata m o v i n g ; nava fresh;
pallavena by th e blossom; tasyah o f t h a t cr eeper; khalu c e r t a i n ly ; ksitih
d estruction; iyam t h i s ; susama H e ; t u in d e e d ; v i r u va n b u z z i n g ;
aravindinisu a m o n g th e lo tus flowers.

Lalita: (Taken the letter and reads aloud) If, even though the black bee has not
committed any offense, the madhavi creeper still tossess it aside with its a moving
newly blossommed tendril, then the buzzing bee will simply enjoy other pastimes,
buzzing with sweet words among the lotus flowers.

Note: In this allegory Krsna is the black bee, Radha is the madhavi creeper, and
Radha's gopi rivals are the lotus flowers.

Text 12

radhika: (sa-visadam. sanskrtena)

ajani vimukhah sanke pankeruhaksi vicaksano

mayi madhu-ripur dosa-sreni-vihara-vana-sriyam
akalita-rasah suci-viddho rajah prasarandha-dhir
na madhupa-yuva kim ketakyam viraktim upaisyati

s a with; visadam g r i e f ; sanskrtena i n S a n s k r it; ajani b e c a m e ;

vimukhah a v e r se; sanke I f e ar ; pankeruha l o t u s ; aks i e y e s ; vi caksanah
e xpert; mayi t o M e ; m a d h u - r i pu h K r s n a , th e enemy of Madhu; dosa o f f a u l t s ;
s reni a h o st; vihara-vana-sriyam t h e p l ace for recreation; akalita w i t h o u t ;
r ajah of p o l l en; prasara a n a b u n d ance; andha b l i n d e d ; dhi h w h o s eh e a r t ;
n a not; madhup a b u m b l e - b ee; yuva y o u n g ; ki m w hy 7 ; k e t a k ya m t h e
k etaki fl o w e r ; vi r ak ti m r e n u n c i a t i on; upaisyati w i l l a t t a i n .

Radhika: (Grieving, She say in Sanskrit) 0 l o t u s - eyed girl, I fear that because I
am a playground for a host of faults, expert and intelligent Krsna is now averse to
Me. Stung by thorns, blinded by pollen, and not finding any nectar, why should a
young bumble-bee not turn from a ketaki flower7

Text 13 (a)

paurnamasi: na hi candrena candrikaya moksah kadapi sambhavati.

n a not; h i i n d e e d ; candrena b y t h e m o on ; candrikayah f r o m t h e

moonlight; moksah f r e e d om; kada api e v e r ; sambhavati i s p o s s i ble.

Paurnamasi: The moon can never be separated from moonlight.

Text 13 (b)

visakha: hala samassasa. tuha ukkanthidam takki-a ma-e kanha-pa-uttim

vinnadum nandimuhi pesidatthi.

h ala 0 ; s a massasa b e co m f o rted; tuha o f Y o u ; u k k a n t h i da m l o n g i n g ;

t akki-a g u e ssing; ma-e b y m e ; k a nh a o f K r s n a ; pa-utti m t h e a c t i v i t y ;
v innadum t o u n d e r s tand; nandimuh i N a n d i m u k h i ; p e sidatthi w a s s e n t .

Visakha: Please calm down. I th o u ght You would be very anxious and so I sent
Nandimukhi to discover what Krsna is doing now.

Text 13 (c)

(pravisya)
 nandimukhi: (sanskrtena)

mrdur api nisargatas tvam

katham ardre madhave kathorasi
athava navanita-puti
hima-drave kakkhata praiksi

pravisya en t ering; sanskrtena i n Sanskrit; mrduh g e n t l e ; ap i a l t h o u g h ;

n isargatah by n a t u re; tvam Y o u ; k a t ha m w h y 7 ;a r dr e s o f t ;m a d h a v e
t owards Krsna; kathora h a r d ; asi Y o u a r e ; athava o r ; n a v a n ita-puti f r e s h
b utter; hima-drave i n i c e ; kak k h at a h a r d ; p r a i ks i i s s e e n .

(Nandimukhi enters).
Nandimukhi: (In Sanskrit) By n a ture You are gentle. Why are You so hard on
this poor Madhava (Krsna) 7

You are hard as butter frozen into ice.

Text lk (a)

radhika: hala abi nama suham vattadi mahavo.

h ala ah!; abi h o w 7 ; n am a i n d e e d ; suham h a p p i n e ss; vattadi i s

m anifested; mahavo K r s n a .

Radhika: Is Madhava happy now7

Text lk (b)

nandimukhi: (sanskrtena)

ksanam api na suhrdbhir narma-gosthim vidhatte

racayati na ca cudam campakanam cayena
param iha mura-vairi yogivan mukta-bhogas
tava sakhi mukha-candram cintayan nirvrnoti

s anskrtena i n Sanskrit; ksanam f o r a m o m e nt ; api n o t ; s u h r d b hi h w i t h

friends; narma j o k i n g ; gosthim c o n v e r s a tion; vidhatte d o e s ; racayati
fashions; na n o t ; c a a n d ; c u da m a c r o w n ; c a m p akanam o f c a m p aka flow ers;
c ayena with a host; param f u r t h e r m o re; ih a h e r e ; m u r a -vairi K r s n a , t h e
e nemy of Mura; yogi a y o g i ; va t l i k e ; m u k t a a b a n d o n ed ; bhogah s e n s e -
g ratification; tava o f Y ou ; sakhi 0 f r i e n d ; m u k h a o f t h e f a ce; candram t h e
moon; cintayan m e d i t a t i ng; nirvrnot i e x p e r i e n ces happiness.
 Nandimukhi: (In Sanskrit) H e w il l not j oke with His friends for even a
moment, and He will not wear His crown of campaka flowers. Renouncing all
sense-gratification, Krsna has become like a yogi meditating on Your moonlik e
face. In this way He experiences great transcendental bliss.

Text 15

radhika: (visakham parisvajya. sanskrtena)

bhuyo bhuyah kali-vilasitaih saparadhapi radha

slaghyenaham yad agha-ripuna badham angi-krtasmi
tatra ksamodari kim aparam karanam vah sakhinam
dattamodam praguna-karuna-manjarim antarena

visakha V i s a k ha; parisvajya e m b r a c i ng; sanskrtena i n S a n skr it; bhuyah

a gain; bhuyah an d a g ain; kali o f q u a r r e l i ng; vilasitah w i t h p a s t i m es; sa w i t h ;
aparadha offense; api although; radha Radha; slaghyena glorious; aham I;
yat because; agha-ripuna b y K r s n a , the enemy of Aghasura; badham indeed;
angai-krta accepted; asmi am ; t a tr a i n t h i s ; k s ama-udari 0 s l e n d e r - w aisted
girl; kim w hat7; aparam f u r t h er ; karanam c a u s e ; vah o f y o u ; s a k h i n a m
f riends; datta g i v en ; amodam h a p p i n e ss; praguna e x c e l l e nt; karuna o f
m ercy; manjarim t h e fl o w e r b l o ssom; antarena w i t h o u t .

Radhika: (Embracing Visakha, She says in Sanskrit:) Again and again this
Radha has quarreled with Krsna and offended Him. G l o r i ous Krsna is still willin g
to accept Me back. 0 slender-waisted girl, what reason is there for His taking Me
back other than the delightful flower blossom of the great mercy of you, My
friends7

Text 16

nepathye:

garvodagrah kalam avilakam tanvatam anya-pusta

nispratyuham mrga-yuvatayah sasyam asvadayantu
simantinyo grha-nayamayim silayantu pranalim
dhurto venur viharati kare nadya pitambarasya

n epathye f r o m b e h ind the scenes; garva p r i d e ; udagrah w i t h great;

k alam c o o ing sounds; avikalam g r e a t ; tanvatam m a y d o ; an ya-pustah t h e
cuckoos; nispratyuham w i t h o u t o b s t r u ction; mrga-yuvatayah d o e s ; sasyam
grass; asvadayantu m ay eat; simantinyah t h e g o p is; grha t o t h e i r h o m e s ;
n aya leading; mayim c o n s i s t i ng; silayantu m a y t a k e ; pranalim t h e p a t h ;
d hurtah t h e v i l l a in; venuh fl u t e ;v i h a r at i p l a y s ; k ar e i n t h e h a nd ; n a n o t ;
adya now; pi ta-ambarasya o f L o r d K r s na, who is dressed in yellow garments.

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Now the cuckoos may proudly coo, the
young does may eat grass without any interruption, and the gopis may walk on the
paths leading to their homes, for at this moment the villain flute does not play n
the hand of Lord Krsna.

Text 17

radhika: (vamsim udghatya. sopalambham)

sad-vamsatas tava janih purusottamasya

panau sthitir muralike saralasi jatya
kasmat tvaya sakhi guror visama grhita
gopangana-gana-vimohana-mantra-diksa

vamsim th e fl u te ; udghatya r e v e a l i ng; sa w i t h ; u p a l ambham s c o r n ; sat-

vamsatah v ery respectable families; tava y o u r ; j a ni h b i r t h ; p u r u s o t - tamasya
o f Lord Sri Krsna; panau i n t h e h a n ds; sthitih r e s i d e n ce; muralike 0 g o o d
f lute; sarala si m p le; asi y o u a r e ; jatya b y b i r t h ; k a smat w h y ; t v ay a b y y o u ;
sakhi 0 m y d e a r fr i end; guroh f r o m t h e s p i r i t ual master; visama d a n g e r ous;
grhita t a k en; gopa-angana-vimohana for bewilering the groups of the gopis;
mantra-dhksa i n i t i a t ion in the mantra.

Radhika: (revealing the flute, She says with scorn:)

My dear friend the flute, it appears that you have been born of a very good
family, for your residence in the hands of Sri Krsna. By birth you are simple and
are not at all crooked. Why then have you taken initiation into this dangerous
mantra that enchants the assembled gopis7'

Text 18 (a)

visakha: hala uccari-a i-am vamsi jam marudahimuhi-kida sa-am sadda-edi.

h ala ah.; uccari-a d o i n g ; i -a m t h i s ;v a ms i fl u t e ;j a m w hi c h ; m a r u d a o f

the wind; ahimuhi t o t h e f a ce; kida p l a c ed ; sa-am s p o n t a n eously; sadda-edi
sounds.

Visakha: When placed before the wind this flute plays music by itself.
Text 18 (b)

radhika: sahi parikkhassam. (iti tatha karoti).

s ahi 0 f r i e nd ; parikk hassam I s h a l l t e st; iti t h u s ;t a th a i n t h a tw ay ;

k aroti d o e s .

Radhika: Friend, I shall test it. (She does that).

Text 18 (c)

visakha: sunijja-u mahura ka-ali. lalitam varehim asunodu kanhassa parivarah.

sunijja-u l e t i t h e a r d ; m a h ur a t h e s w e et; ka-ali m u s i c a l s o u nd ; lalitam

c harming; varehim b e a u t i f ul ; asunodu m a y h e a r ; k a n h assa o f K r s n a ;
parivarah th e f r i e n ds.

Visakha: Listen to the sweet sounds. Now Krsna's friends may also hear the
flute.

Text 18 (d)

(pravisya)
vrnda: (pracchannam) bhagavati na kadapi vamsi deyeti srutam maya lalita-
durmantritam.

pravisya en t ering; pracchannam in private; bhagavati 0 n o b l e l a dy; na

n ot; kada api a t any t i me; vamsi t h e fl u t e ; dey a s h o u l d b e given; iti t h u s ;
srutam h e a rd; maya b y m e ; l a l it a b y L a l i t a ; du r m antritam i l l - a d v i s ed.

(Vrnda enters).
Vrnda: (In private) 0 n o b l e lady, I have heard that the flute should not be
placed to the wind like this. Lalita has given you bad advise.

Text 18 (e)

paurnamasi: vatse yuktim ayatyam karisyami.

 v atse 0 c h i l d ; yu k ti m a p l a n ; a y a tyam i n t h e f u t u r e ; karisyami I s h a l l
execute.

Paurnamasi: Child, I shall remedy this in the future.

Text 18 (f)

(pravisya)
jatila: nunam ido kanhena milidam jam murali vadida. (v i l o kya) a vvo kaham
vasahanavi-hatthe kanhassa vamsi. ta ninhudam gadu-a nam gehissam. (iti
s ahasopasrtya samarsam) ayi duvvinida-go-ala-putti-e munca murali-am. (i t y
akrsya grhnati).

n unam i s i t no t so7; ido t h e r e f o re; kanhena w i t h K r s n a ; mi l i da m m e t ;

jam b e c ause; murali t h e fl u t e ; vadida w a s s o u n d ed; vilokya l o o k i n g ; avvo
aha!; kaham w h y 7 ; vasahanavi o f R a d ha, the daughter of Maharaja Vrsabhanu;
h atthe in th e h and; kanhassa o f K r s na; vamsi t h e fl u t e ; t a t h e r e f o r e ;
n inhudam s e c r e tly; gadu-a g o i n g ; na m i t ; g e h i s sam I s h a l l t a ke; it i t h u s ;
s ahasa quickly; upasrtya a p p r o a c h ing; sa-amarsam w i t h a n g er; ayi 0 ;
d uvvinda i m m o r a l ; go-ala o f a c o w h e rd; putti- e 0 d a u g h t e r ; m u nc a g i v e u p ;
m urali-am t h e fl u t e ; it i t h u s ;a k r ay a p u l l i n g ; g r h n at i t a k e s .

gatila enters).
Jatila: The flute was played. Is it not true that Krsna must be here7 (Looking)
Aha. The flute is in the hand of Maharaja Vrsabhanu's daughter Radha. I shall
stealthily approach and take it. (Angry, she quickly approaches) 0 immoral gopi,
give up the flute. (She pulls the flute away).

Text 18 (g)

lalita: haddhi pamado. kadham vuddhi-a atakkidam murali a-atthida.

h addhi a l a s!; pamado a c a t a strophe; kadham h o w i s i t ; v u d d h i- a b y t h e

o ld lady; atakkiam u n e x p e c t edly; murali t h e fl u t e ; a-atthida w a s t a k e n .

Lalita: Alas! A calamity! Ho w i s it that the old lady unexpectedly pulled away
the flute7

Text 18 (h)
 jatila: nam kkhu bha-avadi-e paurnamasi-e damsa-issam ja majja bhanidam na
patthi-a-edi.

nam t h is ; kkh u i n d e e d ; b h a-avadi-e t o t h e n o ble lady; paurnamasi-e

P aurnamasi; damsa-issam I w i l l s h ow ; j a w h i c h ; m a jj a b y m e ; b h a n i d am
s poken; na n o t ; p a t t h i-a-edi w i l l b e l ieve.

Jatila: I will show it to the noble Paurnamasi. If I were only to tell her she
would not believe me.

Text 18 (i)

paurnamasi: putri vrnde gahanam kastam apatitam. pasya jatila mamotaja-

disam prayati.

putri 0 daughter; vrnde V r n d a ; gahanam a g r e at; kastam c a l a m i t y ;

a patitam ha s fallen; pasya l o o k . ; j a t il a J a t i l a ; mam a m y ; u t a j a o f t h e
c ottage; disam i n th e d i r ection; prayati goes.

Paurnamasi: 0 daughter Vrnda, this is a great calamity. Look. J a tila is going

in the direction of my cottage.

Text 18 (j)

v rnda: bhagavati ma cintaya. ksipram asau muralim lunthayami. ( i t i

niskranta).

b hagavati 0 n o b l e l a dy; ma d o n t ; c i n t ay a b e a n x i o us; ksipram q u i c k l y ;

a sau this; murali m fl u t e ;l u n t h a y am i I s h a l l s t e al; iti t h u s ;n i s k r a nt a e x i t s .

Vrnda: 0 noble lady, don't worry. In a m o m ent I'll rob her of this flute. ( She
exits).

Text 18 (k)

lalita: (sa-bhayam anusrtya) ajje kisa ali-am sankasi jam esa kalindi-kulamhi
amhehi laddha.

s a with; bhayam f e a r ; an ustya f o l l o w i n g ; ajj e 0 n o b l el a dy ; kis a w h y 7 ;

ali-am d e c eption; sankasi d o y o u f e ar; jam b e c a u se; esa t h i s fl u te ; kalindi
o f the Yamuna River; kulamhi o n t h e s h o re; amhehi b y u s ; l a d dh a w a s
obtained.

Lalita: (timorously following behind) 0 noble lady, why have you become
suspicious7 We found this flute on the shore of the Yamuna.

Text 18 (1)

jatila: (sa-rosam) cabale dumhantini cittha cittha.

s a with; rosam a n g e r ; cabale 0 r e s t l ess girl; dumhantini 0 g i v e r o f b a d

a dvise; cittha s t o p ! ; ci t th a stop!

Jatila: (Angry) 0 fickle girl, 0 speaker of lies, stop! Stop!

Text 18 (m)

(pravisya)
subalah: ajje jadile pekkha dahi-lampada makkadi tujjha gharam pavisa-i.

p ravisya entering; ajje 0 n o ble lady; jadile Jatila; pekkha l o o k.; dahi o f
yogurt; lampada t he thief; makkadi t h e f e m ale monkey; tujjha y o u r ;
gharam h o u se; pavisa-i — enters.

(Subala enters).
Subala: 0 noble Jatila, look! The mo n key who steals yogurt is now entering
your house!

Text 18 (n)

jatila: (saci-grivam alokya) subala saccam kahesi. makkhana-corini esa

makkadi. (iti paravrtya dhavanti niskranta).

s aci ti l t ed; grivam n e c k ; a l o ky a l o o k i n g ; su bala 0 S u b a l a ; saccam t h e

t ruth; kehesi y o u s p eak; makkhana b u t t e r ; cor in i t h e t h i e f ; esa s h e ;
m akkadi t h e f e m ale monkey; iti t h u s ; p a r avrtya t u r n i n g ; d h avanti r u n n i n g ;
n iskranta e x i t s .

Jatila: (tilting her neck, she looks) Subala, you speak the truth. T hat mo n k ey
is about to steal my stock of butter. (She changes directions and runs off).

Text 18 (o)

paurnamasi: nunam vrndaya preritasti kakkhatiyam nama jaran-markati.

n unam i s i t no t so7; vrndaya b y V r n d a ; pr erit a s e n t ; ast i i s ; k a k k h a t i

K akkhati; iyam t h i s ; n am a n a m e d ; j a ra t o l d ;m a r k at i f e m a l e m o n k e y .

Paurnamasi: Vrnda sent this old monkey named Kakkhati, did she not7

Text 18 (p)

subalah: nandimuhi pekkha. pak k h i t t ena venuna mudha-jadila-e makkadi

tadida.

n andimuhi N a n d i m u k h i ; p e k kh a l o o k . ;p a k k h i t t en a t h r o w n ; v e n un a b y
the flute; mudha b e w i l d e r ed; jadila-e b y J a t i la; makkadi t h e m o n k ey ; tadita
was struck.

Subala: Nandimukhi, look! Jatila became bewildered. She threw the flute at
the monkey and hit her with it.

Text 18 (q)

paurnamasi: (sa-harsam) distya muralim adaya kakkhatiyam kadambam

adhirudha.

s a with; harsam h a p p i n e ss; distya b y g o o d f o r t u ne; muralim t h e fl u t e ;

a daya taki ng; kakkhati K a k k h a t i ; i ya m t h i s m o n k e y ; kadambam a k a d a m b a
t ree; adhirudha h a s c l i m b ed .

Paurnamasi: (Happily) F o r t u n ately this monkey Kakkhati has taken the flute
and now climbed a kadamba tree.

Text 18 (r)

(sarvah praharsam natayanti).

 sarvah everyone; praharsam h a p p i n e ss; natayanti r e p r e s ents dramatically.

(Everyone becomes happy).

Text 18 (s)

(pravisya)
jatila: haddhi vaccha subala hatthado me murali gada. ta tujjha ninamchanam
jami. samappehi me vamsi-am.

haddhi a l a s!; vaccha c h i l d ; su bala S u b a la; hatthado f r o m t h e h a nd; me

m y; murali t h e fl u t e ; gada i s g o n e ; ta t h e r e f o re; tujjh a o f y o u ;
n imanchanam t h e s t i r r i ng; jami I a t t a i n ; samappehi p l e a se give; me t o m e ;
v amsi-am th e fl u t e .

(Jatila enters).
Jatila: Alas! Subala, my child, the flute is no longer in my hand. I r e quest you;
bring me the flute.

Text 18 (t)

subalah: ajje jahattha-nama esa kakkhati ke-alam tujjha bahini-puttado

visalado bha-edi. ta govahdhana-singe khelantam nam gadu-a abhyatthehi.

a jje 0 n o b l e lady; jahattha a p p r o p r i a te; nama w h o s e n a me; esa t h i s ;

k akkhati K a k k h a ti ; ke-alam e x c l u s i v ely; tujjh a o f y o u ; b a h in i o f t h e s i s t er ;
puttado f rom the son; visalado v i s a la; bha-edi f e a rs; ta t h e r e f o r e ;
g ovaddhdhana o f G o v a r dhana Hill; singe o n t h e s u m m it ; kh elantam e n j o y i n g
pastimes; nam this; gadu-a h a v ing gone; abhyatthehi y o u s h o u l d r e quest.

Subala: Kakkhati is a good name for this monkey. 0 n o bl e lady, this monkey
si afraid of only one person: Your nephew Visala. Visala is now playing on top of
Govardhana Hill. Go you should go there and ask him to help.

Text 18 (u)

(jatila niskranta).

j atila Ja t i la; niskranta exits.

 gatila exits).

Text 18 (v)

paurnamasi: distya vyajena jaratim duram apasarya dhurto yam bhru-

vibhramena lalitam tvarayati.

distya by g ood fortune; vyajena b y a t r i ck ; jaratim t h e o l d l a dy ; duram

f ar away; apasarya sending; dhurtah v i l l a i n ; ayam t h i s ;b h r u v i b h r a m e n a
by moving the eyebrows; lalitam L a l i t a ; tvarayati c a u ses to hurry.

Paurnamasi: By good fortune the rascal Subala has now sent the old lady far
away, and now, by knitting his eyebrows, he makes Lalita hastne here.

Text 18 (w)

lalita: (netra-prantam kunayanti) hala rahi ehi. venum maggamhe.

netra of th e eyes; prantam t h e c o r n er; kunayanti ; hala 0 ; r a h i

Radha; ehi c o me; venum f o r t h e fl u t e ; maggamhe l e t u s s e arch.

Lalita: (Glancing from the corners ofher eyes) Radha, come. Let us search for
the flute.

Text 18 (x)

radhika: (svagatam) dit t h i-a ahisaredi mam.

s vagatam aside; ditthi-a b y g o o d f o r t u ne; ahisaredi m e e t s ; mam M e .

Radhika: (Aside) By good luck now I shall be able to meet with Lord Krsna.

Text 18 (y)

(pravisyapati-ksepena)
mukhara: visakhe ahimannu sandisa-i ajja jo-iti-anam upadesena ma-e
gomangala nama candi pu-anijja. ta pu-anopaharam ghetuna tumam cecca-
rukkhassa tale rahi-am lambhaya tti.

pravisya en t ering; apati o f t h e c u r t a in; ksepena with tossing; visakhe 0

V isakha; ahimannu A b h i m a n y u ; sandisati i n s t r u c ts; ajja n o w ; j o - i t i - anam o f
the astrologers; upadesena by th e advice; ma-e b y m e ; gomangala G o m a n g a l a;
nama na m ed; candi D u r g a ; p u - anijj a i s t o b e w o r s h iped; ta t h e r e f o re; pu-
ana of worship; upaharam t h e a r t i c l es; ghetuna t a k i n g ; t u ma m Y o u ; c e c c a-
r ukkhassa of a caitya tree; tale a t th e base; rahi-am R a d h i k a ; lambhaya you
s hould bring; tti thus.

(Tossing the backdrop curtain, aside, Mukhara hastily enters).

Mukhara: 0 Visakha, Abhimanyu said to me: "Today the astrologers have
instructed me to worship the form of the goddess Durga named Gomangala.
Please take the articles of worship and, bringing Radha with you, meet me under
the caitya tree."

Text 18 (z)

radhika: (sa-khedam apavarya) hanta dudde-assa padi-ullam. (iti lalita-

mukham iksate).

sa with; khedam g r i e f ; apavarya c o n c e aling; hanta i n d e ed ; du dde-assa

o f misfortune; padi-ullam t h e m i s f o r t u ne; iti t h u s ;l a l it a o f L a l i t a ; m u k h a m
a t the face; iksate l o o k s .

Radhika: (Unhappily She says to Herself, concealing Her words from other's
ears) Alas! Misfortune of misfortunes! (She gazes at Lalita's face).

Text 18 (aa)

lalita: hala sacca-nama eso ahimannu. ta gadu-a pu-anobaharam campademhi.

h ala ah.; sacca t r u t h ; n am a n a m e ; es o h e ; a h i m a nn u A b h i m a n y u ; t a

therefore; gadu-a g o i ng ; pua-ana o f w o r s h ip ; ubaharam t h e p a r a phernalia;
sampademhi l e t u s assemble.

Lalita: Ah. Th e name Abhimanyu (angry) f it s him perfectly. Let us go and

assemble the paraphernalia of worship.

Text 18 (bb)
 (iti sarva niskrantah).

i ti t h u s ; sarvah e v e r y o ne; niskrantah e x i t s .

(Everyone exits).

Text 18 (cc)

paurnamasi: (subalam anusrtya sa-vyatham) vatsa duhsamadhaneyam gatir

upasthita. tad adya vrndaya saha gatva samasvasyatam tvaya patavena
pundarikaksah. maya tu pramanika-purandhrinam gostim asadya jatila-kautilyam
varnayisyate. (iti niskranta).

s ubala Subala; anusrtya f o l l o w i n g ; sa w i t h ; v y a t ha m a n x i e t y ; vatsa 0

child; duhsamadhana u n f o r t u n a te; iyam t h i s ; g a ti h c o u r s e of events;
u pasthita o c c u r r ed; tat t h e r e f o re; adya n o w ; v r n d ay a V r n d a ; sah a w i t h ;
gatva h aving gone; samasvasyatam s h o ul d be consoled; tvaya b y y o u ;
patavena ex p ertly; pundarika-purandhrinam o f t h e e l d e rly wom en; gostim
the assembly; asadya en t ering; jatila o f J a t i la; kautilyam t h e c r o o k e d ness;
v arnayisyate w i l l b e described; iti t h u s ; n i s k r a nt a e x i t s .

Paurnamasi: (Approaching Subala, she says, with anxiety) Ch i ld , this is a great

calamity. Now you and Vrnda should go to lotus-eyed Krsna and expertly console
Him, and I shall go to the elderly women and describe to them the diplomatic
crookedness of Jatila. (She exits).

Text 18 (dd)

subalah: (parikramya) esa tamala-tale dahina-hatthe gahida-vamsi-a vunda

cittha-i.

parikramay w a l k i n g ; esa t h i s ; t a m al a o f t h e t a m ala tree; tale a t th e base;

d ahina-hatthe i n t h e r i ght hand; gahida t a k e n ; vamsi-a t h e fl u t e ; vu n d a
Vrnda; cittha-i — stands.

Subala: (Walking) T h ere is Vrnda standing under a tamala tree and holding
the flute in her right hand.

Text 18 (ee)
 (pravisya)
vrnda: bhoh subala vilokita-sarvarthasmi. tad alam tad-vartaya.

pravisya en t ering; bhoh 0 ; subala Su b ala; vilokita s e e n ; sarva a l l ;

a rtha m e a n i ng; asmi I a m ; t a t t h e r e f o r e ; alam w h a t i s th e need7; tat o f
that; vartaya w i t h th e n ew s.

(Vrnda enters).
Vrnda: Subala, I have already seen everything. What need is there of telling me
what has happened7

Text 18 (ff)

subalah: vunde turi-am ehi. venum jevva ubaharamha.

v unde 0 V r n d a ; t u r i -a m q u i c k l y ; eh i c o m e ;v e nu m t h e fl u t e ; j e v v a
c ertainly; ubaharamha l e t u s br i n g .

Subala: Vrnda, let us go at once. Let us bring the flute to Krsna.

Text 18 (gg)

(ity ubhau parikramatah).

i ti t h u s ; ubha u b o t h ; p a r i k r a m atah w a l k .

(They both walk).

Text 18 (hh)

subalah: vunde mahumangalena vaddhidukkantho pi-a-va-asso maggam jje-a

pekkhanto cittha-i. ta na jane akidatthanam amhanam tattha gamane ka tassa dasa
bhave.

vunde 0 V r n d a ; m ah u m angalena b y M a d h u m a n gala; vaddhid i n c r e a sed;

ukkantho l o n g i n gs; pi-a d e a r ; va-asso f r i e n d ; maggam t h e p a th ; jj e-a
c ertainly; pekkhanto s e e i ng; cittha-i s t a n d s ; ta t h e r e f o re; na n o t ; j an e I
k now; akida u n f u l f i l l ed; atthanam p u r p o s e ; amhanam o f u s ; t a t th a t h e r e ;
gamane in the journey; ka w h a t 7 ; tassa o f H i m ; d as a c o n d i t i o n ; bh ave
might be.

Subala: Vrnda, there is Krsna gazing at the path. Madhumangala is increasing

His desire to meet Radha. I do not know what will be His response when He
learns that our mission has failed7

Text 18 (ii)

vrnda: subala satyam bravisi. pasyayam punnaga-taror upakanthe

samutkanthate kamsarih.

s ubala 0 S u b a la; satyam t h e t r u t h ; br avisi y o u s p e ak; pasya l o o k ! ;

ayam He; pu nnaga-taroh a p u n n aga tree; upakanthe n e a r ; samutkanthate
longs; kamsa-arih K r s n a , the enemy of Kamsa.

Vrnda: Subala, you speak the truth. L o ok ! T h e r e is Krsna standing under a

punnaga tree and anxiously waiting for Radha.

Text 18 (jj)

s ubalah: vunde bhanami. cintehi jutti m

v unde 0 V r n d a : b h a n am i I s a y ; c i n t eh i p l e a s e th i nk; ju t ti m o f a r e m e d y .

Subala: Vrnda, think of a solution.

Text 18 (kk)

vrnda: (vimraya) subala govindasya ksana-vinodaya cintitopayasmi. tad ehi,

tan-nispattaye vesam bhajavah. (iti niskrantau).

v imrsya t h i n k i n g ; subala 0 S u b a l a ; govindasya o f K r s na; ksana f o r a

m oment; vinodaya f o r h a p p i n ess; cintita t h o u g h t ; u p ay a t h e r e m e dy; asmi I
a m; tat of t h at; nispattaye f o r t h e accomplishment; vesam c o s t u m e ;
b hajavah le t us accept; iti t h u s ; n i s k r a ntau t h e y e x i t .

Vrnda: (Thinking) S u b ala, I know how we may cheer up Govinda for a

moment. Come. To do this we must first disguise ourselves. (The both exit).
Text 18 (11)

(tatah pravisati madhumangalenopasyamanah krsnah).

krsnah: (sautsukyam)

radha purah sphurati pascimatas ca radha

radhadhisavyam iha daksinatas ca radha
radha khalu ksiti-tale gagane ca radha
radha-mayi mama babhuva kutas tri-loki

tatah th en; pravisati e n t e r s; madhumangalena b y M a d h u m a n gala;

u pasyamanah f o l l o w ed; krsnah K r s n a ; sa w i t h ; a u t s u k ya m l o n g i n g ; r a d h a
R adha; purah i n f r o n t ; sphurati i s m a n i f e sted; pascimatah b e h i n d ; c a a l s o ;
r adha Radha; ca a n d ; r a dh a R a d h a ; radh a R a d h a ; adhssavyam o n t h e l e f t ;
i ha h e re; daksinatah o n t h e r i g ht ; ca a l s o ; r a dh a R a d h a ; radh a R a d h a ;
khalu i n d e ed; ksiti o f t h e e a r th; tale o n t h e s u r f ace; gagane i n t h e sky; ca
a nd; radha R a d ha; radha o f R a d ha; mayi c o n s i s t i ng; mama o f M e ;
b abhuva has become; kutah w h e r e 7 ; tri-lok i t h e t h r e e w o r l d s .

(Followed by Madhumangala, Krsna enters).

Krsna: (filled with longing) I n f r on t of Me is Radha. Behind Me is Radha. To
My left is Radha. To My right is Radha. On the earth is Radha. In the sky is
Radha. How is it that the three worlds have suddenly become Radha7

Text 19 (a)

madhumangalah: pi-a-va-assa bha-avadi-e ahisaridam danim jevva pekkhissasi

rahi-am.

pi-a de ar; va-assa 0 f r i e n d ; bha-avadi-e b y t h e n o ble Paurnamasi;

a hisaridam b r o u gh t h ere; danim n o w ; j j e vv a c e r t a i n ly ; pekk hissasi Y o u w i l l
s ee; rahi-am R a d h i k a .

Madhumangala: Soon the noble Paurnamasi will bring Radhika here. Soon
You will see Radhika.

Text 19 (b)

krsnah:
karenantas tustya sa-lalitam avastabhya lalita-
karangustham radha bhrsam abhisaranti sa-rabhasam
kim adya smeraksi smara-parimalollasi-valaya-
dhvanir mam nirmasyaty anupama-camatkara-catulam

k arena by th e hand; antah w i t h i n ; t u s ty a w i t h s a t i s faction; sa w i t h ;

l alitam p l a y f u l n ess; avastabhya r e s t i ng; lalita o f L a l i t a ; kara-angustham o n
the thumb; radha R a d ha; bhrsam g r e a t ly ; abhisaranti g o e s to the rendezvous;
s a with; rabhasam e a g e rness; kim w h e t h e r 7; adya t o d a y ; smera s m i l i n g ;
a ksi w h ose eyes; smara o f c u p id ; parimala w i t h t h e s cent; ullasi g l i s t e n i n g ;
v alaya of br acelets; dhvanih t h e s o u nd ; ma m M e ; n i r m a s y at i w i l l m a k e ;
a nupama i n c o m p arable; camatkara w i t h w o n d er ; catulam t r e m b l i n g .

Krsna: Will smiling eyed Radha, happy at heart, playfully holding Lalita s
thumb in Her hand as She eagerly walks to the rendezvous, and tinkling sound of
Her bracelets bearing the fragrance of conjugal desire, soon make Me tremble with
unparalleled wonder7

Text 20 (a0

madhumangalah: bho bho ma uttammassa. kankana-jhanakaro succa-i.

b hoh O h ! ; b ho h O h ! ; m a d on ' t ; u t t a m m a ssa d e s p a ir; kankana o f a n k l e -

bells; jhanakaro t h e s o u nd; succa-i — is indicated.

Madhumangala: Oh! Oh ! D o n ' t d e spair. I hear the tinkling of ankle-bells.

Text 20 (b)

(nepathye)

hala lalide pekkha. sa eso punna-a-rukkho disa-i. (punas tatraiva) sahi rahe
dhittha-bhamara-jampidam pekkha nam. ta kkh anam idha jjevva citthamha.

n epathye f r o m b e h i n d th e scenes; hala 0 ; l a l i d e L a l i t a ; p e k kh a l o o k ! ; s a

eso He; punna-a p u n n a ga; ruk kh o t r e e ; d i s a-i — is seen; punah a g a in; tatra
t here; eva certainly; sahi 0 f r i e n d ; r ah e R a d h a ; d h i t th a b o l d ; b h a m ar a o f a
bee; jampidam t a l k i n g ; pekkh a l o o k ; n a m a t t h i s ; t a t h e r e f o r e; kkh anam
f or a moment; idha h e r e ; jj evva c e r t a i n ly ; citthamha l e t u s s t o p .

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Lalita, look. H ere is a punnaga tree. Look at
the agressive, buzzing bees. Let us stop here for a moment.
Text 20 (c)

madhumangalah: (sa-capalam) bho pi-a-va-assa vamado kim na pecchasi. esa

lalida-e saddham rahi-a sama-ada.

sa-capalam r e s tless; bho 0 ; pi-a-va-assa dear friend; vamado out of

crookedness; kim w h a t 7 ; na not; pecchasi Yo u see; esa S h e ; lalida-e
L alita; saddham w i t h ; r a h i - a Radha; sama-ada has arrived.

Madhumangala: (restless) 0 dear friend, do You not see7 Radhika has come
here with Lalita.

Text 20 (d)

krsnah: (sotkantham) d i s tya saksad adya mad-iksanayoh saukhyam vistaryate

sakhya.

s a with; utk antham l o n g i n g ; d i sty a b y g o o d f o r t u ne; saksat d i r e c t l y ;

adya now; ma t M y ; i k s a n a yo h o f t h e e y es; saukyam t h e h a p p i n ess;
vistaryate is expanded; sakhya b y t h e g o p i - friend.

Krsna: (With feelings of longings) How f o r t u n ate I am. My g o p i - friend now

brings great happiness to My eyes.

Text 20 (e)

madhumangalah: (sa-garvam) bho kisa na vittharidavvam jattha aham vi-

addho dudo mhi.

sa with; garvam pride; bho a h; kisa w h y 7 ; na n o t ; v i t t h a r i d avvam t o

be manifested; jattha where; aham I ; v i - a d dh o e x p e r t ; d ud o m e s s e n g er;
m hi a m .

Madhumangala: (Proud) Why should You not become happy7 After all, I am
the most expert of messengers.

Text 20 (f)
 krsnah: sakhe purah-sthayor mat-priyayor avyalikata nadyapy avadharita. yad
abhyam ne sannidhiyate.

s akhe 0 f r i e nd ; pura h i n t h e p r e s ence; sthayoh s t a y i ng; api a l t h o u g h ;

m at to Me ; priayyoh d e a r f r i e n ds; avyalikata a f f e c t i onateness; na n o t ;
a dya now; ap i e v e n ; av adharita i s c o n s i d ered; yat b e c a u se; abhyam b y
them; na n o t ; sannidhiyate i n a p p r o a ched nearby.

Krsna: My beloved Radha and Lalita no longer love Me. Al th ough they both
stand before Me they remain at a distance and will not approach Me.

Text 20 (g)

madhumangalah: pi-a-va-assa sutthu pasannam rahim janahi. jam sadi-ancala-

jhampida murali jhalakka-i.

pi-a de ar; va-assa f r i e nd; sutthu clearly; pasannam p l e a sed; rahim

Radha; janahi Yo u s h o uld k n ow; jam b ecause; sadi of Her sari; ancala i n the
c orner; jhampida h i d d e n ; m u r al i t h e flute; jhalakka-i — is manifested.

Madhumangala: My dear friend, You should know that Radha is definitely

pleased with You. She holds Your flute in the corner of Her sari.

Text 20 (h)

krsnah: (sa-sneham)

vidhur eti diva virupatam

sata-patram bata sarvari-mukhe
iti kena sada sriyojjvalam
tulanam arhati mat-priyananam

(iti sa-kautukam anusarpati).

s a with; sneham l o v e ; v i d hu h t h e m o o n ; et i b e c o m e s ; div a b y d a y t i m e ;

virupatam f a d e d away; sata-patram t h e l o t u s fl ow er; bata a l a s ; sarvari-
m ukhe i n t h e b eginning of evening; iti t h u s ; k en a w i t h w h a t ; sada a l w a y s ;
sriya-ujjvalam b r i l l i an t w it h beauty; tulanam comparison; arhati d e s e rves;
m at of Me; priy a o f t h e d ear one; ananam t h e f a ce; sa w i t h ; k a u t u k a m
eagerness; anusarpati a p p r o a ches.
 Krsna: (With love)
Although the effulgence of the moon is brilliant initially at night, in the
daytime it fades away. Similarly, although the lotus is beautiful during the
daytime, at night it closes. But, 0 My f r i e nd, the face of My most dear Srimati
Radharani is always bright and beautiful, both day and night. Th erefore, to what
can Her face be compared7'
(He eagerly approaches).

Text 21 (a)

(nepathye)
varisahana-i lacchi i-am puro ra-ini samuggama-i canda-ali-kutumha-aca-ora
ma dha-a suppasaham

nepathye f r o m b e h ind the scenes; varisahana-i t h e d a u ghter of Maharaja

Vrsabhanu; lacchi t h e g o d d ess of fortune; i-am S h e ; p ur o i n t h e p r e s ence; ra-
ini a f f e ctionate; samuggama-i — approaches; canda-ali o n th e m o o n l i ght of
C andravali; kutumba m a i n t a i n in g Yourself; aca-ora c a k or a bird; ma d o n t ;
dha-a run ; suppasaham enthusiastically.

A Voice From Behind the Scenes:

Translations 1
The reddish splendor of the sun resting in the constellation Taurus now rises in
the sky. 0 cakora bird who lives by drinking the moonlight of Candravali, do not
run so hastily to this risin sun.

Translation 2
The goddess of fortune who is the daughter of Maharaja Vrsabhanu, and who
dearly loves You has now come to this place. 0 cakora bird who lives by drinking
the moonlight of Candravali, do not run so hastily to Vrsabhanu's daughter.

Translation 3
The goddess of fortune who is the daughter of Maharaja Vrsabhanu, and who is
now angry with You. has come to this place; 0 cakora bird who lives by drinking
the moonlight of Candravali, do not run so hastily to Vrsabhanu's daughter.

N ote: In this verse the word "varsabhanavi" may mean "the sun (bhanu) w h o
rests in the constellation Taurus (vrsa)", or it may also mean "the daughter of
Maharaja Vrsabhanu". "Ragini" may mean "red", "red with anger", or "fi l l ed
with love".

Text 22 (a)

madhumangalah: lalide bhamidasi. na kkhu ca-oro. pek kha eso

rahangiramano jena varisahana-i lacchi kamijja-i.

l alide 0 L a l i t a ; bha idasi Y o u ar e m i staken; na n o t ; k k h u in d e e d ; c a -

oro a cakora bird; pekkha l o o k ! ; es o h e ; r a h a n g iramano a c a k r a v aka bird;
j ena by w h om ; varisahana-i o f t h e sun in the sign Taurus; lacchi t h e b e a u ty ;
kamajj a-i is desired.

Madhumangala: Lalita, you are mistaken. it is not the cakora. It is the

cakravaka bird that yearns after the beauty of the sun shining in the sign Taurus.

Note: The cakora birs maintains itself by drinking moonlight, and therefore the
cakora yearns to see the moon and not the sun. The amorous cakravaka birds
separate at night and reunite in the morning when the sun rises. For this reason
the cakravakas yearn to see the sun. Madhumangala rebukes Lalita for using the
wrong bird in her metaphor.

Text 22 (b)

(nepathye punar anyatah).

bho kanha sunahi.

n epathye b e h in d the scenes; punar a g a in ; anyatah a n o t h er ; bho kanh a 0

K rsna; sunahi l i s t e n .

Another Voice From a different place behind the scenes: 0 Krsna, listen!

Text 22 (c)

madhumangalah: (vilokya sa-sankam) esa dahine visalassa bahini sarangi

nama bali-a.

v ilokya l o o k i n g ; sa w i t h ; s a n ka m f e a r ; es a s h e ; d a h in e o n t h e r i g h t ;
visalassa of Visala; bahini t h e s i s t er; sarangi S a r a n gi; nama n a m e d ; bali-a
girl.

Madhumangala: (Fearfully looking) C o m in g on the right is Visala's sister

named Sarangi.

Text 22 (d)
 krsnah: sakhe ma sankisthah. susthu balikeyam.

s akhe 0 f r i e nd ; m a d o n ' t ; s a n k i sthah b e a f r a id; susthu c l e a r ly ; balik a a

girl; iyam this.

Krsna: Friend, don't be afraid. It is only a young girl.

Text 22 (e)

(pravisya)
sarangi: bho kanha sunahi. vud d h i-a muhala bhanadi kisa tu-e mama nattini
ali-am dusi-jja-i. jam tujjha vamsi-a amhehim kakkhali-a-hatthe dittha ta ma gohi
nam ti.

p ravisya en t ering; bho 0 ; k a n h a K rsna; sunahi l i s t en; vuddhi- a the

elderly lady; muhala Mukhara; bhanadi says; kisa why7; tu-e by You;
mama my ; n a t tin i g r a n d d a u g h t er; ali-am f a l s e ly; dusi-jja-i — is defamed;
jam b e c ause; tujjha Your; vamsi-a f lute; amhehim b y u s ; k a k k h a l i- a o f t h e
m onkey Kakkhati; hatthe i n t h e h a nd ; di t th a s e e n ; t a t h e r e f o re; ma d o n t ;
gohi d e f ame; nam H e; ti t h u s .

(Sarangi enters).
Sarangi: 0 Krsna, please listen. Elderly Mukhara speaks to You the following
words: "Why do You falsely defame my granddaughter. We have personally seen
Your flute in the hand of the monkey Kakkhati. Do not accuse Radha of stealing
Your flute".

Text 22 (f)

k rsnah: sarangike vijnapaya mukharam yad aham labdha-muraliko smi .

sarangike 0 S a r a n gi; vijnapaya p l e ase inform; mukharam M u k h a r a ; yat

t hat; aham I ; l a b dh a f o u n d ; m u r a l ik a t h e fl u t e ; asm i I a m .

Krsna: 0 Sarangi, please tell Mukhara that I have found My flut e.

Text 22 (g)

(nepathye)
hala pacchanna hohi.
 n epathye f r o m b e h i n d th e scenes; hala A h ! ; p a c channa c l e a r ; hoh i p l e a s e
be.

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Be clear. What do You mean7

Text 22 (h)

sarangi: (nepathyabhimukham avalokya. serasyam). hala rahi-e cecca-

rukkhassa tale tumam vidudi a-aledi me bhadu-o. ta tattha kim ti na gadasi.

nepathya of b e h ing the scenes; abhimukham i n t h e d i r e c t i on; avalokya

looking; sa w i t h ; i r syam a n g e r ; h al a A h . ; r a h i - e R a d h i k a ; cecca-rukkhassa
o f a caitya tree; tale at th e base; tumam You; vidudi ; a-aledi
s ummons; me m y ; b h a d u- o b r o t h e r ; t a t h e r e f o re; tattha t h e r e ; ki m w h y 7 ;
ti th us; na n o t ; g a da s Y o u h a v e gone.

Sarangi: (Looking in the direction of the behind-the-scene voice, she angrily

says:) Ah! Radha! My b r o t her Abhimanyu called You to meet him under the
caitya tree. Why have You not gone there7

Text 22 (i)

hadase saha-saranga-mukhi sarangi-e tumam pi dudi-a jadila samvutta. ta

vuddha-saddulassa tunda-kodare padehi.

nepathye f r o m b e h ind the scenes; hada d e s t r oyed; ase h o p e ; saha-

s aranga of m o n k eys; m u kh i 0 b e s t ;s a r angi-e 0 S a r a n gi; tuma m y o u ; a p i
a lso; dudi-a a second; jadila J a t i la; smavutta a r e ; t a t h e r e f o re; vuddh a o l d ;
s a dulassa of a tiger; tunda-kodare i n t h e j a ws; padehi y o u s h o u l d f a l l .

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: 0 unfortunate Sarangi, 0 queen of the

monkeys, you are a second Jatila. You should go fall in the jaws of some old tiger.

Text 22 (j)

sarangi: (samarsam) lalide ullatti-a mam jevva tumam tajjasi. ta aham gadu-a
ma-usi-a-e jadila-e vinnavissam. (iti niskranta).

s a with; amarsam a n g er ; lalid e 0 L a l i t a ; u l l a t ti- a o f f e n d i ng ; ma m m e ;

j evva ce r tainly; tumam y o u ; t a j j a si r ebuke; ta t h e r e fore; aham I ; gadu-a
h aving gone; ma-ui-a-e t o Y ou r au nt; jadila-e J a t i la; vinnavissam I shall
i nform; iti t h u s ; n i s k r ant a e x i t s .

Sarangi: (Angry) L a l i ta, you have offended and insulted me. I shall go to Your
aunt Jatila and tell her what You have said. (She exits).

Text 22 (k)

madhumangalah: (savajnam) jadu nam bali-a-palave kassa visambho.

s a with; avajnam c o n t e m p t ; jad u e v e r ; na m i n d e e d ; b ali- a o f a g i r l ;

palave i n the words; kassa of w h o m7; visambho trust.

Madhumangala: (With contempt) W h o can believe the words of a gir17

Text 22 (1)

(nepathye)
sakhi rahe munca munca.
s akhi 0 f r i e n d ; rah e R a d h a ; m u nc a l e t g o ; m u nc a l e t g o .

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Friend Radha, let go! Let go!

Text 22 (m)

madhumangalah: sunahi sankidena kim bhanedi lalida.

sunahi l i s t en; sankidena i n S a n s k r it; ki m w h a t 7 ; b h a n ed i s a y s ; lalida

Lalita.

Madhumangala: Listen. What does Lalita say now is Sanskrit7

Text 22 (n)

(punar nepathye)
kim taskarim yuvati-mana-dhanasya vamsim
anke karosi vikira tvaraya vidure
esa prayatu vanitambara-taskaraya
yogyena sangam iha gacchatu vastu yogyam

punah a g a in; nepathye from behind the scenes; kim w h y 7 ; t a skarim

f lute; yuvati o f y o u n g gi r ls; mana o f t h e r e spectability; dhanasya o f t h e
w ealth; vamsim t h e fl u t e ; ank e o n t h e l ap ; karosi Y o u d o ; v i k ir a t h r o w ;
t varaya qu i c k ly; vidur e f a r a w ay ; esa i t ; p r a y at u s h o u l dgo ; vanit a o f g i r l s ;
ambara of the garments; taskaraya t o th e t h i ef; yogyena w i t h a p p r o p r i ateness;
sangam association; iha h e r e ; gacchatu s h o u l d go ; vastu t h i n g ; y o g y am
suitable.

The Voice Behind the Scenes Again Says: This flute is a thief who steals the
wealth of the respectability of young girls. Why do You hide it in Your lap7
Throw it far away. Let is go to Krsna, the thief who stole the gopis' garments.
They are both thieves; It is proper that they should be together.

Text 23 (a)

krsnah: (smitva) sakhe pasyeyam ancalad vamsim balad ivakraya purastac

ciksepa. tad imam grhana.

t va smi l i ng; sakhe 0 f r i e n d ; p asya l o o k ; i y a m t h i s ;a n c alat f r o m t h e

c orner of the sari; amsim t h e fl u t e ; b a la t v i o l e n t l y ; iv a a s i f ; a k r sy a p u l l e d ;
purastat i n the presence; ciksepa t o s sed; tat t h e r e f o re; imam i t ; g r h a n a
grab.

Krsna: (Smiling) F r i e nd, look! She pulled the flute from the edge of Her sari
and tossed it before us. Grab it!

Text 23 (b)

(madhumangalah karoti).

m adhumangalah M a d h u m a n g ala; karoti d oes it.

(Madhumangala does it).

Text 23 (c)
 (nepathye duratah)
amma sarangi-e asaccam na bhanidam.

n epathye f r o m b e h i n d th e scenes; duratah f r o m fa r aw ay; amma a h ! ;

s arangi-e by Sarangi; asaccam u n t r u t h ; n a n o t ; b h a n i da m i s s p o k e n .

A Voice From Far Away Behind the Scenes: Ah! Sarangi has not spoken a lie.

Text 23 (d)

krsnah: (sa-vyatham) sakhe pasya. puro nisthureyam upasthitajarati.

s a with; vyatham a n x i e t y ; sakhe 0 f r i e n d ; p a sya l o o k . ; p u ra h b e f o r e u s ;

n isthura c r u e l - h earted; iyam s h e ; u p asthita s t a n d s; jarati t h e o l d l a d y .

Krsna: (Anxious) F r i e nd, look! Th e cr u el-hearted old-lady is here.

Text 23 (e)

madhumangalah: hanta sa-ana-kasuna-bhu-angiva kura-muhi esa rosa-vesena

latthim khivanti parusam gajja-i jadila.

hanta i n d e ed; sa-ana i n t h e m o nt h of Sravana; kasuna a b l a ck; bhujangi

s nake; iva l i k e ; k ur a c r u e l ; m u h i m ou t h ; e s a s h e ;r o s a-vesena w i t h a n g er ;
latthim c a n e ; kh i v ant i t o s s i n g ; parusam h a r s h n e ss; garjati r o a r s ; jadila
Jatila.

Madhumangala: Cruel-mouth Jatila appears like a black snake in the month of

Sravana. She angrily mover her cane and she roars very ferociously.

Text 23 (f)

(nepathye)
bho dukulangara-dhuma-leha paccaham vancesi danim ka pa-tti.

n epathye f r o m b e h ind the scenes; bho 0 ; d u k u l a n g ar a 0 w i c k e dbo y w h o

r uins the reputation of Your family; dhuma-lekha s m o k e ; paccaham e v e r y d a y ;
v ancesi You cheat; danim n o w ; k a w h a t 7 ;p a - u tt i m a y b e d o n e .
 A Voice From Behind the Scenes: 0 smoking cinder that has burned down the
good reputation of Your family, every day You cheat someone. What can be done
to stop You7

Text 23 (g)

madhumangalah: haddhi ka-aliva kampa-i rahi-a.

haddhi a l a s!; ka-ali a p l a n t ain tr ees; iva l i k e ; k a m p a- i t r e m b l e s; rahi-a

Radhika.

Madhumangala: Alas. Radhika trembles like a plantain tree in the wind.

Text 23 (h)

(nepathye)
ajje pasida. na kkhu amhe abarajjhamha.

n epathye b e h in d the scenes; ajje 0 n o b l e l a dy; pasida b e k i n d ; n a n o t ;

kkhu i n d e ed; amhe w e ; a b arajjhamha a r e o f f e n ded.

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: 0 noble lady, please be kind. We do not feel
offended.

Text 23 (i)

madhumangalah: pekkha rahi-am hatthe ghettuna lalida-e sama vuddhi-a.

pekkha l o o k . ; r a h i-am R adhika; hatthe i n t h e h a nd; ghettuna t a k i n g ;

l alida-e L a l i ta; samam w i t h ; p a t t h id a s e t o u t ; v u d d h i- a t h e o l d l a d y .

Madhumangala: Look. T a k in g Radha by the hand, and accompanied by Lalita

also, the old lady is walking away.

Text 23 (j)

krsnah: (sa-khedam) sakhe na jane kim adya pratipadyate kathoreyam jatila.

tad upasrtya tattvam avadharyatam.

s a with; khedam u n h a p p i n e ss; sakhe 0 f r i e n d ; n a n o t ; j a n e I k n o w ;

k im w h a t 7 ; adya n o w ; p r a t i p adyate d o e s ; kathor a c r u e l ; i ya m s h e ; j a t i l a
Jatila; tat t h e r e f ore; upasrtya f o l l o w i n g ; tattvam t h e t r u t h ; avadharyatam
should be learned.

Krsna: (Unhappy) My f r i e nd, I do not know what cruel Jatila will do now.
Please follow her and learn what happens.

Text 23 (k)

(madhumangalo niskrantah).

m adhumangalah M a d h u m a n g ala; niskrantah exits.

(Madhumangala exits).

Text 23 (1)

krsnah: (nihavasya)

vyaktim gate mama rahasya-vinoda-vrtte

rusto laghistha-hrdayas tarasabhimanyuh
radham nirudhya sadane viniguhate va
ha hanta lambhayati va yadu-rajadhanim

nihsvasya sighi ng; p ar a f o r o t h e r s; krauryat b e c a use of cruelty; yatha

just as; vidagdha-madhave in Vigaddha-madhava; vyaktim m a n i f e s tation;
gate a ttained; mama o f M e ; r ahasya c o n f i d e n t i al; vinoda-vrtte p a s t i m e s ;
rustah an g ry; laghistha l i g h t ; h r d y ayah h e a r t ; t arasa q u i c k l y ; abhimanyuh
A bhimanyu; radham R a d h a r ani; nirudhy a s t o p p i n g ; sadane a t h o m e ;
viniguhate h i d es; va o r ; h a a h ! ;h a n t a a l a s ! ; l a m b hayati c a u s es to attain;
v a or; yadu o f t h e Y adu dynasty; rajadhanim t h e c a p i t al .

Krsna: (sighing)
"Learning of My confidential pastimes with Her, this fool Abhimanyu must
have forced Radharani to stay at home, or else he may have taken Her to Mathura,
the capital of the Yadu dynasty."

Text 20 (a)
 madhumangalah: bho pi-a-va-assa accari-am. nunam rahi-a kampi vijjam jana-

bho 0 ; p i - a d e a r ; v a - assaf riend; accari-am i t i s w o n d e r f ul; nunam is it

not7; rahi-a R a d h i ka; kampi s o m e t h i n g ; vijja m k n o w l e d g e; jana-i — knows.

Madhumangala: 0 dear friend, it was very wonderful. Radhika must know

some secret science.

Text 20 (b)

krsnah: kathyatam kidrsi vidya.

k athyatam s h o ul d be spoken; kidrsi w h a t k i n d 7 ; vi dy a s c i e n c e .

Krsna: What kind of secret science7 Tell Me.

Text 20 (c)

madhumangalah: kula-vuddhahiri-mandale nivittha-e bha-avadi-e aggado

vikkosanti jadila rahi-am nida.

k ula r e spectable; vuddha e l d e r ly ; ahir i o f g o p i s ; mandale i n t h e c i r c l e ;

nivittha-e e n t e r ed; bha-avadi-e t h e n o bl e lady; aggado b e f o re; vikkosanti
c rying; jadila J a t i la; rahi-am R a d h i k a ; nid a b r o u g h t .

Madhumangala: Loudly condemming Her, Jatila went among the elderly gopis
and placed Radhika before Paurnamasi.

Text 20 (d)

krsnah: tatas tatah.

t atah th en; tatah then.

Krsna: Then7 Then7

Text 20 (e)

madhumangalah: tado dittham ma-e sinehena vikkhuhidasu tasu savvasu rahi-

a-oggunthanam utsari-a hasanto su-alo samvutto.

t ado th en; di t tham s e e n ; m a- e b y m e ; s n ehena w i t h l o v e ;

v ikkhuhidasu a g i t a t ed; tasu a m o n g t h em ; savvau a l l ; r a h i- a o f R a d h i k a ;
o ggunthanam t h e v e il; utsari-a l i f t i n g ; hasanto l a u g h i n g ; su-alo S u b a l a ;
samvutta wa s manifested.

Madhumangala: Then I saw what happened. In the midst of all the very
affectionate elderly gopis Jatila lifted the veil covering Radha s face, and then, from
under the veil came, not Radhika, but laughing Subala.

Text 20 (f)

krsnah: (smitva) tatas tatah.

s mitva sm i l i ng ; tatah t h e n ; t a ta h t h e n .

K rsna: (Smiling) T h en 7 T h e n 7

Text 20 (g)

madhumangalah: tado hasa-kolahale ubarade rutthahim savvahim

nibbhacchida lajja-e nada-muhi jadila pala-ida.

tado th en; hasa o f l a u g h t er; kolahale i n t h e u p r o ar; ubarade c e a sed;

rutthahim a n g r y ; savvahim b y a l l t h e go pis; nibhacchida r e b u k ed ; lajja-e
with embarrassment; nada w i t h b o w ed; muh i f a c e ; j a d il a J a t i l a ; pala-ida
fled.

Madhumangala: Then, when the uproarious laughter finally ended, all the
gopis were very angry. They loudly rebuked Jatila. Jatila bowed her head in
shame and fled from their midst.

Text 20 (h)
 krsnah: kathyatam. tayor dvitiya katham abhut.

kathyatam le t i t be told; tayoh o f t h e t w o ; d v i t iy a t h e s e c ond girl ;

k atham h o w ; ab hu t was.

Krsna: Tell me, what happened to the second gir17

Text 20 (i)

madhumangalah: rahi-a-e kanne padhidena kena bi mantena padham jevva sa

vunda kida.

rahi-a-e by Radhika; kanne i n t h e e ar; padhidena r ecited; kena bi s o m e ;

m antena by a ma n t ra; padham f i r s t ; j e vv a c e r t a i n l y ;s a she; vunda Vrnda;
kida b e came.

Madhumangala: Radhika wispered a magical mantra in her ear and the girl
became transformed into Vrnda.

Text 20 (j)

krsnah: sakhe na radhikayah khalv iyam vidya. ki ntu tam abhimanyuna

samahrtam avadharya mad-vinodaya yad vrndaya pranitam idam kautuhalam.

s akhe 0 f r i e nd ; n a n o t ; r a d h i k a ya h o f R a d h i k a ; khal u i n d e e d ; iy am
t his; vidya m a g ic; ki nt u h o w e v e r ; ta m H e r ; a b h i m a ny u b y A b h i m a n y u ;
s amahrtam c a l l ed; avadharya k n o w i n g ; ma t o f M e ; v i n o d ay a f o r t h e
pleasure; yat w hich; vrndaya b y V r n d a ; pranitam f a s h i o n ed; idam t h i s ;
k autuhalam p a s t i m e .

Krsna: Friend, this is not Radhika s knowledge of magical science. Knowing

that Abhimanyu had called Radha away, Vrnda arranged these wonderful pastimes
to amuse Me.

Text 20 (k)

madhumangalah: (satta-hasam) bho saccam vi-a kahesi. dittham ma-e-

punobi vunda-e. nimm i da-raha-veso su-alo muhara-ghare pavittho.

s a with; atta-hasam l o u d l a u g h t er; bho 0 ; s a c ca m t h e t r u t h ; v i - a

indeed; kehesi Yo u speak; dittham s een; ma-e by me; punob i a l so; vunda-
e by Vrnda; nimmid a d o n e ; r a h a of Radha; veso th e garment; su-alo
Subala; muhara o f M u k h a ra; ghare a t the homel pavittho entered.

Madhumangala: (With a loud laugh) A ha ! Yo u sp eak the truth. V r nd a and I

have both seen Subala enter Mukhara's house disguised as Radha.

Text 20 (1)

(nepathye)

dadhana madhyahna-jvalad-aruna-kanta-pratimaya
vapus tulyam ganda-sthala-tulita-karandava-rucih
krsangiyam nidra-parimala-daridraksi-kavala
sakhi-badham radha hari-viraha-khinna prathayati

d adhana p l a c i ng; madhya-ahna m i d d a y ; jv alat b l a z i n g ; aruna-kanta o f

suryakanta jewels; pratimaya a s a statue; vapuh f o r m ; t u l ya m e q u a l i t y ; ganda-
s thala ch eeks; tulita e q u a l ; k arandava o f d u c k s ; ruc i s p l e n d o r ; k r s a
slender; angi l i m b s ; iya m S h e ; n i dr a o f s l e ep ; parimala f r a g r a n ce; daridra
poor; aksi eyes; kavala a m o u t h f ul; sakhi o f H e r g o p i - f r i ends; badham
suffering; radha R a d ha; hari f r o m L o r d K r s na; viraha f r o m t h e separation;
k hinna d i s t r essed; prathayati e x t e n d s .

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Her form burning like a statue of suryakanta
jewels ablaze at midday, Her cheeks as pale as white ducks, and Her pain-filled
eyes devoured by the fragrance of sleep, slender Radha tormented by separation
from Lord Hari, brings great suffering to Her friends.

Note: The suryakanta jewels bursts into flame when placed before the midday
sun.

Text 25 (a)

krsnah: (sa-drsti-ksepam) sakhe distya kirenamuna samasvasito smi.

s a with; drsti o f a g l a n ce; ksepam t h e c a sting; sakhe 0 f r i e n d ; d i s ty a b y

good fortune; kirena p a r r o t ; amun a b y t h i s ; samasvasitah c o m f o r t ed; asmi I
am.

Krsna: (Glancing in that direction) 0 f r i e n d , this parrot brings Me some

comfort.
 madhumangalah: nunam vunda-bhasidam anukaredi kiro.

nunam i s i t no t so7; vunda o f V r n d a ; bhasidam t h e w o r d s ; anukaredi

i mitates; kiro t h e p a r r o t .

Madhumangala: Is it not that this parrot repeats the words spoken by Vrnda7

Text 25 (c)

krsnah: sakhe drastum icchami tadrsau vrnda-subalau. tatas tvaryatam.

s akhe 0 f r i e nd ; drastum t o s e e ; icchami I w i s h ; t a d r sau l i k e t h i s ;

v rnda V r n d a ; subalau a n d S u b ala; tatah t h e r e f o re; tvaryatam i t s h o u l d b e
hurried.

K rsna: Friend, I wish to see Vrnda and Subala in this way. Hu r r y .

Text 25 (d)

(madhumangalo vamsim krsna-kare niksipya parikramati).

madhumangalah M a d h u m a n g ala; vamsim t h e fl u t e ; k r sn a o f K r s n a ; kare

i n the hand; niksipya p l a c i ng; parikramati w a l k s .

(Madhumangala places the flute in Krsna's hand and then starts to walk).

Text 25 (e)

krsnah: su-vicyutam vamsim upalabdho smi. tad enam purayami. ( it i t a th a

karoti).

su-vicyutam lost; vamsim flute; upalabdhah o b t a i n ed; asmi I h a v e ; tat

therefore; enam i t; purayami I s h al l f ill w it h m u s ic; iti t h u s ;t a th a i n t h a t
w ay; karoti H e does.
 Krsna: I have found My lost flute. Let Me fill it with m u s ic. (H e does that).

Text 25 (f)

madhumangalah: (ksanam utkarno bhavan, sanskrtena)

manohari ko pi pratimukha-visari mrdutaya

viravo 'yam varyam sravana-pari caryam racayati
tatah karnottamsi-krta-catula-vamsi kala-rutir
niratanka sanke milati kalavinkavalir itah

k sanam in a m o m e nt; utkarnah w i t h r a i sed ears; bhavan b e c o m i n g ;

s anskrtena i n Sanskrit; manohari b e a u t i f ul ; kah api s o m e t h i n g ; pratimuk h a
i n all directions; visari g o i n g ; m r d u t ay a w i t h s w e e t ness; viravah s o u n d ;
ayam th is; varyam b e s t ; sravana o f t h e ears; paricaryam s e r v i ce; racayati
does; tatah t h en ; karn a o f t h e e a rs; uttamsi e a r r i n gs; krt a m a d e ; catula
beautiful; vamsi o f t h e fl u te ; kala s w e e t ; ru ti h m u s i c ;n i r a t a nk a f e a r l e s s;
sanke I t h i nk ; m i l at i m e e t s ; k alavink a o f s p a r r o ws; avalih m u l t i t u d e ; it ah
from there.

M adhumangala: (Listening with attentive ears. he says in Sanskrit:) Th e

beautiful, sweet sound of the flute flows in all directions, becoming an earring
ornamenting the ears of it s listeners. I think that sweet sound is now causing the
suddenly fearless cataka birds of the gopis to quickly assemble at this place.

Text 26 (a)

(punar vilokya) hi hi. sadda-sadhammena padarido mhi. kankana-sinjidam

kkhu edam.

punah again; vilokya l ooking; hi a h ! ; h i a h ! ;s a d d a o f s o u n d ;

s adhammena by th e similarity; padarido t r i c k e d ; mh i I a m ; k a n d an a o f
b racelets; sinjidam t h e t i n k l i n g sounds; kkh u i n d e e d ; edam t h i s .

(Looking again) Ah ! A h ! T h i s i s th e ti n k l ing sound of bracelets. It is so much

like the sound of the flute that I was tricked into thinking it was the flute.

Text 26 (b)

radhika:
ami-am pi-asi su-mahuram vamasi ru-am vissamohanam visamam tujjha na
dusanam adhava murali jado darunasi kida

a mi ne c t ar; pi-asi y o u d r i n k ; s u v e r y ;m a h u ra m s w e e t ; v a masi y o u

spit;ru-am a s o u nd ; vissa t h e w o r l d ; m o h anam b e w i l d e r i ng; visamam
d angerous; tujjha o f Y o u ; n a n o t ; d u s a na m c r i t i c i s m ; adhava o r ; m u r a l i
t he flute; jado f r o m w h i c h ; darun a c r u e l ; as i y o u a r e ; k id a d o n e .

Radhika: 0 flu te, even though you drink the sweetest nectar, still you spit out
a sound so poisonous it makes the entire world faint unconcious. The cruel, hard-
hearted flute does not say anything to rebuke you.
Still, you are not at fault. It is just your nature to be cruel and ruthless.

Text 26 (c)

lalita: hala purado punna-assa mule kanho rehadi.

h ala ah!; purad o i n t h e p r e s ence; punna-assa of a pu n n aga tree; mule a t

the base; kanho K r s n a; rehadi i s m a n i f e sted.

Lalita: Ah, here is Krsna under this punnaga tree.

Text 26 (d)

madhumangalah: (vilokya sa-harsam) dure magganijjo attho kaham sa-am

jevva hatthe ubatthido. (iti paravrtya) p i - a-va-assa pekkha. vunda-e saddham
subalo tujjha samnihim laddho.

vilokya l o o k i n g ; sa w i t h ; h a r sa m j o y ; d u r e f o r a g r e a t distance;
m agganijjo t o b e sought; attho p u r p o s e ; kaham w h y 7 ; s a-am o f i t s o w n
a ccord; jevva i n d e ed; hatthe i n t h e h a nd ; ubatthid o m a n i f e s t ed; iti t h u s ;
paravrtya t urning; pi-a d e ar ; va-assa f r i e nd ; pekkh a l o o k ! ; v u n d a- e V r n d a ;
saddham w i t h ; su bal o S u b a l a ; tujjh a o f Y o u ; s am n i hi m n e a r n e ss; laddho
obtained.

Madhumangala: (Looks ahead and becomes happy) Why should one search
far and wide for something that falls into the hand of its own accord7 (Tu r n ing to
Krsna) Dear friend, look! Subala and Vrnda are approaching You.

Text 26 (e)
 krsnah: (sa-sneham alokya) hanta priya-sakhyau pravista me drstih prakamam
amodate. (iti parikramya) bho sakhinam sikha-mane tarasa sannidhiyatam.

s a with; sneham l o v e ; al oky a l o o k i n g ; h a nt a i n d e e d ; pr iy a d e a r ;

s akhyau f r i e n ds; pravista e n t e r ed; me M y ; d r s t i h g l a n c e ;p r a k a m am
greatly; amodate d e l i g h ts; iti t h u s ; p a r i k r a my a w a l k i n g ; b ho h 0 ;
s akhinam o f g o p i - f r i ends; sikha c r e st ; man e 0 j e w e l ; t a r asa a t o n c e ;
sannidhiyatam m a y b e approached.

Krsna: (With love) 0 My friends, I am so happy to see you both, (Walking) 0

crest jewel of all My friends, come here at once.

Text 27 (e)

radhika: (sa-smitam apavarya) hala lalide mam kkhu su-alam jevva janadi de
VB-BSSO.

s a with; smitam a s m i l e ; apavarya c o n c e aling; hala 0 ; l a l i d e L a l i t a ;

m am Me ; k kh u i n d e e d ; su -alam S u b a l a; jevva i n d e e d ; janadi t h i n k s ; d e
your; va-asso friend.

Radhika: (Concealing a smile) Lalita, your friend Krsna thinks I am Subala in

dlsguls e.

Text 27 (f)

krsnah: sakhe madhumangala pasya samvidhanakasya sausthavam asau saksad

agrato radhikaiva sa-vayasya pratibhati.

s akhe 0 f r i e nd ; madhumangala M a d h u m a n g ala; pasya l o o k ;

s amvidhanakasya of u n u s ual occurrences; sausthavam e x c e l l ence; yat w h i c h ;
asau this; saksat d i r e c t ly; agratah i n t h e p r e sence; radhika R a d h i k a ; eva
certainly; sa w i t h ; v ayasya H e r f r i e nd; pratibhati i s m a n i f e sted.

Krsna: Friend Madhumangala, look. it is certainly very wonderful that Radhika

has come here with Her friend.

Text 27 (g)
 lalita: hala rahi-e pariphullo eso sura-vallaho.

h ala 0 ; r a h i- e R a d h i k a ; pariphull o b l o s s o med with happiness; eso M e ;

sura-vallaho p u n n aga tree.

Lalita: 0 Radhika, this punnaga tree is certainly blossomed with happiness.

Note: Lalita here refers to Krsna.

Text 27 (h)

madhumangalah: (sersyam) thaggini vunde ajja bi kim ti amhanam purado

rahi rahiti bhanami. su-ala tti ujju-am kahehi.

sa with; irsyam a n g e r ; th aggini ; vunde 0 V r n d a ! ; ajj a now; bi

e ven; kim w h y 7 ; t i t h u s ;a m h a n am of us; purado i n t h e p r esence; rahi
Radha; rahi R a d ha; it i t h u s ;b h a n asi you say; su-ala S ubala; tti t h u s ; uj j u -
a m hon estly; kahehi say.

Madhumangala: (Angry) V r n da, even now in our presence you repeat

"Radha" "Radha". This is actually Subala. Speak the truth.

Text 27 (i)

krsnah: sakhe malam evam bravih. prakamam radhabhidhanam dhinoti mam.

tad anenaham apy amantrayisye. (iti sannidhaya) sakhi radhe parisvajasva mam.
ksanam aham tad eva priyabhimarsa-saukhyam anubhavami.

s akhe 0 f r i e nd ; m a d o n t ; a la m s o m u c h ; e va m i n t h i s w a y ; bravi h t a l k ;
prakamam g r e a t ly; radha o f R a d ha; abhidhanam the name; dhinoti p l e a s es;
m am Me ; ta t t h e r e f o re; anena b y t h i s ; aham I ; a p i a l s o ;a m a n t r ayisye I
s hall say; iti t h u s ; sannidhaya c o m i n g c l o se; sakhi 0 f r i e n d ; r a dh e R a d h a ;
parisvajasva em b r ace; mam M e; ksanam fo r a m o m e nt; aham I ; t a t t ha t ;
e va certainly; priya o f t h e b e l oved; abhimarsa o f t h e t o u ch; saukhyam t h e
happiness; anubhavami s h al l ex perience.

Krsna: Friend, don t talk in this way. The sound of the name Radha brings Me
great pleasure. I also like to speak the name Radha. (Coming close) Friend
Radha, embrace Me. For a moment let Me experience the bliss of touching My
beloved.
Text 27 (j)

lalita: (radham prathatah krtva) na-ara tattha gadu-a su-alam jevva alingehi.
a lam imina dambha-mudda a- u-ena.

r adham R a d ha; prathatah f r o m t h e b a ck; krtv a d o i n g ; n a - ara 0 l o v e r ;

tattha t h e re; gadu-a g o i n g ; su-alam S u b a la; jevva c e r t a i n ly; alingehi
embrace; alam w h a t is the use7; imina o f t h i s ; dambha-mudda-pa-u-ena
cheating.

Lalita: (Emerging from behind Radha) 0 l o v er, go there and embrace Your
Subala. What is the use of trying to cheat You7

Text 27 (k)

madhumangalah: (sa-rosam) vunde tumam pa-idi-ebi nunam lalida samvutta

jam pajjussu-am pi-a-assam varesi.

s a with; rosam a n g e r ; vu nd e 0 V r n d a ;t u m a m y o u ; p a - i d i - eb i b y
n ature; nunam i s i t n o t s o7; lalida a r r o g ant and independent; samvutta a r e ;
jam w hich; pajjussiu-am a m o r o u s ; pi- a d e a r ; v a-assam f r i e n d ; varesi y o u
check.

Madhumangala: (Angry) V r n da, You are naturally arrogant and independent.

That is why you try to thwart my amorous friend.

Text 27 (1)

(pravisya)
vrnda: sakhi radhe tvad-bhuja-vallari-sparsa-kamo 'yam purastad punnagah.
tad enam dohada-danenotphullaya.

pravisya en t ering; sakhi 0 friend; radha R a d ha; tvat o f Y o u ; b h uj a o f

the arms; vallari o f t h e c r eepers; sparsa th e t o u ch; kamah d e s i r i n g ; ayam
He; purastat i n th e p r esence; punnagah t h e p u n n aga tree; tat t h e r e f o r e;
enam it ; d o h ad a o f d e s i r i ng; danena b y g r a n t i ng; utphullaya m a k e b l o ssom.

(Vrnda enters).
Vrnda: Friend Radha, this punnaga tree yearns to touch the creepers of Your
arms. Fulfill its desire and make it blossom with happiness.
Text 27 (m)

madhumangalah: (sa-vismayam) va-assa dittham vunda-e indajalam. (iti sa-

kautukam aveksya) indajalini vunde ghana-idi bi dhuma-leha vi-addha-sarangam
akatthidum narihadi.

s a with; vismayam a s t o n i s h m ent; va-assa 0 f r i e n d ; di t t ha m s e e n ; v u n d a -

e of Vrnda; indajalam t h i s m a gic powers; iti t h u s ; s a w i t h ; k a u t u k a m
w onder; aveksya l o o k i ng ; indajalini 0 m a g i c i a n ; vu nd e V r n d a ; g h ana-idi i n
t he form ofa cloud; bi e v e n ; d h u m a -lekha s m o k e ; v i - addha o f i n t e l l e g e n t
m en; sarangam th e b est; akatthidum t o b e w i l d er ; n a n o t ; a r h ad i d e s e r v e s.

Madhumangala: (Astonished) Fr i end, this is the magic power of Vrnda.

(Gazing with wonder) 0 m a g i c ian Vrnda, even a great cloud of smoke cannot
confuse the supremely intelligent Krsna.

Text 27 (n)

vrnda: arya tadid-dama-kanthiyam kadambini pratiyatam.

a rya 0 n o b l e sir; tadit o f l i g h t n i n g ; dama w i t h a g a r l and; kanthi a r o u n d

the neck; iyam t h i s ; k a dambin i g r o u p o f c l o u ds; pratiyatam i s b e l i e v ed.

Vrnda: Noble sir, I think this is a dark cloud garlanded with lightning flashes.

Note: Krsna is the cloud and Radha the lightning.

Text 27 (o)

krsnah: (nibhalya. sa-vismayam) katham satyam evanaya ranganamalikaya

dustyaja-kasthiyam priya me varsabhanavi.

nibhalya l o o k i n g ; sa w i t h ; v i s m ayam w o n d e r ; k a t ha m i s i t 7 ; satyam

truth; eva c e r t ainly; anaya b y h e r ; rangana-malikaya a g a r l and of rangana
f lowers; dustyaja d i f f i c ul t of leave; kanthi n e c k l a ce; iyam S h e ; p r iy a t h e
beloved; me My ; v a r sabhanavi R a d h a , the daughter of Maharaja Vrsabhanu.

Krsna: (Gazing with wonder) Is it t rue that this is My beloved Radharani, who
is like a garland of rangana flowers I wear around My neck, and whom I am very
reluctant to abandon.

Text 27 (p)

m adhumangalah: a-i de-i vunde pasida. ma kkhu bud dhim m o h ehi. jam r ah a
caicca-rukkha-mule patthida.

a-i — 0; de-i — noble; vunde Vrnda; pasida p lease be kind; ma d o n ' t ;

kkhu i n d e ed; buddhi m i n t e l l i g e n ce; mohehi bewilder; jam b e c a u se; raha
Radha; caicca-rukkha o f t h e c a itya tree; mule a t the root; patthida h a s g o n e.

Madhumangala: 0 noble Vrnda, be merciful to me. Please don't bewilder me

in this way. The real Radha is under the caitya tree.

Text 27 (q)

krsnah: (radham alokya)

tavanukarat subalam didrksuna

maya tvam apta puratah sudurlabha
sadrsyatah kacam ivabhilasyata
premagra-bhumir vanija harinmanih

r adham R a d ha; alokya s e e i ng; tava o f Y o u ; an u k arat f r o m i m i t a t i o n ;

didrksuna d e s i r ing to see; maya b y M e ; t va m Y o u ; p a t a a t t a i n e d ; puratah
i n the presence; sudarlabha d i f f i c ul t to attain; sadrsyatah f r o m s i m i l a r i t y ;
k acam gl ass; iva l i k e ; ab h i lasyata d e s i r i ng; prema o f l o v e ; agra-bhumih t h e
p lace; vanija b y a m e r chant; harinmanih a sapphire.

Krsna: (Gazing at Radha) I wi shed to see Subala disguised as You, but now I
see You, who are very difficult to attain, standing before Me. I am like a merchant
who goes in search of broken pieces of glass, but finds instead rare sapphire that is
the abode of transcendental love.

Text 28 (a)

radhika: cittha. vi n n ado si.

c ittha s t o p! ; vinn ad o k n o wn; si Y o u are.

 R adhika: Stop! I k now Y o u .

Text 28 (b)

lalita: jala-i sahi maha raha manda jam ho-i nilini-ra-a kanha tumam nandasi
jam dhanno halidda-ra-o si

j ala-i b u r n s ; sahi f r i e n d ; m ah a m y ; r a h a R a d h a ; m a nd a u n f o r t u n a t e ;
jam b e c ause; ho-i is; nilini b l u e , or steady; ra-a c o l o r , or lo ve; kanha
K rsna; tumam Y o u ; n a n d asi e n j o y ; ja m b e c a u se; dhanno f o r t u n a t e ;
h alidda y e l l ow , or unsteady; ra-o c o l o r , or l o ve; si are.

Lalita: Because She wears the blue emblem of constant love for You, my
unfortunate friend Radha burns with pain. 0 K r s na, You are not suffering.
Because You wear the yellow emblem of fickleness and indifference You remain
always happy.

Text 29

krsnah:

rohiny-adhara-sobhaya viharase jyesthasi vama-bhruvam

vanya rajasi citraya parijanesv ardram dhiyam yacchasi
radhe tvam sravanottareti paritas tarodayollasini
naslesarpana-diksite mayi katham daksinyam athsithasi

r ohini r e d ; adhara o f t h e l i ps; sobhaya w i t h t h e b eauty; viharase Y o u

shine; jyestha th e best; asi Y o u a re; vama-bhruvam o f t h e b e autiful-
e yebrowed gopis; vanya w i t h w o r d s ; rajasi Y o u s h i ne; citraya w o n d e r f u l ;
parijanesu t o Y ou r f r i ends; ardram dhiyam h a p p i n e ss; yacchasi You give;
r adhe 0 R a d ha; tvam Y o u ; s r a vana e a r s ; ut t ara a b o v e ; it i t h u s ;p a r i t a h
e verywhere; tara-udaya w i t h a n e cklace of pearls; ullasini d e c o r a t ed; na n o t ;
a lsesa of embraces; arpana t o g i v i ng; diksite v o w e d ; m ay i t o M e ; k a t h a m
why7; daksinyam f r i e n d l i n ess; atistham Y o u a c c ept.

Krsna: 0 Radha, Your red lips are very beautiful. You are the best of all the
beautiful-eyebrowed gopis. Your words are wonderfully eloquent. You bring great
happiness; to the hearts of Your friends. The sound of Your name is always in
everyone's ears. You are beautifully decorated with a necklace of pearls. 0 Radha,
I yearn to embrace You. Why are You not friendly to Me7

Note: In this verse Lord Krsna used words that, aside from their usual
meaning. are also names of stars. Rohini, Jyestha, Citra, Sravana, Tara, and Aslesa
are names of constellations.

Text 30

vrnda:

mudha manonnahad glapayasi kim angani kathine

rusam dhatse kim va priya-parijanabhyarthana-vidhau
prakamam te kunjalaya-grhapatis tamyati purah
krpa-laksmivantam catulaya drg-antam ksanam iha

mudha u s e l essly; mana o f j e a l o u s anger; unnahat f r o m t h e i n c r ease;

glapayasi Y ou torture; kim w h y 7 ; a n gani b o d i l yl i m b s ; kathin e 0 h a r s hg i r l ;
r usam an g er; dhatse Y o u p l a ce; kim w h y 7 ; v a o r ; p r i y a d e a r ;p a r i j an a o f
t he friend; abhyarthana-vidhau i n t h e p r a y ers; prakamam g r e a t ly ; te o f Y o u ;
kunja-alaya i n th e f o r est grove; grhapatih l o v e r ; tamyati p i n e s w i t h l ove for
You; purah i n t h e p r esence; krpa o f m e r cy ; laksmi t h e o p u l e n ce; vantam
possessing; catulaya p l e ase move; drk o f t h e e ye; antam t h e c o r n er; ksanam
f or a moment; iha h e r e .

V rnda: 0 hard-hearted girl, why do You torture Your own body with th i s
violent jealous anger7 Why are You angry to hear the prayers of Your very dear
friend7 Your lover stands before You in this forest-grove. He is overwhelmed with
love for You. For a moment give Him a merciful glance from the corner of Your
eye.

Text 31

krsnah:

nisthura bhava mrdvi va

pranas tvam asi radhike
asti nanya cakorasya
candra-lekham vina gatih

n isthura h a r sh; bhava Y o u m a y be; mrdv i g e n t l e ; v a r o ; p r a n a h l i f e

b reath; tvam Y o u ; as i a r e ; r a d h ik e 0 R a d h i k a ; asti t h e r e is ; na n o t ; a n y a
another; cakorasya o f th e cakora bird; candra-lekham t h e m o o n l i g ht; vina
w ithout; gatih g o a l .

Krsna: You may be cruel, or You may be kind. 0 R a d h i ka, whatever You do,
You are always My life and soul. Just as the cakora bird depends only on the
moonlight and does not take shelter of anything else, in the same way I take
shelter only of You.

Text 32 (a)

radha: saccam ma-inam bi tumam mohano si. (iti sa-sabdam kranadati).

s accam in t r u th ; ma-inam o f m a g i c i an; bi e v e n ; t u ma m Y o u ; m o h a n o

t he bewilderer; si Yo u a re; sa w i t h ; s a bdam a s o u n d ; k r a n dat i S h e c r i e s .

Radha: In truth You are able to bewilder even the greatest of magicians. (She
cries out loud).

Text 32 (b)

lalita: (sankrtena)

dhara baspamayi na yati viratim lokasya nirmitsatah

premasminn iti nanda-nandana-ratam lobhan mano ma krthah
ittham bhuri nivaritapi tarale mad-vaci saci-krta-
bhru-dvandva na hi gauravam tvam akaroh kim nadya rodisyasi

t atra in t hi s connection; laghu t h e l a g h u - sakhi; prakhara h a r s h ; yatha j u s t

as; vidagdha-madhave i n V i d a g dha-madhava; dhara a s t r e am; baspa o f t e a r s;
m ayi c o n s isting; na d o e s n ot; yati a t t a i n ; v i r a ti m c e s s a t i on; lokasya o f t h e
w orld; nirmitsatah d e s i r in g to created; prema l o v e ; asmin i n t h i s ; it i t h u s ;
n anda-nandana t o L or d K r s na, the son of Maharaja Nanda; ratam d e v o t e d ;
l obhat ou t o f gr eed; manah m i nd; ma d o n o t ; krthah d o ; i t t ham i n t h i s
w ay; bhuri g r e a t ly; nivarita r e s t r a i n ed; api a l t h o u g h ; tarale 0 f i c k l e g i r l ;
m at my ; vac i i n t h e w o r d s ; saci-crooked; krta d o n e ; b hr u o f e y e b r o w s ;
d vandva w i t h a pair; na n o t ; h i in d e e d ; g a uravam s e r i o u s ; tvam y o u ;
a karoh do ; ki m w h e t h e r ; n a n o t ; a d y a n o w ; r o d i s y asi Y o u w i l l c r y .

Lalita: (In Sanskrit)

"Many times You warned me, saying: 'Do not allow your heart to fall in love
with Nanda's son Krsna, for those who love Him shed a stream of tears that never
stops. 'My dear fickle girl, all of a sudden you are knitting Your eyebrows. You
s eem to give no importance to my words. I ask Yo u W i ll Y o u n o t n o w c r y
forever7"

Note L a l i t a say that Radharani has fallne in love with Krsna, and therefore
(as She Herself has said), She is now eligible to cry forever.
Text 33 (a)

(krsnah kararavindena radhikasru-bindun apasarayati).

k rsnah K r s na; kara h a n d ; a r avindena w i t h t h e l o tu s flow er; radhika o f

R adhika; asru t e ar; bindu m d r o p s ; a p asarayati r e m o v e s .

(With His lotus hand, Krsna wipes away Radhika s tears).

Text 33 (b)

radhika: muddha-jane bi vankam vavaharanto kisa na lajjasi.

muddha b e w i l d e r ed; jane t o a p e r s on; bi e v e n ; v a n ka m c r o o k e d a c t i ons;

vavaharanto p e r f o r m i ng; kisa w h y 7 ; n a n o t ; l a j j as i Y o u a r e ashamed.

Radhika: Why is it that You are not ashamed to act in this crooked way to an
innocent, helpless, bewildered young gir17

Text 33 (c)

krsnah:

smara-krida-lubdhah pasupa ramanisu sphutam aham

tathapy aksnor vartis tvam asi mama divyanjanamayi
tapadyah kim bhrngam prthulam rtu-laksmir na bhajate
rasollasad enam tad api hi madhu-srir madayti

smara am or ous; krida f o r p a s t i m es; lubdhah g r e e dy ; pasupa-ramanisu

among the gopis; sphutam c l e a r ly; aham I a m ; t a th a api n e v e r t h e l ess;
a ksnoh of th e eyes; vartih s p l e n d id ; anjana-mayi o i n t m e n t ; tap a s u m m e r ;
adyah beginning wi th; ki m i s i t 7 ; b h r n ga m t h e b u m b l e - b ee; prthulam
greatly; rtu o f t h e season; laksmih the beauty; na n o t ; b h ajate i s ; r a s a-
u llasat f ro m th e abundance of nectar; enam t h i s ; tat api t h a t ; h i i nd e e d ;
m adhu o f s p r i ng; srih t h e b e a u ty; madayati d e l i g h t s .

Krsna: I do yearn to enjoy conjugal pastimes with the other gopis. Still, You
are the ointment that decorates My eyes. The summer and other seasons may
display their beauties to the bumble-bee. Still it is the springtime that it
intoxicates him with bliss.
Text 30 (a)

vrnda: sakhi yathartham vakti-vanamali.

s akhi 0 f r i e n d ; yatha-artha a p p r o p r i a te; vakti s p e a k i ng; vana-mali K r s n a ,

who wears a garland of forest flowers.

Vrnda: Friend, Krsna speaks the truth.

Text 30 (b)

krsnah: priye tvaya sahacarya vana-viharam angi-kartum icchami.

priye 0 beloved; tvaya w i t h Y ou ; sahacarya a s My c o m p anion; vana in

t he forest; viharam p a s t i m es; angi-kartum t o a c c e pt; icchami I d e s i r e .

Krsna: Beloved, I wish to enjoy pastimes in the forest with You as My

companion.

Text 30 (c)

vrnda: tenaham sakhi vrndam apadhapayami. (iti paritah pasyanti).

smitam vitasu madhavi prathaya malli hasodgamam

muda vikasa patale purata-yuthi nidram tyaja
prasida sata-patrike bhaja lavanga-valli sriyam
dadhara saha radhaya harir ayam vihara-sprham

tena by th is; aham I ; s a kh i 0 fr i e n d ;v r n d a m t h e h o s t ; apadhapayami

s hall arrange; iti t h u s ; p a r itah i n a l l d i r e c t i o ns; pasyanti l o o k i n g ; sm i ta m a
s mile; vitanu p l e ase exhibit; madhavi 0 m a d h a v i c r eeper; prathaya p l e a s e
m anifest; malli 0 j a s m i n e creeper; hasa-udgamam a l a u gh; mud a w i t h
h appiness; vikasa p l e ase blossom; patale 0 p a t a l a flow ers; purata-yuthi 0
g olden yuthi flower; nidram s l e e p ; tyaja p l e a se abandon; prasida b e k i n d ;
s ata-patrike a h u n d red petaled lotus; bhaja m a n i f e st; lavanga-valli 0 l avanga
c reeper; sriyam b e a u ty; dadhara m a n i f e s ted; saha w i t h ; r a d h ay a R a d h a ;
h arih K r s n a ; ayam H e ; v i h ar a o f p a s t i m es; sprham t h e d e s i r e.

Vrnda: I shall Friend, I shall make the arrangements. (Looking in all

directions) Madhavi creeper, I order you to smile. Jasmine creeper, you please
show some laughter. Patala creeper, you blossom wih happiness. Golden yuthi
creeper, give up your sleeping. Satapatrika creeper, please be kin to us. Lavanga
creeper, please show us your beauty. Krsna now wishes to enjoy pastimes with
Radha in the forest.

Text 35 (a)

madhumangalah: hi hi. k a ham kantara-jakkhinni-e va-a-matta-ena upphulli-

ki-am valli-mandalam.

h i ah! ; h i a h ! ; k a h a m h o w i s i t 7 ; k a n t ar a o f t h e f o r e st; jakkhinni- e b y

t he goddess; va-a by w o r ds; matta-ena o n l y ; u p p h i l l i - k i da m b l o s somed;
v alli o f c r e epers; mandalam the host.

Madhumangala: Ah! Ah! Simply by speaking some words this demigoddess of

the forest has made all the creepers blossom.

Text 35 (b)

krsnah: sakhe cittam amodayanti puspamodavatyo virudhah.

s akhe 0 f r i e nd ; cittam t h e h e a rt ; amodayanti d e l i g h t ; pu sp a o f fl o w e r s ;

amodavatyah w i t h th e f r agrance; virudhih t h e c r e e pers.

Krsna: 0 friend, these fragrant flowering creepers delight My heart.

Text 35 (c)

madhumangalah: va-assa tumhanam savva-o cittam amodenti lada. mama una

ekka hema-juhi jjeva ja gokulesari-e sakhi angabba-dhi-am dhore-i.

va-assa 0 f r i e nd; tumh anam o f You; savva-o a ll ; ci tta m th e heart;

a modenti p l e a ses; lada t h e c r eepers; mama o f m e ; un a a g a i n ; e kk a o n e ;
h ema go l d en; juhi-yuth i fl o w e r s ; j j ev a c e r t a i n ly ; j a w h i c h ; g o k u l e sari-e b y
t he queen of Gokula; sakki f a s h i o n ed; angabba-dhi-am a t t h e t im e of churn i n g
butter; dhore-i c a u sed to wear.

Madhumangala: Friend, all the flowering creepers please Your heart. For me
the only nice flowers are golden yuthi flowers that Gokula's queen Yasoda wore
while churning butter.

Text 35 (d)

lalita: (smitva) ajja tado kkhu pa-adida de rasannada.

smitva sm i l i ng ; ajja 0 n o b l es ir ; tad o t h e r e f o re; kkh u i n d e e d ; p a-adida

is manifested; de of y ou ; rasannada e x p e r t n ess at enjoying transcendental
mellows.

Lalita: (Smiling) 0 n o b l e sir, you are expert at relishing transcendental

mellows.

Text 35 (e)

madhumangalah: (sersyam) va-assa pekkha. ima-o ratta abi vanka-kimsu-a-la-

i-a-o go-i-a vi-a mam na suhavedi.

s a with; irsyam a n g e r ; va-assa f r i e nd ; pekkh a l o o k ! ; i m a- o t h e s e ;

ratta r ed; abi a l s o ; v a nk a c r o o k e d ; k i m s u- a k i m s u k a ; l a-i-a-o c r e e p ers; go-
i-a t he gopis; vi-a l i k e ; ma m m e ; n a d o n o t ; s u h a v ed i p l e a s e .

Madhumangala: (Angry) F r i e nd, look. T h ese red kimsuka flowers do not

please me at all. They are like the gopis, who also do not please me in the slightest
way.

Text 35 (f)

lalita: vunde ede valla-a vi-a- pekkhi-antu java tthava-a- ja kkhu lo-ana-
lohanijja bi namodam vittharenti.

vunde 0 V r n d a ; ed e t h e s e ; valla-a g o p as; vi-a i n d e e d ; pekkhi-antu

s hould be seen; java o f j a v a fl o w e rs; tthava-a c l u s t e rs; ja wh i ch; kkhu
i ndeed; loa-an b y th e eyes; lohanijja t o b e d e sired; bi i n d e ed; na n o t ;
a modam a sw eet fragrance; vittharenti s p r e a d s.

Lalita: Vrnda, look at these gopas. They are just like java flowers that look
nice, but have no scent.
Text 35 (g)

madhumangalah: (sa-rosam) janamha tumhanam go-i- anam kamma ja-o rasa-

kumbham bi didham nimmanthi-a sineham kaddhanti.

sa with; rosam a n g e r ; janamha I k n o w ; t u m h a na m o f y o u ; g o - i - anam

gopis; kamma t he activity; ja-o w h i c h ; r as a o f n e c t a r ; k u m b ha m a p o t ; b i
indeed; didham f i r m l y ; n i m m a n t h i- a c h u r n i n g ; sineham b u t t e r ; k a d d hati
extracting.

Madhumangala: (Angry) I know what you gopis do! You vigorously churn
the cream-pot and take all the butter from it.

Note: If the word "sineham" is in t erpreted to mean love instead of cream, and
if the word rasa means nectar instead of milk, then this verse may be interpreted to
mean:

"I know what you gopis do! Even though you vigorously churn the nectar-pot
of transcendental pastimes, still you have no love for Lord Krsna."

Text 35 (h)

vrnda: (smitva) sakhi lalite

ye danda-pasa-bhajah
sphutam vahanto manah silakalpam
kantaram asrayante
tebhyo vah ksemam ullasatu

smitva sm i l i ng ; sakhi 0 f r i e n d ; l a l it e L a l i t a ; y e t h o s e w h o ; danda

sticks; pasa and ropes; bhajah p o s s essing; sphutam c l e a r ly ; vahantah
carrying; manah h e a r ts; sila s t o n e ; akalpam l i k e ;k a n t aram t h e d e n se, dark
forest; asrayante t ak e shelter; tebhyah t o t h e m ; va h o f y o u ; k s e m am
kindness; ullasatu s h o ul d be manifested.

Vrnda: (Smiling) F r i end Lalita, these boys have hearts as hard as stone.
Armed with sticks and ropes they lurk in the dense dark forest. You should be
more polite to them.

Note: The boys carry the sticks and ropes to help them protect and take care of
the surabhi cows in the forest. If the words manah silakalpam is joined into the
compound word manah-sila-akalpam (decorated with the manah-sila mineral
pigment), and if the word kantaram is interpreted to mean "the forest path
traversed by the cows", the verse may be interpreted to mean the following:
"Friend Lalita, these boys are nicely decorated with the colorful mineral
pigment manah-sila. Carrying their sticks and ropes they follow the surabhi cows
on the forest-path to the pasture. You should be more polite to them".

Text 35 (i)

krsnah: (smitva) vr nde jnatam jnatam. bu d d him m u r c h ayata kurcika lobhena

gopikancala-grahini tvam krtasi.

s mitva sm i l i ng; vrnd e 0 V r n d a ; j n a ta m u n d e r s t o od; jnatam u n d e r s t o o d ;

b uddhim i n t e l l i g e nce; murchayata b e w i l d e r i ng; kurcik a o f k u r c i k a o yo gur t ;
lobhena w i t h th e desire; gopika o f t h e g o p is; ancala-grahini t a k i n g th e side;
t vam y ou ; k rta asi are.

Krsna: (Smiling) V r n da, I kn ow . I k n o w . Y o u w i s h to dr ink k u r c ika yogurt.

This desire bewilders your intelligence and makes you take the side of these of
gopls.

Text 35 (j)

(nepathye)

kasturikeva duravacchada-sangameyam
gopi-tatir madamayi kila picchila ca
daksinyatas tanubhrtam anuranjano 'yam
vasanta-vayur iva hanta murantakari

nepathye f r o m b e h ind the scenes; kasturika m u s k ; d u r a vacchada-sangama

difficult to attain; iyam t h i s ; g op i o f g o p i s ; tati h h o s t ;m a d a m ayi
i ntoxicating; kila i n d e ed ; picchila s l i p p e ry ; ca a l s o ; d aksinyatah f r o m t h e
s outh (or gently); tanubhrtam o f t h e l i v in g enti ties; anuranjanah d e l i g h t i n g ;
a yam He; vasanta s p r i n g t i me; vayuh b r e e ze; iva l i k e ; h a nt a i n d e e d ; m u r a -
anta-kari K r s n a , the killer of the Mura demon.

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: These gopis are like troublesome, slippery,
intoxicating black musk, whereas Lord Krsna is like the gentle springtime
southern breeze that pleases all living entities.

Text 35 (k)
 krsnah: (prsthato drstim k s i p tva) sahu bho kira-raja sadhu.

prsthatah f rom behind; drstim g l a n c e ; ksiptva c a s t i ng; sadhu w e l l

s poken; bhoh 0 ; k i r a o f p a r r o t s ; raj a 0 k i n g ;s a dh u w e l l s p o k e n .

Krsna: (Glancing backwards) Well spoken, king of parrots. Well spoken.

Text 35 (1)

madhumangalah: vihanga-punga-a ca-uddaha-vijja-vi-akkhano diha-u

hohi.

v ihanga of b i r ds; punga-a 0 b e s t ; ca-uddaha f o u r t e en; vijj a a r t s ; v i -

a kkhano e x p e rt; diha-u l o n g l i f e ; hoh i m a y y o u h a v e .

Madhumangala: 0 best of birds, 0 learned scholar in the fourteen arts and

sciences, long life to you.

Text 37 (c)

lalita: hande candala-kira pa-anda-sasa-ana-tunda-rahuno pahuno hodu de

pmda-sass.

h ande 0 ; c a n d al a o u t c a s te; k ir a p a r r o t ; p a -anda f e r o c i o us; sasa-ana o f

a hawk; tunda o f t h e b eak; rahuno o f t h e R ahu pl anet; pahuno a g u e s t ;
h adu may become; de o f y o u ; p i nd a o f t h e b o dy ; sasi t h e m o o n .

Lalita: 0 candala parrot, may the moon of your body become the guest of the
Rahu planet of the beak of a ferocious hawk.

Note: The Rahu planet sometimes swallows the moon. Lalita here says that the
male parrot should become swallowed by a ferocious hawk.

Text 37 (d)

krsnah: sakhe turnam asmai samarpaya pakimani dadimi-bijani.

s akhe 0 f r i e nd ; tu r na m a t o n c e ; asmai t o h i m ; s a m arpaya g i v e ;

pakimani ripe; dadimi p o m e g r a nate; bij ani s e e d s.
 Krsna: Friend, give this male parrot some ripe pomegranate seeds at once.

Text 37 (e)

madhumangalah: bho vindavana-bihappa-e dadimi-bi-a-hindobi susthu

kantam lalida-e danta-pattim de da-issam.

bho 0 ; v i n d a v an a o f V r n d a v a na; bihappa-e 0 B r h a s p a ti; dadimi

pomegranate; bi-a-hinobi for seeds; susthu n i c e ly ; kantam b e a u t i f ul ; lalida-
e of Lalita; danta o f t e e th; pattim t h e r o w ; d e t o y o u ; d a - i ssam I s h a l l g i v e .

Madhumangala: 0 Brhaspati of Vrndavana forest, for pomegranate seeds I give

you Lalita's beautiful teeth.

Note: In demigod society Brhaspati is the leading intellectual.

Text 37 (f)

(punar nepathye)
cancala-sanjhaghana vi-a muhutta-ra-am tanodi de sami vaha-i sinehim rahi ke-
alam na-ani-a-puttivva

punah a g a in; nepathye from behind the scenes; cancala 0 r e s t l ess one;
s anjhaghana at su n r i se; vi-a a s ; m u h u tt a f o r a m o m e n t ; ra-am r e d ; t a n o d i
d oes; de of you; sami t h e m a s t er; vaha-i c a r r i es; sinhetim t h e o i l o f l o v e ;
r ahi Ra d ha; ke-alam o n l y ; n a - ani-a o f b u t t e r ; pu tt i t h e d a u g h t er; ivva l i k e .

Again A Voice From Behind the Scenes: 0 fickle male parrot, your master
Krsna does not really love Radha. His love is only for a moment, just as the rising
sun is red for only a moment. Only Radha loves. Radhas love is constant. Just as
butter always retains its nature, in the same way Radha is eternally anointed with
the oil of love for Krsna.

Text 38 (a)

lalita: (sanandam) sahi sari-e sohaggavadi dohi. jam p a c cutarena nijjido tu-e
dummaho kiro.

sa with; anandam b l i s s ; sahi 0 f r i e n d ; s ari- e f e m a l e parrot;

sohaggavadi f o r t u n a te; dohi m a y y o u b e c o me; jam b e c a u se; paccutarena
w ith this reply; nijjido d e f e a t ed; tu-e b y y o u ; d u m m ah o b a d - m o u t h ed ; ki r o
male parrot.

Lalita: (Blissful) 0 f e m ale parrot friend, blessing on you. W it h t hi s reply you

have defeated this foul-mouthed male parrot.

Text 38 (b)

krsnah: (svagatam) dhruvam vrndavyedam adhyapita-kausalam vihangayor

dvandvam.

s vagatam aside; dhruvam c e r t a i n ly ; vrndaya b y V r n d a ; ida m t h i s ;

a dhyapaita i n s t r u c t ed; kausalam i n e x p er t w o r ds; vihangayoh o f b i r d s ;
d vandvam th e p a i r .

Krsna: (Aside) It is Vrnda who has taught these two birds to speak so
eloquently.

Text 38 (c)

madhumangalah: (sa-krodham) hajjebhajjemi de tikka-jappinam cancu-

pudam.

sa with; kr o dham a n g e r ; hajj e 0 w r e t c h ; b h ajj em i I s h a l l b r e ak; de

your; tikka s harp; jappinam s p e a k ing words; cancu-pudam beak.

Madhumangala: (Angry) Wretch! I shall break your beak that speaks such
sharp words.

Text 38 (d)

(iti sa-vyajam dandam ksipati).

i ti t h u s ; sa w i t h ; v y a ja m m a l i c e ; d andam a s t i c k ; k s i p at i t h r o w n .

(He maliciously thrwos a stick).

Text 38 (e)
 radhika: hanta kadham uddinam vavadu-am vihanga-mihunam.

hanta al as!; kadham h o w i s i t 7 ; ud d i na m fl o w n a w a y ; vavadu-am

e loquent; vihanga o f b i r ds; mih u na m the pair.

Radhika: Alas! The two eloquent birds have flown away.

Text 38 (f)

krsnah: (radham aveksya)

sevante taru-gehinah sumanasam vrndair madhu-syandibhir

yatrotphulla-lata-vadhubhir abhitah sangatya bhrngatithin
samvita pasubhis tatha khaga-kulaih kheladbhir avyahatam
na syat kasya sukanthi seyam adhikanandaya vrndatavi

radham at Radha; aveksya g l a n c i ng; sevante s e r ve; taru o f t h e t r e e s;

g ehinah th e h o u seholder men; sumanasam o f s u m a n asam o f sumanah
f lowers; vrndaih w i t h m u l t i t u d es; madhu w i t h h o n e y ; syandibhih d r i p p i n g ;
y atra w h e re; utphull a b l o s s o m i ng; lata o f c r e e p ers; vadhubhih b y t h e w i v e s ;
a bhitah e m b r a c ed; sangatya m e e t i ng; bhrnga o f b u m b l e - b ees; atithin t h e
guests; samvita s u r r o u n d ed; pasubhih b y a n i m a ls; tatha in that way; khaga
o fbirds; kulaih b y t h e h o s ts; kheladbhih p l a y i n g ; avyahatam w i t h o u t
o bstruction; na n o t ; s ya t m a y b e ; k a sya o f w h o m 7 ; su-kanth i 0 g i r l w i t h t h e
beautiful neck; sa iyam t h i s ; adh ik a f o r g r e at ; anandaya b l i s s ; vrnda-atavi
forest of Vrndavana.

Krsna: (Glancing at Radha) Embraced by their blossoming creeper wives, the

householders trees offer many flowers, trickling with honey, to their bumble-bee
g uests. Everywhere many birds and forest animals frolic without restraint. 0 g i r l
with the beautiful neck, who is not delighted by this Vrndavana forest.

Text 39

athava

harinir vidambayasi netra-khelaya

lalitair lata-pika-kulam kalotibhih
sikhinas ca kuntala-kalapa-vibhramair
iti te purah kim iva me vana-sriya

atha va or; harini h t h e d o e s ; vidambayasi Y o u m o ck ; n etr a o f t h e e y es;

k helaya w it h th e pastimes; lalitaih g r a c e f ul ; lat a o n t h e c r e epers; pika o f
cuckoos; kulam t h e m u l t i t u de; kala s w e e t ; uk t i b hi h w i t h w o r d s ; si k h i n ah
t he peacocks; ca al so; kuntala o f c u r l i n g l o cks of hair; kalapa o f t h e h o s t ;
vibhrmaiah w i t h t h e b eauty; iti t h u s ; t e o f Y o u ; p u r a h i n t h e p r e s ence;
kim h o w . ; iv a a s i f ; m e t o M e ; v a n a o f t h e f o r e st; sriya w i t h t h e b e auty.

With the playful glances of Your eyes You mock the beauty of the eyes of the
does. With Your gracefulli mbs You mock th e b eauty of the creepers. With Your
sweet words You mock the cooing of the cuckoos. With Your beautiful hair You
mock the peacock. How can this forest appear beautiful as long as You are present
before Me7

Text 00

vrnda: pasya pasya

viratormir iyam su-niraja

dhrta-suddhojjvala-sattva-santatih
sphuta-krsna-rucir yamadrta
muni-gosthiva cakasti bhanuja

pasya l ook!; pasya l o o k ! ; v i r at a s t o p p ed ; ur mi h w a v e s ; iya m t h i s ;s u -

n iraja w i t h b e autiful lotuses; dhrta h e l d ; su d dh a p u r e ; u j j v al a s p l e n d i d ;
s attva na t u r es; santataih m u l t i t u d e ; sphut a m a n i f e s t ed; krsna d a r k ; r u c i h
l uster; yama by Y a m araja; adrta h o n o u r ed ; mun i o f s a g es; gosthi a n
assembly; iva l i k e ; cakasti i s m a n i f e sted; bhanuja t h e Y a m una River, daughter
of the sun-god.

Vrnda: Look! L o ok ! It s still, pure, splendid dark waters filled with beautiful
lotus flowers, the Yamuna River, the daughter of the sun-god and the honoured
sister of Yamaraja, appears like an assembly place of great sages.

Text Wl

krsnah: priye pasya pasya

smita-ruci-virajitam te
mukham iva nirajayaty adhiraksi
niraja-bandhava-duhitur
niraja-raji marud-bhramita

s mita sm i le; ruci c h a r m i n g ; v i r ajitam s p l e n d i d ; t e Y o u r ; m u k h a m f a c e ;

i va l i ke; nirajayati o f f e r s arati; adhiraksi r e s t l ess eyes; niraja o f t h e l o t u s ;
b andhava f r i e nd; duhi tu r o f t h e d a u g h t er; niraja l o t u s es; raji s e r i e s ;
m arud i n t h e w i nd ; bh r amit a t o ssed.

Krsna: Beloved, look! L o ok ! 0 r e s t l e ss-eyed one, as they move in the breeze,

the lotus flowers in the Yamuna seem to be offering arati to Your beautiful smiling
face.

Text 02 (a)

vrnda: (parikramya. nirajany a h r tya ca). pu n d arikaksa stokotphullam idam

grhana lila-pundarikam. tathavatamsocitam kokanada-dvandvam.

p arikramya w a l k i n g ; nir ajani l o t u s e s; ahrtya p i c k i n g ; c a a l s o ;

pundarika lotus; aksa eyes; stoka s l i g h t ly ; u t p h u l la m b l o s s o m ed; idam
t his; tatha i n t h i s w ay; avatamsa f o r e a r r i ngs; ucitam s u i t a b le; kokanada o f
r ed kokanada lotuses; dvandvam t h e p a i r .

Vrnda: (She walks and picks some lotus flowers) Lo t u s-eyed Krsna, please
take this slightly blossomed white lotus as a toy, and these two red lotuses as
earrings.

Text 02 (b)

krsnah: (sa-harsam adaya) vrnde raktotpale radha-karnayor adhanena sriyam

labhatam. (iti tatha krtva. sa-kautukam) h a nta pundarika-kose cancariko vartate.

s a with; harsam h a p p i n e ss; adaya t a k i n g ; vr nd e 0 V r n d a ;r a kt a r e d ;

u tpale l o t u s es; radha o f R a d ha; karnayoh o n t h e e a rs; adhanena b y t h e
t aking; sriyam b e a u ty; labhatam m a y a t t a in; it i t h u s ;t a th a i n t h a t w a y ;
k rtva h a v in g done; sa w i t h ; k a u t u ka m s u r p r i s e ; hanta a h . ; p u n d a r ik a o f
t he white lotus flower; kose i n t h e w h o rl ; cancarikah a b u m b l e - b ee; vartate i s .

Krsna: (Happily taking them) V r n da, these two red lotuses will beautify
Radha's ears. (He does that. He then expresses surprise). Ah! T h er e is a bumble-
bee in the whorl of this white lotus.

Text 02 (c)

vrnda:
madhupah kamalena sardham udyan-
makarandena mukundam asasada
sarasesu vinirmito hi sangah
paramananda-bharonnatim tanoti

m adhupah t h e h u m b l e -bee; kamalena t h e l o t us; sardham wi th;udyat

rising; makarandena w i t h h o n ey; mu k u n da m K r s n a ; asasada a p p r o a ched;
sarasesu among the lotus flowers; vinirmitah d o n e ; h i i nd e e d ; sangah
c ontact; parama s u p r e me; ananda o f b l i ss; bhara a b u n d a n ce; unnatim g r e a t ;
t anoti d o e s .

Vrnda: This humble bee was very happy to stay among the lotus flowers.
When this honey-filled lotus was given, this bee was also able to approach Lord
Mukunda (Krsna).

Text 03

krsnah: priye pasya pasya

asmin madiya-kara-sangini pundarika-

kose ksanam kila vilambya silimukho 'yam
karnavalambya tava kokanadam prapede
kam va balan na hi haraty anuraga-laksmih

priye 0 beloved; pasya l ook; pasya l o o k . ; asmin i n t h i s ; m a d iy a M y ;

kara of the hand; sangini i n c o n t a ct; pundarik a o f t h e w h i t e l o tus flower;
k ose in the wh o rl; ksanam f o r a m o m e nt ; vilambya r e s t i n g ; silim u k ha h b e e ;
a yam th is; karna o n t h e e ar; avalambi r e s t i n g ; tava o f Y o u ; k o k a n adam r e d
l otus; prapede a t t a i n ed; kam w h o 7; va o r ; b alat b y f o r ce; na n o t ; hi
i ndeed; harati t a k es; anuraga o f t h e r e dness; laksmih t h e b e a u t y .

Krnsa: Beloved, look! L o ok ! T h e b u m b l e -bee in the whorl of the white lotus-

f lower in My hand has now landed on the red lotus flower on Your ear. Wh o
would not be attracted to the red beauty of that flower7

Text 00 (a)

(radhika sambhramam natayanti bhuja-latam ksipati).

radhika R a d h i ka; sambhramam a g i t a t i on; natayanti r e p r e s enting

d ramatically; bhuja o f H e r a r ms; latam t h e c r e eper; ksipati t o s s e s.
 (Radhika becomes agitated and begins to move the creepers of Her arms).

Text 00 (b)

krsnah: (sphutam vihasya)

karnottamsita-rakta-pankaja-juso bhrngi-pater jhankriya

bhrantenadya drg-ancalena dadhati bhrngavali-vibhramam
trasandolita-dor-latanta-vicalac-cuda jhanat-karini
radhe vyakulatam gatapi bhavati modam mamadhyasyati

s phutam o p e n ly ; vihasya l a u g h i ng ; karna-uttamsita e a r r i ng ; rakt a r e d ;

pankaja to the lotus flower; jusah d e v o t e d ; bh r ng i o f t h e b u m b l e bee;
pateh of th e leader; jhankriya b u z z i n g ; bhrantena restlessly moving; adya
n ow; drk o f t h e eyes; ancalena b y th e co rn ers; dadhati p l a c es; bhrnga o f
bees; avali of a ho st; vibhramam t h e i l l u s i on ; trasa w i t h f e ar; andolita
swinging about; doh o f a r m s ; lat a o f t h e c r e epers; anta a t th e ends; vicalat
m oving; cuda b r a c elet; jhanat-karini j i n g l i n g ; ap i a l t h o u g h ; bh avati Y o u ;
m odam d e l i g ht; mam a o f M e ; a d h y asyati e s t a b l i sh .

Krsna: (Openly laughing)

"Attracts by Your red lotus flower earrings, the best of the bumble-vee hovers
aroung You, followed by Your restless sidelong glances like a swarm of bumble-
bees. Jingling Your bracelets, You wave Your creeper like arms to chase him away.
0 Radharani, (I must say that) Your fear of this bee brings Me great delight".

Text 05 (a)

radhika: (sa-trasam celancalam udancayanti) katham ajjabi na caladi dhittho.

s a with; trasam f e a r ; cela o f t h e g a r m ent; ancalam t h e e d g e ;

udancayanti r a i s es; katham w h y 7 ; aj j n o w ; b i eve n ; n a d o e sn o t ; c aladi
go; dhittho the arrogant one.

Radhika: (With fear She moves the edge of Her sari) Why w il l t hi s insolent
fellow not go away7

Text 05 (b)

krsnah:
madhuraksi mudhatha sambhramena
ksipa celancalam anjasa na bhuyah
pibatu sravanotpalodgatam te
madhupo 'yam madhu-mangalam krsangi

m adhura s w e et; aksi w h o s e eyes; mudha i n v a i n ; ath a t h e n ;

s ambhramena w i t h a g i t ation; ksipa t o s s ; cela o f t h e g a r m ent; ancalam t h e
e dge; anjasa qu i c k ly; na n o t ; b h u y a h a g a i n ; p i b at u m a y d r i n k ; s r avana o n
t he ear; utpala o n th e l o tus flow er; udgatam m a n i f e s t ed; te o f Y o u ;
madhupah b ee ; ayam t h i s ; m a dh u o f h o n e y ; m a n galam t h e a u s p i ci ousness;
k rsa slender; angi w h ose limbs.

Krsna: 0 sweet girl, don't uselessly wave Your sari. 0 sl ender girl, let the
bumble-bee drink the pleasent honey of the lotus flowers on Your ear.

Note: The word "madhumangala" in the last line is, of course the name of
Lord Krsna s friend. Interpreted in that way if the word is interpreted in that way
the verse becomes: "0 sweet-eyed girl, don't uselessly wave Your sari. 0 sl ender
girl, let the bumble-bee sting Madhumangala when he approaches the lotus flower
in Your ear."

Text 06 (a)

madhumangalah: bho va-assa kisa bamhanam mam mahubena viba-esi. (iti

dandena bhramaram tadayati).

b ho 0 ; v a - assa f r i e n d ; kis a w h y 7 ; b a m h anam a b r a h m a na; mam m e ;

m ahubena by a bu m b l e-bee; viba-esi Yo u c a use to be drunk; iti thus;
d andena w it h a stick; bhramaram t h e b ee; tadayati h i t s .

Madhumangala: 0 fri end, why do You make this bee drink me, a brahmana7
(He strikes the bee with his stick).

Text 06 (b)

radhika: (sa-slagham) ajja pi-ankaro mamasi samvuttah.

s a with; slagham p r a i se; ajja 0 n o b l es ir ; pi -ankaro k i n d ; m a m a to Me;

a si-samvuttah y o u a r e .

Radhika: (Praising) 0 n o bl e sir, you are very kind to Me.

Text 06 (c)

madhumangalah: kaham mahusu-ano takkala jevva tirohido jam kudo bi na

lakkhi-adi.

kaham ho w i s i t7; mahusu-ano t h e b ee; takkala a t t h i s t i me; jevva

indeed; tirohido h a s d i s appeared; jam w h i c h ; k u d o b i a n y w h e r e ; na not;
lakkhi-adi i s s e en.

Madhumangala: How did that bee disappear7 I d o n't see him anywhere7

Note: If the word "mahusu-ano" is in t erpreted to mean Lord Krsna, the killer
of the Madhu demon, the meaning of this statement becomes: "How did Krsna
disappear7 I don't see Him anywhere".

Text 06 (d)

radhika: (sa-vyamoham) haddhi haddhi. kahim gado mahumahano. (iti

sanskrtena)

samajani davad vitrastanam kim arta-ravo giram

mayi kim abhavad vaigunyam va nirakusam iksitam
vyaraci nibhrtam, kim va hutih kayacid abhistaya
yad iha sahasa mam atyaksid vane vanajeksanah

(krsnah samjnaya sarvan nivarya smitam karoti).

s a with; vyamoham b e w i l d e r m e nt; haddhi a l a s ! ; h addh i a l a s ! ; k a h i m

where7; gado has gone; mahumahano K r s n a , the ki ller of the Madhu demon;
i ti t h u s ; sanskrtena i n S a n s k r it; yatha j u s t as; va o r ; v i d a g d ha-madhave i n
Vidagdha-madhava; samajani m a n i f e sted; davat f r o m t h e f o r est-fire;
v itrastanam f r i g h t e n ed; kim w h y 7 ; a rt a o f p a i n ; r a va h c a l l s ; gi ra m o f
w ords; mayi i n M e ; ki m w h e t h e r 7 ; abhavat w a s ; v aigunyam a f a u l t ; v a o r ;
n irankusam f r e e ; iksitam i s o b s e r v ed; vyaraci c r e a t ed; nibhrtam u n s e e n ;
k im w h e t h e r7; va o r ; h u t i h c a l l i n g ; k a y acit s o m e o n e ; abhistaya d e s i r e d ;
yat because; iha h e r e ; sahasa a t o n ce; mam Me; atyaksit a b a n d on ed;
v ane in th e forest; vanaja-iksanah l o t u s - eyed Krsna; krsnah Krsna;
s amjnaya w i t h a signal; sarvan e v e r y o ne; nivarya w a r d s o ff; smitam a s m i l e ;
k aroti d o e s .

Radhika: (Bewildered) Al as! A l as! W h er e has Krsna gone7 (In Sanskrit)

"Where is Lord Krsna, who responded to the pained cries of the gopas
frightened of the forest-fire7 Have I offended or avoided Him7 Is it because some
desired gopi called Him to a secluded place that lotus-eyed Krsna has so quickly
abandoned Me in this forest7"
(With a gesture Krsna wards off everyone. He smiles)

Text 07

radhika: hanta (sanskrtena)

vasantibhir ayam na me kaca-bharah kamsarinottamsitas

tasyora-sthala-cumbi-campaka-mayair nagumphi malyam maya
mallibhis ca nirargalam parihasan nayam balat taditah
prarambhe 'dya vanotsavasya viraha-cchadmad ayah prodagat

hanta i n d e ed; sanskrtena i n S a n skr it; vasantibhih w i t h v a s a nti flow ers;

ayam th is; na n o t ; m e M y ; k a c a - b h ar a h a i r ; k a m s a-arina b y K r s n a , th e
e nemy of Kamsa; uttamsitah c r o w n ed ; tasya o f H i m ; u r a - sthala t h e c h e s t ;
c umbi-kissed; campaka-mayair w i t h c a m p aka flowers; na n o t ; a g u m p h i
s trung; malyam a g a r l a nd; maya b y M e ; m a l l i bi h w i t h m a l l i fl o w e rs; ca a l s o ;
nirargalam w i t h o u t r e straint; parihasan j o k i n g ; balat f o r c i b l y ; taditah
struck; prarambhe i n t h e b e ginning; adya n o w ; v a n a -utsavasya o f th e a forest
f ire; vraha viraha o f s e paration; chadmat o n t h e p r e t ext; ayah prodagat i s
manifested.

Radhika: Ah. (I n Sanskrit) No w K r sna will not decorate My hair with vasanti
flowers. Now the garland of campaka flowers I have strung will not kiss His chest.
Now I will not be able to jokingly strike Him with a cluster of malli flowers.
Appearing in the disguise of separation from Krsna, a grear forest-fire is now
burning around Me.

Text 08 (a)

vrnde: (apavarya) kamam andhakarini prema-bandha-kandali ya khalu

vispastam api nanusandhapayati.

a pavarya aside; kamam g r e a t ly ; andhakarini b l i n d e d ; p r em a o f l o v e ;

bandha of the bondage; kandali the abundance; ya which; khalu indeed;
vispastam c l e arly; api e v e n ; n a n o t ; a n u s a n dhapayati a l l o w s to see.

Vrnda: (Aside) The bonds of love have blinded Her and now She can no
longer see.

Text 08 (b)
 radhika: sahi vunde rakkhehi mam. ( it i t r asam natayanti).

sappa sappa-i bhinga-panti-misado kali rasalankure

rattaso-a-sire vireha-i tadha puppha-cchalado sihi
singe kesu-a-sahino a kali-a-dambhena sambhedini
mam bhettum kusuma-uhassa vala-i kkuraddha-canda-ali

(iti vaivasyam natayati).

s ahi 0 f r i e nd ; vu nd e V r n d a ; r a k k h eh i p l e a s e pr otect; mam M e ; i t i t hu s ;

trasam fear; natayanti r e p r e s enting dramatically; sappa a s n a ke; sappa-i
s lithers; bhinga o f b e e s; panti o f al i n e ; m i sado o n t h e p r e t e xt; kali b l a c k ;
r asala of a mango tree; ankure o n t h e b l o ssoming branch; ratta r e d ; aso-a o f
t he asoka tree; sire o n th e t op; vireha-i — is manifested; tadha i n that way;
puppha of flowers; chalado o n t h e p r e text; sihi f i r e ; s i ng e o n t h e t o p ; k esu-
a of the kimsuka; sahino t r e e ; a a n d ;k a l i - a o f n e w b u d s ; dambhena o n t h e
pretext; sambhedini t h e d e s t r oyer; mam Me; bhettum t o c u t i n t o p i e ces;
k usuma-uhassa of cu p id, who shoots arrows of flowers; vala-i — is; kkura c r u e l ;
a ddha-canda-ali c r e scent-moon shaped arrows; iti t h u s ; v a i vasyam b e i n g
overwhelmed; natayati r e p r e sents dramatically.

Radhika: Friend Vrnda, protect Me. ( F r i g h t ened) D i s guised as an swarm of

bees, a black serpent slithers on the blossoming branch of that mango tree.
Disguised as red flowers, flames shoot from the branches of that asoka tree.
Disguised as new buds on that kimsuka tree, the cruel half-moon arrows of the
archer cupid are aimed at Me to cut Me to pieces. (She becomes overwhelmed).

Note: The word "candravali" in t his verse is, of course, also the name of the
gopi who is Radha's chief rival. "Candravali" also means "a host (avali) of moons
(candra)."

Text 09

k rsnah: (sambhramad abhyupetya panim grhnann uccaih) suk u m ari ki m

akande katarasi. yatah

tvan-mukha-laksmi-glapita
candravalir iha bibheti purnapi
pranayad ye tava kartum
kim ardha-candravali ksamate

sambhramat q u i c k ly ; abhyupetya a p p r o a c h i ng; panim t h e h a n d ; gr hn an

t aking; uccaih i n a l o u d v o i ce; sukumari 0 b e a u t i f u l , d elicate girl; kim w h y . ;
akande w i t h ou t a reason; katara d i s t r e ssed; asi Yo u a re; yatah b e c a u s e;
t vat of You; mu kh a o f t h e f a ce; laksmi b y t h e b e auty; glapita w i l t e d ;
c andravalih C a n d r a v ali; iha h e r e ; b i b h et i f e a r s ; pu rn a f u l l ; ap i e v e n
though; pranaya t o do ; ki m w h a t 7 ; a r dh a h a l f ;c a n d r avalih o f C a n d r a v ali ;
ksamate is able.

Krsna: (Quickly approaches Her, takes Her hand, and loudly proclaims) 0
beautiful, delicate girl, why are You distressed for no reason7 Even a whole
Candravali wilts with fear at the sight of Your beautiful face. 0 girl bl i n ded with
love, what then can half a Candravali do to You7

Note: In His reply Krsna, of course interprets the word "candravali" in a way
different from Radha's original intention. If the word "candravali" is in t erpreted
to mean "a host of moons", K r s n a's reply would then read:

"0 beautiful, delicate girl, why are You distressed for no reason. Even a host of
full moons wilts with fear at the sight of Your beautiful face. 0 girl bl i n ded with
love, what then can a host of half moons do to You7"

Text 50 (a)

radhika: (sa-dhairyam lajjam natayanti svagtam) kadham acchi-laggam cce-a

haridam mananti khinnamhi.

Radhika: (Regaining composure, She becomes embarrassed and says to Herself)

Oh! I thought Krsna was taken away from My eyes. For that reason I was
distressed.

Text 50 (b)

krsnah: priye pasya pasya

parinata-vara-bija-spardhi-dantoru-bhasah
kusumam upahasantyas tanvi danta-cchadena
phala-vijayi-kucayas tvad-bhayad dadimiyam
mrdula-pavana-dola-dambhatah kampate 'dya

priye 0 beloved; pasya l ook!; pasya l o o k ! ; parinata r i p e ; v ar a e x c e l l e n t ;

b ija seeds; spardhi r i v a l l i n g ; danta o f t h e t e e th; uru g r e a t ; b h asah l u s t e r ;
kusumam t h e fl o w er ; upahasantyah l a u g h i ng ; tanvi 0 s l e n d e r g i rl ; danta-
c hadena w it h th e li ps; phala t h e f r u i t s ; vijayi d e f e a t i ng; kucayah w h o s e
breasts; tvat of Y ou; bhayat b e c a use of fear; dadimi p o m e g r a n ate tree; iyam
t his; mrdula g e n t le; pavana i n t h e b r e eze; dola s w a y i ng; dambhatah o n t h e
pretext; kampate t r e m b l es; adya now.
 Krsna: Beloved, look! L o ok ! I t s r ip e seeds, rivalled by the splendor of Your
teeth, its flowers mocked by Your lips, and its fruit defeated by Your breasts, this
pomegranate tree, on the pretext of swaying in the gentle breeze, now trembles in
fear of You.

Text 51 (a)

vrnda: sakhi nirvarnaya tava karnikocita-korakam karnikaram amum.

s akhi 0 f r i e n d ; n i r v arnaya l o o k ! ; t a v a of You; karnika f o r t h e earrings;

ucita su i t a ble; korakam b u d ; k a r n i k a r am k arnikara; amum t h i s .

Vrnda: Friend, look. T hi s karn ik ara bud would be perfect for Your earring.

Text 51 (b)

radhika: na-a-kanni-ara-kusume bhasalo rasa-loha-niccalo bhedi.

na-a fresh; kanni-ara k a r n i k a ra; kusume o n the flower; bhasalo b u m b l e -

b ee; rasa nectar; loha g r e e dy; niccalo m o t i o n l e ss; bhedi i s .

Radhika: Greedy after honey, a bumble bee stands motionless on this fresh
karnikara flower.

Text 51 (c)

krsnah: kancana-manca-nivisto rasa-rajo yam saririva.

k ancana on a golden; manca t h r o n e ; ni v i stah e n t e r ed ; rasa o f n e c t a r ;

r ajah th e k i ng; ayam h e ; s a r ir i p e r s o n i f i ed; iva l i k e .

Krsna: He looks like the personified king of the nectar seated on a golden
throne.

Text 52
 radhika: pekkha pekkha, (sanskrtena)

uddhura-maranda-matta
ruddhe sarena gandha-visarena
iha sundara-malli-gane
rolamba hanta gunjanti

pekkha look!; pekkha l o o k!; uddhura a b u ndant; maranda by the honey;

mattah m a d d e n ed; ruddhe f i l l e d ; sarena w i t h e x c e l l ent; gandha o f a s w e et
f ragrance; visarena w i t h th e expansion; iha h e r e ; sundara b e a u t i f ul ; mall i o f
jasmine flowers; gane i n the multitude; rolambah t h e b e es; hanta i n d e e d ;
g unjanti b u z z .

Radhika: Look! L o ok ! ( I n S a n skrit) I n t o x i c ated by the sweet honey, many

bees among the very fragrant and beautiful jasmine flowers.

Text 53 (a)

krsnah: uddhara-maranda-ity-adi pathati.

uddhara-maranda-iti-adi t h e v e rse beginning with the words "uddhara-

m aranda"; pathati r e c i t e s .

(Krsna recites the previous verse).

Text 53 (b)

vrnda: pitati-suksma-sikhara campaka-kalikeyam abhati.

pita y e l l ow; ati very; suksma f ine; sikhara p o i n t ; campaka campaka;

kalika b u d ; i ya m t h i s ;a b h at i i s m a n i f e s ted.

Vrnda: This delicate yellow campaka bud is very beautiful.

Text 53 (c)

krsnah: manavati-hrn-mathini haimi kamasya saktir iva

m anavati o f p r ou d gi r ls; hrt t h e h e a r ts; mathini c h u r n i n g ; h a im i g o l d e n ;

k amasya of cu p id; saktih t h e p o w e r ; iv a l i k e .
 Krsna: This campaka bud is like cupid's golden sakti (Potency) wh ich agitates
the hearts of proud girls.

Text 50 (a)

madhumangalah: bho va-assa esa kamassa satti na ho-i. pekkha jadila-khitta sa

hari-ala-gori la-udi-a.

bho 0 ; v a - assa friend; esa t h is; kamassa o f c u p id ; satti p o t e n c y ; na

not; ho-i — is; pekkha l o o k ; j a d il a b y J a t i la; khi tt a d r o p p e d ; sa t h i s ; h a r i - ala-
g ori y e l l ow ; la-udi-a cane.

Madhumangala: 0 fri end, this is not cupid s sakti. Lo ok . H e r e is the yellow

cane Jatila has left behind.

Text 50 (b)

(pravisya)
jatila: are jamha bamhana ettha lagudi ma-e visumarida.

pravisya en t ering; are 0; jamha c r o o k ed; bamhana b r a h m a na; ettha

here; lagudi c a ne; ma-e b y m e ; v i s u m a r id a w a s f o r g o t t en.

(Jatila enters).
Jatila: 0 crooked brahmana, I have forgotten my cane in this place.

Text 50 (c)

radhika: (apavarya. sa-bhayam) sahi parittahi parittahi. esa kala-rattiva

daruna vuddhi mam ditthavadi. (iti lalita-vrndabhyam niskranta).

a pavarya aside; sa w i t h ; b h a ya m f e a r ; sah i 0 f r i e n d ; p a r i t t h ah i p r o t e c t ;

praittahi p l e ase protect; esa t h i s ; kala-ratti t h e t i m e of cosmic destruction;
iva l i ke ; daruna f i e r c e ; vuddh i o l d l a d y ; ma m M e ; d i t t h a v ad i s e e s ; it i
t hus; lalita w i t h L a l i ta; vrndabhyam a n d V r n d a ; ni skranta S h e e x i t s .

Radhika: (Aside, frightened) Fri end, protect Me! Pr o tect Me! This fierce old
lady looks at Me as if she were the dark night in which the universe will be
destroyed. (Accompanied by Lalita and Vrnda, She exits).

Text 50 (d)

krsnah: (apavarya)

mama sangamamrta-rasam
na jighrksati na ca jihasati prakatam
jatila-vyagri-cakita
trsita radha-kurangiyam

a pavarya aside; mama M y ; s a n g ama a s s o c i ation; amrta r a s a m n e c t a r ;

na not; jighrksati d e s i r es to drink; na n o t ; c a a n d ;j i h a s at i d e s i r e s to
abandon; prakatam c l e a r ly; jatila o f j a t i l a ; v y aghri b y t h e t i g r e ss; cakita
f rightened; trsita t h i r s ty ; radha o f R a d ha; kurangi d o e ; i ya m t h e .

Krsna: (Aside) Th i r sting to drink the nectar of My company, and not at all
willing to leave, the doe of Radha has now been frightened away by the tigress
Jatila.

Text 55 (a)

madhumangalah: bho sarama-langula-kutile gheppa appano juttim.

b ho 0 ; s a r am a d o g s ; langul a t a i l ; k u t i l e c r o o k e d ; gh eppa t a k e ;
a ppano y o ur ; j u t ti m cane.

Madhumangala: 0 crooked dog's tail,

take your cane.

Text 55 (b)

jatila: (yastim adaya) are su-ala, kisa tumam bahudi-avesena sada vidambesi.

yastim th e s t i ck; adaya t a k i n g ; are 0 ; su-ala Su b ala; kisa why7;

tumam y o u ; b a h ud i o f a g i r l ; avesena in the disguise; sada al w ays;
v idambesi m o c k .

Jatila: (Taking the cane) 0 Subala, why do you repeatedly make fun of me by
dressing up like a girl in this way7
Text 55 (c)

krsnah: (svagatam) distya subalataya jnatam abhut. (prakasam. sa-narma-

smitam) jatile gurubhyah sapamano smi. r a d h i k aiva sadhayati. na khalv asau
subalah.

svagatam aside; distya b y g o o d f o r t u ne; subalataya a s Subala; jnatam

understood; abhut h a s b e en; prakasam o p e n l y ; sa w i t h ; n a r m a p l a y f u l n e s s;
smitam a s m i le; jatile 0 J a t i l a ; gurubhyah t o M y s u p e r i o rs; sapamanah
v owing; asmi I a m ; r a d h ik a R a d h i k a ; ev a c e r t a i n ly ; sadhayati g o e s ; na n o t ;
khalu i n d e ed; asau t h i s ; subalah i s S u b a l a.

Krsna: (Aside) Fortunately she thinks Radha is Subala in disguise. (Openly,

with a playful smile). I swear by all My superiors: It is Radhika who walks there.
That is not Subala.

Text 55 (d)

jatila: re dhutta-vi-akkhana ham savvam parikkhidum kh amamhi. ta alam

ettha thaggattanena. (iti niskranta).

r e 0 ; d h u t t a -vi-akkhana f o o l ; ha m I ; s a v v a m e v e r y t h i n g ; parikk h i d u m
t o see; khamamhi a m a b le; ta t h e r e f o re; alam w h a t i s th e use7; ettha h e r e ;
t haggattanena of p a cifying; iti t h u s ;n i s k r a nt a e x i t s .

Jatila: 0 fool, I can see everything. What is the use of trying to convince me.
(She exits).

Text 55 (e)

krsnah: sakhe samagaccha. gokulam eva pravisamah. (iti niskrantau)

(iti niskrantah sarve).

s akhe 0 f r i e nd ; samagaccha c o m e ; gokulam G o k u l a ; ev a c e r t a i n l y ;

pravisamah le t us enter; iti t hus; niskrantau t h e y b ot h ex it; it i thus;
n iskrantah e x i t ; sarve ev eryone.

Krsna: Friend, come. Let us go to Gokula.

(They both exit).
(Everyone exits).
 Act Six
Sarad-vihara
Autumn Pastimes

Text I (a)

(tatah pravisati jatila).

jatila: sudam ma-e- ajja pi-a-padena kid uttari-a vahu ghare cittha-i. ta gadu-a
jahattham niddhari-assam. (parikramya pasyanti). kadham esa visaha ghummi-a
ghummi-a alinde pada-i. ta sadda-issam. (ity upasrtya) visahe jado ekka-paharo
tahabi ghummasi.

t atah th en; pravisati e n t e r s; jatila J a t i l a ; gudam h e a r d ; m a- e b y m e ;

a jja to d ay; pi-a y e l l o w ; p a dena w i t h t h e c l o th; kid u t t ari-a w e a r i n g t h e
upper garment; vahu m y d a u g h t e r -in-law Radha; ghare i n t h e h o u se; cittha-i-
is; ta th e r efore; gadu-a h a v i n g gone; jahattham t h e t r u t h ; n i d d h ari-assam I
s hall determine; parikramya w a l k i n g ; pasyanti l o o k i n g ; k a d ha m w h y 7 ; e s a
s he; visaha V i s akha; ghummi-a w a n d e r i ng ; ghum m i- a a n d w a n d e r i n g ;
alinde on th e p o r ch; pada-i f a l l s ; t a t h e r e f o re; sadda-issam I s h al l m ake her
explain; iti t h u s ; u p asrtya a p p r o a c h i ng; visahe 0 V i s a k h a ; jado m a n i f e s t ed;
e kka th e fi r st; praharo h o u r ; t a h ab i n e v e r t h e l ess; gummasi Y o u w a n d e r
about.

gatila enters).
Jatila: I have heard that today my daughter-in-law Radha is wearing a yellow
u pper garment. I shall go and see ifit is true. (She walks and looks) Wh y d o e s
Visakha wander and wander7 Why has she fainted on the porch7 I shall ask her
to tell me. (Approaching) 0 V i s a k ha. it is only the first hour of the morning, and
still You aimlessly wander like this.

Text I (b)

(pravisya)
visakha: (svagatam) sampadam rasa-mahusava-gabbhasu savvarisu kudo
nidda-gandhobi amhanam. ta juttam jevva ghummanam. ( iti h a thad drsau
vikasya. prakasam). ajje ajja bha-avadi-e nidesena de-ada-adane amhe dinna-ja-
aramha.

pravisya en t ering; svagatam a s i de; sampadam now; rasa of the rasa

dance; mahusava th e festival; gabbhasu i n ; s a vvarisu i n t h e n i g h ts; kud o
w here7; nidda o f s l e ep; gandho t h e s c e nt; amhanam o f u s ; t a t h e r e f o r e ;
j uttam a p p r o p r i a te; jevva c e r t a i n ly; drsau e y e s ; viksasya o p e n in g w i d e ;
prakasam openly; ajje 0 noble lady; ajja today; bha-avadi-e of the noble
P aurnamasi; nidesena by th e order; de-ada-adane i n th e t e m p le; amhe we;
dinnaja-aramha h av e stayed awake all night.

(Visakha enters).
Visakha: (Aside) We have spend the entire night in the great festival of the
rasa dance. Where have we been able to find the slightest fragrance of sleep7 It is
quite appropriate that we stagger about like this. (She forced her eyes open and
says openly) 0 n o ble lady, by the order of the noble Paurnamasi we have stayed
awake all night in vigil at the temple.

Text I (c)

jatila: (svagatam) aho jevva padose vahu-e sejja suna asi. (prakasam) visahe
a-arehi vahu-am.

s vagatam aside; aho a h ! j e vv a c e r t a i n ly ; padose a t n i g h t ; vahu- e o f m y

d aughter-in-law; sejja t h e b ed; suna e m p t y ; as i w a s ;p r a k asam o p e n i n g ;
visahe 0 V i s a k ha; a-arehi p l e a se call; vahu-am m y d a u g h t e r -in-law.

Jatila: (Aside) Aha! That's why my daughter-in-law's bed was empty last night.
(Openly) Visakha, please call my daughter-in-law.

Text I (d)

visakha: hala rahe ido ido.

h ala 0 ; r ah e R a d h a ; id o h e r e ;id o here.

Visakha: 0 Radha, come here! Come here!

Text I (e)

(pravisya)
radha: (caksusu vimrjya. sa-jrmbham) visahe badham nidda-ulamhi. (iti
drstim darodghatya sa-sankam svagatam) kadham idha jjevva ajja.
 c aksusi eyes; vimrjya w i p i n g ; s a w i t h ; j r m b h a m a y a w n ; v i s ah e 0
V isakha; badham c e r t a i n ly; nidd a b y s l e ep; a-ulamhi I a m a g i t a t ed; iti t h u s ;
d rstim e y es; dara a l i t t l e ; udghatya o p e n i n g ; sa w i t h ; s a n ka m f e a r ;
s vagtam aside; kadham h w o i s i t 7 ; idah h e r e ; j j e vv a c e r t a i n ly ; ajja t h e
noble lady.

(Radha enters).
Radha: (wiping Her eyes and yawning) 0 Visakha, I am very sleepy. (Opening
Her eyes a little, She becomes frightened, and says to Herself) Why has noble
Jatila come here7

Text I (f)

jatila: (radham nirvarnya. svagatam) hadd h i h a d d hi . s a ccam j j evva edam pi-

ambaram.

r adham at Radha; nirvarnya l o o k i n g ; svagatam a s i d e; haddhi a l a s . ;

h addhi a l a s.; saccam i n t r u t h ; j j e vv a i n d e e d ; edam t h i s ; p i- a y e l l o w ;
a mbaram g a r m e n t .

Jatila: (Gazing at Radha,Jatila says to herself) Alas! Alas! Itis true! I ti s a

yellow garment!

Text I (g)

radhika: (janantikam) h ala sudam ma-e sarangi-muhado jam nisidhe buddhi-

a-e tassim vilasa-puline gadam asi. ta nunam mhe tattha ditthamhi.

j ana-antikam a s i d e to Visakha; hala O h ! ; s u da m h e a r d ; m a- e b y M e ;

s arangi of Sarangi; muhado f r o m t h e m o u th ; ja m t h a t ;n i s i dh e i n t h e m i d d l e
of the night; buddhi-a-e b y a n e l d erly lady; tassim i n t h i s ; v i l asa o f p a s t i m es;
p uline s h o re; gadam g o n e ; asi h a d ; t a t herefore; nunam i s i t no t s o 7;
m he we ; tatth a t h e r e ; d i t t h amh i w e r e s e en .

Radhika: (Aside to Visakha) From the mouth of Sarangi I heard that the old
lady went, in the middle of the night, to the river s shore where we were enjoying
pastimes. Is it not true that she must have seen us there7

Text I (h)
 visakha: na hu na hu. jam kadhidam vunda-e- tumam dhettuna tirohide kanhe
tatha amhesu dosu sahisu sa-sankam tuha uddesassa gadasu esa buddhi uvatthida.

na not; h u i n d e e d ; n a n o t ; h u i n de e d ; ja m b e c a u se; kadhidam

s poken; vunda-e b y V r n d a ; tuma m Y o u ; d h e t t un a t a k i n g ; t i r o h id e d i s a p p e ar
from that place. On Your order, we two friends met the old lady when she came.

add translation

Text 1 (i)

radhika: tado kisa i-am koha-bha-ankari-e mam pekkhanti citthadi.

t ado th en; kisa w h y 7 ; i -a m s h e ;k o h a w i t h a n g e r ; bha-ankari-e f e a r f u l ;

m am at Me; pekkhanti s t a r i n g ; ci t thadi s t a n d s .

Radhika: Then why does she look at Me with this frightening stare7

Text 1 (j)

jatila: (sersyam) mi ccha-jappini visahe kim nama andhasi tumam.

s a with; irsyam a n g e r ; n i c ch a o f l i e s ; jappin i 0 s p e a k e r ; visahe 0

V isakha; kim w h e t h er ; nam a i n d e e d ; andh a b l i n d ; as i h a v eb e c o m e;
t umam y o u .

Jatila: (Angry) Lier Visakha, have you become blind7

Text 1 (k)

visakha: (radham vilokya. sa-khedam, janantikam) a-i vilasa-vimhale kim

kkhu idam.

radham at Radha; vilokya g l a n c es; sa w i t h ; k h e da m u n h a p p i n e ss; jana-

antikam a s ide to Radha; a-i 0 ; v i l a s a b y t r a n s c endental pastimes; vimhale
a gitated; kim w h e t h e r7; kkh u i n d e e d ; i da m t h i s .
 Visakha: (Glances at Radha. Despondent, she speaks an aside to Radha) 0
girl agitated to enjoy transcendental pastimes, is it this7

Note: the "this" is Radha's yellow upper garment.

Text 1 (1)

radhika: (svam vakso niriksya sa-sambhramam) hala tumam jevva saranam.

svam own ; vaksah c h e s t ; ni r i k sy a g l a n c i ng ; sa w i t h ; s a m b h r amam

a gitation; hala 0 ; t u m a m y o u ;j e v v a c e r t a i n l y ; saranam s h e l t e r .

Radhika: (Glances at Her own chest) Oh! You are My only shelter now.

Text 1 (m)

visakha: (jatilam aveksya. sanskrtena)

muda ksipatih parvottarala-hrdayabhir yuvatibhih

payah-puraih piti-krtam ati-haridra-drava-mayaih
dukulam dor-mulopari paridadhanam priya-sakhim
katham radham arye kutilita-drg-antam kalayasi

jatilam a t Jatila; aveksya g l a n c i ng; sanskrtena i n Sanskrit; muda with

happiness; ksiptaih t h r o w n ; p a rv a b y t h e j u b i l ant festival; uttarala a g i t a t ed;
h rdayabhih w h o s e hearts; yuvatibhih b y t h e y o un g girls; payah o f w a t e r ;
p uraih w i t h fl o o d s ; pit i y e l l o w ;k r t a m made; ati-haridra-drava-mayaih
mixed with yellow dyes; dukulam g a r m e n t ; do h - m u la-upari o n t h e s h o u l d ers;
paridadhanam p l a c i ng; priy a d e a r ; sakhim friend; katham w h y 7 ; r a dham
a t Radha; arye 0 n o b l e l a dy; kuti l it a c r o o k e d ; dr k o f t h e e y es; antam f r o m
the corner; kalayasi yo u s t are.

Visakha: (Glancing at Jatila, she says in Sanskrit) W it h j u b i l ant hearts the

y oung gopis playfully threw water-mixed-with-yellow-dye on each other. Thi s
colored water has made the given a yellow color to the cloth over Radha's
shoulder. 0 no ble lady, why do you stare at my dear friend Radha from the
corners of these crooked eyes7

Text 1 (n)
 jatila: (sa-visrambham) visahe tu-ejjevva cancala-emamapu t ta-gharam
vinasidam jam jovvanandhanam go-inam majjhe vahudi-a nijja-i.

s a with; visrambham f a i t h ; v i s ah e 0 V i s a k h a ; tu- e b y y o u ; j j e v v a

c ertainly; cancala-e r e c k l ess; mama m y ; p u t t a o f t h e s on ; ghanam t h e h o m e ;
vinasidam d e s t r oyed; jam b e c a u se; jovvana b y y o u t h f u l n ess; andhanam
blinded; go-inam o f g o p is; majjh e i n t h e m i d s t ; vahudi-a m y d a u g h t e r - in -law;
nijja-i — was brought.

Jatila: (Believing the story) Vi sakha, because you are so restless you brought
my daughter-in-law among these gopis into blinded by their youthfulness. In this
way you almost destroyed my son's home.

Text I (o)

visakha: ajje kim ti mam uvalahesi. nam uvasannam diva-mali-a-pabba-

lacchim uvalahedi ja-e savvam a-bala-vuddham go-ulam jjevva ummadidam.

a jje 0 n o b l e lady; ki m w h y 7 ; t i th u s ; m a m m e ; u v a l a h es i d o y o u
r ebuke; mam t h i s ; u v asanam o b t a i n ed; diva-mali-a D i w a l i ; p abb a f e s t i v a l ;
l acchim t h e g l o ry; uvalahehi y o u m a y c r i t i c i ze; ja-e b y w h i c h ; s avvam a l l ;
a from; bala c h i l d r en ; vu d dha m t o e l d e rs; go-ulam G o k u l a ; j j e v va
certainly; unmadidam i s m a d d e n ed.

Visakha: 0 noble lady, why do you criticize me7 You may just as soon criticize
the glory of the Diwali festival, which is coming soon, and which maddens all of
Gokula from the small children to the elderly.

Text I (p)

jatila: vatse saccam kahesi. ajja rattimi diththam ma-e savva-o go-ula-kisori-o
tattha puline ummatti-bhavi-a kim pi kim ci t t h andi.

v atse 0 c h i l d ; saccam t h e t r u t h ; k a hesi y o u s p e ak; ajja n o w ; r a t t in i at

n ight; diththam w a s s e en; ma-e b y m e ; savva-o a l l ; g o - ul a o f G o k u l a ;
kisori th e y o un g girls; tatttha t h e r e ; pu l in e o n t h e r i v e r bank; umm atti
m addened; kim pi s o m e t h i ng ; kim p i s o m e t h i n g ; ci t thandi d o .

Jatila: Child, you speak the truth. Last night I saw all the young girls of
Gokula madly doing something like that on the river bank.
Text I (q)

(visakha sa-drg-bhangam radhikam iksate).

visakha V i s a k ha; sa w i t h ; dr k o f t h e e y e ; bhangam a c r o o k e d gesture;

r adhikam a t R a d h i ka; iksate looks.

(With a crooked eye Visakha glances at Radhika).

Text I (r)

jatila: (sa-dainyam) a-i visahe pasida pasida. esa anguli-siharam muhe

nikkhivi-a abbhatthemi. ta ma-i ekkam anuggaham karehi.

s a with; dainyam h u m b l e n e ss; a-i 0 ; v i s a h e V i s a k h a ; pasida b e

m erciful; pasida b e m e r c i f ul; esa t h i s ; angul i o f t h e f i n g er; siharam t h e t i p ;
m uhe i n th e m o u th ; ni k k h i v i- a p l a c i n g ; abbhatthemi I b e g ; t a t h e r e f o r e ;
ma-i — to me; ekkam one thing; anuggaham m e r c y ; karehi p l e a s e do.

Jatila: (Humbly) 0 V i s a k ha, be merciful to me. Be merciful. I p l ace the tip of

my finger in my mouth and I beg you. Please be merciful to me.

Text I (s)

visakha: (saprasrayam) ajje kim ti evvam bhanasi. nikamam anavehi.

s a with; prasrayam h u m b l e n e ss; ajje 0 n o b l e l a dy; ki m w h y 7 ; t i th u s ;

e vam in t hi s way; bhanasi d o y o u s p eak; nikamam a s y o u w i sh ; anavehi y o u
may order me.

Visakha: (Humbly) 0 noble lady, why do you speak in this way7 I am your
servant. You may order me as you wish.

Text I (t)

jatila: vacche tumam visuddhasi. ta kanha-hatthado rakkhehi vahudi-am.

v acche 0 c h i l d ; t u ma m y o u ; v i s u d dh a p u r e ; as i a r e ; t a t h e r e f o r e ;
kanha of K r s na; hatthado f r o m t h e h a nd; rakkhehi p l e a s e protect; vahudi-
am my d a u ghter-in-law.

Jatila: Child, you are very pure at heart. For this reason I ask you: Please
protect my daughter-in-law from the hand of this Krsna.

Text 1 (u)

visakha: ajje niccinta hohi lalida kkhu ettha dakkha vi-akkhana a.

ajje 0 n o b l e lady; niccinta f r e e f ro m an xi ety; hohi p l e a s e become; jam

b ecause; lalida L a l i ta; kkh u i n d e e d ; et th a i n t h i s m a t t er; dakkha e x p e r t ; vi -
a kkhana i n t e l l i g ent; a and.

Visakha: 0 noble lady, please be free from all worries. Lalita is very intelligent
and expert in these affairs.

Text 1 (v)

jatila: kahim gada lalida.

k ahim w h e r e7; gada g o n e ; lalid a is Lalita.

Jatila: Where is Lalita now7

Text 1 (w)

visakha: pekkha. pa-uma-e samam ido jevva esa a-acchadi.

pekkha look!; pa-uma-e Padma; samam with; ido from there; jevva
c ertainly; esa she; a-acchadi c o m e s .

Visakha: Look. Accompanied by Padma, she has now come here.

Text 1 (x)

(pravisya padmaya saha).

 pravisya en t ering; padmaya P adma; saha w i t h .

(Accompanied by Padma, Lalita enters).

Text 1 (y)

lalita: sahi pa-ume kudo a-acchasi.

sahi 0 f r i e nd ; pa-um e P a d m a ; k ud o f r o m w h e n c e7; a-acchasi h a v e you

come.

Lalita: Friend Padma, from where have you come7

Text 1 (z)

padma: hala kanhassa sa-asado.

hala O h! ; k a nhassa o f K r s na; sa-asado f r o m th e pr esence.

Padma: I have come from Krsna.

Text 1 (aa)

lalita: kahim kanho.

k ahim w h e r e7; kanho is Krsna.

Lalita: Where is Krsna now7

Text 1 (bb)

padma: malati-vati-a-perante.

malati o f m a l ati flow ers; vati-a o f t h e g arden; perante o n t h e b o u n d ary.

 Padma: He is at the boundary of the garden of malati flowers.

Text 1 (cc)

lalita: kim kunadi.

k im w h a t 7 ; kunadi is He doing.

Lalita: What is He doing7

Text 1 (dd)

padma: mahumangala-dudi-o viharadi.

mahumangala w ith Madhumangala; dudi-o a s a second; viharadi enjoys

pastimes.

Padma: He is performing pastimes with Madhumangala.

Text 1 (ee)

lalita: (sa-parihasa-smitam) hala kim nama sampuridahitthasi).

s a with; parihasa a j o k i n g ; smitam s m i l e ; h al a a h ! ; k i m wh e t h e r 7 ;

n ama i n d e ed; sampurida f u l f i l l e d ; ahitth a d e s i r es; asi y o u a r e .

Lalita: (With a jokin smile) Ah ! Has He fulfilled all your desires then7

Text 1 (ff)

padma: (vihasya) ma annadha sambhavehi. ma-e maladi-seharo ekko ganthi-a

tassa uvahari-kido. (smrtim abhiniya) h ala kadhidam me kanhena pa-ume tumam
jadha santadam malam samappesi evvam lalida vi me vicitta-da-u-lacchim. ta esa
leha-patti-a tu-e tissa hatthe de-a tti. (iti patrikam arpayati).

v ihasya l a u gh ing; ma d o n t ; a n n a dh a o t h e r w i se; sambhavehi t h i n k ; m a -

e by me; maladi o f m a l a t i fl o w e rs; seharo a c r o w n ; ekk o o n e ; g a n t h i - a
s tringing; tassa of H im ; u v ahari-kid o o f f e r e d ; smrti m r e m e m b e r i n g ;
a bhiniya r e p r esenting dramatically; hala i n d e ed; kadhidam said; me t o m e ;
kanhena by K r s na; pa-ume 0 P a d m a ; t u ma m y o u ;j a d h a a s ;s a n t adam
always; malam g a r l a n ds; samappesi o f f er ; evvam i n t h e s ame way; lalida
L alita; vi i n d e ed; me t o M e ; v i c i tt a w o n d e r f u l l y c o l o r f ul; da-u o f m i n e r a l
p igments; lacchim t h e s p l e n d or; ta t h e r e f o re; esa t h i s ; m e from Me; leha-
p atti-a l e t t er; tu-e b y y o u ; t i ss a o f h e r ; h a t th e i n t h e h a nd ; de-a s h o u l d b e
given; tti t hus; patrikam t h e l e t t er; arpayati g i v e s .

Padma: (laughing) D o n't th ink o t h erwise. I made a crown of flowers and gave
it to Krsna. (Remembering) K r sna said to me, "Padma, you always give Me
flower-garlands. In the same way Lalita always gives Me wonderfully colorful
mineral pigments. Please place this letter in her hand". (She gives her the letter).

Text I (gg)

lalita: (grhitva svagatam) kada vi kanhassa ma-e da-u-ra-o na samappidotthi.

ta ettha avarena kenavi rahassena hodavvam.

grhitva t a k i ng ; svagatam a s i de; kada vi e v e r ; k a n hassa o f K r s na; ma-e

by me; da-u o f m i n e r als; ra-o c o l o r s ; n a n o t ; s a m a ppidotth i w a s g i v en ; ta
t herefore; ettha h e r e; avarena w i t h s om e oth er; kenavi w i t h s o m e ;
r ahassena secret meaning; hodavvam must be.

Lalita: (Taking the letter, she says to herself) I have never given mineral
pigments to Krsna. There must be some other, some secret meaning in these
words.

Text I (hh)

(iti prakasam patrikam vacayati)

tvaya mukta-girih panau

mamatuccha-pada-sthitih
nidhiyatam adhiraksi
ragi-dhatu-paricchadah

iti t h u s ; prakasam o u t l o u d ; p a t r i ka m t h e l e t t er ; vacayati r e a ds; tvaya

b y you; mukta t a k e n f r om ; giri h t h e m o u n t a in ; panau i n t h e h a nd ; mam a o f
Me; atuccha-sthitih a b u n d a n t ; n i d h i y atam s h o u l d b e pl aced; adhira r e s t l e ss;
a ksi w h ose eyes; ragi p i g m e n ts; dhatu m i n e r a l ; paricchadah c o v e r i n g .

(She reads the letter aloud). "0 restless eyed girl, please place in My hand a
large quantity of mineral pigment from the mountain"

Text 2 (a)

(iti ksanam vimrsya svagatam) radha mama panau nidhiyatam. evva

sankedena imina anattam. (prakasam) sahi tatha karissam ta aggado rahi-am
apucchi-a sahehi.

i ti t h u s ; ksanam f o r a m o m e nt ; vi m r sya r e fl e c t i on ; svagatam a s i d e ;

radha Radha; mama M y ; p a n a u i n t h e h a n d ; n i d h i y atam s h o u l d b e pl aced;
e vvam in t hi s way; sankedena b y a m e e ting; imin a b y t h i s ; anattam i s
o rdered; prakasam o p e n ly ; sahi 0 f r i e n d ; t a th a i n t h a t w ay ; karissam I s h a l l
act; ta th e r efore; aggado i n t h e p r esence; rahi-am R a d h i k a ; apucchi-a
enquiring; sahehi p l e ase satisfy.

(Reflecting for a moment, she says to herself) These words actually mean
"Please place Radha in My hand". T his is a request for a meeting with Radha.
(Openly) 0 f r i e nd, I shall certainly do that. Now you pl ease go to Radhika, ask
about Her welfare, and try to please Her.

Text 3 (b)

padma: (radhikam upetya sa-narma-smitam) hala rahe ditthi-a nivvivadam

jadam. jadha go-ulinda-nandanena amhanam amsu-a-im avaharida-im tadha
amhehim pi tassa idam pidamsu-am.

r adhikam R a d h i ka; upetya a p p r o a c h i ng; sa w i t h ; n a rm a a p l a y f u l ;

smitam s m i l e ; hala 0 ; r a h e R a d h a ; d i t t h i- a b y g o o d f o r t u ne; nivvivadam
u ndisputed; jadam m a n i f e sted; jadha a s ; go -ul a o f G o k u l a ; i nd a o f t h e k i n g ;
nandanena by th e son; amhanam o f u s ; am su-a-im g a r m e n ts; avaharida-im
s tolen; tadha t h en ; amhehi m b y u s ; p i e v e n ;t a ss a o f H i m ; i d a m t h i s ;
p ida y e l l ow; amsu-am garment.

Padma: (Approaches Radha, and says with a playful smile) 0 Radha, by good
fortune there is no rivalry or dispute between us. Formerly the Krsna, the prince
of Gokula, stole our garments, but now You Yourself have stolen His own yellow
garment.

Text 3 (c)

lalita: (smitva) a-i nillajji ku n k u m a -panka-pinjaridam pi-a-sahi-e uttari-am

pekkhi-a kim ti anattham asankasi.

s mitva sm i l i ng ; a-i — 0; nillajji s h a m e l ess girl; kunkum a k u n k u m a ;

panka m ixed with water; panjaridam m a d e y e l l ow; pi-a d e a r ; sahi-e o f t h e
f riend; uttari-am t h e u p p e r garment; pekkhi-a s e e i ng; ki m w h y 7 ; t i th u s ;
anattham s o m e t h ing im p r oper; asankasi y o u s u s pect.

Lalita: (Smiling) 0 s h a m eless girl, my friend s upper cloth is dyed yellow with
kunkuma. When you see it, why do you suspect my friend of doing something
improper7

Text 3 (d)

padma: (sa-smitam) hala rahe anujanihi mam. t u r i -am sahitthalim gadu-a

kanhassa lilam ga-antim pi-a-sahim canda-alim suhava-issam.

sa with; smitam a s m i l e ; hal a 0 ; r a h e R a d h a ; a n u j an ih i p l e a s e give

permission to depart; mam to me; turi-am q u i c k l y ; sahitthalim t o S a k h i s t ali
village; gadu-a h a v in g gone; kanhassa o f K r s na; lim a t h e p a s t i m es; ga-antim
glorifying; pi-a dear; sahim friend; canda-alim C a n d r a v ah; suhava-issam I
shall please.

Padma: (Smiling) 0 R a d ha, please give me persmission to depart. I shall

quickly go to Sakhisthali village and bring pleasure to my dear friend Candravah,
who sings the glories of Lord Krsna.

Text 3 (e)

visakha: (vihasya) pa-ume dhanna-o tumhe. jahim adamsane vi kanhassa

vilasa-gidihim ni-a-sahi canda-ali suhavi-adi.

Visakha: (Laughing) Padma, you are fortunate. Your dear friend Candravah
can remain happy simply by singing about Krsna, even though she does not get the
opportunity to see Him.

Text 3 (f)

padma: visahe tumhehim kisa tatha na kijja-i.

visahe 0 V i s a k ha; tumhehi m b y y ou; kisa w h y 7 ;t a th a i n t h a t w a y ; na

n ot; kijja-i i s done.

Padma: Visakha, why do you not also act in that way7

Text 3 (g)

visakha: a-i kudo amhanam idi sambhavve-am.

a-i — 0; kudo h ow7; amhanam f o r us ; it i i n t h i s w a y ; sambhavve-am i s

possible.

Visakha: Ah, how will we become able to act like that7

Text 3 (h)

padma: hala kadham natthi.

h ala O h! ; k a dham w h y 7 ; n a t th i not.

Padma: Why not7

Text 3 (i)

visakha: muddhe kanhassa nama-mette patthude sahi rahi-a vikkhubbhadi.

muddhe 0 c h a r m i n g gi rl; kanhassa o f K r s na; nama b y t h e n a me; matte

o nly; patthude s p o k en ; sahi f r i e n d ; r a hi a R a d h i k a ; vi k k h u b b h ad i b e c o m e s
agitated.

Visakha: 0 charming girl, my friend Radhika becomes agitated simply by the

sound of the name Krsna.

Text 3 (j)

p adma (svagatam) sapakkhe pemukkariso ima-e vikkhavido. ho d u .

( prakasam) visahe tumhe jjevva sutthu suhini-o. amhanam kkhu kavi duk k h a-
dasa anuvattadi.
 s vagatam aside; sapakkhe a m o n g Her own fr i ends; pem o f love;
u kkariso t h e e x cellence; ima-e b y h er ; vi k k h a vid o i s p r o c l a i m ed; hodu s o b e
i t; prakasam o p e n ly; visahe 0 V i s a k h a ; tu mh e y o u a l l ; j j e vv a c e r t a i n l y ;
s utthu g e n u i n e ly; suhini-o a r e h a p py; amhanam o f u s ; k k h u i nd e e d ; k a v i
s omething; dukkha o f u n h a p p i n ess; dasa th e c o n d i t i on; anuvattadi i s .

Padma: (Aside) She praises the glory of her friend Radha s love for Krsna. So
be it. (Openly) Visakha, you are genuinely happy. I and my friends are actually
unhappy.

Text 3 (k)

lalita: pa-ume kkhu tumhanam kim pi du k k ham sambhavi-adi.

p a-ume 0 P a d ma ; na n o t ; k k h u ce r t a i n l y ; t u m h a na m o f y o u ; k i m p i
something; dukkham u n h a p p i n e ss; sambhavi-adi i s p o s sible.

Lalita: Padma, you do not suffer at all.

Text 3 (1)

Padma: lalide ma evvam bhana. jam hara-ganthana-kesa-pasahana-bimbahara-

ranjana-pahudi-e canda-ali-e nevaccha-im savvada kunantinam amhanam dukkha
jalassa anto natthi.

l alide 0 L a l i t a ; m a d o n t ; e v va m i n t h i s w a y ; bh an a s p e ak ; ja m b e c a u s e ;
h ara of garland; ganthana s t r i n g i ng; kesa o f h a i r ; pasahana a r r a n g i n g ;
bimba b i m b a fr u it; ahara o f l i p s ; r a n j an a a n o i n t i n g w it h red cosmetic;
pahudi-e b e g i n n ing wi th; canda-ali-e o f C a n d r avah; navaccha-im in the
d ressing room; savvada a l w a ys; kunantinam d o i n g ; a m h anam o f u s ;
d ukkha o f s u f f ering; jalassa o f th e netw ork; anto a n e n d ; n a t th i i s n o t .

Padma: Lalita, don t speak in this way. We are constantly in the dressing room
stringing garlands for Candravali, arranging her hair, anointing her bimba-fruit
lips with red cosmetics, and decorating her in many ways. Our suffering is a great
network that has no end.

Text 3 (m)
 visakha: (vihasya) hala pa-ume saccam tumhanam bahu-im dukkha-im.
amhanam una ekkam jjevva.

v ihasya l a u gh ing; hala 0 ; p a - u m e P a d m a ; saccam i n t r u t h ; t u m h a n am

o f you; bahu-im m a n y ; d u k k h a -i m s u f f e r i n gs; amhanam o f u s ; un a a g a i n ;
e kkam o ne; jj evva c e r t a i n l y .

Padma: (Laughing) 0 P a d ma, it is true. You and your friends have many
sufferings. I and my friends have only one.

Text 3 (n)

padma: hala kim tat.

h ala O h! ; ki m w h a t 7 ;ta t is that.

Padma: Oh! What is that7

Text 3 (o)

visakha: pa-ume ja kavi macca-dullaha agasatara papphuradi tattha

jadahilasassa kassavi kalindi-kula-nandino samadassa gandha-kala-hindassa
savvada abbhatthana-kadatthanam.

pa-ume 0 Padma; ja which; kavi something; macca by a human being;

d ullaha d i f f i c ul t to attain; agasa i n th e sky; tara a s t ar ; papphuradi s h i n i n g ;
tattha in t ha t w ay; jada m a n i f e s t ed; ahilasassa of the desire; kassavi
s omething; kalindi o f t h e Y a m u na; kul a o n t h e s h o re; nandino e n j o y i n g
pastimes; samadassa intoxicated; gandha-kalahindassa of th e regal young
e lephant; savvada al w a ys; abbhatthana o f y e a r n i ng; kadatthanam t h e t o r t u r e .

Visakha: For Radha, Krsna is like an unreacheable star shining in the sky.
Radha is continually tormented by the desire to attain this unattainable Krsna,
who is like a regal young maddened elephant enjoying pastimes on the shore of
the Yamuna.

Text 3 (p)

lalita: (smitva) visahe annam pi ekkam garu-am dukkham tu-e kadham

visumaridam.
 s mitva sm i l i ng; visahe 0 V i s a k h a ; annam a n o t h e r ; p i i n d e e d ; ek k am
o ne; garu-am s e v ere; dukkham s u f f e r i ng ; tu- e b y y o u ; k a d ha m h o w i s i t 7 ;
visumaridam i s f o r g o t t en.

Lalita: (Smiling) 0 V i s a k ha, there is one more very severe suffering. How
have you forgotten it7

Text 3 (q)

visakha: lalide kim tam sumaravehi.

lalide 0 L a l i t a ; ki m w h a t 7 ; ta m t h a t ;s u m a r avehi p l e a s e remind.

Visakha: Lalita, what is it. P l ease remind me.

Text 3 (r)

lalita: a-i rjju-e raha-e pa-a-palla-ammi java-a-ra-assa kkhane kkhane vira-

anam.

a-i — Oh!; rjju-e0 simple girl; rahe -e o f Radha; pa-a f e et; palla-ammi on
the blossoms; java-a yavaka; ra-assa c osmetic; kkhane m o m e n t ; k k h an e by
moment; vira-anam application.

Lalita: 0 simple girl, it is that moment by moment we must continually apply

yavaka cosmetics to the flower blossoms of Radha's feet.

Text 3 (s)

visakha: (sa-hasam) ali-a-sankini lalide viramehi viramehi. kanhassa uttamage

da-u-ra-o jjevva rehadi na kkhu java-anam.

s a with; hasam l a u g h t er; ali-a-sankini 0 c r o o k e d l i er; lalide 0 L a l i t a ;

v iramehi s t op ; vi r amehi s t o p ; k a n h assa o f K r s na; uttamange o n t h e h e ad ;
da-u m i n e r al; ra-ao p i g m e n t ; jj evva c ertainly; rehadi i s m a n i f ested; na not;
kkhu i n d e ed; j ava-anam o f y a v ak a.

Visakha: (Laughs) 0 c r o o ked lier, Lalita, stop. Stop. Radha s feet are anointed
with the mineral pigment from Krsna s head. They are not anointed with yavaka.

Text 3 (t)

radhika: (sa-lajjam) hala pa-ume imanam dummuhinam palavam ana-ani-a

tunnam pi-a-sahim canda-alim jjevva jahi.

s a with; lajjam e m b a r r a ssment; hala 0 ; p a - u m e P adma; imanam o f

t hese; dummuhinam b a d - m o u t hed girls; palavan t h e talking; ana-ani-a
without listening; tunnam a t o n c e ; pi- a d e a r ; sahim f riend; canda-ali t o
Candravali; jjevva c e r t a i n ly; jahi p l e a s e go.

Radhika: (embarrassed) Padma, don't listen to the words of these foul-

mouthed girls. Just go at once to your dear friend Candravali.

Text 3 (u)

padma: jadha adisadi pi-a-sahi. (iti niskranta).

j adha as; adisadi o r d e r s ; pi- a d e a r ; sahi t h e f r i e n d ; it i t h u s ;n i s k r a n t a

exits.

Padma: As my dear friend orders. (She exits).

Text 3 (v)

lalita: (svagatam) enhim kanhassa annam karissam. (prakasam) hala rahe ehi.
puppham avacini-a bha-avantam suram pu-emha.

s vagatam aside; enhim n o w ; k a n h a ssa o f K r s n a ; anna t h e o r d e r ;

k arissam I s h all execute; prakasam o p e n ly ; hal a 0 ; r a h e R a d h a ; eh i c o m e
h ere; puppham fl o w e r s ; avacini-a c o l l e c t i ng; pu-ema l e t u s w o r s h i p .

Lalita: (Aside) How I shall fulfill Krsna s request. (Openly) 0 Radha, come
here. Let us pick some flowers and then offer them in worship to the sun-god.

Text 3 (w)
 radhika: (svagatam) dit t h i-a hi-a-a-tthido jjevva me kamo ima-e uvanido jam
kanhassa damsanam ettha sambhave. (prakasam) jadha hi ro-adi pi-asahi-e. (iti
niskranta).

svagatam aside; ditthi-a b y g o o d f o r t u ne; hi-a-a i n t h e h e a rt; tthido

s ituated; jjevva c e r t a i n ly; me M y ; k a m o d e s i r e ; i m a- e b y h e r ; u v a n id o i s
f ulfilled; jam b e c a u se; kanhassa o f K r s na; damsanam t h e s i g ht; ettha h e r e ;
sambhave may be; prakasam o p e n l y ; jadh a a s ; h i i n d e e d ; r o - ad i i t p l e a s es;
p i-a My d e ar; sahi-e f r i e n d ; it i t h u s ;n i s k r a nt a e x i t s .

Radhika: (Aside) Now, by good fortune, she may fulfill the desire within My
heart. In this place it may be possible for Me to see Krsna. (Openly) As it pl eases
My dear friend. (They exit).

Text 3 (x)

(tatah pravisati madhuna galenopasyamanah krsnah).

tatah th en; pravisati e n t e r s; madhumangalena b y M a d h u m a n gala;

u pasyamanah f o l l o w ed; krsnah Krsna.

(Accompanied by Madhumangala, Krsna enters).

Text 3 (y)

krsnah:

tava stabaka-vallari-catula-gandha-bandi-krta-
bhramad-bhramara-jhankrti-plutam udagra-gunjarbudam
sarat-krsa-kalindaja-pulina-vrnda-samvardhitam
parisphurati candraka-sthagitam adya vrndavanam

t ava of you; stabaka c l u s t ers of flowers; vallari c r e e p ers; catula b e a u t i f u l ;

gandha f ragrance; bandi-krta b e c om e prisioner; bhramat wandering;
b hramara of th e bees; jhankrti t h e b u z z in g sounds; plutam i n u n d a t e d ;
u dagra gr eat; gunja o f t h e g u nja berries; arbudam m a n y m i l l i o ns; sarat i n
autumn; krsa t h i n ; k a l i n d aj a o f t h e Y a m una River; pulina o f s h o r es; vrnda
the group; samvardhitam i n c r e a sed; parisphurati i s m a n i f e sted; candraka
peacock tails; sthagitam c o v e r ed; adya now; vrndavanam V r n d a v a n a.

Krsna: Now that autumn has come the Yamuna River has become thin and the
sandy beaches on the river shore have increased. The forest of Vrndavana is filled
with a extended peacock tails, billions of gunja berries, and buzzing bees flying
within the boundaries of creepers bearing many clusters of fragrant flowers.

Text 0

(punar nibhalya. sanandam).

saradi mukharitasas tara nadavalibhir

valad-avicala-netrah pasya vrndavane 'dya
vidadhati rana-rangam vasita-sanga-hetoh
sa-rabhasa-guru-srngaih sangave pungavendrah

punah again; nibhalya l ooking; sa w i t h ; an andam b l i s s ; saradi i n

a utumn; mukharita f i l l e d w i t h so u nd; asah t h e d i r e c t i ons; tara l o u d ; n ad a o f
sounds; avalibhih w i t h m u l t i t u d es; valat m o v i n g ; avicala s t e a dy; netrah
whose eyes; pasya lo o k. ; vr n davane i n V r n d a v a na; adya n o w ; v i d a d h ati
places; rana-rangam t he batle; vasita w i t h a c ow; sanga o f u n i o n ; h e to h f o r
the purpose; sa-rabhasa p o w e r f ul; guru l a r g e ; srngaih w i t h h o r n s ; sangave
in the morning; pungava-indrah t h e g r eat bliss.

(Looking again. Blissful) No w t hat it is autumn all directions in Vrndavana

forest are filled with loud sounds. Lo ok! For the sake of a cow in heat, the
powerful bulls are dueling with long horns.

Text 5

madhumangalah: (sarvato vilokya)

tuha sangamena nunam mu-unda vunda-da-i ghana-cchaya u-a dambhena

kuranta-a-bharassa pidambaram dhara-i

s arvatah in al l d i r e ctions; vilokya l o o k i n g ; t uh a w i t h Y o u ; s angamena b y

c ontact; nunam i s i t no t s o7; mu-unda 0 K r s n a ; v u n d ada-i V r n d a v a n a ;
ghana dense; chaya s h a de; u-a i ndeed; dambhena b y a t r i ck ; ku r anta-a of
yellow kurantaka flowers; bharassa of th e abundance; pida y e l l o w ; ambaram
garments; dhara-i — wears.

Madhumangala: (Looking in all directions) 0 M u k u n d a , has this Vrndavana

forest become pleasantly shady because of Your touch7 On the pretext of bearing
these many blossoming yellow kurantaka flowers, the forest is now dressed in
yellow garments.
Text 6

krsnah: (svagatam) kim adya nistankita-sanketa-lekharthaya purna-

manorathi-karisye ham lalitaya. hanta sarada-madhuri-sandoha-sandanitapi
vrndatavi-kaksa khanjanaksi-viprakarsad ananda-bindum api na me sandadhati.
tad venu-sanketam sancarayami. (iti tatha kurvan)

s vagatam aside; kim w h e t h e r 7 ; adya n o w ; n i s t a n k it a u n d e r s t o o d ;

sanketa of the rendezvous; legha o f th e l e t t er; arthaya t h e m e a n i ng; purna
f ulfilled; manorathi d e s i r es; karisye s h al l b ecome; aham I ; l a l i t ay a b y L a l i t a ;
h anta i n d e ed; sarada o f a u t u mn ; m adhur i t h e s w e e t n ess; sandoha b y t h e
abundance; sandanita b o u n d ; ap i a l t h o u g h ; v r n d atavi o f V r n d a v ana forest;
kaksa the in t erior; khanjana-aksi f r o m S r i m ati Radharani, who restless eyes
r esemble agile khanjana birds; v i p r a k arsad b e c a use of separation; ananda o f
h appiness; bindum a d r o p ; ap i e v e n ; n a n o t ; m e t o M e ; s a n d a d hati g i v e s ;
t at th e r efore; venu o f t h e fl u t e ; sanketam a s i g n al; sancarayami I s h a l l g i v e ;
i ti t h u s ; tatha i n t h a t w ay ; ku r va n d o i n g .

Krsna: (aside) Did Lalita understand the hint in My letter7 W il l she fulfill My
desire7 Alas! Now that I am separated from Radha, whose restless eyes are like
playful khanjana birds, even this Vrndavana forest, which is now filled with the
sweet beauty of autumn, does not give Me even a drop of happiness. I shall send a
signal with My flute.(He does that).

Text 6 (b)

divyo rathangi samayah sakhi sangamasya

jajne varangi tarasa kuru paksa-patam
adhvanam ardha-nayanena vilokamanah
sokad ayam sahacaras tava rauraviti

d ivyah s p l e n d id; rathangi 0 c a k r a v ak i bi rd; samayah t h e t i m e ; sakhi 0

f riend; sangamasya of m e eting; jajne i s m a n i f e sted; vara-angi 0 b e a u t i f u l -
l imbed girl; tarasa at o n ce; kuru p l e a s e do; paksa t o t h e si de; patam g o i n g ;
a dhvanam th e p a th; ardha h a l f ; n a y anena w i t h e y es; vilokamanah g a z i n g ;
sokat f ro m g r i ef; ayam H e ; s a hacarah t h e f r i e nd; tava o f Y o u ; r a uraviti
continually cries.

0 cakravaki, now the auspicious time to meet Your lover has come. 0 beautiful
girl, please quickly come to My side. Your friend is gazing at the path with half-
open eyes. He constantly cries in grief.
Text 7 (a)

madhumangalah: bho va-assa kim edam apuvvam vadidam.

bho 0 ; v a - assa friend; kim w h a t 7 ; edam t h i s ; a p u v va m u n p r e c e d ented;

v adidam s o u n d .

Madhumangala: 0 fri end, what was that wonderful, unprecedented sound7

Text 7 (b)

krsnah: sakhe kurangi-lokanartham mamayam udyamah.

s akhe 0 f r i e nd ; ku r angi a d o e ; l o k an a f o r l o o k i n g ; artham f o r t h e

purpose; mama o f M e ; ayam this; udyamah e n d e avor.

Krsna: Friend, that was My effort to find a doe.

Text 7 (c)

madhumangalah: saccam kadhidam. kim tu ek kam akkharam annadha ki-am.

s accam the tr u th; kadhidam i s s p o k en ; ki m w h y 7 ; t u h ow e v e r ; e k k a m

o ne; akkharam s y l l a b le; annadha o t h e r w i se; ki-am i s d o n e .

Madhumangala: The truth is spoken. W hat is the need of speaking even one
syllable more7

Text 7 (d)

krsnah: sakhe sadhu vaditam kurangi-locanartham eva.

sakhe 0 f r i e nd ; sadhu w e l l ; v a d i ta m s p o k e n ; k u r a ng i a d o e ; l o c ana

s eeing; artham f o r th e p u r p o se; eva c e r t a i n l y .

Krsna: Well said, My friend. T his is to find a doe.

 Note: The word "locana" may mean either "seeing" or "eye". If i n t e r preted to
mean "eye", the word "kurangi-locana" may be interpreted to mean "doe-eyed
Radha". In this way Krsna's statement may mean "This is for the doe-eyed Radha".

Text 7 (e)

(nepathye)

pibantinam vamsi-rava iha gavam karna-culukaih

payah-pura durad disi disi tatha susruvur ami
akale puspadbhis tarubhir abhitah sobhitam idam
yatha vrndaranyam dadhi-maya-nadi-matrkam abhut

n epathye b e h in d the scenes; pibantinam d r i n k i n g ; v ams i o f t h e fl u t e ;

ravam th e sound; iha h e r e ; gavam o f t h e c o ws; karna o f t h e e ars; culukaih
with cupped hands; payah o f m i l k ; p u ra h fl o o d s ;d u ra t f r o m a g r eat distance;
d isi disi i n al l d i r e c tions; tatha i n t h a t w ay; susruvuh fl o w e d ; am i t h e y ;
akale out of season; puspadbhih fl o w e r i n g ; tarubhi h b y t r e e s ; abhitah
e verywhere; sobhitam b e a u t i f i ed; idam t h i s ; y a th a a s ; v r n d a -aranyam f o r e s t
o f Vrndavana; dadhi o f y o g u rt ; may a c o n s i s t i ng; nadi a r i v e r ; m a t r ka m l i k e ;
abhut b e c ame.

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: As, with the cupped hands of their ears, the
surabhi cows drink the sound of the flute, they fill all directions with a great flood
of milk. Even though it is not the season for them to bloom, all the trees have
suddenly opened with many flowers, beautifying the forest of Vrndavana. These
newly blossomed flowers have curdled the flood of milk from the surabhi cows,
and now a great flood of yogurt flows in Vrndavana forest.

Text 8

krsnah: sakhe daksinatah pasya pasya.

tungas tamroru-srngah sphurad-aruna-khuro ramya-pingeksana-srih

kantha-vyalambi-ganto dharani-vilulitoccanda langula-dandah
so yam kailasa-pandu-dyutir atula-kakun-mandalo naicikinam
cakre bhati priyo me parimala-tulitotphulla-padmah kakudmi

s akhe 0 f r i e nd ; daksinaah f r o m t h e r i g ht; pasya l o o k ! ; p a sya l o o k ! ;

t ungah t a ll ; tamr a r e d ; ur u g r e a t ; s r n ga h h o r n s ;s p h u ra t m a n i f e s t e d ;
a runa r ed; kh u ra h h o o v e s ; ramya b e a u t i f ul ; pi ng a r e d d i s h ; ik sana e y e s ;
srih be au ty; kantha o n t h e n e ck; vyalambi h a n g i n g ; gantah a b e l l ; d h arani
on the earth; vilulita r o l l i n g ; u c canda g r e a t ; langula-dandah t a i l ; sah ayam
t his; kailasa of M o un t K a i lasa; pandu w h i t e ; d y u ti h s pl e n d o r ; a t u l a
p eerless; kakut o f h u m p s ; m a n d alah t h e h o s t ; naicikinam o f s u r a b h i c o w s ;
c akre in th e circle; bhati i s s p l e n d i dly manifest; priyah f a v o r i t e; me M y ;
p arimala-tulita-utphulla-padmah n a m e d Padmagandha; kakudmi b u l l .

Krsna: Friend, on the right, look! Look! There is My pet bull Padmagandha
among the surabhi cows. He is very tall and he has great red horns. His hooves
and his beautiful and handsome eyes are also red, a bell hangs from his neck, his
long tail moves on the ground, he is very tall, he possesses an incomparable hump,
and he is the same white color as Mount Kailasa.

Text 9 (a)

(tatah pravisati sakhibhyam anugamyamana radha).

tatah th en; pravisati e n t e r s; sakhibhyam b y t w o f r i e n ds; anugamyamana

followed; radha Radha.

(Accompanied by two gopi-friends, Radha enters).

Text 9 (b)

radha: (svagatam) jado disado venu-saddo a-ado sa disa mohida-e ma-e

sambhavida.

s vagatam aside; jado f r o m t h i s ; disado d i r e c t i on ; venu o f t h e fl u t e ;

saddo the sound; a-ado h a s c o me; sa t h i s ; d is a d i r e c t i on ; m o h i d a-e
mistaken; ma-e b y M e ; n a n o t ; s a m b h avid a i s p o s s i bl e.

Radha: (Aside) A fl ute sound came from this direction. I m ust be mistaken. It
is not possible.

Text 9 (c)

lalita: (sotrasa-smitam) hala rahi-e kisa akande harina-kanni tumam j a dasi.

s a with; utprasa s a t i re; hala 0 ; r a h i - e R a d h i k a ; k is a w h y 7 ; a k a n d e

s uddenly; harina o f a d oe; kanni w i t h e a r s ; tuma m y o u ; j a d a asi h a v e
become.
 Lalita: (With a satiric smile) 0 R a d h i ka, why have You suddenly prick up
Your ears like the ears of a doe7

Text 9 (d)

radhika: lalide kim ti appano dhammam parassa appesi. saccam tumam jjevva
harini jam kala-saddena harijjanti disani.

lalide 0 L a l i t a ; ki m w h y 7 ; t i th u s ; a p p an o o f t h e s e lf; dhammam

n ature; parassa of another; appesi y o u p l a ce; saccam i n t r u t h ; t u ma m y o u ;
jjevva i ndeed; harini t h e d o e; jam b e c a u se; kala s w e et ; saddena b y t h e
sound; harijjanti e n c h a n t ed; disasi y o u ar e seen.

R adhika: Lalita, why do you attribute your own qualities to others7 In truth
you are like a doe by because it is easy to see how you are enchanted by the sound
of the flute.

Text 9 (e)

lalita: rahe tumam kkhu harini jam rangini nama harini tumha sahi.

rahe 0 Radha; tumam Y o u ; k k h u i nd e e d ; h a r in i a d o e ; ja m b e c a u s e ;

rangini R angini; nama n a m ed ; harin i t h e d o e ; t u mh a o f Y o u ; s ah i i s t h e
friend.

Lalita: Radha, You are the doe. After all, the doe named Rangini, is Your
friend.

Text 9 (f)

radhika: (svagatam) dit t h i-a esa kavi sorabha-dhara-vadi-a dodudivva mam a-

atthadi. (iti sa-vyajam purah prayati).

s vagatam aside; ditthi-a b y g o o d f o r t u ne; esa t h i s ; k av i s o m e t h i n g ;

s orabbha of sw eet fragrance; dhara t h e fl o od ; vadi-a g a r d en ; dodud i a
m essenger; ivva l i k e ; ma m M e ; a - a t t h ad i p u l l s ; it i t h u s ; s a w i t h ; v y a ja m a
t rick; purah a h e ad; prayati goes.

Radhika: (Aside) The flood of sweet fragrance coming from the forest-garden
tugs at me as if it were a gopi-messenger. (With a trick She walks ahead).
Text 9 (g)

visakha: (smitva) hala rahi kisa tumam bhangiva gandham sappasi.

s mitva sm i l i ng; hala 0; rahi R a d h a k; i s a w h y 7 ; t u m a m Y o u ; b h angi a

b ee; iva l i ke ; sappasi Y o u g o .

Visakha: Friend Radha, how have You become like a bumble-bee, attracted by a
sweet fragrance7

Text 9 (h)

radhika: visahe aggado phulla-im kusuma-im disanti. ta eda-im ghettuna tam

mittam pu-a-issam.

visahe Vi sakha: aggado b e f o r e us; phulla-im b l o s s o m ed; kusuma-im

flowers; disanti ar e v i sible; ta t h e r e f o re; eda-im ; ghettuna t a k i ng ; tam
h im; mittam t h e s u n - g od; pu-a-issam I s h al l w o r s h i p .

Radhika: Visakha, many blossoming flowers may be seen before us. I shall
pick some and use them in the worship of the sun-god.

Text 9 (i)

lalita: saccam mittasya anura-am tumam taraledi. bho dava gahana-carassa

jjevva na kkhu ga-ana-carassa.

s accam in t r u th ; m i t t asya o f t h e s u n - god; anura-am l o v e ; t u ma m Y o u ;

taraledi c a u ses to tremble; bho 0 ; d a v a i n t h a t w a y ; gahana i n t h e f o r e st;
c arassa moving; jjevva c e r t a i n ly; na n o t ; k k h u in d e e d ; g a -ana i n t h e s k y ;
c arassa moving.

Lalita: You are actually trembling with love for the sun-god. This must be love
for the sun-god who moves in the forest, and not the sun-god who moves in the
sky.

Note: The forest sun-god is Krsna.

Text 9 (j)

radhika: (sa-pranaya-rosam) a-i adakkhine kamala-bandhum kadhemi.

s a with; pranaya o f l o v e ; rosam t h e a n g er; a-i 0 ; a d a k k i n e u n c i v i l i z e d

girl; kamala o f the lotus flowers; bandhum t h e f r i e nd ; kadhemi I s p e a k .

Radhika: (In the anger of love) 0 u n c i v i l i zed girl, I speak of the moon who is
the friend of the lotus flowers.

Note: The sunlight causes the lotuses to bloom, and therefore it is considered
the lotus' friend. In these words Radha denies that She trembles with love for the
sun who moves in the forest (Krsna). She affirms that She feels affection for the
sun who travels in the sky.

Text 9 (k)

lalita: sahi kisa a-aram sangovesi.

sahi 0 f r i e nd ; kis a w h y 7 ; a - aram a c t u a l p u r p o se; sangovesi Yo u c o n ceal.

Lalita: Friend, why do You hide Your actual purpose7

Text 9 (1)

visakha: lalide savatti-ba-ena isa cce-a sangovedi. na una pi-a-sahi.

lalide 0 L a l i t a ; savatti o f a r i v a l ; b h a-ena w i t h t h e n a t u re; isa a n g r y ; cce-

a as if; sangovedi Sh e c o nceals; na n o t ; un a a g a i n ; p i- a d e a r ; sah i f r i e n d .

Visakha: Lalita, She is angry because She thinks you have become Her
competitor. For this reason She conceals Her actual intention. She is no longer
your dear friend.

Text 9 (m)

radha: (sa-bhru-bhangam) a-i vame attano hi-a-tthidam attham para-munde

kisa padesi. ta tuvarehi. jam nadi-dure jjevva so tumhanam bimbahara-kandu-
khandano.

s a with; bhr u o f t h e e y e br ows; bhangam k n i t t i n g ; a-i — 0; vame c o n t r a r y

girl; attano own; hi-a-a i n th e h eart; tthidam s i t u a t ed; attham p u r p o s e ; para-
m unde 0 f o o l ; k is a w h y 7 ; p a d esi y o u r e v e al; ta t h e r e f o re; tuvarehi h u r r y ;
jam b e c ause; na n ot; adi v e ry ; du r e f ar away; jjevva i n d e ed; so He;
t umhanam o f y o u ; b i m b a b i m b af r u i t ; ahara o f t h e l i ps ; kand u o f t h e
itching; khadano t h e d e s troyer.

Radha: (Knitting Her eyebrows) Tr eacherous girl! Fool! Why do you reveal
the actual desire in your heart7 Hur ry! Your lover Krsna, who relieves the itching
sensation of Your lips, is not far from you.

Text 9 (n)

lalita: rahe akomaram amhe nam akkhudidam kulangana-vvadam vundavana-

lada-o jjevva janeneti. ta attano muhena kim kadha-issamha.

r ahe 0 R a d ha; akomaram f r o m c h i l d h o od ; amhanam o f u s ; a k k h u d i d a m

unbroken; kulangana o f c h a s tity; vvadam t h e v o w ; v u n d avana o f V r n d a v a na;
l ada-o th e creepers; jjevva c e r t a i n ly; janenti u n d e r s t a nd; ta t h e r e f o r e ;
a ttano o wn ; m u h en a w i t h t h e m o u t h ; ki m w h a t 7 ;k a d h a -issamha s h al l w e
say.

Lalita: 0 Radha, the creepers of Vrndavana forest know that since childhood
m y vow of chastity has never been broken. What shall I say with my mou t h 7

Text 7 (c)

radhika: (vihasya) a-i pa-ivvade janenti janenti. tado jjevva kalle tuha bhu-a-
vallino anke sankamidam dittham ma-e ma-ara-kundala-lanchanam. tadha jjevva
visana-e-tattha tuli-ovari kkhudidam sihanda-kiridam.

v ihasya l a u gh ing; a-i 0 ; p a - i v v ad e c h a s t e girl; janenti t h e y k n o w ; t a d o

t hen; jjevva c e r t ainly; kalle a t d a w n ; t uh a o f y o u ; b h u - a o f t h e a r m ;
vallino o f th e cr eeper; anke i n t h e l ap; sankamidam t r a n s f e r ed; dittham
s een; ma-e by Me; ma-ara s h a r k ; k u n d al a o f e a r r i n gs; lanchanam t h e m a r k ;
t adha th en; jjevva c e r t a i n ly; visaha-e o f V i s a k ha; tattha t h e r e ; tu l ik a t h e
b ed; uvari on ; k k h u d i d a m f allen; sihanda p e a cock feather; kiridam crown.

Radhika: (Laughing) 0 chaste girl, they know. They know. At dawn I

personally saw the mark of Krsna's shark-shaped earring imprinted on the creeper
of your arm. In the same way I also saw Krsna's peacock feather crown on
Visakha's bed.

Text 7 (p)

lalita: (smitva) para-parivadini avehi avehi.

s mitva sm i l i ng; para s u p r e m e ly; parivadini s c a n d a l ous girl; avehi g o . ;

a vehi go !

Lalita: (Laughing) Scandalous girl, go away! Go away!

Text 7 (q)

visakha: rahe kittiyam jhampissasi. na kkhu candalo-e candakanta-sila

appasinna hodum pahuvadi.

rahe 0 R a d ha; kittiyam h o w m u c h 7 ; j h am pissasi c a n You conceal; na

not; kkhu i n d e e d ; candalo-e o n t h e m o on ; candakanta a c a n d r ak anta jewel;
a pasinna w i t h ou t p erspiring; hodum t o b e ; p a h u v ad i i s a b l e .

Visakha: Radha, how much can You hide7 A candrakanta jewel on the moon
cannot avoid melting away.

Note: When exposed to moonlight the candrakanta jewel melts. Just as a

candrakanta jewel on the moon cannot avoid melting away, in the same way Radha
cannot conceal Her love for Krsna.

Text 7 (r)

radhika: (puro sa-camatkaram) lalide tunnam anujanehi. pala-issam. (ity

utkampate)

purah a h e ad; drstva l ooking; sa w i t h ; c amatkaram w o n d e r ; l a l id e 0

L alita; tunnam a t o n c e ; anujanehi p l e a s e excuse Me; pala-issam I a m r u n n i n g
away; iti t h u s ; u t k a m pate S h e t r e m b l es.

Radhika: (Looking ahead. Astonished) Lali ta, please excuse Me. I am going
to run away. (She trembles).
Text 7 (s)

lalita: (sasankam) radhe kisa bha-esi.

sa with; asankam f ear; radhe 0 R a d ha; kisa w h y 7 ; b h a-esi a r e Y o u

afraid.

Lalita: (Frightened) Radha, whast has frightened You7

Text 7 (t)

radhika: (sabhyasuyam) a-i vanke alam imina ujju-attanena. nunam imassa

lampadassa hatthe pekkhedum mam dure anidasi.

s a with; abhyasuyam e n m i t y ; a- i 0 ; v a n k e c ro o k e d g i rl ; alam w h a t i s

t he use7; imina o f t h i s ; ujj u - attanena o f t h e si m p l eness; nunam i s i t n o t s o 7 ;
i massa of th is; lampadassa d e b auchee; hatthe i n t h e h a nd; pakkhedum t o
place; mam Me; dure from far away; anidasi you havebrought.

Radhika: (Enimical) 0 c r o o ked girl, what is this use of this pretended

innocence7 Is it not true that you have brought Me here from far away simply to
place Me in the hand of this debauchee7

Text 7 (u)

lalita: (nipunam nibhalya svagatam) nunam durado vilo-ijjantam tamalam

jjevva i-am kanham mannedi. (p r akasam) hum d a nim ka dham pala-issasi.
laddho ma-e osaro. (iti radham akarsati).

n ipunam c a r e f u l ly; nibhalya l o o k i n g ; svagatam a s i d e; nunam i s i t n o t 7 ;

durado fr o far away; vilo-ijjantam b e i n g seen; tamalam a t a m ala tree; jjevva
c ertainly; i-am S h e ; kanham K r s n a ; m a n n ed i c o n s i d e rs; prakasam o p e n l y ;
hum O h 7 ; dani m n o w ; k a d h a m w h y 7 ;p a l a -issasi s h o u l d You run away;
l addho o b t a i n ed; ma-e b y m e ; o saro t h e o p p o r t u n i ty ; it i t h u s ;r a d h a m
R adha; akarsati p u l l s .

Lalita: (Carefully looking, she says to herself) Is it not that this girl sees a
t amala tree from a distance and She thinks the tree is Krsna7 (Openly) W h y
should You run away7 You have this opportunity because of me. (She pulls
Radha).
Text 7 (v)

radhika: (sa-kataryam) sahi visahe parittahi parittahi. sarana-adamhi.

sa with; kataryam t o r m e n t ; sahi 0 f r i e n d ; v i s ah e V i s a k h a ; parittahi

protect; parittahi p r o t e ct ; sarana-adamhi I take shelter of you.

Radhika: (Tormented) Friend Visakha, protect Me. I run to you for shelter.

Text 7 (w)

visakhe: a-i pemm-ubbhamide kadham tillokam jjeva de kanha-edi. pekkha

eso palasi na kj kkhu jjevva vilasi.

a -i — 0; pemm b y l o v e ; ubbhamide b e w i l d e r ed; kadham h o w i s i t 7 ;

t illokam t h e t h r ee worlds; jjeva c e r t a i n ly; de f o r Y o u ; k a n h a-edi h a v e
b ecome Krsna; pekkha l o o k . ; es o t h i s ; p a l asi a t r e e ; n a n o t ; k k h u in d e e d ;
jj evva certainly; vilasi the playful Krsna.

Visakha: 0 girl bewildered by love, how is it that, for You, all the three worlds
have become transformed into Krsna7 Look! This is a tree. It is not the playful
Krsna.

Text 7 (x)

k rsnah: katham nedanim api pratyasanna tanv-angi. tan muralim irayami. ( i t i

tatha kurvan).

k atham ho w i s i t7; na n o t ; i d a ni m n o w ; a p i e ven; pratyasanna a r r i v e d ;

tanu-angi th e sl ender girl; tat t h e r e f o re; muralim t he flute; irayami I shall
c ause to speak; iti t h u s ; t a th a i n t h a t w ay ; k u r v an dolllg.

Krsna: How is it that the slender Radha cannot yet come7 I shall play My flut e.
(He does that).

Text 7 (y)
ayi sudhakara-mandali mandaya
tvam atavim mrdu-pada-visarpanaih
udaya-saila-tati-nihiteksano
nanu cakora-yuva paritapyate

a yi 0 ; s u d h akara-mandali m o o n ; m a n d ay a p l e a s e decorate; tvam Y o u ;

a tavim th e f o r est; mrdu g e n t l e ; pad a o f s t e ps; visarpanaih w i t h m o v e m e n t s;
udaya-saila-tati o n t h e eastern horizon; nihita p l a c ed ; iksanah g l a n c e; nanu
is it not so7; cakora c a ko r b i rd; yuv a y o u n g ; p a r i t apyate i s d i s t r essed.

0 moon, please decorate this forest with your soft footsteps. Anxiously waiting
for you, a young cakora bird stares at the eastern horizon.

Text 10 (a)

Visakha: (svayam dhairyam avastabhya) hala rahe kisa tumam bhamanti

kalamba olambesi.

s vayam own ; dh airyam p e a c e ful composure; avastabhya r e s t i ng; hala 0 ;

r ahe Radha; kisa w h y 7 ; t u ma m Y o u ; b h a m a nt i r e e l i n g ab o ut; kalamba o n
t his kadambe tree; olambesi Yo u r e s t .

Visakha: (Peaceful and sober) 0 Radha, why did You reel about and fall on
this kadamba tree7

Text 30 (b)

lalita: sahi vamsi-e varam varam tumam vandemi. jam ugghadida-rahassa tu-e
rahi kida.

s ahi 0 ; v a m s i- e 0 fl u t e ;v a ra m a g a i n ; v a ra m a n d a g a in; tuma m t o y o u ;

vandemi 1 of fer my r e spectful obeisances; jam b e c a use; ugghadida m a n i f e sted;
r ahassa secret; tu-e b y y o u ; r ah i R a d h a ; k id a i s d o n e .

Lalita: 0 friend the flute, again and again I bow down to offer respects to you.
You have openly revealed the great secret kept within this Radha.

Text 10 (c)

(radhika sa-lajjam avahittham natayati).

 radhika R a d h i ka; sa w i t h ; l a j ja m e m b a r r a s sment; avahittham
concealment; natayati r e p r e sents dramatically.

(Radhika tries to hide the outward expression of Her love for Krsna).

Text IO (d)

lalita: (sanskrtena)

visadbhih karnante tava visrmarair adya murali-

kalair uru-sthambho gurur ajani rambhoru tarasa
viluptabhud drstir nayana-jala-vrsti-vyatikaraih
pranitabhir yatnat tad alam avahittha-laharibhih

s anskrtena i n Sanskrit; visadbhih e n t e r i n g ; karn a o f t h e e a rs; ante t h e

c orner; tava of Y ou; vismaraih m o v i n g ; ady a n o w ; m u r a l i o f t h e fl u t e ;
kalaih b y th e sweet music; uru o f t h e t h i g hs; stambhah t h e p i l l ar ; guruh
stunned; ajani h a v e become; rambha-uru 0 g i r l w h o s e th i ghs are as beautiful as
b anana trees; tarasa at once; vilupta b r o k e n ; abhu t h a sb e c o me; drstih s i g h t ;
nayana-jala of t e ars; vrsti o f r a i n ; v y atikaraih b y t h e a b u n d ance;
p ranitabhih b r o u g h t ; yatnat w i t h g r e a t effort; tat t h e r e f o re; alam w h a t i s t h e
use7; avahittha o f c o n c ealment; laharibhih o f t h e s e waves.

Lalita: (In Sanskrit) 0 g i r l w h ose thighs are as beautiful as plantain trees, the
sweet sound of the flute have now are now gliding into Your ears. That flute
music have has made the pillars of Your thighs stunned and motionless, and it has
also blinded You with a monsoon of tears. What is the use of this great endeavor
to hide Your emotion with these waves of concealment7

Text 11 (a)

visakha: lalide ko danim avahittha-e osaro.

lalide 0 L a l i t a ; k o w h a t 7 ; d a ni m n o w ; a v a h i t t h a- a o f c o n c e alment;
o saro op p o r t u n i t y .

Visakha: Lalita, now what chance does She have to conceal Her actual
emotions~

Text ll (b)
 (sanskrtena)

trapabhicarana-krame parama-siddhir atharvani

amaranala samindhane sapadi samidheni-dhvanih
tathatma-paramatmanor upanisan-mayi sangame
vilasa-murali-bhava virutir adya vairayate

sanskrtena i n Sanskrit; trapa s h y n e ss; abhicarana a c h arm to exorcise;

p arama-siddhih p e r f e ct; atharvani a m a n t r a f rom the Atharva Veda; smara o f
a morous love; anala th e f i re; samindhane i n i g n i t i n g ; sapadi a t o n c e ;
s amidheni-dhvanih t h e s a cred mantra for igniting the sacrificial fire; tatha i n
that way; atma o f th e i n d i v i d ual soul; paramatmanoh a n d o f th e Supersoul;
upanisat-mayi t h e m a n tra of the Upanisads; sangame i n u n i o n ; v i l asa
pastime; murali o f t h e fl u t e ; bhava n ature; virutih t h e s o u nd ; adya n o w ;
vairayate has become Your enemy.

( In Sanskrti) The playful of the flute has now become Your enemy. That flut e
music is the mantra from the Atharva Veda to exorcise Your shyness. It is the
sacred mantra to ignite the sacrificial fire of amorous pastimes. It is the "tat tvam
asi" mantra of the Upanisads to proclaim Your conjugal union with Lord Krsna.

Text 12 (a)

radhika: (sa-ksobham) sahi saccam kadhesi. mahanam va-irini samvutta

daruno vamsi-a. ta uvala-issam.

sa with; ksobham a g i t a t i on ; sahi 0 f r i e n d ; saccam t h e t r u t h ; k a d hesi

you speak; amhanam o f u s ; va-irini the enemy; samvutta h a s become;
daruno th e c r u el; vamsi fl u t e ; t a t h e r e f o r e; uvala-issam I s h al l r ebuk e.

Radhika: (Agitated) Fri end, you speak the truth. T hi s cruel flute is now My
enemy. I shall now rebuke it.

Text 12 (b)

(iti sanskrtena)

sutis te dhanusas ca vamsa-varato vande tayor antimam

viddho yena janas tanum viharayan nantas ciram tamyati
viddhanam hrdi mara-patri-visamair dhvanesubhir mas tvaya
krure vamsi na jivanam na ca mrtir ghoravirasid dasa
 i ti t h u s ; sanskrtena i n S a n s k r it; sutih b i r t h ; t e o f y o u ; d h a n u sa h o f t h e
b ow; ca and; vamsa v a r a t a h f rom the excellent bamboo; vande I of fer my
r espectful obeisances; tayoh o f b o th ; antima m t h e e n d ; v i d da h p i e r c e d ;
yena by w h i ch; janah a p e r s on ; tanu m t h e b o d y ; v i h arayan g i v i n g up ; na
n ot; antah w i t h i n ; c i r a m f or a long time; tamyati s u f f e rs; viddhanam of
t hose who are pierced; hrdi i n t h e h e a rt; mara o f c u p i d ; p a tr i t h a n t h e a r r o w s ;
v isamaih m o r e t e r ri ble; dhvana s o u n d ; i subhi h b y t h e a r r o ws; nah o f u s ;
t vaya by you; kr ur e 0 c r u e l ; v a ms i fl u t e ; n a n o t ;j i v a n a m l i f e ; n a n o t ;
c a and; mrti h d e a t h ; g h or a h o r r i b l e ; avirasti i s m a n i f e sted; dasa t h e
condition.

(In Sanskrit) 0 fl u t e , although both you and the bow are born from the great
bamboo cane, still it is to the bow that I offer My respectful obeisances and not to
you. When a person is wounded by arrows from the bow, a person quickly gives
up his body without suffering for a long time. H o w ever, when a person is pierced
by the musical arrows of the flute, which are more terrible even than the arrows of
cupid, 0 cruel flute, when pierced by your musical arrows, which are more terrible
and dangerous than even the arrows of cupid, a person attains a very horrible
situation where he remains neither dead or alive.

Text 13

krsnah: (puro vilokya sanandam)

bhavita savidhe 'tra radhika

yad iyam ringati rangini purah
mrga-lanchana-lekhayeva ya
mrga-murtir na taya viyujyate

purah ahead; vilokya l ooking; sa w i t h ; an andam b l i s s ; bh avita w i l l b e ;

s avidha n e ar; atra h e r e ; r adhik a R a d h i k a ; ya t w h i c h ; i y a m S h e ;r i n g a t i
moves; rangini t h e do e name Rangini; purah i n t h e p r e sence; mrga-lanchana
o f the moon; lekhaya w i t h t h e m a rk; iv a a s i f ; y a w h o ; m r g a o f t h e d e e r ;
m urtih t h e f o rm ; n a n o t ; t a y a b y h e r ; v i y u j y at e a b a n d o n e d .

Krsna: (Looking ahead, He becomes blissful) Here is Radha s pet doe Rangini.
Because just as the moon never leaves its deer-like markings, Radhika never leaves
the company of Rangini, Rangini s presence means that Radhika will soon appear
in this place.

Note: In the convention of Sanskrit poetry, the shadows of the moon are said
to resemble the shape of a deer's justas in the west the moon's shadows are said to
resemble the face of a man.
Text lk (a)

(punar nirupya) sakhe jnatam jnatam. nasau radhika-nyankuh. yad niranko

nediyan induh. (iti vi smayam abhiniya).

punah a g a in; nirupya looking; sakhe 0 f r i e n d ; j n atam i t i s u n d e r s t ood;

jnatam it is understood; na n o t ; asau t h i s ; r a d h ik a o f R a d h i k a ; nyankuh
t he doe; yat b e c ause; ayam t h i s ; n i r a n ka h s p o t l e ss; nediyan a p p r o a c h i n g ;
induh t h e m o on ; it i t h u s ;v i s m ayam w o n d e r ; ab h i n iy a r e p r e s enting
dramatically.

(Looking again) Friend, I understand. I un d erstand. This is not Radhika s pet

doe. It is a spotless moon approaching us. (He is struck with wonder).

Text lk (b)

ankat parityajya purah kurangam

sanke sudhamsur bhuvam asasada

(punar nibhalya)

am jnatam utphulla-vilasa-vrndair
anandi radha-vadanam cakasti

(ity agre sarati).

ankat f ro m th e lap; parityajya a b a n d o n i ng; purah i n t h e p r e s ence;

kurangam th e d e er; sanke I t h i n k ; s u d h a-amsuh t h e n e c tar mo on; bhuvam
t o the world; asasada has come; punah a g a i n ; n i b h alya l o o k i n g ; a m y e s ;
j natam u n d e r s t ood; utphull a b l o s s o m ed; vilasa o f p a s t i m es; vrndaih w i t h
h osts; anandi d e l i g h t f ul; radha o f R a d ha; vadanam t h e f a ce; cakasti i s
m anifested; iti t h u s ; agr e b e f o r e ; sarati g o e s .

I think the moon has left its deer and descended to this earth. (Looks again)
Ah. Now I understand. This is Radha s delightful face, which is filled with
blossoming, playful pastimes. (He approaches).

Text 15 (a)

madhumangalah: (sa-parihasam) bho va-assa ma dhava. lahu jahi. ahava

tumam kim ti dusijjasi jam dhutta-kisorihim duttha-mantena ummadidosi. ta
imassim jogge osare tumam nivari-a sinhehassa nikidam karissam. (iti panim
adadhati).

s a with; parihasam j o k i n g ; bh o 0 ; v a - a ss a f r i e n d ; m a d o n t ; d h a v a
r un; lahu s l o w l y ; jah i g o ; a h av a o t h e r w i se; tumam Y o u ; k i m wh e t h e r ;
iti t h u s ; dusijjasi Y o u ar e po l l u t ed; jam b e c a u se; dhutta r a s c al; kisorihim
b y these girls; duttha b a d ; m a n t en a b y t h e a d v i se; ummadidosi Y o u h a v e
become maddened; ta t h e r e f ore; imassim i n t h i s ; j o gg e p r o p e r ; osare
o ccasion; tumam Y o u ; n i v a r i- a r e s t r a i n i ng; sinehassa o f l o ve; nikida m t h e
r equital; karissam I s h al l do; it i t h u s ;p a ni m h a d ; a d a d h at i t a k e s .

Madhumangala: (Joking) 0 friend, don'trun. Walkslowly. Howhave You

become so bewildered7 You must have become mad by listening to the bad advise
of these rascal girls. At the right time I will make all the arrangements. I wil l
arrange that Your love is requited. (He takes Krsna's hand).

Text 15 (b)

krsnah: sakhe sadhu cestase yad adya radhikopasarpane kampena krta-

vighnasya me datta-hastavalambo 'si.
(iti parikramya)

s akhe 0 f r i e nd ; sadhu w e l l ; c e stase y o u d o ; ya t b e c a u se; adya n o w ;

r akhika o f R a d h i ka; upasarpane i n t h e ap p r oaching; kampena b y t r e m b l i n g ;
k rta d o ne; vighnasya i m p e d i m e nt; m e o f M e ; d a tt a g i v e n ; h a st a o f t h e
h and; avalambah r e s t i ng; asi y o u a r e ; it i t h u s ;p a r i k r a my a w a l k i n g .

Krsna: Friend, you do well. I t r e m ble as I approach Radhika. It is difficult for

Me to proceed. It is good that you are holding My hand. (H e walks).

Text 15 (c)

iyam ati-trsitam varanurago-

jjvala-sumanah kamaniya-patra-lekhah
mama vara-tanur acakarsa cittam
madhupam asoka-lateva puspitagra

i yam She; ati v e r y ; t r s i ta m t h i r s t y ; v ar a e x c e l l e nt; anuraga w i t h l o v e ;

ujjvala s p l e n d id; sumanah w h o s e k in d h eart; kamaniya b e a u t i f ul ; patra
tablet; lekhah d e c o r ated with lines; mama o f M e ; v ar a b e a u t i f ul ; tanuh
whose form; acakarsa a t t r a cted; cittam t h e h e a rt; madhupam a b u m b l e - b ee;
asoka an asoka; lata c r e e p er; iva l i k e ; p u s p it a w i t h b l o s s o m in g fl ow ers.
 Her heart resplendent with transcendental love, and Her face beautifully
decorated with ornamental lines drawn with various cosmetics, this beautiful girl
attracts My heart and makes Me thirsty to attain Her. She attracts Me just as a
blossoming asoka creeper attracts a bumble-bee.

Note: If the word "anuraga" is taken it to mean "reddish", and "sumanah" is

taken to mean "the sumanah flower", t hen the verse may be interpreted in the
following way:

"Her complexion is splendid as beautifully reddish sumanah flowers, and Her

face beautifully decorated with ornamental lines drawn with various cosmetics,
this beautiful girl attracts Me just as a blossoming asoka creeper attracts a bumble-
bee".

Text 16

radhika: (krsnam apangena vilokya. svagatam. sanskrtena)

nava-manasija-lila-bhranta-netranta-bhajah
sphuta-kisalaya-bhangi-sangi-karnancalasya
milita-mrdula-mauler malaya malatinam
madayati mama medham madhuri madhavasya

k rsnam K r s na; apangena f r o m t h e co rner of Her eye; vilokya s e e i n g ;

s vagatam aside; sanskrtena i n S a n skr it; nava n e w ; m a n asija o f l o v e ; l i l a
pastimes; bhranta b e w i l d e r ed; netra o f t h e ey es; anta the corners; bhajah
p ossesing; sphuta b l o s s omed; kisalaya t w i g s ; bhangi b e d i n g ; sangi t o u c h i n g ;
k arna of th e ears; ancalasya th e edge; milita n o t ; m r d u l a g e n t l e ; m a u le h o f
t he crown; malaya b y th e garland; malatinam o f t h e c r o wn ; malaya b y t h e
garland; malatinam o f j a s m in e flow ers; madayati m addens; mama M y ;
m edham i n t e l l i g ent; madhuri t h e s w e e t ness; madhavasya o f K r s n a .

Radhika: (Gazes at Krsna from the corner of Her eyes, and then says to Herself
in Sanskrit:) The corner of His eyes are overwhelmed with ever-fresh amorous
pastimes, an a blossoming twig decorates His ear, and a garland os malati flowers
crowns His head. The sweetness of Madhava (Krsna) maddens My intelligence.

Text 17

visakha: (vihasya sanskrtena)

vasi-cakre krsnas tava parimalair eva balibhir

vialsanam vrndam katham iva mudha kandalayasi
jaye panau datte rana-patubhir agre sarbhataih
svayam ko vikrantim punar iha jigisuh pranayati

v ihasya l a u gh ing; sanskrtena i n S a n sk r it; v a si-cakre b r o u g h t u n d e r

control; krsnah K r s n a ; tava o f Y o u ; p a r i m alaih b y t h e f r a g r ance; eva
c ertainly; balibhih p o w e r f u l ; v i l asanam o f p a s t i m es; vrndam t h e h o s t ;
katham w h y 7 ; iv a a s i f ; m u d h a u s e l e s sly; kandalayami d o Y o u m a n i f est;
jaye victorious; panau in t h e h a nd; datte p l a c ed ; rana i n b a t t l e ; patubhih
expert; agre in th e pr esence; sarbhataih b y t h e so l diers; svayam p e r s o n ally;
k ah w h o 7; vikranti m v a l o r ; p u na h a g a i n ; ih a h e r e ; j i g i su h o n e d e s i r i n g
v ictory; pranayati d o e s .

Visakha: (Laughing, she says in Sanskrit:) The sweet fragrance of Your body
now brought this Krsna completely under Your dominion. Wh y d o You uselessly
play in this way7 When the strong warrior expert in battle already place victory in
the one'hand, what general would engage in any further fighting to gain the
conquest7

Text 18 (a)

radhika: a-i dummuhi patti-amsi sankade mam srovi-a ajjavi na vissantasi. ta

nikkiva-hi-a-am tumam ujjhi-a aham siniddha-pi-sahim lalidam caranam pavisami.
(iti tatha krtva sanskrtena).

a-i — 0; dummuhi full-mouthed girl; patti-ammi attained; sankade

nearness; mam t o M e ; arovi-a a t t a i n ed; ajjavi e v e n n ow ; n a n o t ; v i s s antasi
you are peaceful; ta t h e r e f ore; nikkiv a w i t h o u t m e r cy; hi-a-am w h o s e h e art;
t umam y o u ; u j j h i- a a b a n d o n i ng ; aham I ; s i n i d d h a a f f e c t i o n a te; pi-a d e a r ;
sahim f r i e nd; lalidam L a l i t a ; saranam s h e l t er; pavisami I s h a l l e n t er; iti
t hus; tatha i n t h a t w ay; krtv a d o i n g ; sanskrtena i n S a n s k r i t .

Radhika: 0 foul -m ou thed girl, you shall not stay in My company. Th ere is no
mercy in your heart. I shall abandon you and take shelter of My dear, affectionate
friend Lalita. (She does that, and then says in Sanskrit:)

Text 18 (b)

atrayantam calam api harim lokayanti balistham

tvam alambya priya-sakhi ghane nasmi kunje nilina

a tra here; ayantam c o m i n g ; calam r e s t l e ss; api a l s o ; hari m K r s n a ;

l okayanti s e e i ng; balistham v e r y p o w e r f ul; tvam o f y o u ; a l am by a t a k i n g
s helter; priya d e ar ; sakhi 0 f r i e n d ; g h an e d e n s e ; n a n o t ; a sm i I a m ;
k unje i n t h e f o r est; nilina en tered.

I see the restless Krsna approaching. 0 dear friend, you are very strong. I take
shelter of you. I shall no longer stay in this dense forest.

Text 18 (c)

lalita: (sa-narma-amitam. sanskrtena).

asman mugdhe hrdaya-nihitad adya pitambarat te

sakto nanyah kuca-paricaye mat-puro ma vyathisthah

sa with; narm a a p l a y f u l ; smitam s m i l e ; sanskrtena i n S a n s k r it; asmat

f rom this; mugdhe 0 c h a r m i n g g i rl; hr daya o n t h e c h e st; nihitat p l a c e d ;
a dya now; pit a y e l l o w ; a m b arat t h a n t h e garment; te o f Y o u ; saktah i s
a ble; na n ot ; anyah a n y o n e ; k uc a o f t h e b r e asts; paricaye i n i n t i m a c y ;
mat of me; purah i n t h e p r e s ence; ma d o n ' t ; vy athisthah b e c o m e agitated.

Lalita: (With a playful smile, she says in Sanskrit:) As long as I am present

only Your yellow upper garment will touch Your breasts. No one will touch them.
0 charming, bewildered girl, do not fear.

Note: If the word "pitambara" is interpreted to mean "Lord Krsna, who wears
yellow garments", t hen the verse reveals the following hidden meaning:

"As long as I am present only Lord Krsna, who wears yellow garments, will
touch Your breasts. No one else will touch them. 0 c h a r m i ng, bewildered girl, do
not fear".

Text 19 (a)

krsnah: (sanandam) kalyani kale labdhasi. (iti radham upasarpati).

s a with; anandam b l i s s ; kalyani 0 b e a u t i f u l g i rl ; kal e i n t h e t i m e ;

labdha at t a ined; asi Y o u a re; it i t h u s ;r a d ha m R a d h a ; u p asarpati
approaches.

Krsna: (Blissful) 0beautiful girl, now I have You. (He approaches Radha).

Text 19 (b)
 lalita: (satopam parikramya krsnam varayanti) cha-illa na hu esa tumha
parihasa-jogga amhanam pi-a-sahi ta avehi.

s a with; atopam a r r o g a n ce; parikramya w a l k i n g ; k r sna m t o K r s n a ;

varayanti s t o p p i ng; cha-illa 0 e x p e r t d e b auchee; na n o t ; h u i nd e e d ; esa
She; tumha o f Y ou ; parihasa f o r j o k i n g ; jogga t h e p r o p er object; amhanam
of us; pi-a th e d ear; sahi f riend; ta t h e r e f ore; avehi g o away.

Lalita: (Indignantly approaches Krsna and stop Him) 0 e x p er t debauchee, our

dear friend Radha is not the proper object of Your jokes. Go away.

Text 19 (c)

krsnah: (sa-smitam) lalite nedam gosthanganam. pasya vrndatavi-kusksir

asau. tan neha vah prabhavisnuta.

s a with; smitam a s m i l e ; lalit e 0 L a l i t a ; n a not; idam t h i s ; gostha-

anganam V r aja Village; pasya l o o k ! ; v r n d a-atavi of Vrndavana forest;
kuskih t h e b e l ly; asau t h i s is ; ta t t h e r e f o re; na n ot; iha h e re; vah ofyou;
prabhavisnuta is thre power.

Krsna: (Smiling) L a l i ta, this is not Vraja Village. Look. This is the belly of
Vrndavana forest. You have no power here.

Text 19 (d)

lalita: kanha assa-o ta-o kkhu muddhi-a-o ja-o tu-atto vi sutthu bha-enti.
esamhi pasiddha lalida.

kanha 0 K r s n a ; assa-o a m o n g us; ta-o t h e y ; k k h u i nd e e d ; m u d d h i - a -o

f oolish; ja-o w h o a re; tu-atto o f Y o u ; v i i n d e e d ; s u t th u c l e a r l y ; bh a-enti a r e
a fraid; esa she; amhi I a m ; p a s i d dh a t h e f a m o us; lalida L a l i t a .

Lalita: Krsna, those among us who are very foolish fear You. I do not fear You.
I am the famous Lalita.

Text 19 (e)

(radhika calapangena krsnam vilokya kampam natayati).

 radhika R a d h i ka; cala r e s t l e ss; apangena f r o m th e corner of Her eye;
krsnam K r s na; viloky a s e e i ng ; kampam t r e m b l i n g ; natayati r e p r e s ents
dramatically.

(Casting a sidelong glance at Krsna, Radhika trembles).

Text 19 (f)

lalita: rahe kisa sajjhasena kampasi jam esa ji-adi lalida.

r ahe 0 R a d ha; kisa w h y 7 ; sajjhasena w i t h f e ar; kampesi Y o u t r e m b l e ;

jam b e c ause; esa s he; ji-adi l i v e s ; lalida Lalita.

Lalita: Radha, why do You tremble with fear while Lalita stays by You7

Text 19 (g)

radhika: lalide gahi-da-im bandhuga-puppha-im. ta ehi. k a l i n d i - t ir am

gacchamha.

lalide 0 Lalita; gahi-da-im taken; bandhuga bandhuka; puppha-im

f lowers; ta t h en ; eh i c o m e ; k a l i nd i o f t h e Y a m u na; tiram t o thebank;
gacchamha let us go.

Radhika: Lalita, come. Let us take the bandhuka flowers we have collected and
let us go to the bank of the Yamuna.

Text 19 (h)

k rsnah: kathire katham ahrta-bandhujiva viduram gantum udyuktasi. (i t i

panthanam avrnvan).

k athore 0 h a r d - h e arted girl; katham w h y 7 ; a h rt a t a k e n ; b a n dh uj iv a w i t h

bandhujiva flowers; viduram f a r a w ay ; gantum t o g o ; u d y u k t a e n g a g ed; asi
Y ou are; iti t h u s ; p an thanam t h e p a t h ; avrnvan b l o c k i n g .

Krsna: 0 hard-hearted girl, how can You take these bandhujiva flowers and go
far away7 (He blocks the path).
 Note: If the word "bandhujiva" is i n t erpreted to mean "the life (jiva) of a
friend (bandhu)", t hen the words reveal the following hidden meaning:

"0 hard-hearted girl, how can You take away the very life of Your friend Krsna
and then go far away7"

Text 19 (i)

paritam srngena sphuta-tara-sila-syamala-rucam

valad-vetram vamsa-vyatikara-lasan-mekhalam amum
atikramyo ttungam dharani-dharam agre katham itas
tvaya gantum sakya tarani-duhitus tira-saranih

paritam e n d o w ed; srngena w ith a lofty peak; sphuta-tara c l e a r l y

m anifested; sila r o c ks; syamala d a r k ; r u ca m s p l e n d o r ; valat m o v i n g ;
v etram w i t h c a n es; vamsa w i t h b a m b oo; vyatikara f i l l e d ; lasat g l i s t e n i n g ;
m ekhalam b a se; amum t h i s ;l a sat g l i s t e n i ng; mekhalam b a s e ; amu m t h i s ;
a tikramya p a s sing through; uttungam l o f t y ; d h a r ani-dharam m o u n t a i n ;
agre before; itah t h e n ; t v ay a b y Y o u ; g a n tu m t o g o ; s a ky a a b l e ; t a r ani-
d uhituh o f t h e Y a m una river, the daughter of the sun-god; tira b y t h e s h o r e ;
s aranih th e p a t h .

How will You be able to cross the base of Govardhana Hill, filled with covered
with splendid black pebles, and filled with bamboos and other canes moving in the
wind7 How will You be able to climb Govardhana Hill's tall summit7 ( D o n't take
this path. Take) the path that goes by the Yamuna's shore. That path You can
(easily) traverse.

Note I f t h e w o r d " s r n g ena" is taken to mean "with a buffalo-horn bugle",

"sila-syamala" to mean "sapphire", "vetram" to mean "stick", "vamsa" to mean
"bamboo-flute", " mekhalam" to mean " b e l t " , "uttungam" to mean " e x alted",
and "dharani-dharam" to mean "The Supreme Personality of Godhead", who
maintains the entire world", t hen the verse reveals the following meaning

"The exalted Supreme Personality of Godhead, who maintains the entire world,
now stands before You. His bodily luster is the color of sapphire. He holds a staff
and He carries a bamboo-flute tucked in His glistening belt. How w ill You be able
to pass through His roadblock7 (Instead You should take) the path that goes by
the Yamuna's shore. That path You will be able to traverse".

Text 20 (a)

radhika: (vakram vilokya hum kurvati). n a - ara mama doso natthi. danim esa
go-ulasarim anusarissam.

v akram i n a c r o o ked manner; vilokya l o o k i n g ; hu m m e n a c i n g w o r d s ;

kurvati d o es; na-ara 0 d e b a u c h ee; mama M y ; d o s o f a u l t ; n a n o t ; a t t h i is;
danim n o w ; es a s h e ; g o - ulesarim t o t h e q u een of Gokula; anusarissam I
shall go.

Radhika: (Casting a crooked glance, she says in a menacing tone:) Debauchee,

I am not at fault for this. Now I shall go to complaint to Yasoda. the queen of
Gokula.

Text 20 (b)

krsnah: radhe kim vibhisikaya. kamam gamyatam. tad-bhuja-mula-stham

pita-dukulam eva mamanukulam. ( iti r a dham didhirsati).

radhe 0 R a d ha; ki m w h a t i s t h e n eed; vibhisikaya o f t h i s f ear; kamam

v oluntarily; gamyatam s h o u l d be gone; tat t h i s ; b h uj a o f t h e a r m s ; mul a a t
t he roots; stham s i t u a t ed; pita y e l l o w ; d u k u la m c l o t h ;ev a c e r t a i n l y ;
m ama My ; an u k u la m b e a u t i f u l ; it i t h u s ;r a d ha m R a d h a ; d h i d h i r sati t r i e s
to attack.

Krsna: Radha, why are You afraid. Give up this fear. Ah. the beautiful y e l l ow
cloth covering Your shoulders is actually My property. (He attacks Radha).

Text 20 (c)

radhika: (bhru-kutim abadhya. sanskrtena).

sadhvinam dhuri dharya

lalita-sangena garvita casmi
hitam alapami madhave
pathi madya bhujangatam racaya

b hru o f th e eyebrows; kutim k n i t t i n g ; abadhya b i n d i n g ; sanskrtena i n

Sanskrit; sadhvinam o f c h a ste girls; dhuri a t t h e s u m m i t ; dh ary a c o n s i d e r ed;
lalita of L a l i ta; sangena b y th e association; garvita c o n f i d e nt; ca a l s o ; asmi
I am; hitam g o o d a d v i se; alapami I s p e ak ; madhava 0 K r s n a ; p a th i o n t h e
path; ma d o n 't ; adya now; bhujangatam t h e c o n d i t ion of a snake or a
d ebauchee; racaya do .

Radhika: (Knitting Her eyebrows, She says in Sanskrit:) I am the most chaste
of all chaste girls. Now that I am in the company of Lalita, I feel very confident. I
give You this good advise: 0 Ma dhava, do not become a snake in My path.

Note: If the word "ma" i s i n t erpreted to mean "to Me", and the word
" bhujangatam" to mean "the condition (tam) o f p l a cing " ga " Y ou r ar m
"bhujam", then the verse reveals the following hidden meaning:

I am the most chaste of all chaste girls. Now that I am in the company of Lalita,
I feel very confident. I give You this good advise: 0 M a d h ava, please embrace Me
in Your arms".

Text 22 (a)

k rsnah: lalite kim asravi vag-bhangir asyah. tad aham naparadhyami. (i t i

bhuja-dandav uddandayati).

l alite 0 L a l i t a ; ki m w h a t 7 ; a sravi h e a r d ; va k o f w o r d s ; b h angi h t h e

c rookedness; asyah of H er; tat t h e n ; a ha m I ; n a n o t ; a p a r a d h ya m s h a l l
b ecome an offender; iti t h u s ; b h u j a -dandau b o t h a r m s ; uddanyati r a i s e s .

Krsna: Lalita, did I hear Radha speak those crooked words7 I shall not become
an offender by disobeying Her request. (He raises both arms).

Text 21 (b)

lalita: (radham prsthatah krtva) k a nha savva-lo-a-sahalanijja-gunovi tumam

go-ulindassa nandanosi. ta nedam de dullilatanam amhesu joggam.

r adham R a d ha; prathatah f r o m b e h i nd ; k r tv a d o i n g ; k a nh a 0 K r s n a ;

s avva all; lo-a b y t h e w o r l d ; sahalanijja w o r t h y t o be glorified; tumam Y o u ;
g o-ulindassa of th e king of Gokula; nandanosi Y o u ar e the son; ta t h e n ; n a
n ot; idam t h i s ; d e o f Y o u ; d u l l a l i t anam w i c k e d t h i n g ; amhesu a m o n g u s ;
joggam is proper.

Lalita: (Stands in front of Radha) Kr sna, even though Your transcendental

qualtities are worthy to be glorified by the entire world, and even though You are
the son of the king of Gokula, You should not do this wicked thing to me.

Text 21 (c)

madhumangalah: a-i gavvide kim ti vunda-anam viddhamsi-a tumhehim amha

pi-a-va-assa puppha-im harissanti.

a-i — 0; gavvide arrongant girl; kim w h y ; t i i n de e d ; v u n d a -anam

V rndavana forest; viddhamsi-a d e s t r o y i ng; tumhehim b y y o u ; a mh a m y ; p i -
a dear; va-assa of th e friend; puppha-im fl o w e r s ; h arissanti a r e s t o l en .

Madhumangala: 0 arrogant girl, why do you steal these flowers that are the
property of my dear friend7 You are ruining t hi s forest of Vrndavana.

Text 21 (d)

krsnah: sakhe turnam ganayasam puspani yatha tutsankhyaya kanthato hara-

manin aharami.

s akhe 0 f r i e nd ; tu r na m q u i c k l y ; g anaya p l e a se count; asam o f t h e m ;

puspani the flowers; yatha as ; t u i n d e e d ; u t sankyaya b y t h e e n u m eration;
kanthalah f r o m th e necks; hara o f t h e n e c k laces; manin t h e j e w e ls; aharami
I shall take.

Krsna: Friend, quickly count the flowers they have taken so I can take from
their necklaces an equal number of jewels.

Text 21 (e)

madhumangalah: pi-a-va-assa ki-am gananam. ta rattanam pupphanam

parivatthena pa-uma-raga-im genha. pandaranam una hira-mautti-a-im.

p i-a de ar; va-assa 0 f r i e n d ; k i -a m c o m p l e t ed ; gananam t h e c o u n t i n g ;

t a therefore; rattanam o f j e w e ls; pupphanam a n d o f fl o w e rs; parivatthena b y
e xchange; pa-uma-im r u b i e s ; genha Y o u m a y t a ke; pandaranam o f w h i t e
f lowers; una a g a in; hir a d i a m o n d s ; mautti-a-im a n d p e a r l s .

Madhumangala: Dear friend, I have finished counting. N ow , in exchange for

the red flowers You may take rubies, and for the white flowers pearls and
diamonds.

Text 21 (f)

krsnah: sakhe paryalocayam. namuni puspa-mulya-tulyani. tatah katibhir eva

paryaptih.
 s akhe 0 f r i e nd ; paryalocayam l e t M e c o n sider; na n o t ; a m un i t h e s e ;
puspa o f the flowers; mulya f o r t h e v a lue; tulyani e q u a l ; t atah t h e r e f o r e ;
katibhih b y h o w m a n y7; eva c e r t a i n ly; paryaptih i s s u f f i c i ency.

Krsna: Friend, I am thinking. These jewels are not as valuable as the flowers.
How many jewels should I take for each flower7

Text 21 (g)

madhumangalah: (sa-kaku-prapancam) va-assa eso anugga-ido bamhano

abbhatthedi. ta imehim jjevva santuttho hohi.

sa with; kak u o f p l a i n t i v e w o r ds; prapancam m a n i f e s tation; va-assa 0

friend; eso t h i s ; anugga-ido t h a n k f u l ; bamhan o b r a h m a n a ; abbhatthedi
b egs; ta th er efore; imehim w i t h t h e se; jjevva c e r t a i n ly; santuttho s a t i s f i e d ;
hohi p l e ase become.

Madhumangala: (With plaintive words) F r i e nd, this humble brahmana begs:

Please be satisfied with an equal number of jewels.

Text 21 (h)

krsnah: yatha braviti vyasyah.

yatha as; braviti s p e a ks; vaysayah the friend.

Krsna: As My friend says (I shall do).

Text 21 (i)

lalita: (vihasya) ajja samino joggo jjevva amaccosi.

v ihasya l a u gh ing; ajja 0 n o b l es ir ; samino o f t h e m a s t er; joggo p r o p e r ;

jjevva c e r t ainly; amaccosi y o u ar e a councellor.

Lalita: (Laughing) N o ble sir, you are a counselor who gives good advise to
your master.
Text 21 (j)

visakha: (alika-sambhramam) ka nha dure citthehi.

a lika-sambhramam a g i t a t ed; kanha K r s n a ; d ur e f a r a w ay ; citthehi s t a n d .

Visakha: (Agitated) Kr sna, stand back.

Text 21 (k)

k rsnah: kutile kim iti .

k utile 0 c r o o k e d gi rl; ki m w h y 7 ;i t i th u s .

Krsna: Crooked girl, why7

Text 21 (1)

visakha: pekkha. samrambhena sangaram gamida canda-hasam ullasedi amha

pi-a-sahi raha.

p ekkha l o o k ! ; samrambhena w i t h a n g er; sangaram a b a t t le; gamida w i l l

a ttain; canda m o o n ; hasam s m i l e ; u l l asedi i s c a u s ing to shine; amha o f u s ;
p i-a th e dear; sahi f r i e n d ; r ah a R a d h a .

Visakha: Look. With a moonlike smile, our dear friend Radha is preparing to
violently fight with You.

Note: If the word "samrambhena" is interpreted to mean "with amorous

passion", these words reveal the following hidden meaning:

"Look. With a moonlike smile, our dear friend Radha is preparing for a
passionate amorous battle with You".

Text 21 (m)

krsnah: (smitva) m u g dhe pasya. aham ca prapancita-gadha-romanca-kancuko

smi. tad ayatnam rama-ratnam harisyami. (iti radham upasarpati).
 s mitva sm i l i ng; mu gdh e 0 c h a r m i n g g i rl ; pasya l o o k ; a ha m I ; c a a l s o ;
prapancita manifested; gadha g r e atly; romanca h a i r s t a n ding erect;
k ancukah w e a r in g the garment; asmi I a m ; ta t t h e r e f o r e; ayatnam w i t h o u t
effort; rama o f a b e a u t i fu l gi rl; ratnam t h e j e w e l ; h a risyami I s h a l l t a ke; iti
thus; radham R a d ha; upasarpati a p p r o a c hes.

Krsna: (Smiling) 0 c h a r m in g girl, look. My body is also decorated with hairs

standing erect with amorous passion. I now I shall easily take this jewel of all
beautiful girls. (He approaches Radha).

Text 21 (n)

lalita: (samrambham abhiniya) k a nha pekkhami de sahasam. rahi-accha-am pi

tumam phamsehi.

s amrambham a n g ry ; abhiniy a r e p r e s enting dramatically; kanha 0 K r s n a ;

pekkhami I see; de Your; sahasam r a s h action; rahi o f R a d ha; accha-am
t he shadow; pi e v en ; tu ma m Y o u ; p h a m s eh i m a y t r y t o t o u c h .

Lalita: (Furious) K r s na, I see the reckless act You are about to perform. Just
try to once touch Radha's shadow!

Text 21 (o)

krsnah: sakhe nunam lalita-rupena maha-bhairaviyam pradurbhuta.

s akhe 0 f r i e nd ; nu na m i s i t n o t s o7; lalita o f L a l i t a ; rupena i n t h e f o r m ;

maha-bhairavi the goddess Durga; iyam s h e ; pr adurbhut a h a s a p p eared.

Krsna: Friend, has the goddess Durga now appeared in the form of this Lalita7

Text 21 (p)

radhika: hala kallani hohi. ( it i l a l i tam sakutam alingati).

h ala 0 ; k a l l an i p e a c e f ul ; hoh i p l e a s e become; iti t h u s ; l a l i t am-sa w i t h ;

a kutam e m o t i on ; alingati e m b r a c e s.
 Radhika: Become calm. (She affectionately embraces Lalita).

Text 21 (q)

krsnah: (janantikam) l a l ite vimunca kathinyam.

jana-antikam a side; lalite 0 L a l i t a ; vi m u nc a g i v e up ; k a t h i n ya m Your

hardness.

Krsna: (Aside to Lalita) Lalita, give up your harsh opposition.

Text 21 (r)

lalita: ukko-am me dehi.

ukko-am a bribed; me t o me ; deh i give.

Lalita: Give me a bribe.

Text 21 (s)

krsnah: (smitva) lal ite satyam te bravimi radham api vipralambhya sayam
ananga-sangare tvam eva pratirirayisye.

s mitva sm i l i ng; lalit e 0 L a l i t a ; satyam t h e t r u t h ; t e t o y o u ; b r a v im i I

s peak; radham R a d ha; api e v e n ; v i p r alambhya a b a n d o n i ng; sayam a t n i g h t ;
a nanga of amorous pastimes; sangare i n th e d u el; tvam y o u ; ev a c e r t a i n l y ;
pratirirayisye I shall fight.

Krsna: (Smiling) L a l i ta, to you I speak the truth. I shall abandon Radha, and
tonight I shall fight a duel of amorous pastimes with you.

Text 21 (t)

lalita: (sa-rosam paravrtya) avehi vidusaka avehi.

sa with; rosam a n g e r ; paravrtya t u r n i n g ; avehi go!; vidusaka clown;

a vehi go !
 Lalita: (Angrily turning to Him ) G o a w ay, clown! Go !

Text 21 (u)

krsnah: kathayotkocam yatra te tustih.

k athaya p l e ase tell; utkocam t h e b r i b e ; yatra w h e r e ; t e o f y o u ; t u s t i h

the satisfaction.

Krsna: You tell Me what bribe will please you.

Text 21 (v)

lalita: na-ara puppha-maggana-rangena vundavanam bhammatti dumedi me

sahi. ta divva-pupphehim nam alankadu-a suhavehi.

na-ara 0 d e b a u chee; puppha f o r fl o w e rs; maggana searching; rangena

w ith the pastimes; vundavanam i n V r n d a v ana forest; bhammatti w a n d e r i n g ;
d umedi i s b l a sphemed; me m y ; s ah i f r i e n d ; t a t h e r e f o r e; divva s p l e n d i d ;
puphehim w i t h fl o w e r s; nam H er; alankadu-a d e c o r ating; suhavehi Y o u
should please.

Lalita: 0 debauchee, You have blasphemed my friend simply because She

enjoyed wandering in Vrndavana forest looking for flowers. You shoul satisfy Her
by decorating Her with these splendid flowers.

Text 21 (w)

krsnah: (smitva) yathabhirocate tubhyam. (iti parikramya darparabhatim

natayan). lalite badham vikrusyatam. na tvam trnaya manye. (iti radhika-haram
akrastum karam prasarayati).

s mitva sm i l i ng; yatha a s ; ab h i r ocate i t p l e a ses; tubhyam y o u ; i t i t hu s ;

parikramya w a l k i n g ; darpa w i t h p r i d e ; arabhathim b o l d n e ss; natayan
r epresenting dramatically; lalite 0 L a l i t a ; badham c e r t a i n ly ; vi k r u syatam l e t
t here be anger; na n o t ; t va m y o u ; t r n a y a a b l a d e of grass; manye I c o n s i d e r ;
i ti t h u s ; radhik a o f R a d h i k a ; haram t h e n e c k l a ce; akrastum t o p u l l ; k a r a m
a hand; prasarayati e x t e n d s .
 Krsna: (Smiling) Whatever pleases you. (He walks with proud boldness)
Lalita, be angry with Me. I do not consider you as important as a blade of grass.
(He extends His hand to take Radhika's necklace).

Text 21 (x)

lalita: (vamam vilokya. sa-smitam) ch a-illa sura-de-a-pu-a kide kida sinanam

pi-a-sahim akida-sinano kkhu tumam ma phamsehi.

v amam c r o o k e d ly; viloky a g l a n c i ng ; sa w i t h ; s m i ta m a s m i l e ; ch a-ill a 0

c lever Krsna; sura-de-a o f th e sun-god; pu-a-kide for the worship;
kidasinanam ; kida p e r f o r m ed; sinanam b a t h i n g ; pi- a d e a r ; sahim friend;
a kida no t p e r f orm ed; sinano b a t h i n g ; k kh u i n d e e d ; t u ma m Y o u ; m a d o n t ;
phamsehi touch.

Lalita: (With a crooked glance and a smile) 0 c l e ver Krsna, my dear friend
has bathed so She can worship the sun-god. You have not bathed, and therefore
You must not touch Her.

Text 21 (y)

krsnah: ayi madandhe samantad ullasini prakhedambu-pure mayi katham krta-

mahabhisekam na pasyasi.

a yi 0 ; m ad a b y f o l l y ; a n dh e 0 g i r l w h o i s b l i n d ed; samantat c o m p l e t e l y ;
u llasini s p l e n d id; prakheda-ambu o f p e r s p i r a t i on; pur e i n t h e fl o o d ; m ay i i n
M e; katham w h y 7 ; k rt a p e r f o r m e d ; mah a g r e a t ; abhisekam b a t h ; n a n o t ;
pasyasi you see.

Krsna: I have already bathed in the splendid waters of My own perspiration. 0

foolish girl, why do you not see it7

Text 21 (z)

lalita: (radham antarayanti sa-mantharyam) hala uddanda-kala-tamala-gholena

vana-khandena imassa pa-andada dusaha kida. ta amhe haram rakkhidum
kkhanam somma homha.

r adham R a d ha; antarayanti t a k i n g aside; sa w i t h ; m a n t h aryam s l o w n e s s ;

hala 0 ; u d d a nd a t e r r i b l e ; kal a d a r k ; t a m al a t h e t a m ala tree; ghorena
terrible; vana th e f o r est; khandena b y t h i s p a r t7; imassa o f H i m ; p a -andada
anger; dusaha u n b e arable; kida i s d o n e ; t a t h e r e f o re; amhe o f u s ; h a r am
t he necklace; rakkhidum t o p r o t e ct ; kk h anam f o r a m o m e n t ; somm a g e n t l e ;
homha le t us become.

Lalita: (Taking Radha aside, she slowly says:) This gloomy forest filled with
terrible dark tamala trees has made Krsna very angry. In order to protect our
necklaces, we should be very kind and polite to Him.

Text 21 (aa)

madhumangalah: hihi nijj i d a-o gavvida-giovi-a-o. (iti nr tyati).

hihi a h a! ; nij j i d a- o d e f e a t ed; gavvida a r r o g a nt; govi-a-o t h e g o p is; iti

thus; nrtyati h e d a n c es.

Madhumangala: Aha! Aha! The proud gopis are now defeated! (He dances).

Text 21 (bb)

radhika: a-i muddhe lalide bha-avantassa uvasanam tu-e ajja kim visumaridam.

a-i — 0; muddhe bewildered girl; lalide 0 Lalita; bha-avantassa of the sun-

god; uvasanam t he worship; tu-e b y y o u ; ajj a n o w ; k i m wh et h e r 7 ;
visumaridam i s f o r g o t t en.

Radhika: 0 bewildered Lalita, have you forgotten that now is the time to
worship the sun-god7

Note: If the word "bha-avantassa" is interpreted to mean Lord Krsna, the

words reveal the following hidden meaning:

"0 bewildered Lalita, have you forgotten that now is the time to worship Lord
Krsna7"

Text 21 (cc)

madhumangalah: ehi rahi-e ke-alam tumhe jjevva uvasanam kuradha tti ma

gavva-evva jam amhepi uvasanam karemha.
 de-i 0 goddess; rahi-e R a d h i ka; ke-alam o n l y ; t u m h e y o u ;j j e v v a
certainly; uvasanam w o r s h ip ; k u r adh a d o ; t t i th u s ; m a d o n o t ; g a v v a-evva
become proud; jam b e c a u se; amhepi e v e n we ; uvasanam w o r s h i p ; k aremha
do.

Madhumangala: 0 goddess Radha, do not become proud, thinking that you

alone are engaged in the worship of the sun-god, for even Krsna and I are also
engaged in that worship.

Text 21 (dd)

visakha: ajja kidisam tam.

a jja 0 n o b l e sir; kidisam l i k e w h a t 7 ; tam t h a t .

Visakha: 0 noble sir, how do you worship7

Text 21 (ee)

madhumangalah: bhodi visahe sunahi. gandha-puppha-purassaram ni-unja-

vedi-a-majjhe ujja-arana-bhu-ittham tad ekagga-cittada-e kankananam
saddovasanam.

bhodi you; visahe 0 V i sakha; sunahi pl ease listen; gandha-puppha-

purassaram w i t h f r a g ent flowers; ni-unja i n the forest-grove; vedi-a o f a l t a r ;
majjhe i n th e m i d d le; ujja-arana-bhu-ittham s t a y i n g awake; tat t h e n ; e k agga-
vicittada-e w i t h s i n g le-pointed concentration; kankananam o f a n k l e - b ells;
s adda of the sound; uvasanam t h e w o r s h i p .

Madhumangala: 0 noble Visakha, please listen. In a forest temple decorated

with flowers I keep a midnight vigil as I meditate on the sound of ankle-bells.

Text 21 (ff)

(sarvah smayante).

s arvah everyone; smayante s m i l e s .

(Everyone smiles).
Text 21 (gg)

madhumangalah: (sa-slagham. sanskrtena).

adambarojjvala-gatir vara-kunja-baddhah
svairi parisphurita-puskara-caru-hastah
dhanyasi sundari yaya mrdulam hasantya
vandi-krtas tarala-ballava-kunjaro 'yam

s a with; slagham p r a i se; sanskrtena i n S a n sk r it; adambara o f p r i d e ;

u jjvala w i t h th e splendor; gatih w h o s e g ait; vara e x c e l l e nt; kunj a i n t h e
grove; baddhah b o u n d ; svairi independent; parisphurita b l o s s o m ed;
puskara l o tu s fl ow er; caru b e a u t i f ul ; hastah w h o s e h a nd; dhanya fortunate;
a si You are; sundari 0 b e a u t i f u l g i rl; yaya b y w h i c h ; m r d u la m g e n t l e ;
h asantya sm i l i ng; vandi-krtah b o u n d ; t a r al a r e s t l e ss; ballava g o p a ;
k unjarah e l e p h a nt; ayam this.

Madhumangala: (With praise, in Sanskrit) H o l d ing a beautiful, blossomed

lotus flower in His hand, the restless elephant of Sri Krsna has entered this lovely
forest grove with graceful and bold stpes. 0 beautiful girl, You are very fortunate.
Simply with a gentle smile You have captured that elephant and bound it up.

Note: The word "ujjvala" may also be interpreted to mean "conjugal love". In
this way the first sentence of this verse may be interpreted:

"Holding a beautiful, blossomed lotus flower in His hand, the bold, amorous,
restless elephant of Sri Krsna has entered this lovely forest grove".

T he word "vandi-krtah" may also be interpreted to mean "glorified". If t h i s

meaning is accepted, then the last sentence becomes:

"With Your gentle smile You sing the praises of that elephant".

Text 22

krsnah: priye

rucira sahacarinam vithibhih sevyamana

mada-mrdula-marali-ramya-lila-gati-srih
sasimukhi gata-nidram kurvati mam idanim
sarad iva bhavatiyam loka-laksmin tanoti

p riye 0 b e l o v ed; rucira b e a u t i f ul ; sahacarinam o f f r i e n ds; vithibhi h b y a

h ost; sevyamana served; mada h a p p y ; m r d ul a d e l i c a te; marali o f s w a n s ;
r amya be autiful; lil a p a s t i m es; gati g e s t u r es; srih b e a u t y ; sasi-mukhi 0
moon-faced girl; gata g o n e ; ni dram s leep; kurvati d o i n g ; ma m Me;
i danim n o w ; s arat a u t u m n ; iv a l i k e ; b h a v at i Y o u ; i y a m t h i s ;l o k a o f t h e
e yes; laksmin b e a u ty; tanoti gives.

Krsna: Beloved served by a host of beautiful gopi-friends, and Your gestures as

graceful as the delicate, happy swans, You fill My eyes with the sight of Your
beauty just as the autumn season fills them. 0 m o o n - f aced girl, You have robbed
Me of My sleep.

Note: If the word "sahacari" is interpreted to mean "sahacari flowers", th e

first part of the verse may be interpreted "Beloved, decorated with many beautiful
sahacari flowers". If the word "l oka" i s i n t e r preted to mean "world", th e last part
of the verse may be interpreted: "You fill the world with beauty, just as the
autumn season also fills it".

Text 23 (a)

tad arvacinena hari-lavanya-srngarena bhavatim alankurvanah saradim sriyam

avadnhyayami.

t at th er efore; arvacinena n e w ; h a r i -lavanya b e a u t i f ul ; srngarena w i t h

d ecorations; bhavatim Y o u ; a l an k u rvanah d e c o r a t i ng; saradim o f a u t u m n ;
s riyam th e beauty; avandhyayami I s h a l l m ake frui t f u l .

By decorating You with these newly blossomed flowers, I shall make the beauty
of this autumn season fruitful.

Text 23 (b)

madhumangalah: (sanskrtena)

balanuja kalapinam avakalayya kala-jnatam

manah kila baliyasim mama bibharti vismeratam
yad adya sarad-agame tava vilokya lilotkatam
kiranti ruci-mandali-jusam ami sikhandavalim

s anskrtena i n Sanskrit; bala o f B a l arama; anuja 0 y o u n g e r b r o t h er ;

kalapinam o f p e a cocks; avakalayya s e eing; kala t h e p r o per ti me; jnatam
u ndertanding; manah t h e h e a rt; kil a i n d e e d ; baliyasim s t r o n g ; m am a m y ;
b ibharti h o l d s ; vi smeratam w o n d e r ; ya t b e c a u se; adya n o w ; s a ra t o f
a utumn; agame o n th e arrival; tava o f Y o u ; v i l o ky a s e e i n g ; li l a
t ranscendental pastimes; utkatam e a g e rness; kiranti s c a t t e rs; ruci o f s p l e n d o r ;
mandali th e c i r c le; jusam p o s s essing; ami t h e y ; s i k h and a o f p e a c o ck
f eathers; avalim a h o s t .

Madhumandala: (In Sanskrit) No w t hat the autumn has begun, the peacocks,
seeing Your eagerness to enjoy transcendental pastimes, respond by dropping
many splendid peacock feathers for Your use. 0 K r s na, my heart becomes struck
with wonder when I see how these peacocks understand when it is the proper time
for them to act.

Text 20 (a)

k rsnah: sakhe sadhu laksitam tan-mauli-kalpanaya candrakan aharami. (i t i

batuna saha tatha karoti).

s akhe 0 f r i e nd ; sadhu n i c e l y ; l aksitam o b s e r v ed; tat t h i s ; m a ul i o f

c rowns; kalpanaya fo r m a k i ng; candrakan p e a c ock feathers; aharami I s h a l l
gather; iti thus; batuna th e b r a h macari; sah w i t h ; t a th a i n t h a t w a y ; k ar oti
acts.

Krsna: Friend, you have seen the truth. I shall go to collect peacock feathers
for My crown. (K r sna and the brahmacari Madhumangala do that).

Text 20 (b)

radhika: sahi lalide jattha dinna-bhara aham niccidamhi sa tumam ja-i

sommasi tado java kanho dure gado tava kankelli-kudangam pavesissam. (iti tatha
isthita).

s ahi 0 f r i e nd ; lalid e L a l i t a ; j at th a w h e r e ; d i nn a p u t d o w n ; b h a r a
b urden; aham I ; n i c c i d amh i a m f r e e f rom an xi ety; sa s h e ; t u m a m y o u ; j a -
i if; sommasi a r e k i n d - h e arted; tado t h e n ; j a va t a sl o n g as; kanho K r s n a ;
dure far away; gado h a s g o ne; tava t h e n ; k a n k ell i o f a s o k a tr ees;
k udangam th e g r o ve; pavesissam I s h all enter; iti t h u s ;t a th a i n t h a t w a y ;
sthita si t u a t ed.

Radhika: Friend, that burden is now gone, and now I feel free from all My
worries. If you are actually kind to Me, then keep Krsna far away, while I enter the
grove of asoka trees. (She does that).

Text 20 (c)
 krsnah: sakhe nirmitam pracalaka-salakabhih kiritam khanjarita-netrayah
simanta-simani vinyasa-suabhagyam alambatam. (iti parikramya). lalite kva sa te
priya-sakhi.

sakhe 0 f r i e nd ; ni r m i ta m f a s h i o n ed; pracalaka-salakabhih w i t h p e a c ock

feathers; kiritam a c r o w n ; k h a nj arita-netrayah o f R a dha whose eyes are like
k hanjana birds; simanta-simani o n t h e p a r ted hair; vinyasa o f p l a c i n g ;
saubhagyam th e beauty; alambatam m a y b e p l aced; iti t h u s ; p a r i k r amya
w alking; lalite 0 L a l i t a ; kv a w h e r e 7 ; sa S h e ; t e y o u r ; p r i y a d e a r ; s a k h i
friend.

Krsna: Friend, now this crown of peacock feathers may beautify the parted hair
of Radha, whose restless eyes are like two graceful khanjana birds. (He walks).
Lalita, where is your dear friend7

Text 20 (d)

lalita: attano gharam gada.

a ttano o wn ; gh aram t o t h e h o m e ; gata g o n e .

Lalita: She has gone home.

Text 20 (e)

krsnah: nisthure tistha. turnam asau te dhurtata-garvam apaharami. (iti

samantat pasyan sa-harsam). vayasya pasya. sahaseyam avapta gaurangi priya.
(ity upasarpati).

n isthure 0 c r u e l w o m an ; tistha s t a y ; t u r na m a t o n c e ; asau t h i s ; t e o f

you; dhurtata of rascaldom; garvam t h e p r i de; apaharami I s h a l l r e m o ve; iti
t hus; samantat i n al l d i r e ctions; pasyan l o o k i n g ; sa w i t h ; s a h asa a t o n c e ;
i yam She; avapta a t t a i n ed; gaura-angi t h e f a i r - c omplexioned girl; priya M y
beloved; iti t h u s ; u p asarpati a p p r o a c h es.

Krsna: Cruel woman, stop! I shall at once remove all the pride of Your
rascaldom. (He looks in all directions, and says in with happiness:) Friend, look.
All at once I have again attained My fair-complexioned beloved. (He approaches).
Text 20 (f)

madhumangalah: (vihasya) bho va-assa cakkavadena tinavattena bhamidassa

de ajjavi nunam bhamo na gado. pekkha esa pida-para-a-punja-pinjarida thala-
nalini.

bho 0 ; v a - assa friend; cakkavadena b y th e w h i r l w i nd ; ti navattena

T rnavarta; bhamidassa w h i r l e d about; de o f Y o u ; ajjav i e v e nn o w ; n u na m i s
i t not so7; bhamo b e w i l d e r m e nt; na n o t ; g ad o a t t a i n e d ; pekkh a l o o k ! ; e s a
t his; pida y e l l ow ; para-a o f p o l l e n ; p u nj a b y a n a b u n d a n ce; pinjarida m a d e
yellow; thala-nalini the land-growing lotus flower.

Madhumangala: (Laughs) 0 f r i e nd, are You not still dizzy form the time when
the Trnavarta whirlwind spun You around7 Lo ok ! T his is a land-growing lotus
flower covered with yellow pollen.

Text 20 (g)

krsnah: (nirupya) sakhe satyambravisi. (ityanyato gatva). bho sakhe pasya

kunkumangi nistankitam idanim eva labdha. (iti di d h i r suh p r a d h avati).

n irupya l o o k i n g ; sakhe 0 f r i e n d ; satyam t h e t r u t h ; b r a visi y o u s p e a k ;

i ti t h u s ; anyatah t o a n o t h er place; gatva h a v i n g gone; bho 0 ; s a k h e f r i e n d ;
pasya lo o k. ; ku n k um a d e c o r a ted with k u n k u ma; angi t h e g i r l w h ose limbs;
n istankitam w i t h o u t d o u bt ; idani m n o w ; e v a c e r t a i n l y ; labdh a i s a t t a i n e d ;
i ti t h u s ; di d h i r su h d e s i r i n g to h o ld; pradhavati r u n s .

Krsna: (Lookign) F r i e nd, you speak the truth. (H e goes to another place). 0
friend, look. Without doubt I have now attained Radha, whose limbs are anointed
with kunkuma. ( D esiring to embrace Her, He runs).

Text 20 (h)

madhumangalah: (sa-hasta-talam uccair vihasya) bho va-assa ettha tujjha

avaraho natthi. kintu pema-lahari-e jjevva. ja-e savva vundata-i rahi-a nimmide.

sa with; hasta-talam c l a p p in g the hands; uccaih l o u d l y ; v i h asya

laughing; bho 0 ; v a - a ssa f r i e n d ; etth a i n t h i s ; t u j jh a o f Y o u ; a v araho
o ffense; na n ot ; atth i i s ; k i n t u h ow e v e r ; p em a o f l o v e ; l ahari-e b y t h e
waves; jjevva c e r t ainly; ja-e b y w h i c h ; savva a l l ; v u n d a ta-i — of Vrndavana
forest; rahi-a o f R a d h i ka; nimm id a i s c o n s t r u c t ed.
 Madhumangala: (Loudly clapping his hands and laughing) 0 friend, this is
not Your fault. Drow n ing in the waves of love, You now think that this entire
Vrndavana forest is actually Radhika.

Text 20 (i)

krsnah: (sa-vailaksyam. vilokya). k a t ham utph u l l eyam sahacari. (parsvato

vilokya). lalitangi lalite ito vamya-parvatad avarohanti kantaram itasya dadasva me
hastavalambam.

s a with; vailakyam w o n d e r ; v i l o ky a l o o k i n g ; k a t ha m w h y ; u t p h u l l a
neglected; iyam s h e ; sahacari t h e g op i f r i e nd; parsvatah t o t h e si de; vilokya
l ooking; lalita b e a u t i f ul; angi w h o s e l i m bs; lalite 0 L a l i t a ; i ta h f r o m t h a t ;
v amya of c o n t r ariness; parvatat f r o m th e m o u n t a in; avarohanti d e s c e n d i n g ;
k antaram t o th e f o r est; itasya c o m e ; dadasva p l e ase give; hasta o f th e h a n d ;
a valambham e x t e n sion .

Krsna; (Struck with wonder, He looks about). W h ere is our gopi-friend7

(Looking to the side) 0 b e autiful Lalita, please come down from the great
mountain of your contrariness and extend your hand to help Me in this dense
forest.

Text 20 (j)

l alita: (smitva) sundara visaham pucchehi. esa kkhu nam janadi. ( i t i

samjnam natayati).

smitva sm i l i ng ; sundara 0 h a n d s o m e boy; visaham V i s a k ha; pucchehi

Y ou should ask; esa she; kkh u i n d e e d ; na m H e r ;j a n ad i k n o w s ;i t i t hu s ;
samjnam a si g n al; natayati r e p r e s ents dramatically.

Lalita: (Smiling) 0 h a n d s ome boy, You should ask Visakha. She knows where
Radha has gone. (Lalita sends a signal to Visakha).

Text 20 (k)

k rsnah: (sa-harsamapavarya) sakhe pasya visakhayahparoksamk i n cit ti r o

valambanti lalita bhru-samjnaya kadamba-kunjam sucayati. tad atra nasti manag
api sandigdhata. (iti parikramya sa-darpa-smitam). priye vilokitasi. ni r gamyatam.
(ity udgrivikam krtva sa-hasam). lalite sadhu sadhu. jatam tava dhurtata-
latikayah saphalyam idam.

sa with; harsam h a p p i n e ss; apavarya a s i de; sakhe 0 f r i e n d ; p asya

look.; visakhayah V i s a k ha; paroksam s e c r et; kinci t s o m e t h i n g ; ti r ah
secretly; avalambanti r e s t i ng; lalita L a l i t a ; bhr u o f t h e e y e b r ows; samjnaya
with a signal; kadamba o f k a d a m b a trees; kunjam a g r o v e ; sucayati i n d i c a t e s;
t at th e re; atra i n t h i s ; n a n o t ; a st i t h e r ei s ; m anak s l i g h t l y ; ap i e v e n ;
s andigdhata d o u bt ; it i t h u s ;p a r i k r a my a w a l k i n g ; s a w i t h ; d a rp a o f p r i d e ;
smitam a s m i le; priy e 0 b e l o v e d ; vi l o k it a s e e n ; asi Y o u a r e ; ni r gamyatam
c ome out; iti t h u s ; u d g r i v i ka m r a i s e d n e ck; krtv a d o i n g ; s a w i t h ; h a sa m a
laugh; lalite 0 L a l i t a ; sadhu w e l l d o n e ! ; sadhu w e l l d o n e ! ; jatam
manifested; tava of y ou ; dh u r t at a o f t h e r a scaldom; latikayah o f t h e c r e eper;
s aphalyam f r u i t f u l n ess; idam this.

Krsna: (Happy, aside to Madhumangala). Friend, look. To Visakha Lalita

signals with her eyebrows. She points to the grove of kadamba trees. There is not
the slightest doubt she is doing that. (W it h a pr oud smile He walks there). 0
beloved, I see You. Come out! (He waits with raised neck and then laughs out
loud). Lalita! Well done! Well done! The vine of your rascaldom has now borne
its fruit.

Text 20 (1)

madhumangalah: va-assa esa ma e jj evva laddha tuha radha.

va-assa 0 f r i e nd; esa S h e ; ma-e b y m e ; j j e vv a c e r t a i n ly ; laddha

o btained; tuha Y o u r ; r a dh a Radha.

Madhumangala: Friend, I have Your Radha.

Text 20 (m)

krsnah: (sa-kautukam) v ayasya laliteva kaccid avisrambhaniya-bhanitir nasti.

s a with; kautukam j o y ; v a y a sya 0 f r i e n d ; l a l i t a Lalita; iva l i k e ; k accit

something; avisrambhaniya u n t r u s t w o r t hy; bhanitih statement; na n o t ; asti
1s.

Krsna: (Joyful) Friend, you are not like Lalita. I can trust that you speak the
truth.
Text 20 (n)

madhumangalah: ga-atti-e savami.

g a-atti-e on th e Gayatri mantra; savami I swear.

Madhumangala: I swear on the Gayatri mantra that I speak the truth.

Text 20 (o)

krsnah: (sa-visrambham) sakhe kva sa darsaya sighram.

s a with; visrambham t r u s t ; sakh e 0 f r i e n d ; kv a w h e r e 7 ; sa i s S h e ;

darsaya show Her .

Krsna: (With trust) F r i e nd, where is She7 Show Her to Me.

Text 20 (p)

madhumangalah: tumha hattha-gadam jjevva nam karemi. ta dehi me paritosi-

am.

t umha of Y ou ; hatth a i n t o t h e h a nd; gadam g o n e ; jj evv a c e r t a i n l y ;

n am H er ; karem i I s h a l ldo ; t a t h e r e f o re; dehi p l e a s e give; me t o m e ;
p aritosi-am a r e w a r d .

Madhumangala: I shall place Her in Your hand, but first You must give me a
reward.

Text 20 (q)

(krsnah sa-slagham malati-malaya mandayati).

k rsnah K r s na; sa w i t h ; s l a gham p r a i s e ; malati o f m a l a t i fl o w e r s ;

malaya w it h th e garland; mandayati d e c o r a tes.

(Krsna respectfully decorates him with the garland of malati flowers).

Text 20 (r)

madhumangalah: gheppijja-u esa. (iti radha iti varna-dvayi-bhajam patra-

lekham arpayati).

g heppi-ha-u m a y b e taken; esa S he; it i t h u s ;r a dh a R a d h a ; it i t h u s ;

varna sy l l ables; dvayi t w o ; b h a ja m p o s s e ssing; patra o n a l e af; lekham
w riting; arpayati g i v e s .

Madhumangala: Now You may take Her. (He gives Krsna a leaf on which the
word "Radha" is written).

Text 20 (s)

krsnah: (smitva) sakhe satyam anenapibhavad-arpitena tarpito smi. y a t ah.

smitva sm i l i ng ; sakhe 0 f r i e n d ; satyam i n t r u t h ; a n en a b y t h i s ; ap i

e ven; bhavat by y ou ; arpitena g i v e n ; t arpitah p l e a s ed; asmi I a m ; y a t a h
because.

Krsna: (Smiles) Friend, I am pleased by your gift.

Text 20 (t)

kramat kaksam aksnoh parisara-bhuvam va sravanayor

manag adhyarudham pranayi-jananam aksara-padam
kam apy antas tosam vitarad avalambad anupadam
nisargad visvesam hrdaya-padavim utsukayati

kramat i n du e co urse; kaksam t h e m i d d l e ; aksnoh o f t h e e y es; parisara-

b huvam th e v i c i n i ty; va o r ; s r a v anayoh o f t h e e ars; manak s l i g h t l y ;
adhayrudham e n t e r ed; pranayi-jananam o f l o v e r s ; aksara-padam t h e s y l l able;
k am api s o m e t h i ng; antah i n t h e h e a rt; tosam s a t i s f action; vitarat g r a n t i n g ;
a valamvat f r o m r e sting; anupadam a t e v ery m o m ent; nisargat n a t u r a l l y ;
v isvesam of everyone; hrdaya o f t h e h e art; padavim t h e p a t h w a y ;
u tsukayati f i l l s w it h l o v e .

When the syllables of the beloved's name even momentarily enter the eyes or
ears of the lover, at every moment they bring great satisfaction to the lover's heart.
What to speak of the lover's heart, they fill these syllables fill the hearts of the
entire world with transcendental love.

Text 25 (a)

(iti paravrtya daksinato vikasantam asokam avalokya sa-vismayam).

iti t h u s ; paravrtya t u r n i n g ; d aksinatah f r o m t h e r i g ht; vikasantam

blossoming; asokam a n a s oka tree; avalokya s e e i ng; sa w i t h ; v i s m ayam
wonder.

He turns and becomes struck with wonder as He notices a blossoming asoka

tree on the right).

Text 25 (b)

sanke sankulitantar adya nibida-kridanu bandhecchaya

kunje vanjula-sakhinah sasimukhi lina varivarti sa
no ced esa tad-anghri-sangama-vinabhavad akale katham
puspamoda-ninamtritali-patali-stotrasya patri-bhavet

a tha now ; ku nj a i n t h e g r o ve; adi b e g i n n i n g w i th ; li n at a h i d i n g ; y a t h a

just as; vidagdha-madhave i n Vidagdha-madhava; sanke I t h i n k ; sankul i t a
b ewildered; antah w i t h i n ; a dy a n o w ; n i b i d a i n t e n s e ; kr id a p a s t i m e s ;
anubandha i n r e l a t i on; icchaya w i t h t h e d e sire; kunje i n t h e g r o ve; vanjula
o f asoka; sakhinah t r e es; sasi-mukhi m o o n - f a ced Radharani; lina h a s
d isappeared; varivarti c h o o s es; sa S h e ; na n o t ; u i n de e d ; ce t i f ; e s a h t h i s ;
tat of H er; anghri o f t h e f e et; sangama t h e t o u ch; vin a w i t h o u t ; a b h avat
b ecame; akale at the im p r oper time; katham h o w 7 ; p u sp a o f t h e fl o w e r s ;
a moda th e fragrance; ninamtrita p r o c l a i m ed; ali o f b u m b l e - b e es; patali o f
t he multitude; stotrasya o f th e pr ayers; patri t h e p r o p er object; bhavet m a y
become.

"I think moon-faced Radharani may have entered this grove of asoka trees with
a desire to enjoy transcendental pastimes here. If this were not so, then how,
when it is not the proper season, could the bumble-bees proclaim the glories of the
fragrant (blossoming) asoka flowers, if Radharani had not touched them with Her
feet7"

Note: It is said that if a young girl touches an asoka tree with her foot, the tree
will immediately blossom. in this verse Lord Krsna thinks that because the asoka
tree are blooming at the wrong time of the year because Srimati Radharani must
have stepped on them as She walks through the forest.
Text 26 (a)

(iti parikramyan udgrivikaya radham drstva sanandam). priye kathyatam

idanim ka va varta.

iti t h u s ; parikramyan w a l k i n g ; u d g r i v i k aya w i t h r a i sed neck; radham

Radha; drstva seeing; sa w i t h ; a n a ndam b l i s s ; p r iy e 0 b e l o v e d ; k a thyatam
l et it be said; idanim n o w ; k a w h a t . ;v a o r ;v a r t a i s t h e n e w s .

(He walks. Lifting His neck, He sees Radha. He becomes blissful). Beloved,
please tell Me: What has happened7

Text 26 (b)

radhika: (sa-pranayersyam) tu-atto bha-ena jevva pala-edamhi. ettha vi mam

vidambedum laddhosi.

s a with; pranaya o f l o v e ; irsyam t h e a n g er; tu-atto o f Y o u ; b h a-ena w i t h

f ear; jevva c e r t ainly; pala-edamhi I fl e d ; e t th a h e r e ; v i e v e n ;m a m M e;
vidambedum t o m o c k ; l a d dosi Y o u h a v e come.

Radhika: (With the anger of love) I fled out of fear of You. Even here You
have come to mock Me.

Text 26 (c)

krsnah: (satma-slagham) drsta me patavarabhati, yatas tirodhana-

vidyapaharena nirjita yuyam.

s a with; atma o f t h e s e lf; slagham p r a i se; drsta s e en ; m e M y ; p a t a v a -

a rabhati e x p e r t ness; yatah b e c a use; tirodhana o f d i s a p pearance; vidya t h e
s cience; apaharena by r e m o v i ng; nirjit a d e f e a t ed; yuyam Y o u a r e .

Krsna: (Praising Himself) See how expert I am. By preventing You from
hiding from Me I have defeated You.

Text 26 (d)
 lalita: (sanskrtena) hanto bho van matra-jita-kasin

asminn eka-sarojasambhava-krta-stotro 'si vrndavane

radha bhuri-hiranyagarbha-racita-pratyanga-kanti-stava
hastodasta-mahidharas tvam asakrn netranta-bhangi-cchata-
krstoccair dharanidhara mama sakhi tad vira mahankrthah

s ankrtena i n S anskrit; hanta i n d e e d ; bho h 0 ; v a k b y w o r d s ;m a t r a

o nly; jita-kasin d e f e ated; asmin i n t h i s ; ek a b y o n e ; sarojasambhava B r a h m a ;
krta o f f e r ed; stotrah p r a y e rs; asi Y o u a r e ; vrndavane i n V r n d a v a na; radha
R adha; bhuri b y m a n y ; h i r anyagarbha B r a h m as; racita f a s h i o n ed; prati o n
e ach; anga li mb ; k ant i o f t h e b e a u ty; stava p r a y e rs; hasta b y t h e h a n d ;
u dasta li f t ed; mahidharah G o v a r d h ana Hill; tvam Y o u ; a s akr t a t o n c e ;
netra of th e eyes; anta f r o m t h e co rners; bhangi o f c r o o k ed glances; chata
effulgence; akrta a t t r a cted; uccaih g r e a t ly; dharanidhara t h e g r eat mountain
o f Krsna; mama m y ; s akh i f r i e n d ; ta t t h e r e f o re; vir a 0 h e r o ; n a d o n o t ;
a hankrthah b e c om e proud .

Lalita: (In Sanskrit) 0 e x p ert boaster, in this Vrndavana forest only one
Brahma offers prayers to You, although many Brahmas offer prayers glorifying the
beauty of each of Radha s transcendental limbs. You may lift Govardhana Hill with
a single hand, but my friend Radha pulls the great mountain of Sri Krsna with a
single sidelong glance. 0 hero Krsna, do not be so proud.

Text 27 (a)

krsnah: lalite niline mayi vilokite natathyam tava vikatthanam bhavatinam

vidankaravani.

l alite 0 L a l i t a ; ni l in e d i s a p p e ared; mayi w h e n I h a ve; vilokit e s e e n ; n a

not; atathyam f alse; tava yo ur ; vik atthanam b o a s t i ng; bhavatim o f y o u ;
v idankaravani I s h al l d o .

Krsna: 0 Lalita, I shall disappear. In this way I shall remove your false
boasting.

Text 27 (b)

sarvah: evvam hodu.

e vvam in t hat way; hodu act.

 Everyone: Do it!

Text 27 (c)

krsnah: iyam uttaras cancarika-sancaya-rocir ullasi-symala-palasa-guluchha

duratas tapiccha-viccholi. tad esa savarnataya sakhi-bhavam apanna mam atra
sangopayisyati. (iti sa-vayasyo niskrantah).

iyam t h i s ; ut tarah i n t h e n o r t h ; cancarika o f b l a c k bees; sancaya o f a

s warm; rocih t h e s p l e n d or; ullasi s p l e n d id ; syamala b l a c k ; palasa o f w o o d ;
guluccha an ab u n dance; duratah far away; tapiccha-viccholi a g r o v e of
kadamba trees; tat t h e r e f ore; esa t h i s ; savarnataya b y b e ing the same color;
sakhi o f b e i n g a friend; bhavam t h e n a t u re; apanna h a v i n g at tained; mam
M e; atra h e re; sangopayisyati w i l l c o n c e al; iti t h u s ; s a w i t h ; v a y a syah H i s
f riend; niskrantah e x i t s .

Krsna: Far to the north is a grove of tamala trees as dark as a swarm of black
bees. Because those trees and I are the same color We are close friends. Those
trees will certainly give Me a good hiding place. (Accompanied by His friend
Madhumangala, Krsna exits).

Text 27 (d)

lalita: hala rahe kanhassa adamsanena ma uttamma. nam dittham jevva

janehi. ta vijutta asavvado upasappamha.

hala 0 ; r ah e R a d h a ; k a n hassa o f K r s na; adamsanena b y n o t seeing; ma

d on t; uttamma b e c om e unhappy; nam H i m ; d i t t h a m s e e n ; j e vv a c e r t a i n l y ;
janehi Y ou should know; ta t h e r e f o re; vijutt a s e p a r a ted from Him ;
asavvado everywhere; upasappamha w e s h all go.

Lalita: 0 Radha, do not be unhappy because Krsna is no longer in Your sight.

You shall see Him again. Now that we are separated from Him we shall go
everywhere to find Him.

Text 27 (e)

radhika: jadha bhanadi pi-a-sahi.

jadha as; bhanadi speaks; pi-a dear; sahi My friend.

 Radhika: As My dear friends speaks.

Text 27 (f)

(iti tisram tatha kurvanti).

i ti t h u s ; tisrah t h e t h r e e girls; tatha i n t h a t w ay; ku r v ant i a c t .

(The three girls do that).

Text 27 (g)

radhika: (uttaram vana-lekham asadya sa-vimarsam). nunam kanho ettha

patto huvissadi jam me pekkhanto dakkhinam pa-ittho.

u ttaram i n t h e n o r th ; vana-lekham t h e f o r e st; asadya e n t e r i ng; sa w i t h ;

v imarsam re fl e c t i on; nunam i s i t n o t 7 ; kanh o t h a t K r s n a ; ettha h e r e ;
patto o b t a i n ed; huvissadi w i l l b e ; ja m b e c a u se; me M e; pekkhanto s e e i n g ;
d akkhinam t h e s o u th ; pa-itth o w ill enter.

Radhika: (She goes to the northern forest, and then pauses to reflect) Is this
not the place where Krsna will be found7 If He sees Me He will escape and go to to
south.

Text 27 (h)

sa hariti bhavatibhih svanta-hari harinyo

harir iha kim apangatithya-sangi vyadhayi
yad anuranita-vamsi-kakalibhir mukhebhyah
sukha-trna-kavala vah sami-lidhah skhalanti

sah He; hariti i n t h i s d i r e c t i on; bhavatibhih b y y o u ; s v anta-hari

handsome; harinyah 0 d o e s ; hari h K r s n a ; ih a h e r e ; ki m wh e t h e r 7 ; apanga
o f the corners of the eyes; atithya a g u e st; sangi t o u c h i n g ; vyadhayi h a s
p laced; yat b e c ause; anuranita s o u n d ed; vamsi o f t h e fl u t e ; kakalibhih b y
t he sweet sounds; mukhebhyah f r o m m o u t h s ; sukh a h a p p y ; t rn a o f g r a s s ;
k avalah m o u t h f u ls; vah o f y o u ; s am i -l i dhah h a l f - c h e w ed; akhalanti f a l l .
 0 does, has handsome Krsna come to this place and become the guest of the
corners of your eyes7 I can see that because you must have heard the sweet music
of Krsna's flute, the grass is now falling, half-chewed, from your mouths.

Text 28

(puro 'bhyupetya samantat pasyanti. sanskrtena).

yad agalita-marandam vartate sakhi-vrndam

milati ca yad alabdha-prema-ghurna khagali
tad iha na hi sikhandottamsini sa pravista
nikhila-bhuvana-ceto-harini kapi vidya

purah a h e ad; abhyupetya a p p r o a c h i ng; samantat in all directions;

pasyanti l o o k i n g ; sanskrtena i n Sanskrit; yat b e c a use; agalita w i t h o u t
trickling down; marandam h o n e y ; vartate r e m a i n ; sakhi o f t r e e s; vrndam
the host; milati m e e t t o g ether; ca a l s o ; yat b e c a u se; alabdha n o t a t t a i n ed;
prema of l o ve; ghurna a g i t a t i on ; khaga o f b i r d s ; al i t h e fl o c k s ; tat
t herefore; iha h e r e; na n o t ; h i ce r t a i n l y ; si k h anda-uttamsini o f K r s n a , wh o
w ears a crown of peacock feathers; sa t h at ; pravista e n t e r ed; nikh il a t h e
entire; bhuvana w o r l d ; cetah t h e h e a r ts; harini e n c h a n t i ng; ka api
s omething; vidya k n o w l e d g e .

(She walks ahead, looks in all directions and says in Sanskrit:) Because the
trees have become stunned and stopped oozing honey, and because the birds have
all assembled together as if stunned with transcendental love, I think they must all
be aware of the presence of Lord Krsna, who wears a crown of peacock feathers,
and who enchants the hearts of the entire world.

Text 29

(iti savyatah parikramya. sanskrtena).

vighurnantah pauspam na madhu lihate 'mi madhulihah

suko 'yam nadatte kalita-jadima dadima-phalam
vivarna-parnagram carati hariniyam na haritam
pathanena svami tad ibhavara-gami dhruvam agat

iti t h u s ; svayatah f r o m t h e l e ft; parikramya ; sanskrtena in Sanskrit;

v ighurnantah a g i t a t ed; pauspam c l u s t ers of flowers; na n o t ; m a dh u h o n e y ;
l ihate l i c ks; ami t h e s e ; madhulihah b e e s ; sukah p a r r o t ; aya m t h i s ; n a
does not; adatte t a ke; kalita m a n i f e s t ed; jadima t h e c o n d i t ion of being
stunned; dadima-phalam p o m e g r a nate; vivarna t u r n e d c o l or; parna o f l e a v es;
a gram th e t ip; carati g o e s ; harin i d o e ;i y a m t h i s ; n a n o t ; h a r i t a m g r e e n ;
p atha th e path; anena b y H i m ; s v am i t h e m a s t er; tat t h a t ; i bh a o f
e lements; vara th e best; gami g a i t ; d h r u va m i n d e e d ; agat a t t a i n e d .

(She walks to the left, and then says in Sanskrit:)

These restless bumble-bees fly to and from without drin k ing the nectar of these
flowers. This parrot has become stunned, and will not eat the pomegranate near
him. This doe has become pale and declines to eat the green grass beneath her.
These are certain symptoms of the fact that Sri Krsna, who walks like the best of
graceful elephants, must have travelled down this path".

Text 30

(puro gatva) esa vamado kali tamala-ali disa-i. (iti saci-kandharam nibhalya.
sanskrtena).

naisargikany api nirargala-capalani

hitvadya sankula-tanuh pulakankurena
drstim cirena parirabdha-tamala-sakha
sakha-mrgi-tatir iyam kim adhas tanoti

p urah a h e ad; gatva g o i n g ; esa t h i s ; v a m ad o o n t h e l e ft ; kal i b l a c k ;

t amala of t am ala trees; ali g r o u p ; d i sa-i — is seen; iti t h u s ; saci tilted;
kandharam n e ck ; n i b h alya l o o k i n g ; sanskrtena i n S a n s k r it; naisargikani
natural; api a l so ; nirargala u n c h e c k able; capalatani r e s t l essness; hitva
a bandoning; adya n o w ; sankul a f i l l e d ; t a nu h b o d y ;p u l a k a -ankurena w i t h
hairs standing upright; drstim g l a n c e ; cirena f o r a l on g t i me; parirabdha
e mbraced; tamala o f th e tamala trees; sakhah t h e b r a n ches; sakha-mrgi of
monkeys; tatih t r o o p ;i y a m t h i s ;k i m wh y ; a d h a h d o w n w a r d s ; tanoti
place.

(Goes ahead) On the left I see a grove of black tamala tree. (Tilting Her neck,
She looks at the trees and says in Sanskrit:) Why h ave the monkeys in the
branches of the tamala trees given up their natural restlessness7 Why to their
bodily hairs stand upright in ecstasy, and why do they stare at the ground in this
way7

Text 31 (a)

ta esa manjula tavincha-ni-unja-sali-a pekkhidavva.

ta in t his way; esa t h i s ; manj ul a b e a u t i f u l ; tavincha o f t a m al a trees; ni-

unja of th e grove; sali-a t h e b r a n ches; pekkhidavva m a y b e s e en.
 In this way the branches of the tamala trees appear very beautiful.

Text 31 (b)

(pravisya)
krsnah: (svagatam) satyam asyam citta-catvara-sanga-tvari premavalir eva
mad-uddesa-duti. yad alambitam vijnata-bhuyistho smi samvrttah. tatah sthanur
iva niscalam tisthami. (iti tatha sthitah).

pravisya en t ers; svagatam a s i de; satyam i n truth; asyah o f H er ; ci tt a of

t he heart; catvara i n th e co u r tyard; sanga t o u c h i ng ; tvari q u i c kly going;
prema of l o ve; avalih t he abundance; eva c e r tainly; mat t o M e ; u d d es a i n
r elation; duti t h e m e s senger; yat b e c a u se; alamitam s t a y i ng ; vinnata k n o w n ;
b huyisthah g r e a t ly; asmi I a m ; s a m v r t ta h e n g a g ed; tatah t h e r e f o r e ;
sthanuh a p i l l ar; iv a l i k e ; n i s c alah m o t i o n l e ss; tisthami I s h a l l s t and; iti
t hus; tatha i n t h a t w ay; sthitah stands.

(Krsna entes).
Krsna: (Aside) The great love that Radha bears for Me in the courtyard of Her
heart has become the messenger to quickly guide Her to Me. She can easily find
Me now. I shall stand as still and motionless as a column. (He does that).

Text 31 (c)

radhika: (murdhanam anamayya krsnam pasyanti. sa-vyajam). ettha kanho

natthi.

murdhanam H e r h e ad; anamayya l o w e r i ng ; kr snam K r s n a ; pasyanti

s eeing; sa wi th ; vyajam a t r i c k ; e t th a h e r e ; k a nh o K r s n a ; n a n o t ; a t t h i is.

Radhika: (Lowering Her head, She sees Krsna. As a trick, She says:) Krsna is
not here.

Text 31 (d)

krsnah: (svagatam) distya na drsto 'smi.

s vagatam aside; distya b y g o o d f o r t u ne; na n o t ; d r s ta h s e e n ; asm i I

have been.
 s vagatam aside; distya b y g o o d f o r t u ne; na n o t ; d r s ta h s e e n ; asm i I
have been.

Krsna: (Aside) Fortunately She did not see Me.

Text 31 (e)

radhika: (sa-smitam) eso nilo mani kilo jjevva rehadi.

s a with; smitam a s m i l e ; eso t h i s ; n i l o a b l u e ; m an i j e w e l l e d ; k i l o

c olomn; jj evva c e r t ainly; rehadi stands.

Radhika: (Smiling) H ere is a blue column studded with jewels.

Text 31 (f)

krsnah: nunam ghanandhakarato naham pratyabhijnatah.

nunam i s i t no t so7; ghana d e n se; andhakaratah b e c a use of the blinding

darkness; na n ot ; aham I a m ; p r a t y a bhijnatah r e c o g n i z ed.

Krsna: Is it not so that because of the dense, blinding dakness She cannot
recognize Me7

Text 31 (g)

radhika: amhahe ujjalada indanila-kilassa.

a mhahe ah a.; ujjalada t h e s p l e n d or; indanila o f s a p p h i r es; kilassa o f t h e

column.

Radhika: Ah, the splendor of this sapphire column.

Text 31 (b)

krsnah: (sa-harsam apavarya)

re dhvanta-mandala sakhe saranagato 'smi
vistarayasva tarasa nija-vaibhavani
abhyasam abhyupagatapi muhur yatha sa
navaiti mam nava-kuranga-tarangi-netra

s a with; harsam j o y ; a p avarya a s i d e ; re 0 ; d h v a n t a - m andala d a r k n e s s ;

s akhe 0 f r i en ; sarana a t t h e sh elter; agatah a r r i v ed; asmi I a m ;
v istarayasva pl ease extend; tarasa at o n ce; nija y o u ; v a i b h avani p o t e n c y ;
abhyasam nearby; abhypagata approached; api although; muhuh repeatedly;
yatha as; sa S he; na not; avaiti u n d e r s t a nd; nava y o u n g ; k u r a ng a d e e r ;
tarangi w i t h w a v es; netra w h o s e eyes.

Krsna: (With happiness, He says to Himself:) 0 d a r k n ess, My friend, I take

shelter of you. Please extend your influence at once, so that even though this girl,
whose restless eyes are like the eyes of a doe, stares at Me at close range and for a
long time, She will not understand who I am.

Text 32 (a)

radhika: (smitva) accari-am accari-am. imassa nilovalassa antarale

padibimbida canda-ali lakkhi-adi.

s mitva sm i l i ng ; accari-am w o n d e r f ul ; accari-am w o n d e r f ul ; im assa o f

t his; nilovalassa sapphire; antarala i n t h e m i d d le; padibimbida r e fl e c t e d ;
c anda-ali a ro w o f m o o n s ; lakkhi-adi i s seen.

Radhika: (Smiles) Wo n d erful! W o n d erful! I see a line ofm o ons reflected on

this sapphire column.

Note: Candravah is, of course, the name of Radha s rival, and therefore the
sentence may also be interpreted:

"Wonderful! Wonderful! I see My rival Candravali reflected in this sapphire

column".

Text 32 (b)

k rsnah: (smitam krtva svagatam) katham samvidana khalu narmatanoti. (i t y

utthaya. prakasam). priye satyam attha. yad ayam tvad-asya c a n dro me hrd -
vrtti-tarangesu bimbitas candravali babhuva.

s mitam a s m i le; krtv a d o i n g ; svagatam a s i d e ; katham h o w i s i t 7 ;

s amvidana u n d e r standing; khalu i n d e e d ; narm a a j o k e ; at anoti d o e s ; i t i
t hus; utthaya r i s i ng ; prakasam o p e n l y ; pr iy e 0 b e l o v e d ; satyam t h e t r u t h ;
a ttha You speak; yat b e c a u se; tvat o f Y o u ; asya o f t h e f a ce; candrah t h e
m oon; me o f M e ; hr t o f t h e h e a rt; vrtt i o f t h e a c t i v i t i es; tarangesu o n t h e
w aves; bimbitah i s re fl e cted; candra o f m o o n s ; avali a s e r i es; babhuva h a s
become.

Krsna: (Smiles, and says to Himself:) How does She understand who I am that
She can joke in this way7 (He rises ans says openly) Beloved, You speak the truth.
When the moon of Your face is reflected on the many waves of the thoughs in My
heart, the reflection is broken into many moons.

Text 32 (c)

radhika: amhahe. katham tumam jevva. tado nedam accari-am.

mahahe A h ! ; k a t ha m h o w i s i t 7 ; t u ma m Y o u ;j e v v a c e r t a i n l y ; tado
t hen; na n o t ; i da m t h i s ;a c cari-am w o n d e r f u l .

R adhika: Oh! Is it You7 Then i t i s no t w o n d erful .

Text 32 (d)

krsnah: vilasini kim anena vislesa-sampadyena keli-narmana. tad ehi. dana-

gandhina kusuma-vrndesu purna-murdhani saptaparna-kunje ksanam visrama-
sakukhyam anubhavama. (iti tatha sthitau).

v ilasini 0 p l a y f u l g i rl ; ki m w h a t i s t h e u se7; anena o f t h i s ; vislesa w i t h

puns; sampadyena e nriched; keli p l a y f ul ; narmana j o k i n g ; ta t t h e r e f o r e ;
ehi come here; dana-gandhina v e r y f r a grant; kusuma o f fl o w e r s ; vrndena
with a multitude; purna f i l l e d ; m u r d h an i t o t h e t o p ; saptaparna o f s a p t aparna
trees; kunje i n t h e g r o ve; ksanam f o r a m o m e nt ; visrama o f p a s t i m e s;
s aukhyam th e h a p p i ness; anubhavama l e t u s both experience; iti thus;
t atha in t hat way; sthitau si tuated.

Krsna: 0 playful girl, what is the need for all these punning jokes7 Come here.
For a moment let us both enjoy transcendental pastimes in this saptaparna grove
filled to the brim with the sweet fragrance of hosts of flowers. (They both do
t.hat.).

Text 32 (e)
 lalita: visahe pekkha. kanhena sangada pi-a-sahi. jam tassa padehim
sammissida-im eda-e pada-im disanti.

v isahe 0 V i s a k ha; pekkha l o o k . ; k a n h e n a by Krsna; sangada

accompanied; pi-a d e ar ; sahi t h e f r i e nd ; jam b ecause; tassa of Hi m ;
padehim w i t h t h e f o o t p r i n ts; sammissaida-im mixed; eda-e of H er; pada-im
the footprints; disanti a r e seen.

Lalita: Visakha, look. Our dear friend Radha has gone with Krsna. Here we
c an see Her footprints mixed with Him .

Text 32 (f)

visakha: (padankan anusrtya sanskrtena).

priya-sakhi parirambhan anumukhyanubandhad

asadrsa-vinivesan narma-laulyorjitani
iyam avisama-manda-nyasato jalpa-gosthim
pada-tatir iha radha-krsnayor atanoti

p ada-ankan th e f o o t p r i n ts; anusrtya f o l l o w i n g ; sanskrtena i n S a n s k r i t ;

priay dear; sakhi friend; parirambhan e m b r a c es; anumukhya-anubandhat
because of facing each other; asadrsa d i s i m i l ar; vinivesan e n t r a n c es; narma-
l aulya-urjitani p l a y f u l n e ss; iyam t h i s ; a v isama s m o o t h ; m a nd a g e n t l e ;
n yasatah f ro m th e placement; jalpa-gosthim c o n v e r s ation; pada o f f o o t p r i n t s ;
t atih th e series; iha h e r e ; radha-krsnayoh o f R a dh a and Krsna; atanoti i s
places.

Visakha: (Following the footprints, she says in Sanskrit:) Here Radha and
Krsna's footprints face each other, showing that here they must have embraced.
Here the footprints are uneven, showing that They must have enjoyed playful
pastimes. Here the footprints are soft and regular showing that They mush have
had a long talk.

Text 33 (a)

krsnah: priye nati-dure komalo yam kanci-dhvanir udacati. tatas tusnim

srnuvah.

priye 0 b e l o v ed; na n ot; ati v e ry ; dur e f a r a w ay ; kom alah d e l i c a t e ;

a yam th is; kanci o f t e h s ash of b e l ls; dhvanih t h e s o u n d ; ud ancati a r i s e s ;
t atah th e r efore; tunim s i l e n c e ; srnuvah l e t u s l i s t en .
 Krsna: Beloved, not very far away is the soft sound of a tinkling sash of bells.
Let us become silent, and listen.

Text 33 (b)

visakha: hala vitthinna-valli-mandala-kundalide vi vana-khande pi-a-sahi-e

kadham kanho turi-am laddho.

h ala ah!; vi t t h i n n a e xtended; valli o f c r e epers; mandala w i t h c i r c l e ;

kundalide e n c i r c l ed; i indeed; vana-khande i n t h i s f o r est; pi-a d e a r ; sahi-e
by the friend; kadham h ow7; kanho K r s n a ; t u r i -a m s o q u i c k l y ; l a ddh o w a s
obtained.

Visakha: This Ah. How was our dear friend Radha able to find Krsna so
quickly in this part of the forest so much overgrown with creepers7

Text 33 (c)

lalita:

garu-am rama-i jahim jo na tassa so ho-i dullaho bhuvane ma-ulantammi-rasale

kalakanthi takkhanam mila-i

g aru gr eatly; rama-i — play; jahim w h e r e ; j o w h o ; n a n ot; tassa of H i m ;

s a He; ho-i — is; dullabo d i f f i c ul t to attain; bhuvane i n th e world; ma-
ulantammi b u d d i n g ; rasale i n a m a ng o tree; kalakanthi c u c k o o ; t a k k h anam
at that moment; mila-i — meets.

Lalita: Here that person who is difficult to find in this world enjoys
transcendental pastimes. For a moment a sweet-throated cuckoo stays on a
budding mango tree.

Text 30 (a)

krsnah: priye pratyasanne tava sakhyau. tad ubhe parihasisyann antarito

bhavami. (iti tatha sthitah).

priye 0 b e l o v ed; pratyasanne a r r i v ed; tava You; sakhyau tw o f r i e n ds; tat

t hen; ubhe w i t h t h em ; parihasisyan j o k i n g ; an taritah h i d d e n ; b h avami I
s hall become; iti t h u s ; t a th a i n t h a t w ay ; sthitah i s s i t u a t e d .

Krsna: Beloved, here come Your two friends. I shall play a joke on them by
hiding. (He does that).

Text 30 (b)

lalita: (parikramya puro radham alokya ca sa-harsam). hala kudo so na-aro.

parikramya w a l k i n g ; pura h a h e a d ; radham R a d h a ; aloky a s e e i ng ; ca

a lso; sa wi th ; harsam h a p p i n e ss; hala a h . ; k u d o w h e r e ; s o H e ; n a - ar o t h e
lover.

Lalita: (Walking ahead, she sees Radha, and happily says:) Oh. Where is Your
lover7

Text 30 (c)

r adhika: (sa-smitam) ka kkhu t a m j a n a d i .

s a with; smitam a s m i l e ; k a w h o 7 ;k k h u in d e e d ; ta m H i m ; j a n a d i
knows.

R adhika: (With a smile) Wh o k n o w s 7

Text 34 (d)

lalita: (sa-narma-smitam sanskrtena asritya).

kaca mukta muktavalir api yayau nirguna-dasam

visuddham te dantacchada-yugam abhud danta-hrdaye
abandhasit kanci tad iva sakhi yuktasi harina
satinam vah krtyam kim ucitam idam gokula-bhuvam

sa with; narm a a p l a y f u l ; smitam s m i l e ; sanskrtena o f S a n skr it; asritya

t aking shelter; kacah h a i r ; m u k ta h dis h e v e l l ed; mukt a o f p e a r ls; avalih t h e
string; api e v en ; yayau h a s a t t ained; nirguna o f b e i n g w i t h ou t a string;
d asam the condition; visuddham f r e e f ro m red betel-nut stains; te o f Y o u ;
dantacchada of l i ps; yugam t h e p a i r ; abhu t h a s b e c o me; danta s c r a t c h ed;
hrdaye w h ose chest; abandha u n t i e d ; asit h a sb e c ome; kanci t h e b e lt ; tat
therefore; iva as if; sakhi 0 f r i e n d ; y u k t a u n i t e d ; as i Y o u h a v e been;
h arina w i t h K r s na; satinam c h a s t e girls; vah o f u s ; k r t ya m t o b e d o n e ;
kim w h e t h e r7; ucitam p r o p e r ; i da m t h i s ;g o k u l a -bhuvam o f t h e r e s i dents of
Gokula.

Lalita: (With a playful smile, she says in Sanskrit:) Your hair is dishevelled,
Your pearl necklace broked, Your teeth are no longer reddened with betel-nuts,
Your breasts bear many scratch marks, and Your belt is untied. 0 f r i e nd, it
appears that You have enjoyed conjugal union with Krsna. Is this proper for us
chaste girls of Gokula7

Text 35 (a)

krsnah: (puro 'nusrtya) lalite naham aparadhyami sakhyai. vane sangopito

'smi.

p urah i n f r o n t ; anusrtya a p p r o a c h i ng; lalite 0 L a l i t a ; n a n ot; aham I ;

a paradhyami h a v e offended; sakhyai y o u r f r i e nd ; vane i n t h e f o r e st;
sangoptitah h i d d e n h i d d en; asmi I h a v e b e en.

Krsna: (Approaches) Lalita, I have not done anything bad to your friend. I
have been hiding in the forest the entire time.

Text 35 (b)

lalita: kim ti pi-a-sahi-e sangovinijjo tumam.

k im w h y 7 ; t i i n t h i s w a y ; p i- a d e a r ; sahi-e b y m y f r i e n d ; sangovinijjo t o
b e hidden; tumam Y o u .

Lalita: What did my dear friend do to make You hide in the forest7

Text 35 (c)

krsnah: sundari nija-kandarpa-kala-pragalbhyasyapalapaya. (ity angulya

darsayan). pasya pasya.

sundari 0 b e a u t i fu l gi rl; nij a o w n ; k a n d a rp a a m o r o u s ; kal a o f p a s t i m e s;

p ragalbhyasya of th e boldness; apalapaya c a u sing to flee; iti t h u s ; angulya
w ith a finger; darsayan i n d i c a t i ng; pasya l o o k ! ; p asya look!
 Krsna: 0 beautiful girl, Her bold amorous advances made Me flee. (Pointing
w ith His finger). Look! Lo o k !

Text 35 (d)

kathoragrair bhuyo vranam ajanayad vaksasi nakhair

balad akramanti vyakirad api mam piccha-racanam
vikrsya chinnangim akrta-vana-malam ca ruciram
idanim janite na kim api puras te priya-sakhi

k athora h a rd ; agraih w i t h t i p s ; bh u ya h r e p e a t e dly; vranam a w o u n d ;

a janayat p r o d u c ed; vaksasi o n t h e c h est; nakhaih w i t h n a i l s ; balat v i o l e n t l y ;
a kramanti a t t a c k i ng; vyakirat s c a t t e r ed; api e v e n p ma m M e ; p i c c h a -
racanam cr ow n of peacock feather; vikrsya p u l l i n g ; ch i nn a b r o k e n ; an gim
whose body; akrta u n d o n e ; vana o f f o r est flow ers; malam t h e g a r l a nd; ca
a lso; ruciram b e a u t i f ul; idani m n o w ;j a n ite k n o w s ; na n o t ;ki m ap i
a nything; purah i n t h e p r e sence; te y o u r ; p r iy a d e a r ; sakh i f r i e n d .

She wounded My chest with the hard tips of Her fingernails. She violently
attacked Me and scattered My peacock feather decorations. She pulled apart My
beautiful garland of forest flowers. Even though She did all these things, your dear
friend now stands before you and says that She knows nothing about it.

Text 36 (a)

radha: (sapatrapam) hum appana kadu-a param dusedum pandidosi.

s a with; apatrapam e m b a r r assment; hum i n d e e d ; appana b y Y o u r s e l f ;

kadu-a h a v ing done; param another; dusedum t o l a y th e blame; pandidosi
You are expert.

Radha: (Embarrassed) You are expert at blaming others for what You have
done Yourself.

Text 36 (b)

(nepathye)

jatila puda-manjarihim. (ity ardhokte).

 jatila y o gi s with ma tted locks ofhair; puda o p e n e d ; manjarihim with
b lossoms; iti t h u s ; ar dh a h a l f ;u k t e s p o k e n .

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Jatila, with the ones whose blossoms have
opened (The sentence is half-finished).

Text 36 (c)

radhika: (sa-trasam) accahidam accahidam. bha-ankari b u d d h i -a. ta tu r i -am

pala-emha. (iti sakhibhyam saha nistranta).

s a with; trasam f e a r ; accahidam v e r y i n a u s picious; accahidam v e r y

inauspicious; bha-ankari f r i g h t e n ed; buddhi-a t h e o l d l a dy; ta t h e r e f o re; turi-
a m qu i c k ly; pala-emha l e t u s fl ee .

Radhika: (Frightened) A calamity! A great calamity! It is the terrible old lady.

Let us flee at once. (With Her two gopi-friends, She exits).

Text 36 (d)

(nepathye)
vihudimanto para-a-punjena hara-bhatta vi-a sava-e pphuranti satta-cchada-
ppa-arah.

vuhudimanto o p u l e n t ; para-a o f p o l l en ; punj ena w i t h a n a b u n d ance;

h ara of L ord Siva; bhatta t h e d e v o tees; vi-a l i k e ; sava-e i n a u t u m n ;
pphuranti b l o s s o m i ng; sattacchada the saptaparna trees; ppa-arah e x c e l lent.

Again the Voice From Behind The Scenes: Covered with pollen, in autumn,
these beautiful saptaparna trees look like jatila-yogis. the devotees of Siva who
wear matted locks of hair.

Text 36 (e)

krsnah: (sa-vailaksyam) hanta sapteparna varnayata jatileti katudgarena

batuna kadarthito 'smi. tad agre suhrn-mandalam eva prayami.
(iti niskrantah sarve).

s a with; vailaksyam u n h a p p i n e ss; hanta i n d e ed ; saptaparnam a

s aptaparna tree; varnayata by d e scribing; jatila j a t i l a ; it i t h u s ;k a t u b i t t e r ;
u dgarena by w o r ds; batuna b y t h e b r a h m acari; kadarthitah u n d o n e ; asmi I
a m; tat t h e r e fore; agre i n t h e p r esence; suhrt o f f r i e n ds; mandalam t h e
c ircle; eva certainly; prayami I s h a l l go ; it i t h u s ;n i s k r a n ta h e x i t s ; s a r v e
everyone.

Krsna: (Distressed) Ah! The brahmacari Madhumangala used the word

"jatila" to describe the saptaparna trees. Jatila is not coming now. T h ese bitter
words of his have ruined Me. Now let Me go to My gopa-friends.
(Everyone exits).

Act Seven
Gauri-tirtha-vih ar a
P astimes at Gauri-t i r t h a

Text 1

(tatah pravisati vrnda).

vrnda: (samantad avalokya)

kadambali jrmbha-bhara-parimalodgari-pavana
sphutad-yuthi yuthi-krta-madhupa-gana-pranayini
matat-keki-stoma mrdula-yavasasya malina-bhus
tapante 'dya svantam mama ramayati dvadasa-vani

t atah th en; pravisati e n t e r s; vrnd a V r n d a ; t a ta h t h e n ; s a m antat i n a l l

d irections; avalokya l o o k i n g ; kadamba o f k a d a m ba; ali t h e h o s t ; jr m b h a
yawning; bhara a b u n d a n ce; parimala fragrance; udgari e m i t t i n g ; pavana
breeze; sphutat b l o s s oming; yuthi y u t h i fl o w e r s ; yuth i - k rt a a s s e m b l ed;
madhupa o f b e es; gana s o n gs; pranayini a f f e c t i o n ate; natat d a n c i ng ; keki
ofpeacocks; stoma t h e h o st; mrdul a t e n d e r ; yavasasya w i t h g r a ss; malina
d arkened; bhuh t h e e a r th; tapa-ante i n a u t u m n ; ady a n o w ; s v a - anta h e a r t ;
mama my ; r amayati d e l i g h t s ; dvadasa-vani t h e t w e lve forests of Vrndavana.

(Vrnda enters).
Vrnda: (Looking in all directions) The breeze carries the sweet aroma scent of
the bloming kadamba flowers, the jubilantly buzzing bees assemble on the yuthi
flowers, the peacocks dance, and the earth is green with grass. Now that it is
autumn, these twelve forests of Vrndavana delight my heart.

Text 2 (a)

(nepathye drstim niksipya) ka t ham asau paurnamasi nija-parna-kutiropanta-

vatikayam abhimanyuna sankathayanti vartate. tad aham ksanam atraiva
tistheyam.

nepathye b e h in d the scenes; drstim a g l a n ce; niksipya c a s t i ng; katham

why7; asau she; paurnamasi P a u r n a m asi; nija o w n ; p a rn a o f l e a v es; kutira
t he cottage; upanta n e a r by; vatikayam i n t h e g a r d en; abhimanyuna w i t h
A bhimanyu; sankathayanti t a l k i n g ; vartate i s ; ta t t h e r e f o r e; aham I ;
ksanam fo r a m o m e nt; atra h e r e ; ev a c e r t a i n ly ; tisthayam s h a l l s t ay.

(Glancing behind the scenes) Why is Paurnamasi talking with Abhimanyu in

the garden by her cottage of leaves7 Let me wait here a moment.

Text 2 (b)

(pravisya tatha-bhuta paurnamasi).

paurnamasi: vatsabhimanyo kim artham pratar evaham upasaditasmi.

pravisya en t ering; tatha-bhuta in that way; paurnamasi P a u r n a m asi:

v atsa 0 c h i l d ; abhimanyo A b h i m a n y u ; ki m ar t ha m w h y 7 ; p r a ta h e a r l y i n
t he morning; eva c e r t a i n ly; aham I ; u p a s a dit a a p p r o a c h ed; asmi a m .

(Enter Paurnmasi, as described)

Paurnamasi: Abhimanyu, my child, why have you come to me so early in the
morning.

Text 2 (c)

abhimanyu: tujjha anam gahidum.

t ujjha o f y ou ; anam t h e p e r m i s sion; gahidum t o t a k e .

Abhimanyu: To ask your permission.

Text 2 (d)
 paurnamasi: kasminn arthe.

k asminn i n w h a t 7 ; arthe m a t t e r .

Paurnamasi: For what7

Text 2 (e)

abhimanyu: varisahanavi-e mahura-patthano.

v arisahanavi-e o f R a dha, the daughter of Maharaja Vrsabhanu; mahura to

M athura; patthano i n the journey.

Abhimanyu: To take Radha to Mathura.

Text 2 (f)

paurnamasi: (sa-vyatham) kas tatra hetuh.

sa with; vyatham a n x i e t y ; ka h w h a t 7 ; t a tr a i n t h a t ; h e tu h i s t h e c a u s e.

P aurnamasi: (Anxious) W h y 7

Text 2 (g)

abhimanyuh: donham raha-mahavanam capalam j evva.

d onham o f th e cou ple; raha-mahavanam R a d h a and Krsna; capalam t h e

a morous pastimes; jevva c e r t ainly .

Abhimanyu: There is a love affair between Radha and Krsna.

Text 2 (h)

paurnamasi: vira kena tavedam varnitam.

 v ira 0 h e r o ; k en a b y w h o m 7 ; t av a o f y o u ; i da m t h i s ;v a r n i ta m was
described.

Paurnamasi: 0 hero, who told you such a thing7

Text 2 (i)

abhimanyuh: pi-a-va-assena govaddhanena.

pi-a de ar; va-assena by th e fr i end; govaddhanena G o v a r d h ana.

Abhimanyu: My dear friend Govardhana.

Text 2 (j)

paurnamasi: vatsabhimanyo caturan-manyo pi tvam anarya-buddhir asi. yena

bhoj endra-vallabhasya kautilya-cakrena vibhramyase.

vatsa 0 c h i l d ; abhimanyo 0 A b h i m a n y u ; caturam i n t e l l i g e nt; manyah

c onsidering yourself; api a l t h o u gh ; tvam y o u ; a n a ry a n o t g o o d ; b u d d h i h
with intelligence; asi yo u a re; yena b y w h i c h ; b h oj a o f t h e B h oj a dynasty;
indra o f th e k i ng; vallabhasya t h e b e l oved (Kamsa); kautilya o f c r o o k e d ness;
c akrena by th e wh eel; vibhramyase s p u n a r o u n d .

Paurnamasi: Child Abhimanyu, although you think that you are very clever,
your intelligence is not very good. The whir l p ool of Kamsa's crookedness has
spun you around in circles.

Text 2 (k)

abhimanyuh: adipasiddha esa pa-utti kena va na kahijja-i.

a di very; pasiddha f a m o u s ; esa t h i s ; p a-utt i a c t i v i t y ; k en a w h y 7 ; v a

or; na n ot ; k ahijja-i — is spoken.

Abhimanyu: Their conduct is very well known. Wh y s h o uld I not accuse

Them7
Text 2 (1)

paurnamasi: putra nunam karnejapanam upajapena lupta-viveko si. ta d

akarnaya.

p utra 0 s o n ; n u n a m is it not so7; karnejapanam o f g o s sipers; upajapena

by the gossip; lupta r e m o v ed; vivekah d i s c r i m i n a t i on; asi y o u a r e ; tat
therefore; akarnaya p l e ase listen.

Paurnamasi: Son, is it not that your discrimination has been stolen by the tales
of these gossipers7 Please listen.

Text 2 (m)

abhimanyuh: anavehi.

anavehi p l e ase instruct.

Abhimanyu: Please instruct me.

Text 2 (n)

paurnamasi: vatsa yena lavanya-gandha-lava-lubdhena kamsa-sardulena

svayam eva radha-mrgi mrgyate. tasya darunasya kamsa-sardulasya hastopari
nyayyah katham asyah praksepah.

v atsa 0 c h i l d ; yen a b y w h o m ; l a v any a o f t h e b e auty; gandha o f t h e

f ragrance; lava fo r a fractional part; lubdhena g r e e dy; kamsa o f K a m s a ;
s ardulena by th e ti ger; svayam p e r s o n ally; eva c e r t a i n ly; radha o f R a d h a ;
mrgi th e d oe; mrgyate i s s o u g ht; tasya o f h i m ; d a r u n asya t h e c r u el; kamsa
of Kamsa; sardulasya t i g er; hasta-upari i n t o t h e h a nd; vyayyah t o b e p l a c ed;
katham why7; asyah of Her; praksepah placing.

Paurnamasi: Arousedby a w h i ff 7 o f th e sweet fragrance of Her beauty, the

tiger Kamsa is hunting the doe Radha. Why should you place Her in the hand of
this cruel tiger Kamsa7

Text 2 (o)
 abhimanyuh: bha-avadi tattha cinta. so kkhu kusali suhittamo govaddhano
j ena vijj a-mahurihim mahurindo vasi-ki-o.

b ha-avadi 0 n o b l e l a dy; tattha t h e r e ; n a n o t ; c i n t a a n x i e t y ; s o h e ;

k khu i n d e ed; kusali f a v o r a b le; hodu m a y b e ; su h i t t am o d e a rf r i e n d ;
g ovaddhano G o v a r d h ana; jena b y w h o ; v i jj a o f k n o w l e d ge; mahurihi m b y
t he sweetness; mahurindo t h e k i n g of M a t h u ra; vasi-ki-o i s c o n t r o l l e d .

A bhimanyu: 0 n o ble lady, what anxiety need there be in that7 With t h e

sweetness of this great learning, my dear friend Govardhana keeps Kamsa under
his control.

Text 2 (p)

paurnamasi: (sa-khedam. ksanam anudhyaya). hamho dhanyanam

murdhanya govinda-matur matuleyo 'si. katham alpayusam gokula-dvesinam
mandala-patitam alambase. tad adya kayapi maryadaya tvam paryapayitum
icchami.

sa with; khedam u n h a p p i n e ss; ksanam f o r a m o m e nt ; anudhyaya

r eflecting; hamho a h ! ; d h a n y anam o f t h o s e who are fortunate; murdhanya 0
m ost important one; govinda o f K r s n a ; matu h o f t h e m o t h er ; matuleyah t h e
cousin; asi yo u are; katham w h y 7 ; a lp a s h o r t ; a y u sam o f t h o s e w h ose lives;
gokula of G o k u la; dvesinam o f t h e e n e m ies; mandala in the circle; patitam
f alling; alambase You h ave attained; tat t h e r e f o re; adya n o w ; k ay a api w i t h a
c ertain; maryadaya r e s t r i ction; tvam y o u ; p a r y apayitum t o t h e p l a c e ;
i cchami I w i s h .

Paurnamasi: (Broods for a moment) 0 m o s t f o r t u n ate one, you are the cousin
of Krsna s mother. How is it that you have fallen into the circle of the short-lived
enemies of Gokula village7 Today I wish to place some restrictions on you.

Text 2 (q)

abhimanyuh: anavedu tattha-hodi.

a navedu may o r d er; tattha-hodi t h e n o b l e lady.

Abhimanyu: The noble lady may order me.

Text 2 (r)

paurnamasi: vatsa sa kacin matsara-kalpitapi kim-vadanti yadi tvaya

natathyataya pratiyate tatah svayam eva caksusor aparoksi-krtya yathestam
cestaniyam.

vatsa 0 c h i l d ; sa t h i s ; k a ci t s o m e t h i n g ; matsara w i t h m a l i ce; kalpita

c oncieved; api e v en; ki m - vadanti r u m o r ; y ad i i f ; t v a y a b y y o u ; n a n o t ;
a tathyataya as a lie; pratiyate i s b e l i eved; tatah t h e n ; svayam p e r s o n a l l y ;
eva certainly; cuksusor i n t h e e y es; aparoksi-krtya s e e i ng; yatha a s ; i s t am
desired; cestaniyam m a y be performed.

Paurnamasi: Child, if you actually do not accept that this malicious rumor is a
lie, then at least investigate the matter, and when with your own eyes, you see that
it is true, then you may do as you wish.

Text 2 (s)

abhimanyuh: (sa-prasrayam) bha-avadi siro-gahidam de nidesa-kusumam.

s a with; prasrayam h u m b l e n e ss; bha-avadi 0 n o b l e l a dy; siro o n t h e

h ead; gahidam t a k en ; d e o f y o u ; n i d es a o f t h e i n s t r u c ti on; kusumam t h e
flower.

Abhimanyu: (With humbleness) 0 noble lady, I place the flower of your

words upon my head.

Text 2 (t)

paurnamasi: (sanandam) somanana goman atra bhuyah.

s a with; anandam h a p p i n e ss; soma m o o n ; a n an a f a c e ; go-man t h e

m aster of many cows; atra h e r e ; bhuyah may be.

Paurnamasi: (happily) 0 m o o n - f a ced one, may you become the master of

many cows.

Text 2 (u)
 abhimanyuh: bha-avadi amba mam puno puno bhanadi putta canda-ali-candi-
accanena go-addhano jahattha-nama samvutto. ta vahudiya vitattha dikkhavijja-
utti.

b ha-avadi 0 n o b l e l a dy; amba m o t h e r ; ma m t o m e ; p u n o again; puno

a nd again; bhanadi s a ys; putt o 0 s o n ; c a n d a-ali o f C a n d r a v ali; candi o f
Durga; accanena by th e worship; go-addhano G o v a r d h a na-gopa (the master of
cows); jahattha a p p r o p r i a te; nama-a w h o s e name; samvutto h a s b e c ome; ta
t herefore; vahudiya w i f e ; v i t atth a i n t h a t ; d i k k h a v ijja-utt i s h o u l db e c o m e
initiated.

Abhimanyu: 0 n o ble lady, my mother tells me again and again my mother tells
me: "Son, because Candravali worships goddess Durga, Govardhana-gopa name
has become very appropriate for him. For t his reason your wife Radha should also
become initiated into the worship of Durga.

Note: The word "govardhana" means " m aster of m any cows". G o v ardhana-
gopa has become the master of many cows, because of Candravali's worship, and
therefore his name is now very appropriate.

Text 2 (v)

paurnamasi: mangala-mate sarva-mangalaradhane diksitam avilambam eva

varsabhanavim viddhi.

m angala au spicious; mate w h o s e heart; sarva a l l ; m a n gala a u s p i c i o u s;

aradhane in th e w o r ship; diksitam i n i t i a t ed ; avilambam w i t h o u t d e l ay; eva
certainly; varsabhanavim R a d h a , the daughter of Maharaja Vrsabhanu; viddhi
please know.

Paurnamasi: 0 auspicious-heart, please know that very soon Radha will be

initiated into the worship of a deity who is all-auspicious.

Text 2 (w)

abhimanyuh: bha-avadi anukampido mhi. ( i t i n i s k r antah).

bha-avadi 0 n o b l e l a dy; anukampido t h e o b j ect of ki n d n ess; mhi I am;

i ti t h u s ; ni skrantah exits.

Abhimanyu: 0 n o ble lady, you are very kind to me. (H e exits).

Text 2 (x)

vrnda: (parikramya) vande bhagavatim.

parikramya w a l k i n g ; vande I o f f e r r e spects; bhagavatim t o t h e n o ble lady.

Vrnda: (Walking) I offer my respects to the noble lady.

Text 2 (y)

paurnamasi: (vilokya subhasirbhir abhivandya ca). vatse kamam krtarthasi.

tad avedaya radha-madhavayor nikunja-keli-madhurim.

vilokya l o o k i n g ; subha a u s p i c i o us; asirbhih w i t h b e n e d i c t i ons;

abhivandya g r e e ting; ca a l s o ; vatse 0 c h i l d ;k a ma m t o y o u r h e a r t's content;
k rta a t t a in ed; artha o b j e c t ; asi y o u a r e ; ta t t h e r e f o re; avedaya p l e a s e
describe; radha-madhavayoh o f R a dha and Krsna; nikunja i n t h e f o r e st-groves;
keli of th e amorous pastimes; madhurim t h e s w e e tness.

P aurnamasi: (Noticing her, she greets her with words of benedictions) Ch i l d ,

you possess all good fortune. Please tell me of the sweetness of Radha and Krsna's
pastimes in the forest-grove.

Text 2 (z)

vrnda:

sarvasvam prathama-rasasya yah prathiyan

kamsarer udayati radhaya vilasah
vaktum ko viramati tam janah samantad
anandas tirayati ced giram na vrttim

sarvasvam th e great treasure; prathama-rasasya of am o r ous love; yah

which; prathiyan e x p a n d i ng; kamsa-areh o f L o r d K r s na, the enemy of Kamsa;
u dayati m a n i f e sts; radhaya w i t h R a d ha; vilasah t h e p a s times; vaktum t o
describe; kah w h o ; v i r a m at i c e a s es; tam t h e m ; j a na h a p e r s on ; samantat
c ompletely; anandah b l i s s; tirayati s t o p s ; cet i f ; g i r a m o f w o r d s ; n a n o t ;
v rttim t h e a c t i o n .
 Vrnda: The pastimes of Radha and Krsna are the great treasure of
transcendental conjugal love. Who wo uld stop describing them as long as
transcendental bliss does not stop His voice7

Text 3

p aurnamasi: (sanandam) pu tri vr n d e

harir esa na ced avatarisyan

mathurayam madhuraksi radhika ca
abhavisyad iyam vrtha visrtir
makarankas tu visesatas tadatra

s a with; anandam b l i s s ; pu tr i 0 d a u g h t e r ; v r nd e V r n d a ; h a ri h L o r d
Krsna; esah t h is; cet i f ; a v a t arisyat w o u l d h a v e descended; mathurayam
Mathura; madhura-akss 0 l o v e l y - eyed (Paurnamasi); radhska S r i m ati Radhika;
c a and; abhavisyat w o u l d h av e been; iyam t h i s ; v r th a u s e l e ss; visrtih t h e
whole creation; makara-ankah t h e d e m i god of love, Cupid; tu t h e n ;v i s esatah
a bove all; tada t h en ; atra in this.

Paurnamasi: (Blissful) 0 d a u g h ter Vrnda,

"0 Paurnamasi, if Lord Hari had not descended in Mathura with Srimati
Radharani, this entire creation a n d s p e c i ally Cupid, the demigod of love-would
have been useless."

Text 0 (a)

tad adya gostha-madhye tavopasattir mam vismaprayati.

t at th er efore; adya n o w ; g o s th a o f V r a j a ; madhye i n t h e m i d st ; tava o f

you; upasattih the entrance; mam m e ; v i s m arayati s u r p r i s e s.

For this reason I am surprised that at this time you have come into Vraja
village.

Text 0 (b)

vrnda: bhagavati tavarate ko 'pi gariyan arthah. tad atra lalitam

apeksamanasmi.

bhagavati 0 n o b l e l a dy; tvarate h a s t e ns; kah api s o m e t h i ng ; gariyan

significant; arthah p u r p o se; tat t h e r e f o re; atra h e r e ; lalitam for Lalita;
a peksamana w a i t i ng; asmi I am.

Vrnda: 0 noble lady, there is something very serious. For this reason I am
waiting here for Lalita.

Text 0 (c)

paurnamasi: kidrso 'yam.

k idrsah l i k e w h a t7; ayam this.

Paurnamasi: What is it7

Text 0 (d)

vrnda: purve-dyur adistasmi govindena. yatha

ahara gauri-tirtham
madhura-sriyam tatra rantum icchami
padmavalambi-karaya
priyaya padmavatamsikaya

p urve-dyuh y e s t e rday; adista i n s t r u c t ed; asmi I w a s ; g o v i ndena b y K r s n a ;

y atha as; ahara p l e ase bring; gauri-tirtham t o G a u r i - t i r t ha; madhura o f
sweetness; sriyam th e b eauty; tatra t h e r e ; rantu m t o e n j o y p a s times;
i cchami I d e s i re; padma a l o t u s ; avalambi h o l d i n g ; k a raya i n H e r h a n d ;
priyaya with My beloved; padma o f l o t u s es; avatamsikaya w i t h g a r l ands.

Vrnda: Yesterday I received an request from Krsna. He said: "Please give very
sweet beauty to the place Gauri-tirtha. In that place I wish to enjoy pastimes with
My beloved, who will wear garlands of lotus flowers and hold a lotus in Her hand.

Text 5

paurnamasi: yuktam adistam yad adya saubhagya-purnima. tatha hi

prasunair adbhutaih kanta

kantena sravani-dine
prasadhita prasiddhena
 saubhagyena vivardhate

yuktam a p p r o p r i a te; adistam r equested; yat b e c ause; adya t o today;

saubhagya of auspiciousness; purnima t h e f u l l - m oo n day; tatha hi
f urthermore; prasunaih w i t h fl o w e r s; adbhutaih w o n d e r f u l ; k a nt a t h e
beloved; kantena b y th e l o v er; sravani-dine o n t h e f u l l - m oon day of the month
o f sravana; prasadhita d e c o r ated; prasiddhena c e l e b r ated; saubhagyena b y t h e
good fortune; vivardhate is increased.

Paurnamasi: This is a very appropriate request, for today is the auspicious day
known as saubhagya-purnima. A famous verse says: "A woman decorated by her
lover with many wonderful flowers on the full-moon day of the month of sravana
attains great good fortune".

Text 6 (a)

tatas tatah.

t atah th en; tatah then.

Then7 Then7

Text 6 (b)

vrnda: tatas ca tad-vrtte sarika-mukhatah sakhi-samsadi sancarite yatharthatas

tarkita-radhartha-siddhir api padma lalitam kataksayanti hathad avadit.

tatah th en; ca a l s o ; t a t-vrtt e i n t h e v e r se; sarika o f a f e m ale parrot;

mukhatah f r o m th e m o u th ; sakhi o f g o p i - f r i e n ds; samsadi i n t h e assembly;
sancarite r e c i t ed; yatha-arthatah a p p r o p r i a tely; tarkita l o g i c a lly considered;
r adha of Radha; artha o f t h e m e aning; siddhih t h e p e r f e c tion; api a l t h o u g h ;
padma Padma; lalitam a t L a l i ta; kataksayanti g l a n c in g from the corner of her
e yes; hathat v e h em ently; avadit said.

Vrnda: A female parrot recited that verse in the assembly of gopis. Even
though she knew that the verse actually referred to Radha, Padma glanced at Lalita
from the corner of her eyes, and vehemently said:

Text 6 (c)
utphulla-murteh samam ullasantyas
candravales candraka-mandalena
mlasyanti saubhagya-bhara-prabhabhir
garvandha-gopi-vadanambujani

utphulla b l o s s om ed; murteh w h o s e f o rm ; samam w i t h ; u l l a s antyah

g littering; candravaleh o f C a n d r avali; candraka o f m o o n l i g ht ; mandalena w i t h
t he circle; mlasyanti w i l l c a use to wilt; saubhagya o f g oo d f o r t u ne; bhara o f
the abundance; prabhabhih w i t h t h e s p l endor; garva w i t h p r i d e ; anda
blinded; gopi o f t h e g o p is; vadana o f t h e f aces; ambujani t h e l o t u s fl ow e r s.

Her trasncendental form glittering with happiness as she enjoys transcendental

pastimes with Lord Krsna, the full moon of Candravali, shining with the
moonlight of her great good fortune, will wilt the ambuja lotus faces of the gopis
blind with pride.

Note: The ambuja lotus opens during the day and closes with the moonrise at
night.

Text 7 (a)

paurnamasi: tatas tatah.

t atah th en; tatah then.

Paurnamasi: Then7 Then7

Text 7 (b)

vrnda: (vihasya) tatas ca smeraya drsti-mudrayaiva tam adhiram avadhirayanti

lalita maya saha radham upasadya kalye prasthanaya tam ati-sambhramam
lambhayam asa. pasya vrtte 'dya yame seyam najagama.

v ihasya l a u gh ing; tatah t h e n ; c a a l s o ; sm eraya s m i l i n g ; dr st i o f a

g lance; mudraya w i t h t h e sign; eva c e r t a i n ly; tam t o h e r ; a d h i r am fool;
a vadhirayanti t r e a t ing with contempt; lalita L a l i t a ; may a m e ; s ah a w i t h
r adham t o R a d ha; upasadya w e n t ; k a ly e a t t h e p r o per time; prasthanaya f o r
departing; tam H e r ; at i w i t h g r e a t ; sambhramam h a s t e ; lambhayam asa
went; pasya l o o k . ; vr tt e a t t a i n ed ; adya n o w ; y am e t h e p e r i o d of th ree hours;
sa ; ayam She; na n o t ; a j a gama h a s c o m e .

Vrnda: (Laughing) T h en, with a smiling glance Lalita showed her contempt
for the fool Padma. Early in the morning Padma and I went to find Radha to
arrange for Her to go and meet Krsna. Look! E ven at this hour She still has not
come.

Text 7 (b)

l alita: sahi vunde juttam gavva-idam pa-uma-e. danim janidam. t a t th a

patthane kudo amhanam joggada.

pravisya en t ering; sahi 0 f r i e n d ; v u nd e V r n d a ; j u t ta m p r o p e r l y ; gavva-

i dam b e ing pr o ud; pa-uma-e b y P a d ma; danim n o w ;j a n i da m i t i s
understood; tattha t h e r e ; patthane i n t h e j o u r n ey; kud o w h e r e 7 ; amhanam
of us; joggada th e appropriateness.

L alita: Friend Vrnda, Padma had reason to be proud. Now I u n d erstand. H o w

can we go there7

Text 7 (c)

paurnamasi: putri katham evam.

putri 0 d a u g h t er; katham h o w 7 ; e v am in this way.

Paurnamasi: My daughter, what do you mean7

Text 7 (d)

lalita: bha-avadi tumha purado amhanam tinna-dohagga-sallena kim

ugghadidena.

bha-avadi 0 n o b l e l a dy; tumh a of you; purado i n t h e p r esence;

a mhanam of us ; ti nn a s h a r p ; d o h agga o f m i s f o r t u ne; sallena b y t h e ar r o w ;
kim what is the need; ugghadidena of pulling up.

Lalita: 0 noble lady, what is the use of our showing to you the sharp arrow of
our misfortune7

Text 7 (d)
 paurnamasi: vatse susrusur asmi. varnyatam.

v atse 0 c h i l d ; susrusuh e a g e r to hear; asmi I a m ; v a r n y atam l e t i t b e

described.

Paurnamasi: Child, I am very eager to hear it. Tell me.

Text 7 (e)

lalita: (sasram) ajje gora-patta-suttena ganthide ekka divva-mala pi-a-sahi-e

kanhassa dinna; sa amhehim pa-umi-a-dhammille takkalam jjevva dittha.

s a with; asram t e a r s ; ajje 0 n o b l el a dy ; gora g o l d e n ; patt a s i l k ;

s uttena w i t h a t h r ead; ganthida s t r u n g ; ekk a o n e ;d i vv a s p l e n d i d ; m a l a
f lower garland; pi-a d e ar ; sahi-e b y o u r f r i e nd; kanhassa t o K r s na; dinn a w a s
given; sa t hat; amhehim b y u s ; p a -um i- a o f P a d m a ; dhammill e i n t h e
braided hair; takkalam a t t h a t t i me; jjevva c e r t a i n ly; dit th a w a s s e en .

Lalita: (With tears) 0 n o bl e lady, our dear friend Radha strung a splendid
flower garland on a gold silk thread and gave it to Krsna. We later saw that same
garland decorating Padma's braided hair.

Text 7 (f)

paurnamasi: sthane glanir iyam. badham asampraptam etad govindasya.

s thane pr o p erly; glanih u n h a p p i n e ss; iyam t h i s ; b a dha m c e r t a i n l y ;

a sampraptam i m p r o p r i e ty; etat t h i s ; g o v i n dasya o f K r s n a .

Paurnamasi: Your unhappiness is natural. It was not proper for Krsna to do

t.hat..

Text 7 (g)

vrnda: santam amangalam.

santam pa c i fied; amangalam t h e i n a u s piciousness.

 Vrnda: Now the trouble is ended.

Text 7 (h)

paurnamasi: vrnde kathyatam kim namedam.

v rnde 0 V r n d a ; k a t hyatam l e t i t b e t o ld; ki m w h a t 7 ; n am a i n d e e d ;

i dam t h i s .

Paurnamasi: Vrnda, tell us how.

Text 7 (i)

vrnda: varnitam me manysya-vakyaya taya kakkhatikaya kadamba-sakhayam

malam alambya kalindim avagadhe vana-malini sampravrtte ca ketaki-paraga-
cakra-cande marun-mandale padma kilemam jahara. marutas tu muddha
kalankam j agameti.

v arnitam d e s c r ibed; me t o m e ; m a n u sy a o f h u m a n b e i n gs; vakyaya w i t h

the words; taya by her; kakkhatikaya by Kakkhatika; kadamba of a kadamba
t ree; sakhayam o n th e br anch; malam t h e g a r l a nd; alambya r e s t i n g ;
kalindim i n t o t h e Yamuna; avagadhe e n t e r i ng; vana o f f o r est flow ers;
m alini w e a r in g a garland; sampravrtte b e i n g so; ca a l s o ; k etak i o f k e t a k i
f lowers; paraga of p o l l en; cakra-cande i n t h e w h i r l in g circle; marut o f t h e
w ind; mandale i n t h e c i r c le; padma P a d m a ; kil a i n d e e d ; i ma m t h e g a r l a n d ;
j ahara t o ok ; marutah t h e w i n d ; t u indeed; muddha u s e l essly; kalankam
f ault; jagama a t t a i n ed; iti thus.

Vrnda: Speaking in human words, the old monkey Kakkhatika told me what
happened: Krsna placed the garland on the branch of a kadamba tree, and then
went to bathe in the Yamuna. Wh ile He was bathing the wind blew circle of ketaki
pollen. During that whirlw ind Padma stole the garland. Later Padma blamed the
wind for blowing the garland away.

Text 7 (j)

lalita: dhutte munca nam vancanam.

d hutte 0 r a s c al; munc a a b a n d on ; na m t h i s ;v a n c anam c h e a t i n g .

 Lalita: Rascal, give up your cheating.

Text 7 (k)

vrnda: puspa-manjaribhyah sape.

puspa o f flowers; manjaribhyah b y t h e b l o ssoms; sape I s w e a r .

Vrnda: By the blossoming flowers, i swear it it true.

Text 7 (1)

lalita: (visrabhya) hala saccam saccam. amha purado appano sohaggam

vikkheventi pa-umi-a malam vivaredi. kanha-mittanam aggado una nam
samvaredi.

v israbhya w i t h f a i th; hala a h . i t i s ; saccam-it is true; saccam i t i s t r u e ;

a mha of us; purado i n t h e p r e s ence; appano o f h e r s elf; sohaggam t h e g o o d
f ortune; vikkheventi d i s p l a y i ng; pa-umi-a P a d m a ; malam t h e g a r l a n d ;
v ivaredi s h o ws; kanha o f K r s n a ; mi t t anam o f t h e f r i e n ds; aggado i n t h e
presence; una ag ain; nam this; samvaredi c o n c e als.

Lalita: (Believing) Ah ! I t i s t r u e ! I t i s t r u e ! Padma shows the garland to us

and proclaims her good fortune, but then she hides it from Krsna's friends.

Text 7 (m)

paurnamasi: putri lalite sphutam atra purnimayam yusmakam anudyamaya

padmaya tam chadma-caturim prasarya gauri-tirtham candravali lambhita.

putri 0 daughter; lalite L a l i t a ; sphutam c l e a r ly ; atra h e r e ; p u r n i m ayam

on the full-moon day; yusmakam o f y o u ; a n u d y amaya f o r u n d o i n g the plans;
padmaya by Padma; tam t his; chadma o f d e c eption; caturim e x p e rtise;
prasarya m anifesting; gauri-tirtham G a u r i - t i r t ha; candravali C a n d r a v ali ;
lambhita ha s attained.

Paurnamasi: Daughter Lalita, Padma is using her skill at deception. She has
taken Candravali to Gauri-tirtha on this full-moon day just to undo your plan.
Text 7 (n)

vrnda: yuktam aha bhagavati. tad adya gauri-tirthe radhikopanitih kalyani me

na pratibhati.

yuktam p r o p e r ly; aha h a s s p o k en; bhagavati t h e n o bl e lady; tat

t herefore; adya t o d ay; gauri-tirth e a t G a u r i - t i r t ha; radhika o f R a d h i k a ;
u panitih t a k i n g ; k alyani a u s p i c i o us; me t o m e ; n a n o t ; p r a t i b h at i a p p e a r s .

Vrnda: The noble lady speaks the truth. To take Radhika to Gauri-tirtha today
seems inauspicious to me.

Text 7 (o)

(pravisya)
visakha: vunde kalyani padibhadi tti bhananhi.

pravisya en t ering; vunde 0 V r n d a ; k a l ayani a u s p i c i o us; padibhadi it

appears; tti t h u s ; bh anadi y o u s h o u l d say.

(Visakha enters).
Visakha: Vrnda, you should say "it seems auspicious".

Text 7 (p)

vrnda: katham evam.

k atham w h y 7 ; evam in t hisway.

Vrnda: Why is that7

Text 7 (q)

visakha: go-ullesari-muhado ajja sohagga-punnimam suni-a karala-e canda-ali

appa-bhattuno mallassa pase patthavi-adi.

go-ula of G o k u la; isari o f t h e q u e en; muhado f r o m t h e m o u th ; ajja

today; sohagga-punnimam t h e a u s p i cious full-moon day of saubhagya-purnima;
suni-a h e a r i ng; karala-e b y K a r a la; canda-ali C andravali; appa o w n ;
bhattuna o f th e h u sband; mallasssa of th e wr estler; pase b y th e side; patthavi-
adi is placed.

Visakha: Hearing from the moth of Gokula's queen Yasoda that today is the
auspicious full-moon day of Saubhagya-purnima, Karala has arranged that
Candravali spend the entire time by the side of her wrestler husband.

Text 7 (r)

lalita: (sa-harsam) visahe ittha-de-o saro-anaho depasidadu. ta tuvari-adu.

s a with; harsam j o y ; v i s ah e 0 V i s a k h a ; i t th a w o r s h i p a b le; de-o d e i t y ;

d aro-anaho th e su n -god; de t o y o u ; p a sidadu m a y b e m e r c i f ul; ta t h e r e f o r e ;
tuvari-adu l e t t h ere be haste.

Lalita: (With happiness) Visakha, may your worshipable deity, the sun-god, be
m erciful to you. Hu r r y !

Text 7 (s)

paurnamasi: putri vrnde kam apy adyatanim abhimanyor darunam durmantri-

mudram radhayam avedya mayapy asyah sanka-pankavali-sankalanaya gauri-tirthe
bhavitavyam.

putri 0 daughter; vnrde V r n d a ; kam ap i s o m e t h i n g ; adyatanim p r e s e n t ;

abhimanyoh o f A b h i m a n yu ; darunam t e r r i b l e ; du r m antr i o f a b a d a d v isor;
m udram t h e m a rk ; radhayam R a d h a ; avedya a f t e r i n f o r m i ng; maya b y m e ;
api also; asyah o f H e r ; sanka o f f e ar ; pank a o f m u d ; a v al i t h e a b u n d a n c e;
sankalanaya for w a shing away; gauri-tirthe a t G a u r i - t i r t ha; bhavitavyam
shoul be.

Paurnamasi: Daughter Vrnda, I shall inform Radha of Abhimanyu s present

fearful plan given to him by a wicked councelor, and then I shall stay with Her at
gauri-tirtha to wash away the mud of the all Her fears.

Text 7 (t)

vrnde: bhagavati purvena gauri-tirtham lavanga-kudungasya prangane sa-

visakhaya radhaya sardham sadhayatu tatra-bhavati. tavad avam madhavam
asadayavah.

b hagavati 0 n o b l e l a dy; purvena e a st ; gauri-tirtham t o G a u r i - t i r t h a ;

lavanga of cl ove trees; kudungasya o f th e gr ove; prangane i n t h e c o u r t y ard;
sa with; visakhaya V i s a k ha; radhaya R a d h a ; sardham w i t h ; s a d hayatu
s hould go; tatra-bhavati Y o u ; t a va t t h e n ; a va m w e b o t h ; m a d h avam t o
K rsna; asadayavah sh all bri n g .

Vrnda: 0 noble lady, you should go with Radha and Visakha to the grove of
lavanga trees east of Gauri-tirtha. In the meantime, the two of us will bring Krsna.

Text 7 (u)

(paurnamasi visakhaya saha niskrantah).

paurnamasi P aurnamasi: visakhaya V i s a k ha; saha w i t h ; n i s k r a n tah exits.

(Paurnamasi exits with Visakha).

Text 7 (y)

lalita: (vrndaya saha parikramya) hala pekkhi-adu dahine esa durado sevva-e
samam jappanti pa-uma.

v rndaya V r n da ; sah w i t h ; p a r i k r a my a w a l k i n g ; h al a a h . ; p e k k h i - a d u
should be seen; dehine t o t h e sou th; esa s h e ; du r ad o f r o m f a w a w ay; sevva-
e Saibya; samam w i t h ; s a ppanti t a l k i n g ; p a -um a P a d m a .

Lalita: (walks with Vrnda) Ah ! L o o k ! W a y o ver there in the south Padma is

talking with Saibya.

Text 7 (w)

vrnda: sakhi nasangatam vyahared visakha. (ity agrato gatva sa-vimarsam).

sakhi paramautsukya-sambhutena bhurina sambhramena sambhedite radhika-
vinayam anirdharya turnam avam viduram agate. tad atra ganga-pare
paurnamasim ksanam pratipalayavah. (iti niskrante).

sakhi 0 f r i e n d ; n a n o t ; a s a ngatam a l i e ; v y aharet w i l l s p e ak; visakha

V isakha; iti t h u s ; agratah a h e ad ; gatva g o i n g ; sa w i t h ; v i m a ra m r e fl e c t i n g ;
sakhi 0 f r i e n d ; parama s u p r e m e ; autsukya o f e a g erness; sambhutena
manifested; bhurina w i t h g r e at; sambhramena e x c i t e m ent; sambhedite
b ewildered; radhika o f R a d h i ka; vinayam t h e g o i ng ; anirdharya w i t h o u t
understanding; turnam q u i c k l y ; avam w e b o t h ; v i d u ra m f a r a w a y ; agate
have come; tat t h e r e f ore; atra h e r e ; ganga o f t h e r i v er; pare o n t h e f a r t h er
s hore; paurnamasim P a u r n a m asi; ksanam f o r a m o m e nt; pratipalayavah l e t
b oth wait; iti t h u s ; n i s k r ant e t h e y b o t h e x i t .

Vrnda: Friend, Visakha will not lie. ( G oes ahead, and then reflects) Friend,
we were so excited and eager that even without knowing whether Radha will come
we have quickly gone a great distance. Let us wait here for a moment on the
farther shore of the Yamuna. (They both exit).

Text 7 (x)

(tatah pravisatah padma-saibye).

tatah th en; pravisatah e n t e r ; padm a P a d m a ; saibye a n d S a ibya.

(Padma and Saibya enter).

Text 7 (y)

padma: sahi sevve ma kkhu dummana hohi.

s ahi 0 f r i e nd ; sevve S a i b ya; ma d o n ' t ; k k h u i nd e e d ; d u m m a n a

unhappy; hohi be.

Padma: Friend Saibya, don't be unhappy.

Text 7 (z)

saibya: pa-ume paramahitthassa alahena salahavam cittam samadhatum na

kkhamamhi.

p a-ume 0 P a d ma ; parama s u p r e m e; ahitthassa o f th e desire; alanhena b y

t he non-attainment; salahavam u n h a p py ; cittam h e a rt; na n o t ;k k h ama a b l e ;
a mhi I a m .
 Saibya: Padma, because I was not able to attain my greatest desire, I am not
able to pacify my unhappy heart.

Text 7 (aa)

(nepathye)
pa-ume canda-ali anijja-u go-addhanassa pasammi jhatti. nivvatta-i vaccha jaha
kusumehim sunevaccha.

n epathye b e h in d the scenes; pa-ume 0 P a d m a ; canda-ali C a n d r a v a l i ;

anijja-u s hould be taken; go-addhanassa of G o v ardhana Hill; pasammi t o the
side; jhatti a t o n ce; nivvatta-i m ay be; vaccha th e ch i ld; jaha as;
kusumehim w i t h fl o w e r s ; sunevaccha n i c el y decorated.

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Padma, Candravali should at once be taken
to the slope of Govardhana Hill, there my child may be nicely decorated with
flowers.

what happened to Text 7 (bb)?????

Text 7 (cc)

saibya: pa-ume sudam jam ajji-a karala tam jjevva jappa-garalam puno
ugglradl.

pa-ume 0 P a d ma ; sudam h e a r d ; ja m w h a t ; a j j i - a t h e n o b l e l a dy; karala

K arala; tam t h a t ; jj evva c e r t a i n ly; jappa o f w o r d s ; garalam p o i s o n ; p u n o
a gain; uggiradi s p i t s .

Saibya: Padma, now we have heard the noble Karala again spitting out poison
words.

Text 7 (dd)

padma: hala ami-am kkhu edam jam pivi-a uvaladdha-balamhi jada.

 h ala ah.; ami-am n e c t a r ; k kh u i n d e e d ; eda m t h i s ; ja m w h i c h ;p i v i - a
d rinking; uvaladdha a t t a i n ed; bala s t r e g n th; amh i I a m ; j a d a m a n i f e s t e d .

Padma: Ah, this is nectar. Drin k ing it, I have regained my stregnth.

Text 7 (ee)

saibya: (sa-vailaksyam) hala kadham vi-a.

s a with; vailaksyam b e w i l d e r m e nt; hala a h ! ; k a d ha m h o w 7 ;v i - a like

t.hat..

S aibya: (Bewildered) H o w i s t h a t 7

Text 7 (ff)

padma: muddhi-e go-addhanassa girino pase jevva tam gauri-tittham.

m uddhi-e 0 b e w i l d e red girl; go-addhanassa o f G o v ardhana; girino H i l l ;

pase o n the side; jevva c e r t ainly; tam t h a t ; g a u r i - t i t tha m G a u r i - t i r t h a .

Padma: 0 bewildered girl, Gauri-tirtha is by the side of Govardhana Hill.

Text 7 (gg)

saibya: (sa-harsam) sa-alattha-pandidasi. ta utthehi. canda-ali-am tattha

nemha.

s a with; harsam h a p p i n e ss; sa-ala o f a ll ; atth a p u r p o s es; pandida a

learned schorlar; asi yo u a re; ta t h e r e f o re; utthehi r i s e ; canda-ali-am
C andravali; tattha t h e r e ; nemh a w e s h al l b r i n g .

Saibya (With happiness) In understanding how to achieve one's desires you are
the most learned scholar. Arise! Let us both bring Candravali to that place.

Text 7 (hh)
 padma: padhamam cce-a canda-ali ma-e calida. ta tuvarehi. nam anusaramha.

p adhamam at f i r st; cce-a c e r t a i n ly; canda-ali C a n d r a v ali; ma-e b y m e ;

c alida was sent; ta t h e r e f o re; tuvarehi h u r r y ; na m H e r ;a n u s a ramha l e t u s
both follow.

Padma: I already sent Candravali there. Hurry ! Le t us follow her.

Text 7 (ii)

(ity ubhe parikramatah).

i ti t h u s ; ubh e b o t h ; p a r i k r a m atah w a l k ) .

(They both walk).

Text 7 (jj)

saibya: pa-ume gauri-kide jo kkhu sampadido so kahim uvaharo.

p a-ume 0 P a d ma ; gauri o f G a u r i ; k id e f o r t h e s a ke; jo w h i c h ; k k h u

indeed; sampadido so kahim uvaharo.

p a-ume 0 P a d ma ; gauri o f G a u r i ; k id e f o r t h e s a ke; jo w h i c h ; k k h u

i ndeed; sampadido p r e p a r ed; so t h a t ; k a hi m w h e r e ; u v a h ar o t h e o f f e r i n g .

Saibya: Padma, where is the offerings prepared for Gauri7

Text 7 (kk)

padma: mahumangala-hatthe samappidotthi.

m ahumangala o f M a d h u m a ngala; hatthe i n t h e h a nd; samappidotthi w a s

placed.

Padma: It was placed in the hand of Madhumangala.

Text 7 (11)
 saibya: vivakkah-ulassa ukkarisam takki-a uttamami.

v ivakkha o f ou r r i v a ls; ulassa o f th e co m m u n i ty; uk k arisam th e superior

position; takki-a c o n s i d e r ing; uttamami I become despondent.

Saibya: When I consider the better position of our rivals, I wilt with despair.

Text 7 (mm)

padma: ma kkhu uttamma. jam eta-e mala-e damsida-e nirajjhavasa-o kido ma-
e vivakkha-pakkho.

ma do n 't; kkh u i n d e e d ; u t t a mm a b e c o m e u n h a p py; jam b e c a u se; eta-e

with this; mala-e g a r l a nd; damsida-e s h o w n ; n i r ajjhavasa-o d i s h e artened;
v ivakkha o f r i v a ls; pakkhao theparty.

Padma: Don't be unhappy. By showing them this garland, I have completely

disheartened our rivals.

Text 7 (nn)

(saibya sa-harsam padmam alingati).

s aibya Saibya; sa w i t h ; h a r sam j o y ; p a d ma m P a d m a ; al i n gati e m b r a c e s .

(Saibya jubilantly embraces Padma).

Text 7 (oo)

padma:

sauhagga-punnimahe gauri-titthamhi phullide mahuna

ajja ramantim harina suhena canda-alim pekkha

s auhagga-punnimahe o n S a u bhagya purnima; gauri-titthamhi at Gauri-

t irtha; phullide f i l l e d w it h b l o ssoms; mahuna w i t h s w e e tness; ajja n o w ;
ramantim e n j o y i n g pastimes; harina w i t h K r s n a ; suhena h a p p i l y ; canda-
a lim C a n d r avali; pekkha look!
 Padma: On Saubhagya-purnima, at Gauri-tirtha filled with sweetly blossoming
flowers, look at Candravali happily enjoying transcendental pastimes with Lord
Krsna.

Text 8 (a)

(nepathye sauhagga-punnimahe ity adi pathyate).

n epathye b e h in d the scenes; sauhagga-punnimahe iti adi th everse

beginning with the words "sauhagga-punnimahe"; pathyate i s r e c i t ed.

(From Behind the Scenes this verse, beginning "sauhagga-punnimahe", is

recited).

Text 8 (b)

saibya: (sadbhutam vilokya) h ala ima-e muham vanki-kadu-a bi-accha-sarena

pathanti-e kakkhadi-a-e amhe uvahasijjamha.

s a with; adbhutam w o n d e r ; v i l o ky a l o o k i n g ; h al a a h . ; i m a - e b y t h i s ;
muham m o u t h ; v a n k i - k adu-a m a k i n g c r o o k ed; bi-accha h i d e o us; sarena
w ith a voice; pathanti-e r e c i t i ng; kakkhadi-a-e b y K a k k h a t i ka; amha w e b o t h ;
u vahasijjamha ar e m o c k ed .

Saibya: (Struck with wonder, looks). Aha ! M a k i n g her mo uth crooked, the
old monkey Kakkhati recites this verse in a hideous voice. In this way she is
mocking us.

Text 8 (c)

padma: (sa-smitam) du t the makkadi tundam de dahissam.

s a with; smitam a s m i l e ; d u t th e w i c k e d ; m a k k ad i m o n k e y ; t u n d a m
m outh; de y o u r ; d a hissam I willburn.

P adma: (With a smile) W i c ked mo n k ey, I will set fire to your mouth .
Text 8 (d)

(nepathye)
pa-umi-e cittha cittha. sunnam tujjha gharam gadu-a na-ani-a-im gilissam.

n epathye b e h in d the scenes; pa-umi-e P a d m a ; cittham s t a y ; c i t th a s t a y ;

c unnam e m p ty ; tu j jh a y o u r ; g h a ra m h o u s e ; gadu-a g o i n g ; n a-ani-am f r e s h
b utter; gilissam I w i l l e a t .

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Padma, stay right there! Stay right there!
No one is at your house. I'm going there, and I'll eat all the fresh butter.

Text 8 (e)

saibya: hala saccam gilissadi jam esa tam cce-a padhanti dhavida.

h ala ah.; saccam t r u t h ; s accam t r u t h ; g i l i ssadi w i l l e a t ; ja m b e c a u s e ;

e sa she; tam t h i s ; ev a c e r t a i n ly ; pathanti r e c i t i n g ; dhavita w i l l r u n .

Saibya: Ah! It's true! I t's true! She runs even as she speaks.

Text 8 (f)

padma: ma cintehi, ghare ajji-a karala citthadi. (iti parikramya sanskrtena).

pasya pasya

saci-krtangam iha savya-karena yastim

vistabhya vrtta-saralam upakaksa-kupam
tisthann adho vitapinah pasu-vrnda-cari
rariti gitim adhuna subalas tanoti

ma don t; cintehi w o r r y ; g h ar e a t h o m e ; ajji- a t h e n o b l e K arala; karala

K arala; citthadi s t a ys; it i t h u s ;p a r i k r a my a w a l k i n g ; sanskrtena i n S a n s k r i t ;
p asya lo o k! ; pasya l o o k ! ; saci-krt a t i l t e d ; angam b o d y ; i h a here; savya
left; karena w i t h th e h a nd; yastim o n t h e s t a ff; vistabhya r e s t i ng; vrtta-
s aralam st r aight; upakaksa-kupam a r m ; t i s t ha n s t a n d i n g up ; adhah b e n e a t h ;
v itapinah a t r ee; pasu o f c o w s ; vr nd a t h e m u l t i t u d e ; cari h e r d i n g ; ra-r i r a -
r i; iti t h u s ; gi ti m a s o n g ; a d h un a n o w ; s u b a la h S u b a l a ; tanoti d o e s .

Padma: Don't worry, noble Karala is at home. (W alks and then says in
Sanskrit:) Look! L o ok ! H i s b od y leaning on the straight staff pressed against His
left a right arm and left hand, Subala stands beneath a tree, herding the cows, and
singing "ra-ri".

Text 9 (a)

saibya: (parikramya) hala puvvena sankarisana-kudam canda-ali disa-i.

parikramya w a l k i n g ; hal a a h ! ; p u v v en a i n t h e e a st; sankarisana-kundam

Sankarsana-kunda; canda-ali C a n d r a v ali; disa-i — is seen.

Saibya: (Walking) I see Candravali to the east of Sankarsana-kunda.

Text 9 (b)

padma: (sa-harsam sanskrtena).

ayam purah smera-mukharavindah

prayana-lila-krta-kumbhi-nindah
kalevara-dyoti-hrtaksi-tandram
candravalim vindati krsnacandrah

s a with; harsam h a p p i n e ss; sanskrtena i n S a n skrit; ayam H e ; p u r a h i n

t he presence; smera sm i l i ng; mu kh a f a c e ; aravindah l o t u s fl o w er ; prayana o f
walking; lila b y t h e p astimes; krta d o n e ; k u m bh i o f t h e e l e p h ant; nindah
c riticism; kalevara o f th e bo dy; dyoti b y t h e l u s t er; hrt a s t o l e n ; aksi o f t h e
eyes; tandrah s l e epiness; candravalim C a n d r a v ali; vindati finds;
krsnacandrah th e m oo n of Kr sna.

Padma: (With happiness, in Sanskrit) His smiling face as beautiful as a lotus

flower, His playful steps criticizing the gracefulness of the elephants, and the
splendor of His bodily luster robbing the eyes of their fatigue, the moon of Krsna
has now found the many moons of Candravali.

Text 10 (a)

(tatah pravisati krsnam candravali ca).

tatah th en; pravisati e n t e r s; krsnah K r s n a ; candravali C a n d r a v a li; ca

and.
 (Krsna and Candravali enter).

Text 1O (b)

krsnah: (vartmarvarudhya) pr iye distyadya saundarya-makaranda-

bhrngarayitasi mamaksi-bhrngayoh.

v artma th e p a th; avarudhya b l o c k i n g ; pr iy e 0 b e l o v e d ; di stya b y g o o d

f ortune; adya n o w ; saundarya o f b e a u t y ; m akaranda o f t h e h o n e y ;
b hrngarayita b e c ome a pitcher; asi y o u h a ve; mama o f M e ; a ks i o f t h e e y e s ;
bhrngayoh f o r th e tw o bu m b l e-bees.

Krsna: (Blocking the path) 0 b e l o v ed, you have kindly assume this form of a
pitcher of the honey of beauty for the two bumble-bees of My eyes.

Text 10 (c)

candravali: munca maggam. jam gauri-tittham gadu-a kacca-ani-am accissam.

m unca g iv e up; maggam t h e p a th ; ja m b e c a u se; gauri-tittham t o G a u r i -

t irtha; gadu-a g o i ng ; kacca-ani-am D u r g a ; accissam I s h al l w o r s h i p .

Candravali: Get out of my way! I am g o ing to Gauri-tirtha where I shall

worship Goddess Durga.

Text 10 (d)

krsnah: (sa-smitam)

labdham mam avalokya tanvi purato romalir abhyudgata

netre padya-vidhim ksaraj-jala-bharaih prityarpayam cakratuh
vaksas ca skhalad-uttariyam adisad divyasanam sambhramad
vamayas tava daksinah parikaro distyadya vrtto mayi

s a with; smitam a s m i l e ; labdham o b t a i n ed ; ma m M e ; a v a l o ky a s e e i n g ;

t anvi 0 s l e n der girl; puratah i n t h e p r e sence; roma o f h a i r s ; ali h t h e s e r i e s;
abhyudgata s t a nds up; netre t h e e y es; padya-vidhim w a t e r fo r w a shing the
f eet; ksarat s t r eaming; jala o f w a t er ; bharaih w i t h a n a b u n d ance; pritya w i t h
l ove; arpayam cakratuh o f f e r ; vaksah t h e c h e st; ca a l s o ; skhalat s l i p p i n g ;
u ttariyam b o d i ce; adisat s h o w s ; di vy a s p l e n d i d ; asanam a s e a t ;
sambhramat f r o m e x c i t ement; vamayah c o n t r a ry ; tava o f y o u ; d a k sinah
f riendly; parikarah f o l l o w e rs; distya b y g o o d f o r t u ne; adya n o w ; v r t t a h
engaged; mayi t o w a rds Me.

Krsna: (Smiling) Seeing Me, the hairs of your body rise out of respect, your
eyes affectionately offer many tears as padya to wash My feet, and your breasts
allow their bodice to slip a little to show Me a splendid place to sit. 0 slender girl,
even though you are crooked and hostile, your friends have been very polite and
kind to Me.

Text 11 (a)

sakhyah: (upasrtya) sahi santi bhurino magga. ta ekassim niruddhe niruddha

na homhi.

sakhyau th e tw o gopi-friends; sahi 0 f r i e n d ; sant i t h e r e a re; bhurino

m any; magga p a t hs; ta t h e r e f o re; ekassim w h e n o n e ; ni r u d dh e i s b l o c k e d ;
n iruddha s t o p p ed; na n ot ; homhi d o w e b ecome.

The two Gopi-friends: (Approaching) Fr i end, there are many paths. When one
is blocked we are stopped from taking the others.

Text ll (b)

candravali: (saci-grivam alokya) hala ditthi-a tumhehim sahidamhi samvutta.

s aci ti l t i ng; grivam n e c k ; a l o ky a l o o k s ; h al a a h . ; d i t t h i - a b y g o o d

f ortune; tumhehim b y y o u ; s ahidamh i a s s i s t ed; amhi samvutta I a m .

Candravali: (Tilting her neck, she looks) Ah ! F o r t u n a t ely you are helping me.

Text ll (c)

krsnah: (svagatam) katham adya radhabhisisarayisor mamantike candravalir

upasthita.

s vagatam aside; katham h o w i s i t 7 ; adya n o w ; r a dh a w i t h R a d h a ;

abhisisarayisoh d e s i r ing to meet; mama o f M e ; a n t ik a n e a r b y ; candravalih
C andravali; upasthita s t a n d s .
 Krsna: (Aside) How is it that even though I yearn to meet with Radha, it is
Candravali who has come to Me7

Text 10 (d)

padma: (janantikam) candamuha pa-umavalambi-kara-e tti tuha manoradham

suni-a chalena ma-e canda-ali lambhide.

jana the person; antikam n e a r ; candamuha 0 m o o n - f a ced one; pa-uma

o f Padma; avalambi r e s t i ng; kara-e i n t h e h a nd; tt i t h u s ;t u h a o f Y o u ;
m anoradham t h e d e sire; suni-a h e a r i ng ; chalena b y a t r i ck ; ma- e b y m e ;
c anda-ali C a n d r avali; lambhida brought.

Padma: (Aside to Krsna) W hen I heard You say "The girl who holds Padma's
hand" I could undertand Your desire, so by a trick I have brought Candravali to
You.

Text 11 (e)

krsnah: (svagatam) am j n a t am. padma-mandanam abhilasyatah mayaiva

dattantarasi. kim te dusanam. (prakasam) sakhi prasiddhaiva padmayah
padmanabha-paksa-patita.

s vagatam aside; am y e s ; j n a tam u n d e r s t o od; padma o f a l o t u s fl ow e r ;

m andanam an o r n a m ent; abhilasyata d e s i r i ng; maya b y M e ; ev a c e r t a i n l y ;
d atta gi v en; antara w i t h a n o p p o r t u n i ty; asi y o u a r e ; ki m w h a t 7 ; t e o f y o u ;
d usanam th e fault; prakasam o p e n l y ; sakhi 0 f r i e n d ; p r a siddh a f a m o u s ;
eva certainly; padmayah o f P a d ma; pradmanabha o f K r s na; paksa-patita
friendship.

Krsna: (Aside) Yes. I un d erstand. I wi shed to have a padma-lotus ornament,

a ndyou misunderstood what I had said. Is that y our fault7 ( O p e n ly) F r i e n d ,
Padma's friendship for Krsna is very famous.

Text ll (f)

padma: aho turidam gauri-tittham lambhehi canda-ali-am.

a do now ; tu r i da m q u i c k l y ; g a u r i - t i t tha m t o G a u r i - t i r t ha; lambhehi t a k e ;

canda-ali-am C a n d r a vali.
 Padma: Now quickly take Candravali to Gauri-tirtha.

Text ll (g)

krsnah: (svagatam) candravaler agatir eva radhikodyama-pratibandhini vrtta.

tad enam eva nirvyalika-bhavam tavat pramodayan svam mano vinodayami.

svagatam aside; candravaleh o f C a n d r avali; agatih t h e a r r i v al; eva

c ertainly; radhika o f R a d h i ka; udyama t h e e f f o rt; pratibandhini t h w a r t i n g ;
vrtta is ; ta t t h e r e f o re; enam h e r ; ev a c e r t a i n ly ; ni r valik a s i n c e re; bhavam
w hose love; tavat t h en ; pr amodayan p l e a s i ng; svam o w n ; m a na h h e a r t ;
vinodayami I s h al l p l ease.

Krsna: (Aside) The arrival of Candravali will certainly check Radha from
coming here. Candravali s love for Me is sincere. Let Me give pleasure to My own
heart by making her happy.

Text 11 (h)

(prakasam)

dhrta-padmotsava-santatir
alabdha-dosodaya sada sphurati
sakhi krsna-paksa-purna
candravlir adbhuta tvam asi

p rakasam o p e n ly; dhrt a b e l t ; p a dm a o f P a d m a ; utsava o f j u b i l a n t

festivals; santatih a m u l t i t u de; alabdha n o t a t t a i n ed; dosa o f f a u l ts; udaya
t he arisal; sada al w ays; sphurati i s m a n i f e sted; sakhi 0 f r i e n d ; k r sn a o f
Krsna; paksa at the side; purna f u l l ; c a n d r avalih C a n d r a v a li; adbhuta
w onderful; tvam y o u ; as i are.

(Openly) 0 f r i e nd, You give a great festival of happiness to Padma. You are
always faultless, and You are filled with happiness to remain at Krsna s side. 0
Candravali, you are wonderful.

Note: If "padma" is in t erpreted to mean "lotus flowers", "krsna-paksa" to

m ean "the dark fortnight", and " c a n d r avali" t o m ean " a ro w of m o o n s", t h e n
the verse reveals the following meaning:

"0 friend, you are a wonderful row of faultless, wonderful moons that bring a
great festival of happiness to the lotus flowers, and that always remain full, even
during the dark fortnight".

Text 12 (a)

(ity agre parikramya) ku r angaksi pasya kananasya kamaniyatam.

iti t h u s ; agre a h e ad ; parikramya w a l k i n g ; k u r a nga-aksi 0 d o e - e yed girl;

pasya lo ok; kananasya o f t h e f o r est; kamaniyatam a t t h e b eauty.

(Walking ahead) 0 d o e-eyed girl, look at the beauty of the forest.

Text 12 (b)

padma: hala eso purado suranga-nama kanhassa kurango. jassa gharini sa

kidatthi rangini nama kurangi.

hala ah!; eso h e ; p u r ad o i n t h e p r e s ence; suranga S u r a n ga; nama

n amed; kanhassa of K r s na; kurango t h e p e t d e er; jassa o f h i m ; g h arin i t h e
w ife; sa she; kidatthi i s ; r a n g in i R a n g i n i ; n am a n a m e d ; k u r a ng i t h e d o e .

Padma: Ah. H ere is Krsna s pet deer, whose name is Suranga. His wife is the
doe name Rangini.

Text 12 (c)

krsnah: (sa-cakitam nepathye karnam dattva svagatam) nunam agata radha

yad ayam rangini-kantha-dhvanir darodancati.

s a with; cakitam a p p r e h e n sion; nepathye i n t h e d i r e c tion of b e h ind th e

s tage; karnam an e ar; dattva p l a c i n g ; svagatam a s i de; nunam i s i t n o t 7 ;
a gata arrived; radha R a d h a has; yat b e c a u se; ayam t h i s ; r a n gin i o f R a n g i n i ;
k antha o f th e th r o at; dhvanih t h e s o u n d ; dar a f a i n t l y ; u d ancati a r i s e s .

Krsna: (Apprehensively) poi nts an ear in the direction ofb ehind the stage, and
says to Himself:) Soft sounds from the throat of Rangini now arise. Does this not
mean that Radha has also come7

Text 12 (d)
 padma: kadham eso surango dakkhinahimuham dha-ido.

k adham w h y 7 ; eso h e ; s u r a ng o S u r a n ga; dakkhina-ahimuham i n t h e

s ourthern direction; dha-ido runs.

Padma: Why is Suranga suddenly running to the south7

Text 12 (e)

krsnah: (punar atma-gatam) nistankitam eva rangini-kantha-sabdenayam

akrstah kurango gauri-tirtham jagama. sankarsana-tirtha-tira-vana-lekhayam
vilambamanah ksanam udarkam yami.

punah a g a in; atma-gatam to Himself; nistankita w i t h o u t f e ar; eva

c ertainly; rangini o f R a n g i ni; kanth a o f t h e t h r o at; sabdena b y t h e soun d ;
a yam he; a k r s ta h a t t r a c t ed; kurangah t h e d e er; gauri-tirtham t o G a u r i -
tirtha; tira b y t h e sh ore; vana-lekhayam i n t h e g r ove of trees; vilambamanah
r esting; ksanam fo r a m o m e nt; udarkam t o t h e f u t u r e; yami I s h a l l g o .

Krsna: (Again to Himself) A t t r a cted by the sound of Rangini s voice, the deer
has now gone to Gauri-tirtha. I shall wait for a while in the forest by Sankarsana-
tirtha.

Text 12 (f)

padma:

na-a-pa-umini-sahassam ahamana-rasuttaranga-vitthari
u-a go-ulam vi-a puro saro-aram rehadi ppharam

na-a new; pa-umin i h o s t so f l o t u s fl o w e rs; sabassam thousands;

ahamana p u r i f y ing sins; rasa n e c tar water; uttaranga w i t h w a v es; vitthari
filled; u-a l o o k . ; g o o f c o w s ; k u la m a h e r d ; v i- a l i k e ; p u r o i n t h e p r e s ence;
s aro-aram th e l a ke; rehadi i s m a n i f e sted; ppharam l a r g e .

Padma: Filled with thousands of new lotus flowers, and nectar waves that wash
away all sins, this beautiful large lake appears like a great herd of surabhi cows.

Note: If the word "ahamana" is interpreted to mean "Of Krsna, the killer of
Aghasura", "pa-umini" to mean "lotus-like girls", "rasa" to mean "the nectar of
transcendental mellows", and "gokula" t o m ean "Gok ula village", then the verse
may be interpreted in the following way.

"This beautiful large lake appears like Gokula village, which is filled with
thousands of lotus like beautiful girls, and tossed about by the waves of nectarean
transcendental love for Lord Krsna".

Text 13

krsnah: priye pasya pasya

mitre vicitram anuraga-bharam vahanti

samvardhitali-nikara sva-rasodayena
sat-karnikojjvala-rucir bhuvane samantal
laksmin tanoti bhavativa sarojiniyam

priye 0 beloved; pasya l o o k ! ; pasya l o o k ! ; m i t r e t o t h e s u n ; v i c i tram

w onderful; anuraga o f l o ve; bharam a n a b u n d a n ce; vahanti c a r r y i n g ;
s amvardhita i n c r e ased; ali o f b u m b l e - bees; nikara t h e s w a r ms; sva o w n ;
r asa nectar; udayena b y t h e ar isal; sat b e a u t i f ul; karnik a o f t h e w h o r l ;
rucih th e sp l endor; bhuvane i n t h e l ak e or wor ld; samantat i n a l l d i r e c t i ons;
l aksmin b e a u ty; tanoti m a n i f e s ts; bhavati y o u ; iv a l i k e ; s a r o j in i l o t u s ;
i yam t h i s .

Krsna: Beloved, look! L o ok ! B e a r ing great and wonderful love for the sun,
delighting the bumble-bees with its nectar, this lotus flower that has such a lovely
whorl displays its beauty throughout the entire lake, just as you manifest your
beauty throughtout the entire world.

Note: If "mitre" is i n t erpreted to mean "friend", "ali" to mean "gopi-friend",

"karnika" to mean "earring", and "sarojini" t o m ean "l o t u slike girl", th e verse
may be interpreted in the following way:

"Beloved, look! Lo ok ! B e aring great and wonderful love for your intimate
friend Krsna, delighting your gopi-friends with the nectar of your friendship, you
and are a lovely girl decorated with splendid earrings, you are a lotuslike girl
displaying transcendental beauty throughtout the entire world".

Text lk (a)

saibya: nam manoharam pa-uminim kisa kalanihi-malanam karedi.

n am t h is ; manoharam b e a u t i f ul ; pa-umini m l o t u s fl o w e r ; k i s a why7;

k alanihi t h e m o o n of K r sna; malanam w i l t i n g ; k a r ed i d o e s .
 Saibya: Why does the moon of Krsna make this beautiful lotuslike girl with
unhappiness.

Note: The padma lotus blooms in the moonlight, and closes its petals in the
sunlight.

Text lk (b)

padma: (candram upadisya sakutam)

suranuratta-hi-a i-am pa-umini pasaridamo-a

iha na tumam kkhana-ra-o tarahisa kkhivehi karam

c andram th e m o on ; upadisya i n d i c a t i ng; sa w i t h ; a k u ta m m e a n i n g ;

s ura for the sun; anuratta w i t h l o v e ; hi -a-a i n t h e h e a rt; i-am t h i s ; p a -
u mini l o t u s fl o w er; psarida m a n i f e s ts; amo-a f r a g r a n ce; iha h e r e ; n a n o t ;
t umam y o u ; k k h an a f o r am o m e n t ; ra- o r e d d i s h ; tarahisa 0 m o o n ;
k khivehi e x t e nd ; karam r ay s of light.

Padma: (Pointing to the moon, she speaks the following meaningful words:)
This fragrant lotus bear love in her heart for the sun. 0 m o o n wh o is red for only
a moment, don't cast your moonlight upon here.

Note: If "sura" is interpreted to mean "hero", "pa-umini" to mean "lotuslike

girl", "amo-a" to mean "happiness" " ra-o" to mean "l o v e " , "tarahisa" to mean
"0 Lord of Radha", and "karam" to m ean "hand", then the verse may be
interpreted in the following way:

"This delightfully beautiful lotuslike girl bears sincere lover in her heart for the
hero Krsna. 0 Lord of Radha, 0 Krsna whose love for Candravali lasts for only a
moment, don't place Your hand upon her".

Text 15 (a)

krsnah: padme natra tarapatir aparadhyati. yad iyam padmini cancalaya

padmaya sayam mucyamana mlayati.

padme 0 P a d ma; na not; atra h ere; aparadhyati o f f e n ds; tarapatih the

moon; yat b e c ause; iyam t h i s ; p a d m in i l o t u s fl o w e r ; cancalaya fickle;
padmaya go d d ess of fortune Laksmi-devi; sa ayam s h e ; mu cyamana
a bandons; mlayati w i l t s .
 Krsna: 0 Padma, the moon is not at fault here. This lotus flower wilts because
the fickle goddess of fortune, Laksmi-devi has abandoned her.

Note: If "tarapatih" is in t erpreted to mean "Krsna, the husband (pati) of

Radha (ara)", then the word "padmini" t o m ean "l o tuslike girl", and the word
"padma" to mean "Padma-gopi", then the verse may be interpreted in the
following way:

"0 Padma, Krsna is not at fault here. This lotuslike girl wilts with unhappiness
because the fickle Padma has abandoned her".

Text 15 (b)

candravali: (sa-smitam puro vilokya sanskrtena)

samada-madhupa-laulyotsekam alokya sanke

vihasati latikali puspa-sobha-bharena
visrjati makaranda-cchadmana baspa-bindun
iyam ati-mrdur eka snehatah svarna-yuthi

s a with; smitam a s m i l e ; p u ra h a h e a d ; vi l o ky a l o o k i n g ; sanskrtena i n

S anskrit; sa w i t h ; m a d a i n t o x i c a t i on ; madhup a o f t h e b e es; laulya o f g r e e d ;
u tsekam o v er fl o w i ng; alokya o f c r e e p ers; ali t h e h o st ; puspa o f fl o w e r s ;
s obha of beauty; bharena w i t h t h e ab u ndance; visrjati a b a n d o n s ;
makaranda of h o n ey; chadmana o n t h e p r e t ext; baspa o f t e a rs; bindun
d rops; iyam t h i s ; at i v e r y ;m r d u h d e l i c a t e ; eka o n e ; s n ehatah o u t o f l o v e ;
s varna go l d en; yuthi y u t h i fl o w e r .

C andravali: (Smiling, she looks ahead, and says in Sanskrit:) I th in k t h e

creepers have noticed the overflowing greed of the intoxicated bumble-bees, and
the creepers are now laughing with the great beauty of their flowers.
On the pretext of dripping honey, this one delicate golden yuthi flower sheds
tears of love.

Text 16

krsnah: priye pasya pasya

ayam ucca-sirah kadamba-rajah

sphurad-indidira-vrnda-vandi-gitah
surabhi-kula-puccha-camarali-
marudavijita-vigrahas cakasti
 priye 0 beloved; pasya l ook!; pasya l o o k ! ; ayam t h i s ;u cc a r a i s e d ;
sirah w h ose head; kadamba o f k a d a mba trees; rajah t h e k i n g ; sphurat
m anifested; indindira o f b u m b l e - bees; vnrda o f t h e h o st; vandi b y t h e p o e t s ;
g itah g l o r i f ied is song; surabhi o f t h e s u r abhi cows; kula o f t h e h e r d ;
p uccha of th e tails; camara o f c a m ara wisks; ali o f t h e m u l t i t u de; marut b y
the breeze; avijita f a n n ed; vigrahah w h o s e f o rm ; cakasti i s m a n i f e st.

Krsna: Beloved, look! L o ok ! G l o r i f ied by the songs of the bumble-bee poets,

and fanned by the camara wisks of the tails of the surabhi cows, the regal kadamba
tree stands with head held high.

Text 17 (a)

candravali: amhahe lalida vundavana-lacchi.

a mhahe ah! ; lalid a c h a r m i n g ; vu n d avana o f V r n d a v ana; lacchi t h e

beauty.

Candravali: Ah! Ho w e n c h anting is the beauty of Vrndavana forest.

N ote: The word "lalita" h ere means "enchanting". If the word "l alita" i s
interpreted to mean "the gopi Lalita" and the word "laksmi" is interpreted to mean
"goddess of fortune", then statement becomes: "Ah! Lalita-gopi is the beautiful
goddes who presides over Vrndavana forest."

Text 17 (b)

(tatah pravisati lalita vrnda ca).

t atah th en; pravisati e n t e r s; lalita L a l i t a ; vr nd a V r n d a ; c a a n d .

(Lalita and Vrnda enter).

Text 17 (c)

lalita: (puro drstva sa-vyatham) kak k h adam purado sankadam eso.

purah a h e ad; drstva looking; sa w i t h ; v y a tham a g i t a t i on ; kak k h adam

h ard; purado a h e ad; sankadam d i f f i c u l ty ; eso t h i s .
 Lalita: (Looking ahead, she becomes disquieted) This is a great calamity.

Text 17 (d)

vrnda: hanta durlanghya-sasana kila karala. tat katham adya padmayatra

candravalir upanita.

h anta i n d e ed; duh d i f f i c u l t ; l anghya t o j u m p o v er ; sasana o r d er ; k i l a

i ndeed; karala K a r a la; tat t h e r e f o re; katham h o w i s i t 7 ; adya n o w ;
padmaya by Padma; atra h e r e ; candravalih C andravali; upanita w a s
brought.

Vrnda: It is not easy to jump over Karala's order. How then has Padma been
able to bring Candravali here7

Text 17 (e)

lalita: hala sa-ala-vijja-vi-addhasi. ta kaddhehi ido kanham.

h ala aha!; sa-ala a l l ; v i jj a o f m y s t i cs c i ences; vi-addha-learned; asi y o u

a re; ta th e r efore; kaddhehi p l e a se pull; id o f r o m t h i s p l a ce; kanham K r s n a .

Lalita: Ah. You k now all the mystic sciences. Pull Krsna out of this place.

Text 17 (f)

vrnda:

svasya prema-maninam
gaurava-bhajam iyam vara yatri
harina pariharaniya
katham nu candravali bhavita

svasya own; prem a o f l o v e ; m a n i na m o f t h e j e w e ls; gaurava g r e a t ness;

b hajam p o s sessing; iyam t h i s ; v ar a e x a l t ed ; yatri r e c e p t a cle; harina b y
K rsna; pariharaniya t o b e r e m oved; katham ho w is it7; nu i n d e e d ;
c andravali C a n d r avali; bhavita will be.

Vrnda: Candravali is a treasure chest of the most valuable jewels of love for
Lord Krsna. How shall we convince Lord Krsna to leave her7

Text 18

lalita: (sanskrtena)

yasyopalabhya gandham
gaurava-kulam asu cauravad bhramati
udbhatam anuraga-bhatam
tam ranjita-nagaram naumi

sanskrtena i n Sanskrit; yasya o f w h o m ; u p a l abhya p e r c e i v i ng; gandham

t he fragrance; gaurava o f i m p o r t a n ce; kulam t h e a b u n d a n ce; asu a t o n c e ;
c aura a th i ef; vat l i k e ; b h r a m at i g o e s ; u d b h atam e x c e l l e nt; anuraga o f l o v e ;
b hatam th e w a r r i or; tam t o h i m ; r a n j it a p a s s i o n a te; nagaram h e r o ; n a u m i
I offer my respectful obeisances.

Lalita: (In Sanskrit) I offer my respectful obeisances to the powerful warrior

that is Radha's love for Krsna. The slightest scent of the presence of that warrior
makes the elder of modesty and morality flee as if they were so many thieves.

Text 19 (a)

vrnda: sakhi yuktam bravisi. ki ntu daksinya-mudreyam candravalya krsnasya

tatah khalv amum durakarsam kathayami.

s akhi 0 f r i e n d ; y u k ta m r i g h t l y ; b r a visi y o u s p e ak; ki nt u h o w e v e r ;

d aksinya of p o l i t e ness; mudra t h e m a r k ; iya m t h i s ;c a n d r avalya w i t h
Candravali; krsnasya o f K r s na; tatah t h e r e f o re; amum t h i s ;d u h - a k arsam
d ifficult to pull out; kathayami I say.

Vrnda: Friend, you speak rightly. Still, Krsna is now showing kindness to
Candravali. Therefore I say it will be difficult to pull Him away from her.

Text 19 (b)

lalita: vunde saccam bhanasi. ta imassim accahide kim saranam.

v unde 0 V r n d a ; saccam t h e t r u t h ; bh anasi y o u s p e ak; ta t h e r e f o r e ;

imassim i n t h i s ; accahide c a t a s trophe; kim w h a t 7 ; saranam i s t h e sh elter.
 Lalita: Vrnda, you speak the truth, What will be our shelter in this calamity.

Text 19 (c)

vrnda: prathamam gosthim avisya tattvam avadharayavah.

prathamam f irst; gosthim t h e g r o up ; avisya e n t e r i ng; tattvam t h e t r u t h ;

avadhayavah we sh all determine.

Vrnda: First let us enter their circle, then we may understand the truth of what
has happened.

Text 19 (d)

(ity ubhe parikramatah).

i ti t h u s ; ubh e b o t h ; p a r i k r a m atah w a l k .

(They both walk).

Text 19 (e)

saibya: (vilokya janantikam) h ala pa-ume hanta nunam gauri-titthe rahi

sangada. pekkha tad disado lalida miladi.

v ilokya s e eing; jana-antikam t o a s i n gle person; hala a h ! ; p a - um e Padma;

h anta i n d e ed; nunam i s i t n o t 7 ; gauri-titth e a t G a u r i - t i r t ha; rahi R a d h a ;
sangada is met; pekkha l o o k ! ; ta t t h e r e f o r e; disado f r o m t h a t d i r e ction;
l alida L a l i ta; miladi meets.

Saibya: (Looks, and says to Padma) Ah! P a d ma ! I s it no t so that Radha has

gone to Gauri-tirtha7 Look! L a l it a is coming from that direction.

Text 19 (f)

padma: ka no hani jam harina dupparihara pi-a-sahi.

 k a wh a t7; no f o r u s ; h an i t h e h a r m ; ja m b e c a u se; harina b y K r s n a ;
d upparihara d i f f i c ul t to be abandoned; pi-a d e ar ; sahi o u r f r i e n d .

Padma: What harm is there for us7 Krsna will find it very difficult to leave our
dear friend Candravali.

Text 19 (g)

lalita: (upasrtya) hala canda-ali vallaha-sinehanahinassa kurangi-sangha-bhu-

a ngassa kurangassa ghare na kkhu amhehim rangini-vasanijja. jam imi n a
masabbhantare vi sa kala-sara-kumari na sumari-adi ta ettha tumam sakkhinim
kadum a-adamhi.

u pasrtya ap p r o aching; hala 0 ! ; c a n d a - al i C a n d r a v a li; vallaha o f t h e l o v e r ;

s ineha of the love; anahissa i g n o r a nt; kurangi o f d o e s ; sangha t o t h e fl o c k ;
ghare at ho me; na n ot; kkhu i n d e e d ; amhehim b y u s ; r a n g in i o f R a n g i n i ;
v asanijja c o ul d stay at home reside; jam b e c a u se; imina b y h i m ; m as a a
m onth; abbhantare w i t h i n ; v i e v e n ; s a s h e ;k a l a -sara-kumari t h e y o u n g
b lack doe; na n o t ; su m ari-adi i s r e m e m b ered; ta t h e r e f o re; ettha h e r e ;
t umam t o y ou ; sakkhini m a w i t n e s s; kadum t o m a k e ; a-adamhi I h a v e
come.

Lalita: (Approaching) 0 C a n d r avali, that stag ignores the love of his beloved.
And He has become a debauchee who loves all the does. We should not allow the
doe Rangini to stay in his house. I have come to you to bear witness that that stag
has not remembered his beloved for an entire month.

Text 19 (h)

(candravali smayate).

c andravali C a n d r a vali; smayate s m i l e s .

(Candravali smiles).

Text 19 (i)

krsnah: (svagatam) hanta mad-artham agata lalita. (candravalim alokya

chalam alambate. prakasam). lalite hrdayengitam avijnaya mudha surangam
upalabhase. tad esa sandesas tvaya tasyam avedyatam.
 s vagatam aside; hanta i n d e ed ; mat-artham f o r M y s a ke; agata h a s c o m e ;
l alita L a l i ta; candravalim a t C a n d r a vali; alokya g l a n c i ng; chalam o f a t r i c k ;
a lambate t a kes shelter; prakasam o p e n ly ; lalit e 0 L a l i t a ; h r d ay a o f t h e h e a r t ;
ingitam t h e e m o t i on; avijnaya n o t u n d e r s tanding; mudha u s e l e ssly;
s urangam Su r anga; upalabhase yo u c r i t i se; tat t h e r e f o re; esah t h i s ;
s andesah message; tvaya b y y ou ; tasyam t o h e r ; avedyatam s h o u l d b e
caused to be known.

Krsna: (Aside) Lalita has come for Me. (Glancing at Candravali, He decides to
resort to a trick. He then says openly:) Lalita, you criticise Suranga unfairly. You
do not know the actual desire within his heart. Please give this message to the doe
Rangini:

Text 19 (j)

harinabhilasyamana
saranga-ramani sada tvam atrasi
tad amum tvad-vasa-hrdayam
hrdayangama-locane viddhi

h arina by th e deer; abhilasyamana d e s i r ed; saranga o f S aranga; ramani 0

l over; sada al w ays; tvam y o u ; a tr a h e r e ; as i a r e ; ta t t h e r e f o r e; amum h i m ;
t vat of y ou; vasa u n d e r th e do m i n i on; hrdayam w h o s e h e art; hrdayam t o
t he heart; gama g o i ng; locane w h o s e eyes; viddhi p l e a s e know .

"0 lover of the Saranga, the stag always desires you. 0 doe whose eyes
penetrate the heart, please know that Suranga's heart is in your power.

Note: If the words "harina" and "saranga" are interpreted to be names of

Krsna, then the verse may become:

"0 lover of Krsna, Krsna always desires you. Please know 0 girl wh ose eyes
penetrate the heart, please know that Krsna's heart is in Your power".

Text 20 (a)

padma: (janantikam) k a nha appaano pi-a-janam laddhosi. ta juttam ajo-a-

jogganam amhanam visajjanam.

jana the person; antikam n e a r ; k a nh a 0 K r s n a ; a p p an o o f t h e s l e dge; pi-

a -janam b e l o v ed; laddhosi Y o u h a v e attained; ta t h e r e f o re; juttam i t i s
proper; ajo-a-jogganam who are not qualified to associate with You; amhanam
o f us; visajjanam a b a n d o n m en t .

Padma: (Only to Krsna) K r s na, now You have attained Your beloved. Now
You may abandon us, who are not qualified to associate with You.

Text 20 )b)

krsnah:

karavani hanta divyam

divyangi madonnatasu gopisu
anuragitam sakhi dadhe
radha-gandhisu na vamasu

k aravani I d o ; h a nt a i n d e e d ; di vya m a v o w ; d i vy a s p l e n d i d ; angi w h o s e

limbs; mada w i t h p r i d e; unnatasu r a i s ed; gopisu a m o n g th e gopis;
anuragitam l o v e ; sakhi 0 f r i e n d ; d a dh e I p l a c e ; radha o f R a d ha; gandhisu
w ho bear the fragrance; na n o t ; v amasu contrary.

Krsna: 0 splendidly beautiful girl, friend, I vow that I have no love for the
proud, crooked gopis who bear the fragrance of Radha.

Note: This verse may also be interpreted:

"0 splendidly beautiful friend, I vow that I love the jubilant gopis who bear the
fragrance of Radha. I have no love for Radha's enemies".

Text 21 (a)

p adma: (sa-darpa-smitam) sahi lalide accari-am accari-am. tum a m k k h u

anuraha bhanijjasi. ta kisa ajja raha-e u-a-am vina u-idasi.

s a with; darpa p r i d e ; sm i ta m s m i l i n g ; sah i 0 f r i e n d ; l a l id e L a l i t a ;

a ccari-am w o n d e r f ul; accari-am w o n d e r f ul ; tu ma m y o u ; k k h u i n de e d ;
a nuraha A n u r a ha; bhanijjasi a r e c a l l ed; ta t h e r e f o re; kisa w h y 7 ; ajj a n o w ;
raha-e o f Radha; u-a-am th e ap pearance; vina w i t h o u t ; u - i d asi you have
appeared.

P adma: (With a insolent smile) Fr i end Lalita, this is wonderful. W o n d e r ful .

You are called Anuradha because you always accompany Radha-gopi. How is it
that today you have come here without Radha7

Note: "Radha" and "Anuradha" are also names of stars. Anuradha always
follows the star Radha.

Text 21 (b)

lalita: (sanskrtena)

rolambi-nikurambam
cumbati gandam pipasaya tasya
sarati trsarta sarasim
sa karindram tam punar na hi sa

s anskrtena i n Sanskrit; rolambi o f b e e s ; n i k u r a mbam t h e s w a r m ;

c umbati k i s s es; gandam t h e c h e ek; pipasaya w i t h a d e sire to drink; tasya o f
h im; sarati g o es; trsa w i t h t h i r s t ; artah p a i n e d ; sarasim t o t h e l a ke; sah h e ;
k ari of el ephants; indrah t h e k i n g ; ta m t o h i m ; p u n a h a g a i n ; n a n o t ; h i
indeed; sa the lake.

Lalita: (In Sanskrit) W i t h g r eat thirst the bumble-bees kiss the regal elephant s
cheek. The thirsty elephant goes to the lake, but the lake does not to him.

Note: In this little allegory Krsna is the regal elephant, Candravali s friends are
the bees, and Radha is the lake. The kisses of Candravali s friends are simply an
annoyance to the elephant Krsna, who thirsts after Radha. He pursues Radha, but
She does not pursue Him.

Text 22

padma:

ekkam dhimadi sevve paheli-am me saheli janehi

citta-phala-ammi lihida ka reha-i mahavassa sada

e kkam o ne ; dh i m ad i 0 i n t e l l i g en t gi rl; sevve S a i b ya; paheli-am r i d d l e ;

me from me; saheli 0 f r i e n d ; j a n eh i p l e a s e kn ow; citt a o f t h e h e a rt; phala-
a mmi on th e dr aw ing surface; lihida d r a w n ; k a w h a t g i r 17; reha-i i s
m anifested; mahavassa of K r sna; sada a l w a y s .

Padma: 0 intelligent Saibya, hear this one riddle from me: W hat girl is always
painted on the canvass of Krsna's heart7

Text 23 (a)
 saibya: sahi canda-ali.

s ahi 0 f r i e nd ; canda-ali C a n d r a v a li .

Saibya: Friend, it is Candravali.

Text 23 (b)

vrnda: (sa-smitam) sadhu vijnatam. candra-mandalavali-mandanena citram

khalu mapateh phalakam sata-candram acaksate.

s a with; smitam a s m i l e ; sadhu w e l l ; v i j n a ta m u n d e r s t o od; candra o f

moons; mandala o f c i r c l es; avali w i t h a h o st; mandanena w i t h t h e d e coration;
citram th e p i c t u re; khalu i n d e e d ; m apateh o f L o r d V i s nu , the husband of the
goddess of fortune; phalakam t he shield; sata a h u n d r ed; candram moons;
acaksate they call.

Vrnda: (With a smile) You have understood perfectly. They call Visnu's shield
is decorated with the pictures of many moons. For this reason they call His shield
("Satacandra (A hundred moons)".

Note: Saibya said that Candravali is painted on the canvass of Krsna s heart,
a lthough Vrnda took "candravali" to mean merely "a host (avali) of m o o n s
(candra)", V r nd a also interpreted the word "phalaka" to mean "shield" instead of
"canvass".

Text 23 (c)

krsnah: (svagatam) avadata-sileyam.

s vagatam aside; avadate p u r e ; sil a w h o s e c h aracter; iyam s h e .

Krsna: (Aside) This girl is very pure at heart.

Text 23 (d)

(candravali sa-lajjam apasavye prayati).

c andravali C a n d r a vali; sa w i t h ; l a j ja m s h y n e s s; apasavye t o th e l e f t ;

p rayati g o e s .

(Candravali shyly walks to the left).

Text 23 (e)

lalita:

mama vaharehi vunde paheli-am dippa-heli-vinnane

pi-a-sahi kim ahikkha-e likkhijja-i mahavo bhu-ane

m ama my ; vy ahara p l e a se do; vunde 0 V r n d a ; p a h eli-am r i d d l e ; d i p p a

b rilliant; heli i n r i d d l es; vinnane 0 l e a r n e d one; pi-a d e a r ; sahi f r i e n d ;
k im w h a t 7 ; ahikkha-e b y t h e n a me; likk h i j j a- i i s p e r c e i ved; mahavo K r s n a ;
b hu-ane in th e w o r l d .

Lalita: 0 dear friend Vrnda, 0 bri l l i ant unraveller of riddles, tell the meaning
o f my riddle: By what name if Madhava (Krsna) kn own in t his wor l d 7

Text 20 (a)

vrnda: sakhi radhabhikhyaya.

sakhi 0 friend; radha Radha; abhikhyaya by the name.

Vrnda: 0 friend, He is known by the name Radha.

Text 20 (b)

krsnah: yuktam idam yad vaisakah-paryayau madhava-radhau.

yuktam c o r r e ct; idam this; yat b e c ause; vaisakha o f t h e m o nt h V aisakha;

paryayau tw o s y n o n y ms; madhava Madhava; radhau an d R a dha.

Krsna: This is correct. Madhava and Radha are both synonyms for the month
of Vaisakha.

Text 20 (c)
 padma: sevve alam paheli-a-pasangena. suhavehi kamalikkhana-rasehim
attana-am.

sevve 0 Saibya; alam e n o u g h ! ; paheli-a-sangena w i t h t h ese riddles;

s uhavehi f i n d h a p p i n ess; kamalikkhana o f l o t u s - e yed Krsna; rasehim w i t h t h e
t ranscendental mellows; attana-am y o u r s e l f .

Padma: Saibya, what is the need for all these riddles7 Now you may taste the
happiness of nectarean transcendental pastimes with lotus-eyed Krsna.

Text 20 (d)

saibya: (kamalakaram vilokya)

bhamarassa tava pamadam padosa-mudita kumuddadi kuna-i

java i-am pa-umali vinda-i na hu ditthim edassa

kamala-akaram a t th e pond of lotus flowers; vilokya l o o k i n g ; b h amarassa

of the bumble-bee; tava t h en ; pamadam h a p p i n e ss; padosa a t e v ening;
m udita b l o s s oming; kumu ddadi t h e w a t e r l i ly; ku r ut e d o e s ; j av a u n t i l ; i -
a m th is; pa-umali t h e h o s t s o f l o tu s flow ers; vinda-i f i n d s ; n a n o t ; h u
i ndeed; ditthim t h e g l a n ce; edassa of h i m .

Saibya: (Looking at the lotus pond) O nl y as long as he does not notice the
hosts of lotus flowers is the bumble-bee pleased by the water-lilies blooming in the
evening.

Note: If the word "kum u d d adi" i s i n t e r preted as a name of Radha, if "mudita"

is interpreted to mean "jubilant", an d i f " p a d m ali " i s i n t e r pr eted to mean
"Candravali, the friend of Padma-gopi", and if the "bhramara" is interpreted to
refer to Krsna, then the verse may be undertood to mean:

"Only as long as He does not notice Padma's friend Candravali is Krsna pleased
by jubilant Radha in the evening".

Text 25

padma: hala saccam bhanasi. tatha hi

vijjodanti raha pekkhijja-i tava tara-alihim

ga-ane tamala-same na java canda-ali phura-i
 h ala ah!; saccam t h e t r u t h ; bh anasi y o u s p e ak; tatha hi f u r t h e r m o r e ;
vijjodanti s h i n i n g ; rah a t h e s t ar Radha; pekkhijja-i i s s e en; tava t h e n ; t a r a-
a lihim w i t h t h e stars; ga-ane i n t h e sky; tamala a s a t amala tree; same d a r k ;
na not; java a s l o n g as; canda-ali a h o s t of m o o ns; phura-i i s m a n i f e sted.

Padma: Ah! You speak the truth. Only as long as a host of moons do not rise
in the sky as dark as a tamala tree, does the star Radha and the other stars appear
the shine brightly.

Note: If "radha" is taken to refer to Radha-gopi, "candravali" to Candravali-

gopi, tara-alihim to Taraka and other gopis" and "t amala-same" to Krsna, whose
complexion is dark as a tamala tree, the verse may be understood to mean:

"Ah! You speak the truth. O nly as long as Candravali does not appear before
Krsna, whose complexion is dark as a tamala tree, does Radha, accompanied by
Taraka and Her other gopi-friends, appear very beautiful".

Text 26

lalita: (visasya. sanskrtena).

sahacari vrsabhanujaya
pradurbhave vara-tvisopagate
candravali-satany api
bhavanti nirdhuta-kantini

v ihasya l a u gh ing; sanskrtena i n S a n sk r it; sahacari 0 f r i e n d ;

vrsabhanujaya th e sun in Taurus; pradurbhave i n t h e m a n i f estation; vara
b eautiful; tvisa w i t h b o d il y l u s t er; upagate a r r i v ed; candravali o f m o o n s ;
satani h u n d r e ds; api e v e n ; bh avanti a r e ; n i r d h ut a e c l i p s ed; kantini
splendor.

Lalita: (Laughing, she says in Sanskrit:) My f r i e nd, the splendor of the sun in
Taurus eclipses the shining of even hundred of moons.

Note: If "vrsabhanuja" is interpreted to mean "Radha, the daughter of

Maharaja Vrsabhanu", and if "candravali" is interpreted to mean "Candravali",
then the verse means:

"My friend, the beauty of Radha eclipses the splendor of hundreds of

Candravalis".

Text 27 (a)
 krsnah: (smitva) k i m v a c a tataya. sannikrstasya surabhehsaurabhyam
anubhuyatam.

smitva sm i l i ng; ki m w h a t i s t h e u se7; vacatataya t h i s abundant talking;

s annikrstasya n e arby; surabheh o f s p r i n g t i me; saurabhyam t h e s w e e t
fragrance; anubhyatam s h o u l d be experienced.

Krsna: (Smiling) W ha t is the need for all these words7 Let us simply enjoy
the sweet fragrance fo the spring season.

Text 27 (b)

vrnda: (sa-smitam)

ullasati phulla-gatri
ka valli natra madhave 'bhyudite
tan-namatah prasiddham
tathapi tam madhavim naumi

s a with; smitam a s m i l e ; u l l asati o p e n s ; ph u ll a b l o s s o m i ng; gatri w h o s e

l imbs; ka w h a t 7; valli c r e e p er; na n o t ; a t r a h e r e ; m a d h av e w h e n s p r i n g ;
a bhyudite a p p e ars; tat o f h i m ; n a m a ta h f r o m t h e n a me; prasiddham f a m o u s ;
t atha api s t i ll ; ta m t o h e r ; m a d h avi m t h e m a d h av i creeper; naumi I o f f e r m y
respectful obeisances.

Vrnda: (With a smile) W ha t creeper does not burts into flower when
springtime appears7 I bow down to offer my respectful obeisances to the madhavi
creeper, which is personally named after spring (madhava).

Note: If "madhava" is interpreted to be a name of Krsna, and "madhavi" is

interpreted to be a name of Radha, and if "valli" is in t erpreted to mean "a
beautiful girl as delicate as flowering creeper", then the verse may be interpreted
to mean:

"What beautiful girl as delicate as a flowering creeper does not feel her limbs
blossom with happiness when Madhava (Krsna) appears7 I bow down to offer my
respectful obeisances to Madhavi (Radha), who is personally named after Lord
Krsna".

Text 28 (a)
 padma: (sa-vaimanasyam parikramyoccaih). hala canda-ali dhutta-gotthi-range
sangami-a vigghesa-janani-pu-ane kisa sidhilasi.

s a with; vaimanasyam u n h a p p i n e ss; parikramya w a l k i n g ; u ccaih i n a

loud voice; hala ah ; canda-ali C a n d r a v a li; dhuttos dhutta o f r a s c als; gotthi-
r ange in th e company; sangami-a a s s ociating; vigghesa of ; j a n an i of Durga-
devi, the mother of Ganesa; pu-ane i n t h e w o r s h ip; kisa w h y . ; s i d h i l a si
slackened.

Padma: (Unhappy, she walks and loudly exclaims) Ah! Candravali! Why
have you given up the worship of goddess Durga, the mother of Ganesa7 Why do
you keep company with these rascals7

Text 28 (b)

krsnah: (sopalambham)

candravalim mam anurudhyamanam

runaddhi padme bhavati balena
mallim tamalabhimukham milantim
himsreva valli puratah karala

s a with; upalambham c e n s u re; candravalim C a n d r a v a li; mam M e ;

anurudhyamanam c l i n g i ng ; run addhi y o u s t o p ; p a dm e 0 P a d m a ; b h avati
you; balena forcibly; mallim j a s m i n e creeper; tamala a t a mal tree;
a bhimukham f a c i n g ; mi l an ti m m e e t i n g ; h i m s ara v i o l e n t ly ; iv a a s i f ; v a l l i
c reeper; puratah i n t h e p r esence; karala k a r a l a .

Krsna: (As a rebuke) Candravali loves Me, and you try to prevent her from
approaching Me. 0 Padma, you are like a karala weed that prevents a jasmine
creeper from approaching a tamala tree.

Text 29 (a)

(pravisya)
karala: citthadha re citthadha. ditthi-a magge cce-a laddhattha.

p ravisya en t ers; citthadha s t o p ! ; r e O h!; citthadha s t o p ! ; d i t t h i- a by

g ood fortune; magge o n th e path; cce-a c e r t a i n ly; laddhattha ob tained.

(Enters)
Karala: Stop! Oh, stop! By good fortune I have found you on this path.
Text 29 (b)

(sarvah paravrtya sambhramam natayanti).

sarvah everyone; paravrtya t u r n i n g ; sambhramam a g i t a t i on; natayanti

display dramatically.

(Everyone turns. They are fustrated).

Text 29 (c)

saibya: (apavarya) pa-ume haddhi haddhi. kadham ettha amhe vinnada

buddhi-a-e.

apavarya aside; pa-ume P a d m a ; haddh i a l a s ! ; h addh i a l a s ! ; k a dham

h ow.; ettha h e r e ; amh e w e ; v i n n ad a w e k n o w n ; b u d d h i - a- e b y t h e o l d
woman.

Saibya: (Aside) Padma! A l as! A l as ! Ho w di d th e old woman know we were

here7

Text 29 (d)

karala: ammo saccam cce-a- jappidam ta-e nava-ni-a-lampada-e vuddha-

makkadi-e.

ammo ah a!; saccam t h e t r u t h ; cce-a c e r t a i n ly; jappidam w a s s p o k en; ta-

e by her; nava-ni-a f o r b u t t er; lampada-e g r e e dy; vuddha o l d ; m a k k a d i - e
by the monkey.

Karala: Aha! The old monkey greedy after butter spoke the truth!

Text 29 (e)

(padma sa-khedam saibya-mukham iksate).

padma Padma; sa wi th ; k h edam u n h a p p i n e ss; saibya o f S aibya;

m ukham a t th e face; iksate l o o k s .

(Padma unhappily glances at Saibya).

Text 29 (f)

lalita: (svagatam buddha-makkadi kakkhadi-e sakkaramakkhidam

makkhanam de da-issam.

svagatam aside; buddha old; makkadi m o n k ey; kakkhadi-e kakkhatika;

s akkara w it h s u gar; makkhidam m i x e d ; m a k k a h anam b u t t e r ; d e t o y o u ; d a -
issam I sh all give.

Lalita: (Aside) Old m o n key Kakkhatika, I shall give you butter mixed with
sugar.

Text 29 (g)

krsnah: (apavarya) priye tirodhanaya sthanam api te na pasyami. yatah

savye girih sphurati durgama-tunga-srngo

gah palayaty ahaha daksinatas tatharyah
bhuh prsthato virahita vrtibhih purastat
krura vivesa jarati katamatra yuktih

apavarya aside; priye 0 b e l o v e d ; torodhanaya f o r d i s a ppearing; sthanam

a place; api ev en; te f o r y o u ; n a n o t ; p a s y am i d o I s e e ; yatah b e c a u s e;
savye on the left; girih G o v a r d h ana Hill; sphurati i s m a n i f e sted; durgama
difficult of climb; tunga l o f t y ; s r ngah w i t h s u m m i t s ; gah t h e c o w s ; palayati
protects; ahaha a h a!; daksinatah o n t h e r i g ht ; tatha i n thay way; aryah t h e
n oble person; bhuh t h e e a r th; prsthatah b e h i n d ; v i r ah it a w i t h o u t ; v r t i b h i h
b ushes; purastat a h e ad; krur a c r u e l ; v i v esa h a s e n t ered; jarati t h e o l d l a d y ;
k atama w h a t7; atra h e r e ; y u k ti h s o l u t i o n .

Krsna: (Aside) Beloved, I don't see any place for hiding. On the left is
Govardhana Hill, whose tall peaks are difficult to scale. On the right your noble
husband is engaged in herding the cows. Behind us there are no bushes suitable
for hiding. In front of us is this cruel old lady. What is the solution.

Text 30 (a)
 candravali: (svagatam) hanta hanta. akandek ak k hasa-ebhavidavvada candali-
e candima.

svagatam aside; hanta a l a s! ; hanta a l a s ! ; akande s u d d e n ly ; kakkhasa-e

harsh; bhavidavva t h e r e may be; candali-e o f t h e candala woman; candima
ferocity.

Candravali: (Aside) Alas! A l as! Al l of a sudden this harsh candala woman has
become ferocious.

Text 30 (b)

karala (samrambham abhiniya) pecchadha bho pecchadha imassa kusuma-

tella-kajj alaj alakassa kala-bhu-anga-bha-ankara lo-anancalassa sancalassa bhu-
angattanam. jam varaha-maggam gamido imina sa-alanam go-ula-kulangananam
mangalo kula-dhammo. (iti sa-sirah-kampam drsau vispharya). are samala-a
kassa esa ja-atti janasi. sunahi re nisankam sunahi. jo kkhu b h o - i n dassa dudi-u-
appa tassa maha-mallassa.

s amrambham a n g er; abhiniya r e p r e s enting dramatically; pecchadha l o o k ! ;

bho O h ! ; p ecchadha l o o k ! ; i m a ssa o f H i m ; k u s u mm a f r o m fl o w e r s ; tella
o f the oil; kajjalaja-alakassa o f b l a c k m ascara; kala a b l a ck; bhu-anga snake;
bha-ankara f e a r ful; lo-ana of the eyes; ancalassa of the corners; sancalassa
m oving; bhu-angattanam t h e s n ak elike lust; jam b e c a u se; varaha-maggam t o
d estruction; gamido b r o u g h t ; i m in a b y H i m ; s a - alanam o f a l l ; g o - ul a o f
Gokula; kula-angananam o f t h e ch aste girls; mangalo a u s p i c i o us; kula-
d hammo c h a s t i ty; it i t h u s ; s a w i t h ; s i r a h o f t h e h e ad ; kampam s h a k i n g ;
d rsau eyes; vispharya o p e n i n g w i de; are 0 ; s a m a l a- a l u s t y g i rl ; kassa o f
w hom7; esa t h is; ja-ati w i f e ; j a n asi y o u k n o w ; s u n ah i l i s t e n ; r e 0 ;
n isankam w i t h o u t d o u bt ; sunahi l i s t e n ; j o w h o ; k k h u in de e d ;b h o -
i ndassa of Kamsa, king of the Bhojas; dudi-u-appa t h e s e cond self; tassa o f
him; maha t h e g r eat; mallassa w r e s t l er.

Karala: (Angry) L o ok ! O h , l o o k at the snakelike lust of this debauchee whose

complexion is as dark as kusuma-taila mascara, and whose sidelong glance is as
fearful as the glance of a black snake, He has destroyed the auspicious chastity of
all the pious girls in Gokula. (Shaking her head and opening her eyes wide). 0
black boy, whose wife is this7 Do You know7 L i s t en! C a r efully listen. This girl's
husband is a great wrestler. He is the intimate friend of Kamsa, the king of the
Bhojas.

Text 30 (c)
 krsnah: karalike tatah kim.

k aralike 0 K a r a l a ; tatah t h e n ; ki m w ha t 7

Krsna: Karala, so what7

Text 30 (d)

karala: (sa-krodham) saccam saccam tumam vana-majjhe appanam dudi-am

ra-anam janasi. so cce-a ra-a-ula-gami gotthanaho appano laladam tadissadi.

s a with; kr d oham a n g e r ; saccam t r u t h ; s accam t r u t h ; t u m a m Y o u ;

v ana of the forest; majjeh i n t h e m i d d l e ; appanam s e l f ; d u d i -a m a s e c o n d ;
r a-anam k i n g ; janasi Y o u t h i n k ; s o h e ; c c e - a c ertainly; ra-a o f th e k i n g ;
kula i n t o th e assembly; gami g o i n g ; go t thanaho t h e k i n g o f th e cowherds;
a ppano hi s own ; laladam f o r e h e ad; tadissadi w i l l s t r i k e .

Karala: (Angry) Yes. Yes. In the mi d dle of the forest you think that You have
become another king. When He enters the assembly of the actual king, the king of
the cowherds will strike His brow with regret.

Text 30 (e)

krsnah: karale tubhyam sape. candravalim vilokya sadhvasam gato 'ham

udvegam asadayami.

k arale 0 K a r a la; tubhyam t o y o u ; s ap e I s w e a r ; candravalim C a n d r a v a l i ;

v ilokya s e eing; sadhvasam f e ar ; gatah a t t a i n ed; aham I ; u d v e g a m
t rembling; asadayami a t t a i n .

Krsna: Karala, I swear to you: The sight of Candravali makes Me tremble with

Note: If "sadhvasam" is interpreted to mean "the state of not meeting", and

"udvega" to mean "unahappiness", then the statement becomes:

"Karala, I swear to you: When I gaze at Candravali I become unhappy that I

cannot remain in her association".

Text 30 (f)
 karala: (candravalim vilokya. samarsam) ha ni-unjojjarini akomara-sikkhida-
kanhahisara-kosale samrambhonnaddha-govi-a-sahassocchitthahara-bimba-tinha-
metta-viddhamsida-kulavvade cittha cittha. kim danim bha-esi.

c andravalim a t C a n d r avali; vilokya l o o k i n g ; s a w i t h ; a m a r sam a n g e r ;

ha ah.; ni-unj a i n t h e f o r e st; ujjarini w h o s t a y s awake at night; akomara
since childhood; sikkhida t a u g h t ; k a nh a w i t h K r s n a ; ahisara r e n d e z v ous;
k osale exp ert; samrambha w i t h a g i t a t i on; unnaddha f i l l e d ; govi- a o f g o p i s ;
s ahassa of thousands; ucchittha r e m n a n ts; ahara o f l i p s ; bi mb a o f b i m b a
f ruits; tinha s t r aw ; m e tt a o n l y ; v i d d h a m sida d e s t r o y ed; kulavvade w h o s e
c hastity; cittha s t o p ! c i t th a s t o p s ; ki m w h e t h e r 7 ; dani m n o w ; b h a - es i y o u
are afraid7

Karala: (Looking at Candravali, she angrily says:) 0 girl wh o spends sleepless

nights in the forest, 0 girl who since childhood has been expert at secretly meeting
with Krsna, 0 girl whose chastity has been destroyed simply by your thirst for
Krsna s bimba-fruit lips, which have already been tasted by thousands of gopis
filled with amorous passion, stop! St op! H av e you become frightened7

Text 30 (g)

lalita: ajje ko kkhu doso ji-ana-nahanugada-e paccima-disa-e. ko va

dosavaharino surassa; kintu edanam arudha-ra-anam donam ra-am uspadi-a
sangama-karini-e sanjha-kuttini-e cce-a- padosanubandhida

a jje 0 n o b l e lady; ko w h a t 7 ; k kh u i n d e e d ; d os o f a u l t ; j i - a n a-naha o f

t he lover, who is the lord of life; anudgada-e o f th e f o l l o w er; pascima-disa-e o f
t he western direction; ko w h a t 7 ; v a o r ; d o s a f a u l t ; a v aharin o f r e e f r o m ;
s urassa of the sun; kint u h o w e v e r ; edanam o f t h e m ; ar u dh a r i s e n ; r a -
anam re d n ess; donam o f t h e m b o th ; ra-am r e d n e ss; upasadi-a m a n i f e sting;
s angama to gether; karini-e b r i n g i n g ; sanjha o f s u n s et; kuttin i b y t h e
m atchmaker; cce-a c e r t ainly; padosa t h e e v ening; anubandhida r e l a t i o n ship .

Lalita: 0 noble lady, what fault is there for the western horizon, who simply
desired to follow the lord of her life, her husband Varuna7 What fault is there for
the sun, who personally removes the fault of the darkness of night7 It is the
sunset who has become the matchmaker bringing them both together and making
them both red, who is at fault.

Note: In this little allegory the western horizon is Candravali, the sun is Krsna,
and the sunset is Padma. The meeting of Candravali-Krsna is not be blamed on
either Candravali or Krsna. The blame goes to the matchmaker Padma.
Text 30 (h)

karala: jade saccam kadhesi. (iti praudham atopam natayanti). hanje pa-umi-e
para-ghara-virahini kuttini-kamma-lampade ghanti-mandala-cakkavattini maha
hatthado kaham mukkissasi. (iti yastim udyacchati).

jade 0 daughter; saccam th e t r u th ; kadhesi y o u s p e ak; it i t h u s ;

praudham g r e at; atopam p r i d e ; n a tayanti r epresenting dramatically; hanje 0
maidservant; pa-umi-e P a d ma ; para o f o t h e rs; ghara t h e h o m es; virahini
b reaking up; kuttini o f a m a t c h m a k er; kamm a t h e a c t i v i t i es; lampade g r e e d y ;
g hanti o f u n c h a ste women; mandala o f t h e c i r c le; cakkavattini 0 q u e e n ;
m aha of me; hatthado f r o m t h e h a nd; kaham h o w 7 ;m u k k i s sasi y o u w i l l
b ecome freed; iti t h u s ; yastim t h e s t a ff; udyacchati r a i s e s .

Karala: Daughter, you speak the truth. (Showing great pride) 0 m a i d s ervant
Padma, 0 girl expert at breaking up the homes of others, 0 eager matchmaker, 0
queen of unchaste woman; How will you escape from my hand7 (She raises her
staff).

Text 30 (i)

padma: (paravrtya) ajje naj ane kisa kkhijjasi. amhehim tujjha sasanam ce-a
kijjantam atthi.

paravrtya turning; ajje 0 n o b l e l a dy; na n o t ; j a n e I u n d e r s t a nd; kisa

w hy7; khijjasi y o u ar e un h appy; amhehim b y u s ; t u j jh a o f y o u ; s a sanam t h e
o rder; ce-a certainly; kijjantam b e i n g d o ne; atthi i s .

Padma: (Turning from her) 0 n o b l e l a dy, I do not understand why you have
become so unhappy. We were simply following your orders.

Text 30 (j)

vrnda: (svagatam) nunam dhurtaya sabda-cchalam alambitam padmaya.

(prakasam) arye saila-mallayor namadvaitena bhranteyam mugdha bala. tad adya
ksamyatam.

s vagatam aside; nunam i s i t n o t s o t 7 ; dhurtaya b y t h e r a scal; sabda o f

w ords; chalam a t r i ck ; alambitam r e s t e d u p on; padmaya b y P a d m a ;
p rakasam o p e n ly; arye 0 n o b l e l a dy; saila o f t h e h i ll ; m alayoh a n d o f t h e
wrestler; nama o f th e n ames; advaitena b y b e in g not di fferent; bhranta
b ewildered; iyam t h i s ; m u g dh a f o o l i s h ; bal a g i r l ; ta t t h e r e f o r e; adya n o w ;
ksamyatam s h o ul d be forgiven.

Vrnda: (Aside) Now the rascal Padma is speaking this tricky lie. (Openly) 0
noble lady, this foolish girl became bewildered because both the wrestler and the
hill have the same name. For now, please forgive her.

Note: Candravali s husband is named Govardhana. The hill in Vraja near

Gauri-tirtha is also named Govardhana Hill. Karala told Padma to bring
Candravali to Govardhana (The husband), but Padma broght her to Govardhana
Hill instead.

Text 30 (k)

(karala yastim vimuncati).

k arala K a r ala; yastim t h e s t a ff; vimuncati a b a n d o n s .

(Karala gives up teh staff).

Text 30 (1)

padma: (svagatam) lalide cittha cittha. tuha nikk i dam kadum esa jadilam
gacchanti mhi. (iti ni skranta).

s vagatam aside; lalide 0 L a l i t a ; ci t th a s t a y ; v i t th a s t a y ; t u h a of you;

nikkidam p a y m en t in r e t u rn; kadu m t o d o ; es a t h i s g i r l ; j a d ilam to Jatila;
gacchanti-going; mhi I am; iti t h u s ; n i s k ranta exits.

Padma: (svagatam) Lalita, you wait! You w a it! Now I am going to Jatila to pay
you back. (She exits).

Text 30 (m)

karala: (candravalim alokya) ehi bho kudunga-kudumbgini. ehi. (iti

candravalim adaya saibyaya saha niskranta).

c andravalim a t C a n d r avali; alokya g l a n c i ng; ehi c o m e h e re; bh o 0 ;

k udunga i n t h e f o r est; kudumbin i 0 h o u s e w i f e ; ehi c o m e ; it i t h u s ;
c andravalim C a n d r a v ali; adaya t a k i n g ; saibyaya S a i b ya; saha w i t h ;
n iskranta e x i t s .

Karala: (Glancing at Candravali) Come on, 0 h o u sewife who goes to the

forest,come on. (Taking Candravali with her, and accompanied by Saibya, she
exits).

Text 30 (n)

krsnah: (socchvasam) vunde nunam sadhitarthasi.

s a with; ucchvasam a s i gh ; vu nd e 0 V r n d a ;n u n a m i s it not so7;

s adhita ac companied; artha y o u r p u r p o se; asi y o u a r e .

Krsna: (sighs) Vrn da, is it not that you have now achieved your aim7

Text 30 (o)

vrnda: madhava rupini madhava-laksmir gauri-tirthe khelati. taya

copadhautikam sarvasvam idam daronmudritam gandhaphali-dvandvam.

m adhava 0 K r s n a ; rup in i b e a u t i f u l ; m a dhava o f s p r i n g t i me; laksmih t h e

g oddess; gauri-tirthe a t G a u r i - t i r t ha; khelati e n j o y s pastimes; taya b y h e r ;
c a also; upadhaukitam o f f e r ed ; sarvasvam t h e t r e asure; idam t h i s ; d a r a
slightly; unmudritam b l o o m e d ; gandhaphali o f c a m p aka flow ers; dvandvam
pair.

Vrnda: 0 Krsna, the graceful beauty of spring is now enjoying pastimes at

Gauri-tirtha. She presents before You this gift of two very valuable, slightly
blossomed campaka flowers.

Note: If the word "madhava-laksmih" is in t erpreted to mean, "Radha, the

goddess who is the personified opulence of Lord Krsna", then the statement
reveals the following meaning:

"0 Krsna, Sri Radha, the beautiful goddess who is the personified opulence of
and Lord Krsna is now enjoying transcendental pastimes at Gauri-tirtha. She
presents before You this gift of two very valuable, slightly blossomed campaka
flowers".

Text 30 (p)
 krsnah: (sanandam adaya) vunde yavad gavam carane vayasyan avadharya
tatranusarami tavad bhavatibhyam agratah prasthiyatam. (iti niskrantah).

s a with; anandam h a p p i n e ss; adaya t a k i n g ; vu nd e 0 V r n d a ; y a v a t

w hile; gavam o f th e cows; carane i n t h e h e r d i ng; vayasyan f r i e n d s ;
a vadharya p e r ceiving; tatra t h e r e ; anusarami I s h a l l f o l l ow ; avat t h e n ;
b havatibhyam o f y o u b o th ; agratah i n t h e p r e sence; prasthiyatam w i l l b e
s ituated; iti t h u s ; n i s k r antah exits.

Krsna: (Happily takes the flowers). Vr nda while I see how My friends are
protecting the cows, you two go ahead. I shall follow there.

Text 30 (q)

vrnda: (parikramya) lalite purah sambhavaya kadamba-samrajam. (ity upetya)

hanta hanta

sanke pankaja-sambhavo 'pi bhavatah saubhagya-bhangi-bharam

vaktum na ksamate kadamba-nrpate vrndatavi-dyotinah
puspair yasya rama-sahodaratayapy udbhasuram kaustubham
durlilair avahelayadbhir abhitah saurer uras chadyate

p arikramya w a l k i n g ; lalit e 0 L a l i t a ; p u ra h a h e a d ; sambhavaya l o o k ;

k adamba of k a d amba trees; samrajam k i n g ; it i t h u s ;u p e ty a a p p r o a c h i n g ;
h anta i n d e ed; hanta i n d e e d ; sanke I t h i n k ; p a n k aja-sambhavah t h e d e m i g o d
B rahma, who is born from a lotus flower; api e v e n ; bh avatah o f y o u ;
saubhagya-bhangi-bharam t h e g r eat good fortune; vaktum t o d e s c r i be; na
not; ksamate i s able; kadamba o f k a d a mba trees; nrpate 0 k i n g ; v r n d a -atavi
in the forest of Vrndavana; dyotinah s h i n i n g ; pu spaih w i t h t h e fl o w e rs; yasya
of whom; rama o f t h e g o ddess of fortune Laksmi; sahodarataya w i t h th e status
ofbeing the brother; api e v e n ; du r l i l ai h m i s c h i e v o us; avahelayadbhih
mocking; abhitah i n a l l r e spects; saureh o f K r s na; urah t h e c h e st; chadyate
ss covered.

Vrnda: (Walking) Lalita, look at the regal kadamba tree ahead. (Approaching)
Ah! Ah! 0 r e gal kadamba tree, even the demigod Brahma, who is born from a
lotus flower, cannot adequately describe your great good fortune. You beautiful
this forest of Vrndavana. Your flowers cover the chest of Lord Krsna. Those
mischievous flowers mock even the effulgent Kaustubha jewel, the brother of the
goddess of fortune.

Note: The Goddess of Fortune, and the Kaustubha jewel, were both from the
ocean of milk, and therefore they are brother and sister.
Text 31 (a)

lalita: (puro vilokya) v u nd e i-am visaha-dudi-a bha-avadi ma-anda-kunje

pracchannam citthadi.

purah ahead; vilokya l ooking; vunde 0 V r n d a ; i -a m t h i s ;v i s ah a o f

V isakha; dudi-a t h e s econd; bha-avadi t h e n o bl e Paurnamasi; ma-anda o f
m ango trees; kunje i n t h e g r o ve; pracchannam h i d d e n ; ci t t h ad i s t a y s .

Lalita: (Looking ahead) Vr n da, there is the noble Paurnamasi, hidden in that
grove of mango trees with Visakha.

Text 31 (b)

vrnda: (lavanga-latantike radham vilokya) l a l ite pasya pasya

kim itah susama vapusmati

kim abhivyaktir alam guna-sriyah
athava pranayabhisampadah
kim iyam murtir udeti radhika

l avanga cl o ve; lata c r e e p er; antike n e a r ; r a dham R a d h a ; v i l o ky a s e e i n g ;

l alite 0 L a l i t a ; pasya l o o k ! ; p a sya l o o k ! ; k i m w h e t h e r 7 ; i ta h h e r e ;
susama beauty; vapusmati p e r s o n i f i ed; kim-w h ether7; abhivyaktih
m anifestation; alam g r e a t ly; guna o f t r a n s c endental virtues; sriyah t h e
opulence; athava or ; p r anaya o f l o v e ; abhisampadah t h e o p u l e n ces; kim
w hether7; iyam t h i s ; m u r ti h m a n i f e s t ed; radhika R a d h i k a .

V rnda: (Noticing Radha by the clove creeper) Lalita, look! L o ok ! I s t h i s

beauty personified7 Is this the glory of transcendental virtue personified7 Or is
this Radhika, the personification form of the greatness of transcendental love7

Text 32

(punar nirupya)

karnalankrta-kamala
kuntala-veni-sikhac calat-kamala
kara-kamalasrita-kamala
vidambayaty alam asau kamalam
 punah a g a in; nirupya looking; karna e ar ; alankrt a d e c o r a t ed; kamala
lotus; kuntala h a i r ; v en i b r a i d s ; si kha t f r o m t h e t op ; calat m o v i n g ; k a m al a
l otuses; kara i n th e h a nd; kamala l o t u s ; asrita r e s t i n g ; kamala l o t u s ;
v idambayati m o c k s ; alam g r e a t ly ; asau S h e ; k am alam L a k s m i - d e v i .

(Looking ahead) Her ears decorated with lotus flowers, a lotus swinging at the
end of Her braided hair, a lotus resting in Her lotus hand, she puts even the
goddess of fortune, Laksmi, to shame.

Text 33

(nepathye)

karnandolita-mugdha-puspa-kalika-dvandvah kadamba-sraja
samvito murali-karambita-karas cudancale candrika
durad esa manahsila-tilakina bhalena bibhrad dyutim
murtah khelati hanta nanda-grhini-vatsalya-laksmi-rasah

n epathye f r o m b e h ind the scenes; karna o n t h e ears; andolita s w i n g i n g ;

m ugdha c h a r m i ng; puspa o f fl o w e r s ; kalik a o f b u d s ; dv andvah a p a i r ;
k adamba of k a d amba flowers; sraja w i t h a g a rland; samvitah endowed;
m urali w i t h t h e fl u te; karambita m i x e d ; k a ra h w h o s e h a nd; cuda-ancale i n
H is crown; candrika t h e m o o n l i g ht; dura t f r o m f a r a w ay; esah H e ;
manahsila w i t h th e red pigment manahsila; tilakina w i t h t i l a k a mark i n gs;
b halena w it h th e forehead; bibhrat m a n i f e s t i ng; dyuti m s p l e n d o r ; m u r t a h
personified; khelati e n j o y s tr anscendental pastimes; hanta i ndeed; nanda o f
N anda Maharaja; grhini o f t h e w i f e; vatsalya o f p a r e n tal love; laksmi o f t h e
opulence; rasah th e n ectar.

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Decorated with a garland of kadamba

flowers, the flute in His hand, two charming flower-bud earrings swinging on His
ears, tilaka drawn in the red pigment manahsila beautifying His forehead, and the
moon shining in His hair, Sri Krsna, the personified sweet nectar of Yasoda s great
motherly love enjoys transcendental pastimes in the distance.

Text 30 (a)

lalita: nunam bha-avadi-e dure dittho kanho jam vanni-adi.

n unam i s i t no t so7; bha-avadi-e b y t h e n o ble Paurnamasi; dure f r o m f a r

away; dittho s e en; kanho Krsna; jam b e c ause; vanni-adi H e i s d e scribed.
 Lalita: Has noble Paurnamasi not seen Krsna from far away7 She is describing
Him.

Text 30 (b)

vrnda: lalite satyam avidura-varti madhuvairi. tatha hi

sakhi kundali-krta-sikhanda-mandalo
natatiha tandavika-dutir andajah
na kadapi krsnamudireksanam vina
mudireksane ksanam api svasity asau

lalite 0 L a l i t a ; satyam i n t r u t h ; a v i d u r a-varti n o t v e r y far away;

m adhuvairi K r s n a , the enemy of Madhu; tatha hi f u r t h e r m o re; sakhi 0 f r i e n d ;
kundali-krta c i r c l ed ; natati d a n c es; iha h e r e ; t a ndavika T a n d a v i ka; huti h
n amed; andajah th e b i rd ; n a n o t ; k a d a ap i a t a n y t i m e ; kr sn a o f K r s n a ;
m udira k h a n j ana birds; iksane w h o s e eyes; ksanam f o r a m o m e nt; api even;
s vasiti b r e a thes; asau h e .

Vrnda: Lalita, in truth Krsna is not far away. 0 f r i end wh ose eyes are restless
are like khanjana birds, the peacock named Tandavika spreads his tail feathers and
dances. Without seeing the dark cloud of Sri Krsna, that peacock cannot bear the
breathe and live for even a moment.

Text 35 (a)

lalita: sakhi dakkhinena punna-a-sandam pekkha punda-a-mandape nam.

sakhi 0 f r i e n d ; dakk h i n en a o n t h e s o u th ; pu nna-a o f p u n n a g a trees;

sandam at the grove; pekkha please look; punda-am-pundraka ofpundraka;
m andape in th e co ttage; enam H i m .

Lalita: Friend, look at the grove of punnage trees by the cottage of madhavi
creepers in the south.

Text 35 (b)

vrnda: (vilokya. sa-harsam).

cakram vasi-krtavatah kila naicikinam

vamsi-ninada-madhuna madhusudanasya
abhira-sekhara-gatim pratipadayanti
sobha babhuva parama paramasya yastih

vilokya l o o k i n g ; sa w i t h ; h a r sa m h a p p i n e ss; cakram t h e c i r c le; vasi-

k rtavatah c a p t i v ating; kila i n d e e d ; naicikinam o f s u r a bh i cows; vamsi o f t h e
f lute; ninada o f te h sounds; madhuna w i t h t h e h o n ey; madhu-sundanasya o f
L ord Krsna, the killer of the Madhu demon; abhira o f c o w h e r ds; sekhara o f t h e
c rown; gatim t h e d e s tination; pratipadayanti e s t a b l i shing; sobha b e a u t y ;
babhuva is ; parama s u p r e m e ; paramasya o f t h e Supreme Personality of
Godhead; yastih t h e s t aff.

Vrnda: (Looking, she happily says) With the honey of His flute music, the
Supreme Lord Krsna charms the surabhi cows. His supremely splendid staff is the
sceptor that establishes His role as the king of the cowherd boys.

Text 36 (a)

lalita: na vuttam danim pi donam annonna-damsanam. ke-alam rangini-am

pekkhi-a la-anga-kudangam pavisadi
kanho.

n a not; vu ttam d o n e ; d a ni m n o w ; p i eve n ; d o n a m o f t h e t w o ;

annonna o f each other; damsanam s e e i ng; ke-alam o n l y ; r a n g i n i-am
R angini; pekkhi-a s e e i ng; la-anga o f c l ov e creepers; kudangam t h e g r o v e ;
pavisadi e n t e rs; kanho Krsna.

Lalita: The two still have seen each other. Seeing only the doe Rangini, Krsna
enters the grove of clove creepers.

Text 36 (b)

vrnda: pasya pasya

vismaram parito hari-murtitah

parimalan upalabhya kalavati
iyam itah sakhi pundraka-mandape
smita-mukhi tanu-vallim apavrnot

pasya look!; pasya l o o k ! ; vi smaran e m a n a t i ng; paritah i n a l l d i r e c t i on s;

h ari of K r s na; murtitah f r o m t h e t r a n scendental form; parimalan t h e s w e e t
f ragrance; upalabhya p e r c eiving; kalavati i n t e l l i g ent Radha; iyam S h e ; i t ah
there; sakhi 0 f r i e n d ; p u n d r ak a o f m a d h av i creepers; mandape i n t h e c o t t age;
s mita sm i l i ng; mu kh i w h o s ef o u l - m o u th ; tanu b o d y ; v a l li m c r e e p r e ;
a pavrnot h i d .
 Vrnda: Look! L o ok ! 0 f r i e n d , p erceiving the sweet fragrance flowing from
Krsna s trasncendental body in all directions, intelligent Radha, with a smile on
Her face, hides the creeper of Her transcendental form in the cottage of madhavi
creepers.

Text 37

(punar nirupya. sa-kautukam).

vyaktim gatabhir abhito bhuvi pamsulayam

sadyah padanka-tatibhih kathitadhvano 'yam
pascad upetya nayane kila radhikayah
kamprena pani-yugalena harir dadhara

punah again; nirupya looking; sa w i t h ; k a u t u ka m h a p p i n e ss; vyaktim

m anifestation; gatabhih a t t a i n ed; abhitah t h e r e ; bh uv i o n t h e e a r t h ;
pamsulayam i n the dust; sadyah i m m e d i a t ely; pada o f t h e f e et; anka o f t h e
m arks; tatibhih b y t h e m u l t i t u de; kathita d e s c r i b ed; adhvanah t h e p a t h ;
a yam He; pascat f r o m b e h i nd ; upetya a p p r o a c h i ng; nayane t r e m b l i n g ;
pani of h a n ds; yugalena w i t h t h e p a ir; harih K rsna; dadhara h e l d .

(Again looking, she jubilantly says:) Radhika s footprints in the dust

announced to Lord Krsna the direction She had taken. Approaching from behind,
Krsna covered Radha's eyes with His trembling hands.

Text 38 (a)

lalita: hanta hanta esa pula-idangi vama lila-kamalena tadedi kamalekkhanam.

hanta i n d e ed; hanta i n d e e d ; esa S h e ; pu l a-idangi t h e h a i r s of Her body

s tanding upright in ecstasy; vama t h e c r o o ked girl; lila t o y ; k a m a l en a w i t h t h e
lotus flower; tadedi s t r i k es; kamala-ikkhanam l o t u s - e yed Krsna.

Lalita: The hairs of Her body standing erect in transcendental bliss, this
crooked girl is now stricking lotus-eyed Krsna with Her toy lotus-flower.

Text 38 (b)

vrnda: pasya pasya

bhru-bhedah smita-samvrto na hi na hity uktir madenakula
visrantoddhati pani-rodha-racanam suskam tatha krandanam
srsto yah sakhi radhaya muhur ayam sangopanopakramo
bhavas tena hrdi sthito murabhidi vyaktah samantad abhut

pasya l ook!; pasya l o o k ! ; b hr u o f t h e e y e b r ows; bhedah k n i t t i n g ; sm i t a

b y a smile; samvrtah c o v e r ed; na n o t ; h i i n d e e d ; n a n o ; h i i n de e d ;i t i
thus; uktih s t a t e m ent; madena b y h a p p i n ess; akula a g i t a t ed; visranta-
uddhati w e ak ; pan i o f t h e h a n ds; rodha o f t h e o b s t r u ction; racanam
creation; suskam d r y ; t a th a i n t h a t w a y ; kr andanam c r y i n g t e ars; srstah
c reated; yah w h o ; sakh i 0 f r i e n d ; r a d h ay a b y R a d ha; muhu h r e p e a t e d ly ;
a yam th is; sangopana o f c o n c ealment; upakramah t h e a t t e m pt; bhavah l o v e ;
t ena by th is; hrdi i n t h e h e a rt; sthitah s i t u a t ed; mura-bhidi f o r K r s n a , th e
killer of the Mura demon; vyaktah m a n i f e s t ed; samantat c o m p l e t e ly; abhut

Vrnda: Look! L o ok ! 0 f r i e n d He r fr own revealing smiles, Her words of "No!

No!" spoken with great happiness, weak resistance from Her hands, and, Her dry
tears, although She repeatedly tries to conceal Her actual feelings, only clearly
reveal the great love that Radha bears for Lord Krsna in Her heart.

Text 39

lalita:

pratikulyam iva yad vivrnvati

radhika-rada-nakharpanoddhura
keli-karmani gata pravinatam
tena tustim atulam harir yayau

p ratikulyam h o s t i l i ty ; iv a a s i f ; ya t w h i c h ;v i v r n v at i d o i n g ;r a d h i k a
S rimati Radharani; rada w i t h H e r t e eth; nakha a n d n a i ls; arpana p l a c i n g ;
uddhura v i c t o r i o us; keli o f a m o r o u s pastimes; karmani i n t h e a c t i v i ty; gata
attained; pravinatam e x p e r t i se; tena b y t h i s ; tu sti m p l e a s u re; atulam
i ncomparable; harih L o r d K r s na; yayau a t t a i n e d .

Lalita: Experty enjoying amorous pastimes, Srimati Radharani bites Lord Krsna
with Her teeth and scratches Him with Her nails,as if She has become His enemy.
These activities bring Lord Krsna incomparable pleasure.

Text 00
 Vrnda: (vihasya)

nairanjanyam upeyatuh parigalan modasruni locane

svedodbhuta-vilepanam kila kuca-dvandvam jahau ragitam
yugautsukyam agad urah sphurad iti preksyodayam sanginam
radhe nivir iyam tava slatha-guna sanke mumuksam dadhe

v ihasya l a u gh ing; nairanjanyam w i t h o u t m a s cara; upeyatuh a t t a i n t h e

c ondition; parigalat t r i c k l i n g d o wn; mod a o f j o y ; a s run i t e a r s ; l o cane i n t h e
e yes; sveda perspiration; udbhuta m a n i f e s t ed; vilepanam w i t h o u t k u n k u m a ;
k uca of br easts; dvandvam p a i r ; j a ha u g a v e up ; ragitam r e d c o l or ; yog a t o
touch; autsukyam e a g e rness; agat a t t a i n ed; urah t h e c h e st; sphurat
m anifested; iti t h u s ; p r eksya s e e i ng; udayam m a n i f e s t ation; sanginam o f
t hose that touch; radhe 0 R a d h a r a ni; nivi h u n d e r g a r m e nt; iyam t h i s ; t a v a
Your; slatha l o o s ened; guna s t r i n g ; sanke I t h i n k ; m u m u k sa m t h e d e s ir e for
becoming free; dadhe a t t a i n ed.

Vrnda: (Laughing)
0 Radharani, (Now that You have met Lord Krsna) Your eyes are full of tears
of joy that have washed away Your black mascara. (You have become so excited)
that perspiration has washed away the red kunkuma adorning Your breasts. As
You gaze at Lord Krsna's chest. You yearn to embrace it. Your undergarment has
also become loosened. I think it wi shes to become untied altogether".

Text Wl (a)

lalita: kadham edam vi-addha-mi-unam mahavi-kudangantaridam samvuttam.

k adham h o w 7 ; edam t h i s ; v i - a d dh a e x p e r t ; m i - u na m c o u p l e ; m a h av i o f
m adhavi creepers; kudanga th e g r o ve; antarida h i d d e n ; samvuttam i s .

Lalita: How has this expert couple become hidden in the grove of madhavi
creepers7

Text Oi (b)

vrnda:

radha-madhavayor medhyam
keli-madhvika-madhurim
dhayan nayana-bhrngena
kas trptim adhigacchati
 r adha-madhavayoh o f R a dha and Krsna; medhyam p u r e ; k el i o f a m o r o u s
pastimes; madhvika o f t h e m a d h v ika nectar; madhurim the sweetness;
d hayan d r i n k i n g ; nayana o f t h e ey es; bhrngena w i t h b u m b l e - bee; kah w h y 7 ;
t rptim s a t i a t i on; adhigacchati a t t a i n s .

Vrnda: When the bumble-bees of his eyes drink the sweet, pure, sacred
madhvika nectar of the amorous pastimes of Sri Sri Radha and Krsna, what person
becomes satiated7

Text 02 (a)

lalita: hala ede galana-marandam pi mahavi-puppha-sandoham mukki-a kisam

bhinga puvvahimuham dha-anti.

h ala aha.; ede t h e y ; galanta t r i c k l i n g ; m arandam h o n e y ; p i e v e n ;

m ahavi m a d h a vi; pupph a o f fl o w e r s ; sandoham t h e m u l t i t u d e ; mu k k i - a
abandoning; kisam w h y 7 ; b h i ng a t h e b e es; puvva t h e e a stern direction;
a himuham f a c i ng ; dha-anti fl y .

Lalita: Ah. Wh y h ave these bees abandoned these madhavi flowers dripping
with honey, and instead hurried to the east7

Text 02 (b)

vrnda: sakhi vimucya madhavi-mandapam nagara-mandalottamsau prasthitau

tayor amodam anusarpantah satpada dhavanti. tad ehi lata-mandiralokanena
nandayavas caksusi. (iti parikramya) l a l ite pasya pasya.

sakhi 0 f r i e n d ; vi m u cy a a b a n d o n i ng; madhavi o f m a d h av i creepers;

m andapam th e c o t t age; prasthitau s i t u a t ed; tayoh o f T h e m ; a m o da m t h e
sweet fragrance; anusarpantah f o l l o w i n g ; satapadah t h e b u m b l e -bees;
dhavanti r u n ; ta t t h e r e f o re; ehi c o m e ; l at a o f c r e e p ers; mandira t h e p a l a ce;
a lokanena by seeing; nandayavah l e t u s delight; caksusi t h e e y es; iti t h u s ;
p arikramya w a l k i n g ; lalit e 0 L a l i t a ; p asya l o o k ! ; p a sya l o o k !

Vrnda: Friend, Radha and Krsna, the two crown of all amorous couples, have
left the cottage of madhavi creepers, and the bumble-bees are hurriedly following
Their sweet fragrance. Come, let us delight our eyes by looking at the palace of
creepers. (They walk). Look! Look!

Text 02 (c)
manohari hara-skhalita-manibhis tara-taralaih
parimalayn-malyo milita-puratalankrti-kanah
ayam kunj as talpi-krta-kusuma-punj a-pranayavan
samantad uttungam pisunayati rangam murabhidah

manohari c h a r m i ng; hara f r o m t h e n e c k lace; skhalita f a l l en ; manibhih

withjewels; tara o f p e a r ls; taralaih w i t h t h e m i d dl e of the necklace;
p arimlayat w i l t e d ; malyah g a r l a n d ; m i l it a m e t ; p u r at a g o l d e n ; alankrt i o f
o rnaments; kanah f r a g m e n ts; ayam t h i s ; k u n ja h f o r e s t g r o ve; talpi t h e b e d ;
k rta f a shi oned; kusuma o f fl o w e r s ; punj a a n a b u n d a n ce; pranayavan p l a c e d ;
samantat on all sides; uttungam g r e a t ; pisunayati i n d i c a t es; rangam
pleasure; mura-bhidah o f L o r d K r s na, the killer of the Mura demon.

This charming grove, there are scattered jewels and pearls from broken
necklaces, wilted garments, fragments of golden ornaments, and a bed fashioned
from many flowers, clearly shows that Krsna enjoyed very blissful pastimes here.

Text 03

lalita: (nipunam nirupya. sanskrtena).

krsnanga-sangama-milad-ghusrnanga-raga
radha-pada-skhalad-alaktaka-rakta-parsva
sindura-bindu-cita-gharma-jaloksiteyam
dhuna dhinoto nayane mama puspa-sayya

n ipunam e x p e r t ly; nir u py a l o o k i n g ; sanskrtena i n S a n s k r it; krsna o f

K rsna; anga th e l i m bs; sangama t o u c h i ng ; mi la t m e e t i n g ; gh ursrna s a f f r o n ;
anga-raga o intment; radha o f R a d ha; pada f r o m t h e f eet; skhalat f a l l i n g ;
a laktaka l ac; rakta r e d ; p a r av a s i d e ; sindur a o f s i n d u r a ; bind u w i t h d r o p s ;
c ita co l l ected; gharma-jala w i t h p e r s p i ration; uksita s p r i n k l ed ; iyam t h i s ;
d huna b r o k en ; dhi n ot i d e l i g h t s ; nayane e y e s ; mama m y ; p u s p a o f fl o w e r s ;
sayya bed.

Lalita: (Looking closely, she says in Sanskrit:) Smeared with saffron from
Krsna's limbs, and red lac fallen from Radha's feet, and sprinkled with perspiration
mixed with drops of red sindura, this broken bed of flowers delights my eyes.

Text 00

vrnda: (sa-vismayam)
cakrida ya rajasi ranjita-sutra-baddha-
gokarna-matra-cikura nava-viddha-karna
seyam kutah pravara-vibhrama-kausalani
radhadhyagista bata vairajitam jigaya

s a with; vismayam w o n d e r ; cakrid a p l a y e d ; ya w h o ; r a j as i i n t h e d u s t ;

r anjita c o l o r ed; sutra b y a s t r i ng; baddha b o u n d ; g o o f a c o w ; k a rn a a s t h e
e ar; matra o nl y as long; cikura w h o s e h a ir; nava n e w l y ; v i d dh a p i e r c e d ;
karna w h ose ear; sa iyam S h e ; k u ta h w h e r e 7 p r avara e x c e l l e nt; vibhrama
i n amorous pastimes; kausalani e x p e r t i se; radha R a d h a ; adhyagista h a s
learned; bata i n d e ed; vairajitam u n c o n q u e r able Lord Krsna.

Vrnda: (Struck with wonder) As a child She played in the dust, Her ears newly
pierced, and Her hair, only as long as a cow s ear, tied with a colored ribbon.
Where has this Radha so expertly learned the art of amorous pastimes that She has
defeated unconquerable Lord Krsna7

Tex 45 (a)

lalita: (purvatah preksya) vunde pekkha nadi-dure sa-raho mahavo.

purvatah t o the east; preksya l o o k i ng ; vund e 0 V r n d a ;p e k kh a l o o k ;

n a not; adi v e r y ; d u r e f a r a w a y ; sa w i t h ; r a h o R a d h a ; m a h av o K r s n a .

Lalita: (Looking to the east) Vrn da, look. N o t v e r y far away are Radha and
Krsna.

Text 05 (b)

vrnda: srnuvah kim aha.

s rnuvah le t us li sten; kim w h a t 7 ; ah a s a y s .

Vrnda: What is She saying7 Let us listen.

Text 05 (c)

radha: (sanskrtena)

kuru kuvalayam karnotsange lavangam abhanguram

vikira cikurasyantar malli-srajam ksipa vaksasi
anagha jaghane kadambim me pralambaya mekhalam
kalayati na mam ali-vrndam hare niralankrtam

n epathye b e h in d the scenes; sanskrtena i n S a n skrit; kur u p l e a s e do ;

k uvalayam a k u v a l aya lotus flower; karna o f t h e e ar; utsange o n t h e t o p ;
l avangam a l avanga flower; abhanguram u n b l o s s o m ed; vikira s p r e a d ;
c ikurasya of th e hair; antah w i t h i n ; m a ll i o f m a l l i fl o w e r s; srajam a g a r l a n d ;
ksipa p l e ase place; vaksasi o n th e chest; anagha 0 s u p r e m ely pure one;
jaghane on th e hip; kadambim o f k a d a m b a fl ow ers; me o f M e ; p r a l ambaya
please place; mekhalam a b e lt ; kalayatu m ay see; na n ot ; ma m M e ; al i o f
gopi-friends; vrndam t h e m u l t i t u d e; hare 0 K r s n a ; n i r a l ankrtam
undecorated.

(From behind the Scenes).

Radha: (In Sanskrit) Place a kuvalaya lotus flower on My ear. Put a lavanga in
My hair. Place a garland of malli flowers on My chest. Place a garland of kadamba
flowers around My hips. 0 s u p r e m ely pure Krsna, My gopi-friends should not see
Me undecorated.

Text 06

vrnda: (smitam krtva)

vahanti manjistharunita-tanu-sutrojjvala-rucin
nakhankan khelormi-skhalita-sikhi-paksavalir iyam
sphuram-mukta-tulyair alaghu-ghana-gharmambubhir alam
samrddha me medham madhumathana-murtir madayati

smitam a s m i le; krtv a d o i n g ; v a h ant i c a r r y i n g ; manjistha a sm a n j i s t h a;

a runita as red; tanu s l e n d er ; sutra t h r e a ds; ujjvala s p l e n d id ; ru ci n l u s t e r ;
n akha of f i n g ernails; ankan m a r k s ; k h el a o f p a s t i m es; urmi b y t h e w a v e s;
s khalita f a l l en; sikhi p e a c o ck ; paksa o f f e a t h ers; avalih h o s t ; i ya m t h i s ;
s phurat g l i s t ening; mukt a p e a r l s ; tu lyaih l i k e ; a l a ghu-ghana a b u n d a n t ;
gharma-ambubhih w i t h p e r s p i r ation; alam g r e a t ly ; samrddha e n r i c h ed ; me
of me; medham t h e m i n d ; m a d h u -mathana o f K r s n a , the killer of the Madhu
d emon; murtih t h e t r a n s cendental form; madayati d e l i g h t s .

Vrnda: (Smiling) M a r ked with fi n gernails scratches as brilliant as threads dyed

with manjistha, it's peacock feather ornaments washed away bythe waves of many
amorous pastimes, and decorated with many drops of perspiration like glistening
pearls, the transcendental forms of Sri Krsna delights my mind.

Text 07 (a)
 (tatah pravisati krsnah prasadhitangi radha ca).

tatah th en; pravisati e n t e r s; krsna K r s n a ; pr asadhita d e c o r a t ed; angi

w hose body is; radha R a d ha; ca and.

(Krsna enters, accompanied by Radha, whose body is decorated).

Text 07 (b)

krsnah:

nitam te punar-uktatam bhramarakaih kasturika-patrakam

netrabhyam vikali-krtam kuvalaya-dvandvam ca karnarpitam
haras ca smita-kanti-bhangibhir alam pistanupesi-krtah
kim radhe tava mandanena nitaram angair asi dyotita

nitam b r o u g ht ; t e t o y o u ; p u n a h - u k t atam t o t h e c o n d i t ion of being

r edundant; bhramarakaih b y c u r l i n g l o c k s o f h a ir ; kasturik a o f m u s k ;
patratam d e s i gns and picture; netrabhyam b y t h e ey es; vikali-krtam withered;
k uvalaya o f l o t u s fl o w e rs; dvandvam t h e p a ir ; ca a l s o ; k a rn a o n t h e e a r s;
a rpitam p l a c ed; harah t h e n e c k l ace; ca a n d ; sm it a o f t h e s m i le; kanti b y
the beautiful splendor; bhangibhih b y t h e w a v es; alam g r e a t ly; pista-anupesi-
k rtah c r u s h ed; ki m w h a t i s th e use7; radhe 0 R a d h a r a ni; tava Y o u r ;
m andanena w i t h th e or n aments; nitaram g r e a t ly ; angaih b y Y o u r on w b o d i l y
limbs; asi Yo u are; dyotita s p l e n d i dl y beautified.

Krsna: Your curling locks of hair make these tilaka decorations drawn in musk
useless and redundant. Your eyes are so beautiful that they make the two lotus
flowers on Your ears wilt by comparison. The waves of the beauty of Your
splendid smile has crushed Your necklace into dust. 0 R a dharani, what is the use
of You wearing all these decorations7 You are already splendidly decorated by the
beauty of Your limbs. These other decorations are simply a useless waste of time.

Text 08 (a)

ubhe: (upasrtya) sundara idam parama-manjulam vasanti-kusuma-mandanam.

upasrtya ap p r o aching; sundara 0 h a n d s om e one; idam t h i s ; p a r am a

s upremely; manjulam b e a u t i f ul ; vasanti m a d h a v i ; k u sum a fl o w e r s ;
mandanam d e c o r ation.
 Both Gopis: (Approaching) 0 h a n d s ome one, these decorations os madhavi
flowers are very beautiful.

Text 08 (b)

krsnah: (stabakta-dvandvam adaya sa-harsam).

dhyeyena mukta-vrndasya
kamyamana muhur maya
yukta tvam atimuktanam
srenya su-sroni sevitum

s tabaka cl u sters of flowrs; dvandvam t h e p a i r;s adaya t a k i n g ; sa w i t h ;

harsam j oy ; dh y eyena t h e o b j ect of m e d i t ation; mukt a o f l i b e r a ted souls;
v rndasya of th e m u l t i t u d es; kamyamana d e s i r ed; muhu h a t e v ery moment;
maya by Me; yukt a p r o p e r ; t va m Y o u ; a t i m u k t a na m o f m a d h a v i fl o w e r s;
srenya by h o sts; su-sroni 0 g i r l w i t h t h e b eautiful hips; sevitum t o b e s e rved.

Krsna: (Taking the two clusters of flowers, He says with happiness) I am the
object of the meditation for the hosts of liberated souls, and You are the constant
object of My desire. 0 girl w it h the beautiful hips, it is proper that You be
decorated with these madhavi flowers.

Note: If the word "atimukta" is interpreted to mean "the souls who have
attained the ultimate stage of liberation", then the verse may be undertood in the
following way:

"I am the object of meditation for the hosts of liberated souls, and You are the
constant object of My desire. 0 girl w it h the beautiful hips, it is proper that You
also be served by those souls who have attained the ultimate stage of liberation".

Text 09 (a)

(iti radham avatamsayati).

iti t h u s ; radham R a d h a ; avatamsayati d e c o r a tes.

(He decorates Radha).

Text 09 (b)
 (nepathye)

anuparamati yame kamam ahnas trtiye

jalada-samaya-laksmir yauvanojjrmbhane 'dya
nava-yavasa-kadambais tarpitanam kadambah
kalayati surabhinam gokulayabhimukhyam

n epathye f r o m b e h ind the scenes; anuparamati n o t o v er ; yame q u a r t e r ;

k amam g r e a tly; ahnah o f t h e d ay; trtiy e t h e t h i r d ; j a lada-samaya o f th e t i m e
o f clouds; laksmih t h e b e a u ty; yauvana o f y o u t h ; u j j r m b h an e i n t h e y a w n i n g ;
a dya now; nava n e w ; y a v asa o f g r a sses; kadambaih w i t h m u l t i t u d e s ;
t arpitanam s a t i s fied; kadambah t h e m u l t i t u de; kalayati d o e s ; surabhinam o f
s urabhi cows; gokula o f G o k u l a ; abhimuk hya m i n t h e d i r e c t i o n .

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: The monsoon season now displays its
youthful beauty. Even though the third quarter of the day is not yet over, the
surabhi cows, satisfied by the abundant new grasses, are now moving towards
Gokula Village.

Text 50 (a)

lalita: rahe anujanehi. ratti-mandana-ttham dullaham vasanta-kususmam

gehnissam. (iti niskranta).

r ahe 0 R a d ha; anujanehi p l e a se give permission to depart; ratti a t n i g h t ;

m andana d e c oration; ttham f o r t h e p u r p o se; dullaham r a r e ; vasanta s p r i n g ;
k usumam fl o w e r s ; gehnissam I s h a l l gather; iti t h u s ;n i s k r a n tah e x i t s .

Lalita: 0 Radha, please give me permission to depart. I shall gather rare spring
flowers to decotate You tonight. (She exits).

Text 50 (b)

k rsnah: (smitva. janantikam) v r nd e ki n cid vin odam vidhatu-kamo smi. t a d

atra priyayah pratyayiteyam puro drumadhirudha kakkhati tvaya mat-paksa-
grahini kriyatam.

s mitva sm i l i ng; jana-antikam a s i d e ; vrnd e 0 V r n d a ;k i n ci t s o m e ;

v inodam p a s t i me; vidhatu t o p e r f o r m ; k a ma h d e s i r i n g ; asmi I a m ; t a t
therefore; atra h e re; priyayah o f M y b e l o v ed ; pratyayita t h e c o n f i d ential
friend; purah i n t h e p r e sence; druma a t r e e ; adhirudh a c l i m b e d ; k a k k h ati
K akkhati; tvaya b y y o u ; ma t o f M e ; p a ks a t h e p a r t ; grahin i t a k i n g ;
k riyatam m a y b e .
 Krsna: (Smiling, aside) Vrnda, I wish to play a certain game. In this tree
before us is Radha s confidential friend Kakkhati. You please arrange that
Kakkhati take up My cause.

Text 50 (c)

vrnda: bhavatu yatisye.

b havatu so be it; yatisye I will try.

V rnda: So be it. I will t r y .

Text 50 (d)

krsnah: (radham avetya) priye candra (ity ardhokte krtrima-sambhramam

natayati).

radham R a d ha; avetya a pproaching; priye 0 b e l o v ed ; candra C a n d r a ; it i

t hus; ardha h a lf ; u k t e spoken; krtrima a r t i f i c i al; sambhramam
bewilderment; natayati represents dramatically.

Krsna: (Approaching Radha) My dear Candra.... (He stops in the middle of the
word and pretends to become bewildered).

Text 50 (e)

radhika: (sa-khedam) haddhi haddhi. k a d ham evvam sunantam vi na me

phudidam kanna-ju-alam.

sa with; khedam grief; haddhi a l as!; haddhi a l as!; kadham w h y 7;

evvam in t hi s way; sunantam h e a r i n g ; vi a l t h o u g h ; n a n o t ; m e M y;
p hudidam b u r s t ; k ann a o f e a r s; ju-alam t h e p a i r .

Radhika: (Aggrieved) Alas! A l as! Wh y i s it t h at, even though they hear these
words, My two ears do not burst apart7

Text 50 (f)
 vrnda: (svagatam) picchika-bhramanena kakkhatikam unmadya harer
abhistam vyaharayisye. (ity alaksitam tatha krtva prakasam). sakhi range ma
bhaj a vaimukhyam.

s vagatam aside; picchika o f a b u n c h of peacock feathers; bhramanena b y

w aving; kakkhatikam K a k k h a t i ; u n m a dy a e n c h a n t i ng; hareh o f K r s n a ;
abhistam th e d esire; vyaharayisye I s h all cause to speak; iti t h u s ; al aksitah
unobserved; tatha i n t h a t w ay; krtv a h a v i n g d o ne; prakasam o p e n l y ; sakhi
0 friend; range i n t h ese happy pastimes; ma d o n ' t ; bh aj a b e c o m e ;
v aimukhyam a v e r s e .

Vrnda; (Aside) By waving this bunch of peacock feathers I shall cast a spell
over Kakkahti and force her to speaks according to Krsna's desire. (Unobserved,
she does that, and then she openly says:) Friend, don't become hostile on this
happy occasion.

Text 50 (g)

krsnah: priye candranane kim ity akande vimanaskasi.

priye 0 b e l o v ed; candra m oon; anane w h o s e face; kim w h y 7 ; it i t h u s ;

a kande su d d enly; vimanaska m o r o s e; asi Y o u a r e .

Krsna: 0 moon-faced beloved, why are You suddenly morose7

Text 50 (h)

(nepathye)
samini imina tujjha muddhattanena lalida na jivissadi.

nepathye b e h in d the scenes; samini 0 m i s t r e ss; imin a b e c a use of this;

t ujjha y o u r ; m u d d h a ttanena f o o l i s h n ess; lalida L a l i t a ; n a n o t ; j i v i s sadi w i l l
live.

A Voice From Behind The Scenes: 0 Mi stress, because of Your foolishness

Lalita will not be able to remain alive.

Text 50 (i)
 radhika: (urdhvam alokya. svagatama). nisandehamhi kida kakkhadi-a-e.
(prakasam) pa-andam kkhu kulisa-vipphujjidam kadham dindimadambarena
samvaranijjam hodu. (iti paran-mukhi bhavati).

u rdhvam u p w a r ds; alokya l o o k i n g ; svagatam a s i d e; nisandeha f r e e d fr o m

doubt; amhi I a m ; k i d a b e c o m e ; k a k k h adi-a-e b y t h e m o n key Kakkhati;
prakasam o p e n ly; pa-andam violent; kkhu i n d eed; kulisa-vipphujjidam
t hunder; kadham h o w i s i t 7 ; dind im a o f s m a l l d i n d im a dr u ms; dambarena b y
a single; samvaranijjam c o v e r ed; hodu m a y b e ; it i t h u s ;p a r a t - m u k h i
t urning the face in aversion; bhavati b e c o m e s .

Radhika: (Looking up, She says to Herself:) Kakkhati has dispelled My doubts.
(Openly) Is it possible for a single small dindima drum to drown out the sound of
violent thunder7 (She turns Her face in aversion).

Text 50 (j)

krsnah: (apavarya)

samaroddhura-kama-karmuka-sri-
vijayi-bhru-yugam akulaksi-padmam
vidhuri-krtam apy ati-krudhagre
mama radha-vadanam mano dhinoti

a pavarya aside; samara i n b a t t le; uddhur a r a i s ed ; kam a o f c u p i d ;

k armuka o f t h e b ow; sri t h e b e a u ty; vijayi d e f e a t i ng; bhru o f e y e b r o w s ;
yugam the pair; akula a g i t a t ed; aksi o f e y e s ; padmam l o t u s fl o w e rs; vidhuri-
k rtam c o n t o r t ed; api e v e n ; at i g r e a t ; k r u d h a-agre i n a n g er; mama o f M e ;
r adha of Radha; vadanam t h e f a ce; manah t h e h e a rt; dhin ot i d e l i g h t s .

Krsna: (Aside) W it h eyebrows that defeat the beauty of cupid's bow raised in
battle, and with agitated lotus eyes, even though contorted in great anger, the face
of Radha delights My heart.

Text 51 (a)

(iti radha-patancalam uccalya) sundari madhurena samapyatam madhu-vihara-

kautukam).

iti t h u s ; radha o f R a d ha; pata o f t h e sari; ancalam t h e e d ge; uccalya

l ifting; sundari 0 b e a u t i fu l g i rl; madhurena w i t h a s w e et; samapyatam s h o u l d
b e concluded; madhu o f s p r i n g t i m e ; vihara o f p a s t i m es; kautukam t h e
happiness.

(Lifting the edge of Radha s sari) 0 beautiful one, the happiness of these
springtime pastimes should be concluded with sweetness).

Text 51 (b)

(punar nepathye)
haddhi haddhi. bho pa-uma-sikkhe duttha-sarasi tumam pi mam kadakkhasi.
ta kisa paranam dharemi.

punah a g a in; nepathye from behind the scenes; haddhi a l a s! ; haddhi

a las!; bho O h ! ; p a - um a o f P a d m a ; sikkh e s t u d e n t ; d u t th a w i c k e d ; sarasi 0
s arasi bird; tumam y o u ; p i e v e n ;m a m a t M e ; k a d a k k h asi g a z e f rom t h e
c orner of the eye; ta t h e r e f ore; kisa w h y 7 ; p aranam l i f e - b r e ath; dharemi d o I
maintain.

Again a Voice From Behind The Scenes: Alas! Alas! 0 w i c k e d sarasi-bird, 0

student of Padma, even you stare at me from the corners of your eye! Why sh oul d
I continue to maintain my life-breath7

Text 51 (c)

radhika: (nisamya sa-rosam apasarpanti). vunde param ketti-am

vidambidamhi. ta jhatti varehi nam kavada-paripadi-nata-a-suttadharam bhu-ana-
mararambhi-murali-sikkha-nisankam karali-a-natti-kila-kurangam.

n isamya l i s t ening; sa w i t h ; r o sa m a n g e r ; apasarpanti m o v i n g a w a y ;

v unde 0 V r n d e ; param f u r t h e r ; k e t t i -am h o w m u c h 7 ; v i d ambid a m o c k e d ;
a mhi I w i l l be ; t a t h e r e f o re; jhatti a t o n c e ; varehi p l e a s e stop; nam h i m ;
k avada t r i c ks; paripadi m a n i f e s t i ng; nata-a o f t h e d r a ma; suttadharam t h e
s tage manager; bhu-ana o f th e w o r ld; mara o f d e a th ; arambhi b e g i n n i n g ;
murali o f th e fl u te; sikkh a i n s t r u c t i on ; nisankam w i t h o u t d o u b t ; karali-a-
natti o f C a n d r avali, the granddaughter of Karala; kila f o r p a s t i m es; kurangam
a deer.

Radhika: (Listening, She draws back). Vrnda, how much further am I to be

ridiculed7 At once stop the stage-manager who is the director of this drama. He
simply teaches the flute how to kill the entire world. He is simply a pet deer who
plays in the hands of Karala's granddaughter Candravali.

Note: If the word "mara" is taken the mean "cupid", t hen the second sentence
of these words becomes:

"He simply teaches the flute how to fill the world with amorous desires".

Text 51 (d)

krsnah: (sananda-smitam) sakhi vrnde prasadaya radham.

s a with; ananda o f b l i s s ; smitam a s m i l e ; sakh i 0 f r i e n d ; v r n d e V r n d a ;

prasadaya please pacify; radham Radha.

Krsna: (With a blissful smile) Friend Vrnda, please pacify Radha.

Text 51 (e)

vrnda: priya-sakhi radhe vidagdha-vadhunam murdhanyasi. tad akande

kathora-mana-kandena napasaraya vallabha-krsnasaram.

priya dear; sakhi 0 friend; radhe R a d ha; vidagdha e x p e r t ; vadhunam

girls; murdhanya t he greatest; asi You are; tat t h e r e f o re; akande s u d d e n l y
a nd for no good reason; kathora h a r sh ; man a j e a l o u s anger; kandena w i t h t h e
stick; na d o n o t ; apasaraya d r i v e away; vallabha o f Y o u r b e l oved;
krsnasaram th e b l ack deer.

Vrnda: Dear friend Radha, You are the greatest of all expert and intelligent
girls. Please don't suddenly and for no good reason chase away the staff with the
hard staff of Your jealous anger the black deer that is Your beloved Krsna.

Text 51 (f)

r adhika: (badham avajnam abhiniya) ettha avatthadum na juttamhi. ( i t i

niskranta).

badha gr eatly; avajnam c o n t e m p t ; abhiny a r e p r e s enting dramatically;

e ttha he re; avasthatum t o s t ay ; n a n o t ; j u t t a p r o p e r ; a mh i I a m ; i t i th u s ;
n iskranta e x i t s .

Radha: (Very contemptuous) It is not proper for Me to stay here. (She exits).
Text 51 (g)

krsnah: vrnde baliyasi rosanale sama-madhvikam uddipanayaiva. tad alam

atranuyatraya.

vrnde 0 V r n d a ; baliyasi p o w e r f u l ; r os a o f a n g er; anale i n t h e f i re ; sama

of words conciliation; madhvikam m a d h v i k a m m a d h v i k a n e c t ar; uddipanaya
f or inflaming; eva c e r t a i n ly; tat t h e r e f o re; alam w h a t i s th e use7; atra h e r e ;
anuyatraya of f o l l o w ing Her .

Krsna: The madhvika nectar of sweet words will only inflame the great fire of
Her anger. What is the use of following Her7

Text 51 (h)

vrnda: kim atra yuktam.

k im w h a t 7 ; atra h e r e ; y u k ta m i s p r o p e r .

Vrnda: What should be done7

Text 51 (i)

krdhah: vrnde vara-varni-nivesena radham prasadhayitum icchami. tad atra

bhavatya samadhana-madhya-vasiyatam.

vrnde 0 V r n d a ; var a b e a u t i f ul ; varnin i f a i r - c o m p l e x i o ned girl; vesena

w ith the disguise; radham R a d ha; prasadhayitum i s c o n q u er; icchami I d e s i r e ;
t at th is; atra i n t h i s ; b h avatya y o u ; s a m d h ana-madhya-vasiyatam s h o u l d b e
agreed to help.

Krsna: Vrnda, I desire to conquer Radha by disguising Myself as a beautiful

fair-complexioned girl. Please help Me in this.

Text 51 (j)

(vrnda sangi-karam smitam karoti).

 v rnda V r n d a ; sa w i t h ; a n g i - k aram a s s e nt; smitam a s m i l e ; k ar ot i d o e s .

(Vrnda smiles in assent).

Text 51 (k)

krsnah: sakhi gauranga-raga-sangatam varanganave sasadhanam katham

atrabhilipsye.

s akhi 0 f r i e n d ; gauranga g o l d en ; raga c o s m e t ic; sangatam i n c o n t a c t ;

v ara beautiful; angana o f a g i rl ; vesa-sadhanam g a r m e n ts; katham how;
atra here; abhilipsye m a y b e ob tained.

Krsna: Friend, how may I get some golden cosmetics and clothing suitable for
a beautiful girl.

Text 51 (1)

(pravisya)
madhumangalah: pi-ava-assa atthi gauri-ghare taha-viha-vesa-samaggi ja pa-
uma-e mama hatthe samappide.

p ravisya en t ering; pi-a d e a r ;v a-assa friend; atthi t h e r e is ; gauri o f

Gauri; ghare i n th e t e m p le; taha in this; viha w a y ; yesa g a r m e n ts; samaggi
a collection; ja w h i c h ; p a -uma-e b y Padma; mama o f m e ; h a t th e in the
hand; namappida placed.

(Enters)
Madhumangala: Friend, Padma placed all these things in my hand, and they
are now in the temple of Gauri.

Text 51 (m)

krsnah: (sa-harsam) vrnde gauri-grha-gambhirikayam bhavisayami. tad atma-

bhagini-bhavena sambhavaniyo ham. ( it i sa-vayasyo niskranta).

s a with; harsam h a p p i n e ss; vrnde 0 V r n d a ; g a ur i o f G a u r i ; g rh a o f t h e

t emple; gambhirikayam i n t h e i n n e r r o om; bhavisyami I s h a l l be; tat t h e n ;
atma own ; bhagini o f t h e s i s t er; bhavena w i t h t h e n a t u re; sambhavaniyah
s hall be conceived; aham I ; i t i t h u s ; s a a c c o m p a n ied by; vayasyah H i s
f riend; niskrantah e x i t s .

Krsna: gubilant) V r n da, I shall be in the inner sanctum of the temple of

Gauri. You act as if I am your sister. (He exits with His friend Madhumangala).

Text 51 (n)

vrnda: (parikramaya. dure drstim ksipanti).

campaka-lavanga-bakulany
avacinvantyor vayasyayor atra
sphutam idam eva sa-lajjam
radha-vrttam nivedayati

p arikramya w a l k i n g ; dur e f a r a w ay ; drsti m g l a n c e ; ksipanti c a s t i n g ;

campaka ca m p aka; lavanga l a v a n ga; bakulani a n d b a k ul a fl ow ers;
a vacinvatyoh p i c k i n g ; vyasyayoh o f t h e f r i e n ds; atra h e r e ; sphutam c l e a r l y ;
i dam t h i s ; eva c e r t a i n ly ; sa w i t h ; l a j ja m e m b a r r a s sment; radha R a d h a ;
v rttam a c t i v i ty; nivedayati informs.

Vrnda: (Walks, and then gazes into the distance) As Her two friends pick
campaka, lavanga, and bakula flowers, an embarrassed Radha tells then everything
that has happened.

Text 52 (a)

(pravisya tatha-vidha radha).

pravisya en t ering; tatha i n that; vidha w a y ; r a dh a Radha.

(In that way Radha enters).

Text 52 (b)

Radha: sahi tado ham anunedum pa-uttam mam avahiri-a ettha pattamhi.

sahi 0 f r i e nd ; tad o t h e r e f o re; ham I ; a n u n d en a t o p a c i f y ; pa-uttam

e ngaged; nam H i m ; a v ahiri- a s e e i ng; ettha h e r e ; p a ttamhi I h a v e c o m e .
 Radha: Friend, then seeing that He wished to pacify Me, I came here.

Text 52 (c)

lalita: rahe na kkhu tumamhi kanhassa gotta-skhalidam sivine vi sambhavi-adi.

ta pa-iti-pamattanam pasunam palave kida-visambha tumam vancidasi.

r ahe 0 R a d ha; na n o t ; k k h u in d e e d ; t u m a mh i t o Y o u ; k a n h a ssa o f

K rsna; gotta th e n a me; akhalidam f a l l i n g ; siniv e i n d r e a m ; v i e v e n ;
sambhavi-adi i s p o s sible; ta t h e r e f o re; pa-iti b y n a t u r e ; pamattanam
bewildered; pasunam a n i m a ls; palave i n t h e t a l k i ng; kid a d o n e ; v i s ambha
t rust; tumam Y o u ; v a n c id a c h e a t ed; asi a r e .

Lalita: 0 Radha, in Your presence Krsna cannot even utter the name of another
woman, even in His sleep. You have believed the words of an animal, by nature
bewildered and foolish, and as a result You have been cheated.

Text 52 (d)

visakha: haddhi haddhi. lalide pekkha ajja sohagga-punnimahe araddha-

sangharisa balino padipakkha. ta vidambida mha devena.

h addhi alas!; haddhi alas!; lalide 0 L a l i ta; pekkha l o o k!; ajja n o w ;

sohagga-punnimahe on Saubhagya-purnima; araddha begun; sangharisa
rivalry; balino p o w e r f ul ; padipakkha r i v a l s ; t a t h e r e f o re; vidambida
m ocked; mha I am ; d e v ena b y fate.

Visakha: Alas! Alas! L a l i ta, look! O n t h i s Saubhagya-purnima day our

formidable rivals have begun their battle with us. Fate is now mocking me.

Text 52 (e)

lalita: visahe saccam kahesi. ettha mahusave ja-i amhanam muha-malinnam

savvatti-o pekkhissanti tado solluntham kadukkhanti-o hasissanti.

v isahe 0 V i s a k ha; saccam t h e t r u t h ; k ahesi y o u s p e ak; ettha i n t h i s ;

m ahusave gr eat festival; ja-i — if; amhanam o f u s ; muha o f th e face;
m alinam d i s t r e ss; savvatti-o r i v a l s ; pekkhissanti w i l l s ee; tado t h e n ; s a
with; ulluntham s a r c a sm; kadukkhanti- o c a s t i n g sidelong glances; hasissanti
will laugh.
 Lalita: Visakha, you speak the truth. If our r i v als see unhappiness on our faces
during this great festival, they will sarcastically stare at us from the corners of their
eyes and they will laugh.

Text 52 (f)

radhika; (svagatam) sahu sahi-o mantenti. ta kim ettha saranam.

svagatam aside; sahu n i c e l y ; sahi-o M y f r i e n d s ; mantenti a d v i s e ; ta

therefore; kim w h a t 7 ; etth a i n t h i s m a t t er; saranam i s t h e sh elter.

Radhika: (Aside) My f r i e nds give good advise. What shelter is there in this
difficulty7

Text 52 (g)

vrnda: (upasrtya) lalite ramanujasya nidesena ramam upanetum prasthitasmi.

upasrtya ap p r o aching; lalite 0 L a l i t a ; r ama-anujasya o f K r s na, the younger

b rother of Balarama; nidesena by th e request; ramam B a l a r a ma; upanetum to
b ring; prasthita d e p a r t i ng; asmi I am.

Vrnda: (Approaching) L a l i ta, on Krsna's request I shall now go to bring

Balarama.

Text 52 (h)

lalita: kim tti.

k im w h y 7 ; tt i thus.

Lalita: Why7

TExt 52 (i)

vnrda: vasanta-sri-darsanaya.

vasanta of spring; sri t h e b e a u ty; darsanaya for showing.

 Vrnda: To show Him the beauty of spring.

Text 52 (j)

visakha: sahi vunde kkhanam vilambi-a kuna sandhim.

s ahi 0 f r i e nd ; vu nd e V r n d a ; k k h a na m f o r a m o m e n t ; vi l ambi-a r e s t i n g ;
k una p l e ase do; sandhim meeting.

Visakha: Friend Vrnda, please stop for a moment for a meeting.

Text 52 (k)

vrnda: satyam janihi maya duskaro 'dya sandhih.

s atyam th e t r u th; janhih i p l e a s e kn ow; maya b y m e ; d u s k arah d i f f i c u l t t o

a rrange; adya n ow ; sandhih a meeting.

Vrnda: You should know the truth: A t t hi s time it is very difficult for me to
arrange a meeting between You and Krsna.

Note: Visakha asked Vrnda to meet (sandhi) w it h h er, and Visakha interpreted
the meeting to refer to a meeting with Krsna.

Text 52 (1)

visakha: kadham vi-a.

k adham w h y 7 ; vi- a like that.

Visakha: Why is that7

Text 52 (m)

vrnda: prcchatam atma-sakhi yayadya katuktibhir aparanjitah kanjeksanah.

prcchatam s h o ul d be asked; atma y o u r ; sakhi friend; yaya by whom;

adya today; katu h a r s h ; u k t i b hi h w i t h w o r d s ; aparanjitah d i s p l e ased; kanja-
iksanah l o t u s - eyed Krsna.

Vrnda: Ask your friend who today hurt lotus-eyed Krsna with many harsh
words.

Text 52 (n)

radhika: (nihsvasya) hala vunde tumam cce-a gadi.

n ihsvasya sighi ng; hala 0 ; v u n d e V r n d a ;t u m a m y o u ; c c e- a c e r t a i n l y ;

gadi destination.

Radhika: (Sighing) 0 Vrnda, you my only hope.

Text 52 (o)

vrnda: (sa-vyaja-rosam)

asuya candali hrdi padam ita candi vivisur

na vacas te pathyah sruti-carani-simancalam api
idanim audasyam vasaga-madiraksi-tatir agan
mukundo nirdvandvi-bhava sakhi mudha nihavasisi kim

s a with; vyaja p r e t e n d ed; rosam a n g e r ; asuya j e a l o u sy; candali t h e

c andala girl; hrdi i n t h e h e a rt; padam p l a c e ; it a g o n e ; c and i 0 p a s s i o n a t e
o ne; vivisuh e n t e r ed; na n o t ; v a ca h w o r d s ; t e o f y o u ; p a t h ya h b e n e f i c i a l ;
s ruti o f th e ears; sarani o f t h e p a th; sima o f t h e b o u n d a ry; ancalam t h e e d g e ;
api even; idanim n o w ; a u d a syam i n d i f f e r e n ce; vasaga su b m i ssion; madira-
iksana of gi rls with bewitching eyes; tatih a h o s t ; agat a t t a i n ed; muk u n d ah
K rsna; nirdhvandvi f r e e f rom d u ali ty; bhava b e c o m e; sakhi 0 f r i e n d ;
m udha u s e l essly; nihsvasisi s i gh ; ki m why7

Vrnda: (With pretended anger) 0 p a ssionate girl, the candala girl of jealousy
entered your heart, and good advise was not able to even approach the edge of the
path of Your ears. Now Krsna, who has a host of beautiful-eyed girls under His
dominion, has become indifferent to You. 0 f r i e nd, please become free from the
dualities of happiness and distress. Why do You uselessly sigh in this way7

Text 52 (p)
 lalita: kahim so kkhu mohano.

kahim w h e r e7; so He; kkhu in d e e d ; m o h an o t h e e n c h a n t er .

Lalita: Where is that enchanter Krsna7

Text 52 (q)

vrnda: gauri-sadmani.

gauri of G a u ri; sadmanti in the temple.

Vrnda: In the temple of Gauri.

Text 53 (b)

lalida: kim haredi.

k im w h a t 7 ; karedi i s H e doing.

Lalita: What is He doing7

Text 53 (c)

vrnda: nikunjavidyaya sardham gosthim tanoti.

n ikunj avidyaya N i k u n j avidya; sardham w i t h ; g o s t hi m c o n v e r s a t i on ;

t anoti d o e s .

translation77777

Text 53 (e)

tisrah: sahi ka kkhu ni-unja-vijja.

 t israh th e t h ree girls; sahi 0 f r i e n d ; k a w h o 7 ;k k h u in d e e d ; n i - u n j a -
vijja i s N i k u n j a v i d ya.

The Three Girls: Friend, who is Nikunjavidya7

Text 53 (f)

vrnda: (sphutam vihasya) aho maugdhyam kisorinam yad amur ati-

prasiddham api nikunjavidyam na vidanti.

s phutam ou t l o u d ; vi hasya l a u g h i ng ; aho a h ! ; m a u g d h ya m t h e

i gnorance; kisorinam o f t h e se young girls; yat b e c a u se; amuh t h e y ; at i t h e
very; prasiddham f amous; api e v en; ni k unj avidyam N i k u n j avidya; na d o
n ot; vidanti k n o w .

Vrnda: (Laughing out loud) A ha ! T h e i g n o r ance of these girls! They don't

even know about the very famous Nikunjavidya.

Text 53 (g)

t israh: (sa-lajjam) sahi kadhehi saccam. naj an i m h a .

sa with; lajjam e m b a r r a ssment; sahi 0 f r i e n d ; k a d h eh i p l e a s e tell;

s accam the tr u th; na n o t ;j a n i m h a w e k n o w .

The Three Girls: (Embarrassed) Friend, tell us. We really don't know .

Text 53 (h)

vrnda: hanta bho visuddhah ka nama sa gokule ballava-balikastu ya khalu

svasaram me bhantira-devatam na janite.

h anta i n d e ed; bhoh O h ! ; v i s u d d ha h p u r e g i r l s ; k a w h a t 7 ; n am a i n d e e d ;

s a she; gokule i n G o k u l a ; ballava c o w h e r d ; balik a g i r l ; a st u m a y b e ;
khalu i n d e ed; svasaram s i s t er; me m y ; b h n a d ir a o f B h a n d i r a vana forest;
d evatam th e go ddess; na d o e s n ot; janite know.

Vrnda: 0 chaste girls, what cowherd girl in Gokula does not know my sister,
the goddess of Bhandiravana forest7

Text 53 (i)

lalita: vunde dehi tumam mantam jena edam vesammam suhodakkam bhave.

v unde 0 V r n d a ; deh i p l e a s e give; tumam y o u ; m a n ta m a d v i s e ; jen a b y

w hich; edam t h i s ; vesammam c a l a m i ty ; sukh a h a p p i n e ss; udarkam a t t h e
end; bhave may become.

Lalita: 0 Vrn da, please give us now advise that will make this calamity have a
happy ending.

Text 53 (j)

vrnda: sakhi gokulananda-nigudha-visrambha-mani-manjuseyam

nikunjavidya. tad enam bhajema.

sakhi 0 f r i e n d ; gok ula-ananda o f K r s n a , the bliss of Gokula; nigudha

hidden; visrambha o f s e crets; mani o f t h e j e w e ls; manjusa t h e j e w e l - chest;
i yam she is; nikunjavidya N i k u n j a v i d ya ; ta t t h e r e f o re; enam t o h e r ;
bhajena let us go.

Vrnda: Friends, Nikunjavidya is a treasure-chest where the jewels of Krsna s

most hidden secrets are kept. Let us go to her.

Text 53 (k)

(iti sarvah parikramanti).

i ti t h u s ; sarvah e v e r y o ne; parikramanti w a l k s .

(Everyone walks).

Text 53 (1)

r adhika: vunde edam cce-a gauri-mandavam; ta ettha pavisi-a sanna e k a d d h e

ni-unjavijjam.
 vunde 0 V r n d a ; edam t h i s ; c c e- a c e r t a i n ly ; gauri o f G a u r i ; m a n d avam
the temple; ta t h e r e f ore; ettha h e r e ; pavisi-a e n t e r i ng; sanna-e w i t h a s i gn al;
kaddhe pull; ni-unjavijjam N i k u n j avidya.

Radhika: Vrnda, this is the temple of Gauri. Please enter, and, with a signal
bring Nikunjavidya outside.

Text 53 (m)

vrnda: (krtodgrivikam alokya svagatam) hanta gaurim iva kisorim dvarim

pasyami. (prakasam) sakhyah kevalam ekatra bhandira-devataiva sikhandena
kundalam kurvati vartate.

k rta d o ne; udgrivikam r a i s e d n e ck; alokya l o o k i n g ; svagatam a s i d e ;

h anta i n d e ed; gaurim w i t h a f ai r c o m p l exion; iva l i k e ; k i s o ri m a g i r l ;
d varim a t th e en trance; pasyami I s e e; prakasam o p e n l y ; sakhyah 0 f r i e n d s ;
kevalam o n l y ; ek a a l o n e ; atr a h e r e ; b h a n dir a o f B h a n d i r ava forest; devata
t he goddess; eva certainly; sikhandena w i t h a p e acock feather; kundalam a n
e arring; kurvati m a k i n g ; v artate stays.

Vrnda: (Raising her neck and looking, she says to herself:) In the doorwayI see
Krsna disguised as a fair-complexioned girl. ( O p enly) 0 f r i e n ds, is here alone,
makin an earring from a peacock feather.

Text 53 (n)

tisrah: asacca-samsini cittha cittha. jam eso tandavi-a-sihandi pangane citthadi.

a sacca of untr u th; samsini 0 s p e a k er ; citth a s t o p ! ; c i t th a s t o p ! ; j a m

b ecause; eso he; tandavia-a T a n d a v i ka; sihandi t h e p e a cock; pangane i n t h e
c ourtyard; citthadi s t a y s .

The Three Girls: 0 li er, stop! St op ! K r s n a's peacock Tandavika is in the

courtyard.

Text 53 (o)

vrnda: hanta bho daksinya-sunyah svayam agatya samiksyatam. kim

atranumanena.
 hanta i n d e ed; bhoh 0 ; d a k s i n y a o f c i v i l i t y ; sunyah d e v o i d ; svayam
personally; agatya c o m i ng ; samiksyatam m ay be seen; kim w h a t 7 ; atra in
this; anumanena i s th e use of speculation.

Vrnda: 0 un civilized girls, go and see for yourselves. What is the use of
speculating7

Text 53 (p)

lalita: hala phudam tanda-ulada canda-ino jada jam nikkamanto canda-a-ma-

uli imina na lakkhido.

hala ah!; phuda m c l e a r l y ; tanda b y s l e e p i ness; a-ulada o v e r w h e l m ed;

c anda-ino th e p e acock; jada m a n i f e st; jam w h i c h ; n i k k a m a nt o l e a v i n g ;
c anda-a-ma-uli K r s n a , who wears a crown of peacock feathers; imina b y him;
n a not; lakkh id o w a sseen.

Lalita: Clearly the peacock was overcome by sleepiness and did not notice
when peacock-feather crowned Krsna left.

Text 53 (q)

radhika: hala gharam pavisi-a ni-unjavijjam puchamha.

hala ah!; gharam t h e t e m p le; pavisi-a e n t e r i ng; ni-unjavijjam

Nikunjavidya; puchamha l e t u s ask.

Radhika: Let us enter the temple and ask Nikunjavidya.

Text 53 (r)

(iti sarvah pravesam natayanti).

iti t h u s ; sarvah e v e r y o ne; pravesan e n t r a n ce; natayanti r e p r e s ent

dramatically.

(Everyone enters).
Text 53 (s)

(pravisya)
jatila: bhanidamhi pemmena pa-uma-e ajje jadile ditthi-a vaddhasi. go-
addhano vi-a tumha putto vi go-kodisaro huvissadi. jam dittham ma-e ajja gauri-
titthe rahi-e gauri arahi-adi ti. ta gadu-a vahudiham asisahim vaddhayissam. (iti
parikramya ranginim angane drstva sanandam). sahu pa-ume sahu. asacca-
bhasini nasi. (punar nibhalya. sa-khedam). haddhi haddhi. kaham gauri-
simhassa sire tandavi-o cittha-i. ta paravatti-a puttam anissam. (iti dhavanti
niskranta).

pravisya en t ering; bhanida a d d r e s sed; amhi I was; pemmena w i t h l o v e ;

pa-uma-e by Padma; ajje 0 no ble lady; jadile Jatila; ditthi-a by good
f ortune; vaddhasi y o u w i l l p r o s p er; go-addhano G o v a r d h a na-gopa; vi-a l i k e ;
t umha y o u r ; p u tt o s o n ; v i in d e e d ; g o o f c o w s ; k od i o f m i l l i o n s ; isaro t h e
m aster; huvissadi w i l l b e c o me; jam b e c a u se; dittham s e e n ; m a- e b y m e ;
a jja to d ay; gauri-titthe a t G a u r i - t i r t ha; rahi-e b y R a d h i ka; gauri g o d d e s s
G auri; arahi-adi w o r s h i p p ed; ti t h u s ; t a t h e r e f o r e; gadu-a g o i n g ;
v ahudiham d a u g h t e r -in-law; asisahim vaddhayissam I w i l l b l e ss; iti t h u s ;
parikramya w a l k i n g ; rangini m t h e d o e R angini; angane i n t h e c o u r t y ard;
d rstva seeing; sa w i t h ; a n a ndam j o y ; s ah u w e l l d o n e ; pa-um e 0 P a d m a ;
s ahu well d o ne; asacca o f l i es; bhasini a s p e a k er; na n o t ; as i y o u a r e ;
punah again; nibhalya looking; sa w i t h ; k h e da m u n h a p p i n e ss; haddhi
alas!; haddhi a l a s!; kaham w h y 7 ; g a ur i o f G a u r i ; s i m h assa o f t h e l i on ; sire
on the head; tandavi-o t h e p e acock Tandavika; cittha-i i s p e r c h ed; ta
therefore; paravatti-a r e t u r n i ng ; puttam m y s o n ; a n i ssam I s h a l l b r i ng; iti
t hus; dhavanti r u n n i n g ; n i s k r ant a exits.

(Enters)
Jatila: Padma affectionately told me: "0 noble Jatila, you are very fortunate.
Like Govardhana-gopa, your son will soon become the master of millions of cows,
for today I saw Radha worshipping goddess Gauri at Gauri-tirtha". Now I sh all go
there and give blessing to Her. (W alk i ng, she sees the doe Rangini in teh
courtyard. She happily says:) Well done, Padma! Well done! You do not speak
lies. (Looking again, she becomes unhappy) Alas! Alas! Why is Krsna's peacock
Tandavika now perched on the head of Gauri's lion7 I shall go back and bring my
son. (She exits running).

Text 53 (t)

radhika: (janantikam) sahi-o pekkhadha lo-ottaram kim pi gauri-e saundaram.

jana-antikam a s i de; sahi-o 0 f r i e n d s ; pekkhadha l o o k ; l o - o t t aram

extraordinary; kim pi s o m e t h i n g ; gauri-e o f G a u r i ; saundaram a t t h e b e auty.
 Radhika: (Aside) 0 f r i e n ds, look at the extraordinary beauty of Gauri.

Text 53 (u)

sakhyau: hala saccam saccam. thane kanhassa pemma-visamha-sambhavida

CSB.

h ala O h! ; saccam t r u t h ; s accam t r u t h ; t h an e i t i s p r o p er ; kanhassa o f

K rsna; pemma l o v e ; visamha a n d t r u st ; sambhavida i s ; es a s h e .

The two Gopi-friends: Oh! T r u e ! T r u e ! I t i s r i gh t t hat she is so beautiful for

Krsna has placed both love and trust in her.

Text 53 (v)

radhika: nam adittha-puvvam sambhasidum sa-sambhamamhi. (ity apatrapam

natayati).

nam to h er; adittha n o t s e en; puvvam b e f o r e ; sambhasidum t o s p e ak; sa-

sambhama v ery eager; amhi I a m ; i t i t h u s ; a p a t r apam s h y n e ss; natayati
represents dramatically.

Radhika: Even though I have never seen her before I am still very eager to
speak with her. (She becomes shy).

Text 53 (w)

(nepathye)
yami vrnde nunam radhaya naham pariciye. maya tu sahasradheyam
anubhuyamanasti.

yami 0 sister; vrnde Vrnda; nunam i s i t n o t 7 ; radhaya b y R a d ha; na

not; aham I am ; p a r i ciye recognized; maya by me ; t u b u t ; s a h a sradha
thousands of times; iyam She; anubhuyamana s e en; asti h a s d b e en.

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Sister Vrnda, is it not that Radha does not
recognize Me7 Still, I have seen Her thousands of times.
Text 53 (x)

vrnda: (svagatam) citram saksad angana-kantha-dhvanir evayan.

s vagatam aside; citram w o n d e r f u l ; saksat d i r e c t ly ; angana o f a g i r l ;

k antha o f th e th r o at; dhvanih t h e s o u n d ; eva c e r t a i n ly ; ayam t h i s .

Vrnda: (Aside) Am azing. T hi s is truly the voice of a woman.

Text 53 (z)

radhika: vunde na jane kisa pasaham ni-unjavijja-e sinijjhadi me hi-a-am.

vunde 0 V r n d a ; n a n o t ; j a n e I k n o w ; k i s a w h y 7 ;p a s aham i n t e n s e ly; ni-

u njavijja-e fo r N i k u n j a v i d ya; sinijjhadi l o v e s ; m e M y ; h i - a -a m h e a r t .

Radhika: Vrnda, I do not know why My heart feels such intense love for
Nikunj avidya.

Text 53 (aa)

vrnda: sakhi tattvam jane. na citram idam yad asav api ciram tvayy anurajyati.

sakhi 0 f r i e n d ; tattvam the truth; jane I u n d e r s t and; na not; citram

s urprising; idam t h i s ; y a t b ecause; asau she; api e v e n ; ci rm
a for a long
time; tvayi Y o u ; an urajyati loves.

Vrnda: Friend, I know why. I t i s not surprising She has loved You for a long
time.

Text 53 (bb)

radhika: (sanandam anusrtya) hala ni-unjavijje kahim so tuha ni-unja-na-aro.

s a with; anandam j o y ; a n u s r ty a a p p r o a c h i ng; hala 0 ; n i - u n j a v i j j e

N ikunjavidya; kahim w h e r e 7 ; so h e ; t u h a o f y o u ; n i - u nj a i n t h e f o r e s t -
groves; na-aro lover.
 Radhika: (Joyfully approaching) 0 Nikunjavidya, where is your
Nikunjanagara (Lover who meets you in these forest groves7)

Text 53 (cc)

(nepathye)
sakhi kas tam jano janati.

s akhi 0 f r i e n d ; ka h w h a t . ;ta m h i m ; j a n a h p e r s o n ; j a n at i k n o w s .

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Friend, what person knows him7

Text 53 (dd)

lalita: sahi ni-unjavijje muncehi parihasa-cchalam. appavaggo de mahariso

jano.

sahi 0 f r i e nd ; ni - u nj avijj e N i k u n j a v i d ya; muncehi p l e a s e give up;

parihasa o f j o k i n g ; chalam t h e t r i c k ; appa-vaggo o n t h e same side; de You;
a mhariso l i k e us; jano person.

Lalita: Friend Nikunjavidya, please don t joke like this. We are your friends.

Text 53 (ee)

(nepathye)

badham tattvam avijnaya

tapyamanah krsanuna
katham sarada-padmaksi
paradah parilabhyate

badha certainly; tattvam t h e t r u t h ; avijnaya n o t u n d e r s t anding;

t apyamanah b e in g heated; krsanuna b y f i r e ; katham h o w ; s a r ad a a u t u m n ;
padma lotus; aksi e y es; paradah m e r c u r y ; parilabhyate i s o b t a i n ed.

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: 0 girl wh ose eyes are like autumn lotus
flowers, without understanding the actual truth, how will You attain the Supreme
Personality of Godhead, who is like gold created by heating mercury in the fire.
Text 50

vrnda: (janantikam)

smera kapola-pali
samsati dutyam nikunjavidyayah
radhe mrdulaya tad imam
snehenabhyajya bhavyena

j ana-antikam a s i de; smera s m i l i n g ; k ap ol a o f t h e c h e ek; pali o n t h e e d g e ;

s amsati de clares; dutyam t h e r o l e of a messenger; nikunjavidyayah o f
N ikunjavidya; radhe 0 R a d h a ; m r d u l ay a s o f t e n ; ta t t h e r e f o re; imam h e r ;
s nehena w it h th e oil of love; abhyajya a n o i n t i ng ; bhavyena ex cellent.

Vrnda: (Aside) The smile on Niku nj avidya's cheek declares that she will be
Your messenger. 0 Radha, now You should soften her by anointing her with the
excellent oil of Your love.

Text 55 (a)

radhika: hala ni-unjavijje kisa vundevva nanubandhanasi sineha-bandham.

h ala 0 ; n i - u n j a v ijj e N i k u n j a v i d ya; kisa w h y 7 ; v u nd a V r n d a ; i vv a l i k e ;

n a not; anubandhana b o u n d ; as i y o u a r e ; sineha o f l o v e ; bandham t h e
bonds.

Radhika: 0 Ni k u n j a v idya, why are you not bound to Me as Vrnda is, with the
bonds of love7

Text 55 (b)

(nepathye)

vidhih padme padau nava-kadalike sakthi-yugalim

mrnale dor-dvandvam tava sasinam apadya vadanam
mrdunam arthanam na kathinam avastambhakas rte
sthitih syad ity ara vyadhita hrdayam nunam asanim

n epathye b e h in d the scenes; vidhih L o r d B r a h ma; padme t w o l o t u s

f lowers; padau f e et; nava y o u n g ; k a d alik e p l a n t a i n t r ees; sakthi o f t h i g h s ;
y ugalim p a i r ; m r n al e t w o l o t u s st ems; doh o f a r m s ; dv andvam t h e p a i r ;
t ava of You; sasinam t h e m o o n ; apadya o b t a i n i ng ; vadanam f a c e ;
m rdunam o f s o ft ; arthanam t h i n g s ; n a n o t ; k a t h i na m s o m e t h i n g h a r d ;
avastambhakam as a pillar for support; rte w i t h o u t ; s t h i ti h s t e a d i n e ss; syat
m ay be; iti t h u s ; atr a h e r e ; v y adhit a c r e a t ed; hrdayam h e a r t ; n u n a m
i ndeed; asinam a t h u n d e r b ol t .

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: Making Your feet lotus flowers, Your thighs
yourn plaintain trees, Your arms lotus stems, Your face the moon, and
understanding that these soft things cannot stand without a hard pillar to support
them, the creator Brahma made Your heart a thunderbolt.

Text 56 (a)

radhika: vunde pekkha sanura-a-hasam parihasijjami ni-unjavijja-e. ta gadu-a

milissam. (iti niskranta).

v unde 0 V r n d a ; pek kh a l o o k . ; s a w i t h ; a n u r a- a o f l o v e ; hasam a s m i l e ;

parihasijjami I am smiled upon; ni-unjavijja-e b y N i k u n j a v i d ya; ta t h e r e f o r e ;
g adu-a go i ng; milissam I s h a l l m e et; iti t h u s ;n i s k r a nt a e x i t s .

Radhika: Vrnda, look. N i k u n j a v i dya is affectionately smiling upon Me. I shall

go and meet her. (She exits).

Text 56 (b)

vrnda:

gokula-rama-preyasi
nikunjavidye kathora-dhis tvam asi
yat-pravanam api puratah
parirabhya sakhim na ranjayasi

gokula-of Gokula; rama o f t h e g i r ls; preyasi v ery dear; nikunjavidye 0

N ikunjavidya; kathora h a r d ; d hi h h e a r t ;tv a y o u ; a s i a r e ;y a t t o w h o m ;
pravanam very friendly; api e v en ; pu r atah i n t h e p r e s ence; parirabhya
embracing; sakhim t h e g o p i - f r i end; na n o t ; r a n j a yasi y o u p l e a se.

Vrnda: 0 Ni k u n j a vidya, 0 beloved of the beautiful girls of Gokula, Your heart

is very hard. Even though this girl is your affectionate friend, still you do not
please Her with an embrace.
Text 57 (a)

visakha: i-am rahi ni-unjavijjam pariraddhum bhu-a-vallim ullasenti pemma-

visaddham jappadi. hala bhandira-de-ade pekkha. gokula-pavesa-vela paccasi-adi.
ta karijja-u amhesu lila-ranga-sangamido kanhassa pasa-o.

i-am this; rahi R a d ha; ni-unjavijjam N i k u n j a v i d ya; pariraddhum to

embrace; bhu-a o f a r ms; vallim t h e c r e e p er; ullasanti e x t e n d i ng; pem
ma of
l ove; visaddham t r u s t ; jappadi talking.

Visakha: Radha is now talking with Ni k u n j avidya with the trust of love. Radha
is extending the creepers of Her arms to embrace her.

Text 57 (b)

(nepathye)

hala bhandira-de-ade pekkha. gokula-pavesa-vela paccasi-adi. ta karijja-u

amhesu lila-ranga-sangamido kanhassa pasa-o.

nepathye b e h in d the scenes; hala 0 ; b h a n d ir a o f B h a n d i r a vana forest; de-

ade 0 g o d d ess; pekkha l o o k ! ; g o k ul a t o G o k u l a ; pavesa o f e n t r a n ce; vela
t he time; paccasi-adi a p p r o a ches; ta t h e r e f o re; karijja-u s h o u l d b e do n e;
a mhesu am ong us; lila o f p a s t i m es; ranga a r e na; sangamido m e e t i n g ;
k anhassa of Kr sna; pasa-o m e r c y .

A Voice From Behind the Scenes: 0 goddess of Bhandiravan, look! Th e ti m e

for going to Gokula is now approaching. Please bestow your mercy on us so we
may meet Krsna in the arena of pastimes and enjoy with Him th ere.

Text 57 (c)

lalita: vunde esa tujjha bahini rahi-am parirambhi-a cumbadi.

vunde 0 V r n d a ; esa S h e ; tu j jh a o f y o u ; b a h in i t h e s i s t er; rahi-am

R adhika; parirambhi-a e m b r a c i ng; cumbadi k i s ses.

Lalita: Vrnda, your sister is now embracing Radhika and kissing Her.
Text 57 (d)

visakha: (sa-sankam) di t tha nillajji-a-e tujjha ni-unjavijja-e purisa-dhamma-

luddhada. jam esa raha-vakkhoruhe naharankuram appedi.

sa with; sankam a n x i e t y ; di t th a o b s e r v ed; nillajji-a-e s h a m e l ess; tujjha

your; ni-unjavijja b y N i k u n j a v i d ya; purisa male; dhammo n a t u r e ; lu d d hada
greed; jam b e c ause; esa she; raha of Radha; vakkhoruhe o n t h e b r e asts;
n aharankuram f i n g e r n ail scratch markings; appedi g i v e s .

Visakha: (Anxious) I can see that your Nikunjavidya is shameless. She is very
eager to assume the role of a male, because she is now scratching Radha's breasts
with her fingernails.

Text 57 (e)

vrnda: (sa-smitam) sakhi mabhyasuyam krthah. pr em otkarsa-vilaso 'yam.

s a with; smitam a s m i l e ; sakhi 0 f r i e n d ; m a d o n t ; a b h y a suyam a n g e r ;

k rthah d o ; p r em a o f l o v e ; u t k arsa e x c e l l e n ce; vilasah p a s t i m es; ayam t h i s .

Vrnda: (With a smile) F r i e nd, don t become angry. This is simply the pastime
of great love.

Text 57 (f)

(pravisya sotkampa).
radhika: (sa-bhru-bhangam) vu nde juttam juttam amhesu tumha
jimhattanam.

pravisya en t ering; sa w ith; utkampam t r e m b l i n g ; sa w i t h j ; b h r u o f t h e

e yebrows; bhangam k n i t t i n g ; vu nd e 0 V r n d a ; j u t t a m g o o d ;j u t t a m g o o d ;
a mhesu on us; tu mh a o f y o u ; j i m h a t t anam t r i c k e r y .

(Entering and trembling).

R adhika: (Knitting Her eyebrows) Vr n da ! G o od ! A good trickyou have
played on us!

Text 57 (g)
 vrnda: (vihasya) sakhi na vedmi kim tavakutam.

vihasya l a u gh ing; sakhi 0 f r i e nd; na n o t ;v edmi I u n d e r s t a nd; ki m

w hat7; tava of Y ou; akutam th e intention.

Vrnda: (laughing) F r i e nd, I don ' t u n d e r stand. W hat do You mean7

Text 57 (h)

sakhyau: (sa-smitam) vu nde vinnada de mohini-bhuda ni-unjavijja.

s a with; smitam a s m i l e ; v u nd e 0 V r n d a ;v i n n ad a u n d e r s t o od; de b y

you; mohini a charming girl; bhuda m a n i f e s ted; ni-unjavijja N i k u n j a v i d y a .

The Two Gopi-friends: (W ith a smile) V r n da, now you can understand what a
charming girl Nikunjavidya is.

Text 57 (i)

(tatah pravisati sa-putra jatila).

t atah th en; pravisati e n t e r s; sa w i t h ; p u t r a h e r s o n ; j a t il a J a t i l a .

gatila enters with her son).

Text 57 (j)

jatila: vaccha ahimanno pekkha pangane rangini taha tandavi-o vi sihandi

cittha-i.

v accha 0 c h i l d ; ah im ann o A b h i m a n y u ; p e k kh a l o o k ! ; p a n g an e i n t h e
c ourtyard; rangini t h e d o e Rangini; taha i n t h e s ame way; tandavi T a n d a v i k a ;
vi also; sihandi t h e p e a cock; cittha-i — stays.

Jatila: Child Abhimanyu, look. I n t h i s courtyard are both Radha s pet doe
Rangini and Krsna's peacock Tandavika.
Text 57 (k)

abhimanyuh: amba saccam kahesi. jam dittham ma-e go-gova-mandalena

saddham ekko jjevva go-ulam pa-ittho.

a mba 0 m o t h er ; saccam t h e t r u t h ; k a hesi y o u s p e ak; jam b e c a u s e ;

dittham o b s e r ved; ma-e b y m e ; g o o f t h e c o w s ; gova a n d c o w h erd boys;
m andalena th e ci r cle; saddham w i t h ; e k k o a l o n e ; j j e vv a i n d e e d ; ram o
B alarama; go-ulam G o k u l a ; pa-itth o en tered.

Abhimanyu: Mo th er, you speak the truth. I saw Balarama enter Gokula village
accompanied by the cows and cowherd boys, but without Krsna.

Text 57 (I)

jatila: vaccha esa visarini kavi sorabbha-dhara jjevva tam sahasi-a-mihunam

ettha kahe-i.

vaccha 0 c h i l d ; esa this; visarini spreading; kavi s o m e t h i ng; sorabbha

of sweet fragrance; dhara flood; jjevva c ertainly; tam t h i s ; sahasi-a o u t l a w ;
mihunam c o u p l e ; ettha here; kahe-i proclaims.

Jatila: Child, this overflooding stream of sweet fragrance announces the

presence of that illicit couple.

Text 57 (m)

abhimanyuh: amba bhavadi-e nideso vi ma-e padivalido ajja samvutto. ta

danim rahi-am mahura-pure na-issam.

a mba 0 m o t h er ; bhavadi-e o f t h e n o ble Paurnamasi; nideso t h e

i nstructions; vi i n d e ed ; ma-e b y m e ; p a d ivalid o f o l l o w e d ; ajj a n o w ;
s amvutto g o n e ; t a t h e r e f o re; pur e t o t h e c i ty ; na-issam I s h a l l b r i n g .

Abhimanyu: Mo th er, today I shall no longer follow Paurnamasi's instructions.

Now I shall take Radhika to Mathura City.

Text 57 (n)
add prakrit

jatila: putta ditthi-a ekka o n e ; d u - aram d o o r ; g h a r am the building; ta

t herefore; du-ara-bhitti-e b y t h e d oor panel; lagga t o u c h ed; bhavi-a h a v i n g
become; sunamha le t us li sten; patthavam t o t h e t o pi c of the conversation.

J atila: Son, fortunately the temple has only one door. Le tu s stayb y t h e d o o r
and eavesdrop on the conversation.

Text 57 (o)

(iti tatha sthitau).

i ti t h u s ; tatha i n t h a t w ay ; sthitau s t a n d i n g .

(They both do that).

Text 57 (p)

(pravisya)
krsnah: (sa-smitam) radhe ma sma karsir ati-durlabhe 'sminn arthe
prarthanam.

p ravisya en t ers; sa w i t h ; s m i ta m a s m i l e ; r a dh e 0 R a d h a ; m a d o n t ;
s ma in d eed; karsih d o ; at i v e r y ;d u r l a bh e d i f f i c u l t t o at tain; asmin i n t h i s ;
a rthe r e q u est; prarthanam beg.

(Enters)
Krsna: (With a smile) Radha, please do not request something that is so
difficult to grant.

Text 57 (q)

radhika: (sa-narma-smitam) a-i de-i pasida pasida.

s a with; narm a a p l a y f u l ; smitam s m i l e ; a- i 0 ; d e - i god d e s s ; pasida b e

m erciful; pasida b e m e r c i f u l .
 Radhika: (With a playful smile) 0 goddess, have mercy! Have mercy!

Text 57 (r)

abhimanyuh: (grham pravisya) hum sahasini paccakkham hatthatthi gahidasi.

grham t he temple; pravisya e n t e r i ng; hu m a h a ! ; s ahasini o u t l a w ! ;

p accakkham b e f or e my eyes; hattha-ahatthi h a n d - t o - h a nd; gahida t a k e n ;
asi You are.

Abhimanyu: (Entering the temple) Aha! O u t l aw ! I have caught You red-

handed!

Text 57 (s)

krsnah: (svagatam) hanta svarad abhimanyum abhijnaya katareyam priya

yastivad bhumau nipapata.

svagatam aside; hanta i n d e ed ; svarat f r o m t h e so u nd; abhimanyum

A bhimanyu; abhijnaya r e c o g n i zing; katara d i s t r e ssed; iyam S h e ; p r iy a M y
b eloved; yasti a s t i ck; vat l i k e ; b h u m a u o n t h e g r o u n d ; n i p apata f e l l .

Krsna: (Aside) Alas. Recognizing Abhimanyu from the sound of his voice, My
beloved has become terrified and at once fainted, falling like a stick to the ground.

Text 57 (t)

jatila: (sa-vismayam angulya darsayanti), vaccha lo-ottarena la-anna-bharena ka

esa gauri gharam ujjale-i.

sa with; vismayam a s t o n i s h m ent; angulya w i t h a f i n g er; darsayanti

p ointing; vaccha 0 c h i l d ; l o - o t t arena e x t r a o r d i n ary; la-anna o f b e a u t y ;
bharena w i t h th e abundance; ka w h o 7 ; esa t h i s ; g aur i f a i r - c o m p l e x i on ed
girl; gharam the temple; ujjale-i — illuminating.

J atila: (Struck with wonder, she points with her finger) 0 c h i l d , wh o is thi s
fair-complexioned girl that illuminates this temple with her extraordinary beauty7
Text 57 (u)

abhimanyuh: (vim rsya) amba de-i pasida pasida ttibhani-a rahi-e danda-
ppanamo kidatthi. ta esa divva-rupa mahesa-mahisi phudam padubbhuda.

vimrsya re fl e c ting; amba 0 m o t h e r ; d e- i 0 g o d d e s s; pasida h a v e m e r cy ;

pasida h ave mercy; tti t h u s ; b h ani- a s p e a k i ng; rahi-e b y R a d ha; danda l i k e
a stick; ppanamo o b e i s ances; kidatthi p e r f o r m ed ; ta t h e r e f o re; esa s h e ;
d ivva sp l en did; rupa w h o s e f o rm ; mahesa o f L o r d Si va; mahisi t h e q u e e n ;
phudam padubbhuda is manifested.

Abhimanyu: (Reflecting) M o t h er, Radha said "0 goddess, have mercy. Have
mercy!" and then She at once bowed down, falling like a stick to the ground.
Clearly this girl si the goddess Gauri, the splendidly beautiful queen of Lord Siva,
who has now appeared here.

Text 57 (v)

krsnah: (sa-harsam atma-gatam) gauri-nepathyam mama susthu pathyam

babhuva.

s a with; harsam h a p p i n e ss; atma-gatam t o H i m s e lf; gauri o f G a u r i ;

n epathyam th e a t t i re; mama o f M e ; s u sth u v e r y ;p a t h ya m h e l p f u l ;
babhuva has become.

Krsna: (He joyfully says to Himself:) This disguise of a fair-complexioned girl

has been very helpful to Me.

Text 57 (w)

sankhyau: (sanandam) govuttama tumhanam ambedidena amhehim arahijjanti

gauri padimado nikkamida.

s a with; harsam h a p p i n e ss; atma-gatam t o H i m s e lf; gauri o f G a u r i ;

n epathye th e at t i re; mama o f M e ; s u sth u v e r y ;p a t h ya m h e l p f u l ; b a b h u v a
has become.

Krsna: (He joyfully says to Himsef) This disguise of a fair-complexioned girl

has been very helpful to Me.
Text 57 (w)

sakhyau: (sanandam) govuttama tumhanam ambedidena amhehim arahijjanti

gauri padimado nikkamida.

s a with; anandam b l i s s ; govuttama 0 b e s t o f th e cowherds; tumhenam o f

you; ambedidena b y th e r equest; amhehim b y u s ; a r ahijjanti worshipped;
gauri Gauri; padimado f rom the deity; nikkamida h a s c om e out .

The Two gopi-friends: (W ith happiness) 0 b est of the cowherd men, on your
request we worshipped the goddess Gauri, and now the goddess herself has
emerged from her her statue.

Text 57 (x)

abhimanyu: visahe kim danim de-i-pade su-dullaham rahi-e abbhatthidam.

v isahe 0 V i s a k ha; ki m w h a t 7 ; d a ni m n o w ; d e - i o f t h e g o d d e ss; pade a t

t he feet; su-dullaham v e r y d i f f i c ult to achieve; rahi-e b y R a d h a ;
abbhatthidam w a s r e quested.

Abhimanyu: Visakha, what difficult-to-attain object was Radha praying for at

the feet of the goddess7

Text 57 (z)

abhimanyu: (sa-sankam) bha-avadi kerisam tam.

sa with; sankam f e a r ; b h a-avadi 0 n o b l eg o d d ess; kerissam like what7;

t am t h a t .

Abhimanyu: (Frightened) 0 noble goddess, what kind of calamity7

Text 57 (aa)

krsnah: vrnde tad-abhivyaktaya sankucanti me vacanani. tatas tvaya

kathyatam.
 vrnde 0 V r n d a ; ta t o f t h a t ; ab h i vyaktaye f o r t h e r evelation; sankucanti
s hrinking; me m y ; v a c anani w o r d s ; t a ta h t h e r e f o re; tvaya b y y o u ;
kathyatam le t i t be said.

Krsna: Vrnda, my words shudder to reveal it. You tell him .

Text 57 (bb)

vrnda: maninn abhimanyo para-svas tvam bho jesvarena bhairavaya sayam

upahari-kartavyo 'si.

m anin p r o u d ; abhimany o 0 A b h i m a n y u ; p ar a t h e d a y af t er; svah t o m o r r o w ;

t vam y ou ; bh oja-isvarena b y K a m sa, the king of the Bhojas; bhairavaya t o
Lord Siva; sayam i n th e evening; upahari-kartavyah t o b e o f f ered in sacrifice;
asi you .

Vrnda: 0 proud Abh im anyu, two evenings from now Kamsa, the king of the
Bhojas, will offer you in sacrifice to Lord Siva.

Text 57 (cc)

(sa-vaiklavyam) de-i pasida pasida ji-a-putti-am me mam karehi.

sa with; vaiklavyam a l a r m ; d e- i 0 g o d d e s s; pasida h a v e m e r cy; pasida

have mercy; ji-a l i v i n g ; p u t t i -a m w i t h a s o n ; ma m m e ; k a r eh i p l e a s e m ak e.

Jatila: (Alarmed) 0 g o d d ess, have mercy! Have mercy! Let my son live!

Text 57 (dd)

radhika: (sa-harsam utthaya) de-i pasida pasida.

s a with; harsam h a p p i n e ss; utthaya r i s i n g ; de-i — 0 goddess; pasida h a v e

mercy; pasida h ave mercy.

Radhika: (Happily rising) 0 goddess, have mercy! Have mercy!

Text 57 (ee)
 krsnah: (smitva) radhe varnitam eva te. yad adya durnivaram idam.

s mitva sm i l i ng; radhe 0 R a d h a ; varnitam d e s c r i b ed; eva c e r t a i n ly; te t o

Y ou; yat b e c ause; adya n o w ; d u r n i v aram d i f f i c u l t t o st op; idam t h i s .

Krsna: (Smiling) Radha, I have already told You. For now it w ill be very
difficult to stop this calamity.

Text 57 (ff)

radhika: (sa-kaku-bharam pranamya) hanta ballavi-ula-de-ade kim pi asakkam

de natthi. ta tu-e nahena avippa-o-am pasadi-kadu-a anugehi-adu eso jano.

sa with; kak u o f p l a i n t i v e w o r ds; bharam a n a b u n d a n ce; pranamya

offering obeisances; hanta 0 . ; b a l l av i o f t h e g o p is; ul a o f t h e c o m m u n i ty ; de-
a de 0 g o d d ess; kim pi s o m e t h i n g ; asakkam i m p o s s i ble to perform; de f o r
you; na not; atthi i s; ta th e r efore; tu-e b y y o u ; n a h en a w i t h M y l o r d ;
avippa-o-am no t s u f f ering separation; pasadi-kadu-a b e c o m ing merciful;
a nugehi-adu m a y b e c om e to object of m er cy; eso t h i s ; j an o p e r s o n .

Radhika: (Bowing down and speaking many plaintive words) 0 g o d d ess of the
g opis, nothingis impossible foryou. P l easebe m e r ciful to this person. Le tM e n o t
be separated from My lord.

Text 57 (gg)

krsnah: (smitva)

vasi-krtatmasi vasindra-duskarais
tavadya radhe nava-bhakti-damabhih
tad-ista-siddhim krta-gokula-sthitih
sada mad-aradhana tvam apsyasi

smitva sm i l i ng; vasi-krta c o n q u e r ed; atma s e l f ; asi Y o u a r e ; vasi-indra

for great sages and ascetics; duskaraih d i f f i c ul t to perform; tava o f Y o u ; adya
today; radhe 0 R a d h a ; nava f resh; bhakti o f d e v o t i on; damabhih w i t h t h e
r opes; tat of t h is; ista r e q u e st; siddhim t h e s u c c ess; krta d o n e ; g o k ul a i n
G okula; sthitih r e s i d e n ce; sada c o n t i n u a l ly; mat o f m e ; a r a dhanatah f r o m
t he worship; tvam Y o u ; a p syasi w ill attain.
 Krsna: (Smiling) 0 R a d ha, You have conquered Me. You have bound me with
the ropes of ever-fresh devotion, which even great sages and ascetics cannot attain.
By always staying in Gokula and always worshipping Me, You will attain the
fulfilment of Your request.

Text 58 (a)

abhimanyuh: (socchvasam) a-i b h a t ta-jana-vacchale kada vimahurahimuhi

ma-e na rahi-a kadavva. ta iha vasanti tumam esa arahedu.

sa with; ucchvasam a s i gh ; a-i — 0; bhatta-jana t o t h e d evotees; vacchale

kind; kada vi a t an y t i me; mahur a t o M a t h u r a C i ty; ahimuh i e a g e r to go; ma-
e by me; na n o t ; r a h i- a R a d h i k a ; k adavva s h a l l be; ta t h e r e f o re; iha h e r e ;
v asanti r e s i di ng; tumam y o u ; es a S h e ; a r ahedu s h a l l w o r s h i p .

Abhimanyu: (Sighing) 0 goddess who is very kind to her devotees, I shall

never take Radhika to Mathura. She shall always stay here and worship you.

Text 58 (b)

jatila: (radham alingya) a-i go-ula-nandini rakkhidamhi.

radham R a d ha; alingya e m b r a c i ng; a-i — 0; go-ula o f G o k u l a ; nandini

d elight; rakkhida s a v ed; amhi I am.

Jatila: (Embracing Radha) 0 girl who brings happiness to Gokula, I am saved.

Text 58 (c)

vrnda: (abhimanyum aveksya).

vidhvamsayati hi pumsam
sadhvi parivaditayumsi
para-devatatra gauri
bhava-grahiny asau vadatu

a bhimanyum a t A b h i m a ny ; aveksya g l a n c i ng; vidhvamsayati d e s t r o y s ;

h i i n d e ed; pumsam o f m e n ; s a d hv i a c h a s t e girl; parivadita i n s u l t e d ;
ayumsi th e span of l i fe; para-devata t h e s u p r eme goddess; atra h e re; gauri
G auri; bhava th e l ove of the devotees; grahini w h o a c c e pts; asau s h e ;
vadatu ma y speak.
 Vrnda: (Glancing at Abhimanyu) A chaste girl will destroy the life-span of men
who insult her. The supreme goddess Gauri, who responds to the love of her
devotees, will now give us her opinion.

Text 59 (a)

krsnah: dhanyabhimanyo kalyana-sadhika te radhika. tad asyam

navisrabdhena bhavitavyam bhavata.

dhanya 0 f o r t u n a te; abhimanyo A b h i m a n y u ; k a lyana a u s p i c i o u sness;

s adhika b r i n g i ng; te o f y o u ; r a d h ik a R a d h i k a ; ta t t h e r e f o re; asyam i n H e r ;
n a not; avisrabdhena w i t h o u t t r u st; bhavitavyam s h o u l d be; bhavata b y y o u .

Krsna: 0 f o r t u n ate Abhimanyu, Radhika is the source of your good fortune.

Do not ever loose faith in Her.

Text 59 (b)

abhimanyuh: de-i rahi-vesam kadu-a su-alena amba me parihasijja-i. tam

pekkhi-a macchari anahinno micchahisattim uppavedi.

de-i 0 goddess; rahi as Radha; vesam t h e d r e ss; kadu-a d o i n g ; su-alena

b y Subala; amba m o t h er ; m e m y ; p a r i h a ssija-i — is ridiculed; tam h i m ; p e k k h i -
a seeing; macchari e n v i o u s ; anahinno i g n o r a n t ; m i c ch a f a l s e ; ahisattim
s candal; uppavedi c r e a t e.

Abhimanyu: 0 g o d d ess, Subala dresses up like Radha and makes fun of my

mother. When envious ignorant people see Him, they gossip about this mythical
scandal.

Text 59 (c)

lalita: ahimanno ditthi-a sa-am ce-a visatthosi.

ahimanno A b h i m a n yu ; di t t h i- a b y g o o d f o r t u ne; sa-am p e r s o n ally; ce-a

certainly; visatthosi y o u h av e trust.

Lalita: Abhimany, fortunately you yourself have confidence in Her.

Text 59 (d)

abhimanyuh: amba ehi mama gharam. savvassa-im mahura-pure nedum

nijuttam janam nivaremha. (ity ambaya saha harim pranamya niskrantah).

amba 0 m o t h er ; eh i c o m e ; m am a m y ; g h a r a m t o t h e h o u se; savvassa-

i m all th e household goods; mahura-pure t o M a t h u r a C i ty; nedum t o t a k e ;
n ijuttam e n g a g ed; janam a s e r v a nt; nivaremha l e t u s st op; it i t h u s ;
a mbaya m o t h er; sah w i t h ; h a ri m K r s n a ;p r a n amy a b o w i n g d o w n ;
n iskrantah e x i t s .

Abhimanyu: Mo th er, come with me to my house. We shall stop the servant I

have engaged to carry all my household goods to Mathura City. ( W i t h hi s m o t h er
he bows down before Krsna and tehn exits).

Text 59 (e)

sakhyau: (radham aslisya sasram) ha pi-a-sahi kadham pamarehim tumam

mahura-pure nedum niccidasi.

radham R a d ha; aslisya e mbracing; sa w i t h ; asram t e a rs; ha 0 ; p i - a

dear; sahi friend; kadham why7; pamarehim b y t h i s w r e t ched people;
tumam Y ou ; m a h u r a-pure t o Mathura City; nedum t o t a k e ; n i c cid a d e c i d e d ;
asi You are.

The Two Gopi-friends: (Embracing Radha, with tears) 0 d ear friend, why did
these wretched people want to take You to Mathura City7

Text 59 (f)

(pravisya)
paurnamasi: (sananda-smitam)

angaragena gaurangi
hiranya-dyuti-harini
mam agre ranjayaty esa
nikunja kula-devata

pravisya en t ering; sa w i t h ; a n a nd a o f b l i s s ; smitam a s m i l e ; angaragena

w ith cosmetics; gaura y e l l ow ; angi w h o s e l i m bs; hiranya o f g o l d ; d y ut i t h e
splendor; harini r e m o v i n g ; ma m m e ; a g r e i n t h e p r e s ence; ranjayati
delights; esa she; nikunj a o f t h e f o r e st-grove; kula o f t h e m u l t i t u de; devata
the goddess.

(Enters)
Paurnamasi: (With a jubilant smile) T hi s goddess who rules over these forest-
groves, and whose yellow complexion, even though created by cosmetics, eclipses
the splendor of gold, brings me great delight.

Text 60 (a)

krsnah: (parikramya) bhagavati vande.

parikramya w a l k i n g ; bhagavati 0 n o b l e l a dy, I offer My respectful

obeisances.

translation7777

Text 60 (b)

paurnamasi: asih-satam. hanta yasoda-matah distya bhavatadya

samvardhitasmi yad aham radhika-vislesa-vedananam anabhijni-krta.

a sih of bl essings; satam h u n d r e ds; hanta i n d e e d ; yasoda Y a s o d a;

m atah m o t h er; distya b y g o o d f o r t u ne; bhavata b y Y o u ; ady a t o d a y ;
s amvardhita b l e s sed; asmi I a m ; y a b e c a u se; aham I ; r a d h i k a o f R a d h i k a ;
v islesa of separation; vedananam o f t h e su fferings; anabhijni-krta i g n o r a n t .

Paurnamasi: Hundreds of blessings upon You. 0 son of Yasoda, today You

have blessed Me with all good fortune, for today I have remained without
knowledge of Radhika s sufferings in separation from You.

Text 60 (c)

krsnah:

uttirna parama-bhayad babhuva radha

nirbadhajani bhavati gatadhi-sucih
nihsankam pramadam itas tathadya sakhyah
kartavyam bhagavati kim priyam tavasti

uttirna l i f t e d ; parama s u p r e m e; bhayat f r o m f e ar; babhuva h a s b e c ome;

radha Radha; nirbadha f r e e d f rom all o b s t acles; ajani h a s b e come; bhavati
You; gata g o ne; adhi o f a n x i e ty ; sucih t h e s h ar p po i nt; nihsankam free from
f ear; pramadam h a p p i n ess; itah a t t a i n ed; tatha i n t h a t w ay ; adya n o w ;
sakhyah gopi-friends; kartavyam shouldbe done; bhagavati 0 girl full ofall
t ranscendental opulences; kim w h a t 7 ; pr i ya m f a v o r ; t av a o f y o u ; a st i i s .

Krsna: Radha is now rescued from the great fear. Now the sharp point of Her
anxiety is removed. Now her gopi friends are also delighted and free from all fear.
0 girl who possesses all transcedental opulence, what else may I do tp please you7

Text 61 (a)

paurnamasi: (sanandasram). gokula-bandho badham avandhya-janmasmi krta.

tathapi kincid abhyarthaye.

s a with; ananda o f b l i ss; asram t e a r s ; gokul a o f G o k u l a ; bandh o 0

f riend; badham c e r t a i n ly; avandhya n o t b a r r en; janma w i t h a b i r t h ; asmi I
a m; krta d o n e ; tatha api n e v e r t h e less; kincit s o m e t h i ng ; abhyarthaye I
request.

P aurnamasi: (With tear of joy). 0 f r i en d of Gok u la, now my birth is fruitf u l .

Still, there is one thing further that I request.

Text 61 (b)

prathayan guna-vrnda-madhurim
adhi vrndavana-kunja-kandaram
saha radhikaya bhavan sada
subham abhyasyatu keli-vibhramam

f t anscendenta] qua]jties; vInda

sweetness. adhj-vrndavana
Rad
bham au s pi cious; abhyasyatu m a y p ~ ~f~~m
v ibhramam a m o r o u s past™ s .

] quahties, m y
ous amorous pastimes with Ra
Vrndavana forest.

Text 62 (a)

kim ca

antah-kandalitadarah sruti-putim ugdhatayan sevate

yas te gokula-keli-nirmala-sudha-sindhuttha-bindum api
radha-madhavika madho madhurima svarajyam asyarjayan
sadhiyan bhavadiya-pada-kamale premormir unmilatu

kim ca f u r t h e r m o re; antah i n t h e h e a rt; kandalita s p r o u t ed; adarah

d evotional faith; sruti o f t h e e ars; putim t h e o p e n i ng; ugghatayan o p e n i n g
w ide; sevate serves; yah o n e w h o ; t e o f Y o u ; g o k ul a i n G o k u l a ; k el i o f
amorous pastimes; nirmala p u r e and splendid; sudha o f t h e n e c tar; sindhu
f rom the ocean; uttha a r i s en; bindu n t h e d r o p s ; api e v e n ; r a dh a o f R a d h a ;
madhavaika o f th e m a dhavi creeper; madho 0 s p r i n g t i m e ; madhurim
s weetness; sadhiyat ma y a t t ain; bhavadiya o f Y o u ; pad a f e e t ; k a m al e f o r t h e
l otus flower; prema o f l o v e ; u r mi h t h e w a v e s ; unm i l at u m a y b e c o m e
manifest.

0 Krsna who is the springtime that makes the madhvika vine of Radha blossom
with happiness, may that person whose loving devotion with happiness, may that
person whose loving devotion for You has already sprouted in his heart, and who,
opening his ears, serves and worships the drops of nectar from the splendid and
pure nectar ocean of Your amorous pastimes in Gokula, attain the kingdom of
Your transcendental sweetness. May he swim and float in the waves of pure love
for Your lotus feet.

Text 62 (b)

krsnah: (smitva) bh agavati tathastu. tad ehi. go-dohavasane mam apreksya

cintayisyantau pitarav avilambam gokulam pravisya nandayavah. (iti niskrantah).
(iti niskrantah sarve).

s mitva sm i l i ng; bhagavati 0 n o b l e l a dy; tatha i n t h a t w ay ; astu m a y i t b e ;

t at th en; ehi c o m e ; g o o f t h e s u r a bhi cows; doha o f m i l k i n g ; avasane a t t h e
time; mam M e ; a p r eksya n o t s e e ing; cintayisyantau m a y w o r r y ; p i t arau
parents; avilambam w ithout delay; gokulam G o k u l a ; p r avisya e n t e r i n g ;
nandayavah le t us delight; iti t h u s ;n i s k r a n tah e x i t s ; it i t h u s ;n i s k r a n t ah
e xit; sarve al l .

Krsna: (Smiles) 0 n o bl e lady, so be it. Come here. Not seeing Me at the time
of milking the cows, My parents will become very worried. W i t h ou t delay let us
go to Gokula village and give them pleasure. (He exits). (Everyone exits).

Grantha-samaptih
(Epilogue)

Text 1

radha-vilasam vitankam
catuh-sasti-kala dharam
vidagdha-madhavam sadhu
silayantu vicaksanah

r adha of Radha; vilasam w i t h t h e p a stimes; vita c o m p l e t ed; ankam t h e

final act; catuh-sasti 64 ; k al a a r t s ; d h a ra m m a n i f e s t i ng; vidagdha-
m adhavam t h i s V i d agdha-madhava; sadhu n i c e ly ; silayantu may study;
vicaksanah th e l earned.

This Vigdha-madhava, which contains the transcendental pastimes of Radha

and the 64 transcendental arts, is now completed. May those who are learned and
intelligent carefully study it.

Text 2

nanda-sindhu-banendu
sankhye samvatsare gate
vidagdha-madhavam nama
natakam gokule krtam

n anda n i ne ; sindh u e i g h t ; b an a f i v e ; i n d u o n e ;s a n k hy e b e a r i n g t h e
n umbers; samvatsare in th e year; gate g o n e ; vidagdha-madhavam V i d a g d h a -
m adhava; nama n a m ed; natakam t h e p l ay ; gokul e i n G o k u l a ; k r ta m c r e a t e d .

This play named Vidagdha-madhava was written in Gokula in the year 158cj
Saka (corresponding to A. D.)

Text 3
santa-sriyah parama-bhagavatah samantad
dvai-gunya-punjam api sad-gunatam nayanti
dosavalim aparitapitaya mrduni
jyotimsi visnu-pada-bhanji vibhusayanti

santa peaceful; sriyah a n d f u l l o f t r a nscendental opulences; parama

t ranscendental; bhagavatah th e d e v otees of the Lord; samantah i n all ways;
dvai-gunya d o u b l i ng ; punja m m a n y t i m e s ; api e ven; sat-gunatam t h e s t ate
o fhaving good qualities; nayanti l e a d ; dosa o f f a u l t s; avalim t h e h o s t ;
a paritapaitaya w i t h c o o l n ess; mrduni g e n t l e ; jy o t i ms i t h e s t a rs; visnu o f
L ord Visnu; pada o f th e feet; bhanji p o s s e ssing; vibhusayanti d e c o r a t e.

The peaceful, saintly devotees of the Lord repeatedly double the value of the
good qualities of this book. The dark sky of the faults in this book they cool and
decorate with the twinkling stars of the remembrance of Lord Visnu's lotus feet.